diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index e1d3d4c3c..88b11fee9 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -4,20 +4,32 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 # Nisrine Tagri , 2019 -# Yazeed Dandashi , 2019 # Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 # ADADI REDOUANE , 2019 +# Mohammed Albasha , 2019 +# Ghaith Gammar , 2019 +# Zuhair Hammadi , 2019 +# Ahmed AL-Haddad , 2019 +# Islam Eldeeb , 2019 +# Yazeed Dandashi , 2019 +# Walid Baruni , 2019 +# fares alokeeli , 2019 +# Akram Alfusayal , 2019 +# Shaima Safar , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Osoul , 2019 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 +# Mohammed Ibrahim , 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ADADI REDOUANE , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Mohammed Ibrahim , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -36,7 +48,7 @@ msgstr "البنك والنقدية" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التغذية البنكية" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" @@ -92,8 +104,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 @@ -726,7 +738,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "" +msgstr "متنوعة" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" @@ -1084,7 +1096,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التسوية البنكية" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 msgid "Configure model of entries" @@ -1312,7 +1324,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الإعداد" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" @@ -1349,7 +1361,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء حساب بنكي" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -1370,12 +1382,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "النوع" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 msgid "" "Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." msgstr "" +"نوع الحساب البنكي: عادي أو برقم دولي. يُستدل عليه من رقم الحساب البنكي." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 msgid "ABA/Routing" @@ -1387,13 +1400,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "اسم مالك الحساب" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 msgid "" "Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " "Holder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "اسم مالك الحساب، في حال كان مختلفًا عن اسم مالك الحساب" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" @@ -1610,11 +1623,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Active" -msgstr "" +msgstr "نشط" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بإزالة العلامة من الحقل نشط لإخفاء دفتر اليومية دون إزالته." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." @@ -1637,16 +1650,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الشركة" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المؤسسة المرتبطة بدفتر اليومية هذا" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" -msgstr "" +msgstr "يحدد كيفية تسجيل كشوفات الحساب البنكية" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Synchronization Frequency" @@ -1666,39 +1679,43 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الكود المختصر" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "" +msgstr "سوف تُسمى القيود اليومية لدفتر اليومية المُختار باستخدام هذه البادئة." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Next Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الرقم التالي" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "سوف يُستخدم الرقم المسلسل التالي في الفاتورة التالية." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مسلسل القيد" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " "entries of this journal." msgstr "" +"يحتوى هذا الحقل على المعلومات المرتبطة بترقيم قيود اليومية لدفتر اليومية " +"المُختار." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مسلسل إشعارات الخصم المخصصة" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" " credit notes made from this journal" msgstr "" +"حدد هذا المربع إذا كنت لا تريد أن تتشارك الفواتير وإشعارات الخصم المستخرجة " +"من دفتر اليومية هذا نفس التسلسل" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Credit Notes Next Number" @@ -1706,41 +1723,43 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." -msgstr "" +msgstr "سوف يُستخدم الرقم المسلسل التالي في إشعار الخصم التالي." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مسلسل قيود إشعار الخصم" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " "note entries of this journal." msgstr "" +"يحتوى هذا الحقل على المعلومات الخاصة بترقيم إشعارات الخصم لدفتر اليومية " +"المُختار." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "حساب الخصم الافتراضي" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "يعمل كحساب افتراضي لمبلغ المدين" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "حساب الائتمان الافتراضي" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "يعمل كحساب افتراضي لمبلغ الدائن" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "العملة" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "العملة المستخدمة في إدخال كشف الحساب البنكي" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Communication Type" @@ -1776,23 +1795,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "حساب الربح" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" " from what the system computes" msgstr "" +"يُستخدم لتسجيل ربح عندما يكون الرصيد الختامي لصندوق نقدية مختلف عما يحسبه " +"النظام" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "حساب الخسارة" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " "from what the system computes" msgstr "" +"يُستخدم لتسجيل خسارة عندما يكون الرصيد الختامي لصندوق نقدية مختلف عما يحسبه " +"النظام" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Lock Posted Entries with Hash" @@ -1806,7 +1829,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "For Incoming Payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "للمدفوعات الواردة" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 @@ -1831,7 +1854,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "For Outgoing Payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "للمدفوعات الصادرة" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." @@ -1849,43 +1872,43 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تم اختيار السداد بطباعة شيك" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" " method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "حقل تقني يُستخدم لتحديد ما إن كان خيار طباعة شيك مفعلًا كطريقة للدفع." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مسلسل الشيك" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "" +msgstr "تسلسل أرقام الشيكات." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ترقيم يدوي" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "" +msgstr "حدد هذا الاختيار إذا كانت شيكاتك المطبوعة مسبقًا غير مُرقمة." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "رقم الشيك التالي" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "" +msgstr "الرقم المسلسل للشيك المطبوع التالي." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 msgid "Usage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "استخدام" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 msgid "How to register cash payments?" @@ -1946,13 +1969,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "كولومبيا" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المقدمة" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1976,7 +1999,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 msgid "Workflow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "سير العمل" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" @@ -2645,7 +2668,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" -msgstr "" +msgstr "فرنسا" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" @@ -2849,7 +2872,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 msgid "Security" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الأمن" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -2929,7 +2952,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المسئوليات" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -2981,7 +3004,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 msgid "Germany" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ألمانيا" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" @@ -3020,12 +3043,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ميزان المراجعة" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الربح والخسارة." #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" @@ -3216,7 +3239,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المكسيك" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -3458,7 +3481,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الفوترة" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -4161,7 +4184,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "هولندا" #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" @@ -4196,7 +4219,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أسبانيا" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" @@ -4257,7 +4280,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" -msgstr "" +msgstr "سويسرا" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" @@ -4441,7 +4464,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المشتريات" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 @@ -4543,7 +4566,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المبيعات" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 @@ -4593,11 +4616,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 msgid "Others" -msgstr "" +msgstr "آخرون" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المحاسب" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 msgid "Manage your fixed assets" @@ -4839,7 +4862,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مراكز الموازنة" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -5185,7 +5208,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تحليلي" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" @@ -5497,7 +5520,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 msgid "Analytic accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المحاسبة التحليلية" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -5702,8 +5725,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "" @@ -5794,7 +5815,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التسويق" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 @@ -5813,7 +5834,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إداري" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" @@ -5821,7 +5842,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" -msgstr "" +msgstr "طلب سحب" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" @@ -6159,51 +6180,51 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المدين" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 msgid "Payable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الدائن" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "" +msgstr "بنك ونقدية" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الأصول المتداولة" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الأصول غير المتداولة" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المصاريف المدفوعة مقدمًا" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أصول ثابتة" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التزامات جارية" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الالتزامات غير الحالية" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 msgid "Equity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الملكية" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أرباح السنة الجارية" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "" +msgstr "دخل آخر" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 @@ -6211,15 +6232,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Income" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الدخل" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إهلاك" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المصروفات" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 msgid "Direct Costs" @@ -6261,6 +6282,9 @@ msgid "" "legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" " entries." msgstr "" +"يستخدم نوع الحساب في استخراج التقارير وفقاً للتقارير القانونية المطلوبة في " +"كل دولة، وتضع القواعد اللازمة في إقفال سنة مالية وإنشاء القيد الافتتاحي " +"للسنة المالية اللاحقة." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Can Create Asset" @@ -6284,23 +6308,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الوسوم" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "وسوم اختيارية قد تحتاج لاستخدامها لعمل تقارير مخصصة" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "عملة الحساب" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "إلزام جميع الحركات المحاسبية لهذا الحساب أن يكون لها نفس عملته." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "نوع داخلي" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -6308,6 +6332,9 @@ msgid "" "accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" " for vendor/customer accounts." msgstr "" +"يُستخدم 'النوع الداخلي' للخصائص المتاحة على الأنواع المختلفة للحسابات: النوع" +" الجاري للحسابات النقدية أو البنكية, والدائنة أو المدينة لحسابات " +"المورد/العميل." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Internal Group" @@ -6323,13 +6350,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "السماح بالتسوية" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "" "Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " "journal items." msgstr "" +"حدد هذا المربع إذا كان الحساب يسمح بمطابقة الفواتير والمدفوعات بعناصر دفتر " +"اليومية." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" @@ -6377,7 +6406,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الجرد" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" @@ -6450,7 +6479,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "العملية" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -6465,7 +6494,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قيمة المخزون" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -6545,7 +6574,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 @@ -7083,7 +7112,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "كشوفات الحساب البنكية" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 @@ -7166,12 +7195,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الفواتير" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "فواتير المورد" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" @@ -7208,9 +7237,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التقارير" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" @@ -7226,7 +7254,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تفعيل وضع المطور" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -7430,7 +7458,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الأرباح والخسائر" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -7449,7 +7477,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الملخص التنفيذي" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -7548,7 +7576,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "" +msgstr "دفتر الأستاذ العام" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -7561,7 +7589,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المتأخر المستحق" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -7572,7 +7600,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المتأخر المدين" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -7582,7 +7610,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "كشف التدفقات النقدية" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -7593,7 +7621,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تقرير الضريبة" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -7604,7 +7632,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الضرائب" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" @@ -8070,7 +8098,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "دفتر يومية البنك" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" @@ -8083,7 +8111,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "دفتر اليومية للضرائب على حركة النقدية" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" @@ -8623,7 +8651,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تعدد الشركات" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -8682,77 +8710,71 @@ msgstr "" msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " "per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " "revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " "reports include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -8762,7 +8784,7 @@ msgid "" "banking or wait for your paper bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -8770,39 +8792,39 @@ msgid "" "ledger transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" " tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تقييم المخزون" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:132 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -8810,78 +8832,6 @@ msgid "" "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " -"century." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " -"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " -"them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 -msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " -"inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " -"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 -msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " -"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " -"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " -"go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "" @@ -8953,7 +8903,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الدليل المحاسبي" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -8970,7 +8920,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 msgid "Journal Entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "القيود اليومية" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -9055,7 +9005,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التسوية" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -9115,7 +9065,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المدين" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 @@ -9132,7 +9082,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الدائن" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 msgid "Invoice 1" @@ -9277,7 +9227,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الحساب" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 @@ -9292,7 +9242,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "Account Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "حساب المدينون" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 @@ -9317,7 +9267,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "Bank" -msgstr "" +msgstr "البنك" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -9328,7 +9278,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 msgid "Bank Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "كشف الحساب البنكي" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Statement XYZ" @@ -9529,7 +9479,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "دفعة" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -9563,7 +9513,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تسوية" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" @@ -9682,7 +9632,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تسجيل فاتورة مورد جديدة" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -10272,7 +10222,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مدفوعات الموردين" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" @@ -10326,7 +10276,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 msgid "United States" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الولايات المتحدة" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" @@ -10388,11 +10338,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "يحتوي فواتير" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "حقل تقني يُستخدم لأغراض الاستخدام" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -10412,13 +10362,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إخفاء طريقة السداد" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "" "Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " "only one available which is 'manual'" msgstr "" +"حقل تقني يُستخدم لإخفاء طريقة السداد إن كان دفتر اليومية المُختار متاح به " +"طريقة واحدة فقط وهي 'يدويًا'" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Payment Method" @@ -10445,12 +10397,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الكود" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "" "Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "حقل تقني يُستخدم لتهيئة الواجهة لنوع السداد المُختار." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Saved payment token" @@ -10466,13 +10418,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "عرض الحساب البنكي للشريك" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "" "Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " "needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" msgstr "" +"حقل تقني يُستخدم لمعرفة ما إن كان الحقل 'partner_bank_account_id' بحاجة " +"للعرض في واجهات نموذج المدفوعات أم لا" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Require Partner Bank Account" @@ -10488,7 +10442,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "رقم الشيك" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -10496,6 +10450,9 @@ msgid "" "printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " "wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." msgstr "" +"قيد اليومية المُختار تم ضبطه لطباعة أرقام الشيكات. إذا كانت شيكاتك المطبوعة " +"مسبقًا لها أرقام بالفعل أو إذا كان الترقيم الحالي خاطئًا، فيمكنك تغييره في " +"صفحة إعدادات دفتر اليومية." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Journal Item Label" @@ -11329,7 +11286,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الكميات المطلوبة" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 msgid "or Received quantities" @@ -11355,7 +11312,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 msgid "Customer Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "فواتير العملاء" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" @@ -11433,76 +11390,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 -msgid "Set up cash roundings" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "تقريب النقدية" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" -"In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " -"Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" -" paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest coin " -"that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 -msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" -"First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"Cash Rounding." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" -"There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " -"strategies:" +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" -" your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " -"define the account in which the rounding will go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " -"highest tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 msgid "" -"Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" -" the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" -" where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods created previously." -" If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 @@ -11662,183 +11607,380 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "إيرادات مدفوعة مقدمًا" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:7 msgid "" -"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " -"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " -"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " -"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," -" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " -"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " -"posted on the income statement." +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 msgid "" -"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " -"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " -"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" -" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:17 msgid "" -"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " -"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " "revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 -msgid "Module installation" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 msgid "" -"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " -"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " -"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " -"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:33 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 msgid "" -"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" -" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" -" might check if the module is correctly installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 -msgid "Define deferred revenue types" +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 -msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:49 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 -msgid "1 year service contract" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "3 years service contracts" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:58 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 -msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 msgid "" -"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " -"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" -" revenue type." +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:67 msgid "" -"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 -msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:72 msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " -"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " -"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " -"entry." +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Dr**" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:82 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Cr**" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:84 +msgid "Create a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -msgid "Accounts receivable" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates journal entries at the" +" right time until the full amount of the income is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -msgid "24000" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -msgid "Deferred revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 msgid "" -"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " -"recognition." +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "1000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "Service revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:99 msgid "" -"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" -" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:109 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +msgid "" +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:123 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:140 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button **Save Model**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:154 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:158 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:166 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:167 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:171 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:174 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale completely. (see: `Choose a " +"different Income Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../others/configuration/account_type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:193 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 @@ -11934,7 +12076,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 msgid "Due date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تاريخ الاستحقاق" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 @@ -11969,6 +12111,10 @@ msgid "" "To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" msgstr "" @@ -12071,7 +12217,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 msgid "Contracts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "العقود" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" @@ -12269,7 +12415,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مدفوعات العميل" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" @@ -12444,10 +12590,6 @@ msgid "" "Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 1816abf56..14f6d5607 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# hoxhe Aits , 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: hoxhe Aits , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +23,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "طلبات" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index d533134a1..57eadd51e 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -4,9 +4,10 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 # hoxhe Aits , 2019 # Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-22 08:57+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm.rst:5 msgid "CRM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "العلاقات العامة" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 msgid "Acquire leads" @@ -486,7 +487,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المقدمة" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -651,7 +652,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المتطلبات" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 0b95c5df6..a3ce276e8 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -3,6 +3,10 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Akram Alfusayal , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -106,7 +111,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ترقية" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -517,7 +522,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 msgid "or" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أو" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 71651266b..b4123d235 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Osoul , 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Osoul , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss.rst:5 msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المحادثة" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 56e82b771..71815b860 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -5,6 +5,10 @@ # # Translators: # Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# hoxhe Aits , 2019 +# Osoul , 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Osoul , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,11 +27,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المتجر الإلكتروني" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ابدأ" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 msgid "How to customize my catalog page" @@ -35,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "دليل المنتجات" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -465,7 +469,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الإعداد" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -629,11 +633,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التسعير" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الضرائب" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 msgid "Checkout process" @@ -645,7 +649,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "دفعة" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 msgid "Shipping & Tracking" @@ -665,7 +669,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "" +msgstr "كيفية تلقي أموال من خلال Authorize.Net" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -829,7 +833,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ingenico" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 msgid "Authorize.net" @@ -837,23 +841,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adyen" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buckaroo" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PayUmoney" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 msgid "Sips" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sips" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stripe" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 msgid "How to go live" @@ -1212,7 +1216,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 msgid "Activation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تنشيط" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -1222,7 +1226,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "بيانات الاعتماد" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" @@ -1371,7 +1375,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تسجيل" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po index c200b4252..61bf774ef 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po @@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +23,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expenses.rst:5 msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المصروفات" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 7ff9adde0..4c7454ee6 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -3,6 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Shaima Safar , 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Shaima Safar , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general.rst:5 msgid "General" -msgstr "" +msgstr "عام" #: ../../general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المصادقة" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" @@ -996,7 +1002,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 69af5a9ab..1564563df 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مكتب المساعدة" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 045ac238f..81d33a7c9 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -4,20 +4,23 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: +# Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 # Amer Hazaa , 2019 +# amrnegm , 2019 +# hoxhe Aits , 2019 +# Osoul , 2019 +# Shaima Safar , 2019 # Mustafa Rawi , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Osoul , 2019 -# Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,15 +30,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory.rst:5 msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الجرد" #: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الباركودات" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "العمليات اليومية" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" @@ -313,7 +316,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أوامر التوصيل" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -397,7 +400,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الإعداد" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" @@ -467,7 +470,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إرجاع التلقائي" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -506,7 +509,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 @@ -591,7 +594,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إدارة المخازن و المستودعات" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" @@ -1426,7 +1429,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء أمر مبيعات" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58 @@ -1627,7 +1630,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الشحنات الواردة" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" @@ -1721,7 +1724,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المقدمة" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2182,7 +2185,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "عمليات متنوعة" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" @@ -2773,7 +2776,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 msgid "Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المنتجات" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" @@ -2805,7 +2808,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "" @@ -2964,7 +2967,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 msgid "" "When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to change the unit of measure." +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 @@ -3016,7 +3019,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 msgid "Packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الحزم" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -3026,24 +3029,31 @@ msgid "" "you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:50 -msgid "Packaging" +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" qunatity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "التعبئة" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" "The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " "are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " "and the power plug." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 msgid "" "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " "can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 msgid "" "Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " "the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" @@ -3052,7 +3062,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تعديل الجرد" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" @@ -3079,25 +3089,21 @@ msgid "" "The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " "manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " "request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" -" check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product and if the " -"available quantity is higher or equal to the necessary quantity, Odoo will " -"use what is in stock to fulfill the request. In case you don’t have enough " -"available stock to fully fulfill the product request, procurement will be " -"generated for the total quantity requested." +" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 msgid "Reordering Rules" msgstr "قواعد إعادة الطلب" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " "*Inventory > Master Data > Reordering Rules*. There, click on *Create* to " "set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 msgid "" "When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " "this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" @@ -3106,20 +3112,20 @@ msgid "" "will be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 msgid "" "The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " "receive the products or to order them to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 msgid "" "In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " "able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 msgid "" "For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " "route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " @@ -3128,29 +3134,29 @@ msgid "" "*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " "consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 msgid "" "The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " "your *Inventory module > Master Data > Products* (or in any other module " "where products are available)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 msgid "" "On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " "choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 msgid "" "Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" -" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, male " +" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " "sure you have a *BoM* for this product." msgstr "" @@ -3232,12 +3238,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "طريقة حساب التكاليف" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "السعر القياسي" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 @@ -3248,7 +3254,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "العملية" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 @@ -3259,7 +3265,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تكلفة الوحدة" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 @@ -3292,7 +3298,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قيمة المخزون" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 @@ -3375,7 +3381,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 msgid "12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "12" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 msgid "+4*$10" @@ -3414,7 +3420,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 msgid "$20" -msgstr "" +msgstr "20 دولار" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" @@ -3450,7 +3456,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "متوسط السعر" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 @@ -3645,7 +3651,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "فاتورة المورد" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 @@ -3663,7 +3669,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المدين" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 @@ -3672,7 +3678,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الدائن" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 @@ -3747,7 +3753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "فاتورة العميل" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 @@ -3811,7 +3817,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "اوامر التصنيع" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 @@ -4146,7 +4152,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المخازن" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" @@ -4356,11 +4362,17 @@ msgid "" "forecasts." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" +" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 msgid "" "If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " "created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " @@ -5025,11 +5037,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ادارة سلسلة تصنيع المنتج" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ادارة المواقع الافتراضية للمنتج" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -5556,7 +5568,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "Ice Cream" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أيس كريم" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 msgid "08/20/2015" @@ -5605,7 +5617,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الشحن" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Operations" @@ -6116,7 +6128,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التسليم" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po index 647f42a4c..81f060850 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الدردشة الحية" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index 7555b2b4f..17111d979 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -5,6 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 +# Shaima Safar , 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Shaima Safar , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التصنيع" #: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing Management" @@ -622,7 +624,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 msgid "Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أمر التصنيع" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -918,7 +920,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أمر الهدم" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po index 2f84241a9..ca9ff8492 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +23,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الهاتف المحمول" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إظهار إشعارات" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 3111e0b18..ea7296e21 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -5,15 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 +# Shaima Safar , 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Shaima Safar , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "نقطة البيع" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced topics" @@ -40,6 +42,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:20 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 @@ -92,6 +95,72 @@ msgid "" "times or change the quantity manually on the screen." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "تقريب النقدية" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" msgstr "" @@ -307,7 +376,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تسمية الباركود" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." @@ -555,7 +624,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المقدمة" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -601,11 +670,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الإعداد" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "" +msgstr "صندوق إنترنت الأشياء" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -619,7 +688,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أودو" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po index 90970868b..791200c87 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -3,6 +3,12 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Osama Ahmaro , 2019 +# Shaima Safar , 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Shaima Safar , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -37,7 +44,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "عروض الأسعار" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -63,7 +70,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أوامر البيع" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -79,7 +86,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الفواتير" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -96,7 +103,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تذاكر" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -108,7 +115,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الاشتراكات" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index 5303ec473..e900df93c 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -5,6 +5,11 @@ # # Translators: # Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 +# Osoul , 2019 +# Shaima Safar , 2019 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 +# amrnegm , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,11 +28,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project.rst:5 msgid "Project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المشروع" #: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "متقدم" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" @@ -106,7 +111,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قالب البريد الإلكتروني" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -128,7 +133,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التقارير" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -329,7 +334,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" +msgstr "النص" #: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -372,7 +377,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المسئوليات" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." @@ -393,7 +398,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 msgid "Followers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المتابعون" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 47d56f4c7..eee27c646 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -5,6 +5,11 @@ # # Translators: # Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 +# fares alokeeli , 2019 +# Ahmed AL-Haddad , 2019 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Osoul , 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Osoul , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,15 +28,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase.rst:5 msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "شراء" #: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المشتريات" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "البيانات الرئيسية" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 msgid "Import vendors pricelists" @@ -541,7 +546,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 msgid "Bill Control" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التحكم في الفاتورة" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -748,23 +753,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "استلام" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الشحنات الواردة" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Vendor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المورد" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." msgstr "" +"يمكنك ايجاد المورد بواسطة الاسم، أو الرقم التعريفي لدافع الضرائب TIN، أو " +"البريد الإلكتروني، أو بواسطة رقم إشارة داخلي." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "" +msgstr "رقم إشارة المورد" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -772,62 +779,69 @@ msgid "" "matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " "on the delivery order sent by your vendor." msgstr "" +"رقم إشارة أمر البيع أو العطاء المرسل من المورد. تستخدم لإجراء المطابقة عند " +"استلام المنتجات حسب يُذكر عادةً على أمر التسليم المرسل من المورد." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تاريخ الأمر" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "" "Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " "a purchase order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "تمثل تاريخ اعتماد عرض السعر وتحوله لأمر شراء." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المستند المصدر" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "" "Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" " sales order)" msgstr "" +"رقم الإشارة للمستند الذي أُنشأ منه طلب أمر الشراء هذا (مثلًا: أمر البيع)" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التسليم الى" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "سيحدد هذا نوع العملية للشحنة التالية" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "عنوان الشحن المباشر" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "" "Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " "customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." msgstr "" +"أضف عنوانًا إذا أردت أن يتم التسليم من المورد للعميل مباشرة. وإلا، اترك هذه " +"الخانة فارغة ليتم التسليم إلى مؤسستك." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "نوع مكان الاستلام" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "حقل تقني يستخدم لعرض عنوان الشحن" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "شرط تجاري" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "" "International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " "used in international transactions." msgstr "" +"الشروط التجارية الدولية هي مجموعة من الشروط والأحكام مسبقة الإعداد، وتستخدم " +"عادة في المعاملات الدولية." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" @@ -1042,7 +1056,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 msgid "Receive Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "استلام المنتجات" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -1160,7 +1174,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "اتفاقيات الشراء" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" @@ -1358,7 +1372,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "توقيت مبادرة العميل" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po index 425d94863..1dd76e44c 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po @@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# amrnegm , 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: amrnegm , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +23,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../recruitment.rst:5 msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التوظيف" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 61a18153d..129ed10d7 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4,17 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 # Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 +# Osoul , 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Osoul , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales.rst:5 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المبيعات" #: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" @@ -218,6 +219,63 @@ msgid "" "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:49 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate" +" the developer mode`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" @@ -1346,7 +1404,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إعداد الضرائب" #: ../../sales/sale_amazon.rst:3 msgid "Amazon MWS Connector" @@ -1658,7 +1716,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 msgid "eBay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eBay" #: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" @@ -1799,7 +1857,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 msgid "Register a payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تسجيل دفعة" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index bcfd5b034..ec033d678 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -5,6 +5,10 @@ # # Translators: # Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 +# hoxhe Aits , 2019 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 +# Akram Alfusayal , 2019 +# amrnegm , 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-21 10:39+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: amrnegm , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website.rst:5 msgid "Website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الموقع الإلكتروني" #: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize" @@ -199,7 +203,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "" +msgstr "كلمات دلالية" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -305,7 +309,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "صفحة فيسبوك" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -316,7 +320,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "" +msgstr "شريط تمرير تويتر" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -641,7 +645,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المقدمة" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 msgid "" @@ -674,7 +678,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 msgid "Images" -msgstr "" +msgstr "صور" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 msgid "" @@ -1153,7 +1157,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 msgid "Publish" -msgstr "" +msgstr "نشر" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 msgid "How to use my own domain name" @@ -1372,7 +1376,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الإعداد" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1440,7 +1444,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 msgid "Add features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إضافة خصائص" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -1550,7 +1554,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 msgid "Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المنتجات" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" @@ -1558,7 +1562,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المدونات" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 msgid "Slide Channels" @@ -1566,15 +1570,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Forums" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المنتديات" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "Events" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الفعاليات" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المناصب الوظيفية" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -1614,7 +1618,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تعدد الشركات" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 msgid "" @@ -1686,7 +1690,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قوائم الأسعار" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 msgid "" @@ -1791,7 +1795,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 msgid "Process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "معالجة" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index b870a19f9..28c6e84be 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -16,20 +16,20 @@ # darenkster , 2019 # Johannes Croe , 2019 # Rudolf Schnapka , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Matt , 2019 # Leon Grill , 2019 # Chris Egal , 2019 # Patrick Heuel , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Patrick Heuel , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 @@ -5736,8 +5736,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "" @@ -7250,7 +7248,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Berichtswesen" @@ -8724,77 +8721,71 @@ msgstr "" msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " "per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " "revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " "reports include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -8804,7 +8795,7 @@ msgid "" "banking or wait for your paper bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -8812,39 +8803,39 @@ msgid "" "ledger transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" " tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Inventur Bewertung" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:132 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -8852,78 +8843,6 @@ msgid "" "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Transkript" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " -"century." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " -"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " -"them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 -msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " -"inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " -"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 -msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " -"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " -"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " -"go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "" @@ -11485,76 +11404,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 -msgid "Set up cash roundings" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Bargeld-Runden" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" -"In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " -"Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" -" paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest coin " -"that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 -msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" -"First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"Cash Rounding." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" -"There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " -"strategies:" +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" -" your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " -"define the account in which the rounding will go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " -"highest tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 msgid "" -"Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" -" the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" -" where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods created previously." -" If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 @@ -11714,183 +11621,380 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "Verzögerte Einnahmen" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:7 msgid "" -"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " -"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " -"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " -"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," -" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " -"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " -"posted on the income statement." +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 msgid "" -"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " -"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " -"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" -" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:17 msgid "" -"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " -"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " "revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 -msgid "Module installation" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 msgid "" -"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " -"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " -"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " -"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:33 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 msgid "" -"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" -" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" -" might check if the module is correctly installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 -msgid "Define deferred revenue types" +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 -msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:49 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 -msgid "1 year service contract" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "3 years service contracts" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:58 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 -msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 msgid "" -"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " -"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" -" revenue type." +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:67 msgid "" -"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "Produkt" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "Abgrenzungsart" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 -msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:72 msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " -"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " -"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " -"entry." +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Dr**" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:82 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Cr**" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:84 +msgid "Create a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -msgid "Accounts receivable" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates journal entries at the" +" right time until the full amount of the income is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -msgid "24000" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -msgid "Deferred revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 msgid "" -"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " -"recognition." +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "1000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "Service revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:99 msgid "" -"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" -" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:109 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +msgid "" +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:123 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:140 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button **Save Model**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:154 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:158 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:166 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:167 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:171 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:174 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale completely. (see: `Choose a " +"different Income Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../others/configuration/account_type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:193 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 @@ -12021,6 +12125,10 @@ msgid "" "To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" msgstr "" @@ -12496,10 +12604,6 @@ msgid "" "Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index a0645341e..49ca6eb1f 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Patrick Heuel , 2019\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 @@ -2813,7 +2813,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "" @@ -2972,7 +2972,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 msgid "" "When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to change the unit of measure." +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 @@ -3034,24 +3034,31 @@ msgid "" "you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" qunatity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Verpackung" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" "The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " "are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " "and the power plug." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 msgid "" "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " "can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 msgid "" "Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " "the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" @@ -3087,25 +3094,21 @@ msgid "" "The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " "manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " "request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" -" check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product and if the " -"available quantity is higher or equal to the necessary quantity, Odoo will " -"use what is in stock to fulfill the request. In case you don’t have enough " -"available stock to fully fulfill the product request, procurement will be " -"generated for the total quantity requested." +" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 msgid "Reordering Rules" msgstr "Meldebestände" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " "*Inventory > Master Data > Reordering Rules*. There, click on *Create* to " "set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 msgid "" "When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " "this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" @@ -3114,20 +3117,20 @@ msgid "" "will be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 msgid "" "The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " "receive the products or to order them to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 msgid "" "In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " "able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 msgid "" "For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " "route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " @@ -3136,29 +3139,29 @@ msgid "" "*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " "consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 msgid "" "The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " "your *Inventory module > Master Data > Products* (or in any other module " "where products are available)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 msgid "" "On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " "choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 msgid "" "Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" -" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, male " +" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " "sure you have a *BoM* for this product." msgstr "" @@ -4364,11 +4367,17 @@ msgid "" "forecasts." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" +" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 msgid "" "If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " "created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 7685c8cc2..094ce828f 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -43,6 +43,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:20 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 @@ -95,6 +96,72 @@ msgid "" "times or change the quantity manually on the screen." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Bargeld-Runden" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index b857169b7..e52e56db8 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -218,6 +218,63 @@ msgid "" "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:49 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate" +" the developer mode`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index d25735aa8..c89d4c6bd 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -37,18 +37,19 @@ # Fred Gilson , 2019 # Florent de Labarre , 2019 # Christophe CHAUVET , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Alain van de Werve , 2019 # Cécile Collart , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Laura Piraux , 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Laura Piraux , 2019\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -132,8 +133,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 @@ -6892,8 +6893,6 @@ msgstr "**Titre**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "**Compte**" @@ -8704,7 +8703,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Analyse" @@ -10442,23 +10440,15 @@ msgstr "" "La comptabilité européenne où les achats sont comptabilisées à la date de la" " facture fournisseur." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "" -"La comptabilité Storno (Italie), où les factures de remboursement ont un " -"crédit / débit négatif au lieu d'une inversion des écritures originales." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "Odoo a également des modules pour se conformer aux règles IFRS." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "Comptes Débiteurs & Créditeurs" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " @@ -10469,7 +10459,7 @@ msgstr "" " pouvez créer des comptes séparés pour chaque client / fournisseur, mais ce " "n'est pas une obligation." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " @@ -10480,11 +10470,11 @@ msgstr "" "fournisseur, comme les arrêtés de compte client, les revenus par client, les" " balances âgés..." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "Large choix de rapports financiers" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " @@ -10494,30 +10484,30 @@ msgstr "" "rapports d' Odoo vont des rapports comptables de base aux rapports de " "gestion avancées. Les rapports de Odoo comprennent :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" "Les rapports de performance (comme le Compte de résultat, les Ecarts " "Budgétaires)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "Les rapports de situation (comme le Bilan, les Balances Agées)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "les rapports de trésorerie (comme les Relevés de Banque)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "Les rapports détaillés (comme la Balance Générale et le Grand Livre)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "Les rapports de gestion (comme les Budgets, et le Résumé Analytique)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." @@ -10525,11 +10515,11 @@ msgstr "" "Le générateur de rapports d'Odoo vous permet de personnaliser vos propres " "rapports basés sur vos propres formules." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "Importation automatique des données bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -10547,7 +10537,7 @@ msgstr "" "connecter à votre banque en ligne ou à attendre vos relevés bancaires " "papier." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -10559,11 +10549,11 @@ msgstr "" "souvient aussi de la façon dont vous avez traité d'autres lignes de relevés " "et fournit des suggestions parmi les transactions du grand livre." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "Calcul de l'impôt que vous devez à votre autorité fiscale" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" @@ -10573,11 +10563,11 @@ msgstr "" "d'imposition et utilise ces totaux pour calculer vos impôts. Vous pouvez " "ensuite vérifier votre impôt en exécutant Rapport de taxes dans Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " @@ -10587,7 +10577,7 @@ msgstr "" "permanente (automatisée). Les méthodes disponibles sont le coût standard, le" " coût moyen, LIFO (pour les pays qui l'autorisent) et FIFO." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:132 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "`__" @@ -10595,11 +10585,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Voir l'impact de la méthode d'évaluation sur vos transactions " "`__" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "Résultats non distribués faciles à gérer" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -10612,100 +10602,6 @@ msgstr "" "en reportant automatiquement le solde de votre compte de résultat dans votre" " bilan." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "Introduction à la Comptabilité dans Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Transcription" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " -"century." -msgstr "" -"Odoo est un beau logiciel de comptabilité conçu pour les besoins du 21e " -"siècle." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " -"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "" -"Odoo se connecte directement à vos comptes bancaire ou paypal. Les " -"transactions sont synchronisées toutes les heures et la réconciliation est " -"ultra-rapide. Il est magique." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " -"them." -msgstr "" -"Créez instantanément des factures et envoyez-les d'un simple clic. Pas " -"besoin de les imprimer." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "Odoo peut les envoyer pour vous par courriel ou courrier postal." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 -msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "" -"Vos clients paient en ligne, ce qui signifie que vous obtenez votre argent " -"tout de suite." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " -"inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "" -"La comptabilité d'Odoo est connectée à toutes les applications de Odoo comme" -" les ventes, les achats, l'inventaire et les abonnements." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " -"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "" -"Ainsi, l'enregistrement des factures fournisseurs est aussi super rapide. " -"Sélectionnez un fournisseur, puis la facture, et Odoo remplit tout pour vous" -" automatiquement." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, il suffit d'utiliser le protocole SEPA ou d'imprimer des chèques " -"pour payer les fournisseurs en masse." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 -msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "C'est si facile avec Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " -"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " -"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "" -"Attendez, ce n'est pas tout. Vous allez adorer les rapports d'Odoo. Les " -"déclarations légales aussi bien que les documents de synthèse sont rapides " -"et dynamiques. Utilisez les fonctionnalités de Business Intelligence d'Odoo " -"pour naviguer à travers toutes les données de vos entreprises." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " -"go." -msgstr "" -"Et bien sûr, Odoo est aussi mobile. Vous pouvez l'utiliser pour vérifier vos" -" comptes lors de vos déplacements." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "Memo de Comptabilité pour les Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" @@ -13957,81 +13853,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 -msgid "Set up cash roundings" -msgstr "Mise en place d'arrondis d'espèces" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Arrondi d'espèces" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" -"In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " -"Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" -" paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest coin " -"that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 -msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" -"First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"Cash Rounding." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" -"There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" -"Il existe un nouveau menu pour gérer les arrondis d'espèces dans " -":menuselection: `Comptabilité -> Configuration -> Gestion -> Arrondi " -"d'espèces`." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " -"strategies:" +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" -" your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " -"define the account in which the rounding will go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " -"highest tax." -msgstr "" -"**Modifier le montant de la taxe**: Odoo ajoutera l’arrondi au montant de la" -" taxe la plus élevée." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 msgid "" -"Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" -" the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" -" where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods created previously." -" If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 @@ -14191,224 +14070,381 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" -msgstr "Revenus différés: comment les automatiser ?" +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "Revenus différés" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:4 msgid "" -"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " -"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " -"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " -"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," -" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " -"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " -"posted on the income statement." +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" -"Un revenu reporté / non acquis est un acompte enregistré sur la balance du " -"client comme une dette jusqu'à ce que les services aient été rendus ou que " -"les produits aient été livrés. Le revenu reporté est une dette, car il se " -"réfère au chiffre d'affaires qui n'a pas encore été gagné, mais représente " -"des produits ou des services qui sont dus au client. Au fur et à mesure que " -"les produits ou services sont livrés, le chiffre d'affaires est comptabilisé" -" sur le compte de revenus." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 msgid "" -"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " -"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " -"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" -" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -"Par exemple: supposons que vous vendez un contrat de support de 2 ans pour " -"24 000 € qui commence le mois prochain pour une période de 24 mois. Une fois" -" que vous validez la facture du client, les 24000 € doivent être " -"comptabilisés dans un compte de revenus reportés. En effet, les 24 000 € que" -" vous recevez n'ont pas encore été gagnés." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:17 msgid "" -"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " -"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " "revenue." msgstr "" -"Au cours des 24 prochains mois, vous diminuerez le compte des revenus " -"reportés de 1000 € (24000€/24) tous les mois et en convertissant ce montant " -"en chiffre d'affaires." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "Installation du module" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Prérequis" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 msgid "" -"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " -"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " -"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " -"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." msgstr "" -"Pour automatiser les revenus différés, allez dans le menu des paramètres de " -"l'application :menuselection:`Comptabilité -> Configuration -> " -"Configuration` et activer l'option **Gestion d'actifs**. Cela permet " -"d'installer le module **Gestion de la reconnaissance de revenu**." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:33 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 msgid "" -"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" -" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" -" might check if the module is correctly installed." +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -"Dans certaines releases d'Odoo 9, en plus d'activer cette option, vous " -"devrez installer le module « Gestion des Revenus Différés pour les " -"Contrats». Si vous utilisez Odoo 9, vérifiez si le module est correctement " -"installé." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 -msgid "Define deferred revenue types" -msgstr "Définir des catégories de revenus différs" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" msgstr "" -"Une fois le module installé, vous devez créer des catégories de revenus " -"différés. Depuis l'application de Comptabilité, allez dans le menu " -":menusélection:`Configuration -> Catégories de Revenus Différés`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 -msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" -msgstr "Exemple : contrat de maintenance de 12 mois" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" -msgstr "Quelques exemples de catégories de revenus différés :" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:49 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 -msgid "1 year service contract" -msgstr "contrats de service de 1 an" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "3 years service contracts" -msgstr "contrats de service de 3 ans" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:58 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 -msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" -msgstr "Définir des revenus reportés sur des produits" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 msgid "" -"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " -"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" -" revenue type." +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -"Une fois que les catégories de revenus différés sont définies, vous pouvez " -"les appliquer aux articles concernés. Sur la fiche de l'article, dans " -"l'onglet Comptabilité, vous pouvez définir une catégorie de revenus " -"reportés." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:67 msgid "" -"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" -"Voici quelques exemples d'articles et leurs catégories de revenus différés " -"associées :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "Article" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "Type de revenu différé" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" -msgstr "Contrat de Support : 3 ans" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "Abonnement Netflix : 3 years" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "Des fleurs chaque mois" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "contrat de fourniture de produits 1 an" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 -msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "Vendre et facturer des articles" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " -"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " -"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " -"entry." +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" msgstr "" -"Une fois que les articles sont configurés, vous pouvez créer une facture " -"client utilisant ce produit. Une fois que la facture du client est validée, " -"Odoo créera automatiquement un revenu différé pour vous, et la pièce " -"comptable associée." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Dr**" -msgstr "**Débit**" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Cr**" -msgstr "**Crédit**" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:82 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -msgid "Accounts receivable" -msgstr "Comptes clients" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:84 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -msgid "24000" -msgstr "24000" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates journal entries at the" +" right time until the full amount of the income is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -msgid "Deferred revenue account" -msgstr "Compte des revenus différés" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 msgid "" -"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " -"recognition." +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -"Ensuite, tous les mois, Odoo créera une pièce comptable pour la " -"comptabilisation du chiffre d'affaires." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "1000" -msgstr "1000" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "Service revenue account" -msgstr "Compte de prestations de services" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:99 msgid "" -"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" -" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." msgstr "" -"Pour analyser tous vos contrats actuels ayant un revenu différé, vous pouvez" -" utiliser le menu :menusélection:`Rapport --> Analyse des revenus différés`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`overview`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:109 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +msgid "" +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:123 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:140 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button **Save Model**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:154 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:158 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:166 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:167 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:171 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:174 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale completely. (see: `Choose a " +"different Income Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../others/configuration/account_type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:193 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"`_" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" @@ -14573,6 +14609,10 @@ msgstr "" "différentes. Pour obtenir le relevé du client, utilisez le menu de Ventes > " "Relevés Clients." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr ":doc:`overview`" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`" @@ -15154,10 +15194,6 @@ msgid "" "Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 3325d182c..6577474a8 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ # Renaud de Colombel , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Cécile Collart , 2019 +# Fernanda Marques , 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -19,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-22 08:57+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2019\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -497,10 +498,10 @@ msgid "" "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez alors créer un Identifiant Client. Entrez le nom de " -"l'application (e.g. Odoo Calendar) et les pages autorisées vers lesquelles " -"vous serez re-dirigé(e). L'*Origine du Javascript Autorisé* est l'URL de " -"votre instance Odoo. L'*URI de redirection autorisée* est l'URL de votre " -"instance Odoo suivie de '/google_account/authentication'." +"l'application (par ex. Odoo Calendar) et les pages autorisées vers " +"lesquelles vous serez redirigé. L'*Origine du Javascript autorisé* est l'URL" +" de votre instance Odoo. L'*URL de redirection autorisée* est l'URL de votre" +" instance Odoo suivie de '/google_account/authentication'." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 8c31bfc61..14447abb0 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ # Florian Hatat, 2019 # Bertrand LATOUR , 2019 # 1d432ba7e4292878d212aa334c4d2933, 2019 +# Fernanda Marques , 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 1d432ba7e4292878d212aa334c4d2933, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2019\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -34,13 +35,16 @@ msgstr "Identification" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OAuth" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." msgstr "" +"Étant donné les exigences particulières pour l’implémentation d'Azure's " +"OAuth, l'identification sur Microsoft Azure OAuth n'est PAS compatible avec " +"Odoo pour le moment." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" @@ -53,39 +57,53 @@ msgid "" "`https://console.developers.google.com/ " "`_." msgstr "" +"Connectez-vous à votre compte Google et allez sur " +"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"`_." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur **Créer un projet** et introduisez le nom du projet ainsi que " +"d'autres détails." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cliquez sur **Utiliser les APIs Google **" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" +"Sur le menu à gauche, sélectionnez **Identifiants** (depuis le " +"**Gestionnaire API**) puis sélectionnez **écran de consentement OAuth**." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." msgstr "" +"Introduisez votre adresse email ainsi que le nom du produit (par ex. Odoo) " +"puis sauvegardez." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" +"Cliquez ensuite sur **Ajouter identifiants** et sélectionnez la deuxième " +"option (OAuth 2.0 Client ID)." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" +"Vérifiez que le type d'application configurée est **Application Web**. " +"Configurez ensuite les pages autorisées vers lesquelles vous souhaitez être " +"redirigé." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -93,66 +111,87 @@ msgid "" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " "Then click on **Create**" msgstr "" +"Pour finir, complétez le champ **redirection autorisée des URLs**. Copiez-" +"collez le lien suivant dans la case : " +"http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin et cliquez ensuite sur **Créer**." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" +"Une fois terminé, vous recevrez deux informations (votre ID client et votre " +"ID client secret). Vous devez introduire votre ID client dans les " +"**Paramètres généraux**." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment autoriser les utilisateurs à se connecter avec LDAP" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installez le module LDAP depuis les paramètres généraux." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sur la page Configurez votre serveur LDAP, cliquez sur **Créer**." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Choisissez l'entreprise qui va utiliser le LDAP." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." msgstr "" +"Dans le champ **Information serveur**, entrez l'adresse IP de votre serveur " +"ainsi que le port utilisé par celui-ci." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "" +"Cochez **Utilisateur TLS** si votre serveur est compatible à celui-ci." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." msgstr "" +"Dans le champ **Informations de connexion**, entrez l'ID et le mot de passe " +"du compte utilisé pour interroger le serveur. Si ce champ n'est pas rempli, " +"le serveur sera interrogé de façon anonyme." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." msgstr "" +"Dans le champ **Paramètres de traitement**, entrez le nom de domaine de " +"votre serveur LDAP selon la nomenclature LDAP (par ex. " +"``dc=example,dc=com``)." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dans le champ **Filtre LDAP**, entrez ``uid=%s``." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." msgstr "" +"Dans le champ **Informations de l'utilisateur**, cochez *Créer un " +"utilisateur* si vous voulez que Odoo crée un profil utilisateur lorsque " +"quelqu'un se connecte avec le LDAP pour la première fois." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" +"Dans le champ **Template utilisateur**, désignez un template pour les " +"nouveaux profils créés. Si ce champ n'est pas rempli, le profil " +"administrateur sera utilisé comme template." #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" @@ -160,7 +199,7 @@ msgstr "Importation de données" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment adapter un template d'importation" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -169,22 +208,30 @@ msgid "" "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" +"Des templates d'importation sont fournis dans l'outil d'importation des " +"données les plus courantes à importer (contacts, produits, relevés " +"bancaires, etc.). Vous pouvez les ouvrir avec n'importe quel logiciel " +"tableur (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment personnaliser le fichier" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "" +"Supprimez les colonnes dont vous n'avez pas besoin. Nous vous conseillons de" +" ne pas supprimer la colonne *ID* (voyez pourquoi ci-dessous)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" +"Définissez un ID unique pour chaque donnée en tirant la séquence ID vers le " +"bas." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -192,16 +239,23 @@ msgid "" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " "corresponding field using the search." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous ajoutez une nouvelle colonne, Odoo risque de ne pas pouvoir la " +"cartographier automatiquement si son libellé ne correspond à aucun champ du " +"système. Dans ce cas, utilisez la fonction de recherche pour trouver le " +"champ correspondant." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." msgstr "" +"Utilisez ensuite le libellé que vous avez trouvé dans votre template " +"d'importation pour le faire fonctionner directement la prochaine fois que " +"vous essaierez d'importer." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pourquoi utiliser une colonne “ID”" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -209,25 +263,32 @@ msgid "" "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"L'**ID** (ID externe) est un identifiant unique associé à chaque ligne. " +"N'hésitez pas à utiliser celui de votre ancien logiciel pour faciliter la " +"transition vers Odoo." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" +"Vous n'êtes pas obligé de configurer un ID lors de l'importation mais cela " +"peut être utile dans certains cas :" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" msgstr "" +"Importations de mise à jour : vous pouvez importer le même fichier plusieurs" +" fois sans devoir créer un doublon;" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importer des champs de liens (voir ci-dessous)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment importer des champs de liens" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -236,6 +297,10 @@ msgid "" "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" +"Un objet Odoo est toujours lié à de nombreux autres objets (par ex. un " +"produit est lié à des catégories de produits, à des caractéristiques, à des " +"vendeurs, etc.). Pour importer ces relations, vous devez d'abord importer " +"les données de l'objet lié depuis leur propre menu déroulant." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -244,10 +309,15 @@ msgid "" "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, vous pouvez soit utiliser le nom de la donnée liée soit son " +"ID. Lorsque deux données ont le même nom, il faut utiliser l'ID. Dans ce " +"cas, ajoutez \" / ID\" à la fin du titre de la colonne (par ex. pour les " +"caractéristiques du produit : Caractéristiques du produit / Caractéristiques" +" / ID)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "How to import data into Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment importer des données vers Odoo" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" @@ -259,10 +329,16 @@ msgid "" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" " and even orders!" msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez importer des données vers n'importe quel objet d'Odoo business " +"en utilisant soit le format Excel (.xlsx) soit le format CSV (.csv) : des " +"contacts, des produits, des relevés bancaires, des écritures comptables et " +"même des commandes!" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." msgstr "" +"Ouvrez l'écran de l'objet que vous voulez alimenter et cliquez sur " +"*Importer*." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -270,18 +346,25 @@ msgid "" "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " "already done." msgstr "" +"Vous y trouverez des templates que vous pouvez facilement alimenter avec vos" +" propres données. Ces templates peuvent être importés en un clic; la " +"cartographie des données a déjà été faite." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment adapter le template" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" +"Ajoutez, supprimez et triez les colonnes pour qu'elles correspondent au " +"mieux à votre structure de données." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" +"Nous vous conseillons de ne pas supprimer la colonne **ID** (voyez pourquoi " +"dans la section suivante)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -290,16 +373,22 @@ msgid "" "columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " "corresponding field." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous ajoutez une nouvelle colonne, Odoo risque de ne pas pouvoir la " +"cartographier automatiquement si son libellé ne correspond à aucun champ " +"dans Odoo. Vous pouvez relier les nouvelles colonnes manuellement lorsque " +"vous testez l'importation. Recherchez le champ correspondant dans la liste." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "" +"Utilisez ensuite le libellé de ce champ dans votre fichier pour le faire " +"fonctionner directement la prochaine fois." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 msgid "How to import from another application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment importer depuis une autre application" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -310,6 +399,13 @@ msgid "" "unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" +"Pour recréer les relations entre les différentes données, vous devez " +"utiliser l'identifiant unique de l'application initiale et le faire " +"correspondre à la colonne **ID** (ID externe) dans Odoo. Lorsque vous " +"importez une autre donnée qui est liée à la première donnée, utilisez " +"**XXX/ID** (XXX/ID externe) pour l'identifiant unique initial. Vous pouvez " +"également retrouver cette donnée via son nom mais vous serez bloqué si au " +"moins deux données ont le même nom." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -317,10 +413,14 @@ msgid "" "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "" +"L'ID sera également utilisé pour mettre à jour l'importation originale si " +"vous devez importer à nouveau des données modifiées plus tard, il est donc " +"conseillé de le spécifier lorsque c'est possible." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "" +"Je ne trouve pas le champ auquel je veux faire correspondre ma colonne" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -332,6 +432,14 @@ msgid "" "wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" " default." msgstr "" +"Odoo essaye de retrouver par la méthode heuristique, en se basant sur les " +"dix premières lignes des fichiers, le type de champ pour chaque colonne de " +"votre fichier. Par exemple, si vous avez une colonne qui ne contient que des" +" nombres, seuls les champs de type *entiers* vous seront proposés. Bien que " +"cela soit approprié et pratique la plupart du temps, il est également " +"possible que cela ne fonctionne pas bien ou que vous souhaitiez faire " +"correspondre votre colonne à un champ qui ne vous est pas proposé par " +"défaut." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -339,10 +447,13 @@ msgid "" "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "" +"Si cela arrive, vous devez juste vérifier l'option ** Afficher les champs " +"des champs de relation (avancé)**, vous pourrez ainsi choisir depuis la " +"liste complète de champs pour chaque colonne." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Où puis-je changer le format de la date d'importation?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -353,6 +464,13 @@ msgid "" "difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" +"Odoo peut détecter automatiquement s'il s'agit d'une colonne de dates et il " +"essayera de deviner le format de date à partir d'une série contenant les " +"formats de date les plus utilisés. Bien que ce processus puisse fonctionner " +"pour beaucoup de formats de date, certains formats ne seront pas reconnus. " +"Cela peut prêter à confusion à cause des inversions jour-mois, car il est " +"difficile de deviner quelle partie du format de date correspond au jour et " +"laquelle correspond au mois dans une date telle que '01-03-2016'." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -361,6 +479,11 @@ msgid "" "selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" +"Pour savoir quel format de date Odoo a détecté depuis votre fichier, vous " +"pouvez vérifier le **Format de date** qui s'affiche lorsque l'on clique sur " +"**Options** sous le sélecteur de fichiers. Si le format est incorrect vous " +"pouvez le modifier selon vos préférences en utilisant l'*ISO 8601* pour " +"définir le format." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -369,10 +492,15 @@ msgid "" " stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" +"Si vous importez un fichier Excel (.xls, .xlsx), vous pouvez utiliser les " +"cellules de données pour mémoriser les dates car l'affichage des dates dans " +"Excel est différent de leur stockage. Vous vous assurez ainsi que le format " +"de date dans Odoo est correct quel que soit le format de date local." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "" +"Puis-je importer des nombres avec un symbole monétaire (par ex.: 32,00 $)?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -383,55 +511,65 @@ msgid "" "known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " "crash." msgstr "" +"Oui, nous prenons en charge des nombres avec une parenthèse pour représenter" +" le signe moins ainsi que des nombres avec un symbole monétaire. Odoo " +"détecte aussi automatiquement quel séparateur décimal ou de milliers vous " +"utilisez (vous pouvez les modifier dans les **options**). Si vous utilisez " +"un symbole monétaire qui est inconnu pour Odoo, il ne le reconnaîtra pas " +"comme un nombre et il générera une erreur." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" +"Voici quelques exemples des nombres pris en charge (en utilisant trente-deux" +" mille comme exemple) :" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 msgid "32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "32000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32,000.00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "-32000.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-32000.00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 msgid "(32000.00)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(32000.00)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 msgid "$ 32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$ 32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(32000.00 €)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "Example that will not work:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemple de ce qui ne fonctionne pas :" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" +"Que puis-je faire lorsque le tableau d'aperçu de l'importation ne s'affiche " +"pas correctement?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -440,6 +578,11 @@ msgid "" "settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" +"Par défaut, l'aperçu de l'importation est défini sur des virgules comme " +"séparateurs de champs et sr des guillemets comme délimiteurs de texte. Si " +"votre fichier CSV n'a pas cette configuration, vous pouvez modifier les " +"Options de format de fichier (affichées sous la barre Parcourir le fichier " +"CSV après avoir sélectionné votre fichier)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -447,12 +590,18 @@ msgid "" "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" +"Notez que si votre fichier CSV possède une tabulation comme séparateur, Odoo" +" ne détectera pas les séparations. Vous allez devoir modifier les options de" +" format de fichier sur l'application tableur. Consultez la question " +"suivante. " #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" +"Comment puis-je modifier les options de format du fichier CSV lors de la " +"sauvegarde dans mon application tableur?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -462,16 +611,25 @@ msgid "" "modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " "filter settings' > Save)." msgstr "" +"Si vous modifiez et sauvez des fichiers CSV dans des applications tableur, " +"la configuration régionale de votre ordinateur sera appliquée au séparateur " +"et au délimiteur. Nous vous conseillons d'utiliser OpenOffice ou LibreOffice" +" Calc, car ils vous permettront de modifier les trois options (dans la boîte" +" de dialogue 'Enregistrer sous' > cochez la case 'Modifier les paramètres du" +" filtre' > Sauvez)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " "'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." msgstr "" +"Lors de la sauvegarde, Microsoft Excel vous permettra de modifier uniquement" +" l'encodage (dans la boîte de dialogue 'Sauver sous' > cliquez sur 'Liste " +"déroulante des outils > Onglet d'encodage)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quelle est la différence entre base de données ID et ID externe?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -482,12 +640,20 @@ msgid "" "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." msgstr "" +"Certains champs définissent une relation avec un autre objet. Par exemple, " +"le pays d'un contact est un lien pour les données de l'objet 'Pays'. Lorsque" +" vous voulez importer de tels champs, Odoo devra recréer des liens entre les" +" différentes données. Pour vous aider à importer de tels champs, Odoo vous " +"fournit trois méthodes. Vous devez utiliser une seule de ces méthodes pour " +"chaque champ que vous voulez importer." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" msgstr "" +"Par exemple, pour référencer le pays d'un contact, Odoo vous propose trois " +"différents champs pour importer :" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" @@ -498,16 +664,22 @@ msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" +"Pays/Base de données ID : l'ID unique de Odoo pour une donnée, définit par " +"la colonne ID PostgreSQL." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" +"Pays/ID externe : l'ID de cette donnée référencé dans une autre application " +"(ou le fichier .XML que l'a importé)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" +"Pour la Belgique vous pouvez utiliser l'une de ces trois méthodes pour " +"importer :" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "Country: Belgium" @@ -515,7 +687,7 @@ msgstr "Pays : Belgique" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pays/Base de données ID : 21" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" @@ -527,12 +699,17 @@ msgid "" "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" +"Selon vos besoins, vous devez utiliser l'une de ces trois méthodes pour " +"référencer les données dans les relations. Voici les situations dans " +"lesquelles vous devriez utiliser l'une ou l'autre, selon vos besoins :" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." msgstr "" +"Utilisez Pays : c'est la façon la plus facile lorsque vos données viennent " +"d'un fichier CSV qui a été créé manuellement." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -541,12 +718,19 @@ msgid "" "may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " "Database ID)" msgstr "" +"Utilisez Pays/Base de données ID : vous devriez rarement utiliser ce format." +" Il est le plus souvent utilisé par des développeurs car sa principale " +"qualité est de ne jamais rencontrer de problèmes (vous pouvez avoir " +"plusieurs données avec le même nom, mais elles ont toujours une base de " +"données ID unique)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." msgstr "" +"Utilisez Pays/ID externe : utilisez l'ID externe lorsque vous importez des " +"données d'une application tierce." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -556,18 +740,27 @@ msgid "" "\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " "Products and their Categories." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous utilisez des IDs externes, vous pouvez importer des fichiers " +"CSV en utilisant la colonne \"ID externe\" pour définir l'ID externe de " +"chaque donnée que vous importez. Vous pourrez ensuite faire référence à ces" +" données par des colonnes telles que \"Champ/ID externe\". Les deux fichiers" +" CSV suivants vous donnent un exemple pour les produits et leurs catégories." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "" "`CSV file for categories " "<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." msgstr "" +"`Fichier CSV pour les catégories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "" "`CSV file for Products " "<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." msgstr "" +"`Fichier CSV pour les produits " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" @@ -583,6 +776,15 @@ msgid "" "Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" +"Si, par exemple, vous avez deux catégories de produits qui ont pour thème " +"enfant le mot \"Vendable\" (c'est-à-dire \"Produits divers/Vendable\" et " +"\"Autres produits/Vendable\"), votre validation est interrompue mais vous " +"pouvez toujours importer vos données. Cependant, nous vous recommandons de " +"ne pas importer les données parce qu'elles seront toutes liées à la première" +" catégorie \" Vendable \" qui se trouve dans la liste des catégories de " +"produits (\" Produits divers/Vendable \"). Nous vous recommandons de " +"modifier une des valeurs des doublons ou votre hiérarchie de catégories de " +"produits." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -590,12 +792,17 @@ msgid "" "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" +"Cependant, si vous ne voulez pas modifier la configuration de vos catégories" +" de produits, nous vous recommandons d'utiliser l'ID externe pour le champ " +"'Catégorie'." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" +"Comment puis-je importer un champ de relation de un à plusieurs (par ex. un " +"client qui possède différentes balises)?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -610,12 +817,16 @@ msgid "" "`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " "<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." msgstr "" +"`Fichier CSV pour fabricant et distributeur " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" msgstr "" +"Comment puis-je importer une relation de un à plusieurs (par ex. plusieurs " +"lignes de commande ou un ordre de vente)?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -633,30 +844,40 @@ msgid "" "`File for some Quotations " "<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." msgstr "" +"`Fichier pour certains devis " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "" +"Le fichier CSV suivant montre comment importer des commandes et leurs lignes" +" de commande respectives :" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 msgid "" "`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " "<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." msgstr "" +"`Les commandes et leurs lignes de commande respectives " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" +"Le fichier CSV suivant montre comment importer des clients et leurs contacts" +" respectifs :" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 msgid "" "`Customers and their respective contacts " "<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." msgstr "" +"`Clients et leurs contacts respectifs " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" @@ -677,10 +898,13 @@ msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" +"Cette fonctionnalité vous permet d'utiliser l'outil Import/Export de Odoo " +"pour modifier un lot de données dans votre application tableur favorite." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "" +"Que se passe t-il si je ne propose pas de valeur pour un champ spécifique?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -693,6 +917,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" +"Comment exporter/importer des tableaux différents depuis une application SQL" +" vers Odoo?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -711,6 +937,13 @@ msgid "" "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" +"Pour gérer les relation entre des tableaux, vous pouvez utiliser les " +"fonctionnalités \"ID externe\" de Odoo. L'\"ID externe\" d'une donnée est " +"l'unique identificateur de cette donnée dans une autre application. Cet \"ID" +" externe\" doit être unique pour toutes les données de tous les objets, il " +"est donc recommandé de faire précéder cet \"External ID\" du nom de " +"l'application ou de la table. (comme 'entreprise_1', 'personne_1' au lieu de" +" '1'). " #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -721,26 +954,37 @@ msgid "" "href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " "PostgreSQL database)" msgstr "" +"Supposons, par exemple, que vous avez une base de données SQL avec deux " +"tableaux que vous voulez importer : entreprises et personnes. Chaque " +"personne fait partie d'une entreprise, vous allez devoir donc récréer le " +"lien entre la personne et l'entreprise pour laquelle elle travaille. (si " +"vous voulez tester cet exemple, voici un dump d'une telle " +"base de données PostgreSQL)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" msgstr "" +"Nous allons importer d'abord toutes les entreprises ainsi que leur \"ID " +"externe\". Tapez la commande Dans PSQL :" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cette commande SQL va générer le fichier CSV suivant :" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "" +"Pour créer les fichiers CSV pour des personnes, liées à des entreprises, " +"nous allons utiliser la commande SQL suivante en PSQL :" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cela va générer le fichier CSV suivant :" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -751,6 +995,13 @@ msgid "" "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" " who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." msgstr "" +"Comment vous pouvez voir dans ce fichier, Fabien et Laurence travaillent " +"pour l'entreprise Bigees (entreprise_1) et Eric travaille pour l'entreprise " +"Organi. La relation entre les personnes et les entreprises se fait à l'aide " +"de l'ID externe des entreprises. Nous avons du faire précéder l\"ID " +"externe\" du nom du tableau pour éviter un conflit d'ID entre les personnes " +"et les entreprises (personne_1 et entreprise_1 qui avaient le même ID 1 dans" +" la base de données initiale)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 msgid "" @@ -762,11 +1013,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Achats in-app" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Guide général sur les services d'achat in-app (IAP)" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -774,10 +1025,13 @@ msgid "" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " "post directly from my database." msgstr "" +"L'application Achats In-App (IAP) donne accès à des services supplémentaires" +" via Odoo. Par exemple, il nous permet d'envoyer des SMS ou d'envoyer des " +"factures par la poste directement à partir de ma base de données." #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7 msgid "Buying Credits" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Achetez des crédits" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -794,7 +1048,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16 msgid "IAP accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comptes IAP" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -806,7 +1060,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP Portal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Portail IAP" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -818,7 +1072,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recevoir une notification lorsque les crédits sont bas" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -831,29 +1085,36 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38 msgid "IAP services available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Services IAP disponibles" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" +"Différents services sont disponibles selon le type d'hébergement de votre " +"base de données :" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" +"*Odoo en ligne (SAAS)* : seuls les services IAP fournis pra Odoo peuvent " +"être utilisés (c'est-à-dire les fonctions SMS, Snailmail, Reveal et Partner " +"Autocomplete)." #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" +"*Odoo.sh et Odoo Entreprise (sur site)*: les services fournis par Odoo et " +"par les applications tierces peuvent être utilisés." #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "Offering my own services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proposer mes propres services" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -866,7 +1127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'essentiel" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 msgid "How to add a user" @@ -877,10 +1138,11 @@ msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " "point." msgstr "" +"Odoo vous permet d'ajouter des utilisateurs supplémentaires à tout moment." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajoutez des utilisateurs individuels" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -918,32 +1180,44 @@ msgid "" " to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " "under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également ajouter un nouvel utilisateur au fur et à mesure " +"depuis votre tableau de bord. Depuis l'écran ci-dessus, entrez l'adresse " +"email de l'utilisateur que vous souhaitez ajouter et cliquez sur " +"**INVITER**. L'utilisateur recevra un email d'invitation contenant un lien " +"pour définir son mot de passe. Vous pourrez alors définir ses droits d'accès" +" sous le menu :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Menu utilisateurs`." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" msgstr "" +"`Désactivation des utilisateurs <../../db_management/documentation.html" +"#deactivating-users>`_" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gérez Odoo dans votre propre langue" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "" +"Vous avez la possibilité de gérer Odoo en différentes langues, et chaque " +"utilisateur peut utiliser Odoo dans sa propre langue." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chargez la langue désirée" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." msgstr "" +"La première chose à faire est charger la langue que vous désirez dans " +"l'instance Odoo." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -951,6 +1225,10 @@ msgid "" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " "select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" msgstr "" +"Depuis le tableau de bord général, cliquez sur l'application **Paramètres** " +"sur le coin supérieur gauche de la page, sélectionnez " +":menuselection:`Traductions --> Télécharger une traduction`, puis " +"sélectionnez une langue d'installation et cliquez sur **TÉLÉCHARGER.**" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -960,7 +1238,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modifiez votre langue" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -973,20 +1251,24 @@ msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" +"Modifiez ensuite les paramètres de la langue que vous avez installée et " +"cliquez sur ENREGISTRER." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ouvrez un nouveau menu pour voir les modifications." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modifiez la langue d'un autre utilisateur" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." msgstr "" +"Odoo donne également à chaque utilisateur la possibilité de modifier sa " +"langue de préférence." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -1000,15 +1282,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment générer une clé d'accès Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -1019,11 +1301,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Générez une clé d'accès Unsplash pour les utilisateurs **non-Saas**" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créez un compte sur `Unsplash.com `_." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -1031,10 +1313,15 @@ msgid "" "`_ and click on **New " "Application**." msgstr "" +"Allez sur le `tableau de bord de vos applications " +"`_ et cliquez sur **Nouvelle " +"application**." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "" +"Acceptez les conditions d'utilisation et cliquez sur **Accepter les " +"conditions**." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1059,11 +1346,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment générer un ID pour l'application Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -1077,6 +1364,9 @@ msgid "" "`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" +"Allez sur le `tableau de bord de vos applications " +"`_ et cliquez sur votre application" +" Unsplash nouvellement créée qui se trouve sous **Vos applications**." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 228f57595..d1e7b251f 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -4,10 +4,9 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Jérôme Tanché , 2019 # William Henrotin , 2019 -# Gilles Mangin , 2019 +# Fernanda Marques , 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gilles Mangin , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2019\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -26,12 +25,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Assistance" +msgstr "Assistance technique" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 msgid "" "After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" msgstr "" +"Les fonctionnalités du service après-vente : remboursement, bons de " +"réduction, retours, interventions sur site" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -40,20 +41,30 @@ msgid "" " app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " "repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." msgstr "" +"Au fur et à mesure que votre entreprise se développe, il est essentiel de " +"disposer d'outils permettant à votre équipe d'assistance technique " +"d'enregistrer, de suivre et de gérer les problèmes signalés de manière " +"simple et efficace. L'application assistance technique d'Odoo vous permet de" +" générer des notes de crédit, de retourner des produits, d'offrir des bons " +"de réduction, de faire des réparations et de planifier des interventions sur" +" site depuis une page ticket." #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7 msgid "Set up the After Sales services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurez le service après-vente" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: " "*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*." msgstr "" +"Allez sur *Configuration > Équipes d'assistance technique* et activez les " +"options du service après-vente : *Remboursements, Retours, Bons, Réparations" +" et Interventions sur site*." #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Générez des notes de crédit à partir des tickets" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -62,20 +73,27 @@ msgid "" "corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " "generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utiliser une note de crédit pour rembourser un client ou pour " +"rectifier le total à payer. Pour cela, il suffit d'aller sur la page ticket," +" cliquer sur *Remboursement* et sélectionner la *facture* concernée. En " +"cliquant sur *Retourner* la note de crédit sera générée et vous pourrez " +"l'*expédier* sans quitter l'application *Assistance technique*." #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" -msgstr "Autoriser les retours articles depuis les tickets" +msgstr "Autoriser les retours d'articles à partir des tickets" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23 msgid "" "The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " "be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." msgstr "" +"Le processus de retour d'un article du client vers votre stock sera lancé " +"lorsque vous choisirez l'option *Retour* sur la page ticket." #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Offrez des bons de réduction à partir des tickets " #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -83,10 +101,14 @@ msgid "" "Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " "*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*." msgstr "" +"Tout d'abord, vérifiez que le *Programme de bons de réduction* est prévu " +"dans l'application *Ventes ou site Web*. Sur l'application *Assistance " +"technique*, vous devez ouvrir votre ticket, cliquer sur *Bon de réduction*, " +"puis choisir *Programme de bons de réduction > Générer*." #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37 msgid "Repairs from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Générer des réparations à partir des tickets" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -94,10 +116,13 @@ msgid "" " be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " "step." msgstr "" +"En cliquant sur l'option *Réparation* sur la page ticket, un nouveau " +"formulaire de demande de réparation s'affichera. Remplissez les autres " +"champs si nécessaire et choisissez l'étape suivante." #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Générer des interventions sur site à partir des tickets" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -105,20 +130,25 @@ msgid "" "same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " "Intervention*." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez maintenant configurer vos interventions sur site à partir de la " +"page ticket, exactement de la même façon que vous le feriez sur " +"l'application *Service extérieur* en cliquant sur *Plan d'intervention*." #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52 msgid "" "`Coupons `_" msgstr "" +"`Bons de réduction `_" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53 msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Démarrez avec Odoo Assistance" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 msgid "Overview" @@ -126,24 +156,27 @@ msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Démarrez avec Odoo Assistance technique" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "Installation d'Odoo Assistance" +msgstr "Installation d'Odoo Assistance technique" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" msgstr "" +"Ouvrez le module Apps, recherchez \"Assistance technique\", et cliquez sur " +"installer." #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "Mise en place des équipes d'Assistance" +msgstr "Mise en place des équipes d'assistance technique" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" msgstr "" -"Par défaut, Odoo Assistance est accompagné d'une équipe appelée \"Support\"" +"Par défaut, Odoo Assistance technique est fourni avec une équipe appelée " +"\"Support\"." #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -160,10 +193,10 @@ msgid "" "For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," " or manually." msgstr "" -"Ici, vous pouvez créer de nouvelles équipes, décider quels membres ajouter à" -" une équipe, préciser comment vos clients soumettent des tickets et mettre " -"en place les politiques d'accord de niveau de service. Les tickets sont " -"assignés de manière aléatoire, équilibrée ou manuelle. " +"Ici, vous pouvez créer des nouvelles équipes, décider quels membres ajouter " +"à une équipe, préciser comment vos clients peuvent soumettre des tickets et " +"mettre en place des contrats et de notations de niveau de service. Les " +"tickets sont assignés de manière aléatoire, contrôlée ou manuelle. " #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" @@ -186,11 +219,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Commencer à recevoir des tickets" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment mes clients peuvent-ils soumettre des tickets?" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -203,6 +236,9 @@ msgid "" "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " "ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." msgstr "" +"La fonction Email Alias permet aux clients d'envoyer par e-mail l'alias que " +"vous avez choisi pour créer un ticket. Le sujet de l'email devient le sujet " +"du ticket." #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -210,6 +246,9 @@ msgid "" "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " "form - much like odoo.com/help!" msgstr "" +"La fonction Formulaire site Web permet à vos clients d'allez sur " +"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit et soumettre un ticket via le " +"formulaire du site Web tout come sur odoo.com/help!" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -224,10 +263,13 @@ msgid "" "documentation `*here* " "`__." msgstr "" +"La dernière option pour soumettre des tickets est de passer par une " +"connexion API. Voir la documentation `*ici* " +"`__." #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Des tickets ont été créés, et maintenant?" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -251,7 +293,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment puis-je identifier ce ticket comme urgent ?" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -278,25 +320,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Que faire si un ticket est bloqué ou prêt à être utilisé?" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 msgid "" "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " "State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" msgstr "" +"Si un ticket ne peut pas être résolu ou s'il est bloqué, vous pouvez " +"modifier le \"Statut Kanban\" sur le ticket. Vous avez trois options:" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gris - statut normal" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rouge - bloqué" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vert - prêt pour l'étape suivante" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -326,6 +370,8 @@ msgid "" "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " "ticket." msgstr "" +"Ici, vos employés peuvent ajouter une ligne pour indiquer le travail qu'ils " +"ont effectué pour ce ticket." #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" @@ -343,7 +389,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enregistrez et facturez le temps dédié aux tickets" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -354,7 +400,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les modules requis" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -362,14 +408,18 @@ msgid "" "needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " "them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." msgstr "" +"Afin d'enregistrer et de facturer le temps passé sur les tickets, les " +"modules suivants sont nécessaires : Assistance technique, Projet, Feuilles " +"de temps, Vente. S'il vous manque un de ces modules, allez dans le module " +"Apps, cherchez-le et cliquez sur *Installer*." #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Commencez à offrir le service d'assistance technique" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Étape 1 : démarrez un projet d'assistance technique" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -386,7 +436,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Étape 2 : constituez une équipe d'assistance technique" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -399,7 +449,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Étape 3 : lancez le service d'assistance technique" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -437,7 +487,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Étape 1 : passez une commande" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -450,7 +500,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Étape 2 : liez la tâche au ticket" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -462,7 +512,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Étape 3 : enregistrez le temps dédié à aider le client" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -479,7 +529,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Étape 4 : facturez le client" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index e106f3412..c0cfbbf2b 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché , 2019\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 @@ -2986,7 +2986,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "Approvisionnement à la commande" @@ -3152,7 +3152,7 @@ msgstr "Réapprovisionnement" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 msgid "" "When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to change the unit of measure." +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 @@ -3214,24 +3214,31 @@ msgid "" "you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" qunatity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Conditionnement" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" "The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " "are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " "and the power plug." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 msgid "" "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " "can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 msgid "" "Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " "the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" @@ -3267,25 +3274,21 @@ msgid "" "The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " "manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " "request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" -" check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product and if the " -"available quantity is higher or equal to the necessary quantity, Odoo will " -"use what is in stock to fulfill the request. In case you don’t have enough " -"available stock to fully fulfill the product request, procurement will be " -"generated for the total quantity requested." +" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 msgid "Reordering Rules" msgstr "Règles de réapprovisionnement" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " "*Inventory > Master Data > Reordering Rules*. There, click on *Create* to " "set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 msgid "" "When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " "this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" @@ -3294,20 +3297,20 @@ msgid "" "will be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 msgid "" "The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " "receive the products or to order them to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 msgid "" "In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " "able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 msgid "" "For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " "route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " @@ -3316,29 +3319,29 @@ msgid "" "*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " "consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 msgid "" "The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " "your *Inventory module > Master Data > Products* (or in any other module " "where products are available)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 msgid "" "On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " "choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 msgid "" "Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" -" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, male " +" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " "sure you have a *BoM* for this product." msgstr "" @@ -4577,11 +4580,17 @@ msgid "" "forecasts." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" +" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 msgid "" "If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " "created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 0f854b3e0..d3df59649 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -7,20 +7,20 @@ # Xavier Belmere , 2019 # Eloïse Stilmant , 2019 # André Madeira Cortes , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Jérôme Tanché , 2019 # Laura Piraux , 2019 # Julien Bertrand , 2019 # Cécile Collart , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ msgstr "" "pour vous et vos clients." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:20 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 @@ -115,6 +116,72 @@ msgstr "" "même produit pour l'ajouter plusieurs fois ou alors modifier la quantité " "manuellement sur l'écran." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Arrondi d'espèces" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" msgstr "Acceptez le paiement par carte de crédit en utilisant Mercury" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index fb8cf4410..047556edf 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -13,17 +13,17 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Jérôme Tanché , 2019 # Xavier Belmere , 2019 -# Fernanda Marques , 2019 # Jonathan , 2019 +# Fernanda Marques , 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jonathan , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2019\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -288,6 +288,63 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque tous les champs sont remplis, vous pouvez synchroniser les " "catégories et les politiques en cliquant sur les boutons adéquats." +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:49 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate" +" the developer mode`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Méthode de facturation" @@ -1013,21 +1070,29 @@ msgid "" "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" +"Des templates d'importation sont fournis dans l'outil d'importation des " +"données les plus courantes à importer (contacts, produits, relevés " +"bancaires, etc.). Vous pouvez les ouvrir avec n'importe quel logiciel " +"tableur (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment personnaliser le fichier" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "" +"Supprimez les colonnes dont vous n'avez pas besoin. Nous vous conseillons de" +" ne pas supprimer la colonne *ID* (voyez pourquoi ci-dessous)." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" +"Définissez un ID unique pour chaque enregistrement en tirant la séquence ID " +"vers le bas." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1045,7 +1110,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pourquoi utiliser une colonne “ID”" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -1057,20 +1122,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" +"Vous n'êtes pas obligé de configurer un ID lors de l'importation mais cela " +"peut être utile dans certains cas :" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" msgstr "" +"Importations de mise à jour : vous pouvez importer le même fichier plusieurs" +" fois sans devoir créer un doublon;" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importer des champs liés (voir ci-dessous)." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment importer des champs liés" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1079,6 +1148,10 @@ msgid "" "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" +"Un objet Odoo est toujours lié à de nombreux autres objets (par ex. un " +"produit est lié à des catégories de produits, à des caractéristiques, à des " +"vendeurs, etc.). Pour importer ces relations, vous devez d'abord importer " +"les enregistrements de l'objet lié depuis leur propre menu déroulant." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1087,6 +1160,11 @@ msgid "" "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, vous pouvez soit utiliser le nom de l'enregistrement lié soit" +" son ID. Lorsque deux enregistrements ont le même nom, il faut utiliser " +"l'ID. Dans ce cas, ajoutez \" / ID\" à la fin du titre de la colonne (par " +"ex. pour les caractéristiques du produit : Caractéristiques du produit / " +"Caractéristiques / ID)." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Using product variants" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 555f50626..9902919bd 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ msgid "" "Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " "turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." msgstr "" -"Allez sur le menu *Configuration* de votre application site web Odoo. Dans " +"Allez sur le menu *Configuration* de votre application Odoo site Web. Dans " "paramètres, ouvrez Google Analytics et copiez l'ID de suivi. Puis, sauvez la" " page." @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" msgstr "" -"Comment contrôler le trafic de votre site Web via le tableau de bord Odoo." +"Comment contrôler le trafic de votre site Web via le tableau de bord Odoo" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -134,8 +134,8 @@ msgid "" "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " "to store your API credentials." msgstr "" -"Créez un nouveau projet et donnez-lui un nom (par ex. Odoo). Ce projet est " -"indispensable pour sauvegarder vos identifiants API." +"Créez un nouveau projet et donnez-lui un nom (par ex. Odoo). La création de " +"ce projet est indispensable pour sauvegarder vos identifiants API." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 msgid "Enable the API." @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ msgstr "Activez l'API." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "Créez des identifiants à utiliser dans Odoo." +msgstr "Créez les identifiants que vous utiliserez dans Odoo." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "of data." msgstr "" "Sélectionnez *Navigateur Web (Javascript)* comme contexte à partir duquel " -"l'API sera appelée et *Données utilisateur* pour le type de données demandé." +"l'API sera appelée et *Données utilisateur* comme type de données." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -161,9 +161,9 @@ msgid "" "URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez alors créer un ID client. Entrez le nom de l'application (par " -"ex. Odoo) et les pages autorisées vers lesquelles vous serez redirigé. " -"L'*Origine du javascript autorisé* est l'URL de votre instance Odoo. L'*URL " +"Ensuite, vous pouvez créer un ID client. Entrez le nom de l'application (par" +" ex. Odoo) et les pages autorisées vers lesquelles vous serez redirigé. " +"L'*Origine du Javascript autorisé* est l'URL de votre instance Odoo. L'*URL " "de redirection autorisée* est l'URL de votre instance Odoo suivie de " "'/google_account/authentication'." @@ -176,8 +176,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Parcourez l'écran de consentement en insérant un nom de produit (par ex. " "Google Analytics sur Odoo). Vous pouvez consulter les options de " -"personnalisation mais ce n'est pas obligatoire. L'écran de consentement ne " -"sera visible qu'à la première entrée de l'ID client dans Odoo." +"personnalisation, mais ce n'est pas obligatoire. L'écran de consentement " +"apparaîtra uniquement lorsque vous entrez l'ID client dans Odoo pour la " +"première fois." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -191,7 +192,7 @@ msgid "" " your Client ID." msgstr "" "Ouvrez le tableau de bord de votre site Web sur Odoo et reliez votre compte " -"Analytics pour insérer votre ID client." +"Analytics à votre ID client." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 85653dc13..0eef4ce3e 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@ # Eric Geens , 2019 # Martien van Geene , 2019 # Thomas Pot , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 # Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 # dpms , 2019 # Maxim Vandenbroucke , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 # #, fuzzy @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -108,8 +108,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 @@ -5964,8 +5964,6 @@ msgstr "**Titel**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "**Rekening**" @@ -7496,7 +7494,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Rapportages" @@ -9078,77 +9075,71 @@ msgstr "" msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "Odoo heeft ook modules die voldoen aan de IFRS regels." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " "per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " "revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "Breed gamma aan financiële rapporten" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " "reports include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "Management rapporten (zoals budgetten, managementsamenvatting)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "Importeer automatisch bankafschriften" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -9158,7 +9149,7 @@ msgid "" "banking or wait for your paper bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -9166,39 +9157,39 @@ msgid "" "ledger transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" " tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Voorraadwaardering" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:132 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -9206,87 +9197,6 @@ msgid "" "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "Introductie tot Odoo boekhouden" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Transcriptie" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " -"century." -msgstr "" -"Odoo is prachtige software die ontwikkeld is voor de noden van de 21ste " -"eeuw." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " -"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " -"them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "Odoo kan ze voor u verzenden via e-mail of post." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 -msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "" -"Uw klanten betalen online, wat betekend dat u direct uw geld ontvangt." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " -"inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "" -"Odoo boekhouding is gekoppeld met alle andere Odoo apps zoals verkopen, " -"inkopen, magazijn en abonnementen." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " -"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik vervolgens het SEPA protocol of print cheque's om leveranciers in " -"bulk te betalen." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 -msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "Het is zo gemakkelijk met Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " -"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " -"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " -"go." -msgstr "" -"Uiteraard is Odoo ook mobiel. U kan het gebruiken om uw rekeningen onderweg " -"te controleren." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "" @@ -11886,76 +11796,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 -msgid "Set up cash roundings" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Kas afronding" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" -"In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " -"Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" -" paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest coin " -"that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 -msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" -"First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"Cash Rounding." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" -"There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " -"strategies:" +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" -" your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " -"define the account in which the rounding will go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " -"highest tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 msgid "" -"Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" -" the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" -" where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods created previously." -" If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 @@ -12115,184 +12013,381 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "Uitgestelde omzet" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:7 msgid "" -"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " -"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " -"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " -"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," -" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " -"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " -"posted on the income statement." +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 msgid "" -"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " -"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " -"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" -" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:17 msgid "" -"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " -"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " "revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "Module installatie" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Vereisten" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 msgid "" -"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " -"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " -"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " -"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:33 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 msgid "" -"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" -" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" -" might check if the module is correctly installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 -msgid "Define deferred revenue types" +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 -msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" -msgstr "Voorbeeld: 12 maanden onderhoudscontract" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 -msgid "1 year service contract" -msgstr "1 jaar dienstencontract" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:49 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "3 years service contracts" -msgstr "3 jaar dienstencontracten" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:58 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 -msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" -msgstr "Stel uitgestelde omzet in op producten" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 msgid "" -"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " -"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" -" revenue type." +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:67 msgid "" -"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "Product" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "Uitgestelde omzetsoort" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" -msgstr "Ondersteuningscontract: 3 jaar" +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "Netflix abonnement: 3 jaar" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "Bloemen elke maand" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "1 jaar product contract" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 -msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "Verkoop en factureer producten" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:72 msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " -"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " -"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " -"entry." +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Dr**" -msgstr "**Dr**" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Cr**" -msgstr "**Cr**" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -msgid "Accounts receivable" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:82 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -msgid "24000" -msgstr "24000" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:84 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates journal entries at the" +" right time until the full amount of the income is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -msgid "Deferred revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 msgid "" -"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " -"recognition." +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "1000" -msgstr "1000" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "Service revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:99 msgid "" -"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" -" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`overview`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:109 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +msgid "" +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:123 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:140 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "Uitgestelde omzetmodellen" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button **Save Model**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:154 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:158 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:166 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:167 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:171 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:174 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale completely. (see: `Choose a " +"different Income Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../others/configuration/account_type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:193 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"`_" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" @@ -12427,6 +12522,10 @@ msgid "" "To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr ":doc:`overview`" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`" @@ -12935,10 +13034,6 @@ msgid "" "Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index be836d0e7..dd8b6160a 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 @@ -2863,7 +2863,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "Maak op order" @@ -3043,7 +3043,7 @@ msgstr "Heraanvulling" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 msgid "" "When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to change the unit of measure." +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 @@ -3105,24 +3105,31 @@ msgid "" "you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" qunatity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Verpakking" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" "The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " "are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " "and the power plug." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 msgid "" "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " "can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 msgid "" "Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " "the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" @@ -3158,25 +3165,21 @@ msgid "" "The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " "manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " "request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" -" check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product and if the " -"available quantity is higher or equal to the necessary quantity, Odoo will " -"use what is in stock to fulfill the request. In case you don’t have enough " -"available stock to fully fulfill the product request, procurement will be " -"generated for the total quantity requested." +" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 msgid "Reordering Rules" msgstr "Aanvulopdrachtregels" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " "*Inventory > Master Data > Reordering Rules*. There, click on *Create* to " "set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 msgid "" "When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " "this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" @@ -3185,20 +3188,20 @@ msgid "" "will be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 msgid "" "The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " "receive the products or to order them to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 msgid "" "In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " "able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 msgid "" "For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " "route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " @@ -3207,29 +3210,29 @@ msgid "" "*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " "consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 msgid "" "The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " "your *Inventory module > Master Data > Products* (or in any other module " "where products are available)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 msgid "" "On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " "choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 msgid "" "Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" -" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, male " +" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " "sure you have a *BoM* for this product." msgstr "" @@ -4439,11 +4442,17 @@ msgid "" "forecasts." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" +" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 msgid "" "If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " "created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index cfe52def2..fc69e684d 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -4,19 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 # Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -43,6 +43,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:20 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 @@ -95,6 +96,72 @@ msgid "" "times or change the quantity manually on the screen." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Kas afronding" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 5a3f5e1e2..4d7c80ae2 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -279,6 +279,63 @@ msgstr "" "Wanneer alle velden ingevuld zijn kan u de categorieën en beleid door te " "klikken op de correcte knoppen." +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:49 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate" +" the developer mode`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Factuur methode" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e390c15a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -0,0 +1,13193 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +msgid "Bank & Cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Bank Feeds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 +msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +msgid "" +"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" +" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " +"bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " +"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 +msgid "Install the CODA feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " +"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" +" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " +"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " +"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " +"in .CODA Format** and apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 +msgid "Import your first CODA file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " +"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " +"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " +"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " +"all your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " +"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 +msgid "Importing CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " +"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " +"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " +"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " +"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " +"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" +" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " +"reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " +"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" +" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" +" bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`ofx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`qif`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`manual`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " +"but also register your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +msgid "" +"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " +"do is install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 +msgid "Create your Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " +"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " +"will be found underneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " +"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " +"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" +" equal to the computed balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 +msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 +msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" +" |manual04|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" +" on **Reconcile # Items**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " +"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 +msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 +msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " +"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 +msgid "Close Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " +"then click on Bank Statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 +msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 +msgid "Import OFX statement files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " +"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " +"consumers via the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " +"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " +"bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." +" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " +"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " +"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " +"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" +" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " +"all your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 +msgid "Importing OFX files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +msgid "" +"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " +"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " +"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " +"click on the link **Import Statement**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " +"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " +"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" +" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " +"reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`coda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" +" to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." +" The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " +"PayPal payments in just a click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " +"installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section " +"**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " +"automatically**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 +msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "Setup your PayPal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " +"PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " +"Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " +"field, you can set **PayPal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " +"and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" +" the online institution and click on the configure button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 +msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " +"the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" +" you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with " +"Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " +"account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " +"English or that the site is not supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " +"step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " +"date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " +"choose the **Paypal balance** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " +"Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " +"anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " +"will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 +msgid "Import QIF statement files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " +"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " +"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" +" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" +" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." +" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " +"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " +"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " +"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" +" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " +"all your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 +msgid "Importing QIF files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 +msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" +" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " +"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " +"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " +"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" +" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " +"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " +"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 +msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 +msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 +msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 +msgid "Odoo Online Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" +" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" +" module **account_yodlee**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " +"you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " +"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 +msgid "" +"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " +"following addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 +msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 +msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 +msgid "Sync your bank feeds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " +"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" +" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" +" account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " +"**Bank Synchronization**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " +"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " +"and fill in your bank credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " +"every 4 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 +msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " +"doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " +"In that case, Yodlee retries one hour or two later. This is why in Odoo " +"there is a cron that is running every 4 hours to fetch the information from " +"Yodlee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " +"\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " +"fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" +" status \"pending\" and not the status \"posted\". In that case, Yodlee " +"won't import it, you will have to wait till the status changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 +msgid "" +"What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " +"transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" +" bank statements to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 +msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " +"Version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 +msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " +"synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" +" may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. " +"Unfortunately, there is not much to do about it except for being patient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 +msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 +msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " +"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " +"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " +"manually bring the checks to the bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" +" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " +"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " +"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 +msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " +"Deposit** to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" +" your country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " +"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " +"deposits on your main bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " +"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " +"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " +"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" +" to **Batch Deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " +"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " +"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " +"Deposits afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 +msgid "From checks received to the bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 +msgid "Receive customer checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " +"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " +"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 +msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " +"Payment** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 +msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " +"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " +"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " +"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 +msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " +"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " +"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " +"the bank statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " +"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " +"deposit in the example below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 +msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " +"be two reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 +msgid "" +"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " +"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" +" button of your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 +msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 +msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " +"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " +"refused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 +msgid "" +"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " +"bank statement matching." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" +" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " +"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " +"to the another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " +"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" +" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " +"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " +"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " +"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " +"from the same page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" +" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." +" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " +"your bank to specify your bank's details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +msgid "" +"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " +"9533 1498** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +msgid "Log an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " +"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " +"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" +" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " +"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " +"`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " +"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " +"statement of your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +msgid "" +"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " +"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " +"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " +"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " +"the corresponding bank to import them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " +"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " +"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " +"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " +"**Reconcile** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +msgid "The following window will open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " +"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " +"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " +"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " +"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " +"happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +msgid "Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 +msgid "Configure model of entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " +"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " +"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " +"current balance. This fee is thus variable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 +msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " +"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " +":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +msgid "" +"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " +"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +msgid "" +"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " +"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " +"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " +"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 +msgid "Save your changes when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " +"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 +msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " +"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " +"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" +" relevant data instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 +msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " +"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " +"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " +"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " +"any other payment document with your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +msgid "" +"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " +"is to install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +msgid "" +"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " +"issued to Smith & Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +msgid "" +"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " +"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " +"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " +"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" +" services to our customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " +"and mark the invoice as paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +msgid "" +"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " +"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" +" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " +"automatically.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +msgid "" +"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " +"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " +"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " +"from the Bank Feeds section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " +"the reconciliations **automatically**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " +"it in :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " +"and validate all related payments :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 +msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " +"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 +msgid "Edit a bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" +" it first before filling your own bank information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " +"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " +"method like SEPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 +msgid "Create a bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" +" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" +" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " +"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " +"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " +"accounts from another company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +msgid "ABA/Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +msgid "Account Holder Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " +"Holder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 +msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " +"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " +"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " +"menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " +"company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," +" Odoo stores two values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " +"Central bank web-services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " +"activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " +"Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " +"**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +msgid "Configure currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" +" activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " +"automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" +" the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +msgid "Create a new bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +msgid "An account in the trial balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +msgid "A journal in your dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" +" the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " +"a supplier in China." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " +"see:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " +"to record a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +msgid "" +"That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" +" gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " +"depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " +"and the payment date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " +"Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +msgid "Customers Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " +"So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " +"the currency of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " +"customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " +"the report below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +msgid "" +"In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " +"managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" +" in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for " +"this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " +"be converted to this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " +"general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " +"amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a cash register?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " +"transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " +"configured as well as the currency of the journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Company related to this journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Synchronization Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "from your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Short Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Next Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Entry Sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " +"entries of this journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" +" credit notes made from this journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Credit Notes Next Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " +"note entries of this journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Default Debit Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Default Credit Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "The currency used to enter statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Communication Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can set here the default communication that will appear on customer " +"invoices, once validated, to help the customer to refer to that particular " +"invoice when making the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Communication Standard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can choose different models for each type of reference. The default one " +"is the Odoo reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Alias Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "It creates draft invoices and bills by sending an email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Profit Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" +" from what the system computes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Loss Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " +"from what the system computes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Lock Posted Entries with Hash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"If ticked, the accounting entry or invoice receives a hash as soon as it is " +"posted and cannot be modified anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "For Incoming Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " +"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " +"online (payment token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " +"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" +" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " +"this option from the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "For Outgoing Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " +"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" +" method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Check Sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Checks numbering sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Manual Numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Next Check Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +msgid "How to register cash payments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " +"these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " +"Transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " +"transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +msgid "Put money in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " +"transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +msgid "Take money out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " +"all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" +" next modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" +" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " +"based on the DIAN legal requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 +msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "" +"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " +"first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " +"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "3. Configure your report data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 +msgid "4.1 Partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 +msgid "4.1.1 Identification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +msgid "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 +msgid "4.2 Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 +msgid "4.3 Journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " +"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " +"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " +"Setting --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 +msgid "4.4 Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 +msgid "1. Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 +msgid "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 +msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 +msgid "There are three types of documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +msgid "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 +msgid "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 +msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +msgid "After this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 +msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 +msgid "1.4 Common errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid "2. Additional use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 +msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 +msgid "" +"módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " +"siguientes puntos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "a. Plan Contable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "b. Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "c. Retenciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 +msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 +msgid "" +"adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " +"generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" +" DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 +msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 +msgid "cz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 +msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " +"**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 +msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" +" Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 +msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 +msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 +msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " +"Información Fiscal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 +msgid "4.2 Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" +" Valor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 +msgid "4.3 Diarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 +msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 +msgid "4.4 Usuarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "1. Invoice Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +msgid "transacciones de importación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 +msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 +msgid "" +"utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " +"ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " +"factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 +msgid "1. Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 +msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +msgid "en el historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" +" mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +msgid "FEC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " +"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" +" --> FEC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " +"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here `__. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"`__ or " +"contact your Odoo service provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " +"menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +msgid "" +"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 +msgid "" +"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " +"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " +"List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" +" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " +"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa `guida " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 +msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +msgid "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 +msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +msgid "" +"4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " +"company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 +msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " +"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade sending a ticket to support in " +"https://www.odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "Enable debug mode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 +msgid "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 +msgid "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +msgid "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 +msgid "`Certificate`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 +msgid "`Certificate Key`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 +msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +msgid "Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +msgid "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 +msgid "Cancelling invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +msgid "If the invoice is not paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +msgid "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +msgid "**Legal considerations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +msgid "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +msgid "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +msgid "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +msgid "DIOT report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "" +"1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"report only available on the context of the accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +msgid "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 +msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 +msgid "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +msgid "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 +msgid "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 +msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +msgid "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 +msgid "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +msgid "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 +msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +msgid "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +msgid "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +msgid "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 +msgid "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 +msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +msgid "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 +msgid "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 +msgid "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 +msgid "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +msgid "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +msgid "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 +msgid "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 +msgid "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Extra Recommended features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +msgid "Contact Module (Free)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +msgid "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 +msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 +msgid "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 +msgid "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 +msgid "" +"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " +"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " +"debug mode enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 +msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +msgid "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +msgid "Open any company you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 +msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +msgid "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +msgid "If you see an error like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +msgid "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +msgid "" +"This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " +"or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" +" above but:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +msgid "" +":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 +msgid "" +":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 +msgid "" +":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +msgid "" +":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " +"Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +msgid "" +":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 +msgid "" +":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " +":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " +":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +msgid "" +"**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " +"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" +"info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 +msgid "" +":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +msgid "" +"**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +" Mexico, fix it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 +msgid "" +":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " +"is required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 +msgid "" +"**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +" used on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Reports` and tick this box :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +msgid "Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your fixed assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " +"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " +"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " +"assets and perform reports on your company assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " +"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " +"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by " +"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" +" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " +"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 +msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Asset module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 +msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" +" application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 +msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 +msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 +msgid "Defining Asset Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " +"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " +"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to " +"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " +"asset type on the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " +"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " +"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " +"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 +msgid "Create assets manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " +"Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " +"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " +"confirming the asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" +" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " +"entries, not those related to the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 +msgid "Explanation of the fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 +msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 +msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " +"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " +"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " +"the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " +"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " +"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field" +" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " +"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 +msgid "" +"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " +"be filled in the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 +msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " +"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" +" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " +"been created for this line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 +msgid "" +"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " +"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 +msgid "" +"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " +"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " +"entries which are already posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 +msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 +msgid "Change the number of depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." +" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " +"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " +"should be registered through a customer invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " +"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" +" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " +"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " +"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " +"Analytic Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +msgid "" +"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " +"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " +"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " +"than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" +" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " +"and Finance** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" +" feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +msgid "Budgetary Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" +" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" +" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" +" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " +"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " +"least one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" +" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " +"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " +"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " +"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " +"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" +" our expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +msgid "Click on *Select*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " +"select the relevant income accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +msgid "Analytical account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " +"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " +"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " +"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " +"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" +" partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +msgid "Set a budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " +"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +msgid "" +"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " +"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" +" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " +"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " +"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " +"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " +"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " +"corresponding analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " +"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +msgid "Check your budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" +" Invoices and Vendors Bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 +msgid "" +"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" +" in the invoice and / or purchase line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 +msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " +"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " +"Amount** column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " +"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " +"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " +"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " +"amount that could have been realised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 +msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" +" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " +"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " +"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " +"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " +"occurred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " +"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " +"reversed at that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " +"and subcontracting in the accounting module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " +"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " +"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" +" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" +" to the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " +"module and install the following apps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " +"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " +"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" +" the Sales management app as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " +"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " +"accounting box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +msgid "Create an Analytical account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " +"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " +"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +msgid "Record an expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " +"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +msgid "Create an expense product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " +"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " +"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" +" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Book the expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " +"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " +"discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +msgid "Purchase Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" +" a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " +"product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " +"select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " +"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" +" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " +"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " +"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 +msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "Track costs in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " +"open it to check the costs related to that account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " +"Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " +"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " +"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " +"analytical account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " +"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " +"the invoiced amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " +"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " +"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " +"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " +"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " +"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " +"name and install them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " +"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " +"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +msgid "Apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +msgid "Create an employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" +" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " +"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " +"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " +"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " +"related to a User." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " +"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +msgid "Issue a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +msgid "" +"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " +"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " +"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" +" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " +"unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " +"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " +"Progress)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +msgid "" +"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " +"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " +"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" +" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" +" below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +msgid "Fill in timesheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +msgid "" +"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " +"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " +"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" +" Account** discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " +"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" +" the **Analytic Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " +"automatically computed (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +msgid "Analytic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " +"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " +"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +msgid "Without filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " +"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " +"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " +":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " +"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " +"credit and debit balance of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " +"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " +"with the corresponding description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +msgid "With filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " +"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" +" resource cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +msgid "" +"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" +" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " +"contains the **Sales Order** number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +msgid "" +"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " +"corresponding costs and revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +msgid "" +"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " +"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " +"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic account use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +msgid "analyse costs of a company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " +"each in one of three different types of company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" +" departments and products the company itself is built on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " +"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " +"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " +"product ranges the company makes and sells." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +msgid "Marketing Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +msgid "Commercial Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +msgid "Administration Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +msgid "Production Range 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "Production Range 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " +"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " +"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " +"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " +"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " +"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**General accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**Analytic accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Title**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +msgid "**Value**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "2122" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "1500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "-1 500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +msgid "Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "450" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "-450" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "Transport charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "Staff costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "2121" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "10000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "-2 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "Commercial" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "-3 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Administrative" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +msgid "-1 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "PR" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "-400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " +"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " +"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " +"above:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " +"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " +"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " +"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " +"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " +"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +msgid "" +"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " +"companies and industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " +"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " +"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " +"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " +"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " +"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" +" given file/analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +msgid "" +"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" +" the profitability by case and by employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " +"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " +"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " +"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " +"cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +msgid "" +"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " +"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" +" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " +"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" +" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" +" basis of the hourly cost per employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " +"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " +"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " +"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " +"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " +"depending on the time actually worked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " +"can find for your analytic account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Amount**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**General Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "Study the file (1 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Case 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "-15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "Search for information (3 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "-45" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Consultation (4 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Case 2.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "-60" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "Service charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "280" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "705 – Billing services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Stationery purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "-42" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "42" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "-35" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "613 – Transports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "35" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "Staff salaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "6201 – Salaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "3 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" +" various transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +msgid "" +"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " +":doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " +"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" +" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " +"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " +"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +msgid "project planning," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +msgid "managing support contracts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " +"structured by project and by sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " +"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " +"also similar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +msgid "" +"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " +"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " +"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " +"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " +"an analytic account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " +"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " +"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " +"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " +"contract remain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +msgid "Conclusion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" +" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " +"production performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " +"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 +msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 +msgid "What is an account type ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " +"account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " +"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " +"generate opening entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " +"category according to its behaviour or purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 +msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " +"types. Just pick the one related to your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 +msgid "**List of account types**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 +msgid "Direct Costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 +msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " +"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " +"related to your country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 +msgid "" +"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " +"you can create your own accounts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " +":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " +"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" +" entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Can Create Asset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field specifying if the account can generate asset depending on " +"it's type. It is used in the account form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Asset Model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"If this is selected, an asset will be created automatically when Journal " +"Items on this account are posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Account Currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Internal Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " +"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" +" for vendor/customer accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Internal Group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The 'Internal Group' is used to filter accounts based on the internal group " +"set on the account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " +"journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 +msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " +"`__, one of " +"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" +" average cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " +"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " +"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " +"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " +"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " +"standard of FIFO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "Definition of average cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " +"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " +"formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " +"as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +msgid "Defining the purchase price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " +"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " +"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " +"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +msgid "Average cost example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Avg Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "+8\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "+4\\*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +msgid "-10\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" +" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " +"logically the purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " +"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " +"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." +" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" +" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +msgid "Purchase return use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" +" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " +"of these products!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "-1\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +msgid "Explanation: counter example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " +"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," +" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +msgid "" +"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " +"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " +"purchased it). Here is the operation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +msgid "-1\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$2**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " +"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " +"cost:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**$0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " +"correct inventory value at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +msgid "" +"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " +"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " +"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " +"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " +"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " +"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" +" price:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "stock input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "price diff" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "($80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "($64)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$10**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$12**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +msgid "" +"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " +"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " +"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" +" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " +"average cost and the original purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " +"in a different currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +msgid "" +"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " +"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " +"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +msgid "Enable multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " +"in **Dollars**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " +"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " +"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " +"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" +" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " +"you can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" +" currency. Then click on **confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " +"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " +"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " +"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " +"in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " +"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " +"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " +"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " +"activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +msgid "Turn on multi-currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " +"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " +"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " +"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +msgid "You can change it in the settings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +msgid "View or edit rate being used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can manually configure the currency rates in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " +"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" +" **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +msgid "Live Currency Rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +msgid "" +"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " +"synchronize it with `Yahoo `__ or the `European Central Bank `__. " +"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " +"Rate** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " +"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" +" are set !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +msgid "Configure your charts of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " +"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " +"for this account to have the account currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " +"Active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +msgid "Configure your journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " +"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" +" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " +"can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " +"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +msgid "Payment Registrations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " +"payment and set the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " +"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " +"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" +" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" +" in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`exchange`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " +"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " +"life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " +"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " +"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " +"force a specific currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " +"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" +" the amounts automatically using that currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " +":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" +" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +msgid "Multi-currency Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " +"Then click on **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " +"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 +msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "What are the main reports available?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " +"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 +msgid "Create tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 +msgid "" +"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" +" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " +"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " +"purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " +"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " +"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " +"Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " +"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " +"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " +"foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" +"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " +"for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " +"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " +"same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " +"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " +"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " +"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " +"your office or warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " +"tax-mapping to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 +msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " +"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " +"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " +"his shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 +msgid "Specific use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " +"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," +" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 +msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to create new taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" +" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " +"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " +"with the right taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " +"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 +msgid "Select a computation method:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 +msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 +msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " +"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " +"posts the tax journal item in the income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " +"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " +"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " +"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " +"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " +"following label on invoice \"15%\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " +"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " +"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " +"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " +"empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +msgid ":doc:`application`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to set default taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " +"localizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " +"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " +"country/state than you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " +"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " +"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +msgid "How to set tax-included prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " +"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " +"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" +" product form is $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +msgid "Price without tax: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +msgid "Taxes: $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +msgid "Total to pay: $110" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +msgid "If the tax is included in the price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +msgid "Taxes: $9.09" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +msgid "Total to pay: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " +"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +msgid "" +"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " +"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " +"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " +"Display)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" +" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " +"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " +"different screens you will need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " +"`__, you " +"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " +"implementation guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 +msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Completing your company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 +msgid "Importing your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Importing your suppliers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Importing your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Importing your starting balances" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +msgid "Define the users for accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " +"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " +"configuration of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " +"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " +"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " +"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " +"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " +"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " +"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " +"reports following your consolidation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " +"reconciliation of the journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +msgid "International Standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " +"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " +"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " +"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " +"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " +"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 +msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " +"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " +"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 +msgid "" +"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" +" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " +"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 +msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " +"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " +"reports include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 +msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 +msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " +"own formulae." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 +msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " +"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." +" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " +"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " +"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " +"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " +"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " +"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " +"ledger transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 +msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " +"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" +" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " +"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " +"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:132 +msgid "" +"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " +"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" +"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " +"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " +"over a specific period (usually the current year)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" +" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " +"beyond the costs of products sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " +"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " +"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " +"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " +"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +msgid "" +"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" +" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +msgid "" +"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " +"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +msgid "" +"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" +" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " +"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " +"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," +" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " +"an other account (debit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +msgid "Journal Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " +"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " +"impacting several accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +msgid "" +"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " +"equal to the sum of all its credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +msgid "The customer owes $1,090" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " +"account, matching credits and debits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " +"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " +"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +msgid "" +"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " +"reconciled with the related payment journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +msgid "" +"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " +"matching process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +msgid "Customer Statement Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +msgid "Invoice 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "Payment 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "70" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +msgid "Invoice 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "65" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "Payment 1.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "Payment 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +msgid "Invoice 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +msgid "Total To Pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " +"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " +"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +msgid "" +"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " +"matched when checking the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +msgid "recorded as a new payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +msgid "" +"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " +"` with the related invoice when processing the " +"bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +msgid "recorded as another transaction:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " +"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," +" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +msgid "Checks Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " +"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +msgid "Account Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Invoice ABC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +msgid "Undeposited funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +msgid "Check 0123" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +msgid "" +"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " +"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" +" journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +msgid "Bank Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +msgid "Statement XYZ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +msgid "Process overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " +"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " +"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " +"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " +"efficiently and accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " +"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " +"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " +"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " +"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " +"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" +" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " +"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " +"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " +"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " +"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " +"directly if you would like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +msgid "" +"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " +"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " +"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" +" and precise manner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +msgid "Draft invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " +"While these invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +msgid "" +"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " +"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Customer: Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +msgid "Product: iMac" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +msgid "Quantity: 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +msgid "Unit Price: 100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " +"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" +" tax information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +msgid "" +"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " +"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " +"defined, and modifiable, sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" +" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " +"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +msgid "Send the invoice to customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " +"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" +" follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Partner**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Due date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +msgid "01/07/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " +"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " +"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " +"entered the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " +"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " +"your accounting localisation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " +"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +msgid "Reconcile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +msgid "Now let's reconcile!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " +"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +msgid "" +"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " +"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" +" them to pay this invoice. \"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +msgid "Payment Followup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +msgid "" +"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " +"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" +" faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " +"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " +"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " +"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " +"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" +" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" +" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +msgid "Customer aging report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " +"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" +" collection efforts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " +"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " +"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" +" and Expenses.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " +"at a specific moment in time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +msgid "" +"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " +"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " +"material has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" +" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " +"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " +"aged payable balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " +"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " +"them automatically based on past purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +msgid "Record a new vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " +"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " +"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " +"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " +"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " +"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " +"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " +"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " +"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " +"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " +"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " +"bottom left table to adjust and match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " +"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" +" on the the accounting package you choose to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " +"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +msgid "Pay a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " +"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +msgid "" +"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " +"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " +"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " +"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " +"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " +"correctly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " +"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " +"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " +"directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Printing vendor Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " +"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " +"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " +"checks in batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " +"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +msgid "" +"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " +"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " +"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " +"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " +"once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +msgid "Aged payable balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" +" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" +" visual of all of your outstanding bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " +"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " +"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " +"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " +"what you see on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Payables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 +msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" +" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " +"most frequently are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 +msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 +msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 +msgid "" +"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " +"carried out by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " +"from the Apps module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " +"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " +"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " +"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " +"Products` in the **Expenses** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 +msgid "Some examples of products can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 +msgid "**Travel (car)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 +msgid "Product Type: Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 +msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 +msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 +msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " +"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 +msgid "**Hotel**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 +msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 +msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " +"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " +"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" +" hotel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " +"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " +"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" +" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 +msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 +msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 +msgid "The expenses workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 +msgid "Record a new expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " +":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " +"personal expenses work that way:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 +msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 +msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 +msgid "the accountant post journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 +msgid "" +"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " +"with a payable account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 +msgid "" +"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " +"the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 +msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 +msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 +msgid "a product: the expense type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 +msgid "" +"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" +" car)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " +"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " +"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" +" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " +"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " +"this feature)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " +"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " +"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 +msgid "" +"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " +"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 +msgid "Validation by the manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " +"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " +"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 +msgid "The manager can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 +msgid "" +"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " +"bill is missing);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 +msgid "reject an expense;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 +msgid "approve an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 +msgid "Control by the accountant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " +"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " +"created and posted in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " +"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 +msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " +"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " +"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " +"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" +" project)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." +" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " +"invoice all your orders in batch)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 +msgid "Reimburse the employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " +"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" +" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 +msgid "" +"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " +"due." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 +msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 +msgid "" +"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " +"invoicing policy on the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 +msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 +msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 +msgid "" +"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " +"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " +"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " +"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " +"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " +"vendors efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration: payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " +"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " +"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "50% within 30 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "50% within 45 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " +"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" +" directly and the balance after 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " +"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" +" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " +"propose you automatically the right payment term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " +"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " +"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " +"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " +"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " +"payment term)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +msgid "" +"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +msgid "Select bills to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " +"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" +" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " +"payment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +msgid "" +"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " +"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " +"\"Due Date\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +msgid "Pay by Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " +"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " +"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " +"suppliers with actual bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 +msgid "Install the required module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " +"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " +"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " +"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " +"print U.S. checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " +"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " +"install, it's configured by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +msgid "Activate checks payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " +"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " +"set **Check**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +msgid "United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " +"customizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +msgid "reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +msgid "Register a payment by check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " +"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " +"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Has Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field containing the invoice for which the payment has been " +"generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This does not especially correspond to the invoices reconciled with the " +"payment," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "as it can have been generated first, and reconciled later" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Hide Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " +"only one available which is 'manual'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " +"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " +"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " +"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " +"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " +"installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Saved payment token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Note that tokens from acquirers set to only authorize transactions (instead " +"of capturing the amount) are not available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " +"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Require Partner Bank Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " +"needs to be required or not in the payments form views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Check Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" +"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " +"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Journal Item Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Change label of the counterpart that will hold the payment difference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 +msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 +msgid "Print checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +msgid "" +"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " +"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " +"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " +"in batch or review them one by one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " +"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " +"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" +" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " +"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 +msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " +"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " +"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +msgid "" +"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " +"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" +" weeks ago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +msgid "Pay anything with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " +"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" +" flow to print checks in batch:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 +msgid "`Print checks `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " +"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " +"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Record several payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " +"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " +"open the accounting application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " +"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " +"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " +"**Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" +" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" +" on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" +" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " +"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " +"expense transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +msgid "Pay several bills altogether" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " +"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" +" vendor.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" +" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " +"the page, click on **Register Payment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " +"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +msgid "First, we need to create a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +msgid "" +"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " +"Option --> Send Money`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " +"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " +"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +msgid "" +"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " +"remaining to reconcile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +msgid "" +"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " +"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " +"transaction amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 +msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " +"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " +"various bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +msgid "" +"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +msgid "" +"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " +"offer us early payment discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +msgid "" +"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" +" term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +msgid "We have created the following bills:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +msgid "" +"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" +" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " +"model for cash discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 +msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +msgid "Pay with SEPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " +"transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +msgid "" +"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " +"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " +"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " +"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" +" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " +"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " +"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " +"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " +"Odoo payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " +"be installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " +"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " +"account and select the \"Settings\" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " +"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" +" Transfer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " +"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +msgid "" +"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " +"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " +"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " +"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +msgid "Register your payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " +"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " +"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +msgid "" +"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " +"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " +"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" +" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " +"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +msgid "Generate SEPA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " +"generate for every bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " +"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " +"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " +"Download SEPA Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " +"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " +"error message to your Odoo partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +msgid "" +"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" +" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " +"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" +" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " +"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " +"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " +"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " +"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " +"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " +"means no debt account is necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," +" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " +"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " +"handle them in accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " +"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " +"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " +"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" +" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " +"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " +"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " +"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " +"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" +" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " +"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " +"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " +":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " +"completely close the transaction in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " +"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " +"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" +" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " +"management processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " +"vendor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " +"Order (PO)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " +"stockable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " +"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +msgid "" +"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " +"only one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " +"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Creating products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " +"click create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " +"since it is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " +"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " +"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " +"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " +"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " +"of these designations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " +"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " +"product type to **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +msgid "Purchasing products or services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " +"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " +"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " +"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " +"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " +"Reference)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +msgid "Receiving Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " +"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " +"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " +"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " +"is outlined in red below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " +"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " +"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" +" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " +"following screen where you then will receive the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" +" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" +" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" +" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " +"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " +"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " +"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " +"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " +"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " +"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"reference number or your internal purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +msgid "" +"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " +"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " +"prices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " +"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " +"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" +" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" +" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" +" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" +" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " +"reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 +msgid "" +"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " +"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " +"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " +"could be due to one of a few reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +msgid "" +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 +msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +msgid "How product quantities are managed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +msgid "" +"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " +"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +msgid "" +"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " +"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " +"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " +"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " +"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +msgid "" +"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " +"to be based on either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +msgid "Ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +msgid "or Received quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +msgid "Batch Billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +msgid "" +"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " +"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" +" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Receivables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 +msgid "Customer Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Offer cash discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" +" pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " +"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" +" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +msgid "Set up a cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" +" *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total " +"price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " +"valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +msgid "Start offering the cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " +"term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" +" the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments " +"having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " +"calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +msgid "Grant the cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " +"cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " +"the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " +"click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " +"easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " +"applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, " +"you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on " +"your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +msgid "Register the full payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " +"benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " +"the payment with the two related journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "Apply roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " +"that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 +msgid "a mistake in the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " +"validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " +"need to send money back to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 +msgid "Issue a Credit Note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " +"on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the " +"Invoice’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 +msgid "" +"However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " +"invoices they are related to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 +msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +msgid "You can choose between three options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 +msgid "Partial Refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 +msgid "Full Refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " +"document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " +"information from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " +"modify any detail on the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 +msgid "" +"This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " +"*Paid*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " +"original invoice with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " +"original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " +"same details from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 +msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " +"credit notes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " +"*Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add " +"Credit Note*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " +"zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " +"original invoice above:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " +"revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:33 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:49 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:58 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:67 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:82 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:84 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates journal entries at the" +" right time until the full amount of the income is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:109 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +msgid "" +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:123 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:140 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button **Save Model**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:154 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:158 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:166 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:167 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:171 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:174 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale completely. (see: `Choose a " +"different Income Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../others/configuration/account_type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:193 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 +msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " +"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " +"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " +"payment term but an invoice policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " +"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " +"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " +"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " +"exactly 100%)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 +msgid "Payment terms for customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 +msgid "You can set payment terms on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +msgid "" +"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " +"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " +"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " +"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 +msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " +"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " +"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " +"any tax on the invoice):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " +"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +msgid "Jan 03" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +msgid "10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +msgid "Jan 30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +msgid "90" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " +"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " +"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " +"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " +"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " +"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " +"email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " +"create draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " +"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" +" order. You have different options like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " +"invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " +"delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " +"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " +"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " +"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " +"fixed advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" +" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " +"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" +" actual Kg)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +msgid "" +"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " +"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " +"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 +msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +msgid "" +"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " +"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " +"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " +"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " +"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +msgid "Activities can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +msgid "" +"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +msgid "" +"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +msgid "" +"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." +" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " +"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " +"use a regular sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " +"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" +" the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " +"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " +"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " +"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +msgid "if you need to create a refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +msgid "If you need to give a discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +msgid "Specific modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " +"customer invoices and supplier bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " +"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " +"term but invoice conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " +"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " +"appear on the invoice or the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " +"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " +"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" +" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " +"100%)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +msgid "Using Payment Terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 +msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " +"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " +"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " +"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 +msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " +"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " +"this journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " +"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" +" is enough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " +"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " +"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" +" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +msgid "Customer Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:4 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You can record your customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files " +"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 28 member states " +"of the European Union as well as additional countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:123 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries. `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` nd activate" +" the **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** feature. Enter the **Creditor Identifier** " +"of your company. This number is provided by your bank, or the authority " +"responsible for delivering them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:28 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:30 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " +"authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the new mandate’s " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:41 +msgid "" +"First, export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your " +"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the " +"**Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the " +"mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:47 +msgid "" +"First, make sure, that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly " +"recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in " +"your own *Bank Account* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 +msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, then the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices made after the present day won’t be processed " +"automatically with an SDD payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered will still be included to the next SDD XML" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated. If " +"a customer requires to pay with SDD payments again, you will have to create " +"a new mandate from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:75 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +msgid "" +"All new posted invoice issued to customers with an active mandate will " +"automatically register payment and have their status marked as *Paid*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you have unpaid invoices that could be paid with a new mandate, it is " +"still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on *Register Payment* and " +"choose *SEPA Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:87 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To submit your SDD payments to your bank, you will first generate an **XML " +"file** that can be uploaded directly to your bank interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" +" specifications as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +"Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " +"*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " +"Payments to Collect*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Select all the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD XML" +" file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " +"then download the SDD XML file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +msgid "Finally, upload this file to your bank to process the payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +msgid "" +"You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " +"Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " +"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " +"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " +"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " +"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" +" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " +"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " +"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " +"checks to your bank accounts in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 +msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +msgid "From check payments to bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " +"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " +"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" +" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 +msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Statement Match" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +msgid "Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " +"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 +msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +msgid "" +"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" +" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " +"relate it to the statement line)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 +msgid "" +"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" +" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" +" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " +"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " +"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " +"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 +msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" +" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " +"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " +"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " +"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " +"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," +" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " +"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " +"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " +"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" +" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " +"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " +"approach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " +"users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 +msgid "" +"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " +"--> Create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 +msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 +msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 +msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " +"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 +msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " +"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" +" transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " +"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 +msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 +msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +msgid "Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +msgid "Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " +"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " +"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " +"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " +"bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 +msgid "" +"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " +"this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 +msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 +msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " +"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " +"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " +"and relate it to the statement line)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" +" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " +"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " +"with invoices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " +"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" +" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " +"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." +" Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " +"send the appropriate reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +msgid "Manage your follow-ups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " +"follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" +" customer that has already paid you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " +"easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" +" on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " +"later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " +"set on the statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " +"number of days calculated between each report by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " +"Follow-up`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " +"normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +msgid "Send reminders in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " +"from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " +"process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document " +"containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " +"automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +msgid "Plan a follow-up process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " +"under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " +"Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " +"you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " +"overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual " +"action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " +"the stage of the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " +"negative number of due days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" +" alone record for use on a later date:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " +"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " +"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " +"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +msgid "Paying an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " +"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " +"due." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" +" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " +"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" +" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " +"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +msgid "Registering a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " +"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " +"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" +" be reconciled on an invoice later on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " +"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " +"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " +"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " +"document in the memo field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " +"just made in the accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " +"invoice directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " +"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " +"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " +"\"Outstanding Payments\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " +"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " +"feature within Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " +"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " +"Receivable and Payable, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " +"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " +"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +msgid "" +"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " +"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " +"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " +"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +msgid "" +"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " +"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " +"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " +"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" +" with two journal entries for the same transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e66c01af --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../applications.rst:3 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac62bdf8f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -0,0 +1,1293 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-22 08:57+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../crm.rst:5 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" +" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" +" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " +"information present on the first opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "" +"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " +"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " +"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " +"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "..note::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " +"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" +" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " +"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" +" make them relevant to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 +msgid "Start generating leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " +"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " +":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " +"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " +"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " +"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " +"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " +"`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " +"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " +"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " +"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " +"multiple countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " +"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " +"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" +" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " +"`__, To buy credits you can " +"either go to CRM > Configuration > Settings > Buy Credits; or go to Settings" +" > In-App Purchases>View my Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +msgid "" +"More information about `In-App Purchases " +"`__," +" (IAP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " +"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " +"directions)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " +"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +msgid "Go to the API & Services page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " +"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +msgid "Create credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " +"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " +"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " +"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " +"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" +" in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" +" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " +"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" +" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " +"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " +"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" +" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" +" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " +"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " +"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " +"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " +"configuration procedure below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " +"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " +"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " +"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 +msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 +msgid "**Mode** should be Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " +"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 +msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 +msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " +"and refer to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " +"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" +" Odoo and in OnSIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " +"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " +"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 +msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " +"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" +" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " +"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " +"Wave `_." +" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"then have to configure it as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 +msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 +msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " +"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " +"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " +"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" +" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " +"Assistant `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" +" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 +msgid "wget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 +msgid "gcc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 +msgid "g++" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 +msgid "ncurses-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 +msgid "libxml2-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 +msgid "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 +msgid "libsrtp-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 +msgid "libuuid-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 +msgid "openssl-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 +msgid "pkg-config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 +msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " +"`_. Once the source directory is " +"extracted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 +msgid "**run:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 +msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 +msgid "**Update shared library links:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 +msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 +msgid "**The result should be:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Asterisk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " +"`there `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Extract Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 +msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 +msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " +"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " +"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " +"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 +msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " +"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " +"run 'make config'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 +msgid "DTLS Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 +msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" +" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 +msgid "Configure Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " +"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " +"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" +" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " +"uncommented:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " +"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " +"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " +"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " +"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " +"lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 +msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 +msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 +msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 +msgid "" +"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" +" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" +" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " +"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" +" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " +"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " +"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " +"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 +msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" +" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " +"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " +"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 +msgid "Configure your kanban stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " +"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" +" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" +" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " +"more accurate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" +" you can modify them manually of course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 +msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " +"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" +" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 +msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " +"closing, letting you prioritize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 +msgid "" +"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " +"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " +"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 +msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 +msgid "" +"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " +"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " +"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " +"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " +"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " +"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..03b904c2c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -0,0 +1,778 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 +msgid "Online Database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " +"`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " +"click on the `Manage Your Databases " +"`__ button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" +" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 +msgid "Several actions are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`Upgrade `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " +"features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`Duplicate `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " +"flows without compromising your daily operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`Rename `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 +msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 +msgid "**Backup**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " +"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Domains `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 +msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Delete `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 +msgid "Delete a database instantly" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 +msgid "Contact Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Access our `support page `__ with the correct " +"database already selected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " +"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" +" the process before upgrading your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " +"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " +"experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " +"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " +"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" +" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " +"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " +"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " +"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " +"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " +"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " +"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " +"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 +msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 +msgid "You request a test upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " +"same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 +msgid "" +"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " +"access the `database management page `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " +"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 +msgid "" +"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " +"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " +"default, we select the highest available version available for your " +"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " +"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " +"released a more recent version during your tests)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " +"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " +"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" +" and asking another request will not be possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " +"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " +"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " +"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " +"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " +"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " +"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 +msgid "" +"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" +" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " +"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " +"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " +"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " +"test database through our `Support page `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" +" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " +"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " +"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " +"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " +"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " +"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" +" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " +"the process is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " +"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " +"migration during non-business hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 +msgid "Duplicating a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " +"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " +"database can duplicate without problem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 +msgid "" +"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " +"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" +" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" +" database, all external communication will remain active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 +msgid "Emails are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " +"example)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 +msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " +"behaviours to be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 +msgid "" +"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " +"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 +msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187 +msgid "Rename a Database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " +"want to rename, access the `database management page " +"`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " +"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 +msgid "Deleting a Database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202 +msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204 +msgid "" +"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " +"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " +"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " +"backup may be several hours old at that point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 +msgid "" +"From the `database management page `__, " +"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " +"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 +msgid "" +"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 +msgid "" +"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " +"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 +msgid "" +"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 +msgid "On-premises Database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 +msgid "Register a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " +"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" +" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" +" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" +"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " +"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 +msgid "Registration Error Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " +"message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143 +msgid "Solutions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 +msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" +" Account `__ or with your Account" +" Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 +msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " +"development database? `Find a partner `__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " +"`__ with the button \"Unlink " +"database\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 +msgid "" +"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " +"as it will be deactivated shortly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 +msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 +msgid "" +"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " +"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." +" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " +"`__, a short message will appear " +"specifying which database is problematic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " +"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " +"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " +"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 +msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" +" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " +"outgoing connections towards:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 +msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 +msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " +"Update notification runs once a week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 +msgid "Error message due to too many users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" +" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 +msgid "" +"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " +"countdown is updated everyday." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " +"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 +msgid "or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 +msgid "" +"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " +"`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " +"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " +"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," +" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification ` to make the " +"message disappear right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129 +msgid "Database expired error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " +"subscription, you will encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139 +msgid "" +"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" +" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " +"database is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " +"that" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 +msgid "" +"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " +"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " +"card payments are processed immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149 +msgid "Contact our `Support `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151 +msgid "" +"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 +msgid "Duplicate a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 +msgid "" +"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " +"server (/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " +"duplicate your database (among other things)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " +"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " +"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " +"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " +"registration problems down the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " +"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " +"`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" +" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " +"by clicking on it and using the edit button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" ` and :ref:`on premise ` " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " +"on Archive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6e921688 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -0,0 +1,658 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../discuss.rst:5 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" +" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " +"`Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " +"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " +"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " +"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " +"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " +"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 +msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" +" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" +" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 +msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " +"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " +"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" +" this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " +"the previous example you should write " +"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " +"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 +msgid "Getting the API key and secret" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +msgid "" +"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " +"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 +msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." +" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " +"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " +"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " +"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " +"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" +"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " +"another channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 +msgid "Direct messaging a user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " +"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " +"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " +"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " +"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " +"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " +"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " +"they are offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 +msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " +"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" +" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " +"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 +msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " +"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " +"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 +msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " +"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " +"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " +"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " +"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " +"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " +"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " +"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " +"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " +"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " +"simple and searchable interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " +"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " +"undertake." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" +" your priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " +"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " +"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 +msgid "Schedule meetings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " +"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " +"open to let you select a time slot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " +"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " +"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " +"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," +" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "Creating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " +"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " +"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " +"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" +" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " +"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " +"information)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 +msgid "Configuring a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " +"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." +" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " +"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" +" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " +"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" +" a public channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 +msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " +":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" +" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " +"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " +"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " +"messages by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "Locating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " +"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" +" clicking the plus icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " +"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " +"channels from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " +"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 +msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " +"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " +"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " +"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " +"character wildcard.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," +" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 +msgid "How to choose the events to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " +"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " +"**Project** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 +msgid "How to add other followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " +"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" +" link back to the original document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 +msgid "How to be a default follower" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " +"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" +" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " +"created, an opportunity won)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" +" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " +"about." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e07a4fff --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -0,0 +1,1450 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to show product availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " +"your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " +"an option in *Availability*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " +"delay, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 +msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " +"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " +"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " +":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " +"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " +"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " +"time. The topics follow the buying process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Product Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 +msgid "Shop Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Checkout process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 +msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 +msgid "Shipping & Tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " +"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " +"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " +"`__ " +"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " +"`__ that " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking " +"'Get Started'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" +" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " +"press the related option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "Go through the registration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " +"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 +msgid "Set up Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " +"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 +msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" +" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " +"`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" +" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 +msgid "Go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " +"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " +"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " +"production mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " +"account `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" +" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " +"`__ to configure your sandbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" +" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " +"Invoicing apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 +msgid "What are the payment methods available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 +msgid "Wire transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " +"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" +" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" +"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 +msgid "Payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" +" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" +" over time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 +msgid "`Paypal `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 +msgid "Authorize.net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 +msgid "PayUmoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 +msgid "Sips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 +msgid "How to go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " +"activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 +msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " +"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." +" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 +msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 +msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Subscription `__ allows to " +"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " +"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 +msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 +msgid "" +"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " +"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" +" from the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 +msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " +"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" +" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 +msgid "How to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 +msgid "Switch to developer mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 +msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " +"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " +"duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 +msgid "Other configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " +"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " +"`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " +"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " +"such matter. `Contact us. `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" +" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " +"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "What are the payment status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 +msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " +"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," +" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" +" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " +"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " +"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " +"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 +msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " +"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " +"orders straight on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " +"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " +"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " +"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" +" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " +"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " +"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " +"payments " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 +msgid "" +"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " +"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " +"only available with Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " +"*Capture Transaction*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " +"Business Account " +"`__" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" +" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " +"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. " +"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`paypal documentation. `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +"*Profile > About the business*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 +msgid "" +"..note:: `Traders in the EU " +"`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " +"with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "See also" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e9fcdf29 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../expenses.rst:5 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01ef1dff2 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -0,0 +1,1085 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../general.rst:5 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +msgid "OAuth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " +"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Google account and go to " +"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +msgid "" +"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " +"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" +" save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " +"Client ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" +" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" +" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " +"Then click on **Create**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " +"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " +"it listens to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" +" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " +"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " +"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " +"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +msgid "Data Import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " +"work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +msgid "How to import data into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +msgid "How to start" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" +" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" +" and even orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 +msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 +msgid "" +"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " +"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " +"already done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +msgid "How to adapt the template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " +"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " +"corresponding field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " +"on the very next time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +msgid "How to import from another application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " +"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " +"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " +"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " +"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" +" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " +"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " +"whenever possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " +"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " +"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " +"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " +"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " +"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " +"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " +"complete list of fields for each column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " +"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " +"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" +" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " +"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" +" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " +"whatever your locale date format is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" +" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " +"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " +"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " +"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " +"crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +msgid "" +"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " +"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " +"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" +" CSV file bar after you select your file)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " +"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " +"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +msgid "" +"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " +"application?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " +"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " +"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " +"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " +"filter settings' > Save)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " +"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " +"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" +" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " +"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +msgid "" +"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " +"different fields to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " +"postgresql column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" +" (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +msgid "" +"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " +"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " +"according to your need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" +" have been created manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " +"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " +"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " +"Database ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " +"party application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" +" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " +"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " +"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " +"Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +msgid "" +"`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +msgid "" +"`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " +"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " +"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " +"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " +"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " +"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +msgid "" +"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " +"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " +"'Category'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +msgid "" +"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " +"multiple tags)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" +" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " +"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" +" of your CSV file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +msgid "" +"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " +"Sales Order)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" +" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " +"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " +"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " +"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " +"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " +"you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " +"respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " +"contacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +msgid "" +"`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " +"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " +"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import " +"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " +"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " +"depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " +"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " +"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " +"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " +"assigning the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +msgid "" +"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " +"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" +" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " +"person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " +"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" +" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " +"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " +"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +msgid "" +"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " +"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " +"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." +" (If you want to test this example, here is a dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +msgid "" +"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" +" the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +msgid "" +"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " +"following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " +"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" +" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " +"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " +"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" +" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +msgid "" +"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " +"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " +"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " +"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from my database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to *Settings> " +"Odoo IAP > View my Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " +"from free credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to *Settings app " +"> Activate the Developer Mode > Technical Settings > IAP Accoun*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from *Settings app > Odoo IAP > View my Services*. From there, I can view my" +" current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a " +"reminder to when credits are low." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " +"Portal through *Settings app> Odoo IAP > View my Services*, unfold a service" +" and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum" +" amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is " +"reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +msgid "IAP services available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " +"Database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " +"(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " +"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +msgid "Offering my own services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47 +msgid "" +"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" +" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" +" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " +"find more information at: `In-App Purchase " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +msgid "Basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 +msgid "How to add a user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " +"point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" +" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " +"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" +" and a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " +"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 +msgid "" +"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " +"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" +" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " +"Refer to our `*Pricing page* `__ for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " +"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " +"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" +" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " +"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +msgid "" +"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" +"users>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" +" each user can use Odoo in his own language ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +msgid "Load your desired language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " +"instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" +" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " +"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" +" to change the navigation language on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +msgid "Change your language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" +"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " +"**SAVE.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +msgid "Change another user's language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " +"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " +"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the " +"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can" +" change the Language to any previously installed language and click " +"**SAVE.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +msgid "" +"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" +" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" +" Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " +"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " +"**Create application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " +"50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +msgid "" +"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " +"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " +"requests per hour restriction." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51142b9bf --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -0,0 +1,381 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 +msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 +msgid "" +"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " +"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 +msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " +"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" +" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" +" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" +" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" +" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " +"practices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" +" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " +"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " +"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " +"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " +"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" +" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" +" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " +"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " +"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " +"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " +"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" +"learning via the `Odoo documentation " +"`__, `The elearning " +"platform `__ and the " +"testing of functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 +msgid "2. Project Scope" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " +"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " +"project implementation is pursuing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " +"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " +"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " +"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" +" clear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " +"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" +" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " +"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " +"the implementation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " +"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " +"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " +"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" +" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " +"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " +"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " +"experiment of the standard in production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 +msgid "3. Managing expectations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " +"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" +" account from the beginning of the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 +msgid "" +"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " +"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," +" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " +"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " +"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " +"check that this is still the case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " +"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" +" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " +"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" +" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " +"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " +"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " +"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " +"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " +"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " +"to pursue this same objective." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 +msgid "" +"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " +"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " +"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " +"tools\\* :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " +"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " +"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " +"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " +"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 +msgid "" +"`The Proof of Concept `__ A " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" +" the changes related to the interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " +"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " +"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " +"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " +"verifying its veracity beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 +msgid "" +"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " +"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 +msgid "4. Communication Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " +"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " +"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " +"follow those principles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 +msgid "" +"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " +"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " +"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " +"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " +"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" +" manager are clearly defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 +msgid "" +"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " +"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " +"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 +msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " +"reached;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 +msgid "5. Customizations and Development" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " +"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " +"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 +msgid "" +"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " +"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," +" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " +"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" +" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " +"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " +"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." +" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " +"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " +"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 +msgid "" +"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " +"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" +" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" +" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " +"business processes of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 +msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" +" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " +"needs of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 +msgid "" +"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " +"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " +"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " +"requirements of the operational reality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 +msgid "" +"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " +"noted gap is caused by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 +msgid "" +"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " +"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 +msgid "**or**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 +msgid "" +"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " +"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 +msgid "7. Data Imports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " +"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " +"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " +"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " +"it will be decided :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 +msgid "" +"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " +"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " +"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 +msgid "" +"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " +"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " +"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " +"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" +" import will be made before the production launch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " +"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " +"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " +"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 +msgid "8. Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " +"questions or technical issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1690cbd5a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -0,0 +1,481 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "" +"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4 +msgid "" +"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " +"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" +" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " +"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7 +msgid "Set up the After Sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: " +"*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14 +msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15 +msgid "" +"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " +"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " +"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22 +msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " +"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30 +msgid "" +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " +"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " +"*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37 +msgid "Repairs from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" +" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45 +msgid "" +"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " +"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " +"Intervention*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52 +msgid "" +"`Coupons `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 +msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 +msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," +" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " +"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," +" or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 +msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " +"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " +"the lower right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " +"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " +"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +msgid "Start receiving tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " +"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " +"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Website Form allows your customer to go to " +"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " +"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " +"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " +"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " +"documentation `*here* " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" +" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " +"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " +"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " +"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " +"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +msgid "" +"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" +" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " +"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " +"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " +"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " +"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +msgid "Grey - Normal State" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +msgid "Red - Blocked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " +"Ticket form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +msgid "" +"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " +"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " +"timesheets will log against." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" +" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " +"ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " +"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " +"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " +"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "The modules needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " +"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " +"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 +msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 +msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " +"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " +"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" +" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " +"previously created as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" +" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " +"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " +"unit will do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " +"configuration :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 +msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 +msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 +msgid "Step 1 : place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " +"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" +" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " +"the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 +msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " +"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" +" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" +" and select the task on its form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 +msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " +"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " +"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 +msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" +" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " +"appear as the delivered quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +msgid "" +"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " +"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..692289d34 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo User Documentation" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..036b33814 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -0,0 +1,6467 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../inventory.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" +" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " +"Adjustments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " +"*Commands for Inventory*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " +"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " +"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " +"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" +" the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " +"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sales that sells products in" +" bulk. The customers will scale their products themselves and get the " +"printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports *Barcode Nomenclatures*, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the *Barcode Nomenclature*, you need to activate the debug " +"mode. To do so, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Barcode Nomenclature*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " +"create your first rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The first step is to specify the *rule name*, for example, *Weight Barcode* " +"with 3 decimals. Then, you have to specify the type for barcode " +"nomenclature, like the *Weighted Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode Pattern* is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example, 21 defines the products on which the rule will" +" be applied. Those are the numbers by which the product barcode should " +"start. The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are" +" there to identify the product in question. The “N” defines a number and the" +" “D” defines the decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " +"sequence. The first rule that matches the scanned barcode will then be " +"applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:48 +msgid "Configure your Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:50 +msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " +"identify the product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The barcode should contain 0’s when you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case," +" we need to set 5 zeros because we condigures “21………{NNDDD}”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number. Use an EAN13 generator to know" +" which digit it should be in your case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In case you weight 1,5kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following " +"barcode: *2112345015001*. If you scan this barcode in your PoS, or when " +"receiving the products in your barcode app, Odoo will automatically create a" +" new line for the product, for a quantity of 1,5kg." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:67 +msgid "" +"For the point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be " +"computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +msgid "Rule Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Priced Product**: it allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in PoS;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: it allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. Then, you can scan your product in the PoS and apply discounts on " +"the product by scanning the discount barcode;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: it allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both PoS and in Inventory;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Client**: it allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 +msgid "" +"**Cashier**: it allows you to identify the cashier when entering the PoS;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:86 +msgid "" +"**Location**: it allows you to identify the location on a transfer when " +"multi-location is activated;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Package**: it allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages " +"are activated;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Lot**: it allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a " +"transfer;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Credit Card**: it doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from " +"the Mercury module;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Unit Product**: it allows you to identify a product for both PoS and " +"Transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:97 +msgid "" +"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " +"number of characters. Those characters can be any number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "Process to Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +msgid "Simple Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " +"*Operations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " +"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " +"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " +"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " +"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " +"the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " +"additional steps for the different operation types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " +"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " +"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " +"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " +"scan the next product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " +"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " +"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " +"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " +"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " +"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " +"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +msgid "Internal Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " +"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " +"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 +msgid "" +"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," +" you don’t need to scan them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " +"of working:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " +"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" +" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " +"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " +"lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" +" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " +"sheet* from the home page of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." +" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " +"products to populate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " +"via *Inventory > Settings > Barcode Scanner*. Once you have ticked the " +"feature, you can hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +msgid "Set Product Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to *Settings > Configure Products Barcodes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " +"at creation on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " +"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:46 +msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in *Inventory > Configuration > Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " +"*Print* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63 +msgid "Barcode Formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " +"own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 +msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " +"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " +"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " +"any bad surprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " +"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " +"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" +" cancel the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" +" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 +msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " +"limit them to a certain number of countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " +"**Delivery Methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " +"this delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 +msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " +"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " +"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " +"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " +"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." +" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 +msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " +"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " +"space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" +" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " +"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " +"product is unique, then it makes sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "Make sure time is not against you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " +"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" +" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 +msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " +"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " +"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " +"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " +"*Configuration > Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in *Configuration > Settings* to activate " +"the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to make the *Route* field" +" appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a product via drop-" +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to *Products > Products*. Select the product you" +" would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist which contains the right" +" supplier, via the purchase tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." +" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " +"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" +"Shipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " +"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " +"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " +"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" +" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " +"own stock when you validate the dropship document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +msgid "" +"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to *Configuration > Warehouses* and edit" +" the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " +"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " +"*Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " +"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " +"move lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " +"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " +"the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 +msgid "" +"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " +"packages which were part of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 +msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " +"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " +"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " +"directly via the *Packages* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " +"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " +"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " +"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " +"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:18 +msgid "Configuring lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " +"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " +"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:28 +msgid "At a product level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 +msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " +"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " +"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" +" select a supplier lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " +"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " +"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" +" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 +msgid "**Customer lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " +"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " +"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " +"time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 +msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" +" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " +"create manufacturing routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:74 +msgid "At the company level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 +msgid "" +"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " +"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " +"of delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" +" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " +"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " +"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " +"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " +"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " +"keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " +"of safety days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " +"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " +"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " +"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " +"here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:134 +msgid "At route level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" +" can also influence the computed date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " +"app when creating a new push rule in a route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 +msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 +msgid "At sale order level:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "**Requested date**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " +"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" +" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" +" display a warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:173 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " +"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." +" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " +"on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +msgid "" +"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +msgid "" +"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " +"lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " +"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " +"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " +"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods " +"receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," +" the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can " +"allow having 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The 3-steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" +" transfer them into a quality area for *quality control*. When the quality " +"check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of " +"course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity " +"that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, " +"routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we " +"will chain the picking to the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " +"*Configuration > Settings* and activate the option. By default, activating " +"*multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to *Configuration > Warehouse*" +" and open the one you will use to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select " +"the option *Pack good, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as " +"*Outgoing Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to *Configuration >" +" Locations* and select the one you want to rename. Change its name and hit " +"save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. " +"Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 +msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status," +" while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become " +"*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically " +"reserved and you can validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Now that the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been " +"picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly " +"validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be " +"processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer " +"the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate " +"the feature. By default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate " +"*Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to *Configuration > " +"Warehouse* and enter the warehouse which will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, " +"you can select the option *Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)* " +"for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to *Configuration > Locations > Select " +"Input* and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "Process the picking and the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +msgid "Manage expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" +" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " +"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" +" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" +" *Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and " +"*Expiration Dates* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " +"tab* of the product form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " +"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " +"lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " +"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " +"number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " +"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " +"raised on the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " +"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " +"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +msgid "Expiration Alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " +"so, go to *Master Data > Lots/Serial Numbers*. There, you can use the pre-" +"existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that exceeded their " +"alert date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " +"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 +msgid "Setting Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +msgid "Application Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " +"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and tick *Lots & Serial Numbers*. " +"Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your choice. There, " +"click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 +msgid "Manage Lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " +"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" +" a line* again to register a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " +"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " +"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " +"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " +"contained in each one of the lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +msgid "Operation Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " +"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " +"*Configuration > Operation Types*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " +"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " +"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " +"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " +"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " +"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " +"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in *Master Data > " +"Lots/Serial Numbers*, click on the lot number corresponding to your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" +" lot number has been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " +"*Location* stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " +"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " +"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " +"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " +"last movement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" +"entry management is the feature you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " +"*Configuration > Settings* in the *Inventory* application. Then, enable the " +"feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." +" To do so, go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your " +"choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial Number* in the " +"*Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " +"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +msgid "Manual assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "Multi-assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " +"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " +"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " +"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " +"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " +"number to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " +"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " +"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" +" need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "Operation types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " +"operation type. To define it, go to *Configuration > Operation Types* in the" +" *Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " +"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " +"allowed at product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " +"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " +"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to *Master Data >" +" Lots/Serial Numbers* and click on the serial number corresponding to your " +"search. Then, open the *Traceability* information. There, you will see in " +"which documents the serial number has been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +msgid "" +"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" +" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" +" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " +"company-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " +"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " +"next to its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 +msgid "Send email at delivery validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 +msgid "" +"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " +"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" +" do the same for the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " +"be included in the standard email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" +" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " +"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " +"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " +"advanced settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* in the " +"inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in the *Traceability* " +"section. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " +"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " +"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " +"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 +msgid "Scrap Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " +"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this " +"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" +" stored, you have to scrap them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " +"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " +"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" +" basic material content, recoverable through recycling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " +"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " +"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Storage Locations* " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 +msgid "Now, go to *Configuration > Locations* and create your scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " +"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " +"virtual location will be created for scrapped products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 +msgid "Different ways to scrap products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " +"delivery order, and from an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 +msgid "Scrap from receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " +"Receipts* or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " +"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " +"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 +msgid "Scrap from delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " +"Delivery orders* or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " +"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " +"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " +"button on the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 +msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " +"*Inventory > Dashboard > Internal Transfers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 +msgid "" +"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " +"scrap button that is on the top left of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 +msgid "" +"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by " +"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, " +"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from " +"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " +"scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" +" necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. " +"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " +"multi-company, this feature is company-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" +" it by clicking on the arrow on the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" +" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " +"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " +"be included in the SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates " +"scheduled dates via the scheduler." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, " +"whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled " +"dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, " +"etc.) to your partners and/or clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25 +msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different " +"types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and " +"manufacturing lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35 +msgid "Supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " +"purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the " +"inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this " +"case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + " +"Delivery Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, " +"thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:58 +msgid "" +"It is the time needed to get your product from your store/warehouse to your " +"customer. It can be configured for any product. To add it, select a product " +"and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead " +"time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69 +msgid "" +"On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the " +"*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76 +msgid "" +"At the company level, you can configure security days. Those are useful to " +"cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of " +"delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for " +"sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85 +msgid "Security lead time for sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In sales, security lead time corresponds to backup days to ensure you will " +"be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for " +"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " +"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation " +"and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to " +"your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To set up your security dates, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* " +"and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106 +msgid "" +"It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that " +"security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead " +"times, not for sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110 +msgid "" +"When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will " +"be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To find purchase lead time, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and" +" enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 +msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected " +"manufacturing days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To configure it, go to *Manufacturing > Configuration > Settings* and enable" +" the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence" +" the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in" +" the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To specify them, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Routes* and add a push " +"rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate *Multi-step Routes* to " +"use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 +msgid "At the sale order level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152 +msgid "Expected date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option " +"*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158 +msgid "" +"By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the " +"*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed " +"based on the different lead times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than" +" the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To better understand all the above info, here is an example. You may sell a " +"car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to " +"deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the" +" scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181 +msgid "" +"January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety " +"Days);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183 +msgid "" +"January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " +"days);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185 +msgid "" +"January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of " +"Supplier Delivery Lead Time);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they " +"need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " +"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " +"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " +"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " +"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" +" started first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " +"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To start the scheduler manually, go to *Inventory > Operations > Run " +"Schedulers*. The scheduler uses all the relevant parameters defined for " +"products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the different production " +"orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you have to enable the debug mode. To do so, go to " +"*Settings > Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Then, go to *Settings > Technical > Automation > Scheduled Actions* and " +"modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, you can set the " +"starting time of the scheduler." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " +"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " +"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application, go to *Configuration > Settings*. In the " +"*Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application go to *Configuration > UoM*. There, hit " +"*Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we will use " +"for the Egg product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " +"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " +"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " +"for the category which is “Units” here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 +msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory application > Master Data > Products*, open the product " +"which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click " +"on *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " +"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " +"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 +msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" +" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +msgid "" +"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " +"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " +"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" +" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " +"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 +msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " +"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " +"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " +"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " +"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" +" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " +"supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " +"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " +"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " +"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " +"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" qunatity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " +"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " +"and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " +"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " +"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" +" packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " +"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" +" they are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount " +"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to" +" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum " +"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " +"quantity to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " +"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " +"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" +" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "Reordering Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " +"*Inventory > Master Data > Reordering Rules*. There, click on *Create* to " +"set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " +"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" +" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the " +"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " +"will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " +"receive the products or to order them to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " +"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " +"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " +"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the " +"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " +"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " +"your *Inventory module > Master Data > Products* (or in any other module " +"where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 +msgid "" +"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " +"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" +" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " +"sure you have a *BoM* for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" +" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " +"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You can then access your warehouses via \\*Inventory > Configuration > " +"Warehouses\\*. Create the necessary warehouses following this " +"`*documentation* " +"`__." +" Enter the warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will " +"have the possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets " +"resupplied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " +"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," +" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 +msgid "" +"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " +"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " +"I will run the scheduler by going to \\*Inventory > Operations > Run " +"scheduler\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" +" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" +" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " +"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " +"Second warehouse\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " +"sheet. This implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 +msgid "" +"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " +"Real Price);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 +msgid "" +"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " +"Perpetual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 +msgid "Costing Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 +msgid "+8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +msgid "12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 +msgid "+4*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 +msgid "$120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 +msgid "$20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 +msgid "+2*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 +msgid "$40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " +"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " +"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 +msgid "+4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 +msgid "$9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 +msgid "+2*$6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 +msgid "$36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " +"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" +" (see here attached)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 +msgid "" +"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" +" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " +"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" +" up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 +msgid "" +"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " +"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " +"matters in the cost computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 +msgid "$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-2*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 +msgid "$32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 +msgid "$11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 +msgid "$44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 +msgid "" +"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " +"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " +"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " +"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " +"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " +"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " +"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " +"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," +" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 +msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-6*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 +msgid "$8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 +msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," +" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " +"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " +"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" +" quantity in stock * cost price)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 +msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 +msgid "" +"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " +"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " +"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " +"physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 +msgid "" +"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" +" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " +"postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " +"related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "109" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " +"product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" +" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 +msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 +msgid "" +"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " +"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" +"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " +"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " +"testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 +msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 +msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-6*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 +msgid "€8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a New Location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" +" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the *Inventory " +"application > Configuration > Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to *Configuration > " +"Locations* and hit *Create* in order to create a new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the " +"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " +"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" +" to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" +" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " +"Return Location?*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" +" which will correspond to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a New Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" +"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " +"automatically activated at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In order to do so, go to the *Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can then go to *Inventory > Configuration > Warehouses* and hit *Create*" +" to add a new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " +"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " +"different warehouse documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-" +"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one" +" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " +"it afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" +" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " +"to the creation of a new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 +msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 +msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " +"your database via the menu *Master Data > Products*. Click the Create button" +" and enter the name of your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this" +" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted " +"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" +" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " +"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " +"described in the following print screens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 +msgid "" +"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be " +"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." +" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " +"go out of your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " +"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the " +"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " +"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, " +"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " +"forecasts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" +" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 +msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " +"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " +"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Set your Initial Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " +"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " +"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " +"therefore need to go to *Operations > Inventory Adjustments* and create a " +"new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then " +"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products " +"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " +"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" +" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " +"your other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " +"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " +"added to the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between" +" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the " +"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the " +"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " +"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 +msgid "" +"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " +"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " +"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " +"been updated taking your modification into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " +"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " +"variants into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the " +"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning " +"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means " +"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " +"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 +msgid "Receive Products in Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" +" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " +"described in the following print screens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 +msgid "" +"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different " +"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " +"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " +"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the " +"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " +"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, " +"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " +"forecasts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 +msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " +"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " +"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " +"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" +" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " +"another truck." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" +" is cross-docking and is it for me? `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, open *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " +"*Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to *Inventory > Configuration >" +" Warehouses* and edit your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:28 +msgid "" +"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " +"can be found in *Inventory > Configuration > Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:34 +msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " +"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " +"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " +"for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " +"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " +"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " +"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " +"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " +"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " +"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " +"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " +"products in the *Input Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +msgid "" +"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " +"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " +"*Output*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " +"application in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " +"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " +"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " +"and routes in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " +"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "" +"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" +" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " +"been generated for your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " +"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" +" you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " +"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " +"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" +" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " +"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " +"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " +"orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " +"all yours product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" +" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " +"proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " +"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " +"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " +"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +msgid "Select the right transfer order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +msgid "" +"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " +"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " +"indicate how much products you process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " +"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " +"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " +"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a procurement rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " +"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" +" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " +"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " +"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " +"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " +"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" +" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " +"dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 +msgid "" +"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" +" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " +"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " +"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " +"of storing goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " +"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " +"using rules\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 +msgid "Procurement rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " +"go to Configuration > Routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 +msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " +"possible :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 +msgid "Move from another location rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 +msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " +"manufacturing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 +msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a push rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" +" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " +"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " +"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " +"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " +"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " +"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " +"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " +"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " +"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " +"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " +"inability to meet customer demand for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" +" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " +"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " +"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " +"be triggered automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" +" rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 +msgid "Push rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 +msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " +"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " +"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " +"quality control location move to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 +msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 +msgid "Stock transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" +" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " +"waiting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " +"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " +"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" +" the main stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "How to use routes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" +" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 +msgid "Manage default locations per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " +"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " +"routing of products using rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " +"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " +"can combine several choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 +msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" +" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " +"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 +msgid "Routes applied on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " +"be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," +" select the route(s):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 +msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " +"categories it will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" +" under the **Logistics** section :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 +msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " +"time you make a sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" +" the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 +msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +msgid "Procurement and push rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +msgid "Please refer to the documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 +msgid "Procurement configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " +"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " +"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " +"**Preferred Routes**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +msgid "Make-to-Order Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " +"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " +"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " +"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 +msgid "Product Costing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " +"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " +"to be installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " +"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" +" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " +"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " +"will be split accross your transfers lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 +msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" +" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" +" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " +"the most appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +msgid "" +"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " +"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " +"*Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* will be " +"automatically activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18 +msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" +" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" +"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " +"*Inventory* app and go to *Configuration > Putaway Rules*. Then, click on " +"create and configure your first rule indicating the main location the " +"product will enter before being redirected to the right location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " +"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " +"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " +"Report*, under the reporting menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " +"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " +"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " +"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " +"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " +"on the **location**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " +"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " +"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 +msgid "Types of removal strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 +msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " +"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " +"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " +"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " +"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 +msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " +"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 +msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " +"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " +"shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" +" ``WH/Stock`` location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 +msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 +msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" +" according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " +"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" +" to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " +"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " +"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " +"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " +"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " +"goods with this serial/lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " +"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " +"removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " +"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " +"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " +"lots pass their **alert date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " +"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" +" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " +"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " +"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," +" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " +"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " +"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " +"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " +"after the lot has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " +"expiration date fields as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 +msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 +msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 +msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " +"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " +"expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "LOT0001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "Ice Cream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "08/20/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "LOT0002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "08/10/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "LOT0003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "08/15/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "" +"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 +msgid "" +"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " +"removal strategy **FEFO**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 +msgid "" +"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" +" the removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " +"Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " +"given in the demo data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 +msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 +msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" +" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" +" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " +"Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" +" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " +"online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com `__)" +" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" +" States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " +"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "" +"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " +"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5d36a58b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -0,0 +1,815 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../iot.rst:5 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "Then click on the Scan button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:34 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:36 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:38 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:76 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, download the latest image `here " +"`__, and extract it from the " +"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " +"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " +"minutes for it to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 +msgid "IoT Box not found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" +" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " +"can follow to find your IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 +msgid "HTTPS Issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 +msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " +"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" +" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " +"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " +"can be found `here `__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " +"`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " +"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " +"`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:28 +msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:35 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " +"`__, but other hardware" +" might work as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:50 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " +"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " +"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " +"your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:62 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " +"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " +"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " +"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " +"on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" +" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:80 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:83 +msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" +" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" +" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " +"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " +"LED." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " +"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " +"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " +"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " +"devices on your network router." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" +" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:106 +msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " +"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:113 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " +"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " +"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " +"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " +"enough power." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" +" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" +" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:134 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " +"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:140 +msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:142 +msgid "" +"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " +"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " +"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " +"and the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:148 +msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " +"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:155 +msgid "The printer is offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " +"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " +"contact support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:162 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:18 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:38 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " +"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " +"steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " +"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " +"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`__,." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " +"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " +"drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" +" cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:17 +msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your printer is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " +"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " +"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " +"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" +" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." +" Click on it and it will print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" +" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " +"Categories* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " +"will be printed." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f33f04b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 +msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " +"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " +"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," +" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " +"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " +"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" +" and then click on install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " +"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " +"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" +" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 +msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " +"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " +"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " +"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 +msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " +"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " +"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" +" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " +"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 +msgid "Prepare automatic messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" +" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" +" through the live chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 +msgid "Start chatting with customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " +"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " +"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " +"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " +"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " +"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " +"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " +"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " +"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " +"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 +msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 +msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 +msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 +msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " +"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " +"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " +"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " +"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," +" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " +"assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 +msgid "" +"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " +"visitors, enjoy !" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c96455a15 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -0,0 +1,1155 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the *Master Data* menu > " +"*Products* and create both the finished product and the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 +msgid "Adding a routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 +msgid "Use flexible components consumption" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " +"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " +"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " +"But you will need to register it!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" +" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" +" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " +"consumption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." +" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " +"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" +" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " +"type. Then, save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " +"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" +" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " +"Materials* as type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " +"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " +"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " +"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " +"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " +"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " +"control over it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " +"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " +"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " +"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " +"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " +"defined by *routings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " +"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" +" process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " +"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " +"phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "Create a manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "Record the production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " +"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " +"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " +"which work orders are performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " +"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " +"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 +msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 +msgid "Create the manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " +"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" +" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " +"don’t have the capacity to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " +"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " +"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " +"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " +"avoiding work superposition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Create the Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " +"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " +"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " +"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " +"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " +"just created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " +"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " +"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " +"first free slot on the work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " +"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some businesses subcontract the production of some finished products through" +" subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and tick the box " +"*Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can now define subcontracted *Bill of Materials*. Therefore, you need to" +" go to *Manufacturing > Master Data > Bill of Materials* and hit *Create*. " +"In this *BoM*, list the components which will be used by the subcontractor " +"to manufacture the subcontracted finished product. Specify that the *BoM* " +"type is *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:22 +msgid "You can also define subcontractors on the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:24 +msgid "If no subcontractor is set, the BoM can be used by any subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 +msgid "If some are set, the BoM can only be used for those subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 +msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:34 +msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 +msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:40 +msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit " +"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " +"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " +"subcontracted product)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " +"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " +"following stock moves are created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "For the components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 +msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:58 +msgid "For the subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 +msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at" +" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " +"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:69 +msgid "" +"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " +"type subcontractor defined on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 +msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " +"components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "subcontractor as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:86 +msgid "" +"on the *Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough " +"components sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is " +"triggered, a delivery order is created for the product is automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:97 +msgid "**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:95 +msgid "" +"subcontractors each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you " +"need to tick the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 +msgid "Unbuild a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " +"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" +" unbuild products you have received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " +"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " +"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " +"unbuilding them and recycling them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 +msgid "Unbuild Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 +msgid "" +"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" +" menu *Unbuild Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " +"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " +"something you received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 +msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " +"components from the MO back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " +"BoM back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and activate the " +"Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, go in *Planning > Master Production Schedule* and click on add a " +"product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want " +"to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum " +"quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 +msgid "Repair Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +msgid "Repair products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " +"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " +"defect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " +"new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +msgid "Manage a repair" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." +" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " +"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" +" might need, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " +"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " +"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +msgid "You can now invoice the repair." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2230c4c71 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " +"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5548fbe40 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -0,0 +1,1716 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 +msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " +"`__) is required to accept credit card payments" +" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " +"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " +"American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 +msgid "" +"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " +"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " +"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 +msgid "Install Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " +"mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +msgid "" +"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods` and create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " +"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 +msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " +"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 +msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " +"product discount also at 50%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " +"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " +"pricing strategy tailored to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " +"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" +" on *Pricelists*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " +"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " +"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " +"whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 +msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " +"select the right pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 +msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " +"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " +"statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " +"--> Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 +msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 +msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example `__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " +"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " +"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " +"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " +"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " +"customer can be identified from the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " +"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 +msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " +"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 +msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" +" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" +" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " +"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" +" in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" +" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 +msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " +"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 +msgid "Create your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " +"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 +msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 +msgid "You can register the next orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " +"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " +"now close the session from the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 +msgid "" +"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 +msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" +" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " +"closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 +msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " +":doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +msgid "Connect a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to `this documentation " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Once the IoT Box is up and running, you’ll need to link your payment " +"terminal to your PoS. Open the Point of Sale app and go to *Configuration > " +"Point of Sale*. Select a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your" +" payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:31 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the *PoS Menu* > settings " +"menu and enter the settings password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:45 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:47 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Go back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the " +"payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment " +"method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option Ingenico, and select" +" your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:62 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:82 +msgid "" +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connexion failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:85 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +msgid "Connect SIX/Worldline to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX/Worldline payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid " +"payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 +msgid "Please note SIX/Worldine is currently only available for UE customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX/Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that " +"requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database, please refer to `this documentation " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Once the *IoT Box* is up and running, you’ll need to link it to your PoS. " +"Open the Point of Sale app and go to *Configuration > Point of Sale*. Select" +" a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then go to your *IoT Box homepage* (accessible from the IoT Box form view in" +" Odoo) and enter the ID of your Six payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You should now see that the terminal is connected to your IoT Box (it takes " +"+/- 1 min)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The terminal should only be connected to the network with the Ethernet. Do " +"not connect it to the IoT Box with a USB Cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:49 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the SIX " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " +"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " +"SIX, select the payment terminal option SIX, and select your payment " +"terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" +" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " +"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " +"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " +"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:87 +msgid "Close your Session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:89 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, before closing your session, you need to send the " +"balance of the payments to SIX. To do that, click on this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Once the balance has been sent, the SIX shift is closed, meaning you cannot " +"do additional operations with the SIX payment terminal (except if you reopen" +" a shift by clicking on the user name and selecting a cashier)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " +"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " +"Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create new Vantiv " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Register multiple orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " +"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " +"Sale application can help you to fulfill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " +"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your table management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" +" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " +"Point of sale`.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" +" *Floors*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 +msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" +" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " +"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " +"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " +"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 +msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " +"register an order and payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" +" you can also transfer the order to another table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Transfer customers between tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " +"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " +"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " +"you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 +msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " +"select the new table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 +msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " +"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " +"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " +"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" +" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " +"to process the payment." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..739dd341c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 +msgid "My Odoo Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " +"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " +"subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " +"`Odoo `__ . If you are already logged in, just" +" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 +msgid "Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " +"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " +"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " +"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " +"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " +"pricing and other useful information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " +"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" +" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 +msgid "Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 +msgid "" +"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" +" registered under this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " +"purchased and process the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 +msgid "" +"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " +"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" +" been paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " +"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 +msgid "Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support `," +" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " +"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " +"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " +"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " +"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " +"and the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " +"the new credit card details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " +"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" +" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" +" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " +"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" +" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will" +" no longer be able to access the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 +msgid "Success Packs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " +"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " +"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " +"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you need information about how to manage your database see " +":ref:`db_online`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..745bde858 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../practical.rst:3 +msgid "Practical Information" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/project.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0f8269d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -0,0 +1,1593 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../project.rst:5 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " +"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " +"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " +"customers using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " +"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " +"Sad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 +msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " +"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " +"apps module and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " +"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " +"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " +"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 +msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +msgid "" +"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "" +"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 +msgid "Project configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " +"**Customer satisfaction** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " +"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." +" You can directly edit it from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 +msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" +" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " +"will be added to the chatter of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " +"the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 +msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 +msgid "" +"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " +"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" +" Issue** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" +" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" +" end of the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 +msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " +"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " +"from sales order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " +"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " +"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" +" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " +"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " +"and Services departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " +"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " +"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " +"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " +"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" +" overtime spent on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 +msgid "Install the required applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " +"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" +" the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +msgid "" +"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" +" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " +"spent on that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 +msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 +msgid "Create and set up a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " +"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " +"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " +"the`following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 +msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 +msgid "**Product Type**: Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " +"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" +" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " +"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " +"product to hours as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " +"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " +"will then create a project per SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 +msgid "Create the Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " +"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " +"sale order, the task will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 +msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 +msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +msgid "" +"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 +msgid "" +"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " +"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +msgid "" +"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" +" your customers based on your invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " +"source document of the task is the related sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application.rst:3 +msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 +msgid "Demonstration Video" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" +" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " +"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" +" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" +" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" +" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " +"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" +"saving!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 +msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration and basic usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 +msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " +"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " +"suggestions in the drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " +"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 +msgid "Followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" +" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " +"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " +"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." +" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " +"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " +"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " +"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 +msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" +" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " +"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " +"see the big picture all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 +msgid "Task: follow a specific task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " +"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " +"that task also appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 +msgid "Choose which action to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " +"Following button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " +"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " +"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 +msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " +"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " +"help you track time easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " +"available in projects and on tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " +"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" +" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " +"automatically created under the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 +msgid "Click on the settings of a project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 +msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " +"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " +"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " +"it, or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" +" timesheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 +msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " +"Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " +"Analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" +" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 +msgid "Document Management in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" +" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" +" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 +msgid "" +"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " +"tab on the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " +"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " +"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " +"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 +msgid "Collaborate on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" +" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " +"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" +" delegation and the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 +msgid "Create a task from an email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " +"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " +"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " +"project gets an automatic email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " +"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " +"Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"This email address create by default following the project name can be " +"changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 +msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 +msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 +msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 +msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " +"history of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " +"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " +"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " +"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " +"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " +"to remember past interactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" +" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " +"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" +" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " +"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 +msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " +"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " +"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " +"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " +"creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 +msgid "" +"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " +"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 +msgid "" +"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " +"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " +"Click on the ```` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 +msgid "Tasks states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 +msgid "Set the state of a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" +" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " +"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 +msgid "" +"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " +"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 +msgid "Custom states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 +msgid "" +"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " +"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," +" then click on edit:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 +msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 +msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 +msgid "Color Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 +msgid "" +"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " +"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " +"them thanks to the filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" +" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " +"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " +"the tag, directly from the task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " +"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " +"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" +" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " +"employees working on this project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Installing the Project module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " +"**Install**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Creating a new project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," +" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 +msgid "The privacy setting works as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 +msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " +"**Customer** field empty if not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 +msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Manage your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 +msgid "Add your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 +msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" +" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " +"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " +"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " +"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " +"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" +" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " +"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " +"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`visualization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 +msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "How to record time spent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " +"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " +"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " +"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " +"Employee and Timesheet apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "Recording timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " +"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 +msgid "Recording in a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " +"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" +" click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 +msgid "Recording in a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " +"and open the task on which you have been working." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " +"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 +msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " +"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " +"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " +"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " +"have to cope with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +msgid "Create a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +msgid "" +"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 +msgid "In the project, create a new task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " +"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 +msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " +"to the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " +"one have the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" +" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" +" logo in the upper right corner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " +"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" +" and indicate if the task is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 +msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " +"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " +"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" +" to their creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " +"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 +msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " +"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " +"easily in a single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " +"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 +msgid "" +"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " +"dropping the task to another case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "" +"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " +"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" +" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " +"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " +"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " +"project manager too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 +msgid "" +"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" +" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " +"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " +"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." +" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " +"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 +msgid "" +"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " +"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" +" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " +"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " +"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " +"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " +"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " +"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" +" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" +" the progress of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " +"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" +" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" +" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " +"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " +"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " +"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " +"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " +"planning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " +"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " +"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " +"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" +" each team member." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" +" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " +"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " +"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " +"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" +" team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " +"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " +"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " +"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " +"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " +"app, it will help you get started quickly too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 +msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 +msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 +msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " +"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " +"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " +"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " +"install the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" +" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " +"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " +"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 +msgid "" +"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " +"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " +"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 +msgid "Manage tasks with views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" +" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " +"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " +"and the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " +"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 +msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " +"ones having the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 +msgid "Add/rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " +"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " +"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " +"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " +"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " +"Done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " +"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " +"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " +"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " +"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " +"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 +msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 +msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " +"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " +"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" +" each time the employee will add an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " +"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " +"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " +"show you the progression of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 +msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " +"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " +"single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +msgid "" +"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" +" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " +"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction to forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," +" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +msgid "" +"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " +"progress of a project and its related tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " +"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " +"team members to collaborate better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " +"workload and human resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "How to configure the projects?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the project application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" +" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" +" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " +"employee should complete it!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " +"application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " +"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " +"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " +"all the projects that you manage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Configure a specific project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " +"Forecast\" in your project settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 +msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " +"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 +msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 +msgid "How to create a forecast?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " +"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " +"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " +"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " +"space in the Gantt chart calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " +"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " +"take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" +" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " +"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +msgid "" +"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " +"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " +"in the Effective hours field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 +msgid "What are the difference between the views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " +"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " +"by projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 +msgid "By users : people management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " +"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." +" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " +"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " +"third, you see which tasks they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " +"the duration of the task in the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " +"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " +"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " +"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 +msgid "Plan the workload" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " +"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " +"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" +" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " +"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " +"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " +"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " +"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " +"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " +"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " +"that this is feasible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 +msgid "Gantt view advantages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +msgid "" +"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" +" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " +"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " +"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " +"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 +msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +msgid "" +"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " +"the future or in the past" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 +msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 +msgid "modify an existing forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 +msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 +msgid "By projects: project management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " +"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " +"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " +"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " +"level of hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" +" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " +"they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " +"Users** section)" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b04cd2dfd --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -0,0 +1,1718 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../purchase.rst:5 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 +msgid "Import vendors pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " +"to date on products pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 +msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 +msgid "Import a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 +msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 +msgid "See below a template of the columns used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 +msgid "" +"`Template download " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 +msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " +"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 +msgid "Add vendors in a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " +"select a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " +"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 +msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " +"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " +"t-shirt in different sizes!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " +"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" +" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" +" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " +"between sales and purchase very easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Let's take the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " +"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " +"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " +"quantities in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" +" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " +"correctly installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom01|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom02|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 +msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " +"unit of measures (advanced)** box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Standard units of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " +"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" +" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " +"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 +msgid "" +"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " +"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " +"customers in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " +"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" +" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " +"purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " +"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 +msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " +"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " +"curtains in **square meters**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " +"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " +"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" +" where both units have a conversion relationship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" +" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " +"below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " +"**Inter-Category-Computation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " +"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " +"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " +"of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 +msgid "Create two new units:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" +" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" +" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " +"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" +" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" +" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " +"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " +"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 +msgid "" +"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " +"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 +msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " +"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " +"products have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " +"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 +msgid "" +"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " +"not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " +"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" +" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " +"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " +"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 +msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " +"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " +"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " +"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " +"their future orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 +msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " +"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "Analyzing your vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 +msgid "Generate flexible reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " +"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " +"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " +"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " +"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " +"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " +"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " +"\"Products\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " +"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" +" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " +"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " +"dependent and one independent measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " +"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " +"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " +"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " +"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " +"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " +"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " +"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " +"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " +"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 +msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " +"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " +"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" +" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " +"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 +msgid "Approve the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " +"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " +"of what your users can or can't do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 +msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 +msgid "Bill Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" +" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" +" you receive the goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 +msgid "Change the control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" +" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " +"page under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 +msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " +"*Shipment* tab," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " +"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" +" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " +"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "Cancel a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " +"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" +" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 +msgid "" +"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " +"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " +"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " +"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " +"cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " +"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " +"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " +"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " +"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 +msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " +"cancel the PO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 +msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " +"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." +" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " +"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 +msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " +"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " +"ask you the permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" +" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " +"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 +msgid "Create reverse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" +" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." +" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" +" corresponding location and click on **Return**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " +"stock to your vendor location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" +" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " +"cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " +"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " +"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " +"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 +msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " +"Quotation` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " +"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " +"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Vendor Reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " +"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " +"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Order Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " +"a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Source Document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" +" sales order)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Deliver To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Drop Ship Address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " +"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Destination Location Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Incoterm" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " +"used in international transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 +msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " +"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " +"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " +"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " +"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " +"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " +"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " +"supplier or enter a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" +" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " +"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " +"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " +"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" +" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" +" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Dropshipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " +"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " +"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " +"drop shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " +"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " +"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " +"dropship route on the SO line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "Drop ship a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " +"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " +"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " +"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" +" through your own stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Lock a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 +msgid "Lock an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 +msgid "" +"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " +"the order preventing any further modification on the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 +msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 +msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " +"products to receive and to control supplier bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" +" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " +"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " +"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " +"others), which is required with **Purchase**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " +"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 +msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " +"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " +"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " +"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" +" set his product type field as **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 +msgid "Control products receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 +msgid "Purchase products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " +"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" +" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " +"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " +"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 +msgid "Receive Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " +"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " +"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " +"receipt box of the related warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " +"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " +"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" +" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " +"the lines within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " +"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " +"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " +"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " +"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " +"the quantity received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +msgid "" +"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" +" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " +"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " +"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 +msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " +"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " +"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " +"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 +msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " +"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " +"blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 +msgid "Add a warning on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" +" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 +msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " +"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 +msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " +"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " +"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 +msgid "Start a Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " +"Agreements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " +"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " +"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " +"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " +"the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " +"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " +"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" +" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 +msgid "Vendors prices on your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " +"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " +"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " +"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " +"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 +msgid "Create a Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " +"and select *Call for Tender*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " +"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " +"right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 +msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " +"from your Call for Tender." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 +msgid "Select the best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" +" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 +msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 +msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment Flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 +msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " +"Times*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 +msgid "" +"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " +"manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 +msgid "Configure Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "Vendor Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " +"product to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " +"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " +"lead time for that Vendor & Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " +"the product to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " +"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " +"engagements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " +"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " +"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " +"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 +msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 +msgid "" +"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " +"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " +"is your product’s configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 +msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 +msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" +" your configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 +msgid "" +"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 +msgid "" +"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 +msgid "" +"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " +"9 days of vendor lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Setup drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " +"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " +"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " +"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " +"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " +"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 +msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " +"concerned order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " +"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" +" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " +"orders on each sale you make." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" +" just one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " +"*Make To Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 +msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " +"Odoo for this feature to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 +msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " +"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " +"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " +"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " +"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" +" *Shipment* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " +"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " +"automatically under it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " +"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " +"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "Set a reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 +msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " +"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " +"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " +"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " +"12:00PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 +msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" +" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " +"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " +"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " +"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " +"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," +" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " +"issue with the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " +"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " +"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " +"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " +"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " +"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " +"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " +"on your sales and purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 +msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Manage intercompany rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" +" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 +msgid "New options will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " +"for the other companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " +"user has the rights to manage the companies." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9be236e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -0,0 +1,410 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../quality.rst:5 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 +msgid "Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 +msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to " +"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 +msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 +msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 +msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be " +"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product " +"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* " +"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose " +"during the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the " +"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 +msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality " +"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality " +"checks took place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. " +"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that " +"appeared during the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 +msgid "Use the Quality Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality " +"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically " +"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the " +"problem with the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the " +"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under" +" *Control*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 +msgid "Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 +msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo " +"processes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 +msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of" +" routings in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 +msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 +msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to *Control >" +" Control Points*. There, hit create. Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as " +"operation and choose the type of quality check you want to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 +msgid "Process the Quality Check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a " +"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the " +"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the " +"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening " +"the quality checks menu, under quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " +"go to *Control > Control Points*. Then, click on create. Make sure to select" +" *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order operation on which " +"the quality check should be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality " +"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the " +"type of quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a " +"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to " +"generate the necessary work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this " +"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table " +"Top component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " +"go to *Quality Control > Control Points > Create*. Now, you can define the " +"quality control point you want to apply to a specific product. Don’t forget " +"to select a transfer operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for" +" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button " +"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be " +"displayed and will require the check value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding " +"transfer and access it by clicking on the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 +msgid "" +"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red " +"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by " +"highlighting the corresponding button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening" +" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control.rst:3 +msgid "Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Define Quality Control Points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6 +msgid "Quality Control Points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you " +"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to *Quality Control > Control " +"Points*. Once there, you have to define the product on which the quality " +"control will take place, as well as the operation at which it should take " +"place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The *Quality Control Points* can take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your " +"*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing " +"process the quality control point should be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take " +"place:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +"All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. " +"You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:43 +msgid "" +"This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers " +"during the transfer, or the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56 +msgid "Take a Picture" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a " +"transfer, or when manufacturing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71 +msgid "Pass-Fail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or" +" fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a " +"failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality " +"check failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94 +msgid "Take a Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96 +msgid "" +"This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements " +"during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define" +" a failure message that will give instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115 +msgid "Register Consumed Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117 +msgid "" +"This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot " +"numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work " +"with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128 +msgid "Register By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130 +msgid "" +"With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the" +" by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141 +msgid "Print Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143 +msgid "" +"This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product " +"during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7af8a03d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 +msgid "Recruitment" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..24ce9c4ee --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -0,0 +1,2106 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../sales.rst:5 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " +"Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " +"any document in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +msgid "From Contacts Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " +"created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " +"Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " +"interface and from the drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " +"content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " +"**Apply** when you're done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +msgid "" +"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " +"contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to list a product?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " +"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " +"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " +"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." +" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " +"Description**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " +"the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " +"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" +" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " +"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " +"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 +msgid "Product Identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " +"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " +"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " +"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " +"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " +"If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " +"listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Create eBay tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " +"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " +"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " +"clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 +msgid "" +"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " +"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " +"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " +"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " +"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " +"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " +"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " +"other fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " +"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:49 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate" +" the developer mode`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Request a down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " +"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " +"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +msgid "First time you request a down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" +" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " +"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " +"automatically deducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 +msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" +" income account & customer taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " +"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " +"consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company," +" you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +msgid "Expenses configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +msgid "" +"From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " +"hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " +"create a new one from right there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " +"Configuration --> Expense products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " +"invoicing:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " +"order is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " +"partial delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " +"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" +" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " +"the actual delivered quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " +"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " +"invoice a fixed advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 +msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +msgid "" +"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " +"policy and select the one you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +msgid "Send the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " +"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" +" to validate the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " +"automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" +" if you did a partial delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice project milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " +"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" +" build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is " +"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow " +"throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the " +"project's progress and pay in several installments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +msgid "Create milestone products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " +"configure products to work this way, go to any product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " +"select *Milestones* in the sales tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " +"complete a milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " +"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" +" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" +"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " +"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" +" not being a demand or request for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" +"forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " +"in attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Sell subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " +"planning ahead much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " +"the subscription product your previously created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " +"You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " +"upper right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" +" to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" +" the project requirements would most likely change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " +"the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" +" the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" +" to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" +" purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +msgid "Invoice time configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +msgid "Invoice your time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " +"invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" +" project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" +" project overview and one for the current task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " +"from the *Project* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " +"how many hours they worked on the project so far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +msgid "" +"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +msgid "Invoice purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Purchase Analytics*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +msgid "" +"While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " +"will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +msgid "Products & Prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " +"Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " +"Invoicing/Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " +"pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" +" the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The public price is in your company's main currency (see " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " +"European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +msgid "Set your own prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" +" rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" +" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " +"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to " +"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " +"quantity and get a price break), etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " +"completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " +"default product price ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " +"products ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " +"and roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Several prices per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " +"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " +"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +msgid "Prices per customer segment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " +"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " +"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +msgid "Temporary prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " +"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " +"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " +"Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " +"price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or " +"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and " +"ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar" +" or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" +" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " +"e-Commerce)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " +"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" +" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " +"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +msgid "Discounts with roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +msgid "Prices per country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " +"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " +"country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first " +"pricelist without any country group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +msgid "" +"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" +" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " +"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"import screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" +" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " +"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " +"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " +"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " +"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " +"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." +" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " +"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " +"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " +"the template or the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " +"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " +"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " +"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " +"variant)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " +"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " +"Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " +"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" +" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " +"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" +" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " +"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " +"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " +"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" +" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " +"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " +"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " +"of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" +" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " +"product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " +"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " +"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " +"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " +"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " +"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " +"you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." +" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " +"XXL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "" +"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " +"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " +"variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Set taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon MWS Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " +"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " +"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " +"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " +"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " +"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " +"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" +" are not yet registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" +" customers in the `Developer Registration and Assessment form `_, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " +"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" +" in Odoo, a notification is sent to Amazon who will mark it as such in " +"Seller Central and notify the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " +"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your " +"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up " +"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the " +"order that you wish to synchronize and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account, open that " +"later's form in **Developer mode** and click the button **SYNC ORDERS**. The" +" same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by clicking the " +"buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:36 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:38 +msgid "" +"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " +"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " +"products partially by using backorders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:42 +msgid "" +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " +"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " +"it) is on its way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:46 +msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " +"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " +"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" +" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " +"under the FBA program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " +"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " +"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " +"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" +" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " +"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " +"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " +"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " +"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" +" your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:67 +msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " +"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " +"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " +"orders based on the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:76 +msgid "" +"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " +"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " +"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " +"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " +"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " +"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " +"account by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " +"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " +"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" +" of your company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " +"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:92 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " +"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " +"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " +"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" +" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " +"two registrations of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure Amazon MWS Connector in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Get your Amazon MWS Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to integrate Amazon with Odoo, a seller account on professional " +"selling plan is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " +"`_" +" and follow the instructions to register as a developer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Fill the Developer Registration and Assessment form as suggested below and " +"provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " +"information** section. For the other sections, take care to adapt your " +"responses accordingly to your business case. In particular, select the " +"correct region of your seller account and uncheck the **Merchant Fulfilled " +"Shipping** function if you plan to sell exclusively with the Fulfillment by " +"Amazon service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you select the **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request" +" access to Personally Identifiable Information (PII) of your customers), " +"Amazon may request you to fill out a second form, depending on the data " +"protection policy in the region of your seller account (e.g. GDPR in " +"Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " +"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " +"Developer Registration and Assessment form was located)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " +"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" +" can remove some from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable their" +" synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Match database products in Amazon orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " +"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " +"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" +" charges (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " +"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " +"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " +"for gift wrapping charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +"For marketplace products, matchings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are" +" listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " +"automatically created when the matching is established and are used for " +"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " +":ref:`the internal reference is used instead `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"It is possible to force the matching of a marketplace item with a specific " +"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" +" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" +" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" +" under different conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " +"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " +"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " +"the shipping code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:78 +msgid "Configure taxes of products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " +"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " +"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" +" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" +" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " +"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " +"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " +"reconciling the payments in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Send Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to" +" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " +"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a " +"price that is no longer cost effective for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +msgid "Set a deadline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 +msgid "Use deadline in templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " +"that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" +" more info about quotation templates `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 +msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " +"This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " +"invoice location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" *Customer Addresses* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" +" automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " +"both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right " +"from the quotation or sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 +msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " +"they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " +":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +msgid "" +"These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " +"send by email or print." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " +"the time of both your customers and yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 +msgid "Activate online payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" *Online Signature & Payment* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " +"acquirers of choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " +"acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " +"`Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) " +"<../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the " +"`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " +"pick a default setting for each template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 +msgid "Register a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" +" and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " +"traditional process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +msgid "Activate online signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you are using `quotation templates `_, you can also pick a " +"default setting for each template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 +msgid "Validate an order with a signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" +" instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 +msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 +msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " +"products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" +" be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 +msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 +msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" +" related products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 +msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 +msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 +msgid "" +"When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" +" suggested products to the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " +"any of the little carts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " +"pay to confirm the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" +" order, letting the salesperson see it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +msgid "Use quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " +"by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " +"complete quotation in no time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +msgid "Create your first template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" +" select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" +" the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +msgid "" +"On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " +"in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " +"and can be alterated by customer pricelists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +msgid "Edit your template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " +"or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " +"products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the " +"quotation editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" +" blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" +" to each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " +"templates containing those products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +msgid "Use a quotation template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 +msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 +msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +msgid "Confirm the quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " +"signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 +msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " +"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " +"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" +" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " +"quotation, sales order and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 +msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Default Terms & Conditions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " +"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 +msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" +" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " +"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" +" attachment for all quotation emails sent." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c75c29475 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,511 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3 +msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies " +"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries " +"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my " +"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among " +"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep " +"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12 +msgid "Install the app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14 +msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17 +msgid "Build an SMS mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19 +msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to " +"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom " +"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts " +"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my " +"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose " +"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing " +"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to " +"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " +"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get " +"data about those links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " +"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list " +"he’s not interested in anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of " +"my sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52 +msgid "Sending my mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be " +"delivered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run." +" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if " +"there are not that many recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " +"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while" +" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I " +"must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying " +"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " +"performance of my SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71 +msgid "" +"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on " +"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: " +":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6 +msgid "Contact lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to " +"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. " +"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system " +"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot " +"easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my " +"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the" +" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to " +"allow them to update their subscription preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " +"specific list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18 +msgid "History with the Log Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " +"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24 +msgid "" +"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history " +"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to " +"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out" +" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29 +msgid "Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in " +"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > " +"Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3 +msgid "Integrations and Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " +"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using " +"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing " +"app isn’t different!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10 +msgid "" +"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email " +"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* " +"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email " +"marketing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20 +msgid "" +"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have " +"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my " +"kanban view to better organize the work being done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26 +msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " +"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for " +"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and " +"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > " +"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39 +msgid "Set up SMS Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the " +"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > " +"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " +"the context." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " +"notable integrations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54 +msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55 +msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56 +msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57 +msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58 +msgid "" +"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " +"document online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61 +msgid "" +"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" +" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires " +"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and " +"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To buy credits I will go to *Settings > Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or" +" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24 +msgid "No, your credits won’t expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " +"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " +"send them all?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " +"until you have enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " +"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> " +"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " +"lose credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " +"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " +"credit will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" +" ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " +"charged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66 +msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68 +msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can " +"be seen in the following picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous " +"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is" +" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. " +"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message" +" represents." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2fcac11c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2 +msgid "Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4 +msgid "" +"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with " +"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help " +"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10 +msgid "Add your social media and create your feed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream " +"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to " +"Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be " +"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You" +" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you" +" like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30 +msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32 +msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 +msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 +msgid "" +"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, " +"Retweet,..)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this " +"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41 +msgid "Publish content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification" +" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or " +"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where" +" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview " +"of how it will look when published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on " +"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications " +"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You" +" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the" +" previous paragraph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56 +msgid "Enable push notifications on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by " +"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your " +"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications" +" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the " +"notifications permission request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them " +"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start " +"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either " +"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple " +"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your " +"Homepage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75 +msgid "Interact with your online visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every " +"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your " +"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online " +"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing " +"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a " +"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live " +"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your " +"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91 +msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93 +msgid "" +"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and" +" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate " +"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API " +"keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102 +msgid "Configure your own Firebase API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104 +msgid "" +"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no " +"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be " +"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own " +"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" +" Settings` Web Push Notifications section." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/website.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e27850b9b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -0,0 +1,1854 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-21 10:39+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../website.rst:5 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account `__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " +"Documentation. " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" +" your Client ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``

``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ```` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" +" Odoo.com landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " +"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " +"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" +" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " +"from their original versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: " +"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:574 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:579 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:589 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:591 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:593 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:598 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:605 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:607 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:631 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:638 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " +"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," +" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " +"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " +"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " +"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " +"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " +"domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " +"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " +"This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." +" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " +"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" +" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" +" the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 +msgid "" +"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " +"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " +"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " +"ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 5c29a86a5..ce83d7392 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -1,16 +1,30 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Gennady Marchenko <gennadym@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Yuriy Ney <k_wizard@mail.ru>, 2019 +# Collex100, 2019 +# Максим Дронь <dronmax@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2019 +# Viktor Pogrebniak <vp@aifil.ru>, 2019 +# Alex Puchkov <ap@alteco.co>, 2019 +# Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Vitalius Sharkhun <al070572sva@gmail.com>, 2019 +# sergeiruzkiicode <sergei.ruzki@icode.by>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Эдуард Манятовский <manyatovskiy@gmail.com>, 2017\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -18,21 +32,22 @@ msgstr "" "Language: ru\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Бухгалтерский учёт" #: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Банк и наличные" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Банковский канал" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Импортировать файлы выписки CODA (только для Бельгии)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -40,6 +55,9 @@ msgid "" " well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " "bank statements." msgstr "" +"CODA - это формат файлов для банковских выписок в Бельгии. Большинство " +"бельгийских банков, а также программное обеспечение Isabel, позволяют " +"загружать файл CODA со всеми своими банковскими выписками." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -47,6 +65,9 @@ msgid "" "software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " "statements." msgstr "" +"С помощью Odoo вы можете скачать файл CODA с вашего банка или программного " +"обеспечения бухучета и импортировать его непосредственно в Odoo. Это создаст" +" все банковские выписки." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -54,6 +75,9 @@ msgid "" "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" "q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" msgstr "" +"Проверьте сейчас функцию `с этим образцом файла CODA " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" +"q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing> `__" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 @@ -63,11 +87,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 @@ -82,21 +108,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите функцию CODA" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -105,6 +131,9 @@ msgid "" " move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " "<InstallCoda_>`_" msgstr "" +"Если вы установили Бельгийский план счетов с Odoo, функция импорта CODA уже " +"установлена по умолчанию. В таком случае вы можете перейти непосредственно к" +" следующему разделу `Импорт свой первый файл coda <InstallCoda_> `_" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -113,10 +142,14 @@ msgid "" "From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " "in .CODA Format** and apply." msgstr "" +"Если CODA еще не активирована, вам нужно сделать это сначала. В программе " +"Бухучет перейдите к меню: menuselection: `Настройка -> Налаштування`. Из " +"настроек бухучета проверьте опцию ** Импортировать банковские выписки в " +"формате .CODA ** и примените." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Импорт ваши первые файлы CODA" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -125,12 +158,19 @@ msgid "" "**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " "Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." msgstr "" +"После того как вы установили эту функцию, вы сможете настроить свой " +"банковский счет, чтобы импортировать файлы банковских выписок. Для этого " +"перейдите к ** Панели приборов ** бухучета и нажмите кнопку ** Более ** на " +"карточке банковского счета. Нажмите ** Импортировать выписку **, чтобы " +"загрузить свой первый файл CODA." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 msgid "" "Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." msgstr "" +"Загрузите свой файл CODA на следующий экран и нажмите ** Импортировать **, " +"чтобы создать все свои банковские выписки." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 @@ -139,10 +179,12 @@ msgid "" "If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " "reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." msgstr "" +"Если файл успешно загружен, вы перейдете на экран согласования банковской " +"выписки со всеми транзакциями для согласования." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Импорт файлов CODA" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -151,6 +193,10 @@ msgid "" "import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " "directly click on the link **Import Statement**." msgstr "" +"После импортирования вашего первого файла, информационная панель бухучета " +"Odoo автоматически предложит вам импортировать больше файлов для вашего " +"банка. Для следующего импорта вам больше не нужно переходить к кнопке ** " +"Более **, вы можете непосредственно нажать на ссылку ** Импорт выписки **." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -160,6 +206,11 @@ msgid "" " you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " "reconciliation process." msgstr "" +"Каждый раз, когда вы получаете выписку, связанную с новым клиентом / " +"поставщиком, Odoo попросит вас выбрать правильный контакт для согласования " +"сделки. Odoo узнает из этой операции и автоматически завершит следующие " +"платежи, которые вы получаете или делаете для этих контактов. Это ускорит " +"процесс согласования." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -168,63 +219,70 @@ msgid "" " times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" " bank statements." msgstr "" +"Odoo может автоматически определить, некоторые файлы или транзакции уже были" +" импортированы. Итак, вы не должны беспокоиться о том, чтобы избегать " +"импорта двух файлов одного и того же файла: Odoo проверит все для вас, " +"прежде чем создавать новые банковские выписки." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`ofx`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`qif`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`synchronize`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`manual`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Регистрация банковской выписки в Odoo вручную" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Общий обзор" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " "but also register your bank statements manually." msgstr "" +"С помощью Odoo вы можете импортировать банковские выписки, синхронизировать " +"с банком, а также зарегистрировать банковские выписки вручную." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " "do is install the accounting app." msgstr "" +"Для регистрации счетов-фактур особое настройки не требуется. Все, что вам " +"нужно сделать, это установить приложение бухучета." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте вашу банковскую выписку" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -232,6 +290,9 @@ msgid "" "journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " "will be found underneath." msgstr "" +"На информационной панели нажмите кнопку ** Новая выписка **, связанная с " +"банковским журналом. Если нужно выполнить некоторые согласования, ссылки на " +"Новую выписку будет найдено ниже." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -240,84 +301,102 @@ msgid "" "empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " "process." msgstr "" +"Просто заполните поля согласно информации, написанной на банковской выписке." +" Ссылки можно заполнить вручную или вы можете оставить его пустым. Мы " +"рекомендуем заполнить партнера, чтобы облегчить процесс согласования." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 msgid "" "The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" " equal to the computed balance." msgstr "" +"Разница между начальным балансом и конечным балансом должна равняться " +"вычисленному баланса." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Когда вы закончите, нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить **." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Согласуйте ваши банковские выписки" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 msgid "" "You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" " |manual04|" msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать непосредственно согласовать выписку, нажав кнопку | " +"manual04 |" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 msgid "" "You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" " on **Reconcile # Items**." msgstr "" +"Вы также можете запустить процесс согласования с информационной панели на " +"вкладке ** Согласовать # элементов **." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " "missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." msgstr "" +"Нажмите на ** Проверить **, чтобы согласовать банковскую выписку. Если " +"партнер отсутствует, Odoo попросит вас ** выбрать партнера **." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." msgstr "" +"Нажмите CTRL-Enter, чтобы согласовать все сбалансированы элементы на листе." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Закройте банковские выписки по согласованию" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 msgid "" "If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " "reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." msgstr "" +"Если баланс правильный, вы можете непосредственно закрыть выписку по " +"согласованию, нажав на | manual07 |." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 msgid "" "Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." msgstr "" +"В противном случае нажмите | manual08 | чтобы открыть выписку и исправить " +"проблему." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Закройте банковскую выписку" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 msgid "" "On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " "then click on Bank Statements." msgstr "" +"На информационной панели бухучета нажмите кнопку Дополнительно в своем " +"банковском журнале, затем нажмите Банковские выписки." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Чтобы закрыть банковскую выписку, нажмите ** Проверить **." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Импорт файлов операций OFX" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -325,6 +404,9 @@ msgid "" "exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " "consumers via the Internet." msgstr "" +"Открытая финансовая биржа - унифицированная спецификация электронного обмена" +" финансовыми данными между финансовыми учреждениями, предприятиями и " +"потребителями через Интернет." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -332,12 +414,17 @@ msgid "" "software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " "bank statements." msgstr "" +"С помощью Odoo вы можете скачать файл OFX с вашего банка или программное " +"обеспечение для бухгалтерского учета и импортировать его непосредственно в " +"версию Odoo. Это создаст все банковские выписки." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" msgstr "" +"Проверьте сейчас функцию `с этим образцом файла OFX " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view> `__" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -346,6 +433,10 @@ msgid "" " --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " "option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." msgstr "" +"Чтобы импортировать выписки OFX, вам следует активировать эту функцию в " +"Odoo. В программе Бухучет перейдите к меню: menuselection: `Настройка -> " +"Налаштування`. Из настроек бухучета проверьте параметры банковских выписок " +"** Импорт в формате .OFX ** и примените." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -354,16 +445,23 @@ msgid "" "Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" " on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." msgstr "" +"После того как вы установили эту функцию, вы сможете настроить свой " +"банковский счет, чтобы импортировать файлы банковских выписок. Для этого " +"перейдите на информационную панель бухучета и нажмите кнопку ** Более ** на " +"банковском счете. Нажмите ** Импортировать выписку **, чтобы загрузить свой " +"первый файл OFX." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 msgid "" "Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." msgstr "" +"Загрузите файл OFX на следующий экран и нажмите ** Импорт **, чтобы создать " +"все свои банковские выписки." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Импорт файлов OFX" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 @@ -373,6 +471,10 @@ msgid "" "import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " "click on the link **Import Statement**." msgstr "" +"После импортирования вашего первого файла, информационная панель бухучета " +"Odoo автоматически предложит вам импортировать больше файлов для вашего " +"банка. Для следующего импорта вам больше не нужно переходить к меню ** Более" +" **, вы можете непосредственно нажать на ссылку ** Импорт выписки **." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 @@ -383,15 +485,20 @@ msgid "" " you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " "reconciliation process." msgstr "" +"Каждый раз, когда вы получаете заявление, связанное с новым клиентом / " +"поставщиком, Odoo попросит вас выбрать правильный контакт для согласования " +"сделки. Odoo узнает об этой операции и автоматически завершит следующие " +"платежи, которые вы получаете делаете с этими контактами. Это ускорит " +"процесс согласования." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`coda`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`coda`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как синхронизировать счет PayPal с Odoo" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -400,10 +507,14 @@ msgid "" " The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " "PayPal payments in just a click." msgstr "" +"С помощью Odoo вы можете синхронизировать свой счет PayPal. Таким образом, " +"вам не нужно записывать всю вашу транзакцию PayPal в вашей любимой " +"бухгалтерской программе. Синхронизация выполняется каждые 4:00, и вы можете " +"начать привязывать платежи PayPal лишь одним нажатием мыши." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите модуль account_yodlee" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -413,14 +524,19 @@ msgid "" "**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " "automatically**." msgstr "" +"Начните, установив модуль ** account_yodlee **, если он еще не установлен. " +"Для этого перейдите в меню: menuselection: `Бухучет -> Настройка -> " +"Налаштування` бухгалтерской программы. В разделе ** Банковский счет и " +"наличные ** установите опцию ** Интерфейс банковского счета - синхронизация " +"свои банковские выписки автоматически **." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите кнопку Присоединить, когда это будет сделано." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Setup your PayPal account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте свой счет PayPal" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -429,6 +545,10 @@ msgid "" "Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " "field, you can set **PayPal**." msgstr "" +"Счет PayPal в Odoo управляется как банковский счет. Чтобы настроить свой " +"счет PayPal, воспользуйтесь меню: menuselection: `Настройка -> Банковские" +" рахунки`. Создайте новый банковский счет и назовите его ** PayPal **. В " +"поле банка можно установить ** PayPal **." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -436,10 +556,15 @@ msgid "" "and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" " the online institution and click on the configure button." msgstr "" +"После создания счета PayPal вернитесь на панель приборов ** Бухучета ** и " +"нажмите кнопку ** Синхронизировать **. В диалоговом окне выберите ** PayPal " +"** как онлайн-учреждение и нажмите кнопку настройки." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." msgstr "" +"Затем вам придется предоставить свои учетные данные для подключения к " +"PayPal." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -449,12 +574,19 @@ msgid "" "Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " "account)." msgstr "" +"Ваш Paypal ** должен быть на английском ** (если это не значит, вы должны " +"изменить язык вашего счета Paypal), и если вы используете бизнес-счет " +"Paypal, вы должны вернуться к старому интерфейсу, чтобы он работал с онлайн-" +"выписками (вы может переключаться с нового на старый интерфейс в вашем счете" +" Paypal)." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 msgid "" "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " "English or that the site is not supported." msgstr "" +"Если вы этого не сделаете, вы получите сообщение о том, чтобы выставить " +"Paypal английском или о том, что сайт не поддерживается." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -463,28 +595,38 @@ msgid "" "date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " "choose the **Paypal balance** account." msgstr "" +"Если вы правильно настроили счет Paypal, вы должны перейти к следующему шагу" +" настройки онлайн-выписок. Там у вас будет экран с датой для получения " +"транзакции список выбранных счетов. Вы должны выбрать счет ** баланса Paypal" +" **." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " "Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." msgstr "" +"После того, как все будет сделано, вы должны увидеть ваши транзакции PayPal " +"прямо в Odoo, и вы можете начать согласование ваших платежей." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 msgid "" "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " "anymore." msgstr "" +"Наслаждайтесь полной интеграцией! Вам больше не нужно записывать транзакцию " +"вручную." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 msgid "" "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." msgstr "" +"Вам нужно только ввести свои учетные данные впервые. После завершения " +"работы, Odoo автоматически синхронизироваться с PayPal каждые 4:00." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Импортировать файлы выписки QIF" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -493,6 +635,11 @@ msgid "" "QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" " the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." msgstr "" +"Формат обмена Quicken - это открытая спецификация для чтения и написания " +"финансовых данных на медиа (то есть файлы). Хотя все еще широко " +"используется, QIF - это более старый формат, чем Open Financial Exchange " +"(OFX), и вы можете использовать версию OFX, если вы можете экспортировать их" +" в оба формата." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -500,12 +647,17 @@ msgid "" " and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " "statements." msgstr "" +"С помощью Odoo вы можете скачать QIF файл с вашего банка или бухгалтерской " +"программы и импортировать его непосредственно в вашу версию Odoo. Это " +"создаст все банковские выписки." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" msgstr "" +"Проверьте сейчас функцию `с этим образцом файла QIF " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view> `__" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -514,6 +666,10 @@ msgid "" " --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " "option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." msgstr "" +"Для импорта отчетов QIF нужно активировать эту функцию в Odoo. В программе " +"Бухучет перейдите к меню: menuselection: `Настройка -> Налаштування`. Из " +"настроек бухучета проверьте параметры банковских выписок ** Импорт в .QIF " +"формате ** и примените." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -522,20 +678,27 @@ msgid "" "Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" " on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." msgstr "" +"После того как вы установили эту функцию, вы сможете настроить свой " +"банковский счет, чтобы импортировать файлы банковских выписок. Для этого " +"перейдите на панель приборов бухучета и нажмите кнопку ** Более ** на " +"банковском счете. Нажмите ** Импортировать выписку **, чтобы загрузить свой " +"первый файл QIF." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 msgid "" "Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." msgstr "" +"Загрузите файл QIF на следующий экран и нажмите ** Импорт **, чтобы создать " +"все выписки из банка." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Импорт фалов QIF" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Синхронизация Odoo с вашим банковским счетом?" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -545,6 +708,11 @@ msgid "" "can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__" msgstr "" +"Odoo может синхронизироваться непосредственно с банковским счетом, чтобы все" +" банковские выписки автоматически импортировались в Odoo каждые 4:00. Прежде" +" чем перейти к этому руководству, следует проверить, поддерживается ваш " +"банк. Вы можете узнать это из функций бухучета Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features> `__" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -554,22 +722,27 @@ msgid "" "Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " "supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." msgstr "" +"Найдите название своего банка на приведенной выше странице. Если ваш банк " +"появится в предложении, это означает, что Odoo его поддерживает. Страны, " +"которые полностью поддерживаются (то есть более 95% банков), включают: " +"Соединенные Штаты, Канада, Новая Зеландия, Австрия. Частично поддерживается " +"более 30 стран, в том числе: Колумбия, Индия, Франция, Испания и др." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Для связи с банками, Odoo использует два веб-сервисы:" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plaid: для основных банков США" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yodlee: для всех остальных банков" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 msgid "Odoo Online Users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Онлайн пользователи Odoo" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -577,10 +750,13 @@ msgid "" " already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" " module **account_yodlee**." msgstr "" +"Если вы поддерживаете банки своей страны, функция интеграции с банком уже " +"была установлена. Если она не установлена, вы можете вручную установить " +"модуль ** account_yodlee **." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пользователи Odoo Enterprise" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -588,24 +764,29 @@ msgid "" "you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " "registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." msgstr "" +"Если вы планируете использовать интерфейс банка с подпиской Odoo Enterprise," +" не нужно делать ничего особенного, просто убедитесь, что ваша база данных " +"зарегистрирована в вашем контракте с Odoo Enterprise." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 msgid "" "you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " "following addresses" msgstr "" +"вы можете проверить, нет ли сетевого экрана / прокси-сервера, который " +"блокирует следующие адреса:" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -msgstr "" +msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" -msgstr "" +msgstr "https://api.plaid.com/" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 msgid "Sync your bank feeds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Синхронизация свои банковские выписки" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -614,12 +795,18 @@ msgid "" " accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" " account." msgstr "" +"После установки интерфейса Plaid или Yodlee вы можете подключить Odoo в свой" +" банк. Для этого нажмите кнопку ** Дополнительно ** на выбранном вами банке " +"на информационной панели учета. В меню нажмите Настройка, чтобы настроить " +"этот банковский счет." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 msgid "" "In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " "**Bank Synchronization**." msgstr "" +"В банковской форме на вкладке Банковский счет установите опцию банковских " +"выписок для ** Синхронизации банковской выписки **." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -627,21 +814,128 @@ msgid "" "**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " "and fill in your bank credentials." msgstr "" +"После этого вернитесь на информационную панель бухучета. Вы должны увидеть " +"кнопку ** Синхронизация Онлайн ** на вашей банковской карточке. Нажмите эту " +"кнопку и введите свои банковские реквизиты." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 msgid "" "Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " "every 4 hours." msgstr "" +"Только вы заполните свои учетные данные, ваши каналы банка будут " +"синхронизированы каждые 4:00." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "FAQ" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 +msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" +msgstr "Синхронизация не работает в режиме реального времени, нормально?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " +"doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " +"In that case, Yodlee retries one hour or two later. This is why in Odoo " +"there is a cron that is running every 4 hours to fetch the information from " +"Yodlee." +msgstr "" +"Yodlee пытается получить данные с банковского счета один раз в день. Однако " +"это не всегда происходит одновременно. И иногда процесс может провалиться. В" +" таком случае Yodlee повторит на один час или два позже. Вот почему в Odoo " +"есть cron, который работает каждые 4:00, чтобы получить информацию от " +"Yodlee." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " +"\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Однако вы можете запустить синхронизацию, нажав кнопку " +""Синхронизировать сейчас" на панели приборов бухучета." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " +"fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" +" status \"pending\" and not the status \"posted\". In that case, Yodlee " +"won't import it, you will have to wait till the status changes." +msgstr "" +"Более того, транзакция может быть заметна на вашем банковском счете, но " +"Yodlee ее не может получить. Действительно, транзакция на вашем банковском " +"счете может иметь статус "в ожидании", а не статус " +""опубликовано". В таком случае Yodlee не импортирует его, вам " +"придется подождать, пока статус изменится." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 +msgid "" +"What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " +"transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" +" bank statements to the database." +msgstr "" +"Важно помнить, что Yodlee не является операцией по получению услуг в режиме " +"реального времени. Это сервис для облегчения импорта банковских выписок в " +"базу данных." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 +msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" +msgstr "Включена функция Yodlee в вашем контракте?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " +"your database." +msgstr "" +"Версия Enterprise: Да, если у вас есть действующий контракт предприятия, " +"связанный с вашей базой данных." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " +"Version." +msgstr "Версия сообщества: Нет, эта функция не включена в версию сообщества." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." +msgstr "" +"Онлайн-версия: Да, даже если вы воспользуетесь контракту One App Free." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 +msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" +msgstr "Некоторые банки имеют статус "Бета", что это значит?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " +"synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" +" may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. " +"Unfortunately, there is not much to do about it except for being patient." +msgstr "" +"Это означает, что Yodlee только сейчас работает над синхронизацией с этим " +"банком. Синхронизация может уже работать, или для 100% рабочей синхронизации" +" может потребоваться немного больше времени. К сожалению, необходимо немного" +" терпения." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 +msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" +msgstr "Все ваши прошлые операции не в Odoo, почему?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 +msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." +msgstr "Yodlee позволяет осуществлять транзакции только до 3 месяцев." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Разное" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как управлять серийными депозитам чеков?" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -650,6 +944,10 @@ msgid "" "money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " "manually bring the checks to the bank." msgstr "" +"Когда группа вашей компании получает чеки от клиентов, они часто группой " +"размещают эти деньги на их банковский счет. Поскольку эти деньги были " +"получены в физической форме, кто-то в вашей компании должен вручную принести" +" чеки в банк." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -657,34 +955,45 @@ msgid "" " be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " "transactions." msgstr "" +"Банк попросит предоставить депозитный билет (также называется депозитарная " +"расписка), который должен быть заполнен, с учетом деталей чеков или " +"наличных, подлежащих включению в операции." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 msgid "" "The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " "reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." msgstr "" +"В выписке с банковского счета будет отображаться общая сумма депозита и " +"ссылки на депозитный билет, а не отдельные чеки." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 msgid "" "Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " "reconcile them with your bank statement easily." msgstr "" +"Odoo помогает вам подготовить и распечатать свои депозитные билеты, а потом " +"с легкостью согласовать их с банковской выпиской." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите функцию пакетного депозита" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 msgid "" "In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " "Deposit** to be installed." msgstr "" +"Чтобы использовать функцию пакетного депозита, вам нужно установить модуль " +"** Пакетный депозит **." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 msgid "" "Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" " your country." msgstr "" +"Обычно этот модуль автоматически устанавливается, если чеки широко " +"используются в вашей стране." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -692,16 +1001,21 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " "application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." msgstr "" +"Чтобы проверить, установлен функцию ** Пакетный депозит **, перейдите в " +"меню: menuselection: `Настройка -> Налаштування` приложении Бухучет. " +"проверьте функцию: ** Разрешить пакетный депозит **." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Включите эту функцию на своих банковских счетах" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " "deposits on your main bank accounts." msgstr "" +"После того, как вы установили эту функцию, Odoo автоматически активирует " +"банковские депозиты на ваших основных банковских счетах." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -710,12 +1024,20 @@ msgid "" "'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " "Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." msgstr "" +"Чтобы контролировать, банковский счет может осуществлять депозит, а какой не" +" может, перейдите в журнал, который вы определили, чтобы оплачивать свои " +"чеки, которые обычно называют "Чеки" или "Банк" " +"(смотрите: doc: `../../ receivables / customer_payments / check`, в " +"приложении Бухучет,: menuselection: `Настройка -> Настройка -> " +"Журнали`." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 msgid "" "In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" " to **Batch Deposit**." msgstr "" +"В разделе ** Расширенные настройки **, раздел ** Разное **, установите метод" +" дебетования ** Пакетный депозит **." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -724,26 +1046,34 @@ msgid "" "make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " "Deposits afterwards." msgstr "" +"Если вы проверяете ** Пакетный депозит ** в поле вашего метода дебету, это " +"означает, что платежи, созданные с помощью этого журнала (который называется" +" Метод платежа, когда вы хотите осуществить или получить платеж), будет " +"применяться для создания пакетных депозитов позже." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "" +msgstr "С чеков, полученных в банк" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получить чеки клиентов" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 msgid "" -"Once your record checks received, record them on the bank account on which " -"you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal" -" is you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit." -" Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." +"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " +"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " +"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." msgstr "" +"После того, как вы получите чеки, запишите их на банковский счет, на который" +" вы планируете их внести. Выбрав банковский счет (или чековый журнал, если " +"вы настроили Odoo таким образом), Odoo предлагает использовать пакетный " +"депозит. Выберите этот вариант, если планируете сдать чек в свой банк." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "" +msgstr "В поле заметки можно установить референс чеке." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -751,34 +1081,45 @@ msgid "" "Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " "Payment** button." msgstr "" +"платежи могут быть зарегистрированы в меню: menuselection: `Продажи -> " +"Платежи`, или непосредственно на соответствующий счет-фактуру, используя " +"кнопку ** Регистрация платежа **." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подготовить пакетный депозит" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 msgid "" "From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." msgstr "" +"Из программы бухучета перейдите к меню: menuselection: `Продажи -> " +"Пакетный депозит`, и создайте новый ** Пакетный депозит **." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 msgid "" "Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " "deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " +"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " "check." msgstr "" +"Выберите банк выберите платежи (чеки), которые нужно добавить в этот " +"депозит. По умолчанию Odoo предлагает все чеки, которые еще не были сданы на" +" хранение. Таким образом вы сможете убедиться, что вы не забыли или потеряли" +" чек." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 msgid "" "You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " "the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете напечатать пакетный депозит, который будет очень полезным " +"для подготовки депозитной расписки, которую обычно требует банк." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Согласование депозита с банковской выпиской" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -787,43 +1128,54 @@ msgid "" "is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " "the bank statement line." msgstr "" +"При обработке выписки с банковского счета вы увидите номер заявки на " +"депозит, указанный в выписке. Когда процесс согласования выполняется, " +"пользователь сможет выбирать депозит, который отвечает банковской выписке." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fills all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in this batch " -"deposit the example below)" +"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " +"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " +"deposit in the example below)" msgstr "" +"Если вы выберете пакетный депозит, Odoo автоматически заполнит все чеки, " +"содержащиеся в этом депозите для сопоставления. (2 чеки были в пакетном " +"депозите в примере ниже)" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Решение проблем" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Я не вижу ссылки пакетного депозита на банковских выписках?" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 msgid "" "If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " "be two reasons:" msgstr "" +"Если в банковской выписке нет ссылки на пакетный депозит, это может иметь " +"две причины:" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features, you need to reload the " +"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " "page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" " button of your browser." msgstr "" +"После установки функции пакетного депозита вам нужно перезагрузить страницу," +" чтобы браузер знал об этой новой функции. Просто нажмите кнопку " +"перезагрузки браузера." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "В вас нет пакетного депозита, созданного для этого банковского счета." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Что произойдет, если чек был отклонен?" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -831,16 +1183,21 @@ msgid "" "in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " "refused." msgstr "" +"Если вы меньшую сумму в банковской выписке, чем фактическая сумма в вашем " +"пакетном депозите, это, вероятно, означает, что один из ваших чеков было " +"отклонено." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 msgid "" -"In this case, click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " +"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " "bank statement matching." msgstr "" +"В этом случае нажмите на строку, связанный с этим чеком, чтобы исключить его" +" из сопоставления банковских выписок." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как делать банковский перевод в Odoo?" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -848,6 +1205,9 @@ msgid "" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " "clicks." msgstr "" +"Компания может иметь несколько банковских счетов или кассовых аппаратов. В " +"рамках odoo можно обрабатывать внутренние переводы денег всего за несколько " +"нажатий." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -855,25 +1215,34 @@ msgid "" "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " "to the another one." msgstr "" +"Мы покажем такой пример. В моей компании есть два банковских счета, и я хочу" +" перевести 50 000 евро с одного из наших банковских счетов на другой." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверьте свой график счетов и счет перевода по умолчанию" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To parameter your chart of account and check the " -"default transfer account go into your the accounting module, select " +" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " +"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Для обработки внутренних переводов вам нужен счет перевода в вашем плане " +"счетов. Odoo автоматически создаст счет на основе страны вашего плана " +"счетов. Чтобы настроить ваш план счетов и проверить счет переводов по " +"умолчанию, перейдите к настройкам модуля бухучета, выберите: menuselection: " +"`Настройка -> Налаштування`." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." msgstr "" +"Ваш график счетов будет предварительно установлены в зависимости от страны, " +"указанной при регистрации, ее невозможно изменить." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -881,10 +1250,13 @@ msgid "" "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " "from the same page." msgstr "" +"Счет перемещения по умолчанию будет автоматически создан также в зависимости" +" от законодательства вашей страны. При необходимости его можно изменить с " +"той же страницы." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте второй банковский счет / журнал" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -894,31 +1266,43 @@ msgid "" " You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " "your bank to specify your bank's details." msgstr "" +"Прежде чем мы можем зарегистрировать внутреннее перемещение, нам нужно " +"добавить новый банковский счет на нашу информационную панель Бухучета. Для " +"этого введите модуль Бухучета, нажмите на: menuselection: `Настройка -> " +"Банковские рахунки`. Создайте новый банковский счет. Вы должны заполнить ** " +"номер счета **. Вы также можете создавать и редактировать свой банковский " +"счет, чтобы указать детали своего банка." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "После сохранения изменений у вас теперь есть 2 банковских счета." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "" +"Зарегистрируйте внутренний перевод с одного банковского счета на другой" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." msgstr "" +"Теперь мы перечислим 50 000 евро в нашей ** банковского счета ** на счет ** " +"BE57 0633 9533 1498 **." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введите внутренний перевод" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal paiement. To do so, go into your " -"accounting dashboard. click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " +"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " +"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " "select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." msgstr "" +"Первый шаг - зарегистрировать внутренний платеж. Для этого перейдите на свою" +" информационную панель Бухучета. нажмите на кнопку ** больше ** одного из " +"ваших банков и выберите: menuselection: `Новый -> Внутренний переказ`." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -926,16 +1310,21 @@ msgid "" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " "**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." msgstr "" +"Создайте новый платеж. Тип платежа будет автоматически установлено как " +"внутреннее перемещение. Выберите ** Банк **, куда вы хотите выполнить " +"перемещение, укажите ** Сумму ** и добавьте ** Примечание **, если хотите." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " "<Reconcile_>`_)." msgstr "" +"Примечание важна, если вы хотите автоматическое согласование. ( `См " +"<Reconcile_> `_)." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сохраните и подтвердите изменения, чтобы зарегистрировать платеж." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -943,25 +1332,35 @@ msgid "" "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " "accounts." msgstr "" +"С точки зрения бухгалтерского учета деньги сейчас бронируются на счет " +"перевода. Нам нужно будет импортировать банковские выписки, чтобы зачислить " +"деньги конечном счете." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Импорт банковские выписки и согласуйте их" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." msgstr "" +"Заметьте, что баланс, который исчисляется Odoo, отличается от последней " +"банковской выписки." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"departure and arrival of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " +"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " "statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " "Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" +"Это потому, что мы не импортировали банковскую выписку, подтверждающую " +"получение и отправление денег. Таким образом, нужно импортировать банковскую" +" выписку и согласовать платеж с правильным строкой выписки банка. Как только" +" вы получите свои банковские выписки, нажмите кнопку ** новая выписка ** " +"соответствующего банка, чтобы импортировать их." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -971,42 +1370,56 @@ msgid "" "that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " "**Reconcile** button." msgstr "" +"Заполните ** Строка транзакций **. После завершения работы, Odoo покажет ** " +"Рассчитан баланс **, что расчетный баланс является теоретическим конечным " +"балансом вашего банковского счета. Если это соответствует банковской " +"выписке, это означает, что ошибок сделано не было. Заполните ** Конечный " +"баланс ** и нажмите кнопку ** Согласовать **." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 msgid "The following window will open:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Откроется следующее окно:" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** " +"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " +"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" msgstr "" +"Вам нужно выбрать аналоги для платежа. Выберите правильную строку банковской" +" выписки, которая соответствует указанному параметру и нажмите кнопку ** " +"согласовать **. Закройте выписку, чтобы завершить транзакцию." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in" -" both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will " +"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " +"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " "happen automatically." msgstr "" +"Эти же шаги нужно будет повторить после получения второй банковского " +"выписки. Заметьте, что если вы указываете одинаковую сумму и одинаковую " +"примечание как в банковских выписках, так и в платежных операциях, тогда " +"согласования произойдет автоматически." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сверка с банком" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка модели записей банковской выписки" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " "order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" +"В Odoo у вас есть возможность предварительно заполнить некоторые " +"бухгалтерские записи, чтобы легко согласовать периодические записи, такие " +"как банковские комиссии." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1014,10 +1427,14 @@ msgid "" "my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " "current balance. This fee is thus variable." msgstr "" +"Мы приведем такой пример, чтобы проиллюстрировать концепцию: каждый месяц " +"наша компания получает стоимость банковской комиссии, которая зависит от " +"текущего баланса нашего банковского счета. Таким образом, эта плата является" +" переменной." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте модель согласования" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -1025,12 +1442,18 @@ msgid "" "to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " ":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." msgstr "" +"Во-первых, нам нужно настроить две модели согласования. Для этого перейдите " +"на панель приборов модуля бухучета. В своем банковском журнале нажмите на " +"ссылку: menuselection: `Больше -> Модели узгодження`." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 msgid "" "We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " "depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." msgstr "" +"Мы хотим, чтобы мы могли легко бронировать нашу банковскую комиссию. Наш " +"банк высчитывает комиссию в зависимости от нашего баланса, а это значит, что" +" она может меняться ежемесячно." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1039,32 +1462,42 @@ msgid "" "\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " "Odoo to take the entire fee into account." msgstr "" +"Мы создаем кнопку Метка, которая называется Банковская комиссия, выбираем " +"правильный счет, чтобы заказать эти комиссии. Кроме того, нам также нужно " +"указать, что тип суммы "Процент баланса" с суммой 100%. Этот " +"параметр позволит Odoo взять всю комиссию в счет." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сохраните свои изменения, когда закончите." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 msgid "" "If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " "under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." msgstr "" +"Если фиксированная сумма вашей банковской комиссии, вы также можете выбрать " +"** Исправлено ** по типу суммы и укажите сумму." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 msgid "" "You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" +"Вы также можете использовать эту функцию для обработки скидок. Пожалуйста, " +"обратитесь к: doc: `../../ receivables / customer_invoices / cash_discounts`" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зарегистрируйте свои платежи на основе модели согласования" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 msgid "" "Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " "impacted by the payment of the bank fee." msgstr "" +"Зарегистрируйте платеж, импортируя свои банковские выписки, которые повлияют" +" на оплату банковской комиссии." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -1072,161 +1505,206 @@ msgid "" "**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" " relevant data instantly." msgstr "" +"При осуществлении согласования вы можете выбрать открытый баланс и нажать " +"кнопку ** Модель согласования ** (в данном случае - ** Банковские комиссии " +"**), чтобы мгновенно получать все соответствующие данные." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Наконец, нажмите ** Согласовать **, чтобы завершить процесс." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" msgstr "" +"Используйте различные варианты в процессе согласования банковской выписки" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" -"Linking your bank statements with your accounting can be a lot of work. You " -"need to find invoices back, relate payments and that amount of " -"administration can cast a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very " -"easily link your invoices or any other payment with your bank statements." +"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " +"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " +"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " +"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " +"any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" +"Сопоставление банковских выписок из вашими бухгалтерскими записями может " +"быть утомительным задачей. Нужно найти соответствующие счета-фактуры, " +"сравнить суммы и реквизиты партнеров с теми, что содержатся в выписке из " +"банка. Эти шаги могут занять много времени. К счастью, с помощью Odoo можно " +"легко сопоставить счета-фактуры или любой другой платежный документ с вашими" +" банковскими выписками." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:14 -msgid "Two reconciliation processes exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." +msgstr "В Odoo существует две опции процесса согласования." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -msgid "We can directly register a payment on the invoices" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" +msgstr "Мы можем указывать платеж прямо на счета" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мы можем согласовать открыты счета с банковскими выписками" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to " -"do is install the accounting app." +"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " +"is to install the accounting app." msgstr "" +"Нет специальных настроек для записи счетов. Все, что нам нужно сделать, это " +"установить модуль бухучета." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29 -msgid "User cases" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "Используйте различные варианты" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Случай 1: Регистрация платежей" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" -"We received the payment proof for our invoice of 2100 euros issued to Smith " -"& Co." +"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " +"issued to Smith & Co." msgstr "" +"Мы получили подтверждение оплаты нашего счета в размере 2100 евро, выданного" +" Smith & Co." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles the bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark the " -"invoice as paid so we can remember we can start the service with our " -"customer." +"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " +"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" +" services to our customer." msgstr "" +"Мы начинаем с нашего счета в 2100 евро на Smith & Co. Поскольку " +"проданный товар - это услуга, мы требуем немедленной оплаты. Наш бухгалтер " +"обрабатывает банковские выписки только в конце недели, поэтому нам нужно " +"обозначить этот счет-фактуру как уплаченный, чтобы указать, что мы можем " +"начать предоставлять услуги нашему клиенту." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." msgstr "" +"Наш клиент посылает нам подтверждение платежа. Таким образом, мы можем " +"зарегистрировать платеж и обозначить счет как оплаченный." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method" +"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " +"method." msgstr "" +"Нажав ** зарегистрировать платеж, ** мы предоставляем информацию в Odoo о " +"том, что наш клиент оплатил счет. Таким образом, нам нужно указать сумму и " +"способ оплаты." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" -"We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the " -":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" +" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." msgstr "" +"Теперь мы можем всегда находить детали платежа в счете, нажав: " +"menuselection: `Информация -> Открыть платиж`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" msgstr "" +"Счет-фактура оплачена, и ** согласования было осуществлено автоматически. **" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Случай 2: согласование банковских отчетов" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." msgstr "" +"Начнем с нашего выставленного счета-фактуры в размере 3000 евро для компании" +" Smith & Co .. Давайте также предположим, что другие счета-фактуры " +"открыты для различных клиентов." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and not only the invoice of Smith & Co has " -"been paid, the one of Buzz of 92 euros as well." +"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " +"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." msgstr "" +"Мы получаем нашу банковскую выписку и обнаруживаем, что оплачен не только " +"счет-фактура, выданная Smith & Co, но и Buzz в размере 92 евро." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." msgstr "" +"** Импорт ** или ** Создайте ** банковские выписки. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к" +" документам в разделе Банковские выписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "На информационной панели нажмите ** Согласовать # Элементов **" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." msgstr "" +"Если все было правильно (правильное имя партнера, нужна сумма), odoo ** " +"автоматически ** выполнять согласования." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" +"Если выявлены некоторые проблемы, вам нужно будет принять ** мероприятий " +"вручную **." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" msgstr "" +"Например, если в вашей банковской выписке отсутствует партнер, заполните " +"его:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" msgstr "" +"Если оплата осуществляется с помощью авансового платежа, просто проверьте, " +"правильно ли это, и проверьте все связанные платежи:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" +"Нажмите CTRL-Enter, чтобы согласовать все сбалансированы элементы в отчетах." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установка" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как установить новый банковский счет" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1234,32 +1712,42 @@ msgid "" "guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " "account." msgstr "" +"В Odoo вы можете управлять несколькими банковскими счетами. На этой странице" +" вы узнаете о создании, изменении или удалении банковского счета или " +"кредитной карты." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Редактирования банковского счета" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 msgid "" "To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" " it first before filling your own bank information." msgstr "" +"Чтобы облегчить процесс, банковский счет уже существует. Прежде всего, перед" +" заполнением собственной банковской информации мы советуем вам редактировать" +" ее." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " "click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Бухучета -> Настройка -> Банковские " +"рахунки` и нажмите на иконку ** Банк **. Измените это." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 msgid "" "Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " "method like SEPA" msgstr "" +"Odoo будет проявлять тип банковского счета (например, IBAN), чтобы позволить" +" определенный способ оплаты, такой как SEPA." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте банковский счет" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -1268,6 +1756,11 @@ msgid "" " number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " "Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Бухучет -> Настройка -> Банкивськии " +"рахунки`. Нажмите на ** Создать ** и заполните форму. Вы можете решить " +"показать номер банковского счета, в котором вы планируете отправлять " +"документы, например, заказ на продажу или счета-фактуры. Выберите способы " +"оплаты, которые вы поддерживаете, с помощью этого банковского счета." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1275,20 +1768,56 @@ msgid "" "the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " "accounts from another company." msgstr "" +"Если вы работаете в многопрофильном среде, вам придется переключиться на " +"компанию соответствии с вашими предпочтениями пользователей, чтобы добавить," +" изменить или удалить банковские счета из другой компании." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Тип" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." +msgstr "" +"Тип банковского счета: Нормальный или IBAN. Выведены из номера банковского " +"счета." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +msgid "ABA/Routing" +msgstr "ABA / Маршрутизация" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" +msgstr "Американская банковская ассоциация. маршрутный номер" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +msgid "Account Holder Name" +msgstr "Имя владельца счета" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " +"Holder" +msgstr "Имя владельца счета, если оно отличается от имени владельца счета" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Смотрите * банковский счет * в нашей демо онлайн" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " "of the previous one within the same journal automatically." msgstr "" +"Начальный баланс банковской выписки автоматически установлено на " +"окончательный остаток предыдущего в одном журнале." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Удаление банковского счета или кредитной карты" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -1296,10 +1825,12 @@ msgid "" "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " "menu" msgstr "" +"В списке банковских счетов выберите элементы для удаления и удалите их из " +"меню действий или перейдите к форме и удалите один элемент из меню действий." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как управлять валютным банковским счетом?" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1309,30 +1840,38 @@ msgid "" "the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " "transaction." msgstr "" +"В Odoo каждая операция фиксируется в валюте по умолчанию компании. Отчеты " +"составляются с учетом валюты компании. Но для операций, происходящих в " +"другой валюте, Odoo сохраняет как стоимость в валюте компании, так и " +"стоимость в валюте операции." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть банковский счет в иностранной валюте, для каждой транзакции " +"Odoo сохраняет два значения:" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дебет / кредит в валюте компании" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дебет / кредит в валюте банковского счета" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." msgstr "" +"Курсы валют обновляются автоматически с помощью модуля синхронизации с " +"Нацбанком Украины." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активируйте мультивалютную функцию" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -1342,19 +1881,31 @@ msgid "" "Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " "**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" +"Чтобы ваша компания могла работать с несколькими валютами, нужно включить " +"режим мультивалют. В бухгалтерской программе перейдите к разделу: " +"menuselection: `Настройка -> Настройка -> Функции бухгалтерского учета" +" и финансування` убедитесь, что обозначено поле ** Разрешить " +"мультивалютность **. Предоставьте учет ** доходов / расходов курсовой " +"разницы ** и нажмите ** Применить **." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте валюту" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " -"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " -"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" +" activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" +"После того, как Odoo будет настроено на поддержку нескольких валют, вам " +"необходимо включить валюты, с которыми вы планируете работать. Чтобы сделать" +" это, перейдите в меню: menuselection: `Настройка -> Валюти`. Все валюты " +"создаются по умолчанию, но вам следует активировать те, с которым вы " +"планируете поддерживать (чтобы активировать валюту, отметьте это поле, как " +""Активно")." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1362,61 +1913,76 @@ msgid "" "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" " the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" msgstr "" +"После активации валют вы можете настроить параметры для автоматизации " +"обновления курса валюты. Эти параметры также находятся в настройках " +"бухгалтерской программы в нижней части страницы:" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "" +"Нажмите на ссылку ** Обновить сейчас **, чтобы обновить курсы валют сейчас." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте новый банковский счет" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." msgstr "" +"В бухгалтерской программе мы сначала переходим к: menuselection: `Настройка " +"-> Бухучет / Банковский рахунок`, и создаем новый." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "" +"После сохранения этого банковского счета Odoo создаст для вас все документы:" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Аккаунт в пробном балансе" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Журнал на информационной панели" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" msgstr "" +"Информация о банковском счете в нижнем углу ваших счетов-фактур, если " +"обозначено ** Показать в нижней части счета-фактуры **" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пример: счет поставщика в иностранной валюте" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." msgstr "" +"Исходя из приведенного выше примера, предположим, что мы получаем следующий " +"счет поставщика в Китае." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" msgstr "" +"В: menuselection: `Покупки -> Счета постачальника`, то, что вы можете " +"видеть:" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." msgstr "" +"Когда вы готовы оплатить этот счет, нажмите зарегистрировать платеж на " +"счету, чтобы записать платеж." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -1425,16 +1991,22 @@ msgid "" "depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " "and the payment date." msgstr "" +"Это все, что вам нужно сделать. Odoo автоматически публикует прибыль или " +"расходы в иностранной валюте при согласовании платежа по счету-фактуре, в " +"зависимости от того, увеличился или уменьшился курс валюты между счету-" +"фактуре и дате платежа." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." msgstr "" +"Заметьте, что вы можете оплатить иностранный счет другой валютой. В таком " +"случае Odoo будет автоматически конвертировать между двумя валютами." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сверки с клиентами" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -1442,6 +2014,9 @@ msgid "" "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." msgstr "" +"Сверки с клиентами и поставщиками руководствуются в валюте счета. Таким " +"образом, сумма, которая принадлежит вашим клиентам (вашим поставщикам), " +"всегда выражается в валюте счета." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -1449,15 +2024,23 @@ msgid "" "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " "the report below." msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть несколько счетов-фактур с различными валютами для одного и " +"того же клиента, Odoo разделит выписку клиента за валютой, как показано в " +"отчете ниже." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" -" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " -"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" -" be converted in this currency." +" in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for " +"this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " +"be converted to this currency." msgstr "" +"В вышеупомянутом отчете дебиторская задолженность, связанная с Camptocamp, " +"не управляется во вторичной валюте, что означает, что она сохраняет каждую " +"операцию в собственной валюте. Если вы предпочитаете этом, вы можете " +"установить дебиторской задолженности по этим клиентом во вторичной валюте, и" +" все его долги автоматически конвертируются в эту валюту." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -1465,10 +2048,13 @@ msgid "" "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " "amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" msgstr "" +"В таком случае в сверке с клиентом всегда только одна валюта. В общем, это " +"не то, что ожидает клиент, поскольку он предпочитает видеть суммы в валюте " +"полученных счетов-фактур." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a cash register?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как вести кассовый учет?" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1476,263 +2062,370 @@ msgid "" "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " "balance." msgstr "" +"Кассовый учет - это журнал для регистрации дебиторской и платежной операций." +" Он вычисляет сумму денег через общий баланс." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." msgstr "" +"Настройте наличный журнал: menuselection: `Бухучет -> Настройка -> " +"Журнали`." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" +"Во вкладке Записи журнала можно настроить дебетовое и кредитное сообщение по" +" умолчанию, а также валюту журнала." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "" +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Активно" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." +msgstr "Переключите \"активный\" в \"ЛОЖЬ\", для сокрытия Журнала без его удаления" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выберите "Продажа" для журналов счетов клиентов." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выберите "Покупка" для журналов счетов поставщиков." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " "payments." msgstr "" +"Выберите "Наличные" или "Банк" для журналов, которые " +"используются в платежах клиентов или поставщиков." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выберите 'Общие' для журналов различных операций." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Компания" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Компания, связанная с этим журналом" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" +msgstr "Определяет, как будут зарегистрированы банковские выписки" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Synchronization Frequency" +msgstr "частота синхронизации" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" +msgstr "Определяет, когда появилась новая банковская выписка" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" +msgstr "будет создан при загрузке новых транзакций" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "from your bank account." +msgstr "с вашего банковского счета." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Короткий код" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Записи этого журнала будут называться используя этот префикс." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Refund Sequence" -msgstr "" +msgid "Next Number" +msgstr "Следующее Число" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" refunds made from this journal" -msgstr "" +msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." +msgstr "Последующий номер будет использован для нумерации следующего счета" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нумерация проводок" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " "entries of this journal." msgstr "" +"Это поле содержит информацию, связанную с нумерацией проводок этого журнала." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Refund Entry Sequence" -msgstr "" +msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" +msgstr "Назначенная нумерация для кредитных обязательств" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the refund " -"entries of this journal." +"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" +" credit notes made from this journal" msgstr "" +"Установите этот флажок, если не хотите сквозную нумерацию счетов и кредитных" +" авизо, относящихся к этому журналу " + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Credit Notes Next Number" +msgstr "Следующий номер сторно" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." +msgstr "" +"Последующий номер будет использован для нумерации следующего кредитного " +"авизо" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" +msgstr "Начальный номер кредитных авизо" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " +"note entries of this journal." +msgstr "" +"Это поле содержит информацию о нумерации записей о кредитных авизо в этом " +"журнале" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дебетовый счет по умолчанию" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выступает в качестве счета по умолчанию для сумм по дебету" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кредитовый счет по умолчанию" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Используется как кредитовый счет по умолчанию" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Валюта" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Валюта, используемая в расчетах" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Debit Methods" -msgstr "" +msgid "Communication Type" +msgstr "Тип назначения платежа" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" -"Means of payment for collecting money. Odoo modules offer various payments " -"handling facilities, but you can always use the 'Manual' payment method in " -"order to manage payments outside of the software." +"You can set here the default communication that will appear on customer " +"invoices, once validated, to help the customer to refer to that particular " +"invoice when making the payment." msgstr "" +"Здесь вы можете установить стандартную коммуникацию, которая будет " +"отображаться на счетах-фактурах клиентов, после проверки, чтобы помочь " +"клиенту обратиться к этому конкретному счета при осуществлении платежа." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Payment Methods" -msgstr "" +msgid "Communication Standard" +msgstr "стандарт связи" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" -"Means of payment for sending money. Odoo modules offer various payments " -"handling facilities, but you can always use the 'Manual' payment method in " -"order to manage payments outside of the software." +"You can choose different models for each type of reference. The default one " +"is the Odoo reference." msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать различные модели для каждого типа референса. Референс Odoo" +" устанавливается по умолчанию." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "" +msgid "Alias Name" +msgstr "Название псевдонима" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" +msgid "It creates draft invoices and bills by sending an email." +msgstr "Это создает черновики счетов через отправки электронной почты." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Счет Прибыли" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" " from what the system computes" msgstr "" +"Используется для регистрации прибыли, когда конечный баланс кассового " +"аппарата отличается от того, что вычисляет система" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Счет убытков" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " "from what the system computes" msgstr "" +"Используется для регистрации потери, когда конечный баланс кассового " +"аппарата отличается от того, что вычисляет система" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Show journal on dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgid "Lock Posted Entries with Hash" +msgstr "Блокируйте опубликованы записи с Аравитянина" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not" +msgid "" +"If ticked, the accounting entry or invoice receives a hash as soon as it is " +"posted and cannot be modified anymore." msgstr "" +"Если обозначено, бухгалтерская запись или счет-фактура получает хеш, как " +"только он будет опубликован, и его больше нельзя будет изменить." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "For Incoming Payments" +msgstr "Для входящих платежей" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Вручную получайте оплату наличными, чеком или любым другим методом за " +"пределами Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " +"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " +"online (payment token)." +msgstr "" +"Электронный: получайте платеж автоматически с помощью оплаты покупателя, " +"отправив запрос на транзакцию на карточке, сохраненной клиентом при покупке " +"или подписки онлайн (платежный токен)." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " +"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" +" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " +"this option from the settings." +msgstr "" +"Пакетный депозит: единовременно засчитывайте несколько клиентских чеков, " +"создав пакетный депозит, для подачи в банк. Во время кодирования выписки из " +"банка в Odoo вам предлагают согласовать транзакцию с депозитом партии. " +"Включите эту опцию в настройках." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "For Outgoing Payments" +msgstr "Для исходящих платежей" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Вручную платите счет наличными или любым другим методом за пределами Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." +msgstr "Чек: платите счет чеком и напечатайте его с Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " +"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." +msgstr "" +"SEPA Credit Transfer: платите счет из файла SEPA Credit Transfer, который вы" +" передаете в свой банк. Включите эту опцию в настройках." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Метод оплаты печатным чеком выбрано" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" " method." msgstr "" +"Техническая характеристика используется, чтобы узнать, была ли печать чека " +"включена в качестве метода оплаты." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверьте последовательность" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Последовательность нумерации чеков" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ручная нумерация" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." msgstr "" +"Проверьте эту опцию, если ваши предварительно напечатанные чеки не " +"пронумерованы" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Номер следующего чека. " #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" -" point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance" -" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If " -"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing " -"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Порядковый номер для следующего напечатанного чека" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 msgid "Usage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Использование" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 msgid "How to register cash payments?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как зарегистрировать денежные оплаты?" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" msgstr "" +"Чтобы зарегистрировать наличный платеж, специфический для другого клиента, " +"необходимо выполнить следующие действия:" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Бухучет -> Панель приборов -> Наличные " +"-> Регистрация транзакций`" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заполните начальный и конечный баланс" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зарегистрируйте транзакции, указав клиентов, связанных с транзакцией" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 msgid "Put money in" -msgstr "" +msgstr "положите деньги" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -1740,10 +2433,13 @@ msgid "" "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" +"Вложенные деньги используются для размещения наличных вручную перед началом " +"ваших транзакций. Из окна Транзакции кассы перейдите к: menuselection: " +"`Больше -> Положить деньги`" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 msgid "Take money out" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Возьмите деньги" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -1751,24 +2447,3449 @@ msgid "" "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" +"Забор денег используется для сбора / получения вашей наличности вручную " +"после окончания всех ваших транзакций. Из окна Транзакции кассы перейдите к:" +" menuselection: `Больше -> Убрать деньги`" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." +msgstr "Операции будут добавлены к текущей регистрации денежных оплат." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Localizations" +msgstr "локализации" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "Колумбия" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Введение" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" +" next modules:" msgstr "" +"Электронное выставления счетов для Колумбии можно получить из Odoo 12 и " +"требует следующих модулей:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" +msgstr "" +"** l11n_co ** Все основные данные для управления модулем бухгалтерского " +"учета, содержащие стандартные настройки для: плана счетов счетов, налогов, " +"ретенций, типов идентификационных документов" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" +" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " +"based on the DIAN legal requirements." +msgstr "" +"** l10n_co_edi ** Этот модуль включает в себя все дополнительные поля, " +"необходимые для интеграции с T & S Carvajal, и генерирования " +"электронного счета-фактуры на основе правовых требований DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "Рабочий процесс" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 +msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "1. Установите модули колумбийской локализации" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "" +"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " +"first two modules." +msgstr "" +"Для этого перейдите в Приложения и найдите Колумбию. Затем нажмите кнопку " +"Установить для первых двух модулей." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "2. Настройте учетные данные для веб-сервиса Carvajal T & S" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" +"После того, как модули установлены, для того, чтобы иметь возможность " +"соединяться с веб-службой Carvajal T & S, необходимо настроить " +"пользователя и учетные данные, эта информация будет предоставлена Carvajal T" +" & S." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " +"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Бухучета -> Настройка -> Налаштування` и " +"найдите раздел * Колумбийские электронные счета *." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" +msgstr "" +"Используя режим тестирования, можно подключиться к среде тестирования " +"Carvisal T & S. Это позволяет пользователям проверять полный рабочий " +"процесс и интеграцию с порталом CEN Financiero, доступным здесь: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." +msgstr "" +"После того, как Odoo и Carvajal T & S полностью настроены и готовы к " +"производству, среда тестирования может быть отключен." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "3. Configure your report data" +msgstr "3. Настройте ваши данные отчета" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." +msgstr "" +"Как часть настроенной информации, направляется в XML, можно определить " +"данные для фискального раздела и банковскую информацию в PDF-файле." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" +msgstr "4. Установите данные, необходимые в XML" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 +msgid "4.1 Partner" +msgstr "4.1 Партнер" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 +msgid "4.1.1 Identification" +msgstr "4.1.1 Идентификация" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" +msgstr "" +"Как часть колумбийской локализации, типа документов, определенные DIAN, " +"теперь доступны в форме Партнера. Колумбийские партнеры должны иметь свой " +"идентификационный номер и тип документа:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +msgid "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." +msgstr "" +"Когда тип документа RUT, идентификационный номер должен быть настроен в " +"Odoo, включая проверочную цифру, Odoo будет разделять этот номер, когда " +"передаются данные третьей стороне." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "4.1.2 Фискальная структура (RUT)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." +msgstr "" +"Коды ответственности партнера (раздел 53 документа RUT) включены как часть " +"модуля электронного счета, который является частью информации, требуется " +"DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" +msgstr "" +"Эти поля можно найти в: menuselection: `Партнер -> Продажи & Вкладка " +"покупки -> Фискальная информация`" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." +msgstr "" +"Дополнительно было добавлено два булевых поля для определения фискального " +"режима партнера." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 +msgid "4.2 Taxes" +msgstr "4.2 Налоги" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." +msgstr "" +"Если ваши операции по продаже включают товары с налогами, важно учитывать, " +"что дополнительное поле * Тип значения * необходимо настроить на налог. Этот" +" параметр находится на вкладке Дополнительные параметры." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." +msgstr "" +"Типы налога на содержание (ICA, IVA, Fuente) также включены в опций " +"настройки налогов. Эта конфигурация используется для корректного отображения" +" налогов в формате PDF." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 +msgid "4.3 Journals" +msgstr "4.3 Журналы" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " +"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " +"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " +"Setting --> Journals`." +msgstr "" +"После того, как DIAN назначил официальную последовательность и префикс для " +"решения электронных счетов, журналы продаж, связанные с документами на " +"счете-фактуре, нужно обновлять в Odoo. Последовательности можно обращаться, " +"используя режим разработчика:: menuselection: `Бухучет -> Настройка ->" +" Настройка -> Журнали`." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" +"После того, как последовательность открыта, поля Приставка и Следующий номер" +" должны быть настроены и синхронизированы с CEN Financiero." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 +msgid "4.4 Users" +msgstr "4.4 Пользователи" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" +msgstr "" +"Шаблон по умолчанию, который используется Odoo на счете-фактуре PDF, включая" +" позицию продавца, поэтому эти поля должны быть настроены:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "Использование и тестирования" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 +msgid "1. Invoice" +msgstr "1. Счет" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 +msgid "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." +msgstr "" +"После настройки всех основных данных и учетных данных можно начать " +"тестирование рабочего процесса электронного счета." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 +msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" +msgstr "1.1 Создание счета" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" +msgstr "" +"Функциональный рабочий процесс, который происходит перед проверкой счета-" +"фактуры, не меняется. Основными изменениями, которые вводятся в электронный " +"счет, являются следующие поля:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 +msgid "There are three types of documents:" +msgstr "Есть три типа документов:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +msgid "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +msgstr "" +"** Factura Electronica ** Этот документ является обычным типом и применяется" +" к счетам-фактурам, сторно и дебетовое возвращения." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." +msgstr "** Factura de Importación **: этот параметр для операций импорта." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 +msgid "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." +msgstr "" +"** Factura de contingencia **: Это исключительный тип, который используется " +"как ручное резервное копирование в случае, если компания не может " +"использовать ERP, и необходимо генерировать счет вручную, когда этот счет " +"добавлен к ERP, этот тип счета-фактуры следует выбрать." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" +msgstr "1.2 Подтверждение счета" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"После подтверждения счета XML-файл создается и автоматически направляется в " +"Carvajal, этот файл отображается в чате." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" +msgstr "" +"Дополнительное поле теперь отображается на вкладке "Другая " +"информация" с названием файла XML. Кроме того, есть второе " +"дополнительное поле, которое отображается со статусом электронного счета, с " +"начальным значением "In progress":" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 +msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "1.3 Получение правовых XML и PDF документов" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." +msgstr "" +"Поставщик электронного счета получает XML-файл и продолжает проверку " +"структуры и информации в нем, если все правильно, изменение статуса счета-" +"фактуры на "Проверено" после использования кнопки "Проверить " +"состояние Carvajal" в выпадающем меню Действие. Затем они начинают " +"генерировать правовой XML, включая цифровую подпись и уникальный код (CUFE)," +" а также генерируется фактура PDF, которая включает QR-код и CUFE." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +msgid "After this:" +msgstr "После этого:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" +"ZIP, содержащий XML документов и PDF-файл загружается и отображается в чате " +"счета-фактуры:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 +msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" +msgstr "Состояние электронного счета меняется на "Принято"" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 +msgid "1.4 Common errors" +msgstr "1.4 Распространенные ошибки" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." +msgstr "" +"Во время проверки XML распространенные ошибки, как правило, связаны с " +"отсутствием основных данных. В таких случаях сообщение об ошибке " +"отображаются в чате после обновления статуса электронного счета." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" +msgstr "" +"После исправления основных данных можно повторно обработать XML с новыми " +"данными и прислать обновленную версию с помощью следующей кнопки:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid "2. Additional use cases" +msgstr "2. Дополнительные случаи использования" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." +msgstr "" +"Процесс получения кредитных и дебетовых возвратов точно такой же, как и " +"счет-фактура, функциональный рабочий процесс также остается неизменным." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "Колумбия (ES)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 +msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" +msgstr "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "Introducción" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" +msgstr "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 +msgid "" +"módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " +"siguientes puntos:" +msgstr "" +"módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " +"siguientes puntos:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "a. Plan Contable" +msgstr "a. Plan Contable" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "b. Impuestos" +msgstr "b. Impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "c. Retenciones" +msgstr "c. Retenciones" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 +msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" +msgstr "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 +msgid "" +"adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " +"generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" +" DIAN." +msgstr "" +"adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " +"generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" +" DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "Flujo General" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 +msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 +msgid "cz" +msgstr "cz" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 +msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " +"**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" +"Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " +"**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," +msgstr "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," +msgstr "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 +msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" +" Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" +"Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" +" Electrónica Colombiana**." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 +msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 +msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" +msgstr "4.1.1 Identificación" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 +msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " +"Información Fiscal" +msgstr "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " +"Información Fiscal" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 +msgid "4.2 Impuestos" +msgstr "4.2 Impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" +msgstr "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" +" Valor" +msgstr "" +"Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" +" Valor" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 +msgid "4.3 Diarios" +msgstr "4.3 Diarios" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta:" +msgstr "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 +msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" +msgstr "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 +msgid "4.4 Usuarios" +msgstr "4.4 Usuarios" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "Facturas" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "1. Invoice Creation" +msgstr "1. Создание счета" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" +msgstr "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" +msgstr "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +msgid "transacciones de importación." +msgstr "transacciones de importación." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 +msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" +msgstr "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 +msgid "" +"utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " +"ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " +"factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" +"utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " +"ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " +"factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 +msgid "1. Invoice Validation" +msgstr "1. Подтверждение счета" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 +msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente." +msgstr "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" +msgstr "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +msgid "en el historial de la Factura." +msgstr "en el historial de la Factura." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" +" mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" +"Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" +" mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "1. Errores Frecuentes" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Франция" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +msgid "FEC" +msgstr "FEC" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " +"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" +" --> FEC`." +msgstr "" +"Если вы установили французский бухгалтерский учет, вы сможете загрузить FEC." +" Для этого перейдите к: menuselection: `Бухучет -> Отчетность -> " +"Франция -> FEC`." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " +"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." +msgstr "" +"Если вы не видите подменю ** FEC **, перейдите к ** Приложения ** и найдите " +"модуль ** Франция-FEC ** и проверьте, он хорошо установлен." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Французская бухгалтерская отчетность" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "" +"Если вы установили французский бухгалтерский учет, вы будете иметь доступ к " +"некоторым бухгалтерских отчетов, характерных для Франции:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "Bilan comptable" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "Compte de résultats" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "Plan de Taxes France" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "" +"Получите сертификат о борьбе с мошенничеством на добавленную стоимость с " +"Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" +"По состоянию на 1 января 2018 во Франции и DOM-TOM введено новое " +"законодательство по борьбе с мошенничеством. Это новое законодательство " +"устанавливает определенные критерии относительно неизменности, безопасности," +" хранения и архивирования данных о продаже. Эти юридические требования " +"внедрены в 9 версии Odoo через модуль и сертификат соответствия для " +"загрузки." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "" +"Или моя компания обязана использовать программное обеспечение с " +"мошенничеством?" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "" +"Ваша компания должна использовать программное обеспечение для борьбы с " +"мошенничеством кассовых аппаратов, таких как Odoo (CGI Art. 286, I. 3 ° " +"bis), если:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "" +"Вы облагаемыми (не освобождены от налога на добавленную стоимость) во " +"Франции или любом DOM-TOM," + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "Некоторые из ваших клиентов - частные лица (B2C)." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "" +"Это правило применяется к компании любого размера. Автостраховщики " +"освобождаются от уплаты НДС, поэтому они их это не касается." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "Получите сертификат с Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "Присоединиться к Odoo очень просто." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html>`__ or " +"contact your Odoo service provider." +msgstr "" +"Ваша компания требует от налоговой администрации подать сертификат " +"соответствия, подтверждающий, что ваше программное обеспечение соответствует" +" законодательству борьбы с мошенничеством. Этот сертификат предоставляется " +"Odoo SA пользователям Odoo Enterprise здесь " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/> `__. Если вы " +"используете сообщество Odoo, вы должны "перейти на Odoo Enterprise " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html> `__ или у " +"поставщика услуг Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "" +"В случае несоответствия ваша компания рискует получить штраф в размере 7500 " +"евро." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "Чтобы получить сертификат, выполните следующие шаги:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " +"menu:" +msgstr "" +"Установите модуль борьбы с мошенничеством, что соответствует вашей версии " +"Odoo, из меню * Приложения *:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +msgid "" +"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" +"если вы используете точку продаж Odoo * l10n_fr_pos_cert * Франция - " +"Сертификация по борьбе с мошенничеством на добавленную стоимость для точки " +"продаж (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 +msgid "" +"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" +"в любом другом случае: l10n_fr_certification * Франция - Сертификация борьбы" +" с мошенничеством на НДС (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что в вашей компании установлено страну, иначе ваши записи не " +"будут зашифрованы для проверки неизменности. Чтобы изменить данные вашей " +"компании, перейдите к меню: menuselection: `настройки -> Пользователи и " +"компании -> Компании`. Выберите страну из списка; Не создавайте новую " +"страну." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." +msgstr "" +"Загрузите обязательный сертификат соответствия, предоставленный Odoo SA " +"`здесь <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/> `__." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " +"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " +"List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить модуль в любой системе, созданной в 18 декабря 2017, " +"следует обновить список модулей. Для этого включите режим разработчика в " +"меню * Настройка *. Затем перейдите в меню * Приложения * и нажмите * " +"Обновить список модулей * в верхнем меню." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "" +"Если вы запускаете Odoo on-premise, вам нужно обновить вашу инсталляцию и " +"заранее перезагрузить сервер." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" +"Если вы установили начальную версию модуля борьбы с мошенничеством (до 18 " +"декабря 2017 года), вам нужно обновить его. Название модуля была * Франция -" +" Бухгалтерский учет - Сертифицированный CGI 286 I-3 bis *. После обновления " +"списка модулей найдите обновленный модуль * Программы *, выберите и нажмите " +"* Обновить *. Наконец, убедитесь, что установлен следующий модуль * " +"l10n_fr_sale_closing *." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "Особенности борьбы с мошенничеством" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "Модуль борьбы с мошенничеством внедряет следующие функции:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "" +"** Неизменность **: дезактивация всех способов отмены или изменения ключевых" +" данных заказов точки продаж, счетов-фактур и записей журнала;" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "** Безопасность **: сетевой алгоритм для проверки неизменности;" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "" +"** Хранение **: автоматическое закрытие торгов с исчислением как периода, " +"так и совокупных итогов (ежедневно, ежемесячно, ежегодно)." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "неизменность" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "" +"Все возможные способы отмены и изменения ключевых данных заказов точки " +"продажи, подтвержденных счетов-фактур и записей журнала деактивируются, если" +" компания находится во Франции или в любом DOM-TOM." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "" +"Если вы управляете средой нескольких компаний, это влияет только на " +"документы таких компаний." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Права доступа" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" +" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы обеспечить неизменность, каждый заказ или запись журнала " +"зашифровывается после проверки. Этот номер (или хэш) вычисляется из ключевых" +" данных документа, а также от хеша предыдущих документов." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" +"Модуль вводит интерфейс для проверки неизменности данных. Если какая-либо " +"информация изменена на документе после ее проверки, тест будет неудачным. " +"Алгоритм перекомпонулюе все хэши и сравнивает их с исходными. В случае " +"аварии система указывает на первый поврежденный документ, записанный в " +"системе." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" +"Пользователи с правами доступа * Менеджер * могут запускать проверку " +"неизменности. Для заказов точки продаж, перейдите к: menuselection: `Точка " +"продажи -> Отчетность -> Французские виписки`. Для счетов-фактур или " +"записей журнала, перейдите на страницу: menuselection: `Счета / Бухучет " +"-> Отчетность -> Французские виписки`." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "хранение" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "" +"Система также автоматически обрабатывает закрытия товаров ежедневно, " +"ежемесячно и ежегодно. Такие закрытия четко вычисляют общий объем периода " +"продажи, а также совокупные большие итоги из первых продаж, записанных в " +"системе." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" +"Закрытие можно найти в меню * Французские выписки * точки продаж, счетов-" +"фактур и учета." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" +"Завершение вычисляют итоги для журнальных записей журналов продаж (Тип " +"журнала = Продажи)." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "Для сред нескольких компаний такие закрытия выполняются компанией." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" +"Заказ точки продажи размещаются как записи журнала при закрытии сессии точки" +" продаж. Закрытие сессии POS можно сделать в любое время. Чтобы побудить " +"пользователей делать это каждый день, модуль препятствует восстановлению " +"сеанса, открытом более 24 часов назад. Такой сеанс должен быть закрыт перед " +"продажей снова." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" +"Общий объем периода исчисляется со всех журнальных записей, опубликованных " +"после предыдущего закрытия того же типа, независимо от даты их публикации. " +"Если вы записали новую транзакцию по продаже течение закрытого периода, она " +"будет причислена к самому следующего закрытия." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " +"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." +msgstr "" +"Для целей тестирования и аудита такие закрытия могут быть созданы вручную в " +"режиме разработчика. Перейдите к: menuselection: `Настройка -> " +"Технический -> Автоматизация -> Запланированные дии` сделать так." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "Обязанности" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" +"Не удаляйте модуль! Если вы так сделали, хэш будет сброшено, и ни один из " +"ваших прошлых данных больше не будет гарантирован как неизменен." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" +"Пользователи остаются ответственными за установление Odoo и должны " +"использовать ее с должным осмотрительностью. Запрещается изменять исходный " +"код, который гарантирует неизменность данных." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Odoo освобождает себя от всех и любой ответственности в случае изменения " +"функций модуля, вызванных сторонними приложениями, несертифицированные Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "Больше информации" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" +msgstr "" +"Вы найдете дополнительную информацию об этом законодательство в официальных " +"документах:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Часто задаются " +"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>" +" `__" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" +"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Официальная выписка " +"<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" +"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803> `__" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Элемент 88 финансового законодательства 2016 " +"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>" +" `__" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Германия" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Немецкий план счетов" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" +"План счетов SKR03 и SKR04 поддерживаются в Odoo. Вы можете выбрать тот, " +"который вы хотите, перейдя к: menuselection: `Бухучет -> Налаштування`, " +"выберите нужный пакет в разделе Фискальная локализация." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" +"Будьте осторожны, вы можете изменить бухгалтерский пакет только тогда, когда" +" вы не создали запись бухучета." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы создаете новую базу данных SaaS, SKR03 устанавливается по " +"умолчанию." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Немецкая бухгалтерская отчетность" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" +"Ниже приведен список специальных отчетов для Германии, доступных на Odoo " +"Enterprise:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Балансовая ведомость" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "Доходы и расходы" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "Партнер НДС Intra" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "Экспорт из Odoo в Datev" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете экспортировать записи бухучета с Odoo в Datev. Чтобы использовать " +"эту функцию, локализация немецкой бухгалтерии должна быть установлена в " +"вашей базе данных Odoo Enterprise. Тогда ты можешь войти в: menuselection: " +"`Бухучет -> Отчетность -> Общий журнал` нажмите кнопку ** Export Datev" +" (csv) **." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "Италия (IT)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa `guida " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/discuss/email_servers.html>`__." +msgstr "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa `guida " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/discuss/email_servers.html>`__." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" +msgstr "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Мексика" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." +msgstr "" +"Эта документация написана с учетом того, что вы придерживаетесь официальных " +"документов по счетов-фактур, продаж и бухгалтерского учета и знаете, что у " +"вас есть опыт работы с odoo в таких сферах, мы не намерены поставить здесь " +"процедуры, уже пояснюеьься на этих документах , просто информацию чтобы " +"позволить вам использовать Odoo в компании со страной "Мексика"." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 +msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" +msgstr "Мексиканская локализация - это группа из 3 модулей:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +msgstr "" +"** l10n_mx: ** Все основные данные для управления бухгалтерским учетом, " +"налогами и планом счетов, этот предложенный установленный план счетов - " +"предназначена копия списка кодов группы, которые предлагает `SAT`_." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." +msgstr "" +"** l10n_mx_edi **: все, что касается электронных транзакций, CFDI 3.2 и 3.3," +" приложение к оплате, добавление счетов-фактур." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." +msgstr "" +"** l10n_mx_reports **: все обязательные электронные отчеты для электронного " +"бухгалтерского учета здесь (необходим бухгалтерский приложение)." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +msgid "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." +msgstr "" +"С мексиканской локализацией в Odoo вы сможете не просто придерживаться " +"необходимых функций по закону в Мексике, но использовать его как систему " +"бухгалтерского учета и счетов-фактур благодаря целому набору нормальных " +"требований для этого рынка, становясь вашим Odoo в идеальном решении " +"управлять вашей компанией в Мексике." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." +msgstr "" +"После настройки мы предоставим вам процесс для проверки всего, попробуйте " +"выполнить шаг за шагом, чтобы позволить вам не тратить время на исправление " +"ошибок. На каждом шагу можно напомнить шаг и повторить попытку." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "1. Установите мексиканскую локализацию бухучета" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" +"Для этого перейдите в приложения и ищите Мексику. Нажмите * Установить *." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Создавая базу данных с www.odoo.com, если при создании бухучета вы выберете " +"Мексику как страну локализации, она будет автоматически установлена." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 +msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "2. Электронные счета (CDFI 3.2 и формат 3.3)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы включить это требование в Мексике, перейдите к настройкам в бухучете: " +"menuselection: `Бухучета -> Налаштування` и включите опцию на изображении" +" с помощью этого, вы сможете создать подписанный счет-фактуру (CFDI 3.2 и " +"3.3) и создать подписан платеж (также 3.3) полностью интегрируется с обычным" +" потоком счетов-фактур в Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" +msgstr "3. Установите юридическую информацию в компании" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." +msgstr "" +"Сначала убедитесь, что ваша компания настроена с правильными данными. " +"Перейдите в: menuselection: `Настройка -> Пользователи -> Компании` и " +"введите действительный адрес и НДС для вашей компании. Не забудьте " +"определить мексиканскую схему налогообложения в контакте с вашей компанией." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите использовать мексиканскую локализацию в тестовом режиме, вы " +"можете поместить любую известную адрес в Мексике со всеми полями для адреса " +"компании и установить ндс ** TCM970625MB1 **." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +msgid "" +"4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " +"company" +msgstr "" +"4. Установите правильную "Схему налогообложения" для партнера, " +"который представляет компанию" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите в той же форме, где вы редактируете компанию, сохраните запись, " +"чтобы установить эту форму только для чтения, и просто посмотрите текст, " +"нажмите ссылку партнера, измените его и установите на вкладке * Счета * " +"соответствующую фискальную информацию (для ** Область тестирования ** это " +"должно быть * 601 - General de Ley Personas Morales *, просто найдите его " +"как обычное поле Odoo, если вы не видите вариант)." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 +msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "5. Включение CFDI версии 3.3" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " +"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade sending a ticket to support in " +"https://www.odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" +"Эти шаги нужны только тогда, когда вы активируете CFDI 3.3 (доступно только " +"для V11.0 и выше), если в вашем примере SaaS нет версии 11.0 или более " +"поздней версии, пожалуйста, попросите обновления, отправляя запрос на " +"поддержку в https: // www .odoo.com / help" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "Enable debug mode:" +msgstr "Включите режим разработчика:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите и посмотрите следующий технический параметр в: menuselection: " +"`Настройка -> Технические -> Параметры -> Параметры системы` и " +"установите параметр с названием * l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version * до 3.3 " +"(Создайте его, если запись с этим названием не существует)." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." +msgstr "" +"CFDI 3.2 будет юридически возможным в 30 ноября 2017, Включение версии 3.3 " +"станет обязательным шагом для выполнения новой `SAT resolution`_ в любой " +"новой базе данных, созданной после выхода выпуска v11.0 CFDI 3.3 является " +"поведением по умолчанию." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" +msgstr "Важные соображения, когда вы включите CFDI 3.3" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 +msgid "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." +msgstr "" +"Ваш налог, представляющий НДС 16% и 0%, должен иметь поле "Тип " +"фактора", установлено для "Таsа"." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" +"Вы должны перейти к настройке схемы налогообложения и установить правильный " +"код (это первые 3 номера в названии), например, для теста, который следует " +"установить на 601, он будет выглядеть как изображение." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." +msgstr "" +"Все товары должны иметь для CFDI 3.3 "SAT-код" и поле " +""Референс" правильно установить, вы можете экспортировать и " +"импортировать, чтобы сделать это быстрее." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +msgstr "6. Настройте PAC, чтобы правильно подписать счета-фактуры" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить EDI с помощью ** PAC **, вы можете зайти в меню: " +"menuselection: `Бухучет -> Настройка -> Электронное выставления счетов" +" (MX)`. Вы можете выбрать PAC в списке ** поддерживаемых PAC ** в поле * PAC" +" * введите имя пользователя PAC и пароль PAC." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." +msgstr "" +"Помните, что вы должны зарегистрироваться в рецензируемом PAC перед ручным, " +"этот процесс можно сделать с самого PAC, в этом случае у нас будет два (2) " +"наличия `Finkok`_ и` Solución Factible`_." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 +msgid "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." +msgstr "" +"Вы должны обработать свой ** Личный ключ (CSD) ** с учреждением SAT, прежде " +"чем выполнять эти шаги, если у вас нет такой информации, пожалуйста, " +"попробуйте все "шаги для тестирования" и вернитесь к этому " +"процессу, когда вы завершите предложенный процесс для SAT, чтобы установить " +"эту информацию для вашего производственной среды с помощью реальных " +"транзакций." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +msgid "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." +msgstr "" +"Если вы обозначили поле * MX PAC тест среды *, не нужно вводить имя " +"пользователя или пароль PAC." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." +msgstr "" +"Вот сертификат SAT, который вы можете использовать, если вы хотите " +"использовать * Тестирование среды * для мексиканской локализации бухучета." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 +msgid "`Certificate`_" +msgstr "`Certificate`_" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 +msgid "`Certificate Key`_" +msgstr "`Certificate Key`_" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "** Пароль: ** 12345678a" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 +msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "7. Настройте тег в налогах на продажу" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." +msgstr "" +"Этот тег используется для установки кода типа налога, переданного или " +"приостановления, что применяется концепции CFDI. Итак, если налог является " +"налогом на продажу, поле "Тег" должно быть "IVA", " +""ISR" или "IEPS"." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." +msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание, что для налогов по умолчанию тег уже назначен, но при " +"создании нового налога следует выбрать тег." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +msgid "Invoicing" +msgstr "Выставление счёта" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы воспользоваться мексиканским счету-фактуре, вам просто нужно сделать " +"обычный счет, следуя обычному поведению Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" +msgstr "" +"После проверки первого счета правильно подписан счет-фактура должен " +"выглядеть так:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +msgid "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете генерировать PDF-файл, просто нажав кнопку "Печать" в " +"счете-фактуре или отправив его по электронной почте после обычного процесса " +"для передачи счет-фактуру по электронной почте." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." +msgstr "" +"Как только вы пришлете электронный счет-фактуру по электронной почте, это " +"так, как выглядит." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 +msgid "Cancelling invoices" +msgstr "Отмена счетов-фактур" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "Процесс отмены полностью связан с нормальным отменой в Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +msgid "If the invoice is not paid." +msgstr "Если счет-фактура не уплачивается." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" +msgstr "" +"Перейдите в журнал счетов-фактур клиента, к которому принадлежит счет-" +"фактура" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" +msgstr "Проверьте поле "Разрешить отмену записей"" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" +msgstr "" +"Вернитесь в счет-фактуру и нажмите кнопку "Отмена счет-фактуру"" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +msgid "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." +msgstr "" +"По соображениям безопасности рекомендуется вернуть проверку на то, чтобы еще" +" раз отменить ошибку, а затем перейти в журнал и проверить это поле." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +msgid "**Legal considerations**" +msgstr "** Юридические рассуждения **" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." +msgstr "Отменен счет-фактура будет автоматически отменен на SAT." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +msgid "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." +msgstr "" +"Если вы попытаетесь использовать тот же счет-фактуру после отмены, у вас " +"будет столько же отмененных CFDI, сколько вы попытались, тогда все эти xml " +"важны, чтобы обеспечить хороший контроль за причинами отмены." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." +msgstr "" +"Вы должны отсоединить все связанные платежи в счет-фактуру на odoo перед " +"тем, как отменить такой документ, эти платежи нужно отменить, следуя тому же" +" подхода, но устанавливая параметр «Разрешить записи отказов» в самом " +"платежи." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" +msgstr "Платежи (доступно только для CFDI 3.3)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать платежное приложение, вам нужно только придерживаться обычного" +" платежного процесса в Odoo, эти условия, чтобы понять поведение, важны." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +msgid "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." +msgstr "" +"Для создания дополнения платежа сроком платежа в счете-фактуре должен быть " +"PPD, поскольку это ожидаемое поведение, законодательно требуется для " +""Наличных платежей"." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" +msgstr "** 1.1. Как я могу создать счет со сроком оплаты `PUE`? **" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" +"`Согласно документации SAT`_ платеж классифицируется как` PUE``, если счет-" +"фактура был согласован на полную оплату до 17 числа следующего календарного " +"месяца (в следующем месяце дать CFDI), любая другая условие создаст счет-" +"фактуру PPD." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "** 1.2. Как я могу получить это с Odoo? **" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" +"Для того, чтобы установить соответствующий срок платежа CFDI (PPD или PUE), " +"вы можете легко установить его, используя `Условия оплаты`, определенные в " +"счете-фактуре." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" +"Если счет-фактура генерируется без `Срока оплати``, атрибут` MetodoPago`` " +"будет `PUE``." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" +"Сегодня, если это первый день месяца и счет-фактура состоит из `Срока " +"платежу``` 30 чистых днив``, то расчетная `Дата платежу`` будет первым днем " +"следующего месяца, значит до 17 числа следующего месяца, тогда атрибут " +"`MetodoPago`` будет` PUE``." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" +"Сегодня, если счет-фактура будет создан с `Термином оплати``` 30 чистых " +"днив``, а срок платежа выше, чем 17-е число следующего месяца, `MetodoPago``" +" стане``PPD``." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть `Срок оплати`` с 2 или более строк, например,` 30% " +"авансового окончания следующего мисяця``, это срок рассрочки, атрибут " +"`MetodoPago`` буде``PPD``." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы проверить обычный подписан платеж, просто создайте счет-фактуру со " +"сроком платежа `30% досрочного окончания следующего мисяця``, а затем " +"зарегистрируйте платеж на нем." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +msgstr "Вы должны напечатать платеж, чтобы правильно загрузить PDF." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +msgid "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." +msgstr "" +"Что касается "Оплаты авансов", вы должны создать правильный счет-" +"фактуру с выплатой заранее самостоятельно, как строка товара, которая " +"устанавливает правильный код SAT, в соответствии с процедурой официальной " +"документации, предоставленной SAT`_ в разделе ** Apéndice 2 Procedimiento " +"para la emisión de los CFDI en el caso de anticipos recibidos **." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." +msgstr "" +"Что касается темы 4, то заблокирована возможность создания платежей клиента " +"без надлежащего счета-фактуры." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" +msgstr "Бухучет Мексики в odoo состоит из трех сообщений:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." +msgstr "План счетов (Вызывается и отображается как COA)." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." +msgstr "Электронный пробный баланс." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +msgid "DIOT report." +msgstr "Отчет DIOT." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "" +"1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"report only available on the context of the accounting." +msgstr "" +"1 и 2 рассматриваются как электронный учет, а DIOT - это лишь доступ к " +"отчету в контексте бухгалтерского учета." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +msgid "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете найти все эти отчеты в оригинальном меню отчета в приложении " +"Бухгалтерский учет." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Электронный учет (требует применения бухгалтерского учета)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 +msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" +msgstr "Электронный график учета CoA" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 +msgid "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" +msgstr "" +"Электронный учет никогда не было проще, просто перейдите к: menuselection: " +"`Бухучет -> Отчетность -> Мексика -> COA` и нажмите кнопку ** " +"Экспорт для SAT (XML) **" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" +msgstr "** Как добавить новые счета? **" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +msgid "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." +msgstr "" +"Если вы добавляете учет с конвенцией кодирования NNN.YY.ZZ, где NNN.YY " +"является группой кодирования SAT, то ваш учет будет автоматически настроен." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 +msgid "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." +msgstr "" +"Пример, чтобы добавить учет для нового банковского счета, перейдите к: " +"menuselection: `Бухучет -> Настройка -> План рахункив` а затем " +"создайте новый учет кнопку" Создать "и попробовать создать учетную" +" запись с номером 102.01.99, когда вы измените, чтобы установить имя, " +"которое вы увидите, тег, который будет автоматически установлено, " +"установленные теги будут выбраны для использования в COA на XML." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 +msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" +msgstr "** Что значит тег? **" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +msgid "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы узнать все возможные теги, вы можете ознакомиться с `Anexo 24`_ на " +"сайте SAT в разделе под названием ** Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT **." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 +msgid "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы устанавливаете модуль l10n_mx, и вы воспользуетесь планом счетов " +"(это происходит автоматически, когда вы устанавливаете параметр Мексика как " +"страну в вашей базе данных), тогда у вас будет больше общих тегов, если " +"метку не создан, вы можете создать его на лету." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" +msgstr "Электронный пробный баланс" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." +msgstr "" +"Точно так же, как сертификат подлинности, но дебетированием и кредитной " +"картой начального баланса, после того, как вы правильно настроили coa, вы " +"можете перейти на: menuselection: `Бухучет -> Отчетность -> Мексика " +"-> Пробный баланс` это автоматически создается и может быть " +"экспортировано в XML с помощью кнопки в верхней части ** Экспорт для SAT " +"(XML) ** с предварительным выбором периода, который вы хотите " +"экспортировать." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +msgid "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." +msgstr "" +"Все обычные функции аудита и анализа доступны здесь также как и любой " +"обычный отчет Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Отчет DIOT (требует применения бухгалтерского учета)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 +msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" +msgstr "** Что такое DIOT и важность презентации SAT **" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +msgid "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Когда речь идет о процедуры услугой администрирования SAT, мы знаем, что мы " +"не должны пренебрегать тем, что мы представляем. Итак, не должно быть в " +"Оdoo." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +msgid "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." +msgstr "" +"DIOT - это информационное сообщение об операциях с третьими сторонами " +"(DIOT), которое является дополнительным обязательством по НДС, где мы должны" +" предоставлять статус наших операций третьим сторонам или то, что считается " +"таким же, с нашими поставщиками." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" +msgstr "" +"Это касается как отдельных лиц, так и морали, поэтому, если мы НДС для " +"представления в SAT, а также касается поставщиков, это необходимо. пришлите " +"DIOT:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" +msgstr "** Когда вводить файл DIOT и в каком формате? **" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +msgid "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." +msgstr "" +"Просто представлять DIOT, поскольку, как и весь формат, вы можете получить " +"его на странице SAT, это электронный формат A-29, вы можете найти на сайте " +"SAT." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 +msgid "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." +msgstr "" +"Ежемесячно, если у вас есть операции с третьими сторонами, необходимо " +"представить DIOT, так же, как мы делаем с НДС, так что если в январе мы " +"соглашения с поставщиками, то к февралю мы должны представить информацию, " +"касающуюся указанных данных." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 +msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" +msgstr "** Где представлен DIOT? **" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете представить DIOT по-разному, в зависимости от того, какой вы " +"выберете, и который будет вам более удобным, чем вы будете представлять " +"ежемесячно или каждый раз, когда вы имеете дело с поставщиками." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." +msgstr "" +"Формат A-29 является электронным, так что вы можете его представить на " +"странице SAT, но это после того, как сдадите до 500 записей." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." +msgstr "" +"После того, как эти 500 записей будет внесен в SAT, вы должны подать их в " +"Администрацию служб местных налоговиков налогоплательщиков (ALSC) в " +"соответствии с вашей налоговой адреса, эти записи могут быть представлены на" +" цифровом носителе информации, такие как компакт-диск или USB, который после" +" проверки вы будете возвращены, так что не сомневайтесь в том, что у вас " +"останется эти записи и, конечно, CD-ROM или USB." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" +msgstr "** Еще один факт, чтобы знать: партийное загрузки? **" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" +msgstr "" +"Просматривая официальные документы SAT на DIOT, вы найдете пакетное " +"загрузки, и, конечно, первое, что мы думаем, что это такое ?, и в " +"соответствии с сайта SAT:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +msgid "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." +msgstr "" +""Пакетное загрузки" - это конвертация баз данных записей о " +"транзакциях с поставщиками, совершенные налогоплательщиками в текстовых " +"файлах (.txt). Эти файлы имеют необходимую структуру для их применения и " +"импорта в систему информационной декларации операций с третьими сторонами, " +"избегая прямого захвата, а следовательно, оптимизации времени, вложенного в " +"его интеграцию, для презентации во времени и форме для SAT." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 +msgid "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете использовать его для представления DIOT, поскольку это " +"допускается, что облегчит вам эту операцию, чтобы ее не было, чтобы не " +"отвечать SAT в связи с информацией об операциях с третьими сторонами." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." +msgstr "Вы можете найти `официальную информацию тут`_." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" +msgstr "** Как создать этот отчет в odoo? **" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Бухучет -> Отчетность -> Мексика -> " +"Операции с третьими сторонами (DIOT)`." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." +msgstr "" +"Когда появится окно отчета, выберите прошлый месяц, чтобы сообщить " +"непосредственно до месяца, который вы находитесь, или оставьте текущий " +"месяц, если это вам подходит." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." +msgstr "Нажмите "Экспорт (TXT)." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 +msgid "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." +msgstr "" +"Храните в безопасном месте загруженный файл и перейдите на сайт SAT и " +"следуйте необходимых инструкций, чтобы объявить его." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" +msgstr "Важные соображения по данным поставщика и счетов-фактур для IDIOT" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 +msgid "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." +msgstr "" +"Все поставщики должны установить поля на вкладке учета под названием " +""Информация DIOT", поле * L10N Mx Nationality * заполняется, " +"просто выберите соответствующую страну в адресе, вам не нужно делать ничего " +"другого, но * L10N Mx Тип операции * должен быть заполнен вами во всех ваших" +" поставщиков." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +msgid "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." +msgstr "" +"Существует 3 варианта НДС для этого отчета, 16%, 0% и освобождение от " +"налогообложения, строка счета в odoo считается освобожденным от " +"налогообложения, если налог не начисляется, а другие 2 налоги уже должным " +"образом настроены." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +msgid "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." +msgstr "" +"Не забудьте заплатить счет, отражающий оплату заранее, нужно сначала " +"попросить счет, а затем оплатить его и правильно согласовать платеж по " +"стандартной процедуре odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 +msgid "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." +msgstr "" +"Вам не нужны все данные о партнерах, заполнены, чтобы попытаться создать " +"счет-фактуру поставщика, вы можете исправить эту информацию при создании " +"отчета." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." +msgstr "" +"Помните, что в этом отчете отражаются только фактические счета поставщиков." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 +msgid "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." +msgstr "" +"Если некоторые из этих соображений не учитываются, такое сообщение " +"появляется при создании протокола DIOT по протоколу TXT со всеми партнерами," +" для которых нужно проверить этот отдельный отчет, поэтому мы рекомендуем " +"использовать этот отчет не только для экспорта вашей юридической " +"обязательства, но создать его до конца месяца и использовать его как свой " +"аудиторский процесс, чтобы правильно установить всех ваших партнеров." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Extra Recommended features" +msgstr "Дополнительные рекомендованные функции" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +msgid "Contact Module (Free)" +msgstr "Контактный модуль (бесплатно)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +msgid "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите должным образом управлять своими клиентами, поставщиками и " +"адресами этого модуля, даже если это не является технической необходимостью," +" рекомендуем его установить." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 +msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Мультивалютность (требует применения бухгалтерского учета)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 +msgid "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." +msgstr "" +"В Мексике почти все компании присылают и получают платежи в различных " +"валютах, если вы хотите управлять такой возможностью, то вам следует " +"включить функцию мультивалют, и вы должны включить синхронизацию с ** " +"Banxico **, такая функция позволяет получить правильный обменный курс, " +"автоматически загружен от SAT и не заботясь о том, чтобы эту информацию " +"вручную вводить ежедневно в систему." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." +msgstr "Перейдите к настройкам и включите функцию мультивалютности." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 +msgid "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" +msgstr "" +"Включение явных ошибок на CFDI с помощью локального валидатора XSD (CFDI " +"3.3)." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 +msgid "" +"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " +"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " +"debug mode enabled)." +msgstr "" +"Часто вы хотите получать явные ошибки с полей, неправильно установленных в " +"xml, эти ошибки лучше осведомлены пользователю, если включен проверку, чтобы" +" включить «Проверить с помощью xsd», выполните следующие шаги (при " +"включенном режиме отладки)." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Настройка -> Технический -> Действия " +"-> Действия сервера`" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 +msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" +msgstr "Ищите действие под названием "Скачать файлы XSD к CFDI"" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" +msgstr "Нажмите кнопку "Создать контекстную действие"" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +msgid "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к форме компании: menuselection: `Настройка -> Пользователи и " +"компании -> Компании`" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +msgid "Open any company you have." +msgstr "Откройте любую вашу компанию." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 +msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите "Действие", а затем "Загрузить файл XSD в CFDI"." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +msgid "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." +msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете создать счет-фактуру с любой ошибкой (например, товар без " +"кода, который является достаточно распространенным явлением), а вместо общей" +" не указано явную ошибку." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +msgid "If you see an error like this:" +msgstr "Если вы видите ошибку, подобную этой:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" +msgstr "Сгенерированный cfd недействителен" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +msgid "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" +msgstr "" +"атрибут decl "TipoRelacion", атрибут "type": значение " +"QName " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion " +""не решается к определению (n) простого типа., строка 36" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +msgid "" +"This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " +"or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" +" above but:" +msgstr "" +"Это может быть вызвано восстановления резервной копии базы данных на другом " +"сервере или когда файлы XSD не загружен должным образом. Выполните те же " +"действия, что описаны выше, но:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." +msgstr "Перейдите к компании, в которой возникает ошибка." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "** Сообщение об ошибке ** (применяется только к CFDI 3.3):" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +msgid "" +":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'." +msgstr "" +": 9: 0: ERROR: SCHEMASV: SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: элемент " +""(http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto", атрибут " +""NoIdentificacion ': [аспект" minLength'] Значение " +"'' имеет длину " 0 ", это превышает разрешенную " +"минимальную длину" 1 "." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 +msgid "" +":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" +": 9: 0: ERROR: SCHEMASV: SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto ", attribute' " +"NoIdentificacion ': [facet' pattern '] The value' 'не " +"принято по схеме "[^ |] {1,100} '." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." +msgstr "" +"** Решение: ** Вы забыли установить правильное поле "Ссылка" в " +"товаре, пожалуйста, перейдите к форме товара и правильно установите " +"внутреннюю справку." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "** Сообщение об ошибке **:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 +msgid "" +":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" +": 6: 0: ERROR: SCHEMASV: SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4 Элемент " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal ": атрибут' Режим " +"'обязателен, но отсутствует." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +msgid "" +":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" +"5: 0: ERROR: SCHEMASV: SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4 Элемент " +""(http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor: атрибут " +"'RegimenFiscalьобовьязковий, но отсутствует." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." +msgstr "" +"** Решение: ** Вы забыли установить правильную "Схему " +"налогообложения" у партнера компании, перейти к клиентам, удалить " +"клиентский фильтр и искать партнера, который называется вашей компанией, и " +"установить должное фискальное положение, является таким бизнес, который вы " +"используете, эт "связано со списком возможных цен SAT, возможно, что вы" +" забыли следить за рассуждениями о схеме налогообложения." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" +"Вы должны перейти к настройке схемы налогообложения и установить правильный " +"код (это первые 3 номера в названии), например, для теста, который следует " +"установить на 601, он будет выглядеть как изображение." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " +"Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." +msgstr "" +"Для целей тестирования это значение должно быть * 601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales *, который является необходимым для демонстрационного НДС." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +msgid "" +":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" +":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "** Решение: ** В вашем счете-фактуре нужен способ оплаты." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 +msgid "" +":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " +":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " +":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." +msgstr "" +":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " +":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " +":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +msgid "" +"**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " +"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" +"info`." +msgstr "" +"** Решение: ** Вы должны правильно установить адрес в вашей компании, это " +"обязательное группа полей, вы можете перейти к настройке вашей компании на: " +"menuselection: `Настройка -> Пользователи и компании -> Компании` и " +"заполнить все необходимые поля для вашего адреса после шага: ref: `mx-legal-" +"info`." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 +msgid "" +":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" +":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +msgid "" +"**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +" Mexico, fix it." +msgstr "" +"** Решение: ** Почтовый индекс в адрес вашей компании не является " +"действительным для Мексики, исправьте это." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 +msgid "" +":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " +"is required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" +":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " +"is required but missing.\", '')" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 +msgid "" +"**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +" used on the invoice." +msgstr "" +"** Решение: ** Установите мексиканской названия налоги на уровне 0% и 16% в " +"вашей системе и используйте в счете-фактуре." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Нидерланды" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "экспорт XAF" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" +"После установления голландской локализации бухучета вы сможете " +"экспортировать все записи бухгалтерии в формате XAF. Для этого надо перейти " +"к:: menuselection: `Бухучет -> Отчетность -> Общий журнал`, вы " +"определяете записи, которые вы хотите экспортировать с помощью фильтров " +"(период, журналы, ...), нажмите кнопку ** ЭКСПОРТ (XAF) **." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Голландская бухгалтерская отчетность" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" +"Если вы установите голландскую локализацию бухгалтерского учета, вы будете " +"иметь доступ к некоторым отчетов, специфичных для Нидерландов, таких как:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "Отчет Intrastat (ICP)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Испания" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Испанский план счетов" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" +"В Odoo существует несколько испанских планов счетов, доступных по умолчанию:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "PGCE Entitades" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать тот, который вы хотите, перейдя в меню:: menuselection: " +"`Бухблик -> Налаштування`, выберите нужный пакет в разделе ** Финансовая " +"локализация **." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы создаете новую базу данных SaaS, PGCE PYMEs 2008 устанавливается по" +" умолчанию." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Испанский бухгалтерская отчетность" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" +"Если испанский локализация бухучета установлена, вы будете иметь доступ к " +"бухгалтерских отчетов, специфичных для Испании:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Modelo 111)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Modelo 115)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Modelo 303)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "Швейцария" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "ISR (платеж с платежной картой с референтным номером)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" +"ISR - платежные поручения, используемых в Швейцарии. Вы можете напечатать их" +" непосредственно с Odoo. На счетах клиента есть новая кнопка под названием *" +" Печать ISR *." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" +"На дисплее появится кнопка * Печать ISR *. В счете-фактуре указано " +"правильный банковский счет. Вы можете использовать CH6309000000250097798 как" +" номер банковского счета и 010391391 как ссылки CHF ISR." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "Затем вы открываете PDF с ISR." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Reports` and tick this box :" +msgstr "" +"Существует два макета для ISR: один из, и один без банковских координат. " +"Чтобы выбрать, какой из них использовать, есть возможность печатать " +"банковскую информацию на ISR. Чтобы его активировать, зайдите в: " +"menuselection: `Бухучет -> Настройка -> Настройка -> Бухгалтерские " +"звити` и обозначьте это:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "Обновления валюты онлайн" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете автоматически обновлять свои валюты на основе Федеральной " +"налоговой администрации из Швейцарии. Для этого зайдите на: menuselection: " +"`Бухучет -> Налаштування`, активизировать настройки мультивалютности и " +"выбрать нужную услугу." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "Обновлено НДС в январе 2018" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" +"С 1 января 2018 года в Швейцарии будут применяться новые сниженные ставки " +"НДС. Нормальная ставка на уровне 8,0% перейдет на 7,7%, а специальная ставка" +" для гостиничного сектора изменится с 3,8% до 3,7%." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgstr "Как обновить свои налоги в Odoo Enterprise (SaaS или On Premise)?" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть версия V11.1, вся работа уже выполнена, вам не нужно ничего " +"делать." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" +"Если вы начали работать на более ранней версии, сначала нужно обновить " +"модуль "Швейцария - Отчеты о бухгалтерском учете". Для этого " +"перейдите к: menuselection: `Приложения -> удалите фильтр" " +"Приложения "-> найдите" Швейцария - Отчеты о бухгалтерском " +"учете "-> откройте модуль -> нажмите" обновить "`." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" +"Как только это будет сделано, вы можете работать над созданием новых налогов" +" для обновленных ставок." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" +"** не подавляют или меняйте существующие налоги ** (8.0% и 3.8%). Вы хотите " +"сохранить их, поскольку вам придется воспользоваться обеими ставками на " +"короткий период времени. Вместо этого не забудьте архивировать их, когда вы " +"закодируете все ваши транзакции 2017." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "Создание таких налогов должно осуществляться следующим образом:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" +"** Налоги на покупку **: скопируйте начальный налог, измените его название, " +"метку в счете-фактуре, ставку и налоговую группу (применяется только с v10)." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" +"** Налоги на продажу **: скопируйте начальный налог, измените его название, " +"метку в счете-фактуре, ставку и налоговую группу (применяется только с v10)." +" Поскольку отчет ндс теперь показывает подробности старых и новых ставок, вы" +" также должны установить соответствующие теги" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" +"Для налогов 7,7%: Швейцарская форма НДС сетка 302 базы, Швейцария НДС Вид: " +"сетка 302 налог" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" +"Для налогов 3,7%: Швейцарская форма НДС сетка 342 база, Швейцария НДС Вид: " +"сетка 342 налог" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" +"Ниже приведены, в качестве примеров, правильную конфигурацию для всех " +"налогов, включенных в Odoo по умолчанию" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "** Название налога **" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "** Ставка **" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "** Метка в счете-фактуре **" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "** Налоговая группа (действует с V10) **" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "** Налоговая сфера **" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "** Тег **" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "7.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "7.7% achat" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "TVA 7.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Закупки" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "Форма швейцарского НДС сетка 400" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "7.7% invest." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "Форма швейцарского НДС сетка 405" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "3.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "3.7% achat" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "TVA 3.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "3.7% invest" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "3.7% invest Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Продажи" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" +"Форма НДС Швейцария: сетка 302 база, Швейцария форма НДС сетка 302 ндс" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "7.7% Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" +"Форма НДС Швейцария: сетка 342 база, Швейцария форма НДС сетка 342 ндс" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "3.7% Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть вопросы или замечания, свяжитесь с нашей поддержкой с " +"помощью odoo.com/help." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" +"Не забывайте обновлять свою схему налогообложения. Если у вас есть версия " +"11.1 (или выше), ничего не делайте. В противном случае вам также придется " +"соответственно обновить свою схему налогообложения." #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 msgid "Others" -msgstr "" +msgstr "другие" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Консультант" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 msgid "Manage your fixed assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управление основными средствами" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1777,6 +5898,11 @@ msgid "" "depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " "assets and perform reports on your company assets." msgstr "" +"Приложение «Основные средства» (Активы) позволяет вам следить за вашим " +"активами, такими как оборудование, землей и домом. Модуль позволяет " +"автоматически создавать ежемесячные записи амортизации, получать плату за " +"амортизацию, продавать или распоряжаться активами и выполнять отчеты о своих" +" активах компании." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -1786,52 +5912,65 @@ msgid "" "$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" " for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." msgstr "" +"Например, вы можете приобрести автомобиль по 36000 долларов (валовая " +"стоимость), и вы планируете амортизировать актив в течение 36 месяцев (3 " +"года). Ежемесячно (периодичность), Odoo создаст амортизационный запись, " +"автоматически уменьшая стоимость активов на 1000 долларов и проводя 1000 " +"долларов в качестве расходов. Через 3 года эти активы составляют 0 долларов " +"(балансовая стоимость) в вашем балансе." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 msgid "" "The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " "describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" msgstr "" +"Различные типы активов сгруппированы в "Типы основных средств", " +"которые описывают, как отклонить актив. Вот два примера типов основных " +"записей:" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Строительство 10 лет, годовая линейная амортизация" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Автомобиль 5 лет, ежемесячная линейная амортизация" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 msgid "Install the Asset module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите модуль основных средств" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Начните с * установки модуля основных средств *." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" " application:" msgstr "" +"После установки модуля вы должны увидеть два новых меню в программе " +"бухучета:" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ": Menuselection: `Консультант -> Основные засоби`" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ": Menuselection: `Настройка -> Типы основных засобив`" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 msgid "" "Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " "<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." msgstr "" +"Прежде чем зарегистрировать свой первый актив, вы должны: ref: `определить " +"свои типы активов. <accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining> `." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 msgid "Defining Asset Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Определите типы активов" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -1841,6 +5980,12 @@ msgid "" "provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " "asset type on the supplier bill." msgstr "" +"Тип актива используется для настройки всей информации об основных средствах:" +" основные средства и счета амортизации, метод амортизации и тому подобное. " +"Таким образом, консультанты могут настроить типы основных средств, а " +"пользователи могут дополнительно записывать активы, не требуя предоставления" +" любой сложной бухгалтерской информации. Они просто должны указать тип " +"основного средства на счета поставщика." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -1849,21 +5994,30 @@ msgid "" "assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " "duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." msgstr "" +"Вы должны создавать типы основных средств для каждой группы основных " +"средств, которые вы часто покупаете, например "Автомобили 5 лет", " +""Компьютерное оборудование 3 года". Для всех остальных активов " +"можно создать общие типы основных средств. Назовите их по продолжительности " +"актива, например, "36 месяцев", "10 лет" ..." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 msgid "" "To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" msgstr "" +"Чтобы определить типы основных средств, перейдите к разделу: menuselection: " +"`Настройка -> Типы активив`" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 msgid "Create assets manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте основные средства вручную" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 msgid "" "To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Assets`." msgstr "" +"Чтобы зарегистрировать актив вручную, перейдите к меню: menuselection: " +"`Консультант -> Активи`." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1871,6 +6025,9 @@ msgid "" "on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " "confirming the asset." msgstr "" +"Когда ваш актив будет создан, не забывайте подтверждать его. Вы также можете" +" нажать кнопку Расчет амортизации, чтобы проверить амортизацию, прежде чем " +"подтвердить актив." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -1878,137 +6035,21 @@ msgid "" " this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " "entries, not those related to the supplier bill." msgstr "" +"если вы создаете актив вручную, вам все равно нужно создать счет поставщика " +"для этого основного средства. Документ основных средств отражать только " +"записи об амортизации журнала, а не те, что касаются счета поставщика." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" -" lines can be posted in the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " -"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category of asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date of asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross value of asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Salvage Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Computation Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Time Method Based On" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of depreciation " -"lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Number of Depreciations: Fix the number of depreciation lines and the time" -" between 2 depreciations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " -"depreciations won't go beyond." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Prorata Temporis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " -"from the purchase date instead of the first January / Start date of fiscal " -"year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Months in a Period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помощь полей:" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Попробуйте создать * Актив * в нашей демо-версии онлайн" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создание основных средств автоматически со счета поставщика" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -2017,6 +6058,10 @@ msgid "" "the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " "the supplier bill." msgstr "" +"Активы могут быть автоматически созданы по счетам поставщиков. Все, что вам " +"нужно сделать - это установить категорию основных средств в строке счета. " +"Когда пользователь проверит счет, основные средства будут автоматически " +"созданы, используя информацию о счете поставщика." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -2027,16 +6072,25 @@ msgid "" "you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " "accounts." msgstr "" +"В зависимости от информации о категории основных средств, актив будет создан" +" по проекту или непосредственно проверено \\ *. * Легче подтверждать " +"основные средства непосредственно, чтобы вы не забыли подтвердить это позже." +" (Проверьте поле * Пропустить состояние черновики * в * Категорию основных " +"средств *). Создавайте активы в проекте только тогда, когда вы хотите, чтобы" +" ваш советник руководил всеми основными средствами перед их размещением в " +"ваших счетах." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 msgid "" "if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " "be filled in the supplier bill." msgstr "" +"если вы установили актив на товар, категория актива будет автоматически " +"заполнена в счете поставщика." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 -msgid "How to deprecate an asset?" -msgstr "" +msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" +msgstr "Как амортизировать актив?" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -2045,12 +6099,17 @@ msgid "" " depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " "been created for this line." msgstr "" +"Odoo автоматически создаст записи об амортизации в нужную дату для каждого " +"подтвержденного актива (но не черновик). Вы можете управлять амортизационной" +" таблицей: зеленая точка означает, что для этого строки создан журнал." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 msgid "" "But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " "on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." msgstr "" +"Но вы также можете опубликовать записи журнала до ожидаемой даты, нажав на " +"зеленую точку, заставив создать связан амортизационный запись." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -2058,26 +6117,29 @@ msgid "" "entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " "entries which are already posted." msgstr "" +"В таблице амортизации нажмите на красную точку, чтобы опубликовать запись " +"журнала. Нажмите кнопку: guilabel: `Елементи` вверху, чтобы просмотреть " +"записи журнала, которые уже размещены." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как изменить существующий актив?" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите на: guilabel: `Изменить амортизацию`" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 msgid "Change the number of depreciation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Измените количество амортизации" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo автоматически перечислит новую таблицу амортизации." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как зарегистрировать ликвидацию или продажу актива?" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -2086,130 +6148,206 @@ msgid "" "full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " "should be registered through a customer invoice." msgstr "" +"Если вы продаете или распоряжаетесь активом, вам нужно полностью прекратить " +"этот актив. Нажмите кнопку: guilabel: `Продажа или Утилизация`. Это действие" +" будет публиковать полные расходы на эти активы, но не будет " +"зарегистрирована сделка по продаже, которая должна быть зарегистрирована " +"через счет-фактуру клиента." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как управлять финансовым бюджетом?" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" -"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. It allows you " -"to measure your actual financial performance against the planned one. Odoo " -"manages its budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts." +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " +"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" +" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " +"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " +"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " +"Analytic Accounts." msgstr "" +"Управление бюджетами - важная часть ведения бизнеса. Бюджеты помогают людям " +"становиться более преднамеренными по поводу того, как тратятся деньги, и " +"направляют людей на организацию и определения приоритетности их работы для " +"достижения финансовых целей. Они позволяют спланировать желаемый финансовый " +"результат, а затем оценить фактическую эффективность работы по плану. Odoo " +"управляет бюджетами, используя как общие, так и аналитические счета." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " "with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " "project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " "than 700." msgstr "" +"Мы будем использовать следующий пример для иллюстрации. Мы только начали " +"проект по Smith & Co, и хотели бы бюджетировать доходы и расходы этого " +"проекта. Мы планируем иметь доход от 1000, и не хотим тратить более 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " "and Finance** app." msgstr "" +"Сначала нужно установить соответствующие приложения для использования " +"бюджета. Основным модулем является Бухучет. Перейдите в модуль приложений и " +"установите приложение ** Бухучет и финансы **." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" " feature" msgstr "" +"Дополнительная настройка также требуется. Перейдите к модулю: menuselection:" +" `Бухучет -> Настройка -> Налаштування` и включите ** Управление " +"бюджетом **." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If we want to be precise and point specific invoices and vendors bills to " -"our budget, you should enable the Analytic accounting as well. If we don't " -"we will only be able to budget the total amount of general accounts." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +msgid "Budgetary Positions" +msgstr "Бюджетные статьи" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 -msgid "Budgetary Positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:42 msgid "" -"Budgetary positions are the general accounts for which you want to keep " -"budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so " -"Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information. " -"Some might be already installed with your chart of accounts." +"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" +" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" +" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." msgstr "" +"Бюджетные позиции - это списки счетов, на которых нужно вести бюджеты (как " +"правило, счета расходов или доходов). Их нужно определить, чтобы Odoo смогла" +" знать, какие счета ему нужно получить, чтобы получить информацию о бюджете." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" +" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." +msgstr "" +"Бюджетные позиции выступают типу ограничения относительно того, что может " +"быть записано в графе "практическая сумма" в бюджете." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "" +"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " +"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " +"least one." +msgstr "" +"Каждая бюджетная позиция может иметь любое количество счетов с общей " +"бухгалтерской книги (основного плана счетов), присвоенной ей, хотя она " +"должна иметь хотя бы одну." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" +" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " +"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " +"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." +msgstr "" +"Если вы записываете транзакцию, в которой присвоено аналитический счет, * " +"включены в бюджетной строки, но один из общих учетных записей * не включен в" +" бюджетную позицию для этого самого бюджетного строки, он не будет " +"отображаться в пределах колонки "практическая сумма" этого " +"бюджетного строки." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " +"accounts." +msgstr "" +"Некоторые бюджетные позиции могут быть уже установлены в вашем плане счетов." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." msgstr "" +"Чтобы определить позиции, введите: menuselection: `Модуль бухучета -> " +"Настройка -> Бюджетные позиции`." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "" "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " "expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." msgstr "" +"Для нашего примера нам нужно определить, какие счета касающиеся расходов " +"нашего проекта. Создайте позицию и добавьте элементы, чтобы выбрать счета." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." msgstr "" +"В этом случае мы выбираем три соответствующие счета, в которых мы будем " +"заказывать наши расходы." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите на * Выбрать *." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сохраните изменения, чтобы подтвердить свою позицию бюджета." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "" "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " "select the relevant income accounts." msgstr "" +"Повторите эти шаги, чтобы создать позицию бюджета. Только в этом случае " +"выберите соответствующие счета на прибыль." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "аналитический счет" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "" -"If you wish to point specific invoices or vendor bills to your budget you " -"need to use analytical accounting. Odoo needs to know which costs or " -"expenses are relevant to a specified budget. To do so we need to link our " -"invoices and expenses to a defined analytical account. Create an analytical " -"account by entering the Accounting module and clicking " -":menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`. Create a " -"new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related partner." +"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " +"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " +"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " +"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " +"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" +" partner." msgstr "" +"Odoo должен знать, какие затраты имеют отношение к определенному бюджета. " +"Для этого нам нужно связать наши счета-фактуры и расходы по определенным " +"аналитическому счету. Создайте аналитический счет, введите модуль " +"бухгалтерского учета и нажмите: menuselection: `Консультант -> " +"Аналитический счет -> Открыть таблици`. Создайте новый счет под названием" +" проект Smith & Co и выберите связанного партнера." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" -msgstr "" +msgstr "установите бюджет" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "" "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " "gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." msgstr "" +"Давайте теперь установим наши цели для нашего бюджета. Мы отметили, что мы " +"планируем получить 1000 из этого проекта, и мы не хотим тратить более 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить эти цели, введите приложение бухучета, выберите: " +"menuselection: `Консультанты -> Бюджети` и создайте новый бюджет" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" " an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." msgstr "" +"Мы назвать бюджет. В этом случае мы называем это "Проект Смита". " +"Выберите период, в котором будет применяться бюджет. Далее добавьте элемент," +" чтобы указать цели в строке бюджета." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " "select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " @@ -2218,57 +6356,70 @@ msgid "" "cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " "corresponding analytic account." msgstr "" +"Выберите позицию бюджета, связанную с бюджетной строкой. Иными словами, " +"выберите, указывающая на счета, которые вы хотите запланировать. В этом " +"случае мы начнем с нашего максимального уровня 700. Выберите позицию бюджета" +" "Стоимость" и укажите плановой суммы. Поскольку мы записываем " +"стоимость, нам нужно указать ** негативную сумму **. Наконец, выберите " +"соответствующий аналитический счет." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить и новый **, чтобы ввести бюджет дохода. Позиция " +"бюджета - доход, а запланированная сумма - 1000. Сохраните и закройте." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вам нужно будет ** подтвердить ** и ** утвердить ** бюджет." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверьте свой бюджет" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "" "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." msgstr "" +"Вы можете проверить свой бюджет в любое время. Чтобы увидеть эволюцию, " +"давайте составим несколько счетов-фактур и счетов поставщиков." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 msgid "" "if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and / or purchase line." msgstr "" +"если вы используете аналитические счета, помните, что вам нужно указать счет" +" в счете-фактуре и / или строки покупки." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" msgstr "" +"для получения дополнительной информации о бронировании счетов-фактур и " +"заказов на покупку смотрите:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:134 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вернитесь в список бюджетов и найдите проект Smith." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " "Amount** column." msgstr "" +"Через аналитический счет, Odoo может учитывать строки счетов-фактур и строки" +" покупки, забронированные в счетах, и отражать их в столбце ** Фактическая " +"сумма **." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " @@ -2276,10 +6427,15 @@ msgid "" "january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " "amount that could have been realised." msgstr "" +"Теоретическая сумма представляет собой сумму денег, которые вы теоретически " +"могли потратить / должны были получить в соответствии с дат. Если ваш бюджет" +" составляет 1200 в течение 12 месяцев (с января по декабрь), а сегодня - 31 " +"января, теоретическая сумма составит 1000, поскольку это реальная сумма, " +"которую можно было бы реализовать." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как закрыть летний период в Odoo? (Закрытие отчетного периода)" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2287,6 +6443,8 @@ msgid "" "should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," " and accurate:" msgstr "" +"Прежде чем закрывать летний период, нужно выполнить несколько шагов, чтобы " +"убедиться, что ваш бухучет является правильным, обновленным и точным:" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -2294,48 +6452,60 @@ msgid "" "and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " "balances." msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что вы полностью согласовали ** банковский счет (-а) ** до конца " +"года и подтверждаете, что ваш баланс на дату согласуется с вашими балансами " +"банковских выписок." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что все ** счета-фактуры клиентов ** были введены и одобрены." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подтвердите, что вы ввели и согласовали все ** счета поставщиков **." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверьте все ** расходы **, обеспечивая их точность." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." msgstr "" +"Подтвердите, что все ** полученные платежи ** были введены и записаны точно." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перечень проверок на конец года" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" +"Проверьте ** Налоговый отчет ** и убедитесь, что ваша налоговая информация " +"является правильной." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Согласуйте все ваши счета со ** Отчетом баланса **:" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 msgid "" "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " "statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." msgstr "" +"Согласуйте свои банковские балансы в Odoo с вашими фактическими остатками " +"баланса на ваших выписках. Используйте отчет ** Согласование с банковской " +"выпиской **, чтобы помочь этому." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 msgid "" "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " "**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." msgstr "" +"Подключите все транзакции на своих денежных и банковских счетах, выполняя " +"отчеты ** расчетов с кредиторами ** и отчеты ** расчетов с дебиторами **." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -2343,6 +6513,9 @@ msgid "" "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " "loans and fixed assets." msgstr "" +"Проверьте свои счета, не забудьте убедиться в том, какие операции влияют на " +"них и характер операций, убедившись во включении кредитов и основных " +"средств." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -2352,34 +6525,44 @@ msgid "" " the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " "reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" +"Выполните необязательную функцию ** Сопоставление платежей ** в выпадающем " +"меню ** Более ** на информационной панели, проверяя все ** Счета поставщиков" +" ** и ** Счета клиентов ** с их платежами. Этот шаг является необязательным," +" но это может помочь в процессе закрытия года, если все неуплаченные платежи" +" и счета-фактуры будут согласованными, то могут привести к ошибкам или " +"ошибок в системе." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 msgid "" "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " "book entries for:" msgstr "" +"Ваш бухгалтер, вероятно, подтвердит ваши элементы баланса и запись книг для:" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 msgid "" "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" " example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." msgstr "" +"Инструкции по коррекции на конец года, используя меню ** журнальных записей " +"консультантов ** (например, отчеты ** прибыли текущего периода ** и ** " +"Сохранившиеся прибыли **)." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Работа в процессе **." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Записи журнала амортизации **." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Займы **." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Налоговые корректировки **." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -2388,6 +6571,10 @@ msgid "" "loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " "these against your Odoo balances." msgstr "" +"Если ваш бухгалтер заканчивает аудиторскую проверку года, ему могут " +"понадобиться бумажные копии всех отчетов баланса (например, займы, " +"банковские счета, подписки, отчеты о налоге и прибыль и т.д.), чтобы " +"согласовать их с балансом в Odoo." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -2397,10 +6584,15 @@ msgid "" "confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " "auditing the books." msgstr "" +"Во время этого процесса лучшим шагом является установление ** Дать " +"блокировки для не-консультантов ** до последнего дня предыдущего финансового" +" года, который устанавливается в настройках бухучета. Таким образом, " +"бухгалтер может быть уверен в том, что во время аудита никто не меняет " +"операции прошлого года." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Закрытие отчетного периода" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -2411,6 +6603,11 @@ msgid "" "Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " "**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" +"В Odoo нет необходимости делать конкретную запись для закрытия года. Отчеты " +"создаются в режиме реального времени, что означает, что ** Отчет о доходах " +"** непосредственно отвечает дате конечной даты, которую вы указали в Odoo. " +"Поэтому, если вы создаете ** Отчет о доходах **, начальная дата " +"соответствует началу ** отчетном периоде **, а остаток будет 0." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -2420,20 +6617,69 @@ msgid "" "or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " "reporting a 0 balance." msgstr "" +"После того, как бухгалтер создаст запись журнала для распределения ** " +"Прибыли текущего периода **, следует установить ** Дата блокировки ** до " +"последнего дня отчетного периода. Убедитесь, что перед тем, как это сделать," +" вы подтвердили, или доходы текущего периода в ** Отчете баланса ** " +"правильно отвечают нулевому балансу." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" +msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 +msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" +msgstr "Автоматическое сторнирование бухгалтерской записи" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " +"date." +msgstr "" +"Возможно, вам нужно автоматическое сторнирование бухгалтерской записи на " +"определенную дату." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" +" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " +"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " +"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " +"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " +"occurred." +msgstr "" +"Это, например, используется, когда вы делаете регистрацию (например, " +"регистрируете ненадежного должника). При внесении записи регистрации, сумма," +" которую вы вводили, является лишь приблизительной. Вы будете уверены в " +"сумме лишь в конце отчетного периода. Вот почему на тот момент вы хотите, " +"чтобы бухгалтерская запись сторнувався, чтобы иметь возможность вводить " +"реальные расходы." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " +"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " +"reversed at that date." +msgstr "" +"Для этого нужно просто обозначить "Автоматическое сторнирования" " +"на записи журнала и определить дату сторнирования. Бухгалтерская запись " +"будет сторнирована на эту дату." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Аналитический" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как отслеживать расходы, сотрудников и субподряд?" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " "and subcontracting in the accounting module." msgstr "" +"Благодаря аналитическом бухучета мы можем отслеживать стоимость закупки, " +"расходы и субподряд в модуле бухгалтерского учета." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -2443,12 +6689,19 @@ msgid "" " as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" " to the project." msgstr "" +"Мы приведем следующий пример. Мы продали пакет консультаций для клиента. " +"Пакет, где все включено, означает, что дополнительных расходов добавить " +"нельзя. Однако мы хотим определить, какие расходы были привязаны к этой " +"транзакции, поскольку нам нужно оплатить покупки, расходы и расходы на " +"субподряд, связанные с проектом." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 msgid "" "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " "module and install the following apps:" msgstr "" +"Для отслеживания стоимости нужно установить следующие модули. Введите модуль" +" приложений и установите следующие программы:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2457,10 +6710,14 @@ msgid "" "costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" " the Sales management app as well." msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание, что эти приложения позволяют ** отслеживать ** расходы. " +"Мы не сможем автоматически перечислить эти расходы наших клиентов. Чтобы " +"отслеживать расходы на ** выставления счетов ** и перечислить их, нужно " +"также установить приложение для управления продажами." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Включите аналитический учет" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -2468,20 +6725,25 @@ msgid "" "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " "accounting box." msgstr "" +"Следующим шагом является активация аналитического бухучета. В приложении " +"бухучета выберите: menuselection: `Настройка -> Налаштування` и " +"разверните раздел Аналитический бухучет." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "" "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " "box." msgstr "" +"Кроме того, прокрутите вниз и отметьте пункт ** Аналитический бухучет для " +"покупок **." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не забудьте сохранить изменения." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте Аналитический бухучет" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -2490,24 +6752,32 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " "this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." msgstr "" +"Прежде всего вы должны создать аналитический бухучет, на котором вы сможете " +"указать все свои расходы. Введите приложение бухучета, выберите: " +"menuselection: `Настройка -> Аналитический облик`. Создайте новый. В этом" +" случае мы называем это "пакет консультаций" для нашего клиента " +"Smith & Co." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "" +"Мы будем указывать все наши расходы на этот учет, чтобы следить за ними." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запишите расходы" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 msgid "" "We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " "see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." msgstr "" +"Начнем с регистрации расходов. Наш ИТ-специалист должен был поехать поездом," +" чтобы увидеть нашего клиента. Он сам заплатил за свой билет." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 msgid "Create an expense product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте затратный товар" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -2516,10 +6786,14 @@ msgid "" "product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" " the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." msgstr "" +"Сначала нужно создать затратный продукт. Введите модуль ** Расходы **, " +"нажмите на: menuselection: `Настройка -> Расходные товари`. Создайте " +"новый продукт под названием билет на поезд и установите себестоимость до " +"15,50 евро. Убедитесь, что обозначено строку ** Может быть потрачен **." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "зарегистрируйте расходы" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -2527,86 +6801,112 @@ msgid "" "Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " "discussed above." msgstr "" +"Введите модуль Расходы, нажмите: menuselection: `Мои расходы -> " +"Створити`. Выберите товар Билет на поезд и свяжите его с аналитическим " +"бухучету, описанным выше." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "" "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " "entries." msgstr "" +"Отправьте менеджеру и подождите, пока менеджер утвердит и опубликует записи " +"журнала." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте заказ на покупку, связанное с аналитическим бухучету" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Purchase Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "покупки товара" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 msgid "" "We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" -" a purchase order for the software product. (please refer to the following " -"document: :doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`). " -"Within the line we can link the product's cost with the analytical account. " -"Specify the order line and select the correct analytical account. Confirm " -"the sale." +" a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " +"product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " +"select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." msgstr "" +"Мы также должны приобрести программное обеспечение для наших клиентов. В " +"модуле покупки создайте заказ на покупку товара программного обеспечения. В " +"рамках строки мы можем связать стоимость товара с аналитическому счету. " +"Укажите строку заказа и выберите правильный аналитический счет. Подтвердите " +"продажу." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "" "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " "cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " "account." msgstr "" +"Примите доставку и введите счет-фактуру. После введения счета-фактуры " +"себестоимость (поле ** Цена поставщика **) будет зачислена на аналитический " +"бухучет." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "субподряд" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "" "The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" " subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " "invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " "analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." msgstr "" +"Модуль покупки может использоваться таким же образом, как и ранее, для " +"обработки субподрядных контрактов. Если мы покупаем услугу по другой " +"компании, мы можем перечислить эту стоимость, связав строку заказа на " +"правильный аналитический бухучет. Нам просто нужно создать правильный товар " +"поставщика." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" +"Вы также можете отслеживать стоимость табелю, смотрите:: doc: `timesheets`" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 msgid "Track costs in accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отслеживайте расходы в бухучете" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." msgstr "" +"Теперь все, что регистрируется, указывает на аналитический бухучет. Просто " +"откройте его, чтобы проверить расходы, связанные с этим счетом." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" +"Введите модуль бухгалтерского учета, нажмите кнопку: menuselection: " +"`Консультант -> Аналитический бухучет -> Открыть планы рахункив`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." msgstr "" +"Выберите "пакет консультаций - Smith" и нажмите кнопку Стоимость и" +" доход, чтобы просмотреть все расходы, связанные с учетом." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " "analytical account." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите получать прибыль, вы должны начислить консалтинговый пакет в " +"меню "Счет-фактура" и связать строку счета с этим аналитическим " +"учетной записью." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как отслеживать расходы на человеческие ресурсы с расписанием?" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2614,6 +6914,9 @@ msgid "" "particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " "the invoiced amounts." msgstr "" +"Человеческий ресурс обычно имеет стоимость. Интересно посмотреть, насколько " +"конкретный договор стоит перед компанией в терминах человеческой силы в " +"отношении суммы, подлежащие оплате." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -2623,6 +6926,11 @@ msgid "" "would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " "compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." msgstr "" +"Мы рассмотрим такой пример: наши два сотрудника ** Гарри Поттер ** и ** " +"Седрик Диггори ** работают на ** консультационном пакете ** для нашего " +"клиента ** Smith & Co **. Гарри получает 18 € в час, а зарплата Седрика " +"составляет 12 € в час. Мы хотели бы отслеживать расходы в приложении " +"бухучета и сравнивать их с доходами консультационной услуги." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -2630,6 +6938,9 @@ msgid "" "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " "name and install them." msgstr "" +"Во-первых, установите три программы, необходимые для использования этой " +"функции, а именно ** Бухучет **, ** Продажи ** и ** Табели **. Введите " +"название модулей и установите их." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -2637,14 +6948,18 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " "tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" msgstr "" +"Далее вам нужно будет включить аналитический бухучет. Для этого введите " +"приложение ** Бухучета **. Выберите: menuselection: `Настройка -> " +"Налаштування` и отметьте опцию ** Аналитический бухучет ** (см. Изображение " +"ниже)." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Примените изменения." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "создайте сотрудника" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -2652,6 +6967,9 @@ msgid "" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " "new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." msgstr "" +"Чтобы проверить доход работника, нужно иметь его. Чтобы создать сотрудника, " +"введите приложение ** Сотрудник **. Выберите ** Сотрудники ** и создайте " +"нового сотрудника, введите имя и основную информацию." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -2659,22 +6977,29 @@ msgid "" "specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " "cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." msgstr "" +"На листке сотрудника введите вкладку ** Параметры персонала **. Здесь вы " +"можете указать ** Стоимость табеля ** своего сотрудника. В этом случае Гарри" +" имеет стоимость 18 евро / час. Таким образом, мы заполним 18 в этом поле." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите, чтобы работник мог вводить расписание, он должен быть связан" +" с пользователем." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" "Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " "specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." msgstr "" +"Повторите операцию, чтобы создать работника Седрик Диггори. Не забудьте " +"указать связанные с ним пользователи и ** Стоимость табеля **." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оформите заказ на продажу" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -2682,6 +7007,10 @@ msgid "" "**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " "customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." msgstr "" +"Мы создали двух сотрудников под названием Гарри Поттер и Седрик Диггори в " +"приложении ** Сотрудники **. Оба они будут работать на консультационном " +"контракте с нашим клиентом Smith & Co, где они указывают свои часы в " +"расписании." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -2689,6 +7018,9 @@ msgid "" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " "unit of measures." msgstr "" +"Итак, нам нужно создать ** заказ на продажу ** с товаром ** услуга **, на " +"который выставлен счет ** основан на времени и материале **, и отслеживается" +" табелю с ** часами ** как единица измерений." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -2696,6 +7028,9 @@ msgid "" "material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " "Progress)." msgstr "" +"Для получения дополнительной информации о том, как создать заказ на продажу," +" в зависимости от времени и материала, просмотрите такую информацию: Как " +"выставлять счета на основе времени и материалов * (работа в процессе)." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -2705,10 +7040,15 @@ msgid "" " **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" " below)." msgstr "" +"Мы экономим заказ на продажу с помощью сервисного товара ** Внешний " +"консалтинг **. Аналитический бухучет будет автоматически создан после " +"подтверждения ** заказ на продажу **. Наши сотрудники должны указать на этот" +" счет (в этом случае ** SO002-Smith & Co **), чтобы иметь возможность " +"выставлять счета за часы (см. Изображение ниже)." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 msgid "Fill in timesheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "заполните табель" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -2717,10 +7057,14 @@ msgid "" "the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" " Account** discussed above." msgstr "" +"Как работник, связанный с пользователем, Гарри может войти в приложение ** " +"Табель ** и указать его табель для контракта. Войдя на учет Гарри, мы " +"заходим в приложение ** Табель ** и вводим детальный строку, указывающий на " +"** аналитический бухучет **, описанный выше." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Гарри работал 3:00 на SWOT-анализе для Smith & Co." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -2728,16 +7072,21 @@ msgid "" "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" " the **Analytic Account**." msgstr "" +"Между тем, Седрик обсудил потребности бизнеса с заказчиком за 1:00 и указал " +"ее также в своей личной табели, указывая также в ** Аналитическом бухучета " +"**." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." msgstr "" +"В ** Заявке на продажу ** мы замечаем, что количество доставленных часов " +"автоматически вычисляется (см. Изображение ниже)." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 msgid "Analytic accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Аналитический учёт" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -2745,14 +7094,17 @@ msgid "" "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " "registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." msgstr "" +"Благодаря аналитическим счетам мы можем иметь обзор расходов и доходов " +"персонала. Все доходы и стоимость этих операций зарегистрированы на счету **" +" SO002-Smith & Co **." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мы можем использовать два способа анализа этой ситуации." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 msgid "Without filters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "без фильтров" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -2761,6 +7113,11 @@ msgid "" "this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" +"Если мы указали все наши расходы и доходы проекта на правильный " +"аналитический счет, мы сможем легко получить средства и доходы, связанные с " +"этим аналитическому счету. Введите модуль * Бухучет * выберите: " +"menuselection: `Консультант -> Аналитические счета -> Открыть планы " +"рахункив`." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -2768,26 +7125,35 @@ msgid "" "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " "credit and debit balance of the account." msgstr "" +"Примечание: вы можете указать период для ** анализа **. Если вы хотите " +"открыть текущую ситуацию, вы должны оставить поля пустыми. Мы уже можем " +"отметить кредитный и дебетовый баланс счета." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." msgstr "" +"Если мы нажмем на счет, будет предоставлена специальная кнопка, которая " +"содержит информацию о стоимости и доходах (см. Изображение ниже)." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку ** Стоимость / доход **, чтобы иметь обзор стоимости и " +"доходов с соответствующим описанием." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "With filters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "С фильтрами" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" +"Таким образом, мы можем фильтровать эту информацию с ** Аналитических " +"записей **." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -2795,6 +7161,9 @@ msgid "" "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" " resource cost." msgstr "" +"Введите модуль ** Бухучет ** и нажмите кнопку: menuselection: `Консультант " +"-> Аналитические записи`. В этом меню мы имеем несколько вариантов " +"анализа стоимости человеческих ресурсов." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -2802,12 +7171,17 @@ msgid "" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " "contains the **Sales Order** number." msgstr "" +"Мы фильтруем ** Аналитический бухучет **, чтобы мы могли видеть стоимость и " +"доходы проекта. Добавьте индивидуальный ** Фильтр **, где ** Аналитический " +"счет ** содержит номер ** Заказ на продажу **." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." msgstr "" +"В результате мы видим, что действия табелей и строки счетов есть с " +"соответствующими расходами и доходами." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -2815,60 +7189,70 @@ msgid "" "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " "**Graph view** to have a clear overview." msgstr "" +"Мы можем вместе группировать различные аналитические счета и проверять их " +"соответствующие доходы. Просто группируйте за ** Аналитическим счету ** и " +"выберите ** Просмотр графику **, чтобы иметь четкий обзор." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 msgid "Analytic account use cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Использование аналитического счета в разных случаях" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Аналитический бухучет можно использовать для нескольких целей:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "проанализируйте расходы компании" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "повторно выставьте время в счете клиенту" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "проанализируйте эффективность услуги или проекта" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" msgstr "" +"Чтобы управлять аналитическим бухучету, вы должны активировать его в: " +"menuselection: `Настройка -> Налаштування`:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " "each in one of three different types of company:" msgstr "" +"Чтобы четко проиллюстрировать аналитические счета, вы будете следить за " +"тремя случаями использования, каждый из которых состоит из трех различных " +"типов компаний:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Промышленная компания: анализ затрат" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Юридическая фирма: повторное выставление в счете потраченных часов" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IT / Компания по предоставлению услуг: анализ производительности" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Случай 1: Промышленная компания: анализ затрат" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" " departments and products the company itself is built on." msgstr "" +"В промышленности вы часто найдете аналитические планы счетов, " +"структурированные в отделах и товарам, на которых построена сама компания." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -2877,23 +7261,26 @@ msgid "" "comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " "product ranges the company makes and sells." msgstr "" +"Цель состоит в изучении затрат, объема продаж и маржи по отделам / ресурсами" +" и за товарами. Первый уровень структуры состоит из различных подразделений," +" а ниже - продукция, которую компания производит и продает." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 msgid "" "**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Аналитический план счетов для промышленной компании: **:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отдел маркетинга" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" -msgstr "" +msgstr "коммерческий отдел" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" -msgstr "" +msgstr "административный отдел" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 @@ -2901,13 +7288,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 msgid "Production Range 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Производственный ассортимент 1" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "Production Range 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Производственный ассортимент 2" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -2917,63 +7304,68 @@ msgid "" "each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " "that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." msgstr "" +"При ежедневном использовании полезно обозначить аналитический счет на каждом" +" счете-фактуре покупки. Когда счет-фактуру будет одобрен, он автоматически " +"генерирует записи как для общих, так и для соответствующих аналитических " +"счетов. Для каждой записи в общих счетах есть как минимум один аналитический" +" запись, распределяет расходы на отдел, которые понес." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " "example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" msgstr "" +"Ниже приведены возможно разбиение некоторых общих бухгалтерских записей для " +"приведенного выше примера, распределенных на различные аналитические счета:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Общие счета **" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**Analytic accounts**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Аналитические счета **" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Заголовок **" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Счет **" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Дебет **" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Кредит **" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Значение **" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" -msgstr "" +msgstr "закупка сырья" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 @@ -2981,55 +7373,55 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "2122" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2122" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1500" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-1 500" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Субпидряникы" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "450" -msgstr "" +msgstr "450" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "-450" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-450" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Возвращение дефектных материалов" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "200" -msgstr "" +msgstr "200" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "транспортные сборы" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расходы на персонал" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2121" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "10000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 @@ -3040,32 +7432,32 @@ msgstr "Маркетинг" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-2 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" -msgstr "" +msgstr "коммерческий" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-3 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Административный" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-1 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PR" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-400" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -3074,6 +7466,9 @@ msgid "" "accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " "above:" msgstr "" +"Аналитический отдел позволяет исследовать расходы, выделяемые каждому отделу" +" компании. Аналитический план счетов показывает распределение расходов " +"компании по приведенному выше примеру:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -3082,6 +7477,10 @@ msgid "" "production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " "accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." msgstr "" +"В этом примере иерархической структуры в Odoo можно проанализировать не " +"только затраты на каждый ассортимент, но и стоимость всего производства. " +"Отчет, который касается как общих счетов, так и аналитических, позволяет " +"получить разбиение расходов в пределах определенного отдела." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -3089,12 +7488,17 @@ msgid "" "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " "profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." msgstr "" +"Приведенные выше примеры основаны на распределении расходов компании. " +"Аналитические распределения могут быть столь же эффективными для продаж. Это" +" дает вам рентабельность (продажи - расходы) различных отделов." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" "This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " "companies and industries." msgstr "" +"Аналитический отдел, как правило, используется торговыми компаниями и " +"отраслями." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -3102,6 +7506,9 @@ msgid "" "departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " "This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." msgstr "" +"Такой вариант состоит не в том, чтобы сбить его отделами сбыта и маркетинга," +" а назначать каждую стоимость для своего соответствующего ассортимента. Это " +"даст вам анализ рентабельности каждого ассортимента." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -3109,10 +7516,13 @@ msgid "" "effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " "product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" msgstr "" +"Выбор одного над другим зависит от того, как вы смотрите на ваши " +"маркетинговые усилия. Или глобальная стоимость выделяется в некотором общем " +"порядке, или каждый товар отвечает за собственные маркетинговые расходы?" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Случай 2: Юридическая фирма: Расходы на человеческие ресурсы?" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -3120,12 +7530,17 @@ msgid "" "current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" " given file/analytic account." msgstr "" +"Юридические фирмы обычно принимают управления, когда каждый случай " +"представляет текущий файл клиента. Все расходы и товары затем добавляются к " +"данному файлу / аналитического счета." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 msgid "" "A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" " the profitability by case and by employee." msgstr "" +"Основным беспокойством юридических фирм является выставление счетов рабочими" +" часами и прибыльность по каждому случаю и работником." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -3135,12 +7550,20 @@ msgid "" "cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " "cost." msgstr "" +"Механизмы, используемые для кодирования рабочих часов, будут подробно " +"рассмотрены в документации расписанию. Как и большинство системных " +"процессов, рабочие часы интегрированы в аналитический учет. В форме " +"работника укажите стоимость работника. Почасовая оплата зависит от стоимости" +" работника." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 msgid "" "So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " "management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." msgstr "" +"Поэтому юридическая фирма будет выбирать аналитическое представление, " +"которое отражает управления временем работы сотрудников в разных делах " +"клиентов." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -3150,6 +7573,11 @@ msgid "" " have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" " basis of the hourly cost per employee." msgstr "" +"Платеж за различные случаи есть несколько необычным. Эти дела не " +"соответствуют ни одному записи в общем счете, а также не поступают со " +"счетов-фактур покупки или продажи. Они представлены различными " +"аналитическими операциями и не имеют точных аналогов в общих счетах. Они " +"рассчитываются на основе часовой стоимости одного работника." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -3160,124 +7588,135 @@ msgid "" "the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " "depending on the time actually worked." msgstr "" +"В конце месяца, когда вы платите заработную плату и льготы, вы интегрируете " +"их в общие счета, но не в аналитические, поскольку они уже были учтены при " +"выставлении счетов на каждый из них. Отчет, который связывает данные из " +"аналитических и общих счетов, позволяет сравнить итоги, поэтому вы можете " +"изменить свою стоимость в час на одного сотрудника в зависимости от " +"фактически отработанного времени." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 msgid "" "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " "can find for your analytic account:" msgstr "" +"В приведенной ниже таблице показан пример различных аналитических записей, " +"которые вы можете найти в своем аналитическом счете:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Сумма **" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Общая сумма **" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изучение файла (1 год)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Case 1.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "случай 1.1" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-15" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поиск информации (3 часа)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-45" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Консультация (4 часа)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "случай 2.1" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-60" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "оплата услуг" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" -msgstr "" +msgstr "280" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "705 - Выставление услуг в счет" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Stationery purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Канцелярские закупки" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-42" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "601 - Покупка мебели" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" -msgstr "" +msgstr "42" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Стоимость топлива - клиентская поездка" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-35" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "613 - Транспорт" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" -msgstr "" +msgstr "35" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "оклады персонала" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "6201 - Зарплаты" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" "Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" " various transactions." msgstr "" +"Такая структура позволяет детально изучить доходность различных транзакций." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " ":doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" +"Чтобы узнать больше о рентабельности, прочитайте следующую документацию:: " +"doc: `timesheets`" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -3287,32 +7726,42 @@ msgid "" "invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " "products that manage timesheet or expenses ." msgstr "" +"Но аналитический бухучет не ограничивается простым анализом рентабельности " +"различных клиентов. Эти данные могут быть использованы для автоматического " +"повторного взыскания за услуги клиенту в конце месяца. Чтобы выставлять " +"счет-фактуру клиентам, просто свяжите аналитический счет с заказом на " +"продажу и продавайте товары, которые управляют табелям или затратами." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Случай 3: IT-услуги компании: анализ эффективности" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" msgstr "" +"Большинство компаний, которые предоставляют ИТ-услуги, сталкиваются со " +"следующими проблемами:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," -msgstr "" +msgstr "планирование проекта," #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," msgstr "" +"выставления счетов, рентабельность и финансовый контроль за проектами," #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "управление контрактами поддержки." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 msgid "" "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " "structured by project and by sale order." msgstr "" +"Для решения этих проблем вы должны использовать аналитическую план счетов, " +"структурированный по проекту и заказу на продажу." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -3320,6 +7769,9 @@ msgid "" "presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " "also similar." msgstr "" +"Управление услугами, расходами и продажами аналогичное тому, что " +"представлено выше для юристов. Выставления счетов и изучение рентабельности " +"тоже похожи." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -3329,6 +7781,12 @@ msgid "" "create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " "an analytic account" msgstr "" +"Но теперь посмотрите на контракты поддержки. Эти контракты, как правило, " +"ограничиваются заранее оплаченной количеством часов. Каждая служба, " +"размещенная на аналитических счетах, показывает остаточные часа поддержки. " +"Чтобы управлять контрактами на поддержку, вы должны создать товар, " +"настроенный на оплату счетов-фактур по заказу, и связать заказ на продажу из" +" аналитическому счету." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -3338,10 +7796,15 @@ msgid "" "and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " "contract remain." msgstr "" +"В Odoo каждый аналитический строку перечисляет количество проданных или " +"использованных единиц, а также то, что вы обычно находите там - сумма в " +"единицах валюты (в долларах США, фунтах стерлингов или любой другой валюте)." +" Таким образом, вы можете подытожить проданную и использованную в каждой " +"продаже количество, чтобы определить, остаются часа контракта на поддержку." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "" +msgstr "вывод" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -3349,26 +7812,34 @@ msgid "" " case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " "production performance." msgstr "" +"Аналитический бухучет помогает вам анализировать расходы и доходы независимо" +" от случая использования. Вы можете продавать или покупать услуги, " +"отслеживать время или анализировать производительность производства." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 msgid "" "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" +"Аналитический бухучет является гибким и простым в использовании с помощью " +"всех приложений Odoo (продажа, покупка, табель, производство, счет-фактура " +"...)." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Что такое тип счета и как его настроить?" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Что такое тип счета?" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 msgid "" "An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " "account's purpose." msgstr "" +"Тип счета - это название или код, предоставленный счета, указывающий на цель" +" счета." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -3376,75 +7847,81 @@ msgid "" "country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " "generate opening entries." msgstr "" +"В Odoo типа счета используются для информационных целей, для создания " +"юридических отчетов для конкретных стран, устанавливаются правила для " +"закрытия отчетного периода и создания открытых записей." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 msgid "" "Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " "category according to its behaviour or purpose." msgstr "" +"В основном типа счета классифицируют счет в определенной категории в " +"соответствии с его поведения или цели." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Какие типы счетов является в Odoo?" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " "types. Just pick the one related to your account." msgstr "" +"Odoo охватывает все типы счетов. Поэтому вы не можете. Просто выберите тот " +"тип, который касается вашего счета." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Список типов счета **" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дебиторская задолженность" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 msgid "Payable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кредиторская задолженность" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Банк и наличность" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Текущие Активы" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Внеоборотные Активы" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Авансовые платежи" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77 msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Основные Активы " #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Текущие Обязательства" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Долгосрочные Обязательства" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 msgid "Equity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Собственные средства" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прибыль Текущего Года" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Другие доходы" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 @@ -3452,23 +7929,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Income" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доход" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Амортизация" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расходы" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прямые Затраты" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как настроить мои счета?" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -3476,18 +7953,25 @@ msgid "" "By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " "related to your country." msgstr "" +"Типы счетов автоматически создаются при установке плана счетов. По умолчанию" +" Odoo предоставляет очень много планов счетов, просто установите тот, " +"который связан с вашей страной." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 msgid "" "It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " "you can create your own accounts too." msgstr "" +"Он будет устанавливать общие счета. Но если он не охватывает все ваши " +"случаи, вы можете создать собственные счета." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 msgid "" "If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " "installed." msgstr "" +"Если вы являетесь пользователем Saas, ваша страна автоматически " +"устанавливает план счетов." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -3495,6 +7979,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " "button." msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать новые счета, перейдите в программу Бухучета. Откройте меню: " +"menuselection: `Консультант -> План рахункив`, нажмите кнопку ** Создать " +"**." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -3502,26 +7989,53 @@ msgid "" "legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" " entries." msgstr "" +"Тип счёта используется в информационных целях, при создании официальных " +"отчётов для конкретной страны, определении правил закрытия финансового года " +"и проводок открытия." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Can Create Asset" +msgstr "Может создать актив" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field specifying if the account can generate asset depending on " +"it's type. It is used in the account form view." +msgstr "" +"Техническое поле с указанием, счет может генерировать актив в зависимости от" +" его типа. Он используется в режиме просмотра формы счета." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Asset Model" +msgstr "модель актива" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"If this is selected, an asset will be created automatically when Journal " +"Items on this account are posted." +msgstr "" +"Если этот параметр, объект будет создан автоматически, когда будет " +"опубликовано элементы журнала на этом аккаунте." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Теги" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дополнительные теги вы можете назначить для пользовательских отчетов" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Валюта счёта" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Все операции по этому счету принудительно будут иметь эту валюту." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Внутренний тип" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -3529,28 +8043,98 @@ msgid "" "accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" " for vendor/customer accounts." msgstr "" +"«Внутренний тип» используется для функций, доступных на различных типах " +"счетов: тип ликвидности для денежных средств или банковских счетов, " +"получения/оплаты для бухгалтерских счетов поставщика/заказчика." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Internal Group" +msgstr "Внутренняя группа" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The 'Internal Group' is used to filter accounts based on the internal group " +"set on the account type." +msgstr "" +""Внутренняя группа" используется для фильтрации счетов на основе " +"внутреннего набора групп для типа счета." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Разрешить сверку" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "" "Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " "journal items." msgstr "" +"Установите этот флажок, если данный счёт допускает сверку позиций журнала со" +" счетами-фактурами и оплатами." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "Посмотреть * Создать аккаунт * в нашей демо-версии онлайн" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "Управление отчетным периодом" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." msgstr "" +"В большинстве случаев отчетные периоды длятся 12 месяцев. Если это ваш " +"случай, вы просто должны определить, какой последний день вашего отчетного " +"периода в настройках бухучета. По умолчанию он устанавливается на 31 " +"декабря." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" +"Однако могут быть некоторые исключения. Например, если это первый отчетный " +"период вашей компании, он может длиться больше или меньше 12 месяцев. В этом" +" случае требуется дополнительная конфигурация." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Бухучета -> Настройка -> Налаштування` и " +"активируйте отчетные периоды." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете настроить ваш отчетный период в: menuselection: `Бухучета " +"-> Настройка -> Отчетный период`." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" +"Вам нужно только создать отчетные периоды, если они длятся более или менее " +"12 месяцев." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" +msgstr ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Склад" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Влияние на среднюю цену при возврате товара в Odoo" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3559,6 +8143,10 @@ msgid "" "the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" " average cost." msgstr "" +"Как указано в документации * оценки инвентаризации * " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html> `__, один из " +"возможных методов определения цены, который можно использовать для " +"непрерывной оценки, - это средняя цена." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -3569,37 +8157,48 @@ msgid "" "to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " "standard of FIFO)." msgstr "" +"Эта документация отвечает на один повторяющееся вопрос для компаний, которые" +" используют этот метод для оценки их стоимости: как отгрузки возвращено " +"поставщику, влияет на среднюю стоимость и записи бухгалтерского учета? Этот " +"документ предназначен только для конкретного случая использования " +"непрерывной оценки (в отличие от периодической) и метода среднего " +"ценообразования (в отличие от стандарта FIFO)." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Определение средней цены" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "" "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " "goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." msgstr "" +"Метод определения средней цены вычисляет стоимость на конец инвентаризации и" +" стоимость товаров, продаваемых на основе средневзвешенной стоимости единицы" +" инвентаризации." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " "formula:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Средневзвешенная стоимость единицы рассчитывается по формуле:" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " "as:" msgstr "" +"Когда новые товары попадают в состав, новые средние расходы перечисляются " +"как:" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Когда товары выходят из состава: средняя стоимость ** НЕ ** меняется" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Определение цены покупки" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -3608,10 +8207,14 @@ msgid "" "the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " "products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." msgstr "" +"Цена приобретения оценивается при получении товаров (возможно, вы еще не " +"получили счет поставщика) и переоценили на получение счета поставщика. Цена " +"приобретения включает стоимость, которую вы платите за товары, но может " +"также включать дополнительные расходы, например размер расходов." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пример средней стоимости" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -3619,14 +8222,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Операция" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "значение дельты" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -3634,7 +8237,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Величина запасов" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -3642,7 +8245,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Количество в наличии" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -3650,7 +8253,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Avg Cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Средняя стоимость" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 @@ -3661,60 +8264,60 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$0" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "0" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получить 8 товаров на 10 долларов" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+8\\*$10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$80" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "8" -msgstr "" +msgstr "8" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получить 4 товары на 16 долларов" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+4\\*$16" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "$144" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$144" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 @@ -3736,16 +8339,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доставить 10 товаров" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-10\\*$12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 @@ -3753,7 +8356,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "$24" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$24" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 @@ -3761,7 +8364,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -3769,6 +8372,9 @@ msgid "" " inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " "logically the purchase price." msgstr "" +"Сначала среднюю стоимость установлена на 0, так что на складе нет товара. " +"Когда осуществляется первый прием, средняя стоимость логично становится " +"закупочной цене." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -3776,6 +8382,9 @@ msgid "" "inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " "the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." msgstr "" +"На второй приема средняя стоимость обновляется, поскольку общая стоимость " +"инвентаризации сейчас становить`` $ 80 + 4 * $ 16 = $ 144``. Поскольку у нас" +" 12 единиц в наличии, средняя цена за единицу составляет `$ 144/12 = $ 12``." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -3783,10 +8392,13 @@ msgid "" " Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" " each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." msgstr "" +"По определению, доставка 10 товаров не меняет среднюю стоимость. " +"Действительно, стоимость инвентаризации сейчас составляет 24 доллара, потому" +" что у нас осталось всего 2 единицы, оставшиеся от каждых `$ 24/2 = $ 12``." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Случай возвращения покупки" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -3794,24 +8406,29 @@ msgid "" " value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " "of these products!)." msgstr "" +"Если товар возвращается поставщику после получения, стоимость инвентаризации" +" уменьшается с использованием средних формул расходов (не по начальной цене " +"этих товаров!)." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" msgstr "" +"Это означает, что приведенная выше таблица будет обновлена следующим " +"образом:" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Возвращение 1 товара, купленного сначала за $ 10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-1\\*$12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 @@ -3819,11 +8436,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пояснение: встречный пример" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -3831,6 +8448,9 @@ msgid "" "the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," " you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." msgstr "" +"Запомните определения ** Средняя цена **, отметив, что мы не обновляем " +"среднюю стоимость товара, залишаесклад. Если вы нарушите это правило, вы " +"можете привести к несоответствию на вашем складе." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -3838,51 +8458,58 @@ msgid "" "customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " "purchased it). Here is the operation:" msgstr "" +"В качестве примера, вот сценарий, когда вы доставляете один товар клиенту и " +"поворачиваете другой поставщику (по цене, которую вы купили). Вот операция:" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отправка клиенту 1 товара" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-1\\*$10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**$2**" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**0**" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "" "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " "of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." msgstr "" +"Как вы можете видеть в этом примере, это не правильно: складская оценка 2 " +"долларов за 0 единиц на складе." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "" "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " "cost:" msgstr "" +"Правильным сценарием должно быть возвращение товара по текущей средней цене:" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**$0**" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "" "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " "correct inventory value at all times." msgstr "" +"С другой стороны, использование средней цены для значения возврата " +"гарантирует правильную складскую оценку в любое время." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Концепция в англо-саксонском режиме" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -3892,6 +8519,12 @@ msgid "" "receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " "shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." msgstr "" +"Для людей, которые используют принципы ** англо-саксонского бухучета **, " +"существует другая концепция, которая учитывает: счет принятия товара, " +"который намерен в любое время сохранять стоимость получаемых счетов " +"поставщика. Таким образом, счет на принятие товара увеличиваться при " +"получении входящих отправлений и уменьшаться при получении соответствующих " +"счетов поставщика." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -3899,46 +8532,49 @@ msgid "" "price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" " price:" msgstr "" +"Возвращаясь к нашему примеру, мы видим, что когда прибыль оценивается по " +"средней цене, сумма, забронирована на счету входящего состава, является " +"начальной ценой покупки:" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" -msgstr "" +msgstr "получение товара" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" -msgstr "" +msgstr "разница цен" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "($80)" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получить счет поставщика на $ 80" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "($64)" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получить счет поставщика на $ 64" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**$10**" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**$12**" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Возмещение поставщика на $ 10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$2" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -3948,16 +8584,28 @@ msgid "" " located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " "average cost and the original purchase price." msgstr "" +"Это происходит потому, что возмещение поставщика будет осуществляться с " +"помощью первой цены закупки, поэтому для того, чтобы снизить эффект от " +"возвращения во входной продукции последней операции, мы должны снова " +"использовать первоочередное цену. Скидка цены, расположена в категории " +"товара, используется для бронирования разницы между средней ценой и " +"начальной ценой закупки." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "мультивалютность" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Учет курсовых разниц при оплате" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 msgid "" "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " "in a different currency." msgstr "" +"Любая компания, осуществляющая международную торговлю, имеет дело, когда " +"платежи осуществляются в другой валюте." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -3965,39 +8613,51 @@ msgid "" "into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " "fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" +"После получения платежей у вас есть возможность конвертировать сумму " +"согласно вашей компанией. Мультивалютный платеж означает курсовую разницу. " +"Курсовая разница автоматически фиксируется в Odoo." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Включите мультивалютность" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." msgstr "" +"В модуле бухгалтерского учета перейдите к: menuselection: `Настройка -> " +"Налаштування` и отметьте пункт ** Разрешить мультивалютность ** нажмите ** " +"Применить **." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "" "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." msgstr "" +"Настройте курсы валют в: menuselection: `Настройка -> Валюти`. Запишите " +"курс и убедитесь, что валюта является активной." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." msgstr "" +"В этом документе базовая валюта является ** евро **, и мы будем фиксировать " +"платежи в ** долларах **." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " "Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." msgstr "" +"Вы можете автоматически получать курсы валют из Нацбанка. Пожалуйста, " +"прочитайте документацию::: doc: `how_it_works`." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 msgid "Configure your journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте свой журнал" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -4005,6 +8665,9 @@ msgid "" "currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " "Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" +"Чтобы зарегистрировать платежи в других валютах, нужно ** удалить валютном " +"ограничения ** в журнале. Перейдите к модулю бухучета, нажмите кнопку ** " +"Более ** в журнале и ** Настройка **." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -4012,10 +8675,13 @@ msgid "" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " "you can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" +"Проверьте, поле ** валюта ** является пустым или в иностранной валюте, в " +"которой вы регистрируете платежи. Если валюта заполнена, это означает, что " +"вы можете зарегистрировать платежи только в этой валюте." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запишите платеж в другой валюте" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -4023,11 +8689,14 @@ msgid "" "Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" " currency. Then click on **confirm**." msgstr "" +"В модуле ** Бухучет ** перейдите к: menuselection: `Продажи -> Платежи`. " +"Зарегистрируйте платеж и укажите, что это было сделано в иностранной валюте." +" Нажмите ** подтвердить **." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запись журнала, размещенный, но не выделен." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 @@ -4035,10 +8704,12 @@ msgid "" "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " "click on **Add** to allocate the payment." msgstr "" +"Вернитесь к своему счета-фактуры (: menuselection: `Продажи -> Счета " +"клиентив`) и нажмите ** Добавить **, чтобы распределить платеж." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запишите банковскую выписку в другой валюте" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -4047,6 +8718,10 @@ msgid "" "currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " "in which it was paid." msgstr "" +"Создайте или импортировать банковскую выписку вашей платежки. ** Сумма ** в " +"валюте компании. Существует два взаимодополняемые поля, ** валюта суммы **, " +"которая фактически уплаченной суммой и ** валюта **, в которой она была " +"выплачена." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -4054,10 +8729,13 @@ msgid "" "**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" +"Присоединив это, Odoo непосредственно согласовывает платеж с правильным ** " +"счету-фактуре **. Вы получите цену счета-фактуры в валюте счета и сумму в " +"валюте вашей компании." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверьте разницу курса" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -4065,26 +8743,30 @@ msgid "" "**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Консультант -> Записи журналу` и найдите ** " +"Журнал курсовых разниц **. В нем фиксируются все курсовые разницы." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "" "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "" +"Журнал курсовых разниц может быть изменен в ваших настройках бухучета." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как действует мультивалютность в Odoo?" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -4094,22 +8776,29 @@ msgid "" "bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " "activities." msgstr "" +"Выбор мультивалютности в Odoo позволит вам отправлять счета-фактуры, " +"коммерческие предложения и заказы на покупку или получать счета и платежи в " +"других валютах. С помощью мультивалютности вы также можете настроить " +"банковские счета в других валютах и создавать отчеты о своей деятельности в " +"иностранной валюте." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Включите мультивалютность" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" +"В модуле бухучета перейдите к: menuselection: `Настройка -> Налаштування`" +" и отметьте ** Разрешить мультивалютность ** нажмите кнопку ** Применить **." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Журнал курсовых разниц" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -4118,14 +8807,18 @@ msgid "" "month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " "The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" +"** Журнал курсовых разниц ** записывает различия между регистрацией платежа " +"и ожидаемой суммой. Например, если оплата уплачивается через 1 месяц после " +"выставления счета-фактуры, курсовая разница, вероятно, изменится. Флуктуация" +" означает некоторые потери или прибыль, которые зафиксированы в Odoo." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете изменить ее в настройках:" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Смотрите или измените курс" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -4133,20 +8826,25 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " "to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." msgstr "" +"Вы можете вручную настроить курсы валют в: menuselection: `Настройка -> " +"Валюти`. Откройте валюту, которую хотите использовать в Odoo, и измените ее." +" Убедитесь, что валюта активна." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите ** Посмотреть курс ** для редактирования и просмотра истории:" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" " **Save** when you are done." msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку ** Создать **, чтобы добавить курс. Введите дату и курс. " +"Нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить ** после завершения." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Текущий Курс Валюты" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -4156,6 +8854,9 @@ msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " "Rate** section." msgstr "" +"Валюты по умолчанию нужно обновить вручную. Но вы можете синхронизировать их" +" с Нацбанком. В разделе: menuselection: `Настройка -> Налаштування`, " +"перейдите к разделу ** Курс валют **." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -4163,14 +8864,17 @@ msgid "" "force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" " are set !" msgstr "" +"Выберите интервал: вручную, ежедневно, еженедельно или ежемесячно. Вы всегда" +" можете запустить обновление, нажав кнопку ** Обновить сейчас **. Выберите " +"поставщика и вы все установили!" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обновляются только ** активные ** валюты." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 msgid "Configure your charts of account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте ваш план счетов" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -4178,16 +8882,21 @@ msgid "" "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " "for this account to have the account currency." msgstr "" +"В бухгалтерском приложении обратитесь к: menuselection: `Консультанта -> " +"План рахункив`. На каждом счете можно установить валюту. Это запустит все " +"шаги для этого счета, чтобы иметь валюту счета." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." msgstr "" +"Если вы оставите это пустым, это означает, что он может обрабатывать все " +"валюты, которые являются активными." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 msgid "Configure your journals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте ваши журналы" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -4195,6 +8904,9 @@ msgid "" "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " "on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" +"Чтобы зарегистрировать платежи в других валютах, нужно удалить валютном " +"ограничения в журнале. Перейдите к модулю бухучет, нажмите кнопку ** Более " +"** в журнале и ** Настройка **." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 @@ -4203,6 +8915,9 @@ msgid "" " will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " "can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" +"Проверьте, поле валюты пустое, или в иностранной валюте, в которой вы " +"регистрируете платежи. Если валюта заполнена, это означает, что вы можете " +"зарегистрировать платежи только в этой валюте." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 @@ -4210,10 +8925,12 @@ msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." msgstr "" +"Теперь, когда вы работаете в мультивалютной среде, все подотчетные элементы " +"будут связаны с валютой, внутренней или иностранной." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заказ на продажу и счета-фактуры" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 @@ -4222,10 +8939,13 @@ msgid "" "sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " "document." msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете установить другую валюту в компании, которая принадлежит к " +"заказам на продажу и ваших счетов-фактур. Валюта устанавливается для всего " +"документа." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заказ на покупку и счета поставщиков" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 @@ -4234,20 +8954,25 @@ msgid "" "purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " "document." msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете установить другую валюту в компании, которая имеет свои " +"заказы на покупку и счета поставщиков. Валюта устанавливается для всего " +"документа." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 msgid "Payment Registrations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "оплата реестров" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " "payment and set the currency." msgstr "" +"В бухгалтерской программе перейдите в раздел ** Продажи> Платежи **. " +"Зарегистрируйте платеж и установите валюту." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Банковские выписки" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 @@ -4256,6 +8981,9 @@ msgid "" "currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " "actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." msgstr "" +"При создании или импорте банковских выписок сумма находится в валюте " +"компании. Но сейчас существует два дополнительных поля: фактически " +"уплаченная сумма и валюта, в которой она была оплачена." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -4263,6 +8991,9 @@ msgid "" "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" +"Присоединив это, Odoo непосредственно согласовывает платеж с правильным " +"счету-фактуре. Вы получите цену счета-фактуры в валюте счета и сумму в " +"валюте вашей компании." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -4270,19 +9001,22 @@ msgid "" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" " in it." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Консультант -> Журнальные записи` и ищите " +"записи журнала курсовых разницы в журнале. В нем фиксируются все курсовые " +"разницы." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как управлять счетами и оплатой в мультивалютности Odoo?" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -4290,6 +9024,9 @@ msgid "" "entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " "life." msgstr "" +"Odoo предоставляет мультивалютную поддержку с автоматической коррекцией " +"валютных расходов или доходов. Есть несколько вещей, которые Odoo имеет, " +"чтобы облегчить жизнь пользователя." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -4298,6 +9035,10 @@ msgid "" "currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " "force a specific currency." msgstr "" +"Все операции со счетом будут осуществляться с помощью валюты компании. Тем " +"не менее, вы можете увидеть два дополнительных поля с записью журнала, где " +"будет отображаться дополнительная валюта и сумма. Вы можете создавать " +"мультивалютные журналы конкретной валюты." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -4305,16 +9046,21 @@ msgid "" "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" " the amounts automatically using that currency." msgstr "" +"При создании счета-фактуры валюту можно легко изменить; однако Odoo " +"принимает валюту компании как заказ по умолчанию. Система конвертирует все " +"суммы автоматически с помощью этой валюты." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Включите мультивалютность" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "" "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" +"Чтобы узнать об активации мультивалютности, пожалуйста, прочитайте " +"документ:: doc: `how_it_works`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -4322,22 +9068,27 @@ msgid "" "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" " journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Чтобы зарегистрировать платежи в других валютах, нужно удалить валюте " +"ограничения в журнале. Выделите приложение бухучета, в журнале нажмите: " +"menuselection: `Больше -> Налаштування`." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мультивалютные счета-фактуры и счета поставщиков" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Счета" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Счета от поставщиков" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "мультивалютные платежи" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -4345,10 +9096,13 @@ msgid "" "Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " "Then click on **Confirm**." msgstr "" +"В приложении бухучета перейдите к: menuselection: `Продажи -> Платежи`. " +"Зарегистрируйте платеж и укажите, что это было сделано в иностранной валюте." +" Затем нажмите кнопку ** Подтвердить **." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мультивалютные банковские выписки" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -4356,6 +9110,9 @@ msgid "" "invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" +"Присоединив это, Odoo непосредственно согласовывает платеж с правильным " +"счету-фактуре. Вы получите цену счета-фактуры в валюте счета и сумму в " +"валюте вашей компании." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -4363,120 +9120,146 @@ msgid "" "**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Консультант -> Записи журналу` и найдите ** " +"Журнал курсовых разниц **. В нем фиксируются все курсовые разницы." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отчетность" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как создать персонализированные отчеты с помощью собственных формул?" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 msgid "" -"Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a specific country)" -" to suit your needs is now easier than ever." +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." msgstr "" +"Odoo 13 оснащена мощной и удобной системой отчетности. Создавать новые " +"отчеты (например, налоговый отчет, или баланс, или отчет о прибылях и " +"прибыли с определенными группировками и компоновкой), чтобы соответствовать " +"вашим потребностям, теперь проще, чем когда-либо." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Включить режим разработки" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " "**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " "user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." msgstr "" +"Для доступа к интерфейсу создания финансовой отчетности, необходимо включить" +" ** режим разработчика **. Для этого сначала нажмите на профиль в верхнем " +"правом меню, а затем - ** О **." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите на: ** Активировать режим разработчика **." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте свой финансовый отчет" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" msgstr "" +"Во-первых, вам нужно создать свой финансовый отчет. Для этого перейдите к: " +"menuselection: `Бухучет -> Настройка -> Финансовые звити`" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "После ввода названия необходимо установить еще два параметра:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Показать кредитные и дебетовые столбце **" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Анализ периода **:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43 -msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "На основе диапазонов дат (например. Доходы и Расходы)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45 -msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "На основе одной даты (например. Отчет баланса)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (eg." -" Aged Partner Balances)" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "" +"На основе диапазонов дат со столбцами "старые" и "общие"" +" и последние 3 месяцами (например, Отчет расчетов с партнерами)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)" +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" +"На основе диапазонов дат и начисления кассовым методом (например, Отчет о " +"движении денежных средств)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Добавьте строки в свои отчеты" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " "**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." msgstr "" +"После создания отчета необходимо заполнить его строками. Всем им нужна ** " +"название **, ** код ** (который используется для обозначения строк), ** " +"порядковый номер ** и уровень (используется для рендеринга строки)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " "separated by ;)" msgstr "" +"В поле ** формул ** вы можете добавить одну или несколько формул, чтобы " +"назначить значение для колонки баланса (а дебетовый и кредитный столбик, " +"если нужно, разделенный;)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "В формуле есть несколько объектов:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." msgstr "" +"`Nднив``: количество дней в выбранном периоде (для отчетов с диапазоном " +"дат)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" msgstr "" +"Другой отчет, на который ссылается его код. Используйте `.balance`` для " +"получения значения баланса (также доступны` .credit``, `.debit`` и` " +".amount_residual``)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -4485,41 +9268,55 @@ msgid "" "domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " "by one of their columns." msgstr "" +"Строка также может базироваться на сумме строк перемещения счета в выбранном" +" домене. В этом случае вам нужно заполнить поле домена доменом Odoo в " +"объекте перемещения профиля. Тогда в поле формул доступен дополнительный " +"объект, а именно `sum``, сумма строк перемещения счета в домене. Вы также " +"можете использовать группу по полям для группировки строк перемещения счета " +"по одному из столбцов." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Другие полезные поля:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Тип **: тип результата формулы." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." msgstr "" +"** Хорошо роста или плохое **: используется при исчислении колонки " +"сравнения. Проверьте, есть ли рост хорошим (отображается зеленым цветом) или" +" нет." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." msgstr "" +"** Специальная изменение дат ** Если определенную строку в отчете не должен " +"использовать те же даты, что и остальные часть отчета." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " "displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." msgstr "" +"** Показать домен **: как отражается домен строки. Можно сворачивать ( `` за" +" замовчуванням``, скрыто в начале, но может быть развернуто), `завжди`` " +"(всегда отображается) или` николи`` (никогда не отображается)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Какие основные отчеты доступны в Odoo?" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4527,46 +9324,49 @@ msgid "" "very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " "countries :" msgstr "" +"Кроме отчетов, созданных специально в каждом локальном модули, доступные " +"несколько очень полезных ** общих ** и ** динамических отчетов ** для всех " +"стран:" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Бухгалтерский отчет **" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Доходы и расходы **" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** План счетов **" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Управленческий отчет **" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Общая бухгалтерская книга **" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Расчеты с кредиторами **" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Расчеты с дебиторами **" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Отчет о движении денежных средств **" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Налоговый отчет **" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Согласование банковских выписок **" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -4574,6 +9374,10 @@ msgid "" "Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " "more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Вы можете комментировать все отчеты, чтобы напечатать их и сообщить своего " +"советника. Экспортировать в xls для управления дополнительным анализом. " +"Смотрите подробные сведения (платежи, счета-фактуры, публикации журналов и " +"т.д.) в разделе отчетов." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -4582,20 +9386,22 @@ msgid "" "periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " "default **Previous 1 Period** option." msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 -msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "" +"Вы также можете сравнить значение с другим периодом. Выберите, сколько " +"периодов вы хотите сравнить с выбранным периодом времени. Вы можете выбрать " +"до 12 периодов с даты опубликования отчета, если вы не хотите использовать " +"параметр ** Предыдущий 1 Период **." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" " of your organisation as at a particular date." msgstr "" +"В ** Бухгалтерском балансе ** показано снимок активов, обязательств и " +"собственного капитала вашей организации по определенной дате." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прибыли и убытки" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -4603,48 +9409,57 @@ msgid "" "organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" " period." msgstr "" +"Отчет о ** Доходы и расходы ** (или ** Отчет о прибылях **) отражает чистый " +"доход вашей организации, высчитывая расходы на доход за отчетный период." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "план счетов" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Список всех ваших счетов, сгруппированных по классу." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Справка для Руководителя" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "" "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " "figures you need to run your company." msgstr "" +"** Управленческий отчет ** позволяет быстро просмотреть все важные данные, " +"необходимые для управления вашей компанией." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 msgid "" "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " "reporting :" msgstr "" +"В очень простых терминах, это то, о чем сообщает каждый из пунктов этого " +"раздела:" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Производительность: **" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Валовая прибыль: **" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." msgstr "" +"Вклад каждого отдельного продажи, совершенного вашим бизнесом, за вычетом " +"любых прямых затрат, необходимых для осуществления этих продаж (таких, как " +"рабочая сырье, материалы и т.д.)." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Чистая прибыль:**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -4653,44 +9468,55 @@ msgid "" "company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " "result of those sales)." msgstr "" +"Вклад каждого отдельного продажи, совершенного вашим бизнесом, за вычетом " +"любых прямых затрат, необходимых для осуществления этих продаж, а также " +"любых фиксированных накладных расходов вашей компании (такие, как арендная " +"плата, электроэнергия, налоги, которые нужно оплатить в результате этих " +"продаж)." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Возврат инвестиций (прибыль / активы): **" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "" "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" +"Отношение чистой прибыли к сумме активов, компания использовала для " +"получения этой прибыли." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Позиция: **" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Среднее время закрытия дебиторской задолженности: **" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " "across all your customer invoices." msgstr "" +"Среднее количество дней, в течение которых ваши клиенты платят вам " +"(полностью) по всем счетам клиентов." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Среднее время закрытия кредиторской задолженности: **" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" " all your bills." msgstr "" +"Среднее количество дней, в течение которых вы платите своим поставщикам " +"(полностью) по всем вашим счетам." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Краткосрочный наличный прогноз: **" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -4698,10 +9524,13 @@ msgid "" "i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " "your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" +"Сколько ожидается денежного обращения в вашей компании в течение следующего " +"месяца, то есть баланс вашего ** счета продажи ** течение месяца, за вычетом" +" остатка ** счета закупок ** за месяц." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Отношение активов к обязательствам: **" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -4710,10 +9539,15 @@ msgid "" "liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " "typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." msgstr "" +"Также называется ** текущим соотношением **, это соотношение текущих активов" +" (активов, которые могут быть превращены в денежные средства в течение года)" +" к текущим обязательствам (обязательства, будут выплачиваться в следующем " +"году). Как правило, это используется как показатель способности компании " +"обслуживать свои долги." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Главная книга" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -4723,10 +9557,15 @@ msgid "" "exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " "occurred during a certain period of time." msgstr "" +"** Отчет общей бухгалтерской книги ** отражает все транзакции со всех счетов" +" за выбранный диапазон дат. В начальном сводном отчете отражаются итоги для " +"каждого счета, а оттуда можно посмотреть подробный отчет о транзакции или " +"любые исключения. Этот отчет полезен для проверки каждой транзакции, которая" +" произошла в течение определенного периода времени." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Старый подлежащий оплате" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -4734,20 +9573,25 @@ msgid "" " bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " "gone unpaid." msgstr "" +"Запустите ** отчет расчетов с кредиторами **, чтобы отобразить информацию об" +" отдельных счета, возврат и переплаты за вами, а также о том, сколько " +"времени они не оплачены." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Старая Дебиторская Задолженность" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "" "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " "payment during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" +"Отчет о ** расчеты с дебиторами ** отражает счета-фактуры продажи, которые " +"ожидали оплату в течение выбранного месяца и за несколько месяцев до этого." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отчет о Движении Денежных Средств" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -4755,25 +9599,33 @@ msgid "" "income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " "operating, investing and financing activities." msgstr "" +"Отчет о ** движение денежных средств ** показывает, как изменения в отчета " +"баланса счетов и доходов влияют на денежные средства и их эквиваленты, а " +"также нарушает анализ в операционной, инвестиционной и финансовой " +"деятельности." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налоговый Отчет" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" +"Этот отчет позволяет просмотреть суммы ** чистых ** и ** налоговых сумм ** " +"за все налоги, сгруппированные по типу (продажа / покупка)." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налоги" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" msgstr "" +"Как управлять ценами для B2B (с выключенным налогом) и B2C (с включенным " +"налогом)?" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4781,6 +9633,9 @@ msgid "" "included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" " environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." msgstr "" +"Работая с клиентами, цены обычно выражаются с налогами, включенными в цену " +"(например, в большинстве электронной коммерции). Но, когда вы работаете в " +"B2B, компании обычно ведут переговоры о ценах без налогов." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -4790,6 +9645,11 @@ msgid "" "easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " "that's easy." msgstr "" +"Odoo легко управляет обоими случаями использования, если вы регистрируете " +"свои цены на товар с выключенными или включенными налогами, но не оба " +"вместе. Если вы управляете всеми своими ценами только с налогом (или " +"выключенным), вы все равно можете легко выполнить заказ на продажу с ценой, " +"не включая налоги (или включает): это просто." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -4799,24 +9659,33 @@ msgid "" "relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " "case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" msgstr "" +"Эта документация предназначена только для конкретного случая использования, " +"когда вам нужно иметь два Проекты на цену (включая НДС или без НДС) для " +"этого самого товара. Причиной сложности является то, что не существует " +"симметричного соотношение с ценами с включенным налогом и ценам с " +"выключенным налогом, как показано в данном случае, в Бельгии с налогом в " +"размере 21%:" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" msgstr "" +"Ваша электронная коммерция имеет товар на ** 10 евро (включая налогами) **" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Это будет ** 8,26 евро (без налогов) ** и ** налог 1,74 евро **" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 msgid "" "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " "product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" msgstr "" +"Но для того же случае, если вы регистрируете цену без налогов в форме товара" +" (8,26 €), вы получаете цену с налогом в размере 9,99 €, поскольку:" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -4824,14 +9693,17 @@ msgid "" "have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" " taxes:" msgstr "" +"Итак, в зависимости от того, как вы регистрируете свои цены на форме товара," +" вы получите разные результаты по цене, включая налоги и цену за вычетом " +"налогов:" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налоги исключено: ** 8.26 € & 10.00 € **" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налоги включены: ** 8.26 € & 9.99 € **" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -4839,6 +9711,9 @@ msgid "" "will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " "Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." msgstr "" +"Если вы покупаете 100 единиц с налогами 10 евро, это становится еще сложнее." +" Вы получите: ** 1000 € (с учетом налогов) = 826.45 € (цена) + 173.55 € " +"(налоги) **, сильно отличается от цены за единицу за 8.26 € без налога." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -4846,6 +9721,9 @@ msgid "" "you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" " form within the same company." msgstr "" +"В этой документации объясняется, как управлять очень конкретным случаем " +"использования, когда вам нужно справиться с двумя ценам (без налога и с " +"включенным налогом) в форме товара в пределах одной компании." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -4858,10 +9736,15 @@ msgid "" "everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " "salespeople." msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +"С точки зрения финансов, вы больше не получаете прибыль от продажи товара за" +" 10 евро, а не 9,99 евро (по налогу в размере 21%), поскольку ваша прибыль " +"будет таким же по 9,99 евро, только налог на 0,01 евро выше. Итак, если вы " +"запускаете электронной коммерции в Бельгии, сделайте услугу своему клиенту и" +" установите цену на уровне 9,99 евро вместо 10 евро. Обратите внимание, что " +"это не касается 20 евро или 30 евро, или других ставок налога или " +"количестве> 1. Вы также сделаете себе пользу, поскольку вы можете " +"управлять всеми налоговыми правами, менее подвержены ошибкам и проще для " +"ваших продавцов." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -4873,6 +9756,13 @@ msgid "" "contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " "and you have no specific configuration to do." msgstr "" +"Лучшим способом избежать этой сложности есть выбор только одного способа " +"управления вашими ценами и соблюдения его: цена без налогов или цены с " +"включенными налогами. Определите, какой тип по умолчанию сохраняется в форме" +" товара (по умолчанию налог, относящийся к товару), и Odoo автоматически " +"вычисляет другой, исходя из ПРАЙСЛИСТ и схемы налогообложения. Обсудите свои" +" контракты с клиентами. Это прекрасно работает "из коробки", и у " +"вас нет конкретных настроек." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -4880,53 +9770,71 @@ msgid "" "excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " "must:" msgstr "" +"Если вы не можете это сделать, и если вы действительно договариваетесь о " +"некоторых цены за вычетом налогов, а для других покупателей - другим ценам с" +" налогом, то вам необходимо:" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 msgid "" "always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" " tax (price included on the product form)" msgstr "" +"всегда сохраняйте цену по умолчанию, исключенного на форме товара, и " +"указывайте налог (цена указана в форме товара)" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" msgstr "" +"создайте прайслист с ценами с включенным налогом, для конкретных клиентов" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 msgid "" "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" msgstr "" +"создайте схему налогообложения, переключает цену без налога на цену с " +"включенным налогом" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 msgid "" "assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " "benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" msgstr "" +"назначьте как прайслист, так и схему налогообложения клиентам, которые хотят" +" воспользоваться этой цене и схеме налогообложения" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" msgstr "" +"Для целей настоящей документации мы будем использовать вышеизложенное " +"использования:" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded" -msgstr "" +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "ваша цена по умолчанию не равна 8.26 €" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " "website" msgstr "" +"но мы хотим продать его за 10 евро, включая цену, в наших магазинах или на " +"сайте электронной коммерции" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте ваши товары" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with price excluded by default. This is " +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " "usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " "Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " "Accounting application." msgstr "" +"Ваша компания должна быть настроена по цене по умолчанию. Обычно это " +"настройки по умолчанию, но вы можете проверить ** налог на продажу по " +"умолчанию ** в меню: menuselection: `Настройка -> Налаштування` в модуле " +"Бухучет." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -4935,6 +9843,10 @@ msgid "" "--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " "per customer segment**." msgstr "" +"После этого вы можете создать прайслист ** B2C **. Вы можете активировать " +"функцию ПРАЙСЛИСТ для каждого клиента в меню:: menuselection: `Настройка " +"-> Налаштування` приложении Продажа. Выберите опцию ** разные цены на " +"сегмент клиента **." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -4942,6 +9854,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " "default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." msgstr "" +"После этого создайте прайслист B2C меню: menuselection: `Настройка -> " +"Прайслист`. Также хорошо переименовать прайслист по умолчанию на B2B, чтобы " +"избежать путаницы." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -4949,10 +9864,14 @@ msgid "" "included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," " from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" msgstr "" +"Затем создайте товар на 8,26 евро с налогом в размере 21% (определяется как " +"налог, который не входит в стоимость), и установите цену на этот товар для " +"клиентов B2C на уровне 10 евро с меню: menuselection: `Продажи -> Товары " +"`из приложения Продажи:" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите схему налогообложения B2C" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -4961,10 +9880,14 @@ msgid "" "position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " "included in price)" msgstr "" +"В бухгалтерском приложении создайте схему налогообложения В2С из этого " +"меню:: menuselection: `Настройка -> Схема оподаткування`. Эта схема " +"налогообложения должна отражать НДС 21% (без учета налога) с НДС 21% (налог " +"входит в стоимость)" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверьте, создав коммерческое предложение" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -4972,6 +9895,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " "result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." msgstr "" +"Создайте коммерческое предложение по программе Продажи с помощью меню: " +"menuselection: `Продажи -> Коммерческие пропозиции`. Вы следующий " +"результат: 8.26 € + 1.73 € = 9.99 €." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -4980,28 +9906,38 @@ msgid "" "have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " "8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." msgstr "" +"Затем создайте коммерческое предложение, но ** измените прайслист на B2C и " +"схему налогообложения B2C ** на коммерческое предложение, прежде чем " +"добавлять свой товар. Вы должны получить ожидаемый результат, общая цена " +"которого 10 € для клиента: 8.26 € + 1.74 € = 10.00 €." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Это ожидаемое поведение для покупателя вашего магазина." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Избегайте изменений в каждом заказе на продажу" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate price " -"included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal " -"position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at " -"every sale of this customer." +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." msgstr "" +"Если вы заключаете договор с клиентом, обсуждаете цену, с включенным налогом" +" или выключенным, вы можете установить прайслист и схему налогообложения в " +"форме клиента, чтобы она применялась автоматически при каждой продаже этого " +"клиента." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." msgstr "" +"Прайслист на вкладке ** Продажи и Покупки ** в форме клиента, а схема " +"налогообложения находится на вкладке бухучета." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -5010,20 +9946,30 @@ msgid "" "wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " "to only work with one price reference." msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание, что может возникнуть ошибка: если вы устанавливаете схему" +" налогообложения по налогу, включенным в стоимость, но используете " +"прайслист, без включенного налога, для вас могут быть выбраны неправильные " +"цены. Вот почему мы обычно рекомендуем компаниям работать только с одним " +"ценовым референсом." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" msgstr "" +"Как переключить налоги в соответствии со схемой налогообложения клиента или " +"его местонахождение" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 msgid "" "Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " "To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." msgstr "" +"Чаще всего ставки налога зависят от схемы налогообложения или " +"местонахождение вашего клиента. Чтобы отразить налоги, Odoo предлагает так " +"называемые * Схемы налогообложения *." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте сопоставление налогов" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -5032,6 +9978,10 @@ msgid "" "customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " "purchases." msgstr "" +"Схема налогообложения - это лишь набор правил, который сопоставляет типичные" +" налоги (как это определено в форме товара) с другими налогами. На снимке " +"экрана ниже иностранные покупатели получают 0% налогов вместо 15%, как для " +"продаж, так и для покупок." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -5041,6 +9991,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " "Positions`." msgstr "" +"Основные схемы налогообложения автоматически создаются в соответствии с " +"вашим местонахождения. Но вам может понадобиться создание схемы " +"налогообложения для конкретных случаев использования. Чтобы определить схемы" +" налогообложения, перейдите к: menuselection: `Выставление счетов / Бухучет " +"-> Настройка -> Схемы оподаткування`." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -5049,22 +10004,31 @@ msgid "" "from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " "foreign countries." msgstr "" +"Если вы используете Бухучет Odoo, вы можете сопоставить счета доходов / " +"расходов в соответствии со схемой налогообложения. Например, в некоторых " +"странах доходы от продажи не размещаются на одном счете, по сравнению с " +"доходами от продаж в зарубежных странах." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Переключите налоги относительно схемы налогообложения вашего клиента" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 msgid "" "If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" "mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." msgstr "" +"Если клиент попадает в конкретное правило налогообложения, вам нужно " +"применить сопоставление налогов. Для этого создайте схему налогообложения и " +"назначьте ее своим клиентам." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 msgid "" "Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " "for the customer." msgstr "" +"Odoo будет использовать эту конкретную схему налогообложения для любого " +"заказа / счета, записанного для клиента." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -5072,10 +10036,14 @@ msgid "" "will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " "same customer." msgstr "" +"Если вы установите схему налогообложения в заказе клиента или счет-фактуру " +"вручную, она будет применяться только к этому документу, а не к будущим " +"заказов / счетов-фактур того же клиента." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" msgstr "" +"Сопоставьте налоги в соответствии с адресом клиента (на основе назначения)" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -5085,27 +10053,38 @@ msgid "" "require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " "your office or warehouse)." msgstr "" +"В зависимости от вашего месторасположения налоги на продажу могут быть на " +"основе исходной точке или назначения. Большинство государств или стран " +"требуют, чтобы вы собирали налоги в соответствии с назначением (например, " +"адреса вашего покупателя), тогда как некоторые другие требуют собирать их по" +" ставке, действующей в начальной точке (например, ваш офис или склад)." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 msgid "" "If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " "tax-mapping to apply." msgstr "" +"Если вы находитесь под правилом на основе назначения, создайте одну схему " +"налогообложения для сопоставления налогов." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отметьте * Автоматически определять *." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 msgid "" "Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." msgstr "" +"Выберите страну, область или город, чтобы запустить сопоставления налогов." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 msgid "" "This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " "fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." msgstr "" +"Таким образом, если для клиента не установлен схему налогообложения, Odoo " +"выберет сопоставления схемы налогообложения, соответствует адресу " +"отправления при создании заказа." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -5113,48 +10092,63 @@ msgid "" "update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " "his shipping address." msgstr "" +"Для заказов электронной коммерции налог корзины посетителя автоматически " +"обновляется и применяется новый налог после того, как посетитель вошел в " +"систему или заполнил адрес своей доставки." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Конкретные случаи использования" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " "replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." msgstr "" +"Если для некоторых схем налогообложения вы хотите удалить налог, а не " +"заменить другим, просто оставьте поле * налога, который нужно применить * " +"незаполненным." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," " just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." msgstr "" +"Если для некоторых схем налогообложения вы хотите заменить налог двумя " +"другими налогами, просто создайте две строки, имеющие одинаковый * налог на " +"товаре *." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 +msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." +msgstr "" +"Схемы налогообложения не применяются к основным средствам и доходов будущих " +"периодов." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`create`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как управлять налогами, начисленных кассовым методом" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5163,6 +10157,10 @@ msgid "" " your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " "method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "" +"Налоги, начисленные кассовым методом, должны быть осуществлены после " +"осуществления платежа, а не при подтверждении счета-фактуры (как в случае с " +"обычными налогами). Отчет о ваших доходах и расходах на основе кассового " +"метода является законным в некоторых странах и при определенных условиях." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -5171,10 +10169,14 @@ msgid "" "basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " "2nd quarter." msgstr "" +"Пример: вы продаете товар в 1 квартале вашего финансового года и получаете " +"платеж во 2 квартале вашего финансового года. Исходя из кассового метода, " +"налог, который вы должны оплатить налоговой администрации, должно быть " +"оплачено в течение 2-го квартала." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как настроить налоги, начисленные кассовым методом?" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -5182,80 +10184,109 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " "define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." msgstr "" +"Вы должны сначала активизировать настройки в: menuselection: `Бухучет -> " +"Настройка -> Настройка -> Разрешить начисления коштив`. Вам будет " +"предложено определить журнал Налогов, начисленных кассовым методом." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax " -"and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash " -"Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*." +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." msgstr "" +"После того, как это будет сделано, вы можете настроить ваши налоги в: " +"menuselection: `Бухучета -> Настройка -> Податки`. Сначала установите " +"необходимые счета транзакции для публикации налогов, пока вы не " +"зарегистрируете платеж." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" +"На вкладке * Дополнительные параметры * вы превратите * Налог на прибыль * в" +" * На основе платежа *. Тогда вам придется определить * Налоговый счет *, на" +" котором нужно размещать сумму налога при получении платежа, и * Счет " +"полученного базового налога *, чтобы разместить базовую сумму налога для " +"точного налогового отчета." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Каково влияние налогов, начисленных кассовым методом, на мой бухучет?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 msgid "" "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " "When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " "your accounting:" msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" +"Давайте рассмотрим пример. Вы осуществляете продажу в размере 100 долларов с" +" 15% налогом, начисленным кассовым методом. Когда вы проверяете счет-фактуру" +" клиента, в вашем бухучета создается следующая запись:" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76 -msgid "Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "Журнал счетов клиента" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "Полученные $ 115" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "Временный налоговый счет $ 15" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "Счет дохода $ 100" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "Через несколько дней вы получаете платеж:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "Журнал Банка" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Банк $ 115" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 msgid "" "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" msgstr "" +"Когда вы согласовываете счет-фактуру и платеж, создается следующая запись:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" msgstr "Журнал Налога на Наличной Основе " -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Счет полученного налога $ 15" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 msgid "" -"The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are" -" needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo." +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." msgstr "" +"Последние две статьи журнала являются нейтральными, но они необходимы для " +"обеспечения правильных налоговых отчетов в Odoo с точными базовыми суммами " +"налога. Советуем использовать счет дохода по умолчанию. Остаток этого счета " +"всегда будет на нуле." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как создать новые налоги" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5264,41 +10295,55 @@ msgid "" "withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " "with the right taxes." msgstr "" +"Налоговый двигатель Odoo очень гибкий и поддерживает много различных " +"налогов: налоги на добавленную стоимость, экологические налоги, федеральные " +"/ штатные / городские налоги, содержание, уплата налогов и т. Д. Для " +"большинства стран ваша система предварительно настроена на необходимые " +"налоги." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 msgid "" "This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." msgstr "" +"В этом разделе описано, как можно определить новые налоги для конкретных " +"случаев использования." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " "menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Бухучет -> Настройка -> Податки`. В этом " +"меню вы получаете все налоги, которые вы можете использовать: налоги на " +"продажу и налоги на покупку." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." msgstr "" +"Выберите область: продажа, покупки или ничего (например, устаревший налог)." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выберите метод вычисления:" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Фиксированные **: экологические налоги и тому подобное." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" msgstr "" +"** Процент от цены **: распространенные (например, 15% налога с продаж)" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." msgstr "" +"** Процент от цены, которая уже включает налог **: используется в Бразилии и" +" др." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Группа налогов **: позволяет иметь сложный налог" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -5306,6 +10351,10 @@ msgid "" "item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " "posts the tax journal item in the income account." msgstr "" +"Если вы используете Бухучет Odoo, установите налоговый учет (то есть, где " +"будет размещен элемент налогового журнала). Это поле необязательно, если вы " +"храните его пустым, Odoo публикует элемент налогового журнала во входном " +"счета." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -5313,6 +10362,10 @@ msgid "" "probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " "using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите избежать использования налога, его нельзя удалить, поскольку " +"налог, вероятно, используется в нескольких счетах-фактурах. Итак, чтобы " +"избежать того, что пользователи продолжают пользоваться этим налогом, вам " +"следует установить поле * Учет налогов * в * Нет *." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -5320,10 +10373,13 @@ msgid "" "**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " "code." msgstr "" +"Если вам нужен более продвинутый налоговый механизм, вы можете установить " +"модуль ** account_tax_python **, и вы сможете определить новые налоги с " +"помощью кода Python." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "расширенные настройки" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -5331,6 +10387,10 @@ msgid "" "on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " "following label on invoice \"15%\"." msgstr "" +"** Метка на счетах-фактурах **: краткий текст о том, как вы хотите " +"напечатать этот налог в строке счета-фактуры. Например, налог с названием " +""15% на услуги" может содержать такую метку в счете " +""15%"." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -5338,34 +10398,45 @@ msgid "" "the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " "footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." msgstr "" +"** Налоговая группа **: определяет, где этот налог суммируется в нижней " +"части счета-фактуры. Все налоги, относящихся к одной налоговой группы, будут" +" сгруппированы в нижней части счета-фактуры. Примеры налоговой группы: НДС, " +"содержание." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 msgid "" "**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " "generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." msgstr "" +"** Включение в аналитическую стоимость **: налог рассчитывается как " +"стоимость, и, таким образом, генерирует аналитический запись, если ваш счет-" +"фактура использует аналитические счета." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 msgid "" "**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " "empty." msgstr "" +"** Теги **: используются для специальных отчетов. Обычно вы можете оставить " +"это поле пустым." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`application`" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установление типовых налогов" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " "localizations." msgstr "" +"Налоги, применяемые в вашей стране, автоматически устанавливаются для " +"большинства локализаций." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -5373,12 +10444,18 @@ msgid "" "tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " "country/state than you." msgstr "" +"Типичные налоги, установленные в заказах и счетах, поступают на вкладку " +""Настройка счетов" каждого товара. Такие налоги используются, " +"когда вы продаете компаниям, находящимся в той же стране, как и вы." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 msgid "" "To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Чтобы изменить типичные налоги, установленные для любого созданного нового " +"товара, перейдите к: menuselection: `Выставление счета / Бухучет -> " +"Настройка -> Налаштування`." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -5386,10 +10463,13 @@ msgid "" "may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " "login into two different companies and change this field for each company." msgstr "" +"Если вы работаете в нескольких компаниях, налоги на покупку и продажу могут " +"иметь другое значение в соответствии с компании, в которой вы работаете. Вы " +"можете войти в двух разных компаний и изменить это поле для каждой компании." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как управления налогами на содержание?" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5398,6 +10478,10 @@ msgid "" "payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " "withholding tax applies to employment income." msgstr "" +"Налог на содержание является государственной требованием плательщика счета-" +"фактуры удерживать или отчислять налог от платежа и платить этот налог " +"правительства. В большинстве юрисдикций налогообложения взимается по налогу " +"на прибыль." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -5405,10 +10489,13 @@ msgid "" " pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " "amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." msgstr "" +"С обычными налогами этот налог прилагается к итоговой суммы, чтобы вы ее " +"оплатили. В отличие от обычных налогов, налог на содержание взимается от " +"уплаты налога, поскольку он уплачивается заказчиком." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Например, в Колумбии вы можете иметь следующий счет-фактуру:" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -5416,6 +10503,9 @@ msgid "" "the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " "**government**." msgstr "" +"В этом примере ** компания **, которая прислала счет, обязана ** " +"правительства ** 20 долларов налогов, а ** клиент ** обязан ** правительства" +" ** 10 долларов налогов." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -5423,6 +10513,9 @@ msgid "" "retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" msgstr "" +"В Odoo налог на содержание определяется путем создания отрицательного " +"налога. Для сохранения 10%, вы можете настроить следующий налог (доступен " +"через: menuselection: `Настройка -> Податки`):" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -5430,12 +10523,17 @@ msgid "" "specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " "tab." msgstr "" +"Для того, чтобы он отображался как сохранение в счете-фактуре, на вкладке **" +" Дополнительные параметры ** следует установить определенную группу налогов " +"** На содержание ** своего налога." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 msgid "" "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " "invoices." msgstr "" +"После определения налога вы можете использовать его в своих товарах, заказах" +" на продажу или счетах-фактурах." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -5443,10 +10541,13 @@ msgid "" " Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " "(normal tax and retention)." msgstr "" +"Если содержание является процентом от обычного налога, создайте налог с ** " +"налоговым расчетом ** как ** налоговую группу ** и установите два налога в " +"этой группе (обычный налог и на содержание)." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Применение налога на содержание в счетах-фактурах" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -5454,6 +10555,9 @@ msgid "" "customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " "line." msgstr "" +"Когда ваш налог будет создан, вы можете использовать его по форме заказчика," +" заказы на продажу или счета-фактуры для клиентов. Вы можете подать " +"несколько налогов на одну строку счета-фактуры клиента." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -5462,21 +10566,30 @@ msgid "" "print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " "taxes." msgstr "" +"Когда вы видите счет клиента на экране, вы получаете только налоговый " +"строку, обобщая все налоги (обычные налоги и на содержание). Но когда вы " +"распечатываете или посылаете счет-фактуру, Odoo делает правильную группу " +"среди всех налогов." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "" +"В распечатанном счета отображаться различные суммы в каждой налоговой " +"группе." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как установить цены, которые уже включают налог" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 msgid "" "In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for your sales taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Taxes`." +"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." msgstr "" +"В большинстве стран цены B2C включают налог. Для того, чтобы сделать это в " +"Odoo, проверьте * Включены в цену * для каждого из ваших налогов с продаж в:" +" menuselection: `Бухучет -> Настройка -> Бухучет -> Податки`." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -5484,48 +10597,54 @@ msgid "" "let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" " product form is $100." msgstr "" +"Таким образом цена, установленная на форме товара, включая налог. Например, " +"скажем, у вас есть товар с налогом на продажу в размере 10%. Цена продажи на" +" форме товара составляет 100 долларов США." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Если налог не входит в стоимость, вы получите:" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Цена без налога: $ 100" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налоги: $ 10" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Всего оплатить: $ 110" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Если налог включен в цену:" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Цена без налога: 90.91" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налоги: $ 9.09" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Всего оплатить: $ 100" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 msgid "" "You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " "and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." msgstr "" +"Вы можете полагаться на следующую документацию, если вам нужны цены как с " +"налогом (B2C), так и без налога (B2B):: doc: `B2B_B2C`." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" msgstr "" +"Покажите цены, которые включают налог в каталоге электронной коммерции" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -5534,123 +10653,174 @@ msgid "" "(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " "Display)." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию цены, отражаемые в вашем каталоге электронной коммерции, не " +"включают налоги. Чтобы отразить их в налоговой системе, проверьте * Показать" +" строку суммы с включенными налогами (B2C) * в разделе: menuselection: " +"`Продажи -> Настройка -> Налаштування` (экран налога)." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud" -msgstr "" +msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "Как получить правильную ставку налога в США, используя TaxCloud" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to calculate the sales tax for every" -" address in the United States and keeps track of which product types are " -"exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud " -"calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special " -"jurisdiction in the United States." +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." msgstr "" +"Интеграция ** TaxCloud ** позволяет правильно рассчитывать налог продаж для " +"каждого адреса в США и следит, какая продукция освобождается от налога с " +"продаж и в каких штатах применяется каждое увольнение. TaxCloud вычисляет " +"налог с продаж в режиме реального времени для каждого штата, города и " +"специальной юрисдикции в Соединенных Штатах." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In Tax Cloud" -msgstr "" +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "В TaxCloud" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" -"Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* <https://taxcloud.net/#register>`__ " +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " "website." msgstr "" +"Создайте бесплатный аккаунт на сайте `TaxCloud " +"<https://taxcloud.com/#register> `__." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." msgstr "" +"Зарегистрируйте ваш сайт Odoo на TaxCloud, чтобы получить * API ID * и * " +"Ключ API *." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" +"В настройках на TaxCloud нажмите * Адрес *, чтобы ввести местонахождение " +"вашего офиса и склада." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and check *Compute sales tax automatically using TaxCloud*. Click *Apply*." +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." msgstr "" +"В настройках на TaxCloud, нажмите * Управление штатами налога * чтобы " +"проверить штаты, где вы собираете налог с продаж." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "В Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите в: menuselection: `Выставление счетов / Бухучет -> Настройка " +"-> Налаштування` и отметьте * TaxCloud - Вычислять налоговые ставки на " +"основе индекса США * (запишите: фактически использует полный адрес улице)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "Введите учетные данные TaxCloud." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "Нажмите СОХРАНИТЬ, чтобы сохранить ваши учетные данные." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" -"Hit *Sync TaxCloud Categories (TIC)* to import TIC product categories from " -"TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific " -"rates." +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." msgstr "" +"Нажмите на иконку Обновления у * Категория по умолчанию * для импорта " +"категорий товара с TaxCloud (Информационные коды налогообложения). Некоторые" +" категории могут предусматривать определенные ставки или привлекать " +"исключения в отношении товаров / услуг." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" -"Set default *TIC Code* and taxe rates. This will apply to any new product " -"created. A default sales tax is needed to trigger the tax computation." +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." msgstr "" +"Выберите ваш * TIC код * по умолчанию. Это будет применен к любым вновь " +"товаров." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 msgid "" -"For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in " -"*Sales* tab)." +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." msgstr "" +"Установите конкретную категорию TaxCloud TIC на вкладке товара * Общая " +"информация * или в категории товара." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is well defined (especially the state and the" -" zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and click " -"*Configure your company data*." +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что адрес вашей компании заполнена (включая область и индекс). " +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `настроек -> Пользователи и компании -> " +"Компании`, чтобы открыть и редактировать запись вашей компании." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как это работает" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" -"Automatic tax assignation works thanks to fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A specific fiscal position is created when installing " -"*TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" +" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" +"Налог продажи рассчитывается в Odoo на основе схемы налогообложения (см.: " +"Doc: `application`). Схема налогообложения для США создается при установке *" +" TaxCloud *. Все работает из коробки." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "" -"This fiscal position is set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when " -"the customer country is *United States*. This is triggering the automated " -"tax computation." +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." msgstr "" +"Вы можете настроить Odoo для автоматического определения, клиенты должны " +"использовать эту схему налогообложения. Откройте: menuselection: `Бухучет " +"-> Настройка -> Схемы оподаткування`, чтобы открыть и редактировать " +"записи." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 msgid "" -"Add a product with a default sales tax. Odoo will automatically send a " -"request to TaxCloud, get the correct tax percentage based on the customer " -"location (state and zip code) and product TIC category, create a new tax " -"rate if that tax percentage does not already exist in your system and return" -" it in the order item line (e.g. 7.0%)." +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." msgstr "" +"Теперь эта схема налогообложения автоматически устанавливается на любом " +"заказ на продажу, веб-заказе, или счета, если страна клиента - * США *. Это " +"запускает автоматическое расчета налога." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 msgid "" -"You can create several fiscal positions using TaxCloud. Check *Use TaxCloud " -"API* to do so. Such fiscal postions can be assigned to customers in their " -"detail form in order to get them by default whenever they buy you something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." msgstr "" +"Добавьте ваш товар (ы). У вас есть две опции, чтобы получить налог продажи в" +" заказе. Вы можете подтвердить это или вы можете сохранить это, а в меню * " +"Действие * выбрать ** Обновить налоги с TaxCloud **." #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "начните" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как установить бухучет Odoo?" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5658,6 +10828,9 @@ msgid "" "follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " "different screens you will need." msgstr "" +"В программе Бухучет Odoo есть помощник по внедрению, которого следует " +"придерживаться, чтобы настроить приложение. Это пошаговое помощник с " +"различными ссылками, которые вам понадобятся." #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -5666,54 +10839,58 @@ msgid "" "should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " "implementation guide." msgstr "" +"После того, как вы установили модуль бухгалтерского учета, " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/> `__, нужно " +"нажать на верхнюю правую панель процесса, чтобы получить доступ к " +"руководству по внедрению." #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помощник по внедрению поможет вам выполнить следующие шаги:" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 msgid "Completing your company settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заполнение настроек вашей компании" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Записи в свои банковские счета" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выбор плана счетов" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подтверждение обычных налоговых ставок" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установка любой иностранной валюты" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Импорт ваших клиентов" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Импорт ваших поставщиков" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Импорт ваших товаров" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Импорт ваших несогласованных транзакций" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 msgid "Importing your starting balances" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Импорт начальных балансов" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 msgid "Define the users for accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Определение пользователей бухучета" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -5721,24 +10898,29 @@ msgid "" "bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " "configuration of Odoo." msgstr "" +"После завершения этих шагов вы можете нажать кнопку "Отметить как " +"выполнен" в нижней части экрана. Таким образом, вы можете отслеживать " +"прогресс общих настроек Odoo." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Основные понятия" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Бухгалетрия в Odoo" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 msgid "" "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " "transactions." msgstr "" +"Эта страница заключает, как Odoo делает ставку на типичные счета и " +"транзакции." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Двухуровневая бухгалтерская система" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -5746,49 +10928,65 @@ msgid "" "each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " "order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." msgstr "" +"Odoo автоматически создает все записи журнала по каждой из ваших " +"бухгалтерских транзакций: счета клиентов, заказы на продажу, расходы, " +"движение запаса и тому подобное." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." msgstr "" +"Odoo использует правила двухуровневой бухгалтерской системы: все записи " +"журнала автоматически сбалансированы (сумма дебету = сумма кредитов)." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" msgstr "" +"`Понятные учетные операции Odoo по одному документу " +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html> `__" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Начисление и методика начисления средств" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 msgid "" -"Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " +"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." msgstr "" +"Odoo поддерживает как начисления, так и кассовые отчеты. Это позволяет " +"отчитываться о доходах / расходах на время осуществления транзакций " +"(например, на основе принципа начисления) или когда осуществляется либо " +"получается оплата (например, на основе кассового метода)." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мульти-компании" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" -"Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each " +"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " "reports following your consolidation rules." msgstr "" +"Odoo позволяет управлять несколькими компаниями в пределах одной базы " +"данных. Каждая компания имеет собственный план счетов и правил. Вы можете " +"получать сводные отчеты в соответствии с правилами консолидации." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." msgstr "" +"Пользователи могут получить доступ к нескольким компаний, но всегда работать" +" в одной компании за раз." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "мультивалютность" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -5798,110 +10996,133 @@ msgid "" "transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " "reconciliation of the journal items." msgstr "" +"Каждая операция записывается в валюте по умолчанию компании. Для операций, " +"происходящих в другой валюте, Odoo сохраняет как стоимость в валюте " +"компании, так и стоимость в валюте операции. Odoo может генерировать " +"валютные доходы и убытки после согласования журнальных статей." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Валютные курсы обновляются один раз в день с помощью веб-сервиса НБУ." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "международные стандарты" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 msgid "" -"Odoo accounting support more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implement accounting standards that is common to all countries and specific " -"modules exists per country for the specificities of the country like the " +"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " +"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " +"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " "chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." msgstr "" +"Бухучет Odoo поддерживает более 50 стран. Основной бухгалтерский учет Odoo " +"реализует стандарты бухгалтерского учета, которые являются общими для всех " +"стран. Специфические модули существуют для каждой страны по специфике " +"страны, например план счетов, налогов или банковских интерфейсов." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "В частности, основной бухгалтерский двигатель Odoo поддерживает:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where cost of good " +"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." msgstr "" +"Англо-саксонский бухгалтерский учет (США, Великобритания и другие " +"англоязычные страны, включая Ирландию, Канаду, Австралию и Новую Зеландию), " +"где продаются / доставляются товары." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Европейский учет, где расходы учитываются на счете поставщика." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo также модули, соответствующие правилам МСФО." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 +msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" +msgstr "Дебиторская и кредиторская задолженность" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 -msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " "per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию Odoo использует единый аккаунт для всех записей дебиторской " +"задолженности и один для всех записей, подлежащих оплате. Вы можете " +"создавать отдельные учетные записи для клиентов / поставщиков, но вам это не" +" нужно." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " "revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." msgstr "" +"Поскольку транзакции связаны с клиентами или поставщиками, вы получаете " +"отчеты для проведения анализа на одного клиента / поставщика, такие как " +"выписки клиента, доходы на одного клиента, старые дебиторскую / кредиторскую" +" задолженность ..." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 +msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +msgstr "Широкий спектр финансовых отчетов" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " "reports include:" msgstr "" +"В Odoo вы можете создавать финансовые отчеты в режиме реального времени. " +"Отчеты Odoo варьируются от основных отчетов бухгалтерского учета к " +"расширенным управленческих отчетов. Отчеты Odoo включают в себя:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" +"Отчеты об эффективности (например, "Прибыль и убытки", " +""Стоимость бюджета")" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" +"Позиционные отчеты (такие как баланс, погашенные кредиторские и дебиторские " +"задолженности)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Наличные отчеты (например, балансовый отчет)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "" +"Подробные отчеты (например, Судебный баланс и Общая бухгалтерская книга)" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +msgstr "Управленческие отчеты (например, бюджеты, резюме)" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." msgstr "" +"Процесс отчетов Odoo позволяет настроить собственный отчет на основе " +"собственных формул." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 +msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +msgstr "Автоматический импорт банковских комиссий" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -5910,142 +11131,98 @@ msgid "" "have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " "banking or wait for your paper bank statements." msgstr "" +"Согласование банковской выписки - это процесс, который соответствует строкам" +" банковских выписок, предоставленных банком, для ваших бухгалтерских " +"операций в главной книге. Odoo делает упрощения согласования банковской " +"выписки, часто их импортируя из вашего банка непосредственно на ваш счет " +"Odoo. Это означает, что вы можете иметь ежедневный обзор своего денежного " +"потока без необходимости входить в онлайн-банкинг или ждать банковские " +"выписки." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " "you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " "ledger transactions." msgstr "" +"Odoo ускоряет согласование банковских выписок, подбирая большинство " +"импортируемых выписок с вашими бухгалтерских транзакций. Odoo также помнит, " +"как вы обрабатывали другие банковские выписки и оказывали предложены " +"транзакции в главную бухгалтерскую книгу." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 +msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +msgstr "Исчисление налога для налоговой" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 -msgid "Calculates the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" " tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." msgstr "" +"Odoo подсчитывает все ваши учетные операции за налоговый период и использует" +" эти итоги для расчета вашего налогового обязательства. Затем вы можете " +"проверить свой налог с продаж, запустив налоговый отчет Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Оценка запасов" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" +"Odoo поддерживает как периодические (ручные), так и постоянные " +"(автоматические) оценки запасов. Доступными методами стандартная цена, " +"средняя цена, LIFO (для стран позволяют это) и FIFO." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:132 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" msgstr "" +"`Смотрите влияние метода оценки на ваши транзакции " +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html> `__" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" +msgstr "сохранен прибыль" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 msgid "" -"Retained earnings is the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" "end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " -"century." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " -"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " -"them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 -msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " -"inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " -"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 -msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " -"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " -"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " -"go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 millions of happy users." -msgstr "" +"Сохранен прибыль - это часть дохода, сохраняется вашим бизнесом. Odoo " +"автоматически вычисляет ваш текущий доход в реальном времени, поэтому " +"обязательно журнал отчетного периода или опрокидывания. Это исчисляется " +"путем автоматического отчетности о балансе прибыли и убытка в отчете о " +"балансе." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Бухгалтерская в память предпринимателей (US GAAP)" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " "over a specific period (usually the current year)." msgstr "" +"Отчет о ** Прибыли и убытки ** (P & L) показывает эффективность компании" +" за определенный период (обычно текущий год)." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 msgid "" "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " "sold." msgstr "" +"** Валовая прибыль ** равна доходам от продаж за вычетом затрат на проданные" +" товары." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -6053,12 +11230,18 @@ msgid "" " as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " "beyond the costs of products sold." msgstr "" +"** Операционные расходы ** (ОPEX) включают административные, продажные и " +"разработки, а также арендную плату и коммунальные услуги, различные расходы," +" страхование ... нечто большее, чем расходы на проданные товары." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " "date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" msgstr "" +"** Отчет баланса ** представляет собой снимок финансов компании на " +"определенную дату (в отличие от прибыли и расходов, который является " +"анализом течение периода)" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -6066,28 +11249,40 @@ msgid "" "includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " "cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." msgstr "" +"** Активы ** - это активы компании, вещи, которыми она обладает. Основные " +"средства включают здания и офисы, текущие активы включают банковские счета и" +" наличные. Клиент, имеющий деньги, является активом. Работник не является " +"активом." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 msgid "" "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " "to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." msgstr "" +"** Обязательства ** - обязательства по прошлыми событиями, которые компании " +"придется платить в будущем (счета за коммунальные услуги, долги, " +"неуплаченные поставщики)." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 msgid "" "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" " shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." msgstr "" +"** Собственный капитал ** - сумма средств, предоставленных собственниками " +"(учредителями или акционерами) плюс ранее сохраненный прибыль (или убытки)." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." msgstr "" +"Ежегодный чистая прибыль (или убытки) отображается как сохранен прибыль." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 msgid "" "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " "(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." msgstr "" +"То, что принадлежит (актив), было профинансировано за счет долгов для " +"возмещения (обязательства) или капитала (прибыль, капитал)." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -6095,14 +11290,18 @@ msgid "" " (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " "having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." msgstr "" +"Разница между приобретением активов (например, здания) и расходами " +"(например, топливом). Активы имеют внутреннюю стоимость во времени по " +"сравнению с затратами, которые имеют значение в них, потребляемых для того, " +"чтобы компания "работала"." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активы = обязательства + собственный капитал" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "План счетов" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -6111,14 +11310,19 @@ msgid "" " an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " "an other account (debit)." msgstr "" +"** План счетов ** перечисляет все счета, независимо от того, являются ли они" +" отчетом баланса счетов или учетом доходов и расходов. Каждая финансовая " +"операция (например, платеж, счет-фактура) влияет на счета путем перемещения " +"стоимости с одной учета (кредита) на другой (дебет)." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Баланс = Дебет - Кредит" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 msgid "Journal Entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Записи журнала" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -6126,91 +11330,99 @@ msgid "" "a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " "impacting several accounts." msgstr "" +"Каждый финансовый документ компании (например, счет-фактура, банковская " +"выписка, платеж, контракт на увеличение капитала) записывается как запись в " +"журнале, что влияет на несколько счетов." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." msgstr "" +"Для того, чтобы запись журнала был * сбалансированный * сумма всех его " +"дебету должна быть равной сумме всех его кредитов." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "примеры бухгалтерских записей для различных транзакций. пример:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пример 1: Счет:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 msgid "Explanation:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "пояснение:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы получаете доход в размере 1000 долларов США" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы должны уплатить налог в размере 90 долларов США" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заказчик $ 1,090" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "настройки:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доход: определяется на товаре или категории товара" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дебиторская задолженность: определенная клиентом" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налог: определяется налогом, установленным на строке счета-фактуры" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" +"Схема налогообложения, использованная в счете-фактуре, может иметь правило, " +"заменяет счет дохода или налог, определенный на товаре другим." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пример 2: Оплата клиента:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ваш клиент должен $ 1,090 меньше" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы получаете $ 1,090 на ваш банковский счет" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Банковский счет: определены в соответствующем банковском журнале" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:26 msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сверка" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 msgid "" "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " "account, matching credits and debits." msgstr "" +"Согласование - это процесс объединения элементов журнала конкретного счета, " +"соответствующих кредитов и дебетовые." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -6218,36 +11430,45 @@ msgid "" "to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " "done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." msgstr "" +"Его основная цель заключается в том, чтобы связать платежи с " +"соответствующими счетами-фактурами для того, чтобы отметить счета-фактуры, " +"которые выплачиваются, и очистить выписку клиента. Это делается путем " +"согласования на счета * Дебиторская задолженность *." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 msgid "" "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " "reconciled with the related payment journal items." msgstr "" +"Счет-фактура обозначается как оплаченный, когда его журналы счетов " +"дебиторской задолженности согласуются со связанными элементами журнала " +"платежей." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Система согласования выполняется автоматически, если:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "оплата регистрируется непосредственно на счете-фактуре" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 msgid "" "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " "matching process" msgstr "" +"связи между платежами и счетами-фактурами проявляются в процессе " +"согласования банков" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пример выписки клиента" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "дебиторская задолженность" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 @@ -6264,7 +11485,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дебет" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 @@ -6281,11 +11502,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кредит" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 msgid "Invoice 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "счет 1" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 @@ -6302,49 +11523,49 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "100" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Payment 1.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "платеж 1.1" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "70" -msgstr "" +msgstr "70" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "Invoice 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "счет 2" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "65" -msgstr "" +msgstr "65" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "Payment 1.2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "платеж 1.2" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "30" -msgstr "" +msgstr "30" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "платеж 2" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "Invoice 3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "счет 3" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 msgid "50" -msgstr "" +msgstr "50" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 msgid "Total To Pay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Всего к оплате" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -6352,20 +11573,25 @@ msgid "" "your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " "from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" msgstr "" +"Согласование банковских выписок - это согласование банковских выписок " +"(предоставленных вашим банком) с внутренней операцией (платежи поставщикам " +"или клиентам). Для каждой строки в банковской выписке это может быть:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "что соответствует ранее записанному платежа:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" msgstr "" +"платеж регистрируется, когда чек получается от клиента, а затем во время " +"проверки банковской выписки" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "записано как новый платеж:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -6373,14 +11599,17 @@ msgid "" "<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " "bank statement" msgstr "" +"запись журнала платежа создается и: ref: `reconciled " +"<accounting/reconciliation> `С соответствующим счетом-фактурой при обработке" +" банковской выписки" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "записана как другая транзакция:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "банковский перевод, прямой платеж и тому подобное." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -6389,28 +11618,35 @@ msgid "" " the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " "balance." msgstr "" +"Система Odoo должна автоматически согласовать большинство транзакций, только" +" некоторые из них требуют пересмотра вручную. После завершения процесса " +"согласования банковских выписок остаток на банковском счете в Odoo должен " +"соответствовать баланса банковской выписки." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 msgid "Checks Handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "проверки обработки" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" msgstr "" +"Есть два подхода для управления чеками и внутренним банковским переводом:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Две записи журнала и согласования" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Одна запись журнала и банковское согласования" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." msgstr "" +"Первая запись журнала создается путем регистрации платежа в счете-фактуре. " +"Второй создается при регистрации банковской выписки." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 @@ -6426,7 +11662,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Счёт" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 @@ -6441,22 +11677,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "Account Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дебиторская задолженность" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Invoice ABC" -msgstr "" +msgstr "счет ABC" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 msgid "Undeposited funds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "незарегистрированные средства" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 msgid "Check 0123" -msgstr "" +msgstr "чек 0123" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 @@ -6466,7 +11702,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "Bank" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Банк" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -6474,170 +11710,25 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" " journal entry." msgstr "" +"Запись журнала создается путем регистрации платежа в счете-фактуре. При " +"согласовании выписки из банка строки отчета связанного с существующим " +"журналом." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 msgid "Bank Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Банковская выписка" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Statement XYZ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Accounting Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 -msgid "Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A journal is like a folder in which you record all transactions of the same " -"type: all the statements of a bank account, all customer invoices, all " -"supplier bills. It's used to organize similar transactions together." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Payment terms describe how and when a customer invoice (or supplier bill) " -"should be paid over the time. Example: 30% direct payment, balance due in " -"two months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is the process of matching transactions from your bank " -"records with existing journal items or creating new journal items on the " -"fly. It is a process of verification to ensure that your bank and your " -"records in Odoo say the same thing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Journal items reconciliation is the process of linking several journal items" -" together like an invoice and a payment. This allows you to mark invoices as" -" paid. It is also useful when comparing values of 'goods received not " -"invoiced' and 'goods shipped not billed' accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:33 -msgid "Deposit Ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Deposit tickets group several payment orders (usually checks) that are " -"deposited together at the bank at the same time. This allows an easy " -"reconciliation with the bank statement line if the line has one line per " -"deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:40 -msgid "Journal Entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:43 -msgid "" -"A journal entry is an accounting transaction, usually related to a financial" -" document: invoice, payment, receipt, etc. A journal entry always consists " -"of at least two lines, described here as journal items, which credit or " -"debit specific accounts. The sum of the credits of all journal items of a " -"journal entry must be equal to the sum of their debits for the entry to be " -"valid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:50 -msgid "Journal Item" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:53 -msgid "" -"A line of a journal entry, with a monetary debit or credit associated with a" -" specific account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:55 -msgid "Analytic Accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Sometimes called **Cost Accounts**, are accounts that are not part of the " -"chart of accounts and that allow you to track costs and revenues. Analytic " -"accounts are usually grouped by projects, departments, etc. for analysis of " -"a company's expenditures. Every journal item is posted in a regular account " -"in the chart of account and can be posted to an analytic account for the " -"purpose of reporting or analysis." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 -msgid "Analytic Entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Costs or revenues posted to analytic accounts, usually related to journal " -"entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:70 -msgid "Sales Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:73 -msgid "" -"A receipt or other slip of paper issued by a store or other vendor " -"describing the details of a purchase (amount, date, department, etc.). Sales" -" receipt are usually used instead of invoices if the sale is paid in cash in" -" a store." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Property owned by the company, usually with a useful life greater than one " -"reporting period. Odoo Asset management is used to manage the depreciation /" -" amortization of the asset over the time. Typical examples would be capital " -"equipment, vehicles, and real estate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:84 -msgid "Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Are used to recognize revenues for sales of services that are provided over " -"a long period of time. If you sell a 3 year maintenance contract, you can " -"use the deferred revenue mechanism to recognize 1/36 of the revenue every " -"month until the contract expires, rather than taking it all initially or at " -"the end." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:93 -msgid "Fiscal Position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Define the taxes that should be applied for a specific customer/vendor or " -"invoice. Example: If some customers benefit from specific taxes (government," -" construction companies, EU companies that are VAT subjected,…), you can " -"assign a fiscal position to them and the right tax will be selected " -"according to the products they buy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "выписка XYZ" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 msgid "Process overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "обзор процесса" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "From Invoice to Payment Collection" -msgstr "" +msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" +msgstr "От счета-фактуры клиента к сбору платежей" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6647,10 +11738,16 @@ msgid "" "multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " "efficiently and accurately." msgstr "" +"Odoo поддерживает несколько рабочих процессов с выставления счетов и оплаты," +" поэтому вы можете выбрать и использовать те, что подходит ли вам в бизнесе." +" Независимо от того, хотите ли вы принять единый платеж за один счет-фактуру" +" или обработать платеж, который охватывает несколько счетов-фактур, и " +"принимаете скидки на досрочные платежи, вы можете сделать это эффективно и " +"точно." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "От черновика счета к доходам и расходам" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -6661,6 +11758,12 @@ msgid "" "Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " "report." msgstr "" +"Если мы подберем конце типичного сценария "заказ на наличные", " +"после того как товар будет отправлен, вы: выдаете счет-фактуру; получаете " +"плату; депоновуете этот платеж в банке; убеждаетесь, что счет-фактура " +"заказчика закрыта; напоминаете, если клиенты опаздывают; и, наконец, " +"представляете свой доход в отчете о доходах и убытках и показываете " +"уменьшение активов в отчете о балансе." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -6671,10 +11774,17 @@ msgid "" "fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " "supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." msgstr "" +"Счет в большинстве стран создается, когда выполняется договорное " +"обязательство. Если вы доставляете коробку клиенту, вы выполнили условия " +"договора и можете оплатить их. Если поставщик присылает вам груз, он " +"отвечает условиям этого контракта и может оплатить счет. Поэтому условия " +"договора выполняются, когда коробка перемещается к грузовику или из нее. На " +"этом этапе, Odoo поддерживает создание так называемого черновика счета-" +"фактуры при получении товара." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создание счетов-фактур" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -6682,6 +11792,9 @@ msgid "" "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " "directly if you would like." msgstr "" +"Черновик счета-фактуры может быть сгенерирована вручную из других " +"документов, таких как заказы на продажу, заказы на покупку и тому подобное. " +"Хотя вы можете и сами создать черновик счета, если хотите." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -6690,85 +11803,101 @@ msgid "" "It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" " and precise manner." msgstr "" +"Счет-фактуру нужно предоставить с правильной информацией для того, чтобы " +"клиент мог заплатить в заказе за поставленные товары и услуги. Он должен " +"также включать другую информацию, необходимую для своевременной и точной " +"оплаты счета-фактуры." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 msgid "Draft invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Черновик счетов-фактур" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 msgid "" "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " "While these invoices" msgstr "" +"Система создает счет-фактуру сначала в состоянии черновика. Пока эти счета-" +"фактуры" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 msgid "" "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " "is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." msgstr "" +"остаются недействительными, они не оказывают влияния на бухучет в системе. " +"Ничто не препятствует пользователям создавать собственную черенетку счетов-" +"фактур." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создадим счет-фактуру клиента со следующей информацией:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заказчик: Агролайт" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Товар: iMac" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Количество: 1" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Цена единицы: 100" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налоги: налог 15%" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Документ состоит из трех частей:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "" +msgstr "верхняя часть счета-фактуры, информация о клиентах," #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," -msgstr "" +msgstr "основная часть счета-фактуры с подробными строками счетов-фактур," #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "внизу страницы, подробная информация о налогах и итоговые данные." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Открытые счета или про-форма счетов-фактур" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" -"An invoice will usually include the quantity and price the of goods and/or " +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." msgstr "" +"Счет, как правило, включает количество и цену товаров и / или услуг, дату, " +"любые вовлеченные стороны, уникальный номер счета и любую налоговую " +"информацию." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " "moves from the Draft state to the Open state." msgstr "" +"Нажмите "Подтвердить" счет-фактуру, когда вы готовы принять его. " +"После этого счет-фактура переходит из Черновики к статусу Открыто." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 msgid "" "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " "defined, and modifiable, sequence." msgstr "" +"Когда вы подтвердили счет, Odoo придает ему уникальный номер определенной и " +"модифицированной последовательности." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -6776,63 +11905,64 @@ msgid "" " when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " "entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." msgstr "" +"Бухгалтерские записи, соответствующие этому счету-фактуре, автоматически " +"генерируются, когда вы проверяете счет-фактуру. Вы можете просмотреть " +"детали, нажав на запись в поле журнала на вкладке Другая информация." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отправьте счет-фактуру заказчику" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." msgstr "" +"После проверки счета-фактуры можно непосредственно передать его клиенту с " +"помощью функции "Отправить по электронной почте"." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" " follows:" msgstr "" +"Типичный запись журнала, созданный подтвержденного счета, будет выглядеть " +"следующим образом:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Партнер **" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Установленный срок **" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Агролайт" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "01/07/2015" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "115" -msgstr "" +msgstr "115" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Продажи" +msgstr "15" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:89 msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Платеж" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -6841,15 +11971,20 @@ msgid "" "reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " "entered the payment." msgstr "" +"В Odoo счет-фактура считается оплаченным, когда связан бухгалтерская запись " +"был согласован с записями платежа. Если не было согласования, счет-фактура " +"будет оставаться в открытом состоянии, пока вы не внесете платеж." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" +"Типичный запись журнала, созданный с платежа, будет выглядеть следующим " +"образом:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получите частичную оплату через банковскую выписку" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -6857,26 +11992,33 @@ msgid "" "in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " "your accounting localisation." msgstr "" +"Вы можете вручную вводить банковские выписки в Odoo, или вы можете " +"импортировать их из файла CSV или нескольких других предварительно " +"определенных форматов в соответствии с вашей учетной локализации." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 msgid "" "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." msgstr "" +"Создайте банковскую выписку из информационной панели учета с соответствующим" +" журналом и введите сумму 100 долларов США." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сверить" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Теперь давайте согласуем!" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете пройти через каждую транзакцию и согласовать ее, или же " +"можно согласовать с инструкциями ниже." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -6884,16 +12026,21 @@ msgid "" "display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" " them to pay this invoice. \"" msgstr "" +"После согласования элементов на листке, соответствующий счет теперь будет " +"отображать: "Вы имеете непогашенные платежи для этого клиента. Вы " +"можете согласовать их, чтобы оплатить этот счет-фактуру"." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." msgstr "" +"Примените платеж. Ниже вы можете увидеть, что платеж добавляется в счет-" +"фактуру." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "напоминание платежа" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -6901,6 +12048,9 @@ msgid "" "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" " faster." msgstr "" +"Тенденция растет, когда клиенты оплачивают счета все позже и позже. Поэтому " +"коллекторы должны приложить все усилия, чтобы собирать деньги и собирать их " +"быстрее." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -6911,32 +12061,46 @@ msgid "" "passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" " same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." msgstr "" +"Odoo поможет вам определить стратегию дальнейшей работы. Чтобы напомнить " +"клиентам об оплате невыплаченных счетов-фактур, можно определить различные " +"действия в зависимости от того, насколько сильно просрочено оплату. Эти " +"действия накладываются на следующие уровни, которые срабатывают, когда срок " +"действия счета-фактуры прошел определенное количество дней. Если есть другие" +" просроченные счета для одного и того же клиента, действие простого счета-" +"фактуры будет выполнено." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." msgstr "" +"Перейдя к записи о клиентах и в "просроченные платежи", вы увидите" +" следующее сообщение и все просроченные счета-фактуры." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отчет о старении клиента:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " "to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." msgstr "" +"Отчет о старении клиента станет дополнительным ключевым инструментом для " +"коллектора для понимания проблем клиентов-кредиторов и определения " +"приоритетов их работы." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 msgid "" "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" " collection efforts." msgstr "" +"Используйте отчет о старении, чтобы определить, какие клиенты являются " +"просроченными, и начать работу сбора платежей." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доходы и расходы" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -6945,16 +12109,21 @@ msgid "" "sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" +"Отчет о доходах и расходах отражает их данные. В конце концов, это дает вам " +"четкое представление о чистом доходе и расходах. Его иногда называют " +""Отчет о доходах" или "Отчет о доходах и расходах"." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "отчет баланса" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" -"The balance sheet summarizes the your company's liabilities, assets and " -"equity at a specific moment in time." +"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " +"at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" +"Баланс заключает обязательства, активы и собственный капитал вашей компании " +"на конкретный момент времени." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -6962,10 +12131,14 @@ msgid "" "method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " "material has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" +"Например, если вы управляете своим товаром с помощью непрерывного метода " +"оценки запасов, следует ожидать уменьшения значения на счета «Текущие " +"активы" после того, как товар был отправлен клиенту." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -msgid "From Vendor Bills to Payments" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" +msgstr "От счета поставщика к оплате" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6974,6 +12147,10 @@ msgid "" "depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " "aged payable balances." msgstr "" +"Когда реквизиты поставщика зарегистрированы в Odoo, вы можете легко " +"заплатить поставщикам правильную сумму и в нужное время (не поздно, не " +"слишком рано, в зависимости от вашей политики поставщиков). Odoo предлагает " +"отчеты для отслеживания вашей временной задолженности." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -6981,14 +12158,13 @@ msgid "" "the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " "them automatically based on past purchase orders." msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 -msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" -msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите контролировать счета от поставщиков, вы можете " +"воспользоваться модулем Покупки в Odoo, который позволяет контролировать и " +"предварительно заполнять их на основе предварительных заказов на покупку." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запишите новый счет поставщика" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -6997,6 +12173,9 @@ msgid "" "As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " "dashboard." msgstr "" +"При получении счета поставщика вы можете записать его с: menuselection: " +"`Покупки -> Счета постачальникив` Как кратчайший путь, вы также можете " +"использовать функцию ** Новый счет ** на информационной панели бухучета." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -7004,6 +12183,10 @@ msgid "" "their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " "lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." msgstr "" +"Чтобы зарегистрировать новый счет поставщика, сначала выберите поставщика и " +"введите свой счет-фактуру как ** Референс поставщика **, затем добавьте и " +"подтвердите строки товаров, убедившись в том, что они нужны товары, налоги и" +" цены." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -7011,6 +12194,9 @@ msgid "" "screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " "without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." msgstr "" +"Сохраните счет-фактуру, чтобы обновить суммы предыдущего налогообложения и " +"налога в нижней части экрана. Вам, скорее всего, придется настроить цены на " +"ваши товары без налогов, поскольку Odoo будет исчислять налог для вас." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -7022,10 +12208,17 @@ msgid "" "a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " "bottom left table to adjust and match." msgstr "" +"В нижнем левом углу Odoo показывает сводную таблицу всех налогов на счет " +"поставщика. В нескольких странах принимаются различные методы, чтобы обойти " +"итоговые данные (округление строки или глобальное округления). Метод " +"округления по умолчанию в Odoo - это округление конечных цен на строку (у " +"вас могут быть разные налоги на товар, например, алкоголь и сигареты). " +"Однако, если ваш поставщик другую сумму налога на своем счету, вы можете " +"изменить сумму в нижней левой таблицы, чтобы настроить и сопоставить сумму." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подтвердите счет поставщика" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -7033,52 +12226,64 @@ msgid "" "on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" " on the the accounting package you choose to use." msgstr "" +"После подтверждения счета поставщика запись журнала будет сгенерирован на " +"основе настроек счета-фактуры. Эта запись журнала может отличаться в " +"зависимости от пакета бухгалтерского учета, который вы выбрали для " +"использования." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 msgid "" "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" msgstr "" +"Для большинства европейских стран журнал будет использовать следующие счета:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Кредиторская задолженность: ** определена в форме поставщика" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Налоги: ** определяются на товары и на строку" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Расходы: ** определено на использованном элементе строки товара" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" msgstr "" +"Для англосаксонского бухучета (США) запись журнала использовать такие " +"учетные записи:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Присланные товары: ** определены в форме товара" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 msgid "" "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " "validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." msgstr "" +"Вы можете проверить отчеты о доходах и расходах или баланс после проверки " +"нескольких счетов поставщиков, чтобы увидеть влияние на вашу общую " +"бухгалтерскую книгу." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 msgid "Pay a bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "оплатите счет" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 msgid "" "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " "**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать платеж непосредственно на открытом счета поставщика, вы можете" +" нажать кнопку ** Зарегистрировать платеж ** в верхней части формы" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -7089,6 +12294,12 @@ msgid "" "will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " "correctly)." msgstr "" +"Оттуда вы выберете способ оплаты (например, проверка счета, кредитная " +"карточка, чек и т.п.) и сумму, которую вы платите. По умолчанию Odoo " +"предложит весь остаток на счете для оплаты. В поле заметки мы рекомендуем " +"установить номер счета-фактуры поставщика как референс (Odoo будет " +"автоматически заполнять это поле с поля счета поставщика, если он правильно " +"установлен)." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -7097,10 +12308,13 @@ msgid "" "from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " "directly." msgstr "" +"Вы также можете зарегистрировать платеж поставщику напрямую, не применяя его" +" в счет поставщика. Для этого нажмите: `Покупки -> Платежи`. Тогда, со " +"счета поставщика вы сможете непосредственно согласовать этот платеж." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Напечатайте чеки поставщика" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -7109,18 +12323,26 @@ msgid "" "daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " "checks in batches." msgstr "" +"Если вы решите оплатить счета своих поставщиков с помощью чеков, Odoo " +"предлагает способ, чтобы сделать это непосредственно по платежам поставщиков" +" в Odoo. Независимо от того, вы делаете это ежедневно, либо в конце недели, " +"вы можете печатать чеки группой." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " "list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть чек для печати, панель приборов бухучета Odoo действует как " +"список дел и напоминает вам о том, сколько чеков вы оставили для печати." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 msgid "" "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " "list of all payments that are ready to be processed." msgstr "" +"Выбрав количество чеков для печати, вы можете пойти прямо в список платежей," +" которые готовы к отделке." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -7129,10 +12351,14 @@ msgid "" "the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " "once." msgstr "" +"Выберите все чеки, которые вы хотите распечатать (используйте первый флажок," +" чтобы выбрать их все) и установите действие на ** Печать чеков **. Odoo " +"попросит вас установить следующий номер чека в последовательности, а затем " +"напечатать все чеки одновременно." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отчет расчетов с кредиторами" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -7141,6 +12367,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" " visual of all of your outstanding bills." msgstr "" +"Чтобы получить список открытых счетов поставщиков и связанных с ними " +"терминов, вы можете воспользоваться отчетом ** Расчеты с кредиторами **, в " +"меню отчетов (в меню: menuselection: `Отчетность -> Банковская выписка " +"-> Расчеты с кредиторами`) , чтобы получить визуальную информацию о всех " +"выплаченных счета." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -7150,22 +12381,23 @@ msgid "" "through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " "what you see on the screen." msgstr "" +"Отсюда вы можете кликнуть непосредственно на названии поставщиков, чтобы " +"открыть подробности всех непогашенных счетов и сумм, подлежащих оплате, или " +"вы можете записать любую строку для информации управления. В любой момент " +"времени, когда вы просматриваете отчет, вы можете напечатать непосредственно" +" в Excel или PDF и получить именно то, что вы видите на экране." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" #: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Misc" -msgstr "" +msgstr "учетные платежи" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как следить за расходами сотрудников?" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7173,32 +12405,41 @@ msgid "" " then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " "most frequently are:" msgstr "" +"Расходы работников - это расходы от имени компании. Затем компания возмещает" +" эти расходы работнику. Полученные квитанции на расходы чаще всего, " +"следующие:" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "путешествие авто, возмещен на единицу расстояния (миля или километр)," #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "" +msgstr "суммы расходов, возмещенных на основании счета," #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 msgid "" "other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " "carried out by the employee." msgstr "" +"другие покупки, такие как канцелярские товары и книги, предназначенные для " +"компании, но выполнены работником." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 msgid "" "To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " "from the Apps module." msgstr "" +"Чтобы управлять затратами, нужно установить приложение ** Отслеживание " +"расходов ** с модуля приложений." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 msgid "" "You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " "re-invoice your expenses to your customers." msgstr "" +"Вам нужно будет установить модуль ** Управление продажами **, чтобы " +"пересылать ваши расходы клиентам." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -7207,50 +12448,57 @@ msgid "" "products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " "Products` in the **Expenses** application." msgstr "" +"После установки этих модулей можно настроить различные товары, отражающие " +"типы расходов. Чтобы создать первые товары, перейдите к меню: menuselection:" +" `Настройка -> Расходные товари` в модуле ** Расходы **." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Некоторыми примерами товаров могут быть:" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Путешествие (машина) **" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тип: Услуга" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" msgstr "" +"Политика в отношении выставления счетов: счета зависят от времени и " +"материала" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Политика счетов расходов: по ценам продажи" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Цена продажи: 0,32" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 msgid "" "Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " "Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" msgstr "" +"Единица измерения: км или миль (вам нужно будет включить опцию ** Несколько " +"единиц измерений ** в меню: menuselection: `Продажи -> Налаштування`)" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Отель **" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Политика счетов-фактур по цене" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Единица измерения: единица" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -7259,6 +12507,10 @@ msgid "" "customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" " hotel." msgstr "" +"В этих примерах первый товар будет затратным, который мы компенсируем " +"работнику на основе количества км, которые он сделал из собственной машиной " +"(например, для посещения заказчика): 0,32 € / км. Отель возмещается на " +"основе реальной стоимости гостиницы." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -7268,26 +12520,31 @@ msgid "" " customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " "customer." msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что все эти товары обозначены на ** Можно потратить **, а " +"политика выставления счетов устанавливается на ** Счет-фактуру на основе " +"времени и материалов **. Эта политика по выставлению счетов означает, что, " +"если расходы связанные с проектом клиента / заказу на продажу, Odoo будет " +"перечислить эти расходы клиенту." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo поддерживает два вида затрат:" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "" +msgstr "расходы, оплаченные работником за свой счет" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "расходы, оплаченные компанией с помощью кредитной карты" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Затраты рабочего процесса" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запишите новые расходы" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -7295,48 +12552,57 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " "personal expenses work that way:" msgstr "" +"Каждый сотрудник компании может зарегистрировать свои расходы по: " +"menuselection: `Назначение расходов -> Мои витрати`. Рабочий процесс для " +"личных расходов работает следующим образом:" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "работник записывает его расходы и подает его менеджеру" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "менеджер утверждает или отказывает в оплате" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "запись в журнале бухгалтера" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 msgid "" "the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " "with a payable account)" msgstr "" +"компания возмещает расходы работника (работник, как поставщик, имеет " +"платежный счет)" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 msgid "" "if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " "the customer" msgstr "" +"если расходы, связанные с аналитическим счету, компания может ревизовать " +"клиента" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Для каждой расходы работник должен записать минимум:" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "описание: он должен содержать референс заявки / счета" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "товар: вид расходов" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 msgid "" "a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" " car)" msgstr "" +"цена (например, гостиница) или количество (например, возмещение за км, если " +"путешествовать на собственной машине)" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -7344,6 +12610,9 @@ msgid "" "photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " "the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." msgstr "" +"В зависимости от политики компании, ему, возможно, придется прикрепить скан " +"или фотографию расходов. Для этого просто напишите сообщение в нижней части " +"расходы по сканированием счета / билета в вкладке." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -7352,6 +12621,10 @@ msgid "" "might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " "this feature)." msgstr "" +"Если расходы, связанные с проектом клиента, не забывайте устанавливать " +"аналитический счет, связанный с проектом клиента или заказу на продажу " +"(возможно, вам придется активировать аналитические счета в настройках " +"бухучета, чтобы получить эту функцию)." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -7359,16 +12632,23 @@ msgid "" "**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " "expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." msgstr "" +"После того, как цена будет полностью зафиксирована, работник должен нажать " +"кнопку ** Отправить менеджеру **. В некоторых компаниях работники должны " +"подать свои расходы, сгруппированные в конце месяца или в конце деловой " +"поездки." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 msgid "" "An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " "action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." msgstr "" +"Работник может подать все свои расходы в пакетном режиме, воспользовавшись " +"действиями Отправить расходы из списка расходов или небольших значков в виде" +" списка." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверка менеджером" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -7376,28 +12656,34 @@ msgid "" "manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " "menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." msgstr "" +"Менеджеры должны получать электронное письмо за каждой утвержденными " +"расходами (менеджер работника определяется в форме работника). Они могут " +"воспользоваться меню ** Подтвердить **, чтобы проверить все расходы, которые" +" ожидают проверки." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Менеджер может:" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 msgid "" "discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " "bill is missing);" msgstr "" +"обсудить счет, чтобы попросить дополнительную информацию (например, если " +"сканирование счета отсутствует)" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "отклонить расходы;" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "" +msgstr "утвердить расходы." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "" +msgstr "контроль бухгалтера" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -7405,16 +12691,21 @@ msgid "" "by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " "created and posted in your accounting." msgstr "" +"Затем все расходы, которые были подтверждены менеджером, должны быть " +"опубликованы бухгалтером. Когда выставляется счет, соответствующая запись " +"журнала создается и публикуется в вашем счету." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 msgid "" "If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " "expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." msgstr "" +"Если бухгалтер хочет создать только одну запись журнала для партии расходов," +" он может размещать расходы в пакетном режиме из списка всех расходов." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расчеты с клиентами" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -7424,6 +12715,10 @@ msgid "" "will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" " project)" msgstr "" +"Если расходы были связаны с аналитическим счету, связанным с заказом на " +"продажу, содержащий новую строку, связанный с затратами. Эта строка еще не " +"выставлен клиенту, и он будет включен в следующий счета-фактуры, который " +"будет отправлен клиенту (оплата поездки и размещение на проект клиента)" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -7431,10 +12726,14 @@ msgid "" " (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " "invoice all your orders in batch)" msgstr "" +"Чтобы выставить счет-фактуру клиенту, просто нажмите на кнопку счета-фактуры" +" в своем заказе на продажу (или это будет сделано автоматически в конце " +"недели / месяца, если вы будете оплачивать все ваши заказы в пакетном " +"режиме)." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "возмещение работнику" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 msgid "" @@ -7442,36 +12741,45 @@ msgid "" "reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" " payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." msgstr "" +"Если расходы были оплачены за собственные средства работника, компания " +"должна возместить их. В таком случае работник появится в отчете расчетов с " +"кредиторами, пока компания не возместит ему свои расходы." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 msgid "" "All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " "due." msgstr "" +"Все, что вам нужно - это создать платеж этом работнику суммы, что ему " +"принадлежит." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расходы, которые не компенсируются клиентам" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 msgid "" "If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " "options:" msgstr "" +"Если некоторые расходы не нужно повторно получать клиентам, у вас есть два " +"варианта:" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 msgid "" "if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " "invoicing policy on the product:" msgstr "" +"если есть решение выставлять счет или нет касается товара, измените политику" +" выставления счета на товар:" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** на основе времени и материала **: компенсируется клиенту" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** на основе заказов на продажу **: не компенсируется клиенту" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -7479,14 +12787,17 @@ msgid "" "reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" " invoice." msgstr "" +"если вы должны сделать исключение для одного счета-фактуры, о котором не " +"нужно повторно сообщать клиенту, не устанавливайте соответствующий " +"аналитический счет для этого счета-фактуры." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как прогнозировать будущие счета в Odoo?" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7495,16 +12806,23 @@ msgid "" "and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " "availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." msgstr "" +"Когда вы получаете сотни счетов поставщиков в месяц, каждый из них имеет " +"различные условия оплаты, может быть сложно придерживаться того, что вы " +"платите и когда. Слишком ранняя выплата вашим поставщикам может уменьшить " +"наличие средств, а слишком поздняя оплата может привести к дополнительным " +"расходам." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " "vendors efficiently." msgstr "" +"К счастью, Odoo предоставляет вам необходимые инструменты для эффективного " +"управления платежными поручениями поставщиков." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройки: условия оплаты" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -7512,14 +12830,17 @@ msgid "" "Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " "on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" msgstr "" +"Для отслеживания условий поставщиков мы используем условия оплаты в Odoo. " +"Условия оплаты позволяют отслеживать условия для исчисления срока платежа по" +" счету-фактуре. Например, срок оплаты может быть:" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 msgid "50% within 30 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "50% в течение 30 дней" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 msgid "50% within 45 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "50% в течение 45 дней" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7528,6 +12849,10 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" " directly and the balance after 30 days." msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать наиболее распространенные условия оплаты, воспользуйтесь " +"меню:: menuselection: `Настройка -> Управление -> Условия оплати` в " +"модуле ** Бухучет **. Следующий пример показывает срок платежа 30% " +"непосредственно и остаток через 30 дней." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -7536,16 +12861,23 @@ msgid "" " form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " "propose you automatically the right payment term." msgstr "" +"Как только условия оплаты будут определены, вы можете назначить их своим " +"поставщикам по умолчанию. Введите поле "Условия платежа " +"поставщика" на вкладке формы поставщика в Бухучета. Таким образом, " +"каждый раз, когда вы покупаете что-то в этом поставщика, Odoo предложит вам " +"автоматически правильную платежную условие." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 msgid "" "If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " "able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." msgstr "" +"Если вы не установили конкретное условие оплаты поставщику, вы все равно " +"сможете установить конкретное условие оплаты на счета поставщика." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прогнозируемые счета для оплаты отчету расчетов с кредиторами" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -7555,15 +12887,22 @@ msgid "" "to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " "payment term)." msgstr "" +"Чтобы отслеживать суммы, выплачиваемые поставщикам, воспользуйтесь отчетом " +"расчетов с кредиторами. Вы можете получить в меню Отчеты в программе " +"Бухучета. В этом отчете приведено краткое описание каждого поставщика суммы " +"уплачиваемых по сравнению со сроком исполнения (срок уплаты по каждому счету" +" срока оплаты)." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 msgid "" "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." msgstr "" +"В этих отчетах сообщается, сколько вам придется платить в течение следующих " +"месяцев." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выберите счета для оплаты" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -7572,6 +12911,10 @@ msgid "" " that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " "payment)." msgstr "" +"Используя меню: menuselection: `Покупки -> Счета постачальникив`, вы " +"можете получить список счетов поставщика. Используя расширенные фильтры, вы " +"можете указать все счета, которые вы должны оплатить, или просроченные счета" +" (вы задерживаете платеж)." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -7579,14 +12922,17 @@ msgid "" "to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " "\"Due Date\" feature." msgstr "" +"С этого экрана вы можете перейти к сводной таблицы или просмотра графика, " +"чтобы получать статистику о сумме в следующем месяце, с помощью группы " +"функции "Срок исполнения"." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 -msgid "Pay supplier bills" -msgstr "" +msgid "Vendor Payments" +msgstr "платежи поставщика" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "оплачивайте чеками" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7595,11 +12941,15 @@ msgid "" "Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " "suppliers with actual bank statements." msgstr "" +"Как только вы решите заплатить счет поставщика, вы можете выбрать оплату " +"чеком. Затем, в конце дня, менеджер может печатать все чеки партией. " +"Наконец, процесс согласования банковской выписки будет соответствовать " +"чекам, которые вы прислали поставщикам с фактическими банковскими выписками." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 msgid "Install the required module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите нужный модуль" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -7609,6 +12959,10 @@ msgid "" "country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " "print U.S. checks." msgstr "" +"Чтобы записать платежи поставщиков чеками, нужно установить модуль ** Запись" +" чеке **. Этот модуль обрабатывает процесс регистрации чеков в Odoo. Другие " +"модули необходимые для печати чеков, в зависимости от страны. Например, " +"модуль ** Печать чеков США ** нужен для печати чеков США." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7616,10 +12970,13 @@ msgid "" "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " "install, it's configured by default)." msgstr "" +"По вашей страной и планом счетов, который вы используете, эти модули могут " +"быть установлены по умолчанию. (Пример: пользователям Соединенных Штатов не " +"нужно устанавливать, они настроены умолчанию)." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активизируйте методы оплаты чеками" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -7629,103 +12986,202 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " "set **Check**." msgstr "" +"Чтобы позволить платежи чеками, необходимо активировать метод платежа в " +"связанных банковских журналах. На информационной панели бухучета (экран, " +"который вы получаете, когда вы вводите приложение бухучета), нажмите на свой" +" банковский счет: menuselection: `Больше -> Налаштуання`. На поле ** " +"Метод оплаты ** установите ** Чек **." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Совместимый прибор для печати чеков" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 msgid "United States" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Соединённые Штаты Америки" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Для США Odoo по умолчанию поддерживает форматы проверки:" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "" +"** Quickbooks & Quicken **: чек сверху, корешок в середине и внизу" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Peachtree **: чек в середине, корешок сверху и снизу" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." -msgstr "" +msgstr "** ADP **: чек внизу, и заголовки сверху." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." msgstr "" +"Также можно настроить свой собственный формат чека с помощью настроек." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплата счета поставщика чеком" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплата поставщика чеку осуществляется в три этапа:" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "зарегистрируйте платеж, который вы хотите сделать на счету" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "печать чеков пакетом для всех зарегистрированных платежей" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 msgid "reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "согласуйте банковские выписки" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 msgid "Register a payment by check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зарегистрируйте платеж чеком" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Supplier Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " "validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" +"Чтобы зарегистрировать платеж на счета, откройте любой счет поставщика в " +"меню: menuselection: `Покупки -> Счет постачальника`. После подтверждения" +" счета поставщика вы можете зарегистрировать платеж. Установите ** Метод " +"оплаты ** на ** Чек ** и подтвердите диалоговое окно платежа." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помощь полей экрана платежа:" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "имеет счета" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" +msgstr "Техническое поле используется для целей юзабилити" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field containing the invoice for which the payment has been " +"generated." +msgstr "Техническое поле содержит счет для которого была создана платеж." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This does not especially correspond to the invoices reconciled with the " +"payment," msgstr "" +"Это особо не соответствует счетам-фактурам, согласованному с платежом," + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "as it can have been generated first, and reconciled later" +msgstr "поскольку он может сначала создаваться, а затем согласовываться" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Скрыть метод оплаты" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "" "Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " "only one available which is 'manual'" msgstr "" +"Технические поле используется, чтобы скрыть способ оплаты, если выбранный " +"журнал имеет только один доступный способ \"Вручную\"" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "Метод оплаты" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." +msgstr "Чек: платите счет чеком и напечатайте его с Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " +"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " +"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " +"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Пакетный депозит: единовременно засчитывайте несколько клиентских чеков, " +"создав пакетный депозит, чтобы подать в банк. Во время кодирования выписки " +"из банка в Odoo вам предлагается согласовать транзакцию с пакетным депозиту." +" Чтобы включить пакетный депозит, нужно установить модуль " +"account_batch_payment." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " +"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " +"installed" +msgstr "" +"SEPA Credit Transfer: платите счет из файла SEPA Credit Transfer, который вы" +" передаете в свой банк. Чтобы включить кредитный перевод SEPA, модуль " +"account_sepa должен быть установлен" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Код" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "" "Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." msgstr "" +"Техническое поле используется для адаптации интерфейса в соответствии с " +"выбранным типом оплаты." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Saved payment token" +msgstr "Сохраненный токен платежа" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Note that tokens from acquirers set to only authorize transactions (instead " +"of capturing the amount) are not available." +msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание, что токены от эквайеров, настроенных только на " +"авторизацию транзакций (вместо того, чтобы фиксировать сумму), недоступны." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" +msgstr "Показать банковский счет партнера" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " +"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" +msgstr "" +"Техническое поле, которое используется для понимания, нужно отображать поле " +"`partner_bank_account_id` в виде формы платежей" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Require Partner Bank Account" +msgstr "Необходим банковский счет партнера" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " +"needs to be required or not in the payments form views" +msgstr "" +"Техническое поле используется для того, чтобы узнать, поле " +"`partner_bank_account_id` обязательно вводить в форме платежей или нет" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "контрольный номер" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -7733,14 +13189,27 @@ msgid "" "printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " "wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." msgstr "" +"Выбранный журнал настроен на печать номера чеков. Если заранее отпечатанные " +"бумажные чеки уже имеют номера, или если текущая нумерация ошибочна, вы " +"можете изменить ее на странице конфигурации журнала." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Journal Item Label" +msgstr "Обозначение Элемента журнала" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Change label of the counterpart that will hold the payment difference" +msgstr "" +"Измените ярлык подходящего партнера, который будет содержать разницу в " +"оплате" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Попробуйте оплатить счет поставщика чеком" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 msgid "Print checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "печать чеков" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -7749,6 +13218,10 @@ msgid "" "checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " "in batch or review them one by one." msgstr "" +"На информационной панели учета на своем банковском счете следует заметить " +"ссылку "X чеков для печати". Нажмите на эту ссылку, и вы получите " +"список всех чеков, которые еще не опубликованы. С этого экрана вы можете " +"печатать все чеки партиями или просматривать их по очереди." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -7757,16 +13230,23 @@ msgid "" "will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" " number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите просмотреть каждый платеж один перед печатью чеков, откройте " +"его и нажмите ** Печать чека **, если вы его примете. Диалоговое окно " +"спросит вас номер чека. Он автоматически предлагает следующий номер, но вы " +"можете изменить его, если он не соответствует вашему следующем чековой " +"номера." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" +"Для печати все чеки партиями, выберите все платежи из списка и введите чек в" +" верхнем меню "Печать"." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Согласуйте банковские выписки" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -7774,6 +13254,9 @@ msgid "" "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." msgstr "" +"После обработки банковской выписки, когда чек начисляется с вашего " +"банковского счета, Odoo предложит вам автоматически подогнать его к платежу." +" Это будет обозначать платеж как ** Согласованный **." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -7781,10 +13264,13 @@ msgid "" "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" +"для проверки чеков, которые не зачислены, откройте список платежей и " +"фильтруйте в состоянии отправления. Просмотрите эти платежи, которые имеют " +"дату более 2 недель назад." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплачивайте что-чеком" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -7792,12 +13278,17 @@ msgid "" " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by check." msgstr "" +"Вы можете зарегистрировать платеж, не связанный со счетом поставщика. Для " +"этого используйте главное меню: menuselection: `Покупки -> Платежи`. " +"Зарегистрируйте платеж и выберите способ оплаты чеком." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." msgstr "" +"Если вы платите конкретный счет поставщика, поставьте ссылку на счет в поле " +"** Напоминание **." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -7805,18 +13296,22 @@ msgid "" "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" " flow to print checks in batch:" msgstr "" +"После того, как ваш платеж чеком зарегистрировано, не забудьте ** " +"Подтвердить ** его. После подтверждения вы можете использовать ** Печать " +"чека ** непосредственно или придерживаться предыдущего потока для печати " +"чеков в пакетном режиме:" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Печать чеков <PrintChecks_> `_" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Согласование банковских выписок <ReconicleBankStatements_> `_" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как за один раз оплатить несколько счетов в Odoo?" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7824,14 +13319,18 @@ msgid "" "with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " "able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." msgstr "" +"Odoo обеспечивает простой и эффективный способ обработки нескольких счетов " +"одновременно, с различными быстрыми или сложными вариантами. С помощью " +"одного процесса, каждый сможет обрабатывать счета и оплату всего за " +"несколько кликов." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплатите несколько счетов за один платеж" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запишите несколько платежей" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -7839,12 +13338,17 @@ msgid "" "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " "open the accounting application)." msgstr "" +"В следующем примере мы создадим несколько счетов. Вы можете контролировать " +"весь процесс по информационной панели бухучета (первый экран, который вы " +"получаете, когда вы открываете учетную приложение)." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " "the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать счет, откройте меню Информационной панели и нажмите ** Счет " +"поставщика **. В окне счета поставщика нажмите кнопку ** Создать **." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -7852,10 +13356,13 @@ msgid "" "Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " "**Validate**." msgstr "" +"Выберите поставщика, у которого вы хотите приобрести товар, и нажмите " +"Добавить элемент, чтобы добавить один (или более) товаров. Нажмите ** " +"Сохранить **, а затем ** Проверить **." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплата счетов поставщика, один за другим" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -7863,6 +13370,9 @@ msgid "" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" " on **Validate**." msgstr "" +"Теперь мы будем записывать платеж только за один счет. Откройте счет и " +"нажмите ** Зарегистрировать оплату **. Вставьте способ оплаты, дату, сумму и" +" нажмите ** Подтвердить **." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -7871,10 +13381,13 @@ msgid "" "also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " "expense transaction." msgstr "" +"После того, как вы подтвердили платеж, система автоматически согласовывает " +"платеж по счету и устанавливает счет как ** Оплаченный **. Система также " +"создаст переход из платежного счета и согласует его с транзакцией расходов." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплатите несколько счетов в целом" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -7882,6 +13395,9 @@ msgid "" "following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" " vendor.**" msgstr "" +"Чтобы тщательно проиллюстрировать процесс, создайте по крайней мере еще 2 " +"счета, которые следуют по приведенному выше примеру. ** Убедитесь, что все " +"счета поступили от одного поставщика. **" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -7889,32 +13405,41 @@ msgid "" " the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " "the page, click on **Register Payment**." msgstr "" +"В счетах поставщиков выберите новые счета, которые вы только создали, " +"установив флажок каждого из них. В меню Действие, расположенном в середине " +"страницы, нажмите ** Зарегистрировать платеж **." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." msgstr "" +"Введите данные платежа. Система рассчитала сумму для обоих счетов, но вы " +"можете свободно изменять ее. Нажмите ** Подтвердить **." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запишите платеж, согласуйте позже" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "" "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " "recorded." msgstr "" +"Вы также можете согласовать платеж со счетами после того, как платеж будет " +"записано." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Во-первых, нам нужно создать платеж" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" msgstr "" +"Это выполняется в: menuselection: `Панели инструментов -> Банковский " +"журнал -> Больше вариантов -> Отправить деньги`" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -7922,12 +13447,18 @@ msgid "" "and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " "the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." msgstr "" +"Создание платежного поручения с проверенным способом оплаты. Выбор " +"связанного продавца и суммы, которая остается оплачиваемой. После заполнения" +" всех деталей мы подтвердим платежное поручение, которое создаст платежную " +"транзакцию с системой." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." msgstr "" +"Как вы можете видеть, статус оплаты счета показывает, что размещено и " +"остается для согласования." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -7935,18 +13466,25 @@ msgid "" "reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " "transaction amount." msgstr "" +"После получения банковской выписки из детализацией платежа вы можете " +"согласовать транзакцию с информационной панели. Он будет автоматически " +"отображать сумму транзакции." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" msgstr "" +"Чтобы узнать больше о процессе согласования банковской выписки, прочитайте " +"следующее:" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Частичные выплаты нескольких счетов поставщиков" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" +"Как оплатить несколько счетов поставщиков, имеющих наличные скидки " +"одновременно?" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -7954,53 +13492,67 @@ msgid "" "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " "various bills." msgstr "" +"Вы уже узнали о том, как оплачивать счета в разных вариантах, а как о " +"частичной оплате? Мы рассмотрим еще один пример, где будем делать частичную " +"оплату за различные счета." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." msgstr "" +"Мы создаем несколько счетов и частично оплачиваем их через банковские " +"выписки." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." msgstr "" +"Мы добавляем условия платежа, которые позволяют получить определенную " +"наличную скидку, когда поставщик предлагает нам скидку досрочного платежа." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мы создаем следующие счеты с назначением указанного срока платежа." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 msgid "We have created the following bills:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мы создали следующие счета:" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." msgstr "" +"Мы будем оплачивать счета, создав выписку в банке, где мы будем " +"корректировать наличную скидку, предоставленную нашим продавцом по условиям " +"оплаты." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." msgstr "" +"Прежде чем согласовать эту банковскую выписку, нам нужно создать одну модель" +" заявки наличной скидки." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" +"Теперь мы возвращаемся к выписке с банковского счета и открываем согласован " +"просмотр." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Для согласования банковской выписки с вариантом модели смотрите" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 msgid "Pay with SEPA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплачивайте с SEPA" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8009,12 +13561,18 @@ msgid "" " SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " "transfer." msgstr "" +"SEPA, единая зона платежа в евро, является инициативой Европейского союза по" +" платежной интеграции для упрощения банковских переводов, выраженных в евро." +" SEPA позволяет отправлять заказ на оплату в ваш банк для автоматизации " +"банковского перевода." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." msgstr "" +"SEPA поддерживается банками 28 стран-членов ЕС, а также Исландией, " +"Норвегией, Швейцарией, Андоррой, Монако и Сан-Марино." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -8024,6 +13582,11 @@ msgid "" "follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" " well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." msgstr "" +"С Odoo, когда вы решите заплатить продавцу, вы можете выбрать оплату счета " +"через SEPA. Затем, в конце дня, менеджер может создать файл SEPA, содержащий" +" все банковские переводы и отправить его в банк. Файл отвечает спецификациям" +" SEPA Credit Transfer "PAIN.001.001.03". Это четко определенный " +"стандарт, который делает консенсус между банками." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -8032,6 +13595,10 @@ msgid "" "seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " "statements." msgstr "" +"Только платежи обрабатываются вашим банком, вы можете напрямую импортировать" +" выписку со счета в Odoo. Процесс согласования банковской выписки неизменно " +"отвечать заказу SEPA, которые вы прислали в ваш банк с фактическими " +"банковскими выписками." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -8039,16 +13606,21 @@ msgid "" "module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " "Odoo payments." msgstr "" +"Чтобы оплатить поставщикам SEPA, нужно установить модуль ** SEPA Credit " +"Transfer **. Этот модуль обрабатывает процесс создания файлов SEPA на основе" +" платежей Odoo." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." msgstr "" +"По вашей страной и планом счетов, который вы используете, этот модуль может " +"быть установлен по умолчанию." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активизируйте методы оплаты SEPA в банках" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -8057,6 +13629,11 @@ msgid "" "when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " "account and select the \"Settings\" option." msgstr "" +"Чтобы позволить платежи SEPA, необходимо активировать метод платежа в " +"связанных банковских журналах. На информационной панели учета (экран, " +"который вы получаете, когда вы вводите учетную приложение), нажмите на " +"кнопку "Дополнительно" на своем банковском счете и выберите " +""Настройки"." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -8064,12 +13641,18 @@ msgid "" "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" " Transfer**." msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать SEPA, выберите вкладку ** Расширенные настройки ** и в " +"разделе ** Способы оплаты ** раздела ** Разное ** обозначьте ** Sepa Credit " +"Transfer **." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." msgstr "" +"Обязательно укажите номер счета IBAN (внутренний номер счете не будет " +"работать с SEPA) и BIC (код идентификатора банка) в вашем банковском " +"журнале." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -8078,10 +13661,15 @@ msgid "" "statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " "company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию, платежи, которые вы отправляете с помощью SEPA, использовать " +"название компании как инициирующей часть названия. Это то, что отображается " +"в банковской выписке получателя в поле ** платеж с **. Вы можете настроить " +"его в настройках вашей компании на вкладке ** Настройка **, в разделе ** " +"SEPA **." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 msgid "Register your payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зарегистрируйте ваш платеж" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -8089,6 +13677,10 @@ msgid "" " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." msgstr "" +"Вы можете зарегистрировать платеж, не связанный со счетом поставщика. Для " +"этого используйте главное меню: menuselection: `Покупки -> Оплати`. " +"Зарегистрируйте платеж и выберите способ оплаты с помощью Sepa Credit " +"Transfer." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -8096,6 +13688,9 @@ msgid "" "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " "(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." msgstr "" +"Если вы платите этому поставщику впервые, вам придется заполнить поле " +"банковского счета получателя по крайней мере с названием банка, IBAN и BIC " +"(банковский идентификационный код). Odoo автоматически проверит формат IBAN." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -8103,12 +13698,16 @@ msgid "" "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " "one." msgstr "" +"Для будущих платежей в этого поставщика Odoo предложит вам автоматически " +"банковские счета, но вы сможете выбрать другой или создать новый." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." msgstr "" +"Если вы платите конкретный счет поставщика, поставьте ссылку на счет в поле " +"** напоминание **." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -8117,16 +13716,23 @@ msgid "" " top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " "linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." msgstr "" +"После того как ваш платеж зарегистрировано, не забудьте подтвердить его. Вы " +"также можете оплатить счета поставщика со счета непосредственно с помощью " +"кнопки Регистрация Платежа рядом со счетом продавца. Форма одинаковая, но " +"оплата непосредственно связана со счетом и будет автоматически согласована к" +" нему." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 msgid "Generate SEPA files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создание файлов SEPA" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." msgstr "" +"С вашей панели приборов бухучета вы должны увидеть, существуют файлы SEPA " +"для создания каждого банковского счета." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -8135,10 +13741,14 @@ msgid "" "to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " "Download SEPA Payments`." msgstr "" +"Нажмите на ссылку, чтобы проверить все платежи, которые готовы передать " +"через SEPA. Выберите все платежи, которые вы хотите отправить (или проверьте" +" верхнее окно, чтобы выбрать весь платеж одновременно) и нажмите кнопку: " +"menuselection: `Больше -> Загрузить платежи SEPA`." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Банк отказывается от моего файла SEPA" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -8146,10 +13756,16 @@ msgid "" "they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " "error message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" +"Попросите свой банк, если он поддерживает ** PAIN.001.001.03 Кредитные " +"переводы SEPA **. Если они не предоставляют или не могут предоставить " +"соответствующую информацию, отправьте сообщение об ошибке своему партнеру " +"Odoo." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" +"Есть банковского идентификационного кода, зарегистрированного для " +"банковского счета ..." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -8157,21 +13773,21 @@ msgid "" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " "for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." msgstr "" +"Для того, чтобы отправить оплату SEPA, получатель должен быть " +"идентифицировать действительный IBAN и BIC. Если появится это сообщение, вы," +" вероятно, кодировали учет IBAN для партнера, которому вы платите, но забыли" +" заполнить поле BIC." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:168 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Supplier Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`check`" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" msgstr "" +"Когда следует применять счета поставщиков или квитанции закупки в Odoo?" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8181,6 +13797,12 @@ msgid "" "defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " "confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." msgstr "" +"Квитанции закупки отличаются от счетов поставщика. Счета поставщика - это " +"запросы на оплату. Если вы выдаете заказ на покупку, в большинстве случаев " +"поставщик отправляет счет поставщика. В зависимости от политики по счетов-" +"фактур у вас есть определенное время для оплаты счета. Квитанции закупки " +"являются подтверждениями полученных платежей. Это ваши повседневные " +"квитанции." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -8189,12 +13811,19 @@ msgid "" "On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " "means no debt account is necessary." msgstr "" +"С точки зрения бухгалтерского учета это имеет значение, поскольку счет " +"поставщика сначала кредитует долговой счет, прежде чем согласовать с " +"банковским счетом. С другой стороны, мы обычно немедленно платим квитанции " +"закупки, что означает, что дебетовый счет не нужен." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 msgid "" "Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," " as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." msgstr "" +"Кроме того, квитанции закупки могут иметь разную сумму налога на товарный " +"строку, поскольку счета поставщиков применяют одну сумму налога на весь " +"счет." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -8202,6 +13831,9 @@ msgid "" "receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " "handle them in accounting." msgstr "" +"Если банковский счет вашей компании используется для оплаты товаров, в " +"которых выдается квитанция о покупке, я должен использовать функцию " +"квитанций закупки в Odoo для их обработки в бухгалтерском бухучета." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -8210,34 +13842,48 @@ msgid "" "worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " "account." msgstr "" +"Давайте рассмотрим такой пример: мы должны покупать чай для наших клиентов " +"из местного магазина чая, который не выдает счета. Мы каждую неделю отдаем " +"50 евро за чай и чайник стоимостью 20 евро. Мы платим за помощью банковского" +" счета компании." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 msgid "" "To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " "installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." msgstr "" +"Для обработки квитанций закупки в модуле Odoo нужно установить одно " +"приложение. Перейдите в меню приложений и установите модуль Бухучета." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" " \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." msgstr "" +"Затем перейдите на панель поиска, удалите поиск по модулю по умолчанию и " +"ищите "Закупки". Установите модуль ** Продажи и Ваучеры покупки " +"**." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "зарегистрируйте квитанцию" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 msgid "" "By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " "Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." msgstr "" +"Установив ** Продажа и Ваучеры покупки **, вы открываете раскрывающемся меню" +" нового приложения ** Квитанции закупки **, который отражается в бухучете." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 msgid "" "To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " "app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." msgstr "" +"Чтобы импортировать квитанцию закупки чая на сумму 50 евро, введите " +"приложение бухучета, выберите: menuselection: `Покупки -> Квитанции " +"купивли`." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -8246,6 +13892,11 @@ msgid "" "**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" " accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." msgstr "" +"Создайте новую квитанцию покупки и заполните всю необходимую информацию. " +"Обратите внимание, что в поле Платеж является выбор ** Заплатить позднее ** " +"или ** Заплатить сейчас **. Это существенное отличие, поскольку функция " +"Заплатить позднее создаст аккаунт долга, тогда как Заплатить сейчас " +"причисляет банковский счет." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -8253,6 +13904,10 @@ msgid "" "option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " "the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." msgstr "" +"В большинстве случаев вы платите сейчас, таким образом, выбираете опцию " +"Оплатить направления. Добавьте товары, соответствующий счет и " +"соответствующий налог. Например, вы считаете, что чай - 12% налога, а чайник" +" - 21%." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -8260,16 +13915,21 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " "completely close the transaction in your accounting." msgstr "" +"Проверьте квитанцию закупки, чтобы опубликовать его. Не забывайте, что вам " +"нужно согласовать платежи <../../ bank / reconciliation / use_cases> " +"`чтобы полностью завершить транзакцию в вашем бухучета." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как управлять счетами поставщиков?" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " "incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." msgstr "" +"Приложение ** Закупки ** позволяет управлять заказами на покупку, входящими " +"товарами и счетами поставщиков в одном месте." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -8278,68 +13938,90 @@ msgid "" " and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " "management processes." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите настроить процесс контроля над счетами поставщика, первое, " +"что вам нужно сделать - это иметь данные о покупке в Odoo. Знание того, что " +"было приобретено и получено, является первым шагом к пониманию процессов " +"управления покупкой." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вот стандартный рабочий процесс в Odoo:" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." msgstr "" +"Вы начинаете с ** запроса на коммерческое предложение (ЗНКП) ** для отправки" +" ее вашим продавцам." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." msgstr "" +"После того, как поставщик принял ЗНКП, подтвердите ЗНКП в ** Заявке на " +"покупку (ВНК) **." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." msgstr "" +"Подтверждение ВНК создает ** Входную отправку **, если вы приобрели любые " +"упакованные товары." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." msgstr "" +"Получив ** Счет поставщика **, подтвердите счет с помощью товаров, " +"полученных на предыдущем шаге, чтобы обеспечить точность." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." msgstr "" +"Этот процесс может выполняться тремя различными людьми внутри компании или " +"только одним лицом." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установка приложений Покупки и Состава" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, Installing Purchase will " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." msgstr "" +"С модуля ** Приложения **, найдите модуль ** Покупки ** и установите его. " +"Через определенные зависимости, установление Покупки автоматически установит" +" модули ** Состав ** и ** Бухучет **." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "создание товаров" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase, and " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " "click create." msgstr "" +"Создание товаров в Odoo имеет важное значение для быстрой и эффективной " +"покупки в Odoo. Просто перейдите в подменю Товары в разделе Покупки и " +"нажмите Создать." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" +"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " +"since it is important:" msgstr "" +"При создании товара, обратите внимание на поле ** Тип **, поскольку это " +"важно:" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -8347,6 +14029,10 @@ msgid "" "track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " "will allow for receiving these kinds of products." msgstr "" +"Товары, которые устанавливаются как ** Сохраняются на складе или Расходные " +"**, позволят вам следить за уровнями их запаса. Эти параметры " +"предусматривают управление запасами и позволят получать такие виды " +"продукции." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -8355,22 +14041,29 @@ msgid "" "inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " "of these designations." msgstr "" +"И наоборот, товары, которые устанавливаются как ** Услуга или Цифровой товар" +" **, а не будут означать управления складом, просто из-за отсутствия состава" +" для управления. Вы не сможете получать товары под любым из этих " +"обозначений." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " +"product type to **Service**." msgstr "" +"Рекомендуется создать товар ** Разное ** для всех покупок, которые " +"происходят нечасто и не требуют оценки запасов или управления. Если вы " +"создаете такой товар, рекомендуется установить тип товара ** Услуга **." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управление счетами поставщика" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Закупка товаров или услуг" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -8381,89 +14074,130 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " "Reference)" msgstr "" +"Из программы покупки вы можете создавать заказ на покупку с таким " +"количеством товаров, которым вам нужно. Если поставщик присылает вам " +"подтверждение или коммерческое предложение для заказа, вы можете записать " +"номер ссылкой на заказ в поле ** Референс поставщика **. Это позволит вам " +"легко согласовать заказ со счетом поставщика позже (поскольку счет " +"поставщика, вероятно, будет включать ссылки поставщика)" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." msgstr "" +"Подтвердите заказ на приобретение и получение товаров в приложении Состав." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "прием товара" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " -"you confirm a Purchase Order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " +"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " "see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" +"Если вы приобрели любые товары, хранящиеся которыми вы управляете на складе," +" вам нужно будет получить товары из модуля Состав после подтверждения заказа" +" на покупку. На ** Панели приборов Состав ** вы увидите кнопку, " +"непосредственно посылает вас на перемещение товаров. Эта кнопка обозначена " +"красным цветом внизу:" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." msgstr "" +"Навигация этого маршрута переведет вас в список всех заказов, которые " +"необходимо получить." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the Vendor " -"(Partner), the product, or the source document, also known as the reference " -"of your purchase order. You also have the capability to group the orders by " -"different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will" -" open the following screen where you then will receive the products." +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " +"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " +"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" +" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " +"following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть много ожидаемых заказов, примените фильтр с помощью панели " +"поиска вверху справа. С помощью этой панели поиска можно фильтровать на " +"основе поставщика (партнера), товара или исходного документа (также " +"известного как референс вашего заказа на покупку). Вы также можете " +"группировать заказы по различным критериям в разделе ** Группировать по **. " +"Выбрав элемент из этого списка, откроется следующее окно, где вы получите " +"товары." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Закупка услуги как товара не запускают заказ на доставку." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управление счетами поставщиков" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 msgid "" -"When you receive a Vendor Bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" +"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" " a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" +"Когда вы получаете счет поставщика на предыдущую покупку, убедитесь в этом " +"записи в модуле Покупки под ** Меню Контроля **. Вам необходимо создать " +"новый счет поставщика, даже если вы уже зарегистрировали заказ на покупку." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a Vendor Bill is to select" -" the appropriate Vendor as this will also pull up any associated accounting " -"or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify any one or " -"multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you select a" -" Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced products " -"associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" +" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " +"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " +"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " +"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " +"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " "information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"Vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " "reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" +"Первое, что вам нужно будет сделать при создании счета поставщика - это " +"выбрать подходящего поставщика, поскольку это также позволит получить любую " +"связанную информацию по бухгалтерскому учету или прайс-листа. Оттуда вы " +"можете указать один или несколько заказов на покупку, чтобы заполнить счет " +"поставщика. Когда вы выбираете из списка Заказ на покупку, Odoo вытягивает " +"любые не выставлены в счете товары, связанные с этим Заказом, и " +"автоматически заполнит эту информацию ниже. Если вам трудно найти " +"соответствующий счет поставщика, вы можете осуществить поиск в списке, введя" +" справочный номер поставщика или внутренний номер заказа на поставку." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." +"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " +"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " +"prices)." msgstr "" +"Пока счет-фактура находится в состоянии черновика, вы можете вносить любые " +"необходимые изменения (то есть удалять или добавлять строки товара, изменять" +" количество и изменять цены)." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" +"Поставщик может послать вам несколько счетов за то же заказ на покупку, " +"если:" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." msgstr "" +"Поставщик находится в обратном порядке и направляет вам счета-фактуры, когда" +" они отправляют товары." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поставщик присылает вам частичный счет или запрос на депозит." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -8474,37 +14208,54 @@ msgid "" " you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" " validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." msgstr "" +"Каждый раз, когда вы записываете новый счет поставщика, Odoo будет " +"автоматически заполнять количество товара на основе того, что было получено " +"от поставщика. Если это значение показывает ноль, это означает, что вы еще " +"не получили этот товар, и просто служит напоминанием, что товар не находится" +" "на руках", и вам, возможно, придется дополнительно разбираться в" +" этом. В любой момент времени, прежде чем проверять счет поставщика, вы " +"можете переопределить эту нулевую количество." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Соответствие счета поставщика" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" +"Что делать, если счет вашего поставщика не соответствует тому, что вы " +"получили" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" +" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" msgstr "" +"Если счет, который вы получаете от поставщика, содержит количество, не " +"соответствует количеству, автоматически заполненной Odoo, это может быть " +"связано с несколькими причинами:" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 msgid "" -"the vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered," +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered." msgstr "" +"Поставщик неправильно указывает товары и / или услуги, которые вы не " +"заказывали." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 msgid "" -"the vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities," +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." msgstr "" +"Поставщик выставляет счета за товары, которые вы, возможно, еще не получили," +" поскольку контроль за счетами-фактурами может базироваться на заказных или " +"полученных количествах." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 -msgid "or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" +msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "Поставщик не выставлял вам счета за ранее приобретенные товары." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -8512,37 +14263,47 @@ msgid "" "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " "understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." msgstr "" +"В этих случаях рекомендуется проверить, есть счет и любое связано заказ на " +"покупку с поставщиком правильным, и вы понимаете, что вы заказали и что вы " +"уже получили." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" msgstr "" +"Если вы не можете найти заказ на покупку, связанное со счетом поставщика, " +"это может быть связано с одной из нескольких причин." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 msgid "" -"the vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection," +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." msgstr "" +"Поставщик уже выставлял счет за этот заказ на покупку; поэтому он не " +"появится в выборе." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 msgid "" -"someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor," +"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" +"Кто-то в компании забыл записать заказ на покупку для этого поставщика." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 -msgid "or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" +msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "Поставщик взимает плату с вас за то, что вы не заказывали." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Каким образом регулируется количество товара" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию услуги руководствуются на основе заказных количеств, а запасы и" +" расходные материалы управляются на основе полученных количеств." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -8553,389 +14314,791 @@ msgid "" "group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " "field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." msgstr "" +"Если вам нужно управлять товарами на основе заказных количеств и полученными" +" количествами, вам нужно будет принадлежать к группе ** Менеджер покупки **." +" Попросите системного администратора включить этот доступ в: menuselection: " +"`Настройка -> Пользователи -> Пользователи -> Права доступу`. Когда" +" вы принадлежать к правильному группы, выберите товар, который вы хотите " +"изменить, и вы увидите новое поле, которое будет отображаться под названием " +"** Контроль счетов закупки **." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете изменить метод управления по умолчанию для выбранного товара" +" на основе:" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заказанное кол-во" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 msgid "or Received quantities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "или полученные величины" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "групповая оплата" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order.. If you have not deleted the" -" previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked " -"to all the appropriate purchase orders." +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " +"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" +" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" +"Создавая счет поставщика и выбирая соответствующий заказ на покупку, вы " +"можете продолжать выбирать дополнительные заказы на покупку. Odoo придаст " +"дополнительные элементы строки из выбранных заказов на покупку. Если вы не " +"удалили предыдущие элементы с первого заказа на покупку, счет будет связан " +"со всеми вытекающими заказами на покупку." #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расчет с дебиторами" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 msgid "Customer Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Счета заказчику" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup cash discounts?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Offer cash discounts" +msgstr "денежные скидки" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"Cash discounts are an incentive (usually a small percentage) that you offer " -"to customers in return for paying a bill owed before the scheduled due date." -" If used properly, cash discounts improve the Days Sales Outstanding aspect " -"of a business's cash conversion cycle." +"Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" +" pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " +"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" +" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " +"period." msgstr "" +"Денежные скидки - это стимулы, которые вы можете предложить клиентам, чтобы " +"мотивировать их платить в течение определенного времени. Например, вы " +"предоставляете скидку в размере 2%, если клиент платит вам в течение первых " +"5 дней с момента выставления счета-фактуры. Этот подход может значительно " +"улучшить ваш средний период сбора оплат." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +msgid "Set up a cash discount" +msgstr "Установите денежную скидку" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" -"For example, a typical cash discount would be: you offer a 2% discount on an" -" invoice due in 30 days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days " -"of receiving the invoice." +"To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" +" *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total " +"price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " +"valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить денежную скидку, перейдите к: menuselection: `Бухучета ->" +" Настройка -> Управление -> Условия оплати` и нажмите кнопку * Создать" +" *. Добавьте тип условия Процент * с соответствующим значением (например, " +"98% от общей цены за скидку 2%) и количество дней, в течение которых " +"предложение действительно. Можно также изменить срок баланса по умолчанию, " +"если нужно." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:18 -msgid "Payment terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to manage cash discounts, we will use the payment terms concept of " -"Odoo (From the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Management --> Payment terms --> Create`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's start with the above example: a 2% discount on an invoice due in 30 " -"days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +msgid "Start offering the cash discount" +msgstr "Начните предлагать денежную скидку" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "" -"A typical payment term of 30 days would have only one installment: balance " -"in 30 days. But, in order to configure the cash discount, you can configure " -"the payment term with two installments:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:31 -msgid "98% within 5 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:32 -msgid "balance within 30 days" +"Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " +"term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" +" the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments " +"having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " +"calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете создать счет-фактуру клиента и выбрать добавлен срок оплаты" +" наличными. После проверки счета-фактуры, Odoo автоматически разделит часть " +"дебиторской задолженности записи журнала на две части, имеющие различные " +"сроки. Поскольку снижена цена уже рассчитана, ваши элементы контроля оплаты " +"будут упрощены." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +msgid "Grant the cash discount" +msgstr "Предоставьте наличную скидку" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "" -"To make it clear that it's not a payment term but a cash discount, don't " -"forget to set a clear description that will appear on the invoice: Invoice " -"is due within 30 days, but you can benefit from a 2% cash discount if you " -"pay within 5 days." +"The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " +"cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " +"the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " +"click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." msgstr "" +"Клиент выполнил условия оплаты и, таким образом, воспользуется денежной " +"скидкой. Когда вы обрабатываете выписку из банка, сравните платеж с записью " +"журнала. Выберите остаток денежной скидки и нажмите кнопку * Создать " +"списания *, чтобы согласовать ее." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:43 -msgid "Bank reconciliation model" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "" -"In order to speed up the bank reconciliation process, we can create a model " -"of entry for all cash discounts. To do that, from the Accounting application" -" dashboard, click on the \"More\" link on the bank and choose the option " -"\"Reconciliation Models\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:53 -msgid "Create a new model for cash discounts as follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:55 -msgid "**Button Label**: Cash Discount" +"You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " +"easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " +"applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, " +"you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on " +"your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" +" default." msgstr "" +"Можно также создать специальную модель согласования, чтобы облегчить " +"процесс. В этом случае следует добавить налог модели на основе налогов, " +"применяемых к вашим счетов-фактур. Это означает, что если вы обрабатываете " +"несколько ставок налогов, вам нужно создать несколько моделей согласования. " +"Заметьте, что в зависимости от вашей локализации, по умолчанию у вас уже " +"есть имеется модель скидок." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 -msgid "**Account**: Cash Discount (according to your country)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:57 -msgid "**Amount Type**: Percentage" -msgstr "" +msgid "Register the full payment" +msgstr "Зарегистрируйте полную оплату" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 -msgid "**Amount**: 100%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60 -msgid "**Taxes**: depending on your country, you may put a tax on the cash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60 -msgid "discount if taxes have to be deduced" +msgid "" +"In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " +"benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " +"the payment with the two related journal entries." msgstr "" +"В этом случае клиент не уложился в срок оплаты и не может воспользоваться " +"денежной скидкой. Когда вы обрабатываете выписку из банка, сравните платеж с" +" двумя соответствующими записями журнала." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Округление наличных денег" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" -"Even if it's a 2% cash discount, set a 100% amount on the reconciliation " -"model as it means 100% of the remaining balance (the 2%). You can use the " -"same reconciliation model for all your cash discount. No need to create a " -"model per payment term." +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:73 -msgid "Creating an invoice with a cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 msgid "" -"When you create a customer invoice, set the right payment term \"30 days, 2%" -" cash discount\" right after having selected the customer." +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 msgid "" -"Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split the account " -"receivable part of the journal entry with two installments having a " -"different due date: 98% within 5 days, 2% within 30 days." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:92 -msgid "Paying the invoice with a cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 msgid "" -"If the customer pays with a cash discount, when processing the bank " -"statement, you will match the payment (98%) with the related line in the " -"journal entry." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 msgid "" -"As you can see in the above screenshot, when selecting the customer, you " -"also see the 2% remaining of 3$. If you want to accept the cash discount (if" -" the customer paid within the 5 days), you can click on this line with 2%, " -"click on \"Open Balance\", and select your \"Cash Discount\" reconciliation " -"model. That way, the invoice is marked as fully paid." +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" -"from now on, matching the remaining 2% has to be done manually. In the " -"future, we plan to automate the reconciliation of the 2% if the 98% are paid" -" on time." +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:113 -msgid "Paying the invoice in full" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "Apply roundings" +msgstr "примените округления" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 msgid "" -"If the customer pays the invoice fully, without benefiting from the cash " -"discount, you will reconcile the payment (in full) with the two lines from " -"the invoice (98% and 2%). Just click on the two lines to match them with the" -" payment." +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:125 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" +msgstr "Сторно и возмещения" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " +"that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." msgstr "" +"** Сторно ** - это документ, выданный заказчику, который сообщает им, что им" +" было засчитано определенную сумму." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" +msgstr "Есть несколько причин, которые могут привести к сторно, такие как:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 +msgid "a mistake in the invoice" +msgstr "ошибка в счете-фактуре" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" +msgstr "возврат товаров или отклонения услуг" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" +msgstr "доставлены товары повреждены" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " +"validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " +"need to send money back to your customer." +msgstr "" +"Выдача сторно - это единственный законный способ отменить, вернуть или " +"изменить утвержден счет-фактуру. Не забудьте впоследствии * зарегистрировать" +" платеж * если вам нужно вернуть деньги клиенту." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 +msgid "Issue a Credit Note" +msgstr "создание сторно" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " +"on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the " +"Invoice’s form." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете создать сторно, перейдя в: menuselection: `Бухучет -> Клиенты " +"-> Сторно` и нажав * Стовриты *. Заполнение формы сторно работает так же," +" как и форма счета." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 +msgid "" +"However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " +"invoices they are related to." +msgstr "" +"Однако обычно сторно создаются непосредственно со счетов-фактур, с которыми " +"они связаны." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 +msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы сделать это, откройте * Счет клиента * и нажмите * Добавить сторно *." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +msgid "You can choose between three options:" +msgstr "Вы можете выбрать из трех опций:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 +msgid "Partial Refund" +msgstr "возвращение частями" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 +msgid "Full Refund" +msgstr "полный возврат" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" +msgstr "Полный возврат и новая черновик счета" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " +"document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." +msgstr "" +"Номера сторно начинаются с "R" и следуют по номеру документа, с " +"которым они связаны (например., RINV / 2019/0004)." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " +"information from the original invoice." +msgstr "" +"Odoo создает черновик сторно, которая уже полностью заполнена со всей " +"необходимой информацией из оригинального счета." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " +"modify any detail on the credit note." +msgstr "" +"Это опция для частичного возврата, или, если вы хотите изменить любую деталь" +" на сторно." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 +msgid "" +"This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " +"*Paid*." +msgstr "" +"Эта функция доступна только для счетов, которые обозначены, как * Ополчения " +"*." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " +"original invoice with it." +msgstr "" +"Odoo создает сторно, автоматически подтверждает его, и согласовывает его с " +"оригинальным счету." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " +"invoice." +msgstr "Это опция для полного возврата или отмены подтвержденного счета." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " +"original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " +"same details from the original invoice." +msgstr "" +"Odoo создает сторно, автоматически подтверждает его, согласовывает его с " +"оригинальным счету, и открывает новую черновик счета, предварительно " +"заполненную с теми же деталями и в оригинальном счета." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." +msgstr "Это опция для изменения содержания подтвержденного счета." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 +msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" +msgstr "Запись возвращения поставщика" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " +"credit notes:" +msgstr "" +"** Возвращение поставщика ** записываются так же, как вы должны делать со " +"сторны счетов:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " +"*Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add " +"Credit Note*." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете создать сторно перейдя в: menuselection: `Бухучет -> Поставщики" +" -> Повернення` и нажав * Создать * или открыв подтвержден * Счет " +"поставщика * и нажав * Добавить сторно *." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " +"zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." +msgstr "" +"Создание сторно со счета создает ** обратная запись **, который онулюе " +"элементы журнала, созданные оригинальным счету." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" +msgstr "Вот пример записи журнала счета:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " +"original invoice above:" +msgstr "" +"И здесь запись журнала сторно создается, чтобы вернуть первоначальный счет-" +"фактуру выше:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "Доходы будущих периодов" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:7 msgid "" -"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " -"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " -"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " -"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," -" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " -"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " -"posted on the income statement." +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 msgid "" -"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " -"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " -"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" -" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:17 msgid "" -"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " -"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " "revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 -msgid "Module installation" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created periodically." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "предпосылки" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 msgid "" -"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " -"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " -"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " -"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:33 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 msgid "" -"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" -" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" -" might check if the module is correctly installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 -msgid "Define deferred revenue types" +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 -msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:49 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 -msgid "1 year service contract" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "3 years service contracts" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:58 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 -msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 msgid "" -"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " -"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" -" revenue type." +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:67 msgid "" -"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 -msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:72 msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " -"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " -"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " -"entry." +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Dr**" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:82 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Cr**" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:84 +msgid "Create a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -msgid "Accounts receivable" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates journal entries at the" +" right time until the full amount of the income is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -msgid "24000" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -msgid "Deferred revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 msgid "" -"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " -"recognition." +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "1000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "Service revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:99 msgid "" -"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" -" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:109 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +msgid "" +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:123 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:140 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "Модели доходов будущих периодов" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button **Save Model**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:154 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:158 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:166 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:167 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:171 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:174 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale completely. (see: `Choose a " +"different Income Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../others/configuration/account_type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:193 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как определить платеж по счетам клиента?" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -8943,21 +15106,24 @@ msgid "" "payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " "bills." msgstr "" +"Чтобы управлять планами расчетов, связанными со счетом-фактурой, вы должны " +"использовать условия оплаты в Odoo. Они применяются как к счетам клиентов, " +"так и к поставщикам." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Например, для конкретного счета-фактуры:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплата 50% в течение 10 дней" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплата остаточного баланса в течение 30 дней" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -8965,36 +15131,48 @@ msgid "" "for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " "payment term but an invoice policy." msgstr "" +"условия оплаты нельзя путать с оплатой в нескольких частях. Если для заказа " +"вы причисляете клиента к двум частям, это не срок уплаты, а политика счета-" +"фактуры." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 msgid "" "Configure your usual installment plans from the application " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." msgstr "" +"Настройте свои обычные плановые рассрочки с модуля: menuselection: `Бухучет " +"-> Настройка> Условия оплати`." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " +"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " "3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " "several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " "10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " "exactly 100%)" msgstr "" +"Срок платежа может иметь одну строку (например, 21 день) или несколько строк" +" (10% в течение 3 дней и конечная оплата в течение 21 дня). Если вы создали " +"срок платежа с несколькими строками, убедитесь, что последний является " +"балансом. (Не совершайте 50% через 10 дней, а 50% - за 21 день, потому что с" +" округлением это может быть не равно 100%)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 msgid "" "The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " "order." msgstr "" +"Описание срока оплаты будет отображаться в счете-фактуре или в заказ на " +"продажу." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Условия оплаты для клиентов" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете установить условия оплаты на:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -9002,16 +15180,25 @@ msgid "" "or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " "this payment term for all future orders for this customer." msgstr "" +"** клиенте **: срок оплаты автоматически применяется к новым заказам клиента" +" или счетов-фактур для этого клиента. Установите условия оплаты для " +"клиентов, если вы предоставите этот срок оплаты для всех будущих заказов для" +" этого клиента." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 msgid "" "**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " "this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" msgstr "" +"** коммерческом предложении **: срок оплаты будет применен ко всем счетов-" +"фактур, созданных по этому предложению или заказом продажи, но не с других " +"коммерческих предложений" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" msgstr "" +"** счете-фактуре **: срок оплаты будет применяться только к этому счета-" +"фактуры" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -9020,13 +15207,17 @@ msgid "" "the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " "any tax on the invoice):" msgstr "" +"Если счет-фактура содержит срок платежа, запись журнала, связанный со " +"счетом-фактурой, отличается. Без срока платежа счет-фактура в размере 100 " +"долларов создаст следующую запись журнала (для наглядности нашего примера мы" +" не установили налог на счет-фактуру):" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 msgid "Due date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дата исполнения" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 @@ -9034,126 +15225,50 @@ msgid "" "If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " "days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" msgstr "" +"Если вы выставляете счет-фактуру с 1 января со сроком платежа в размере 10% " +"в течение трех дней и конечной оплатой в течение 30 дней, вы получаете " +"следующую запись журнала:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3 января" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "10" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "" +msgstr "30 января" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "90" -msgstr "" +msgstr "90" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 msgid "" "On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " "To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." msgstr "" +"В сверке с клиентом вы увидите две строки с различными сроками. Чтобы " +"получить сверку с клиентом, воспользуйтесь меню Продажи> Сверка с " +"клиентом." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr ":doc:`overview`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:3 -msgid "How to modify a validated invoice?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most accounting legislation over the word, it's not allowed to modify an " -"invoice that is validated and sent to the customer. However, you sometimes " -"need to change an invoice for different reasons: the sale has changed, the " -"made a mistake while recording the invoice, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:10 -msgid "Thus, the right way to modify an invoice is to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:12 -msgid "Refund the original invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:13 -msgid "Create a new invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo's refund mechanism helps you handle the whole process in just a few " -"clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:19 -msgid "Modify an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If your invoice is still in draft, you can modify it the way you want. " -"However, if your invoice is validated, you can not change it anymore. If you" -" need to modify it, the right operations to do are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:25 -msgid "Refund the original invoice;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:26 -msgid "Reconcile the original invoice with the refund to void them;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:27 -msgid "Create a new draft invoice, a copy of the original;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:28 -msgid "Validate the new invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:30 -msgid "" -"All those steps are automated by Odoo. All you have to do is to click on the" -" Refund button on an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the refund dialog, select the option \"Modify: create a refund, reconcile" -" and create a draft invoice\". Once you click on the \"Create Refund\" " -"button, Odoo will void your existing invoice and create a new draft invoice " -"that is a duplicate of the original one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:41 -msgid "Edit this new draft invoice and validate it when it's correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:45 -msgid "" -"if you already sent the original invoice to your customer, you should send " -"the new invoice and the refund to the customer so that he gets all the " -"documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`refund`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обзор процесса выставления счетов" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9164,16 +15279,24 @@ msgid "" "validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " "email)." msgstr "" +"В зависимости от вашего бизнеса и программы, которую вы используете, " +"существуют различные способы автоматизировать создание счетов-фактур в Odoo." +" Обычно проекты счетов-фактур создаются системой (с информацией, поступающей" +" из других документов, например по заказу на продажу или контрактов), и " +"бухгалтер должен просто проверить очередные счета-фактуры и отправлять счета" +" в пакетном режиме (обычной почтой или электронной почтой)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" msgstr "" +"В зависимости от вашего бизнеса, вы можете выбрать один из способов создания" +" очередных счетов:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заказ на продажу ‣ Счет-фактура" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -9181,28 +15304,38 @@ msgid "" "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" " order. You have different options like:" msgstr "" +"В большинстве компаний продавцы создают коммерческие предложения, которые " +"становятся заказу на продажу после их проверки. Затем проекты счетов-фактур " +"создаются на основе заказа на продажу. У вас есть различные варианты, такие " +"как:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " "invoice" msgstr "" +"Счет-фактура вручную используйте кнопку в заказе на продажу, чтобы запустить" +" черновик счета-фактуры" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " "delivery order" msgstr "" +"Счет перед доставкой: выписывайте полное заказ перед тем, как запустить " +"заказ на доставку" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Счет-фактура на основе заказа на доставку: смотрите следующий раздел" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" msgstr "" +"Счет-фактура перед доставкой обычно используется приложением eCommerce, " +"когда клиент платит по заказу, и мы доставляем его после этого. (Подписка)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -9211,14 +15344,21 @@ msgid "" "whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " "fixed advance." msgstr "" +"Для большинства других случаев использования рекомендуется вручную зачислять" +" счет. Это позволяет продавцу инициировать счет-фактуру по требованию с " +"помощью вариантов: счет-фактура на весь заказ, счет-фактура на процент " +"(аванс), счет-фактура на несколько строк, счет-фактура фиксированного " +"аванса." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "" +"Этот процесс полезен как для предоставления услуг, так и для продажи " +"товаров." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заказ на продажу ‣ заказ на доставку ‣ Счет-фактура" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -9227,6 +15367,11 @@ msgid "" "you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" " actual Kg)." msgstr "" +"Розничная торговля и электронная коммерция, как правило, выставляют счет-" +"фактуру на основе заказов на доставку, а не заказ на продажу. Этот метод " +"подходит для предприятий, где количество, которое вы доставляете может " +"отличаться от заказанных количеств продукты питания (счет-фактура на основе " +"фактических кг)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -9234,10 +15379,14 @@ msgid "" "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " "later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." msgstr "" +"Таким образом, если вы доставляете частичное заказ, вы платите только то, " +"что вы действительно доставили. Если вы возвращаете заказ (частично " +"доставьте, а остальные позже), клиент получит два счета-фактуры, по одному " +"для каждого заказа на доставку." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заказ в электронной коммерции ‣ Счет-фактура" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -9246,14 +15395,18 @@ msgid "" "creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " "received." msgstr "" +"Заказ в электронной коммерции также приводит к созданию заказа на продажу, " +"когда оно полностью оплаченное. Если вы позволяете осуществлять заказ с " +"помощью чеков или банковских переводов, Odoo создает только заказ, а счет-" +"фактура будет активирован после получения платежа." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 msgid "Contracts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Договоры" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обычные контракты ‣ Счета-фактуры" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -9261,28 +15414,35 @@ msgid "" "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " "salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." msgstr "" +"Если вы используете контракты, вы можете запускать счет-фактуру на основе " +"времени и потраченных материалов, расходов или фиксированных строк услуг / " +"товаров. Ежемесячно продавец запускает счет, исходя из действий на " +"контракте." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 msgid "Activities can be:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Действия могут быть следующие:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" +"фиксированные товары / услуги, поступающие от заказа продажи, связанного с " +"этим контрактом" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "приобретенные материалы (которые вы будете предоставлять)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "время и материалы на основе табеля или покупки (субподряд)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "" +"расходы, такие как путешествия и проживание, которые вы переводите клиенту" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -9291,10 +15451,15 @@ msgid "" "time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " "use a regular sales order." msgstr "" +"Вы можете насчитать счет в конце контракта или запустить промежуточные " +"счета-фактуры. Такой подход используется компаниями-поставщиками услуг, " +"оказываемых счет-фактуру в основном по времени и материалом. Для услуг " +"компании, которые выставляют счета-фактуры за установленную цену, они " +"используют обычный заказ на продажу." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повторяющиеся контракты ‣ Счета-фактуры" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -9302,10 +15467,13 @@ msgid "" "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" " the contract." msgstr "" +"Для подписок счет-фактура выставляется периодически и автоматически. Частота" +" выставления счетов и услуг / товаров, на которые выставлен счет, " +"определяются на контракте." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создание счета-фактуры вручную" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -9313,54 +15481,65 @@ msgid "" "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " "process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." msgstr "" +"Пользователи также могут создавать счета-фактуры вручную, не используя " +"контракты или заказ на продажу. Это рекомендуемый подход, если вам не нужно " +"управлять процессом продажи (коммерческие предложения) или доставкой товаров" +" или услуг." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" msgstr "" +"Даже если вы создадите счет-фактуру по заказу на продажу, вам может " +"понадобиться создание счета-фактуры вручную в исключительных случаях " +"использования:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 msgid "if you need to create a refund" -msgstr "" +msgstr "если вам нужно создать возмещения" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 msgid "If you need to give a discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "если вам нужно предоставить скидку" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "если вам нужно изменить счет, созданный по заказу на продажу" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "" +msgstr "если вам нужно начислить то не связано с основным бизнесом" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 msgid "Specific modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "специальные модули" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" +"Некоторые специальные модули также могут создавать проекты счетов-фактур:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** членство **: выставляйте счета своих членов ежегодно" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" +"** налаживания **: выставляйте счета на услуги послепродажного обслуживания" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как установить и использовать условия оплаты" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" "Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " "customer invoices and supplier bills." msgstr "" +"Условия оплаты определяют условия оплаты счета-фактуры. Они применяются как " +"к счетам клиентов, так и к поставщикам." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -9368,6 +15547,9 @@ msgid "" "specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " "term but invoice conditions." msgstr "" +"Условия оплаты отличаются от выставления счетов в нескольких областях. Если " +"для заказа вы причисляете клиента к двум частям, это не срок уплаты, а " +"условия счета-фактуры." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -9375,6 +15557,9 @@ msgid "" "Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " "appear on the invoice or the sale order." msgstr "" +"Настройте обычные условия оплаты в меню Настройки программы Бухучет. " +"Описание срока оплаты - это тот, который отображается в счете-фактуре или " +"заказе на продажу." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -9384,14 +15569,19 @@ msgid "" " days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " "100%)" msgstr "" +"Срок платежа может иметь одну строку (например, 21 день) или несколько строк" +" (10% в течение 3 дней и конечная оплата в течение 21 дня). Если вы создали " +"срок платежа с несколькими строками, убедитесь, что последний является " +"балансом. (Не совершайте 50% через 10 дней, а 50% - за 21 день, потому что с" +" округлением это может быть не равно 100%)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 msgid "Using Payment Terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Использование условий оплаты" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Условия оплаты можно установить на:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -9399,16 +15589,24 @@ msgid "" "or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " "this payment term for all future orders of this customer." msgstr "" +"** клиента **: автоматически применяйте это условие оплаты за новыми " +"заказами на продажу или счетами-фактурами для этого клиента. Установите " +"условия платежа для клиентов, если вы предоставите это условие оплаты для " +"всех будущих заказов этого клиента." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 msgid "" "**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " "this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" msgstr "" +"** коммерческое предложение **: примените этот срок платежа ко всем счетов-" +"фактур, созданных по этому предложению или заказу на продажу, но не на " +"другие коммерческие предложения" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" msgstr "" +"** счет-фактуру **: примените условие платежа только к этому счета-фактуры" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -9416,15 +15614,18 @@ msgid "" "is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " "this journal entry:" msgstr "" +"Если в счете-фактуре указано платежный срок, запись журнала, связанный со " +"счетом-фактурой, отличается. Без условия оплаты или налога, счет-фактура в " +"размере 100 долларов выдаст запись этого журнала:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 msgid "" "In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "В выписке клиента вы увидите две строки с различными сроками." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Условия оплаты для продавцов" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -9432,6 +15633,9 @@ msgid "" "date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" " is enough." msgstr "" +"Самый простой способ управлять условиями платежа для счетов поставщиков - " +"это фиксировать срок уплаты по счету. Вам не нужно назначать условие оплаты," +" достаточно лишь срока оплаты." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -9440,116 +15644,274 @@ msgid "" "payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" " due date for all installments will be automatically created." msgstr "" +"Но если вам нужно управлять условиями поставщика с несколькими рассрочками, " +"вы все еще можете пользоваться платежными условиями, так же, как в счетах " +"клиентов. Если вы установили срок платежа на счета поставщика, не нужно " +"устанавливать срок уплаты. Точная дата внесения всех платежей будет " +"автоматически создана." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 -msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " -"sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " -"legal way to handle that is to refund the invoice, reconcile it with the " -"original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 -msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " -"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " -"reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo will automatically:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 -msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " -"Paid)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 -msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 -msgid "Cancelling an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " -"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " -"and reconcile\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " -"email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 -msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " -"button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " -"refund\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " -"(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," -" send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " -"refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " -"customer has already paid, they should be reimbursed by doing a customer " -"payment refund." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" +msgstr "Платежи заказчиков" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" +msgstr "Групповые платежи: Прямой дебет SEPA (SDD)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:4 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts " +"automatically." msgstr "" +"SEPA, единственная область евро-платежей, является платежно-интеграционной " +"инициативе Европейского Союза по упрощению банковских переводов, выраженных " +"в евро. С помощью ** Прямого дебета SEPA ** ваши клиенты могут подписать ** " +"мандат **, который дает вам возможность автоматически собирать будущие " +"платежи со своих банковских счетов." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You can record your customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files " +"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете записать ваши клиентские мандаты в Odoo и создать XML-файлы, " +"содержащие платежи в ожидании, сделанные с мандатом SDD." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 28 member states " +"of the European Union as well as additional countries." +msgstr "" +"SDD поддерживается всеми странами SEPA, включающий 28 стран-членов " +"Европейского Союза, а также дополнительные страны." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:123 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries. <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" +"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" +msgstr "" +"`Список всех стран SEPA. <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/document-" +"library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries> `_" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` nd activate" +" the **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** feature. Enter the **Creditor Identifier** " +"of your company. This number is provided by your bank, or the authority " +"responsible for delivering them." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите в: menuselection: `Бухучет -> Настройка -> Налаштування` и " +"активируйте функцию ** Прямого дебета SEPA (SDD) **. Введите ** " +"Идентификатор кредитора ** вашей компании. Этот номер предоставляется вашим " +"банком или органом, ответственным за их поставки." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:28 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "Мандаты прямого дебета SEPA" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:30 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "создайте" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " +"authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." +msgstr "" +"Мандат прямого дебета SEPA - это документ, который подписывают ваши клиенты " +"для авторизации вас для получения денег прямо с их банковских счетов." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the new mandate’s " +"form." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать новый, перейдите в: menuselection: `Бухучет -> Клиенты " +"-> Мндаты прямого дебету`, нажмите на * Создать * и заполните новую форму" +" мандата." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:41 +msgid "" +"First, export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your " +"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the " +"**Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the " +"mandate." +msgstr "" +"Сначала, экспортировать PDF-файл, нажав * Печать *. Затем ваш клиент должен " +"подписать этот документ. После завершения загрузите подписанный файл в поле " +"** Оригинальный документ ** и нажмите * Проверить *, чтобы приступить к " +"выполнению мандата." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:47 +msgid "" +"First, make sure, that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly " +"recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in " +"your own *Bank Account* settings." +msgstr "" +"Сначала убедитесь, что ** Детали банковских счетов IBAN ** верно записанные " +"на форме контакта дебитора, на вкладке * Бухучет * и в ваших собственных " +"настройках * Банковского счета *." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 +msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" +msgstr "Закройте или отмените мандат" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, then the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." +msgstr "" +"Мандаты прямого дебета закрываются автоматически после их * Дать окончания " +"*. Если это поле оставить пустым, мандат продолжает быть * Активным *, пока " +"не будет * Закрыто * или * Отменены *." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices made after the present day won’t be processed " +"automatically with an SDD payment." +msgstr "" +"Если нажать ** Закрыть **, обновляется конечный день мандата к текущему дню." +" Это означает, что счета-фактуры, сделанные после этого дня, не разделаются " +"автоматически с помощью SDD-платежа." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered will still be included to the next SDD XML" +" file." +msgstr "" +"Нажав на ** Отозвать **, немедленно отключается мандат. Платеж SDD больше не" +" может быть зарегистрирован, независимо от даты счета-фактуры. Однако " +"платежи, которые уже были зарегистрированы, все равно будут включены в " +"следующий XML-файла SDD." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated. If " +"a customer requires to pay with SDD payments again, you will have to create " +"a new mandate from scratch." +msgstr "" +"После того, как мандат будет * закрыто * или * отозвано *, его можно будет " +"реактивировать. Если клиент снова потребует оплаты с помощью SDD, вам " +"придется создать новый мандат с нуля." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:75 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "Получайте платежи с Групповыми платежами SDD" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +msgid "" +"All new posted invoice issued to customers with an active mandate will " +"automatically register payment and have their status marked as *Paid*." +msgstr "" +"Все новые опубликованы счета, выданные клиентам с активным мандатом, будут " +"автоматически регистрировать платеж и обозначать их статус как * Ополчения " +"*." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you have unpaid invoices that could be paid with a new mandate, it is " +"still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on *Register Payment* and " +"choose *SEPA Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть неоплаченные счета, которые могли быть оплачены с новым " +"мандатом, это все еще возможно сделать. Перейдите в счет, нажмите * " +"Зарегистрировать платеж * и выберите * Прямой дебет SEPA * как метод " +"платежа." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:87 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "Создайте XML-файлы Прямого дебета SEPA, чтобы предоставить платежи" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To submit your SDD payments to your bank, you will first generate an **XML " +"file** that can be uploaded directly to your bank interface." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы предоставить ваши платежи SDD вашем банке, вам сначала нужно создать " +"** XML-файл **, который можно загрузить прямо в вашем банковском интерфейсе." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" +" specifications as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +"Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." +msgstr "" +"Файлы, созданные Odoo, следуют по спецификациям Прямого дебета SEPA ** " +"PAIN.008.001.02 **, которые требуются Руководством по внедрению клиента в " +"банк SEPA, что обеспечивает совместимость с банками." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " +"*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " +"Payments to Collect*." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать XML-файл для ожидаемых платежей SDD, перейдите на связанный * " +"банковский журнал * на вашей * панели приборов Бухучета * нажмите * Платежи " +"прямого дебета для получения *." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Select all the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD XML" +" file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +msgstr "" +"Выберите все платежи в списке, которые вы хотите включить в ваш XML-файл SDD" +" нажмите * Действие * и выберите * Создать групповой платеж *." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " +"then download the SDD XML file." +msgstr "" +"Затем Odoo направит вас на форму вашего * Группового платежа *. Нажмите на *" +" Подтвердить * и загрузите XML-файл SDD." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +msgid "Finally, upload this file to your bank to process the payments." +msgstr "И наконец загрузите этот файл в ваш банк для обработки платежей." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +msgid "" +"You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " +"Payments`." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете получить все созданные XML-файлы SDD, перейдя в: menuselection: " +"`Бухучет -> Настройка -> Клиенты -> Групповые платежи`." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" +msgstr "" +"`Академия Odoo: Мандаты прямого дебета SEPA (SDD) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs> `_" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как зарегистрировать клиентские оплаты чеком?" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " "approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." msgstr "" +"Есть два способа обработки платежей, оплаченных чеками. Odoo поддерживает " +"оба подхода, чтобы вы могли использовать тот, который лучше соответствует " +"вашим привычкам." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -9558,6 +15920,10 @@ msgid "" "Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " "from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" +"** Незасчитанные средства: ** как только вы получите чек, вы причисляете " +"платеж чеком на счет-фактуру. (Используя журнал Чек и размещая на счету " +"незачтенные средства). После того, как чек поступит на ваш банковский счет, " +"переместите деньги с незасчитанных средств на свой банковский счет." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -9567,6 +15933,11 @@ msgid "" "your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " "entry." msgstr "" +"** однократную запись журнала: ** после того, как вы получите чек, вы " +"заносите платеж в ваш банк, оплачивая чек, не проходя через ** незачтенные " +"средства **. Только вы обрабатываете выписку из банка, вы выполняете " +"согласования с помощью банковского канала и чекового платежа, не создавая " +"специального журнального записи." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -9574,47 +15945,61 @@ msgid "" "balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " "yet). Both approaches require the same effort." msgstr "" +"Мы рекомендуем первый подход, поскольку он является более точным (баланс " +"вашего банковского счета точный, учитывая чеки, которые еще не были " +"начислены). Оба подхода требуют одинаковых усилий." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." msgstr "" +"Даже если первый способ является более понятным, Odoo поддерживает второй " +"подход, поскольку его используют некоторые бухгалтеры (пользователи " +"QuickBooks и Peachtree)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "" "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " "checks to your bank accounts in batch." msgstr "" +"Возможно, вы посмотрите на * Функцию депозитного билета * если вы внесете " +"несколько групповых проверок на свои банковские счета." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вариант 1: незачтенные средства" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте журнал ** Чеки **" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" msgstr "" +"Установите ** Незасчитанные чеки ** как дебет счетного / дебетового счета" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" +"Установите банковский счет, связанный с этим журналом, как ** Разрешить " +"согласования **" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "От проверки платежей в банковских выписок" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 msgid "" "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " "become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." msgstr "" +"Первый способ обрабатывать чеки - это создать чековый журнал. Таким образом," +" чек становится способом оплаты сам по себе, и вы будете записывать две " +"транзакции." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 @@ -9622,21 +16007,25 @@ msgid "" "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " "**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" msgstr "" +"Получив проверку клиента, перейдите на соответствующий счет-фактуры и " +"нажмите ** Зарегистрировать платеж **. Заполните информацию о платеже:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 msgid "" "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" " default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" msgstr "" +"Способ оплаты: проверьте журнал (который вы настраивали с помощью дебетовых " +"и кредитных дебиторских счетов как ** Незасчитанные средства **)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Назначение: напишите номер чека" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Эта операция выдаст следующую запись журнала:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 @@ -9645,7 +16034,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Statement Match" -msgstr "" +msgstr "согласование выписки" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 @@ -9660,30 +16049,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "100.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "100.00" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 msgid "Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "незарегистрированные средства" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Счет-фактура обозначается как оплачен, как только вы записываете чек." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the check that is in Undeposited Funds." msgstr "" +"Затем, как только вы получите банковские выписки, вы согласовываете это " +"утверждение с помощью чеков, которые находятся в незасчитанных средствах." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "X" -msgstr "" +msgstr "X" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -9691,6 +16082,9 @@ msgid "" "checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " "(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" +"Если вы используете этот подход для управления полученными чеками, вы " +"получаете перечень чеков, не были зачислены в на счет ** незачто средств ** " +"(доступны, например, с главной бухгалтерской книги)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -9699,25 +16093,30 @@ msgid "" "cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " "account." msgstr "" +"Оба метода дадут те же данные в вашем учете в конце процесса. Но если у вас " +"есть чеки, не были выплачены наличными, это чище, поскольку на этих " +"банковских счетах еще не сообщалось об этих чеки." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вариант 2: только один журнал" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." msgstr "" +"Эти настройки невозможны, если вы планируете управлять вашими чеками с " +"помощью этого метода." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Способ оплаты **: банк, который будет использоваться для депозита" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 msgid "Memo: write the check number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Назначение: напишите номер чека" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -9725,12 +16124,15 @@ msgid "" " statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " "relate it to the statement line)" msgstr "" +"После того, как вы получите банковские выписки, вы сделаете согласования " +"выписки и этим фактическим платежом. (Технически: укажите этот платеж и " +"свяжите его со строкой выписки)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "С помощью этого подхода вы получите следующую запись журнала:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -9739,6 +16141,11 @@ msgid "" " be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" " will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" msgstr "" +"Вы также можете зарегистрировать платеж непосредственно, не переходя в счет-" +"фактуру клиента, воспользовавшись меню: menuselection: `Продажи -> " +"Платежи`. Этот метод может быть более удобным, если у вас много чеков для " +"группового записи, но вам придется согласовать записи позже (соответствующие" +" платежи со счетами-фактурами)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -9747,16 +16154,24 @@ msgid "" "paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " "the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" +"Если вы используете этот подход для управления полученными чеками, вы можете" +" использовать ** Отчет согласования банковской выписки **, чтобы проверить, " +"какие банки получили оплатили чеки. (Этот отчет доступен в разделе ** " +"Дополнительно ** на информационной панели бухучета на соответствующем " +"банковском счете)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как зарегистрировать оплаты кредитной картой в счетах-фактурах?" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" " both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." msgstr "" +"Есть два способа обработки платежей, оплаченных кредитными карточками. Odoo " +"поддерживает оба подхода, чтобы вы могли использовать тот, который лучше " +"соответствует вашим привычкам." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -9766,6 +16181,12 @@ msgid "" "Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " "account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" +"** Незасчитанные средства ** (чаще всего используются в европейских " +"странах): после получения разрешения на оплату кредитной картой вы " +"причисляете платеж с помощью кредитной карты в счете-фактуре (используя " +"журнал кредитной карты и размещая на счету незачтенные средства). Затем, " +"когда платежи кредитной карты поступают на ваш банковский счет, переместите " +"деньги с незасчитанных средств на свой банковский счет." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -9775,6 +16196,12 @@ msgid "" "statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " "payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." msgstr "" +"** Только одна запись журнала ** (чаще всего используется в США) после того," +" как вы получите оплату с помощью кредитной карты, вы причисляете платеж в " +"ваш банк, оплачивая кредитной картой, не переходя на незачтенные средства. " +"Только вы обрабатываете выписку с банковского счета, вы выполняете " +"соответствие с помощью банковского канала и платежа по кредитной карте, не " +"создавая специальную публикацию журнала." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -9782,6 +16209,9 @@ msgid "" "balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " "cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." msgstr "" +"Мы рекомендуем первый подход, поскольку он является более точным (баланс " +"вашего банковского счета точный, учитывая кредитные карточки, которые еще не" +" были начислены). Оба подхода требуют одинаковых усилий." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -9790,6 +16220,10 @@ msgid "" "automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " "approach." msgstr "" +"Если вы пользуетесь электронной коммерцией и автоматизированным шлюзом " +"платежей, вам нужно будет лишь взять под контроль часть согласования " +"банковских выписок, поскольку оплаченный счет-фактура будет автоматически " +"записано в правильный журнал. Тогда вы будете использовать второй подход." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -9797,40 +16231,50 @@ msgid "" "because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " "users)." msgstr "" +"Даже если первый способ является более понятным, Odoo поддерживает второй " +"подход, поскольку его используют некоторые бухгалтеры (пользователи * " +"QuickBooks * и * Peachtree *)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 msgid "" "On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " "--> Create`" msgstr "" +"В модуле Бухучет перейдите к: menuselection: `Настройка -> Журналы -> " +"Створити`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 msgid "" "Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" msgstr "" +"Создайте журнал под названием "Платежи по кредитной карте" с " +"такими данными:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Название журнала **: кредитная карта" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Дебетовый счет по умолчанию **: кредитные карточки" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Кредитный счет по умолчанию **: кредитные карточки" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 msgid "" "The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " "set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." msgstr "" +"Тип счета должно быть "Кредитная карта". После этого не забывайте " +"устанавливать счет "Кредитные карты" как "Разрешить " +"согласования"." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "От платежей кредитной карты с банковскими выписками" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -9838,6 +16282,9 @@ msgid "" "Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" " transactions." msgstr "" +"Первым способом обработки кредитных карт является создание журнала кредитных" +" карточек. Таким образом, кредитные карты становятся самостоятельным " +"способом оплаты, а вы будете записывать две транзакции." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 @@ -9845,33 +16292,41 @@ msgid "" "Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " "and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" msgstr "" +"Получив платеж с помощью кредитной карты клиента, перейдите на " +"соответствующий счет-фактуру и нажмите "Регистрация платежа". " +"Заполните информацию о платеже:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Способ оплаты **: кредитная карта" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Назначение **: напишите референс счета-фактуры" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кредитные карты" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 msgid "" "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." msgstr "" +"Счет-фактура обозначается как оплачен, как только вы записываете платеж с " +"помощью кредитной карты." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." msgstr "" +"Затем, как только вы получите банковские выписки, вы согласовываете эту " +"выписку по кредитной карте, которая находится на счете "Кредитная " +"карта"." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кредитные карты" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -9879,6 +16334,10 @@ msgid "" "of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " "account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" +"Если вы используете этот подход для управления платежами по кредитным " +"картам, вы получаете перечень платежей по кредитным картам, которые не были " +"засчитаны в счете "Кредитная карта" (доступные, например, с " +"главной книги)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -9887,20 +16346,26 @@ msgid "" "is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " "bank account." msgstr "" +"Оба метода дадут те же данные в вашем бухучета в конце процесса. Но если у " +"вас есть кредитные карточки, которые не были выплачены наличными, это будет " +"прозрачнее, так как на этих банковских счетах пока не сообщается об этих " +"кредитные карточки." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 msgid "" "There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " "this method." msgstr "" +"Нет ничего для настройки, если вы планируете управлять своими кредитными " +"карточками с помощью этого метода." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Способ оплаты **: банк, который будет использоваться для депозита" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Назначение **: напишите номер транзакции кредитной карты" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -9909,6 +16374,10 @@ msgid "" "with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " "and relate it to the statement line)." msgstr "" +"Счет-фактура обозначается как оплачен, как только будет осуществлен платеж с" +" помощью кредитной карты. Только вы получите банковские выписки, вы сделаете" +" согласования с выпиской и этим фактическим платежом (технически: укажите " +"этот платеж и свяжите его со строкой выписки)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -9918,6 +16387,11 @@ msgid "" "batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " "with invoices)." msgstr "" +"Вы также можете непосредственно зарегистрировать платеж без счета-фактуры " +"клиента, воспользовавшись главным меню: menuselection: `Продажи -> " +"Платежи`. Этот метод может быть более удобным, если у вас есть много " +"кредитных карточек для группового записи, но вам придется согласовать записи" +" позже (соответствующие платежи со счетами-фактурами)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -9926,264 +16400,174 @@ msgid "" " received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " "option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" +"Если вы используете этот подход для управления полученными кредитными " +"карточками, вы можете использовать отчет "Отчет о согласовании " +"банковских выписок", чтобы проверить, какие кредитные карточки были " +"получены или оплачены банком (этот отчет доступен с опции " +""Дополнительно" на панели инструментов бухучета на соответствующий" +" банковский счет)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:167 msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`recording`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`followup`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid and organize customer follow-ups?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" +msgstr "Напоминайте о счетах и получайте оплату быстрее" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" -"Getting paid and organizing customer reminders is always a difficult task, " -"however it is critical for the health of the company to stay diligent about " -"outstanding receivables. Fortunately, Odoo provides the right tools to track" -" receivables, automate customer statements, and measure your performance." +"It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." +" Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " +"send the appropriate reminders." msgstr "" +"Важно, чтобы ваша компания получала платежи, когда они просроченные. Odoo " +"поможет вам определить платежи, которые задерживаются, и позволит вам " +"отправлять соответствующие напоминания." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:12 -msgid "Customer follow-ups: A step by step guide" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +msgid "Manage your follow-ups" +msgstr "Управление вашими напоминаниями" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:15 -msgid "Cleaning up outstanding payments" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " +"follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" +" customer that has already paid you." msgstr "" +"Мы рекомендуем согласовать выписки из банка перед запуском процесса " +"дальнейших действий. Это позволит избежать трудностей при отправке выписки " +"клиенту, который уже заплатил вам." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" -"If you have any unreconciled transactions in your bank account, you will " -"need to process them first before you begin analyzing your customers " -"statements. This ensures that you have recorded all of the latest customer " -"payments before sending out reminders to any customers with outstanding " -"balances." +"The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " +"easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" +" on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." msgstr "" +"Просроченные счета-фактуры, которые нужно оплатить, доступные по умолчанию " +"в: menuselection: `Бухучета -> Продажи -> Отчеты о нагадування`. Там " +"вы можете легко направить напоминание по электронной почте или распечатать " +"его как письмо. После этого можно нажать кнопку * Готово *, чтобы посмотреть" +" напоминание, которые нуждаются в вашем внимании." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:27 -msgid "Checking the Aged Receivables report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "" -"After you have reconciled all of your bank accounts, you can then generate " -"an accurate Aged Receivables Report from the Reports menu. This report will " -"display all of the customers and their outstanding balances on open " -"invoices." +"Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " +"later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " +"set on the statement." msgstr "" +"Если сейчас не время для напоминания, нажмите кнопку * Напомнить позже *. Вы" +" получите следующий отчет согласно * Следующей датой напоминания *, " +"установленной на выписке." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "" -"The report displays this information in time increments to better paint a " -"picture of the outstanding balances your customers hold and for how long " -"they have held these outstanding balances. You can then appropriately focus " -"your efforts on the appropriate customers." +"To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " +"number of days calculated between each report by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " +"Follow-up`." msgstr "" +"Чтобы избежать частых отправляться заметок короткий промежуток времени, " +"измените количество дней, вычисленных между каждым отчетом, перейдя к меню: " +"menuselection: `Бухучет -> Настройка -> Настройка -> Платежное " +"нагадування`." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " +"normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." +msgstr "" +"Вы также можете установить уровень доверия для ваших клиентов, обозначив их " +"как плохих, нормальных или хороших должников в отчетах о напоминания." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +msgid "Send reminders in batch" +msgstr "Отправка групповых напоминаний" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" -"You can then select any of the customers on this list and Odoo will open up " -"their invoice details in the form of the Customer Follow-Up letter, also " -"known as the **Customer Statement**." +"To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " +"from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " +"process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document " +"containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " +"automatically generated." msgstr "" +"Чтобы облегчить процесс отслеживания, вы можете отправить электронные письма" +" с напоминанием группой со страницы отчетов о напоминания. Выберите все " +"отчеты, которые нужно обработать, нажмите * Действие *, а затем * Выполнить " +"напоминание *. Также будет автоматически создан PDF-документ, содержащий все" +" письма, которые вы можете напечатать." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:49 -msgid "From the customer statement, you can:" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +msgid "Plan a follow-up process" +msgstr "планирование напоминаний" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:51 -msgid "Change and customize the message that is sent to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:53 -msgid "Send a reminder email to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:55 -msgid "Send a printed reminder letter to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:57 -msgid "Send automated printed reminders by utilizing our Docsaway integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:60 -msgid "Zoom in on the different open invoices or payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:62 -msgid "Remove an invoice or payment from the report (in case of conflict)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:64 -msgid "Log any call notes made to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "" -"Schedule your next follow up task to stay on top of customer payments (e.g. " -"call back in 15 days if not payments are made)" +"To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " +"under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " +"Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." msgstr "" +"Чтобы спланировать напоминание, перейдите к меню: menuselection: `Бухучет " +"-> Настройка -> Налаштування` и активируйте функцию * Уровни " +"напоминаний * в разделе * Платежи клиентов *. Затем нажмите кнопку * Уровни " +"напоминаний *, которая появилась на странице настроек." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " +"you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " +"overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual " +"action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " +"the stage of the process." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию в Odoo доступный план напоминаний с несколькими действиями, но " +"вы можете настроить его так, как хотите. В зависимости от определенного " +"количества просроченных дней планируем отправить сообщение, письмо или " +"осуществить ручную действие. Вы также можете редактировать шаблон, который " +"используется для выписки в соответствии с этапа процесса." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" -"You can set reminders for when you would like to next contact the particular" -" customer. Selecting **Manual** will open up the follow up scheduling tool, " -"while selecting **Auto** will automatically recommend that you contact the " -"customer 15 days from then if the customer has not yet paid for the invoice." -" Installing the **Follow-Up Plans** module will allow you to define " -"automated actions and intervals to send reminders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you have already sent out a reminder to a customer a few days ago, a " -"warning message will appear at the top of the screen, reminding you that you" -" should not send another reminder so soon since one was already sent " -"recently. Every time you log a note, Odoo will automatically set the next " -"reminder date, unless you choose to manually set it by selecting the next " -"reminder button at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can also specify the expected payment date on an invoice line directly, " -"therefore defining the next reminder in case the invoice has not been paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:92 -msgid "Sending customer statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Send your customers reminders in batches in the menu :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Customer Statements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Here Odoo will open all the statements awaiting to be processed, which is " -"determined by the last reminder they received. You can choose to process " -"them one by one, send multiple letters or emails in batches, or set a next " -"action date for the next time they'll be contacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:104 -msgid "" -"If an invoice has not yet been paid, Odoo will remind you to contact at " -"particular customer based after their next action date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:107 -msgid "" -"You can access the customer statement report daily and Odoo will only " -"display the customers you need to contact on any given day. This is based " -"on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:111 -msgid "Customers you have not yet received a payment from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Customers that have not been reminded over the last X days (\"X\" being " -"defined as the overdue date of the invoice after the first reminder, then " -"the next action date set at every reminder)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:118 -msgid "Setting up your dunning process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The **Payment Follow-up Management** module allows you to define reminder " -"plans. After installing it from the **Apps** menu, go to the **Follow-up " -"Levels** menu in the accounting configuration to set up your dunning " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:125 -msgid "Some Examples are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:127 -msgid "**Email**: 3 days before overdue date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:129 -msgid "**Email+Letter**: at the overdue date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:131 -msgid "**Email+Call**: 15 days after the overdue date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:133 -msgid "**Email+Letter**: 60 days after the overdue date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Thanks to this module, you can send every email and letters in batches for " -"all your customers at once. The next reminder will automatically be computed" -" based on your configured follow-up plan." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:142 -msgid "" -"The module will also add a red/green dot on each customer, this will allow " -"you to easily mark customer status's with the following options: \"Good " -"Debtor, Normal Debtor, or bad debtors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:150 -msgid "DSO: Measuring your performance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The DSO (Days of Outstanding Sales) is a measure of the average number of " -"days that a company takes to collect revenue after a sale has been made. DSO" -" is calculated by dividing the amount of accounts receivable during a given " -"period by the total value of credit sales during the same period, and " -"multiplying the result by the number of days in the period measured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:159 -msgid "" -"You can get the DSO of your company from the Executive Summary report under " -"Reporting (check the KPI average debtors days)." +"If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " +"negative number of due days." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите получить напоминание перед фактической датой, установите " +"отрицательное число дней." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Какие есть способы записи оплаты?" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" " alone record for use on a later date:" msgstr "" +"В Odoo платеж может быть либо непосредственно связан со счетом-фактурой, или" +" самостоятельным реестром для использования на более поздний срок:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 msgid "" "If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " "invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." msgstr "" +"Если платеж связан со счетом-фактурой, тогда уменьшается сумму счета-" +"фактуры. Вы можете иметь несколько платежей, связанных с одним счету-" +"фактуре." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -10192,10 +16576,14 @@ msgid "" "vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " "bills." msgstr "" +"Если платеж не связан со счетом-фактурой, клиент имеет исчерпывающий кредит " +"с вашей компанией или вашей компанией как непогашенную конечную оплату с " +"поставщиком. Вы можете использовать этот непогашенный кредит / дебет для " +"оплаты будущих счетов." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 msgid "Paying an invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплата счета-фактуры" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -10203,6 +16591,8 @@ msgid "" "payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " "due." msgstr "" +"Если вы зарегистрируете платеж на счете-фактуре или счете поставщика, платеж" +" автоматически согласуется со счетом-фактурой, уменьшает сумму оплаты." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -10210,6 +16600,9 @@ msgid "" " payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " "the payment." msgstr "" +"Зеленая иконка возле строки платежа отображать дополнительную информацию о " +"платеже. Оттуда вы можете выбрать, чтобы открыть запись журнала или " +"согласовать платеж." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -10218,14 +16611,18 @@ msgid "" " different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " "Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." msgstr "" +"Если вы не одобряете платеж, он все еще зарегистрирован в ваших журналах, но" +" больше не связан с конкретным счетом-фактурой. Если вы не одобряете платеж " +"в другой валюте, Odoo создаст журнал, чтобы изменить утере / достижение " +"валютной бирже, размещенную во время согласования." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Платежи, не связанные со счетом-фактурой" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 msgid "Registering a payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Регистрация платежа" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -10234,6 +16631,10 @@ msgid "" "you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" " be reconciled on an invoice later on." msgstr "" +"В модуле Бухучет вы можете создать новый платеж в меню Продажи " +"(зарегистрировать платеж клиента) или в меню Покупка (оплатить поставщику). " +"Если вы пользуетесь этими меню, платеж не связан со счетом-фактурой, но его " +"можно легко согласовать со счетом-фактурой позже." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -10243,22 +16644,30 @@ msgid "" "document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " "document in the memo field." msgstr "" +"При регистрации нового платежа нужно выбрать клиента или поставщика, способ " +"оплаты и сумму платежа. Валюта сделки определяется методом оплаты. Если " +"платеж касается документа (заказ на продажу, заказы на покупку или счет-" +"фактуру), установите ссылку на этот документ в поле назначения." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." msgstr "" +"Как только будет подтверждение, будет напечатано запись журнала, отражающий " +"транзакцию, которая была только сделана в бухгалтерском модули." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Согласование платежей счетов-фактур" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." msgstr "" +"Самый простой способ согласовать оплату счет-фактуре - это согласование " +"непосредственно на счет-фактуру." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -10267,10 +16676,14 @@ msgid "" "reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " "\"Outstanding Payments\"." msgstr "" +"Подтверждая новый счет-фактуру, Odoo предупредит вас, что непогашенный " +"платеж для этого клиента или поставщика доступен. В таком случае вы можете " +"согласовать этот платеж со счетом-фактурой рядом с итогами в нижней части " +"под разделом "Невыплаченные платежи"." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Согласование всех ваших непогашенных платежей и счетов-фактур" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -10278,6 +16691,9 @@ msgid "" "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " "feature within Odoo." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите одновременно согласовать все непогашенные платежи и счета-" +"фактуры (вместо того, чтобы делать это по очереди), вы можете использовать " +"функцию группового согласования в Odoo." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -10285,6 +16701,9 @@ msgid "" "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " "Receivable and Payable, respectively." msgstr "" +"Функция группового согласования доступна на информационной панели на " +"карточке счетов клиентов и на карточке счета поставщиков, чтобы согласовать " +"дебиторской и кредиторской задолженности, соответственно." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -10292,6 +16711,9 @@ msgid "" "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " "matching of all their payments and invoices at once." msgstr "" +"Инструмент соответствии платежа откроет всех заинтересованных клиентов или " +"поставщиков, и даст вам возможность обработать их по очереди, одновременно " +"выполняя соответствие всех ваших платежей и счетов-фактур." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -10299,22 +16721,30 @@ msgid "" "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " "reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" +"При согласовании, если сумма дебетовые и кредитов не совпадает, это " +"означает, что еще есть остаток баланса, который нужно или согласовать позже," +" или нужно будет непосредственно списать." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перевод денег с одного банковского счета на другой" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." msgstr "" +"Подобно тому, как осуществление оплаты клиента или поставщика, вы переводите" +" денежную единицу между вашими банковскими счетами с информационной панели " +"или из меню вверху." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." msgstr "" +"Это приведет вас к тому же экрана, который вы для получения и осуществления " +"платежей." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -10324,306 +16754,12 @@ msgid "" "through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" " with two journal entries for the same transaction." msgstr "" +"При осуществлении внутренней передачи с одного банковского счета на другой, " +"выберите панель, на которой нужно применить перевод с информационной панели," +" а на экране регистрационных платежей вы выберете переход на счет. Не " +"повторяйте этот процесс снова на другом банковском счете, или же вы получите" +" две записи журнала для одной транзакции." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:3 -msgid "How to automate customer follow-ups with plans?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With the Odoo Accounting application, you get a dynamic aged receivable " -"report, customer statements and you can easily send them to customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to go further in the automation of the credit collection " -"process, you can use follow-up plans. They will help you automate all the " -"steps to get paid, by triggering them at the right time: send customer " -"statements by emails, send regular letter (through the Docsaway " -"integration), create a task to manually call the customer, etc..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:14 -msgid "Here is an example of a plan:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 -msgid "When?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 -msgid "What?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 -msgid "Who?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 -msgid "3 days before due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 -msgid "Email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 -msgid "automated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 -msgid "1 day after due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 -msgid "Email + Regular Letter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 -msgid "15 days after due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 -msgid "Call the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 -msgid "John Mac Gregor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 -msgid "35 days after due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 -msgid "Email + Letter + Call" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 -msgid "60 days after due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 -msgid "Formal notice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 -msgid "Bailiff" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:34 -msgid "Install Reminder Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You must start by activating the feature, using the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application. " -"From the settings screen, activate the feature **Enable payment follow-up " -"management**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:44 -msgid "Define Payment Follow-ups Levels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To automate customer follow ups, you must configure your follow–up levels " -"using the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Follow-ups`. You should define one and only one follow-up plan per company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The levels of follow-up are relative to the due date; when no payment term " -"is specified, the invoice date will be considered as the due date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:53 -msgid "" -"For each level, you should define the number of days and create a note which" -" will automatically be added into the reminder letter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:59 -msgid "Odoo defines several actions for every reminder:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Manual Action:** assign a responsible that will have to call the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:62 -msgid "**Send an Email:** send an email to customer using the provided text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Send a Letter:** send a letter by regular mail, using the provided note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:69 -msgid "" -"As you need to provide a number of days relative to the due date, you can " -"use a negative number. As an example, if an invoice is issued the January " -"1st but the due date is January 20, if you set a reminder 3 days before the " -"due date, the customer may receive an email in January 17." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:76 -msgid "Doing your weekly follow-ups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Once everything is setup, Odoo will prepare follow-up letters and emails " -"automatically for you. All you have to do is to the menu " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Customers Statement` in the accounting " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically propose you actions based on the follow-up plan you " -"defined, invoices to pay and payment received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can use this menu every day, once a week or once a month. You do not " -"risk to send two times the same reminder to your customer. Odoo only " -"proposes you the action you have to do. If you do it every day, you will " -"have a few calls to do per day. If you do it once a month, you will have " -"much more work once you do it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:94 -msgid "" -"It's up to you to organize the way you want to work. But it's a good " -"practice to reconcile your bank statements before launching the follow-ups. " -"That way, all paid invoices will be reconciled and you will not send a " -"follow-up letter to a customer that already paid his invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:99 -msgid "From a customer follow-up proposition, you can:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:101 -msgid "Get the customer information to contact him" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:103 -msgid "Drill down to the customer information form by clicking on its name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:105 -msgid "Change the text (or the email or letter) and adapt to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Change the colored dot to mark the customer as being a good, normal or bad " -"debtor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:110 -msgid "Log a note is you called the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:112 -msgid "Exclude some invoices from the statement table (litigation)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:114 -msgid "Send an email with the statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Print a letter, or send a regular mail (if you installed the Docsaway " -"integration)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Plan the next reminder (but it's better to keep in automatic mode so that " -"Odoo will stick to the follow-up plan of the company)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:122 -msgid "Drill down to an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Change the expected payment date of an invoice (thus, impacting the next " -"time Odoo will propose you to send a reminder)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:128 -msgid "" -"You can force a customer statement, even if Odoo do not proposes you to do " -"it, because it's not the right date yet. To do this, you should go to the " -"Aged Receivable report (in the report menu of the Accounting application). " -"From this report, you can click on a customer to get to his customer " -"statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:135 -msgid "How to exclude an invoice from auto follow up?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:137 -msgid "To see all **overdue invoices** or **on need of action**," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:139 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Customers Statement`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:145 -msgid "Exclude a specific invoice for a specific date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Odoo can exclude an invoice from follow-ups actions for specific date by " -"clicking on **Log a Note**, then choose one of the ready options (*one " -"week*, *two weeks*, *one month*, *two months*), So Odoo will calculate the " -"required date according to the current date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Another way to achieve it is the following: click on the required invoice, " -"then choose **Change expected payment date/note**, then enter a new payment " -"date and note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:162 -msgid "Exclude a specific invoice forever" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Odoo can exclude an invoice for a specific customer by clicking on the " -"checkbox **Excluded**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:168 -msgid "If you click on **History**, you can see all follow ups actions." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards`" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 6fee96b0b..d5548eb00 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -1,15 +1,19 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +23,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Приложения" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index a813000bc..53b012e84 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -1,15 +1,21 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Yuriy Razumovskiy <garazdcreation@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-22 08:57+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,1087 +25,992 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm.rst:5 msgid "CRM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CRM" -#: ../../crm/calendar.rst:3 -msgid "Calendar" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "получите лиды" -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "Преобразование лидов в возможности" -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people." +msgstr "" +"Система может генерировать лиды вместо возможностей, чтобы добавить шаг " +"квалификации перед конвертацией * Лида * в * Случай * и назначения его " +"продавцу." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете активировать этот режим с Настроек CRM. Он применяется ко всем " +"каналам продаж по умолчанию. Но вы можете применить его для конкретных " +"каналов с их формы настройки." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы эта функция работала, перейдите на: menuselection: `CRM -> " +"Настройка -> Налаштування` и активируйте функцию * Лиды *." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" +"Теперь у вас появится новое подменю * Лиды * в разделе * Лиды *, где они " +"накапливаются." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "Конвертируйте лед в возможность" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы нажмете на Лед *, вы сможете превратить его в возможность и решить," +" следует ли его еще назначить тому же каналу / продавцу, и если вам нужно " +"создать нового клиента." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" +"Если у вас уже есть возможность с этим клиентом, Odoo автоматически " +"предложит вам объединить эту возможность. Точно так же Odoo автоматически " +"предложит вам связать с существующим клиентом, если этот клиент уже " +"существует." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" +msgstr "Объединение предложений" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" +" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" +" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " +"information present on the first opportunity." +msgstr "" +"Odoo также автоматически предложит объединить возможности, если в них " +"одинакова адрес. Во время объединения возможностей Odoo объединяет и " +"информацию возможностей, которая была сначала создана, отдавая приоритет " +"информации первой возможности." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "" +"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " +"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +msgstr "" +"Ни одна Информация не втрачаться: данные по другим поводам записывается в " +"чаттери и информационных полях для легкого доступа." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " +"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +msgstr "" +"Если вы найдете дубликат самостоятельно ... вы можете объединить возможности" +" или лиды, даже если система этого не предлагает." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " +"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +msgstr "" +"Здесь есть как это сделать из списка. Выберите случаю или лиды, которые вы " +"хотите объединить, тогда появится кнопка действия. Затем вы можете выбрать " +"объединения." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "..note::" +msgstr "..занотуйте ::" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +msgstr "Возможно также объединить более двух случаю или лида." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "Создавайте лиды / случаю по электронной почте" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" +"Автоматизация генерации лида / случаю значительно улучшит вашу " +"эффективность. По умолчанию любой электронное письмо, посланное на * sales @" +" database \\ _domain.ext * создаст возможность в рамках канала продаж по " +"умолчанию." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "Настройте псевдонимы электронной почты" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" +"Каждый канал продаж может иметь собственный псевдоним электронной почты, " +"чтобы генерировать лиды / возможности, автоматически предназначены для него." +" Это полезно, если вы управляете несколькими командами продаж с " +"определенными бизнес-процессами. Вы найдете настройки каналов продаж во: " +"menuselection: `Настройка -> Каналы продаж`." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "Создайте лиды / случаю со страницы контактов вашего сайта" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" +"Автоматизация генерации лидов / возможностей значительно улучшит вашу " +"эффективность. Любой посетитель, который использует контактную форму на " +"вашем сайте, создаст лед / возможность в конеери." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "Используйте свяжитесь с нами на своем сайте" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "Сначала нужно перейти к вашему приложения сайта." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" +"С установлением модуля CRM, вы пользуетесь готовой к использованию " +"контактной формой на своем веб-сайте Odoo, которая автоматически генерирует " +"лиды / возможности." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы перейти на конкретный канал продаж, перейдите на страницу: " +"menuselection: `Сайт -> Настройка -> Налаштування` под * Связь * вы " +"найдете информацию о контактном форму и куда следует изменить * Каналы " +"продаж * или * продавца * ." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "Создайте собственную контактную форму" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" +"Вы можете узнать больше о своем посетителя, когда он использует контактную " +"форму, вам нужно будет создать на вашем сайте специальную контактную форму. " +"Эти контактные формы могут генерировать несколько типов записей в системе " +"(электронные письма, лиды / возможности, задачи проекта, заявки поддержки и " +"т.д.)." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" +"Вам нужно будет установить бесплатный модуль * Конструктор форм *, который " +"доступен в только Odoo Enterprise." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" +"Сначала перейдите на страницу, где в хотите вставить вашу контактную форму. " +"В режиме редактирования перетащите конструктор форм на страницу, и тогда вы " +"сможете добавить все поля, которые вы хотите." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию все новые формы контакта будут отправлять электронное письмо. " +"Вы можете переключить на создание лида / случаю в * Изменить параметры формы" +" *." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Если тот же посетитель использует контактную форму дважды, вторая запись " +"будет добавлено к первому лида / случаю в чате." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "Создавайте лиды, а не возможности" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" +"При использовании контактной формы, вам следует использовать шаг " +"квалификации перед назначением формы правильном продавцу. Сделав это, " +"активируйте * Лиды * в настройках CRM и перейдите на: doc: `convert`." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "получение лидов" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " +"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" +" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " +"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" +" make them relevant to your business." +msgstr "" +"В любом бизнесе, получения качественных лидов имеет важное значение для " +"роста бизнеса. Получение лидов позволяет генерировать лиды с нуля " +"непосредственно из базы данных. Нацеливайте свои лиды на основе набора таких" +" критериев, как страна, размер компании, отрасль, с откуда происходит ваш " +"лед, чтобы сделать их соответствующими вашего бизнеса." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы запустить эту функцию, перейдите в: menuselection: `CRM -> " +"Настройка -> Налаштування` и активируйте функцию ** Получение лидов **." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 +msgid "Start generating leads" +msgstr "Начните создание лидов" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " +"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " +":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Теперь у вас будет кнопка ** Создать лиды **, доступна в вашем конвейере. Вы" +" также можете создавать запросы на получение лидов с: menuselection: " +"`Настройка -> Запросы на получение лидив` и через: menuselection:` Лиды " +"-> Лиди`, где у вас есть кнопка ** Создать лиды **." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " +"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." +msgstr "" +"Там нажмите на кнопку ** Создать лиды **, появится окно, где вы сможете " +"выбрать критерии." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " +"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " +"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " +"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " +"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," +msgstr "" +"При избрании цели компнаий и их контакты, вы можете выбрать окнтакты, " +"которые вы получаете на основе Роли или Стажа. Получив информацию о " +"контактах, убедитесь, что вы в курсе последних норм ЕС, больше информации о " +"Общие положения о защите данных получите на `Odoo GDPR " +"<http://odoo.com/gdpr> `__," + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " +"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " +"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " +"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " +"multiple countries." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать фильтр лидов, которые вы получаете в зависимости от " +"размера (количество сотрудников) компании. Вы можете выбрать страны, из " +"которых происходят ваши лиды. Можно выбирать несколько стран. Также вы " +"можете выбрать отрасли, с откуда происходят ваши лиды. Можно также выбрать " +"несколько отраслей." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " +"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать несколько продавцов и команду продажи, к которой будет " +"назначен лида. Вы можете добавить теги для отслеживания созданных лидов." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." +msgstr "Созданные лиды иметь название компании." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Установление цены" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " +"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" +" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " +"either go to CRM > Configuration > Settings > Buy Credits; or go to Settings" +" > In-App Purchases>View my Services" +msgstr "" +"Это функция покупки в приложении, каждый созданный лед будет стоить один " +"кредит. При выборе получения информации контакта, каждый контакт также будет" +" стоить один дополнительный кредит. Здесь есть цены этой `функции " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?> `__ Чтобы купить кредиты, вы" +" можете перейти в CRM> Настройка> Настройка> Купить кредиты; или " +"перейти в Настройки> Покупки в приложении> Посмотреть мои услуги" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " +"consumed." +msgstr "" +"Синее поле автоматически подскажет, сколько кредитов будет использовано." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" +"Если вы на Odoo Online (SAAS) и у вас версия Enterprise, для тестирования " +"функции вы пользуетесь бесплатными пробными кредитам." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +msgid "" +"More information about `In-App Purchases " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.html?highlight=iap>`__," +" (IAP)." +msgstr "" +"Больше информации о `Покупки в приложении " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.html?highlight=iap>" +" `__, (IAP)." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "Коммерческих предложений" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы квалифицируете лед в возможность, вам необходимо прислать ему " +"коммерческое предложение. Вы можете делать это непосредственно в модуле CRM " +"с Odoo." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "Создайте новое коммерческое предложение" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" +"Нажав на любую возможность или лед, вы увидите кнопку * Новая коммерческое " +"предложение *, которая приведет вас к новому меню, в котором вы сможете " +"управлять коммерческим предложением." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" +"Вы найдете все свои коммерческие предложения по конкретным случаем в меню * " +"Коммерческие предложения * на этой странице." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "Отметьте их, как поймали / потеряно" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" +"Теперь вам придется отметить вашу возможность как пойман или потеряно, чтобы" +" переместить этот процесс." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" +"Если вы отметите их как поймали, они перейдут к вашему столбца * пойманных *" +" в вашем конвейере канбан. Если вы отметите их как * Потеряно *, они будут " +"заархивированы." + +#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "Оптимизируйте свою ежедневную работу" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "Синхронизация Google календаря с Odoo" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " "directions)." msgstr "" +"Odoo отлично интегрируется с Google календарем, таким образом вы можете " +"работать с ним на обеих платформах (поддерживается двухсторонний обмен)." -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка в Google" -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" +"Перейдите по ссылке `платформа Google APIs " +"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ для генерации учетной данных " +"Google Calendar API. Войдите под вашей учетной записью Google." -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "Choose *Calendar API*." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +msgid "Go to the API & Services page." +msgstr "Перейдите на страницу API и Услуги." -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." +msgstr "Найдите * Google Calendar API * и выберите его." -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активируйте API." -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " +"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." msgstr "" +"Выберите или создайте проект API для хранения учетных данных, если это еще " +"не было сделано раньше. Дайте ей конкретное имя (например, Odoo Sync)." -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +msgid "Create credentials." +msgstr "Создайте учетные данные." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." msgstr "" +"Выберите *Web browser (Javascript)* как источник вызова и *User data* как " +"тип данных." -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 msgid "" "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " +"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " +"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" +"Тогда вы можете создать идентификатор клиента. Введите название модуля " +"(например, Odoo Calendar) и разрешены страницы, на которые будет происходить" +" перенаправление. * Авторизованное источник JavaScript * - это ваш пример " +"URL-адреса Odoo. * Авторизованная URI перенаправления * - это ваш пример " +"URL-адреса Odoo, а затем - '/ google_account / authentication "." -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo). " -"Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The" -" Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for " -"the first time." +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " +"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " +"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" +" in Odoo for the first time." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к этапу Образец согласия, введите название товара (например, Odoo " +"Calendar). Не стесняйтесь проверять параметры настройки, но это не " +"обязательно. Экран согласия отображается только тогда, когда вы впервые " +"введете идентификатор клиента в Odoo." -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" -" the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo." +" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Наконец, вам предоставляется ** идентификатор клиента **. Откройте * Учетные" +" данные *, чтобы получить ** Секретный ключ клиента **. Оба они нужны в " +"Odoo." -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка в Odoo" -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:64 -msgid "Install **Google Calendar** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your " -"credentials in Google Calendar option." +"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " +"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." msgstr "" +"Установите приложение ** Google Каленар ** меню * Приложения * или отметьте " +"опцию в: menuselection: `Настройка -> Общие налаштування`." -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" +" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Настройка -> Общие налаштування` и введите " +"ваш ** ID клиента ** и ** Секретный ключ клиента ** в настройке Google " +"Календаря." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " "first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " "connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" " whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." msgstr "" +"Настройка готово. Откройте Календарь Odoo и синхронизация его с Google. Если" +" вы делаете это впервые, вы переадресовуетеся на Google, чтобы подтверждать " +"соединение. Вернувшись в Odoo, нажмите кнопку синхронизации. Вы можете " +"нажимать ее, если хотите синхронизировать календарь." -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads.rst:3 -msgid "Leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate leads from incoming emails?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are several ways for your company to :doc:`generate leads with Odoo " -"CRM <manual>`. One of them is using your company's generic email address as " -"a trigger to create a new lead in the system. In Odoo, each one of your " -"sales teams is linked to its own email address from which prospects can " -"reach them. For example, if the personal email address of your Direct team " -"is **direct@mycompany.example.com**, every email sent will automatically " -"create a new opportunity into the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:14 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:73 -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:30 -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:19 -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10 ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23 -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The first thing you need to do is to configure your **outgoing email " -"servers** and **incoming email gateway** from the :menuselection:`Settings " -"module --> General Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Then set up your alias domain from the field shown here below and click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:26 -msgid "Set up team alias" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go on the Sales module and click on **Dashboard**. You will see that the " -"activation of your domain alias has generated a default email alias for your" -" existing sales teams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your sales teams aliases. Click on the More " -"button from the sales team of your choice, then on **Settings** to access " -"the sales team form. Into the **Email Alias** field, enter your email alias " -"and click on **Save**. Make sure to allow receiving emails from everyone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:41 -msgid "" -"From there, each email sent to this email address will generate a new lead " -"into the related sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:48 -msgid "Set up catch-all email domain" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Additionally to your sales team aliases, you can also create a generic email" -" alias (e.g. *contact@* or *info@* ) that will also generate a new contact " -"in Odoo CRM. Still from the Sales module, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and set up your catch-all email " -"domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can choose whether the contacts generated from your catch-all email " -"become leads or opportunities using the radio buttons that you see on the " -"screenshot here below. Note that, by default, the lead stage is not " -"activated in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:67 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:89 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:194 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195 -msgid ":doc:`import`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:73 -msgid ":doc:`website`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import contacts to the CRM?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, you can import a database of potential customers, for instance " -"for a cold emailing or cold calling campaign, through a CSV file. You may be" -" wondering if the best option is to import your contacts as leads or " -"opportunities. It depends on your business specificities and workflow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Some companies may decide to not use leads, but instead to keep all " -"information directly in an opportunity. For some companies, leads are merely" -" an extra step in the sales process. You could call this extended (start " -"from lead) versus simplified (start from opportunity) customer relationship " -"management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo perfectly allows for either one of these approaches to be chosen. If " -"your company handles its sales from a pre qualification step, feel free to " -"activate first the lead stage as described below in order to import your " -"database as leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:23 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:9 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:38 -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:62 -msgid "Activate the lead stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. If you want to " -"import your contacts as leads rather than opportunities, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads " -"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:33 -msgid "" -"This activation will create a new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` " -"from which you will be able to import your contacts from the **Import** " -"button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here <manual>`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41 -msgid "Import your CSV file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:43 -msgid "" -"On the new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`, click on **Import** and" -" select your Excel file to import from the **Choose File** button. Make sure" -" its extension is **.csv** and don't forget to set up the correct File " -"format options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match your local settings" -" and display your columns properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your prospects database is provided in another format than CSV, you can " -"easily convert it to the CSV format using Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice / " -"LibreOffice Calc, Google Docs, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:58 -msgid "Select rows to import" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically map the column headers from your CSV file to the " -"corresponding fields if you tick *The first row of the file contains the " -"label of the column* option. This makes imports easier especially when the " -"file has many columns. Of course, you can remap the column headers to " -"describe the property you are importing data into (First Name, Last Name, " -"Email, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If you want to import your contacts as opportunities rather than leads, make" -" sure to add the *Type* column to your csv. This column is used to indicate " -"whether your import will be flagged as a Lead (type = Lead) or as an " -"opportunity (type = Opportunity)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate** button if you want to let Odoo verify that everything" -" seems okay before importing. Otherwise, you can directly click the Import " -"button: the same validations will be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:83 -msgid "" -"For additional technical information on how to import contacts into Odoo " -"CRM, read the **Frequently Asked Questions** section located below the " -"Import tool on the same window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196 -msgid ":doc:`emails`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a contact into Odoo CRM?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo CRM allows you to manually add contacts into your pipeline. It can be " -"either a lead or an opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:11 -msgid "" -"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. To activate it, go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the option " -"\"\"use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This activation will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that " -"gives you access to a list of all your leads from which you will be able to " -"create a new contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:26 -msgid "Create a new lead" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:33 -msgid "" -"From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact " -"name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in" -" the **Internal notes** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39 -msgid "" -"your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson" -" by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the " -"screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:43 -msgid "Create a new opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without " -"having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your dashboard " -"and click on the **Pipeline** button of the desired sales team. If you don't" -" have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first " -"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. Then, click on **Create** and fill in " -"the contact details as shown here above. By default, the newly created " -"opportunity will appear on the first stage of your sales pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a specific " -"stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a meeting and " -"you want to send him a quotation right away, you can add his contact details" -" on the fly directly into the **Proposition** stage. From the Kanban view of" -" your sales team, just click on the **+** icon at the right of your stage to" -" create the contact. The new opportunity will then pop up into the " -"corresponding stage and you can then fill in the contact details by clicking" -" on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate leads from my website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Your website should be your company's first lead generation tool. With your " -"website being the central hub of your online marketing campaigns, you will " -"naturally drive qualified traffic to feed your pipeline. When a prospect " -"lands on your website, your objective is to capture his information in order" -" to be able to stay in touch with him and to push him further down the sales" -" funnel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:12 -msgid "This is how a typical online lead generation process work :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your website visitor clicks on a call-to action (CTA) from one of your " -"marketing materials (e.g. an email newsletter, a social media message or a " -"blog post)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The CTA leads your visitor to a landing page including a form used to " -"collect his personal information (e.g. his name, his email address, his " -"phone number)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The visitor submits the form and automatically generates a lead into Odoo " -"CRM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Your calls-to-action, landing pages and forms are the key pieces of the lead" -" generation process. With Odoo Website, you can easily create and optimize " -"those critical elements without having to code or to use third-party " -"applications. Learn more `here <https://www.odoo.com/page/website-" -"builder>`__." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Теперь вы больше не оправдание, чтобы пропустить встречу!" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Website and CRM modules are fully integrated, meaning that you " -"can easily generate leads from various ways through your website. However, " -"even if you are hosting your website on another CMS, it is still possible to" -" fill Odoo CRM with leads generated from your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. Therefore, new " -"leads automatically become opportunities. You can easily activate the option" -" of adding the lead step. If you want to import your contacts as leads " -"rather than opportunities, from the Sales module go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads " -"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Note that even without activating this step, the information that follows is" -" still applicable - the lead generated will land in the opportunities " -"dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:55 -msgid "From an Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Let's assume that you want to get as much information as possible about your" -" website visitors. But how could you make sure that every person who wants " -"to know more about your company's products and services is actually leaving " -"his information somewhere? Thanks to Odoo's integration between its CRM and " -"Website modules, you can easily automate your lead acquisition process " -"thanks to the **contact form** and the **form builder** modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:67 -msgid "" -"another great way to generate leads from your Odoo Website is by collecting " -"your visitors email addresses thanks to the Newsletter or Newsletter Popup " -"CTAs. These snippets will create new contacts in your Email Marketing's " -"mailing list. Learn more `here <https://www.odoo.com/page/email-" -"marketing>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the Website builder module. From the main dashboard, " -"click on **Apps**, enter \"**Website**\" in the search bar and click on " -"**Install**. You will be automatically redirected to the web interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:84 -msgid "" -"A tutorial popup will appear on your screen if this is the first time you " -"use Odoo Website. It will help you get started with the tool and you'll be " -"able to use it in minutes. Therefore, we strongly recommend you to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:89 -msgid "Create a lead by using the Contact Form module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You can effortlessly generate leads via a contact form on your **Contact " -"us** page. To do so, you first need to install the Contact Form module. It " -"will add a contact form in your **Contact us** page and automatically " -"generate a lead from forms submissions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:96 -msgid "" -"To install it, go back to the backend using the square icon on the upper-" -"left corner of your screen. Then, click on **Apps**, enter \"**Contact " -"Form**\" in the search bar (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag " -"otherwise you will not see the module appearing) and click on **Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, the below contact form will be integrated to " -"your \"Contact us\" page. This form is linked to Odoo CRM, meaning that all " -"data entered through the form will be captured by the CRM and will create a " -"new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Every lead created through the contact form is accessible in the Sales " -"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`. The name of the " -"lead corresponds to the \"Subject\" field on the contact form and all the " -"other information is stored in the corresponding fields within the CRM. As a" -" salesperson, you can add additional information, convert the lead into an " -"opportunity or even directly mark it as Won or Lost." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" +msgstr "Используйте услугу IP-телефонии в Odoo с OnSIP" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:123 -msgid "Create a lead using the Form builder module" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Введение" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:125 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" -"You can create fully-editable custom forms on any landing page on your " -"website with the Form Builder snippet. As for the Contact Form module, the " -"Form Builder will automatically generate a lead after the visitor has " -"completed the form and clicked on the button **Send**." +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" +" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " +"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" +"IP-телефония Odoo может быть настроена для работы вместе с OnSIP " +"(www.onsip.com). В этом случае установка и настройка сервера Asterisk не " +"нужны, поскольку вся инфраструктура размещена и управляемая OnSIP." -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:130 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 msgid "" -"From the backend, go to Settings and install the \"**Website Form " -"Builder**\" module (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag otherwise you " -"will not see the modules appearing). Then, back on the website, go to your " -"desired landing page and click on Edit to access the available snippets. The" -" Form Builder snippet lays under the **Feature** section." +"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " +"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " +"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " +"configuration procedure below." msgstr "" +"Для использования этой услуги вам нужно будет открыть аккаунт на OnSIP. " +"Прежде чем это сделать, убедитесь, что эта услуга охватывает вашу территорию" +" и области, в которые вы хотите позвонить. После открытия учета OnSIP " +"выполните процедуру настройки ниже." -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:140 -msgid "" -"As soon as you have dropped the snippet where you want the form to appear on" -" your page, a **Form Parameters** window will pop up. From the **Action** " -"drop-down list, select **Create a lead** to automatically create a lead in " -"Odoo CRM. On the **Thank You** field, select the URL of the page you want to" -" redirect your visitor after the form being submitted (if you don't add any " -"URL, the message \"The form has been sent successfully\" will confirm the " -"submission)." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "Перейдите к приложениям и установите модуль ** VoIP OnSIP **." -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:151 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 msgid "" -"You can then start creating your custom form. To add new fields, click on " -"**Select container block** and then on the blue **Customize** button. 3 " -"options will appear:" +"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " +"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" msgstr "" +"Перейдите к Настройки / Общие настройки. В разделе Интеграция / Asterisk " +"(VoIP) заполните 3 поля:" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:158 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 msgid "" -"**Change Form Parameters**: allows you to go back to the Form Parameters and" -" change the configuration" +"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " +"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " +"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" +"** Домен OnSIP ** - это домен, который вы выбрали при создании учетной " +"записи на www.onsip.com. Если вы не знаете этого, войдите в " +"https://admin.onsip.com/, и вы увидите его в верхнем правом углу экрана." -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:161 -msgid "" -"**Add a model field**: allows you to add a field already existing in Odoo " -"CRM from a drop-down list. For example, if you select the Field *Country*, " -"the value entered by the lead will appear under the *Country* field in the " -"CRM - even if you change the name of the field on the form." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 +msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "** WebSocket ** должен содержать wss: //edge.sip.onsip.com" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:167 -msgid "" -"**Add a custom field**: allows you to add extra fields that don't exist by " -"default in Odoo CRM. The values entered will be added under \"Notes\" within" -" the CRM. You can create any field type : checkbox, radio button, text, " -"decimal number, etc." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 +msgid "**Mode** should be Production" +msgstr "** Режим ** должен быть Разработчик" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:172 -msgid "Any submitted form will create a lead in the backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:175 -msgid "From another CMS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:177 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you use Odoo CRM but not Odoo Website, you can still automate your online" -" lead generation process using email gateways by editing the \"Submit\" " -"button of any form and replacing the hyperlink by a mailto corresponding to " -"your email alias (learn how to create your sales alias :doc:`here " -"<emails>`)." +"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " +"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" +"Перейдите к ** Настройка / Пользователи **. В форме просмотра каждого " +"пользователя IP-телефонии на вкладке Настройка введите раздел ** Настройка " +"PBX **:" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:183 -msgid "" -"For example if the alias of your company is **salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, add" -" ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` into the regular hyperlink code (CTRL+K)" -" to generate a lead into the related sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage leads" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" +"** Логин SIP / Расширение браузера **: OnSIP 'Имя пользователя'" -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:3 -msgid "Automate lead assignation to specific sales teams or salespeople" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 +msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" +"** Авторизация пользователя OnSIP **: OnSIP "Имя пользователя авт '" -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business workflow and needs, you may need to dispatch your" -" incoming leads to different sales team or even to specific salespeople. " -"Here are a few example:" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "** Пароль SIP **: OnSIP "Пароль SIP"" -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Your company has several offices based on different geographical regions. " -"You will want to assign leads based on the region;" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 +msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" +msgstr "** Расширение для телефонов **: "Расширение" OnSIP" -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:12 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 msgid "" -"One of your sales teams is dedicated to treat opportunities from large " -"companies while another one is specialized for SMEs. You will want to assign" -" leads based on the company size;" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " +"and refer to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" +"Вы можете найти всю эту информацию, войдя по адресу " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users выберите пользователя, которого вы хотите " +"настроить, и ссылайтесь на поля, как показано ниже." -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:16 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 msgid "" -"One of your sales representatives is the only one to speak foreign languages" -" while the rest of the team speaks English only. Therefore you will want to " -"assign to that person all the leads from non-native English-speaking " -"countries." +"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " +"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" +" Odoo and in OnSIP)." msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете звонить, нажав значок телефона в верхнем правом углу Odoo " +"(убедитесь, что вы вошли как пользователь, надлежащим образом настроен в " +"Odoo и OnSIP)." -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:21 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" -"As you can imagine, manually assigning new leads to specific individuals can" -" be tedious and time consuming - especially if your company generates a high" -" volume of leads every day. Fortunately, Odoo CRM allows you to automate the" -" process of lead assignation based on specific criteria such as location, " -"interests, company size, etc. With specific workflows and precise rules, you" -" will be able to distribute all your opportunities automatically to the " -"right sales teams and/or salesman." +"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " +"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" +"Если вы видите сообщение о * отсутствие параметров * в софтводи Odoo, " +"обязательно обновите окно Odoo и повторите попытку." -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:32 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you have just started with Odoo CRM and haven't set up your sales team " -"nor registered your salespeople, :doc:`read this documentation first " -"<../../overview/started/setup>`." +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" +"Если в Odoo softphone появляется сообщение Неправильное число * обязательно " +"используйте международный формат, который содержит знак плюс (+), а затем " +"международный код страны. Например: +16506913277 (где 1 - код страны для " +"США)." -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:36 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 msgid "" -"You have to install the module **Lead Scoring**. Go to :menuselection:`Apps`" -" and install it if it's not the case already." +"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " +"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." msgstr "" +"Теперь можно звонить. Номер - это тот, который предоставляется OnSIP. Odoo " +"позвонит и покажет сообщение." -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:40 -msgid "Define rules for a sales team" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 +msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" +msgstr "OnSIP на вашем мобильном телефоне" -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:42 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 msgid "" -"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** button" -" of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**. If you don't have any " -"sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first " -"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`." +"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " +"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" +" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " +"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" +"Чтобы делать и получать телефонные звонки, когда вы не находитесь перед " +"компьютером, вы можете использовать приложение для мобильных телефонов " +"параллельно с IP-телефонией Odoo. Это полезно для вызовов на ходу, но также " +"для того, чтобы убедиться, что вы слышите входящие звонки, или просто для " +"удобства. Любой SIP softphone будет работать." -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" -"On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain rule " -"(for technical details on the domain refer on the `Building a Module " -"tutorial " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__ or " -"`Syntax reference guide " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-" -"domains>`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain." +"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " +"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." +" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" +"На Android и iOS, OnSIP успешно протестировано с помощью `Grandstream Wave " +"<https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave> _ _. " +"При создании учетной записи выберите OnSIP в списке поставщиков. Вам нужно " +"будет настроить его таким образом:" -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:56 -msgid "" -"For example, if you want your *Direct Sales* team to only receive leads " -"coming from United States and Canada, your domain will be as following :" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 +msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" +msgstr "** Имя учетной записи **: OnSIP" -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:59 -msgid "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" +msgstr "** SIP сервер **: OnSIP "Домен"" -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:66 -msgid "" -"you can also base your automatic assignment on the score attributed to your " -"leads. For example, we can imagine that you want all the leads with a score " -"under 100 to be assigned to a sales team trained for lighter projects and " -"the leads over 100 to a more experienced sales team. Read more on :doc:`how " -"to score leads here <lead_scoring>`." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "** ID пользователя SIP **: "Имя пользователя" OnSIP" -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:72 -msgid "Define rules for a salesperson" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "** ID аутентификации SIP **: "Имя пользователя аут." OnSIP" -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can go one step further in your assignment rules and decide to assign " -"leads within a sales team to a specific salesperson. For example, if I want " -"Toni Buchanan from the *Direct Sales* team to receive only leads coming from" -" Canada, I can create a rule that will automatically assign him leads from " -"that country." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 +msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "** Пароль **: OnSIP "Пароль SIP"" -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:80 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 msgid "" -"Still from the sales team menu (see here above), click on the salesperson of" -" your choice under the assignment submenu. Then, enter your rule in the " -"*Domain* field." +"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " +"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " +"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " +"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" +" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " +"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." msgstr "" +"Кроме инициирования звонков с Grandstream Wave на свой телефон, вы можете " +"инициировать звонки, нажав номера телефонов в вашем браузере на своем ПК. " +"Это сделает звонок Grandstream Wave и маршрут звонка по телефону на другую " +"сторону. Этот подход полезен, чтобы не тратить время на набор телефонных " +"номеров. Для этого вам понадобится расширение Chrome `Помощник звонков OnSIP" +" <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en> _ _." -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:89 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a lead is always assigned to a sales team before to be assigned to " -"a salesperson. Therefore, you need to make sure that the assignment rule of " -"your salesperson is a child of the assignment rule of the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:95 -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to do efficient Lead Scoring?" +"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" +" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." msgstr "" +"Недостатком использования софтфона на вашем мобильном телефоне является то, " +"что ваши вызов не будут входить в систему Odoo, поскольку софтфон выступает " +"в роли независимого отдельного приложения." -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's Lead Scoring module allows you to give a score to your leads based on" -" specific criteria - the higher the value, the more likely the prospect is " -"\"ready for sales\". Therefore, the best leads are automatically assigned to" -" your salespeople so their pipe are not polluted with poor-quality " -"opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Lead scoring is a critical component of an effective lead management " -"strategy. By helping your sales representative determine which leads to " -"engage with in order of priority, you will increase their overall conversion" -" rate and your sales team's efficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:22 -msgid "Install the Lead Scoring module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:24 -msgid "Start by installing the **Lead Scoring** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Leads scoring allows you to assign a positive or negative score to your " -"prospects based on any demographic or behavioral criteria that you have set " -"(country or origin, pages visited, type of industry, role, etc.). To do so " -"you'll first need to create rules that will assign a score to a given " -"criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to assign the right score to your various rules, you can use these " -"two methods:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Establish a list of assets that your ideal customer might possess to " -"interest your company. For example, if you run a local business in " -"California, a prospect coming from San Francisco should have a higher score " -"than a prospect coming from New York." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Dig into your data to uncover characteristics shared by your closed " -"opportunities and most important clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Please note that this is not an exact science, so you'll need time and " -"feedback from your sales teams to adapt and fine tune your rules until " -"getting the desired result." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In the **Scoring Rules** menu, click on **Create** to write your first rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:61 -msgid "" -"First name your rule, then enter a value and a domain (refer on the " -"`official python documentation <https://docs.python.org/2/tutorial/>`__ for " -"more information). For example, if you want to assign 8 points to all the " -"leads coming from **Belgium**, you'll need to give ``8`` as a **value** and " -"``[['country\\_id',=,'Belgium']]`` as a domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "Here are some criteria you can use to build a scoring rule :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:70 -msgid "country of origin : ``'country_id'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:72 -msgid "stage in the sales cycle : ``'stage_id'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:74 -msgid "" -"email address (e.g. if you want to score the professional email addresses) :" -" ``'email_from'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:76 -msgid "page visited : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:78 -msgid "name of a marketing campaign : ``'campaign_id'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:80 -msgid "" -"After having activated your rules, Odoo will give a value to all your new " -"incoming leads. This value can be found directly on your lead's form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:88 -msgid "Assign high scoring leads to your sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:90 -msgid "" -"The next step is now to automatically convert your best leads into " -"opportunities. In order to do so, you need to decide what is the minimum " -"score a lead should have to be handed over to a given sales team. Go to your" -" **sales dashboard** and click on the **More** button of your desired sales " -"team, then on **Settings**. Enter your value under the **Minimum score** " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:100 -msgid "" -"From the example above, the **Direct Sales** team will only receive " -"opportunities with a minimum score of ``50``. The prospects with a lower " -"score can either stay in the lead stage or be assigned to another sales team" -" which has set up a different minimum score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Organize a meeting between your **Marketing** and **Sales** teams in order " -"to align your objectives and agree on what minimum score makes a sales-ready" -" lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`automatic_assignation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Installation and Setup" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" +msgstr "Настройте ваш сервер VOIP Asterisk для Odoo" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установка сервера Asterisk" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зависимости" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:11 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перед установкой Asterisk вам нужно установить следующие зависимости:" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 msgid "wget" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wget" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:14 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 msgid "gcc" -msgstr "" +msgstr "gcc" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 msgid "g++" -msgstr "" +msgstr "g++" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ncurses-devel" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 msgid "libxml2-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "libxml2-devel" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sqlite-devel" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "libsrtp-devel" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:20 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 msgid "libuuid-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "libuuid-devel" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "openssl-devel" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pkg-config" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Для установления libsrtp выполните следующие инструкции:" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 msgid "" "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " "extracted:" msgstr "" +"Вам нужно установить PJSIP, вы можете скачать источник `здесь " +"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm> `_. После извлечения исходного каталога:" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:37 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Перейдите в выходной каталог pjproject: **" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:43 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** запустите: **" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Постройте и установите pjproject: **" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Обновите ссылки на общую библиотеку: **" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:63 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Проверьте, установлен pjproject: **" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:69 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Результат должен быть: **" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:86 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asterisk" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:88 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 msgid "" "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить Asterisk 13.7.0, вы можете скачать источник непосредственно" +" `там <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" +"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz> `_." -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Удалите Asterisk:" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:96 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введите каталог Asterisk:" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:102 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запустите настройки скрипта Asterisk:" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:108 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запустите инструмент выбора меню Asterisk:" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:114 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 msgid "" "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " "srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " "You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." msgstr "" +"В меню выбора перейдите к опции ресурсов и убедитесь, что res_srtp включен. " +"Если у res_srtp есть 3 х, возникают проблемы с библиотекой srtp, и вы должны" +" переустановить его. Сохраните настройки (нажмите x). Вы также должны " +"увидеть звезды перед строками res_pjsip." -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:116 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Скомпилируйте и установите Asterisk:" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:122 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 msgid "" "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " "run 'make config'." msgstr "" +"Если вам нужны образцы настройки, вы можете запустить 'сделать образцы " +""для установления образцов настройки. Если вам нужно установить " +"сценарий запуска Asterisk, вы можете запустить 'сделать настр "." -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:125 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "сертификаты DTLS" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:127 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "После этого вам нужно установить сертификаты DTLS." -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введите каталог скриптов Asterisk:" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:139 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" msgstr "" +"Создайте сертификаты DTLS (замените pbx.mycompany.com на свой IP-адрес или " +"имя dns, замените My Super Company на название компании):" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:146 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте сервер Asterisk" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:148 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 msgid "" "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " "settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " @@ -1107,8 +1018,13 @@ msgid "" " by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " "uncommented:" msgstr "" +"Для WebRTC большое количество необходимых параметров ДОЛЖНА быть в " +"показанных настройках. Глобальные параметры не очень хорошо попадут в " +"настройки показанных уровней. По умолчанию конфигурационные файлы Asterisk " +"расположены в / etc / asterisk /. Начните с изменения http.conf и убедитесь," +" что следующие строки не комментируются:" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:158 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 msgid "" "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " "icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " @@ -1116,26 +1032,33 @@ msgid "" "allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" msgstr "" +"Далее измените файл sip.conf. WebRTC требует расшифровки, avpf и " +"iicesupport. В большинстве случаев, Directmedia должен быть отключен. Также " +"во клиентом WebRTC транспорт нужно указать как "ws", чтобы " +"разрешить подключение веб-узлов. Все эти конфигурационные линии должны быть " +"под одним уровнем; установка этих конфигурационных строки глобально могут не" +" работать:" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:186 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" msgstr "" +"В sip.conf и rtp.conf файлах вам также нужно добавить или отключить строки:" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Наконец, установите extensions.conf:" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:202 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте IP-телефонию Odoo" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:204 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "" +msgstr "В Odoo настройки должно выполняться в настройках пользователя." -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:206 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" " the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" @@ -1143,8 +1066,13 @@ msgid "" "required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" " an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" +"Логин SIP / Расширение браузера - это номер, который вы уже настроили в " +"файле sip.conf. В нашем примере 1060. Пароль SIP - секрет, который вы " +"выбрали в файле sip.conf. Расширение телефона вашего офиса не является " +"обязательным полем, но оно используется, если вы хотите передать свой звонок" +" с Odoo на внешний телефон, также настроен в файле sip.conf." -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:212 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 msgid "" "The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " "\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " @@ -1152,1375 +1080,578 @@ msgid "" "\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " "\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" +"Настройка также должно быть сделано в настройках продаже под названием " +""Конфигурация PBX". Вы должны указать IP, который вы определите в " +"файле http.conf, и WebSocket должно быть: ws: //127.0.0.1: 8088 / ws. Часть " +""127.0.0.1" должна быть такой же, как IP, определенный ранее, и " +""8088" - это порт, определенный в файле http.conf." -#: ../../crm/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo CRM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Hi, my name is Nicholas, I'm a business manager in the textile industry. I " -"sell accessories to retailers. Do you know the difference between a good " -"salesperson and an excellent salesperson? The key is to be productive and " -"organized to do the job. That's where Odoo comes in. Thanks to a well " -"structured organization you'll change a good team into an exceptional team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:21 -msgid "" -"With Odoo CRM, the job is much easier for me and my entire team. When I log " -"in into Odoo CRM, I have a direct overview of my ongoing performance. But " -"also the activity of the next 7 days and the performance of the last month. " -"I see that I overachieved last month when compared to my invoicing target of" -" $200,000. I have a structured approach of my performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If I want to have a deeper look into the details, I click on next actions " -"and I can see that today I have planned a call with Think Big Systems. Once " -"I have done my daily review, I usually go to my pipeline. The process is the" -" same for everyone in the team. Our job is to find resellers and before " -"closing any deal we have to go through different stages. We usually have a " -"first contact to qualify the opportunity, then move into offer & negotiation" -" stage, and closing by a 'won'..Well, that's if all goes well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The user interface is really smooth, I can drag and drop any business " -"opportunity from one stage to another in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Now I'd like to go further with an interesting contact: a department store. " -"I highlighted their file by changing the color. For each contact, I have a " -"form view where I can access to all necessary information about the contact." -" I see here my opportunity Macy's has an estimated revenue of $50,000 and a " -"success rate of 10%. I need to discuss about this partnership, so I will " -"schedule a meeting straight from the contact form: Macy's partnership " -"meeting. It's super easy to create a new meeting with any contact. I can as " -"well send an email straight from the opportunity form and the answer from " -"the prospect will simply pop up in the system too. Now, let's assume that " -"the meeting took place, therefore I can mark it as done. And the system " -"automatically suggests a next activity. Actually, we configured Odoo with a " -"set of typical activities we follow for every opportunity, and it's great to" -" have a thorough followup. The next activity will be a follow-up email. " -"Browsing from one screen to the other is really simple and adapting to the " -"view too! I can see my opportunitities as a to-do list of next activities " -"for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62 -msgid "" -"With Odoo CRM I have a sales management tool that is really efficient and me" -" and my team can be well organized. I have a clear overview of my sales " -"pipeline, meetings, revenues, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:67 -msgid "" -"I go back to my pipeline. Macy's got qualified successfully, which mean I " -"can move their file to the next step and I will dapt the expected revenue as" -" discussed. Once I have performed the qualification process, I will create a" -" new quotation based on the feedback I received from my contact. For my " -"existing customers, I can as well quickly discover the activity around them " -"for any Odoo module I use, and continue to discuss about them. It's that " -"simple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"We have seen how I can manage my daily job as business manager or " -"salesperson. At the end of the journey I would like to have a concrete view " -"of my customer relationships and expected revenues. If I go into the reports" -" in Odoo CRM, I have the possibility to know exactly what's the evolution of" -" the leads over the past months, or have a look at the potential revenues " -"and the performance of the different teams in terms of conversions from " -"leads to opportunities for instance. So with Odoo I can have a clear " -"reporting of every activity based on predefined metrics or favorites. I can " -"search for other filters too and adapt the view. If I want to go in the " -"details, I choose the list view and can click on any item" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Odoo CRM is not only a powerful tool to achieve our sales goals with " -"structured activities, performance dashboard, next acitivities and more, but" -" also allows me to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Use leads to get in the system unqualified but targeted contacts I may have " -"gathered in a conference or through a contact form on my website. Those " -"leads can then be converted into opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Manage phone calls from Odoo CRM by using the VoIP app. Call customers, " -"manage a call queue, log calls, schedule calls and next actions to perform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Integrate with Odoo Sales to create beautiful online or PDF quotations and " -"turn them into sales orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Use email marketing for marketing campaigns to my customers and prospects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Manage my business seamlessly, even on the go. Indeed, Odoo offers a mobile " -"app that lets every business organize key sales activities from leads to " -"quotes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo CRM is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. I firstly used the sales " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up our CRM. It will help you " -"getting started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo CRM Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:10 -msgid "**CRM (Customer relationship management)**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 -msgid "" -"System for managing a company's interactions with current and future " -"customers. It often involves using technology to organize, automate, and " -"synchronize sales, marketing, customer service, and technical support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "**Sales cycle** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Sequence of phases used by a company to convert a prospect into a customer." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "Проанализируйте эффективность" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:20 -msgid "**Pipeline :**" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 +msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" +msgstr "Получите точный вероятный оборот" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17 +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 msgid "" -"Visual representation of your sales process, from the first contact to the " -"final sale. It refers to the process by which you generate, qualify and " -"close leads through your sales cycle." +"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" +" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " +"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " +"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." msgstr "" +"Когда вы развиваете свой цикл продаж и переходите с одного этапа к другому, " +"вы можете надеяться получить более точные данные о данной возможности, что " +"даст вам лучшее представление о вероятности ее закрытия, это важно, чтобы " +"увидеть ваш ожидаемый оборот в ваших вариантах отчетов." -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:24 -msgid "**Sales stage** :" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 +msgid "Configure your kanban stages" +msgstr "Настройте этапы вашего канбан" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, a stage defines where an opportunity is in your sales cycle and" -" its probability to close a sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29 -msgid "**Lead :**" +"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " +"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" +" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" +" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " +"more accurate." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию Канбан Odoo имеет четыре этапа: Новый, Квалифицированный, " +"предложение, пойманных. Согласно 10, 30, 70 и 100% вероятности успеха. Вы " +"можете добавлять этапы, а также редактировать их. Редактируя вероятность " +"успеха для вашего бизнеса по фазам, вы можете сделать свой возможный оборот " +"более точным." -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:27 +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 msgid "" -"Someone who becomes aware of your company or someone who you decide to " -"pursue for a sale, even if they don't know about your company yet." +"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" +" you can modify them manually of course." msgstr "" +"Каждая из ваших возможностей будет вероятность, установленную по умолчанию, " +"но, конечно, можно изменить вручную." -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34 -msgid "**Opportunity :**" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 +msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" +msgstr "Установите ожидаемую прибыль и дату закрытия" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:32 +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 msgid "" -"A lead that has shown an interest in knowing more about your " -"products/services and therefore has been handed over to a sales " -"representative" +"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " +"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" +" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." msgstr "" +"Когда вы получаете информацию о потенциальном клиенте, важно установить " +"ожидаемый доход и ожидаемую дату закрытия. Это позволит вам увидеть ваш " +"общий ожидаемый доход на этапе, а также дать более точный возможен оборот." -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39 -msgid "**Customer :**" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 +msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" +msgstr "Посмотрите просроченные или случаю на закрытие вскоре" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:37 +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, a customer refers to any contact within your database, whether " -"it is a lead, an opportunity, a client or a company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:45 -msgid "**Key Performance Indicator (KPI)** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:42 -msgid "" -"A KPI is a measurable value that demonstrates how effectively a company is " -"achieving key business objectives. Organizations use KPIs to evaluate their " -"success at reaching targets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:51 -msgid "**Lead scoring** :" +"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " +"closing, letting you prioritize." msgstr "" +"В вашем конвейере можно фильтровать возможности, как скоро они будут " +"закрыты, позволяя определить приоритет." -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 msgid "" -"System assigning a positive or negative score to prospects according to " -"their web activity and personal informations in order to determine whether " -"they are \"ready for sales\" or not." +"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " +"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " +"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." msgstr "" +"Как менеджеру по продажуив, этот инструмент также может помочь вам выяснить " +"потенциальные способы улучшить процесс продажи, например, многие " +"возможностей на ранних стадиях, но с близким датой закрытия могут указывать " +"на проблему." -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:62 -msgid "**Kanban view :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow visualisation tool halfway between a " -"`list view <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html" -"#reference-views-list>`__ and a non-editable `form view " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html#reference-" -"views-form>`__ and displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped " -"in columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or " -"work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66 -msgid "**List view :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 -msgid "" -"View allowing you to see your objects (contacts, companies, tasks, etc.) " -"listed in a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:71 -msgid "**Lead generation:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Process by which a company collects relevant datas about potential customers" -" in order to enable a relationship and to push them further down the sales " -"cycle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:76 -msgid "**Campaign:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Coordinated set of actions sent via various channels to a target audience " -"and whose goal is to generate leads. In Odoo CRM, you can link a lead to the" -" campaign which he comes from in order to measure its efficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generating leads with Odoo CRM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:6 -msgid "What is lead generation?" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 +msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" +msgstr "Смотрите общий ожидаемый доход и возможный оборот" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 msgid "" -"Lead generation is the process by which a company acquires leads and " -"collects relevant datas about potential customers in order to enable a " -"relationship and to turn them into customers." +"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " +"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." msgstr "" +"Хотя в вашем конвейере канбан вы можете увидеть ожидаемый доход для каждого " +"из ваших этапов. Это основано на каждом из ожидаемых прибылей, которые вы " +"установили." -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:12 +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 msgid "" -"For example, a website visitor who fills in your contact form to know more " -"about your products and services becomes a lead for your company. Typically," -" a Customer Relationship Management tool such as Odoo CRM is used to " -"centralize, track and manage leads." +"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " +"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " +"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " +"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " +"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." msgstr "" +"Как менеджер вы можете перейти к: menuselection: `CRM -> Отчет -> " +"Анализ конвееру` по умолчанию * Предполагаемый оборот * установлен как мера." +" В этом отчете будут учтены доход, установленный по каждой возможностью, а " +"также вероятность ее закрытия. Это дает вам гораздо лучшее представление об " +"ожидаемом доходе, который позволяет составить планы и установить цели." -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:18 -msgid "Why is lead generation important for my business?" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "Проверьте ваш коэффициент пойман / Потеряно" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:20 +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 msgid "" -"Generating a constant flow of high-quality leads is one of the most " -"important responsibility of a marketing team. Actually, a well-managed lead " -"generation process is like the fuel that will allow your company to deliver " -"great performances - leads bring meetings, meetings bring sales, sales bring" -" revenue and more work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:27 -msgid "How to generate leads with Odoo CRM?" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." msgstr "" +"Чтобы узнать, насколько хорошо вы выполняете свой конвейер, посмотрите на " +"коэффициент пойман / Потеряно." -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:29 +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 msgid "" -"Leads can be captured through many sources - marketing campaigns, " -"exhibitions and trade shows, external databases, etc. The most common " -"challenge is to successfully gather all the data and to track any lead " -"activity. Storing leads information in a central place such as Odoo CRM will" -" release you of these worries and will help you to better automate your lead" -" generation process, share information with your teams and analyze your " -"sales processes easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo CRM provides you with several methods to generate leads:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:39 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." msgstr "" +"Чтобы получить доступ к этому отчету, перейдите к просмотру * конвейеров * " +"на вкладке * Отчетность *." -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:41 +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 msgid "" -"An inquiry email sent to one of your company's generic email addresses can " -"automatically generate a lead or an opportunity." +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." msgstr "" +"Оттуда вы можете фильтровать, которые случаю вы хотите увидеть, ваши каналы " +"продаж, всю вашу компанию и тому подобное. После этого вы можете нажать на " +"фильтр и проверить пойманных / Потеряно." -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You may want to follow up with a prospective customer met briefly at an " -"exhibition who gave you his business card. You can manually create a new " -"lead and enter all the needed information." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "Вы также можете изменить Измерение * в * Общий доход *." -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "Вы также можете перейти на просмотр круговой диаграммы." -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A website visitor who fills in a form automatically generates a lead or an " -"opportunity in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "организуйте конвейер" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "Управление потерянными нагодами" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:57 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can provide your salespeople lists of prospects - for example for a cold" -" emailing or a cold calling campaign - by importing them from any CSV file." +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." msgstr "" +"Во время работы с вашими нагодами вы можете потерять некоторые из них. Вы " +"захотите отслеживать причины, по которым вы их потеряли, а также в способы " +"Odoo поможет вам восстановить их в будущем." -#: ../../crm/overview/started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "Отметьте лед как потерянный" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup your teams, sales process and objectives?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 msgid "" -"This quick step-by-step guide will lead you through Odoo CRM and help you " -"handle your sales funnel easily and constantly manage your sales funnel from" -" lead to customer." +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." msgstr "" +"В вашем конвейере выберите любую возможность, и вы увидите кнопку * " +"Календарь как потеряно *." -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:12 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 msgid "" -"Create your database from `www.odoo.com/start " -"<http://www.odoo.com/start>`__, select the CRM icon as first app to install," -" fill in the form and click on *Create now*. You will automatically be " -"directed to the module when the database is ready." +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете выбрать существующую * Причину потери * или создать новую, " +"что находится здесь." -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will notice that the installation of the CRM module has created the " -"submodules Chat, Calendar and Contacts. They are mandatory so that every " -"feature of the app is running smoothly." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "Управляйте и создавайте причины потерь" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Introduction to the Sales Planner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 msgid "" -"The Sales Planner is a useful step-by-step guide created to help you " -"implement your sales funnel and define your sales objectives easier. We " -"strongly recommend you to go through every step of the tool the first time " -"you use Odoo CRM and to follow the requirements. Your input are strictly " -"personal and intended as a personal guide and mentor into your work. As it " -"does not interact with the backend, you are free to adapt any detail " -"whenever you feel it is needed." +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." msgstr "" +"Вы найдете ваши * причины потерь * под: menuselection: `Настройка -> " +"Причины втрат`." -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:37 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 msgid "" -"You can reach the Sales Planner from anywhere within the CRM module by " -"clicking on the progress bar located on the upper-right side of your screen." -" It will show you how far you are in the use of the Sales Planner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:46 -msgid "Set up your first sales team" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать и переименовать любую из них, а также создать новую " +"оттуда." -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:49 -msgid "Create a new team" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "Получите утраченные возможности" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 msgid "" -"A Direct Sales team is created by default on your instance. You can either " -"use it or create a new one. Refer to the page " -":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information." +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." msgstr "" +"Чтобы получить утраченные возможности и делать на них действия (отправлять " +"электронные письма, сделать обратную связь и т.п.), выберите фильтр * " +"Потеряно * на панели поиска." -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:56 -msgid "Assign salespeople to your sales team" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "Там вы увидите все ваши потерянные возможности." -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:58 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 msgid "" -"When your sales teams are created, the next step is to link your salespeople" -" to their team so they will be able to work on the opportunities they are " -"supposed to receive. For example, if within your company Tim is selling " -"products and John is selling maintenance contracts, they will be assigned to" -" different teams and will only receive opportunities that make sense to " -"them." +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите уточнить их, вы можете добавить фильтр на * Причины потери *." -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, you can create a new user on the fly and assign it directly to " -"a sales team. From the **Dashboard**, click on the button **More** of your " -"selected sales team, then on **Settings**. Then, under the **Assignation** " -"section, click on **Create** to add a new salesperson to the team." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "Например, * Очень дорого *." -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"From the **Create: salesman** pop up window (see screenshot below), you can " -"assign someone on your team:" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "Восстановите утраченные возможности" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:74 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 msgid "" -"Either your salesperson already exists in the system and you will just need " -"to click on it from the drop-down list and it will be assigned to the team" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." msgstr "" +"С канбан с фильтром (ами) на месте, вы можете выбрать любую возможность, " +"которую вы хотите, и работать как обычно. Вы также можете восстановить ее, " +"нажав * заархивированные *." -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:77 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 msgid "" -"Or you want to assign a new salesperson that doesn't exist into the system " -"yet - you can do it by creating a new user on the fly from the sales team. " -"Just enter the name of your new salesperson and click on Create (see below) " -"to create a new user into the system and directly assign it to your team. " -"The new user will receive an invite email to set his password and log into " -"the system. Refer to :doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` for " -"more information about that process" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." msgstr "" +"Вы также можете восстановить элементы группой с канбан, когда они " +"принадлежат к одному этапу. Выберите * Восстановить записи * в параметрах " +"столбцов. Вы также можете архивировать так же." -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Set up your pipeline" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." msgstr "" +"Чтобы выбрать конкретные возможности, нужно перейти к просмотру списка." -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 msgid "" -"Now that your sales team is created and your salespeople are linked to it, " -"you will need to set up your pipeline -create the process by which your team" -" will generate, qualify and close opportunities through your sales cycle. " -"Refer to the document :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` to " -"define the stages of your pipeline." +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." msgstr "" +"Тогда вы можете выбрать как много, так и все возможности, а также выбрать " +"действия, которые вы хотите сделать." -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:99 -msgid "Set up incoming email to generate opportunities" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:101 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, one way to generate opportunities into your sales team is to " -"create a generic email address as a trigger. For example, if the personal " -"email address of your Direct team is `direct@mycompany.example.com " -"<mailto:direct@mycompany.example.com>`__\\, every email sent will " -"automatically create a new opportunity into the sales team." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "Управление несколькими командами продажи" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Refer to the page :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` to set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:111 -msgid "Automate lead assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:113 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 msgid "" -"If your company generates a high volume of leads every day, it could be " -"useful to automate the assignation so the system will distribute all your " -"opportunities automatically to the right department." +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." msgstr "" +"В Odoo вы можете управлять несколькими командами продаж, отделами или " +"каналами с конкретными процессами продаж. Для этого мы используем концепцию " +"* канала продаж *." -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Refer to the document :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` for " -"more information." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "Создайте новый канал продаж" -#: ../../crm/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to analyze the sales performance of your team and get customize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:5 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 msgid "" -"As a manager, you need to constantly monitor your team's performance in " -"order to help you take accurate and relevant decisions for the company. " -"Therefore, the **Reporting** section of **Odoo Sales** represents a very " -"important tool that helps you get a better understanding of where your " -"company's strengths, weaknesses and opportunities are, showing you trends " -"and forecasts for key metrics such as the number of opportunities and their " -"expected revenue over time , the close rate by team or the length of sales " -"cycle for a given product or service." +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать новый * Канал Продаж * перейдите к: menuselection: `Настройка " +"-> Каналы продаж`." -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:14 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 msgid "" -"Beyond these obvious tracking sales funnel metrics, there are some other " -"KPIs that can be very valuable to your company when it comes to judging " -"sales funnel success." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:19 -msgid "Review pipelines" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." msgstr "" +"Здесь вы можете указать ему псевдоним электронной почты. Каждое сообщение, " +"отправленное на этот адрес электронной почты, создаст лед / возможность." -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will have access to your sales funnel performance from the **Sales** " -"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Reports --> Pipeline " -"analysis`. By default, the report groups all your opportunities by stage " -"(learn more on how to create and customize stage by reading " -":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`) and expected revenues for the " -"current month. This report is perfect for the **Sales Manager** to " -"periodically review the sales pipeline with the relevant sales teams. Simply" -" by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual" -" sales performance." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "Добавьте участников к своему канала продаж" -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:30 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 msgid "" -"You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the " -"**measures** icon, such as :" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." msgstr "" +"Вы можете добавить участников к любому каналу; таким образом, эти участники " +"увидят конвейерную структуру канала продажи при его открытии. Любой лед / " +"возможность, предназначенная им, будет ссылаться на канал продаж. Поэтому вы" +" можете быть участником только одного канала." -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:33 -msgid "Expected revenue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:35 -msgid "overpassed deadline." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "Это облегчит процесс обзора менеджера команды." -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:37 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 msgid "" -"Delay to assign (the average time between lead creation and lead " -"assignment)." +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." msgstr "" +"Если вы сейчас отфильтрует этот конкретный канал в вашем конвейере, вы " +"найдете все его возможности." -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:40 -msgid "Delay to close (average time between lead assignment and close)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:42 -msgid "the number of interactions per opportunity." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "Информационная панель канала продаж" -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:44 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see the expected revenues of my **Direct Sales** team," -" I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis then on **Sales " -"Team**." +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." msgstr "" +"Чтобы увидеть операции и результаты любого канала продаж, мгновенный обзор " +"менеджера по продажам также имеет доступ к информационной панели * канала " +"продаж * в разделе * Отчетность *." -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:55 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. Odoo **CRM** allows you to transform your " -"report in just a click thanks to 3 graph views : **Pie Chart**, **Bar " -"Chart** and **Line Chart**. These views are accessible through the icons " -"highlighted on the screenshot below." +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." msgstr "" +"Это делится со всей экосистемой, поэтому все доходы включают в себя: " +"продажи, электронную коммерцию, точку продажи и тому подобное." -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:65 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "Назначайте и отслеживайте лиды" -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:67 -msgid "" -"You can easily customize your analysis reports depending on the **KPIs** " -"(see :doc:`../overview/main_concepts/terminologies`) you want to access. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of opportunities, while the **Group by** option improves the" -" readability of your reports according to your needs. Note that you can " -"filter and group by any existing field from your CRM, making your " -"customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "Назначение лидов на основе оценки" -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:82 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." msgstr "" +"С помощью * Оценка лидов * вы можете автоматически оценивать ваши лиды на " +"основе выбранных критериев." -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:87 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 msgid "" -"Here are a few examples of customized reports that you can use to monitor " -"your sales' performances :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:91 -msgid "Evaluate the current pipeline of each of your salespeople" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." msgstr "" +"Например, вы можете оценить в своей стране выше или тех, кто посетил " +"определенные страницы вашего сайта." -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:93 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 msgid "" -"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected " -"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then, " -"use the **+** and **-** icons and add **Salesperson** and **Stage** to your " -"vertical axis, and filter your desired salesperson. Then click on the " -"**graph view** icon to display a visual representation of your salespeople " -"by stage. This custom report allows you to easily overview the sales " -"activities of your salespeople." +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." msgstr "" +"Чтобы воспользоваться оценкой, установите бесплатный модуль * Оценка лидов *" +" на странице * Приложения * (доступно только в Odoo Enterprise)." -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:105 -msgid "Forecast monthly revenue by sales team" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "Создайте правила оценки" -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:107 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 msgid "" -"In order to predict monthly revenue and to estimate the short-term " -"performances of your teams, you need to play with two important metrics : " -"the **expected revenue** and the **expected closing**." +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." msgstr "" +"У вас теперь есть новая вкладка в вашем приложении * CRM * под названием * " +"Управление лидами *, где вы можете управлять своим правилам оценки." -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:111 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 msgid "" -"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected " -"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then " -"click on the **+** icon from the vertical axis and select **Sales team**. " -"Then, on the horizontal axis, click on the **+** icon and select **Expected " -"closing.**" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." msgstr "" +"Вот пример для канадского лиду, вы можете изменить на любые критерии, по " +"которым вы хотите оценить своих лидов. Вы можете добавить столько критериев," +" сколько хотите." -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:121 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 msgid "" -"In order to keep your forecasts accurate and relevant, make sure your " -"salespeople correctly set up the expected closing and the expected revenue " -"for each one of their opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:126 -msgid ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." msgstr "" +"Каждый час каждый лед без оценки автоматически отсканирован и ему будет " +"назначен правильный балл по вашим правилам." -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:3 -msgid "How to review my personal sales activities (new sales dashboard)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "назначение лидов" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:5 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 msgid "" -"Sales professionals are struggling everyday to hit their target and follow " -"up on sales activities. They need to access anytime some important metrics " -"in order to know how they are performing and better organize their daily " -"work." +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." msgstr "" +"После того, как результаты рассчитаны, лиды могут быть предназначены для " +"конкретных команд с помощью того же механизма домена. Чтобы это сделать, " +"перейдите к: menuselection: `CRM -> Управление лидами -> Назначение " +"команди` и применять конкретный домен в каждой команде. Этот домен может " +"включать оценки." -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:10 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 msgid "" -"Within the Odoo CRM module, every team member has access to a personalized " -"and individual dashboard with a real-time overview of:" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." msgstr "" +"Далее, вы можете назначить конкретного поставщика в команде еще более " +"изощренного домена." -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 msgid "" -"Top priorities: they instantly see their scheduled meetings and next actions" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." msgstr "" +"Для этого перейдите к: menuselection: `CRM -> Управление лидами -> " +"Назначение лидив`." -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:16 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 msgid "" -"Sales performances : they know exactly how they perform compared to their " -"monthly targets and last month activities." +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." msgstr "" +"Присвоение команды и лидов назначает не предназначены лиды один раз в день." -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:26 -msgid "Install the CRM application" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "Оцените и используйте не предназначены лиды" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:28 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 msgid "" -"In order to manage your sales funnel and track your opportunities, you need " -"to install the CRM module, from the **Apps** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:35 -msgid "Create opportunities" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." msgstr "" +"После того, как ваши правила оценки установлены, вы, скорее всего, будут " +"иметь определенные не предназначены лиды. Некоторые из них, как и ранее, " +"могут быть преобразованы в возможности, поэтому полезно что-то с ними " +"сделать." -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:37 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 msgid "" -"If your pipeline is empty, your sales dashboard will look like the " -"screenshot below. You will need to create a few opportunities to activate " -"your dashboard (read the related documentation " -":doc:`../leads/generate/manual` to learn more)." +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." msgstr "" +"На странице лидов можно поместить фильтр, чтобы найти не предназначены лиды." -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:45 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 msgid "" -"Your dashboard will update in real-time based on the informations you will " -"log into the CRM." +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." msgstr "" +"Почему бы не пользоваться приложениями: menuselection: `Маркетинг " +"электронной поштою` или: menuselection:` Автоматизация маркетингу` для " +"передачи им массовую электронную почту? Вы также можете легко найти такие не" +" предназначены лиды оттуда." -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:49 -msgid "" -"you can click anywhere on the dashboard to get a detailed analysis of your " -"activities. Then, you can easily create favourite reports and export to " -"excel." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "Отслеживайте посещения ваших потенциальных клиентов" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:54 -msgid "Daily tasks to process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:56 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 msgid "" -"The left part of the sales dashboard (labelled **To Do**) displays the " -"number of meetings and next actions (for example if you need to call a " -"prospect or to follow-up by email) scheduled for the next 7 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:64 -msgid "Meetings" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." msgstr "" +"Отслеживание страниц вашего сайта даст вам гораздо больше информации об " +"интересах посетителей вашего сайта." -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:66 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the example here above, I see that I have no meeting scheduled for today " -"and 3 meeting scheduled for the next 7 days. I just have to click on the " -"**meeting** button to access my calendar and have a view on my upcoming " -"appointments." +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." msgstr "" +"Каждая отслеживаемая страница, которую они посещают, будет записана на вашем" +" лиде / случае, если они используют контактную форму на вашем сайте." -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:75 -msgid "Next actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:77 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 msgid "" -"Back on the above example, I have 1 activity requiring an action from me. If" -" I click on the **Next action** green button, I will be redirected to the " -"contact form of the corresponding opportunity." +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." msgstr "" +"Чтобы воспользоваться этой функцией, установите бесплатный модуль * Оценка " +"лидов * на странице * Приложения * (доступно только в Odoo Enterprise)." -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Under the **next activity** field, I see that I had planned to send a " -"brochure by email today. As soon as the activity is completed, I can click " -"on **done** (or **cancel**) in order to remove this opportunity from my next" -" actions." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "Отслеживание веб-страниц" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:90 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 msgid "" -"When one of your next activities is overdue, it will appear in orange in " -"your dashboard." +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" msgstr "" +"Откройте любую статическую страницу, которую вы хотите отслеживать на своем " +"веб-сайте, и на вкладке * Рекламировать * вы найдете * Оптимизировать SEO *" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:94 -msgid "Performances" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." msgstr "" +"Здесь вы увидите пункт * Отслеживание страницы * для отслеживания этой " +"страницы." -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:96 -msgid "" -"The right part of your sales dashboard is about my sales performances. I " -"will be able to evaluate how I am performing compared to my targets (which " -"have been set up by my sales manager) and my activities of the last month." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "Смотрите посещенные страницы в ваших лидах / возможность" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:105 -msgid "Activities done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:107 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 msgid "" -"The **activities done** correspond to the next actions that have been " -"completed (meaning that you have clicked on **done** under the **next " -"activity** field). When I click on it, I will access a detailed reporting " -"regarding the activities that I have completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:116 -msgid "Won in opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:118 -msgid "" -"This section will sum up the expected revenue of all the opportunities " -"within my pipeline with a stage **Won**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:125 -msgid "Quantity invoiced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:127 -msgid "" -"This section will sum up the amount invoiced to my opportunities. For more " -"information about the invoicing process, refer to the related documentation:" -" :doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`analysis`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam.rst:3 ../../crm/salesteam/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Sales Team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage salespeople" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new salesperson?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:6 -msgid "Create a new user" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." msgstr "" +"Теперь каждый раз, когда в контактной форме создается лед, он будет " +"отслеживать страницы, посещенные этим посетителем. У вас есть два способа, " +"чтобы увидеть эти страницы, в верхнем правом углу вашего лида / возможности," +" вы можете видеть кнопку Просмотры страниц *, а также внизу вы увидите их в " +"чате." -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **Create**. Add first the name of your new salesperson and his" -" professional email address - the one he will use to log in to his Odoo " -"instance - and a picture." +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." msgstr "" +"Оба они будут обновляться, если посетители вернутся на ваш сайт и посетят " +"другие страницы." -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:16 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 msgid "" -"Under \"Access Rights\", you can choose which applications your user can " -"access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the " -"app. For the Sales application, you can choose between three levels:" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." msgstr "" +"Эта функция будет повторять несколько просмотров тех же страниц в чате." -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:20 -msgid "**See own leads**: the user will be able to access his own data only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**See all leads**: the user will be able to access all records of every " -"salesman in the sales module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**Manager**: the user will be able to access the sales configuration as well" -" as the statistics reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:28 -msgid "" -"When you're done editing the page and have clicked on **Save**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user, from which he will " -"be able to log into his personal account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:36 -msgid "Register your user into his sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Your user is now registered in Odoo and can log in to his own session. You " -"can also add him to the sales team of your choice. From the sales module, go" -" to your dashboard and click on the **More** button of the desired sales " -"team, then on **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you need to create a new sales team first, refer to the page " -":doc:`../setup/create_team`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Then, under \"Team Members\", click on **Add** and select the name of your " -"salesman from the list. The salesperson is now successfully added to your " -"sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also add a new salesperson on the fly from your sales team even " -"before he is registered as an Odoo user. From the above screenshot, click on" -" \"Create\" to add your salesperson and enter his name and email address. " -"After saving, the salesperson will receive an invite containing a link to " -"set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights under " -"the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:69 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/create_team`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:3 -msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " -"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " -"productivity. The **Gamification** app of Odoo gives you simple and creative" -" ways to motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and" -" badges inspired by game mechanics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Gamification** module. You " -"can also install the **CRM gamification** app, which will add some useful " -"data (goals and challenges) that can be used related to the usage of the " -"**CRM/Sale** modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:23 -msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You will now be able to create your first challenge from the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:29 -msgid "" -"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you will need to " -"activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. In " -"order to do so, click on the interrogation mark available from any app " -"(upper-right) and click on **About** and then **Activate the developer " -"mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A challenge is a mission that you will send to your salespeople. It can " -"include one or several goals and is set up for a specific period of time. " -"Configure your challenge as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:42 -msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:44 -msgid "Assign a responsible" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:46 -msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:48 -msgid "Select your goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:50 -msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " -"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " -"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set) or when the challenge is " -"manually closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:58 -msgid "" -"For example, on the screenshot below, I have challenged 2 employees with a " -"**Monthly Sales Target**. The challenge will be based on 2 goals: the total " -"amount invoiced and the number of new leads generated. At the end of the " -"month, the winner will be granted with a badge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:67 -msgid "Set up goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach. " -"**Goals** are assigned through **challenges** to evaluate (see here above) " -"and compare members of a team with each others and through time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can create a new goal on the fly from a **Challenge**, by clicking on " -"**Add new item** under **Goals**. You can select any business object as a " -"goal, according to your company's needs, such as :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:78 -msgid "number of new leads," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:80 -msgid "time to qualify a lead or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:82 -msgid "" -"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " -"based on your management preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " -"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:93 -msgid "Set up rewards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:95 -msgid "" -"For non-numerical achievements, **badges** can be granted to users. From a " -"simple *thank you* to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " -"exprimate gratitude to a user for their good work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:99 -msgid "" -"You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their " -"performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:106 -msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new team?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In the Sales module, your sales teams are accessible from the **Dashboard** " -"menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales team installed" -" by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that default sales " -"team and edit it (refer to the section *Create and Organize your stages* " -"from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a new one from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new team, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams` " -"and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18 -msgid "Fill in the fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20 -msgid "Enter the name of your team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22 -msgid "Select your team leader" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24 -msgid "Select your team members" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage " -"opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now " -"access your new team from your Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you started to work on an empty database and didn't create new users, " -"refer to the page :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Set up and organize your sales pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A well structured sales pipeline is crucial in order to keep control of your" -" sales process and to have a 360-degrees view of your leads, opportunities " -"and customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:9 -msgid "" -"The sales pipeline is a visual representation of your sales process, from " -"the first contact to the final sale. It refers to the process by which you " -"generate, qualify and close leads through your sales cycle. In Odoo CRM, " -"leads are brought in at the left end of the sales pipeline in the Kanban " -"view and then moved along to the right from one stage to another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Each stage refers to a specific step in the sale cycle and specifically the " -"sale-readiness of your potential customer. The number of stages in the sales" -" funnel varies from one company to another. An example of a sales funnel " -"will contain the following stages: *Territory, Qualified, Qualified Sponsor," -" Proposition, Negotiation, Won, Lost*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Of course, each organization defines the sales funnel depending on their " -"processes and workflow, so more or fewer stages may exist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:30 -msgid "Create and organize your stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:33 -msgid "Add/ rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **PIPELINE** " -"button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any sales team yet, you " -"need to create one first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view of your pipeline, you can add stages by clicking on " -"**Add new column.** When a column is created, Odoo will then automatically " -"propose you to add another column in order to complete your process. If you " -"want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging" -" and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can add as many stages as you wish, even if we advise you not having " -"more than 6 in order to keep a clear pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Some companies use a pre qualification step to manage their leads before to " -"convert them into opportunities. To activate the lead stage, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and select the radio button as " -"shown below. It will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that " -"gives you access to a listview of all your leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:74 -msgid "Set up stage probabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:77 -msgid "What is a stage probability?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To better understand what are the chances of closing a deal for a given " -"opportunity in your pipe, you have to set up a probability percentage for " -"each of your stages. That percentage refers to the success rate of closing " -"the deal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Setting up stage probabilities is essential if you want to estimate the " -"expected revenues of your sales cycle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:88 -msgid "" -"For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, Qualified, " -"Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* then your " -"workflow could look like this :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:92 -msgid "" -"**Territory** : opportunity just received from Leads Management or created " -"from a cold call campaign. Customer's Interest is not yet confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:96 -msgid "*Success rate : 5%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:98 -msgid "" -"**Qualified** : prospect's business and workflow are understood, pains are " -"identified and confirmed, budget and timing are known" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:101 -msgid "*Success rate : 15%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:103 -msgid "" -"**Qualified sponsor**: direct contact with decision maker has been done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:106 -msgid "*Success rate : 25%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:108 -msgid "**Proposition** : the prospect received a quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:110 -msgid "*Success rate : 50%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:112 -msgid "**Negotiation**: the prospect negotiates his quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:114 -msgid "*Success rate : 75%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. " -"He is now a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119 -msgid "*Success rate : 100%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:121 -msgid "**Lost** : the prospect is no longer interested" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:123 -msgid "*Success rate : 0%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Within your pipeline, each stage should correspond to a defined goal with a " -"corresponding probability. Every time you move your opportunity to the next " -"stage, your probability of closing the sale will automatically adapt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:131 -msgid "" -"You should consider using probability value as **100** when the deal is " -"closed-won and **0** for deal closed-lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:135 -msgid "How to set up stage probabilities?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To edit a stage, click on the **Settings** icon at the right of the desired " -"stage then on EDIT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Select the Change probability automatically checkbox to let Odoo adapt the " -"probability of the opportunity to the probability defined in the stage. For " -"example, if you set a probability of 0% (Lost) or 100% (Won), Odoo will " -"assign the corresponding stage when the opportunity is marked as Lost or " -"Won." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Under the requirements field you can enter the internal requirements for " -"this stage. It will appear as a tooltip when you place your mouse over the " -"name of a stage." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "Ваши клиенты больше не смогут сохранять любые секреты от вас!" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index c6688356e..9fb94f876 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -1,15 +1,21 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Viktor Pogrebniak <vp@aifil.ru>, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,77 +25,489 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управления базами данных онлайн" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:13 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:15 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available to free " -"customers of our Online platform." +"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " +"click on the `Manage Your Databases " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." msgstr "" +"Чтобы управлять базами данных, откройте `страницу Управление базой данных " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases> `__ (вам придется войти в систему). " +"Затем нажмите кнопку `Управление вашими базами данных " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage> `__." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 msgid "" -"Access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ " -"(you will have to sign in). Next, make sure you are connected as the " -"administrator of the database you want to duplicate. After that, click on " -"the **Manage Your Databases** button." +"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" +" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " +"database." msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что вы подключены как администратор базы данных, которой хотите " +"управлять - многие операции зависят от того, как вы отдаленно " +"идентифицируете эту базу данных." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:26 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 +msgid "Several actions are available:" +msgstr "Доступно несколько действий:" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" +msgstr ": Ref: `Обновления <upgrade_button> `" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " +"features" +msgstr "" +"Обновите вашу базу данных до последней версии Odoo, чтобы насладиться " +"передовыми функциями" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" +msgstr ": Ref: `Копирование <duplicate_online> `" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " +"flows without compromising your daily operations" +msgstr "" +"Создайте точную копию вашей базы данных, если вы хотите попробовать новые " +"модули или новые процессы, не покладая опасности ежедневные операции" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" +msgstr ": Ref: `Переименование <rename_online_database> `" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 +msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" +msgstr "Переименуйте вашу базу данных (и ее URL-адрес)" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 +msgid "**Backup**" +msgstr "** Резервное копирование **" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " +"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" +msgstr "" +"Загрузите мгновенную резервную копию вашей базы данных; Обратите внимание, " +"что мы создаем резервные копии баз данных ежедневно по нашим Odoo Cloud SLA" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" +msgstr ": Ref: `Домены <custom_domain> `" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 +msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" +msgstr "" +"Настройте собственные домены для доступа к вашей базе данных с помощью " +"другой URL-адреса" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" +msgstr ": Ref: `Удаление <delete_online_database> `" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 +msgid "Delete a database instantly" +msgstr "Удалите базу данных мгновенно" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 +msgid "Contact Support" +msgstr "Связь с техподдержкой" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " +"database already selected" +msgstr "" +"Получите доступ к нашей `страницы поддержки <https://www.odoo.com/help> `__ " +"с уже выбранной правильной базой данных" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "Обновить" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " +"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" +" the process before upgrading your production database." +msgstr "" +"Обновление вашей базы данных в новой версии Odoo - это сложная операция, " +"которая требует времени и осторожности. Очень важно, чтобы вы полностью " +"протестировали процесс перед обновлением производственной базы." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " +"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " +"experience." +msgstr "" +"Odoo регулярно выпускает новые версии (по крайней мере один раз в год), а " +"обновление базы данных, чтобы пользоваться новыми функциями Odoo, является " +"частью опыта Odoo Online." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " +"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " +"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" +" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " +"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." +msgstr "" +"Процесс обновления может занять некоторое время, особенно если вы " +"используете несколько приложений или программ, которые управляют " +"конфиденциальными данными (например, Бухучет, Состав и др.). В общем, чем " +"меньше база данных, тем быстрее будет обновлен. База данных для одного " +"пользователя, которая использует только CRM, будет обрабатываться быстрее, " +"чем база данных мульти-компаний и многих пользователей, которая использует " +"Бухучет, Продажа, Покупки и Производство." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " +"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " +"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " +"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " +"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " +"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " +"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." +msgstr "" +"К сожалению, невозможно дать оценку времени для каждого запроса на " +"обновление, поскольку Odoo.com по меньшей мере один раз проверять вручную " +"каждое обновление базы данных и нужно будет исправить / адаптировать " +"изменения, внесенные в стандартных модулей Odoo (например, через Студию или " +"через Пакет услуг) в каждом конкретном случае. Это может сделать процесс " +"медленнее, поскольку запросы обрабатываются в порядке их поступления. " +"Особенно это касается месяцев после выхода новой основной версии, которая " +"может значительно продлить задержку обновления." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 +msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" +msgstr "Процесс обновления с вашей стороны довольно прост:" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 +msgid "You request a test upgrade" +msgstr "Ваш запрос на тестовое обновление" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " +"database" +msgstr "" +"Когда все тесты будут подтверждены ** вами **, вы обновляете вашу " +"фактическую базу данных" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " +"same." +msgstr "" +"Обработка запроса на тестовое или рабочее (* фактическое *) обновления " +"одинакова." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 +msgid "" +"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " +"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." +msgstr "" +"Сначала убедитесь, что вы подключены к базе данных, которую вы хотите " +"обновить и получите доступ к `страницы управления базой данных " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases> `__." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " +"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." +msgstr "" +"Нужно иметь активную сессию с доступом к модулю Настройка в базе данных, " +"которую вы хотите обновить, чтобы кнопка была видимой." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 +msgid "" +"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " +"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." +msgstr "" +"В строке базы данных, которую вы хотите обновить, нажмите на меню " +""Cog". Если доступна новая версия Odoo, вы увидите кнопку " +"«Обновить»." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " +"default, we select the highest available version available for your " +"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " +"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " +"released a more recent version during your tests)." +msgstr "" +"У вас есть возможность выбрать целевую версию обновления. По умолчанию мы " +"выбираем самую высокую версию, доступную для вашей базы данных; если вы уже " +"были в процессе тестирования обновления, мы автоматически выберем версию, " +"которую вы уже тестировали (даже если мы выпустили более новую версию во " +"время ваших тестов)." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " +"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " +"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" +" and asking another request will not be possible." +msgstr "" +"Нажав кнопку "Тестировать обновления", будет создан запрос на " +"обновление. Вовремя можно сделать один запрос для каждой базы данных; если " +"запрос уже сделан, вы увидите заметку "Обновить очередь", и запрос" +" на другой запрос будет невозможным." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " +"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " +"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " +"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " +"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " +"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " +"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." +msgstr "" +"Тестовое обновление создаст копию вашей базы данных, обновит ее и " +"автоматически сделает ее доступной для вас. Если это первый тест, который вы" +" спрашиваете для этой конкретной базы данных, Odoo.com осуществит этап " +"ручного тестирования - это может занять время (до нескольких недель). " +"Дальнейшие запросы не пройдут этот шаг тестирования вручную, и обычно они " +"будут доступны через несколько часов. После того, как тестовая база данных " +"будет доступна, вы должны получить электронное письмо с URL-адресом тестовой" +" базы данных." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 +msgid "" +"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" +" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " +"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " +"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " +"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " +"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"** Тестирование вашей базы данных является важнейшим шагом процесса " +"обновления! ** Хотя мы проверяем все обновления вручную, мы не знаем ваших " +"рабочих процессов. Изменение стандартных технологий Odoo в новых версиях " +"может потребовать изменить внутренние процессы, или некоторые настройки, " +"сделанные через Odoo Studio, теперь могут работать. * Вы должны убедиться, " +"что все работает как следует! * О проблемах со своей тестовой базой данных " +"вы можете сообщать через нашу `Страница поддержки " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help> `__." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" +" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " +"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " +"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" +msgstr "" +"Не забудьте сделать последний тест обновления непосредственно перед " +"окончательным обновлением (например, накануне), чтобы гарантировать, что все" +" будет работать бесперебойно. Возобновление версии невозможно, а " +"писляналаштовуване обновления всегда проще, чем предотвращение работе над " +"обновлением после факта!" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " +"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " +"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " +"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" +" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " +"the process is completed." +msgstr "" +"После того, как вы будете готовы и подтвердили все свои тесты, вы можете " +"снова нажать кнопку «Обновить» и подтвердить, нажав «Обновить» (кнопку с " +"маленькой ракетой!), Чтобы переключить вашу рабочую базу данных на новую " +"версию. Затем ваша база данных будет перенесена оффлайн в течение следующих " +"10 минут и будет обновлена автоматически; вы получите письмо с " +"подтверждением, когда процесс завершен." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " +"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " +"migration during non-business hours." +msgstr "" +"Ваша база данных будет загружаться в режиме во время обновления (обычно от " +"30 минут до нескольких часов для больших баз данных), поэтому обязательно " +"планируйте миграцию в течение нерабочих часов." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 +msgid "Duplicating a database" +msgstr "Копирование базы данных" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " +"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " +"database can duplicate without problem." +msgstr "" +"Дублирование базы данных, переименование, пользовательский DNS и т. Д. " +"Недоступны для пробных баз данных на нашей онлайн-платформе. Оплачены базы " +"данных и база данных "One App Free" может дублировать без проблем." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 msgid "" "In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" " to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." msgstr "" +"В строке базы данных, которую вы хотите дублировать, у вас будет несколько " +"кнопок. Чтобы копировать вашу базу данных, просто нажмите кнопку ** " +"Копировать **. Вам придется назвать свою копию, затем нажмите кнопку ** " +"Копировать базу данных **." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:36 -msgid "A duplicated database has the same behaviour as a real one:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:38 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce, for example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:44 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 msgid "" -"It is **strongly** advised to test behaviour using sample customers/products" -" (with a `disposable e-mail <http://www.mailinator.com>`__ address, for " +"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" +" database, all external communication will remain active:" +msgstr "" +"Если вы не проверяете обозначения "Для целей тестирования" при " +"копировании базы данных, все внешние процессы будут оставаться активными:" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 +msgid "Emails are sent" +msgstr "Отправка электронных писем" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " "example)" msgstr "" +"Платежи обрабатываются (например, в программах электронной коммерции или " +"подписки)" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:50 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 +msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" +msgstr "Заказ на доставку (поставщики доставки) отправляются" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "И т.д .." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " +"behaviours to be disabled." +msgstr "" +"Проверьте обозначения "Для целей тестирования", если вы хотите, " +"чтобы эти действия были выключены." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 msgid "" "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " "that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." msgstr "" +"Через несколько секунд вы будете входить в копию базы данных. Обратите " +"внимание, что URL-адрес использует ваше название для копий базы данных." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." +msgstr "Копии баз данных заканчиваются автоматически через 15 дней." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187 +msgid "Rename a Database" +msgstr "Переименование базы данных" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " +"want to rename, access the `database management page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " +"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." msgstr "" +"Чтобы переименовать вашу базу данных, убедитесь, что вы подключены к базе " +"данных, которую вы хотите переименовать, откройте `страницу управления базой" +" данных <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases> `__ и нажмите ** Переименовать " +"**. Вам нужно будет указать новое название в вашей базе данных, а затем " +"нажать ** Переименовать базу данных **." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 +msgid "Deleting a Database" +msgstr "Удаление базы данных" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202 +msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." +msgstr "Вы можете удалить только те базы данных, где вы администратором." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204 +msgid "" +"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " +"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " +"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " +"backup may be several hours old at that point." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы удалите базу данных, все данные будут потеряны навсегда. Удаление " +"является мгновенным и для всех пользователей. Мы советуем вам немедленно " +"сделать резервную копию вашей базы данных, прежде чем удалить ее, поскольку " +"последнее автоматическое ежедневное резервное копирование может составлять " +"несколько часов в тот момент." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 +msgid "" +"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " +"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " +"button." +msgstr "" +"На `странице управления базой данных <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases> " +"`__, в строке базы данных, которую вы хотите удалить, нажмите кнопку" " +"Удалить "." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " +"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" +msgstr "" +"Пожалуйста, внимательно прочитайте предупреждение, которое появится и будет " +"висеть, пока вы полностью не поймете последствия удаления базы данных:" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 +msgid "" +"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " +"automatically." +msgstr "" +"Через несколько секунд база данных будет удалена, и страница будет " +"автоматически перезагружена." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 +msgid "" +"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." +msgstr "" +"Если вам нужно будет повторно использовать это название базы данных, она " +"будет доступна" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " +"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "" +"Невозможно удалить базу данных, если она прошла или связана с подпиской. В " +"этих случаях обращайтесь в `Службу поддержки Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help> `__" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 +msgid "" +"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите удалить свой аккаунт, обратитесь к `Службы поддержки Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help> `__" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premise Database management" -msgstr "" +msgid "On-premises Database management" +msgstr "Управления базами данных на собственном сервере" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Регистрация базы данных" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -100,74 +518,101 @@ msgid "" "registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " "(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." msgstr "" +"Чтобы зарегистрировать вашу базу данных, вам просто нужно ввести свой код " +"подписки в окне Переключение приложений. Убедитесь, что вы не добавили " +"дополнительных пробелов перед или после кода подписки. Если регистрация " +"будет успешной, она станет зеленой и предоставит вам дату окончания срочной " +"регистрации вашей базы данных. Вы можете проверить эту дату окончания в меню" +" О (Odoo 9) или на информационной панели параметров (Odoo 10)." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сообщение об ошибке регистрации" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 msgid "" "If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " "message:" msgstr "" +"Если вы не можете зарегистрировать свою базу данных, вы, вероятно, увидите " +"это сообщение:" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143 msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "решение" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Есть ли у вас действительно Подписка на Enterprise?" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 msgid "" "Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ or with your Account " -"Manager" +" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" +" Manager" msgstr "" +"Проверьте, получает информацию о подписке тег "В процессе" в `J, " +"ksre Odoo <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription> `__ или с вашим " +"менеджером аккаунта." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы уже связали базу данных со ссылкой на подписку?" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 msgid "" "You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " "development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" msgstr "" +"Вы можете связать только одну базу данных для каждой подписки. (Нужен тест " +"или база данных разработки? `Найдите партнера " +"<https://www.odoo.com/partners> `__)" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 msgid "" "You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ with the button \"Unlink " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " "database\"" msgstr "" +"Вы можете самостоятельно отсоединить старую базу данных в своем `Кнтракти " +"Odoo <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription> `__ с помощью кнопки" " +"Отключить базу данных "." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 msgid "" "A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " "as it will be deactivated shortly:" msgstr "" +"Появится сообщение о подтверждении; убедитесь, что это правильная база " +"данных, поскольку она будет немедленно выключен:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "У вас есть обновленная версия Odoo 9?" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 msgid "" "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " "duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." msgstr "" +"С июля 2016 Odoo 9 теперь автоматически меняет UUID копии базы данных; " +"ручная операция больше не нужна." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 msgid "" "If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." " Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__, a short message will appear " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " "specifying which database is problematic:" msgstr "" +"Если нет, вы можете иметь несколько баз данных, имеющих одинаковую UUID. " +"Пожалуйста, проверьте свой `Контракт Odoo " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription> `__, появится короткое " +"сообщение, в котором будет указано, какая база данных является " +"проблематичной:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -175,6 +620,9 @@ msgid "" "this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " "<duplicate_premise>`." msgstr "" +"В этом случае вам нужно изменить UUID на своих тестовых базах данных, чтобы " +"решить эту проблему. Вы найдете дополнительную информацию об этом в: ref: " +"`этом разделе <duplicate_premise> `." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -182,42 +630,87 @@ msgid "" "database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " "invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." msgstr "" +"Для вашей информации мы идентифицируем базу данных с UUID. Поэтому каждая " +"база данных должна иметь четкий UUID, чтобы обеспечить бесперебойную " +"регистрацию и выставления счетов для вас и для нас." + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 +msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" +msgstr "Проверьте настройки сети и firewall" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "Too much users error message" +msgid "" +"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" +" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " +"outgoing connections towards:" msgstr "" +"Сообщение об обновлении должно иметь возможность дойти до серверов проверки " +"подписки Odoo. Другими словами, убедитесь, что сервер Odoo способен " +"открывать исходящие соединения в направлении:" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 +msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" +msgstr "services.odoo.com на порту 443 (или 80)" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 +msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" +msgstr "services.openerp.com на порту 443 (или 80) для старых развертывание" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " +"Update notification runs once a week." +msgstr "" +"После активации вашей базы данных вы должны держать эти порты открытыми, " +"поскольку сообщение об обновлении работает раз в неделю." + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 +msgid "Error message due to too many users" +msgstr "Сообщение об ошибке через через большое количество пользователей" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 msgid "" "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" msgstr "" +"Если в вашей местной базе данных есть больше пользователей, чем " +"предусмотрено в подписке Odoo Enterprise, вы можете увидеть следующее " +"сообщение:" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 msgid "" "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " "countdown is updated everyday." msgstr "" +"Когда появится сообщение, у вас есть 30 дней до истечения срока действия. " +"Обратный отсчет обновляется каждый день." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 msgid "" "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " "upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." msgstr "" +"** Добавьте больше пользователей ** к вашей подписки: перейдите по ссылке и " +"подтвердите коммерческое предложение к продаже, оплатите дополнительных " +"пользователей." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 msgid "or" -msgstr "" +msgstr "или" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 msgid "" "**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " "<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/10.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" +"/documentation/user/13.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." msgstr "" +"** Отключите пользователей **, как показано в этой `документации " +"<https://www.odoo.com " +"/documentation/user/13.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" +"users> `__ и ** Отклоните ** коммерческие предложения к продаже." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122 msgid "" "Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " "will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " @@ -225,110 +718,80 @@ msgid "" " so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " "message disappear right away." msgstr "" +"Когда ваша база данных будет правильное количество пользователей, сообщения " +"об окончании срока действия автоматически исчезнет через несколько дней " +"после следующей проверки. Мы понимаем, что это может быть немного пугающе, " +"когда вы увидите обратный отсчет, поэтому вы можете запустить Обновления " +"Сообщения, <force_ping> `Чтобы сообщение исчезло сразу." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129 msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ошибка сообщение об окончании срока действия базы данных" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131 msgid "" "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " "subscription, you will encounter this message:" msgstr "" +"Если ваша база данных заканчивается до окончания срока действия вашей " +"подписки, вы увидите это сообщение:" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139 msgid "" "This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " "database is expired." msgstr "" +"Это сообщение о ** блокировки ** появляется после Неблокирующий сообщение, " +"которое длится 30 дней. Если вы не принимаете меры до окончания обратного " +"отсчета, срок действия базы данных закончится." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 msgid "" "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " "that" msgstr "" +"Восстановите свою подписку: перейдите по ссылке и обновите свою подписку, " +"обратите внимание," -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 msgid "" "if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " "card payments are processed immediately." msgstr "" +"если вы хотите оплатить через Wire Transfer, ваша подписка будет " +"действительно возобновлена ​​только после получения платежа, который может " +"длиться несколько дней. Платежи по кредитной карте обрабатываются " +"немедленно." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149 msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Свяжитесь с нашей `Поддержкой <https://www.odoo.com/help> `__" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151 msgid "" "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145 -msgid "Force an Update Notification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-" -"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription" -" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will " -"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause " -"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications " -"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you" -" can force an Update using the following procedure:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154 -msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right " -"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer" -" mode**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > " -"\"Scheduled Actions\"" -msgstr "" +"Никакие из этих решений не подходят для вас? Пожалуйста, свяжитесь с нашей " +"`Поддержкой <https://www.odoo.com/help> `__" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on " -"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\"" -msgstr "" +msgid "Duplicate a database" +msgstr "Копирование базы данных" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "" -"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive " -"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this " -"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the" -" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production " -"database will then be correctly identified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 msgid "" "You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " "server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " "duplicate your database (among other things)." msgstr "" +"Вы можете дублировать свою базу данных, обратившись к менеджеру баз данных " +"на своем сервере ( <odoo-server> / Web / database / manager). На этой " +"странице вы можете легко дублировать вашу базу данных (среди прочих)." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170 msgid "" "When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " "the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " @@ -336,8 +799,13 @@ msgid "" "databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " "registration problems down the line." msgstr "" +"Когда вы копируете локальную базу данных, ** настоятельно ** рекомендуем " +"менять uuid дубликатов базы данных (Unniversically Unique Identifier), " +"поскольку этот uuid - то, как ваша база данных идентифицирует себя на наших " +"серверах. Две базы данных с тем же uuid могут привести к выставлению счетов-" +"фактур или регистрационных проблем ниже по строчке." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179 msgid "" "The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " "Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " @@ -345,10 +813,15 @@ msgid "" " generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " "by clicking on it and using the edit button." msgstr "" +"В настоящее время UIID базы данных доступен из меню ** Настройка> " +"Технические параметры> Параметры ** системы, мы советуем использовать " +"`генератор uuid <https://www.uuidgenerator.net> `__ или использовать команду" +" unиx` uuidgen`` для нового uuid. Тогда вы можете просто заменить его, как и" +" любой другой запись, нажав на него и используя кнопку редактирования." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пользователи и приложения" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -356,6 +829,9 @@ msgid "" "This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " "in use." msgstr "" +"Как администратор вашей базы данных, вы несете ответственность за ее " +"использование. Она включает приложения, которые вы устанавливаете, а также " +"количество пользователей, которые сейчас пользуются системой." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -365,6 +841,11 @@ msgid "" "subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " "paying one on our online platform)." msgstr "" +"В Odoo есть много вещей (ERP, CMS, приложение CRM, бэкенд электронной " +"коммерции и т.д.), но это не смартфон. Вы должны быть осторожными при " +"добавлении / удалении функций (особенно приложений) в вашей базе данных, это" +" может существенно повлиять на сумму вашей подписки (или вы можете " +"переключиться с бесплатной версии на платную на онлайн-платформе Odoo)." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -373,6 +854,11 @@ msgid "" "to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " "goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." msgstr "" +"Эта страница содержит некоторую информацию о том, как можно управлять " +"версиями Odoo. Прежде чем выполнять любую из этих действий, ** настоятельно " +"** советуем сначала протестировать их на копии вашей базы данных. Таким " +"образом, если что-то пойдет не так, на ваш ежедневный бизнес ничего не " +"влияет." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -380,6 +866,9 @@ msgid "" " <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " "installations." msgstr "" +"Вы можете найти справочники о том, как дублировать свои базы данных как. : " +"Ref: `онлайн <duplicate_online> `Так и: ref:` на вашем хостинге " +"<duplicate_premise> ." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -387,90 +876,113 @@ msgid "" "issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " "`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." msgstr "" +"Если у вас возникли вопросы по содержанию этой страницы или возникли " +"проблемы при выполнении этих действий, свяжитесь с нами по нашей `формы " +"поддержки <https://www.odoo.com/help> `__." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "отключение пользователей" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 msgid "" "Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " "change the status of any of your users." msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что у вас есть достаточно ** административных прав **, если вы " +"хотите изменить статус любого из ваших пользователей." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" "In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " -"rights.**" +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" msgstr "" +"В вашей версии Odoo нажмите ** Настройка **. У вас будет секция, которая " +"будет показывать вам активных пользователей вашей базы данных. Нажмите ** " +"Управлять пользователями. **" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|settings|" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|browse_users|" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" +msgstr "После этого вы увидите список пользователей." -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" "The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " "from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " "get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" msgstr "" +"Заранее выбранный фильтр Внутренние пользователи * покажет ваших платных " +"пользователей (отличных от * Пользователей портала *, которые являются " +"бесплатными). Если вы удалите этот фильтр, вы получите всех своих " +"пользователей (тех, кого вы оплачиваете, а также портальные)." -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 msgid "" "In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " -"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" -" to **Inactive** immediately." +"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " +"on Archive." msgstr "" +"В вашем списке пользователей нажмите на пользователя, якаого вы хотите " +"отключить. Как только вы будете на форме пользователя, нажмите на выпадающее" +" меню действий и нажмите Архивировать." + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "Пользователя деактивирована." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" msgstr "" +"** Никогда ** Не отключайте главного пользователя (** администратора **)." + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "удаление приложений" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 msgid "" "Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " "<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" " installing/uninstalling apps)." msgstr "" +"Для дополнительной (особенно установка / удаление приложений), сначала " +"проверьте, что вы собираетесь делать на: ref: `тестовой <duplicate_online> " +"`Базе данных." -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 msgid "" "In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " "to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" " access the list of your installed applications." msgstr "" +"В своей версии Odoo нажмите ** Настройка **, в этом приложении вы сможете " +"увидеть, сколько программ было установлено. Нажмите ** Посмотреть приложения" +" **, чтобы получить доступ к списку установленных программ." -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|browse_apps|" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 msgid "" "In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " "applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " "form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." msgstr "" +"На панели приборов приложений вы увидите все значки ваших модулей. Нажмите " +"программу, которую вы хотите удалить. Затем, по форме приложения нажмите " +"кнопку ** Удалить **." -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 msgid "" "Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " "Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " @@ -479,21 +991,29 @@ msgid "" "permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" " click **Confirm**." msgstr "" +"Некоторые программы имеют зависимости, такие как выставление счетов, " +"электронная коммерция и др. Таким образом, система предупредит вас, что вы " +"собираетесь удалить. Если вы деинсталлируете вашу программу, все ее " +"зависимости будет также удаленно (и данные в них навсегда исчезнут). Если вы" +" уверены, что все равно хотите удалить приложение, нажмите кнопку ** " +"Подтвердить **." -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 msgid "" "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." msgstr "" +"Наконец, после проверки предупреждения (если оно есть), нажмите кнопку ** " +"Подтвердить **." -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы завершили удаление вашего модуля." + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "стоит знать" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 msgid "" "**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " "know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " @@ -502,8 +1022,14 @@ msgid "" "*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " "operations." msgstr "" +"** Удаление приложений, управления пользователями и т.д. зависит от вас **: " +"никто не знает лучше вас, ваш бизнес-процесс сломан. Если мы хотели бы " +"деинсталлировать приложения для вас, мы никогда не сможем определить, были " +"удалены релевантные данные или если один из ваших бизнес-процессов был " +"сломан, поскольку мы не знаем, как вы работаете, и поэтому не можем " +"проверить такие операции." -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 msgid "" "**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " "modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " @@ -512,10 +1038,21 @@ msgid "" "need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " "to work properly." msgstr "" +"** Приложения Odoo имеют зависимости **: это означает, что вам может " +"понадобиться установить модули, которые вы не используете для доступа к " +"некоторым функциям Odoo, которые вам могут понадобиться. Например, " +"приложение Website Builder нужен, чтобы показать своему клиенту свои " +"коммерческие предложения на веб-странице. Несмотря на то, вам может не " +"потребоваться использование самого Веб-сайта, это необходимо, чтобы функция " +"коммерческих предложений онлайн работала должным образом." -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" "**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " "database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " "will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." msgstr "" +"** Всегда проверяйте установка / удаление приложения на тестовой базе ** " +"(или на базе бесплатной пробной версии): таким образом вы можете узнать, " +"какие другие программы могут понадобиться. Это поможет избежать " +"неожиданностей при удалении или при получении счетов-фактур." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 822ee3d2b..26a44b5a8 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -1,15 +1,21 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Collex100, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,246 +25,378 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss.rst:5 msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Общение" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own email servers to send and receive email in Odoo" +msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" msgstr "" +"Как использовать свой почтовый сервер для отправки и получения электронных " +"писем в Odoo" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 -msgid "When is it needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:7 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Using your own email servers is required to send and receive messages in " -"Odoo Community or Enterprise. Odoo Online embeds an out-of-box email " -"solution that works straight away. However you can still use your own email " -"servers with the online edition. Some insights are provided here below." +"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" +" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " +"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." msgstr "" +"Этот документ, в основном, посвящен пользователям Odoo на собственном " +"сервере, не пользуются нестандартные решения для передачи и приема " +"электронных писем в Odoo, в отличие от `Odoo Online " +"<https://www.odoo.com/trial> `__ &` Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh> `__." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:14 -msgid "How to set it up" +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." msgstr "" +"Если ни один из вашей компании не используется для управления почтовыми " +"серверами, мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам выбрать эти решения для хостинга " +"Odoo. Их система электронной почты работает мгновенно и контролируется " +"профессионалами. Тем не менее, вы все еще можете использовать собственные " +"почтовые серверы, если хотите самостоятельно управлять вашим сервером " +"электронной почты." #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers* (watch out: this checkbox only shows up after" -" Odoo 10). Then, go through the following steps." +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." msgstr "" +"Ниже вы найдете некоторую полезную информацию о том, как интегрировать " +"собственное решение электронной почты с Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 msgid "" -"Office 365 doesn't allow external hosts like Odoo. Consequently you can't " -"use Office 365 email servers to send or receive messages in Odoo." +"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." msgstr "" +"Серверы электронной почты Office 365 не позволяют просто отправлять " +"сторонние электронные письма с хостов, таких как Odoo. Обратитесь к " +"`документации Microsoft <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-" +"set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4> `__ чтобы это заработало." + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "Как управлять исходящими сообщениями" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 -msgid "Set an outgoing email server for outbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:27 msgid "" -"You need the SMTP data of your email provider (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, " -"etc.) as well as your admin credentials. Once all the information has been " -"filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." msgstr "" +"Как администратор системы, перейдите к: menuselection: `Настройка -> " +"Общие налаштування` и проверьте * внешние серверы электронной почты *. " +"Нажмите * Серверы исходящей почты *, чтобы создать и указать SMTP-данные " +"вашего сервера электронной почты. Когда вся информация будет заполнена, " +"нажмите кнопку * Проверить подключение *." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35 -msgid "Set an incoming email server for inbound messages" -msgstr "" +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "Вот типичное настройки сервера G Suite." #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "Затем установите имя домена электронной почты в общих настройках." + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "Можете ли вы использовать сервер Office 365" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "" -"Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the " -"*Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has " -"been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." msgstr "" +"Вы можете использовать сервер Office 365, если вы запускаете Odoo на " +"собственном сервере. Реестры SMTP Office 365 несовместимы с Odoo Online." #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes. You can change this" -" value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." msgstr "" +"Пожалуйста, обратитесь к `документации Microsoft <https://support.office.com" +"/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4> `__ для " +"настройки ретранслятора SMTP для вашего IP-адреса Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49 -msgid "Set the domain name" -msgstr "" +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "Как использовать сервер G Suite" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 msgid "" -"Enter the domain name of your email servers (e.g. mycompany.com) in General " -"Settings." +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." msgstr "" +"Вы можете использовать сервер G Suite для любого типа хостинга Odoo. Чтобы " +"это сделать, вам необходимо установить обслуживания SMTP. Шаги настройки " +"объясняются в документации `Google " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en> `__." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57 -msgid "Create a catchall address" -msgstr "" +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "Будьте совместимыми с SPF" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 msgid "" -"When a contact replies to an email sent from Odoo, the *reply-to* address is" -" a generic address used to route the reply to the right discussion thread in" -" Odoo (opportunity, order, task, etc.) and to the inbox of all its " -"followers. By default this address is \"catchall@\" but it can be changed." +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" +"Если вы используете SPF (Policy Framework для отправителей), чтобы увеличить" +" производительность выходных электронных писем, не забудьте авторизовать " +"Odoo как отправителя в настройках вашего доменного имени. Вот настройки для " +"Odoo Online:" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 msgid "" -"Create a catchall address in your email server settings. We advise you to " -"use \"catchall@\" so that everything works out straight away. If you want to" -" use another alias, you have extra steps in Odoo:" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" +"Если для SPF нет записи TXT, создайте его с последующим определением: v = " +"spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com ~ all" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67 -msgid "Activate the developer mode from your Settings Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "" -"Refresh your screen. Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Parameters --> System Parameters` and enter your custom catchall alias in " -"*mail.catchall.alias*." +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" +"Если запрос SPF TXT уже установлено, добавьте "include: " +"_spf.odoo.com". например, для доменного имени, которое направляет " +"электронные письма через Odoo Online, и через G Suite это может быть: v = " +"spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com include: _spf.google.com ~ all" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 -msgid "You can edit the email alias used for bounced messages the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82 -msgid "How to use my own email servers with Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email server " -"(*@yourcompany.odoo.com*). We recommend to keep this default setting as it " -"is really convenient. Indeed, while it is Odoo-labelled, the visible source " -"of any message sent from Odoo will be your personal email address (your Odoo" -" login). Your contacts will therefore trust your messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 -msgid "" -"You can still use your own email servers if you want your contacts to see " -"your historic email address when they reply to your messages or if you want " -"to manage the reputation of your email servers yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "There are 2 methods:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:96 -msgid "" -"[Recommended] **Use a catchall redirection** (your server -> Odoo server) to" -" receive emails in Odoo in real time thanks to the Odoo email server. Create" -" a catchall address in your email server settings. Then apply following " -"redirection: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com. " -"That's it you're ready to go!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102 -msgid "" -"**Use a catchall mailbox** to exclusively use your own email server. That " -"way you can also manage your email server reputation (blacklisting, etc). " -"However, incoming messages are fetched from the email server thanks to a " -"cron running every hour. This is the shortest time lap for crons in Online " -"instances. If you opt for this solution, simply follow the procedure of " -"above section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 -msgid "How to be SPF-compliant when using external email servers in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Sender Policy Framework (SPF) is an email-validation system that checks that" -" incoming mail from a domain comes from a host authorized by that domain's " -"administrator. Such a security system is used in most email servers. If you " -"don't comply with it, your emails sent from Odoo will be likely flagged as " -"spam." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118 -msgid "" -"To be SPF-compliant, you need to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your " -"domain name settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121 -msgid "Sign in to your domain’s account at your domain host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 -msgid "Locate the page for updating your domain’s DNS records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set, create one with following definition: v=spf1 " -"include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125 -msgid "In case a TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:127 -msgid "e.g. for a Gmail server it should be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:129 -msgid "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 msgid "" "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." msgstr "" +"Найдите `здесь <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/> `__ точную процедуру " +"создания или изменения TXT-записи в собственном регистраторе доменов." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." msgstr "" +"Завершение вашего нового записи SPF может занять до 48 часов, но это, как " +"правило, происходит быстрее." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:137 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" +"Добавление нескольких записей SPF для домена может вызвать проблемы с " +"доставкой почты и классификации спама. Вместо этого мы рекомендуем " +"использовать только одна запись SPF, изменяя его, чтобы авторизовать Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:142 -msgid "How to choose between Odoo and my traditional email box" -msgstr "" +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "Позвольте DKIM" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:143 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is a perfect tool to send and read messages related to business" -" documents. However it doesn't aim to replace a full-featured email solution" -" (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, etc.). We recommend to take the most out of " -"both systems without mingling them: What is related to Odoo business objects" -" or applications goes into Odoo; What is not can be managed into your " -"external email box." +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" +"Вы должны делать то же самое, если на вашем сервере электронной почты " +"включены DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail). В случае с Odoo Online и " +"Odoo.sh, вы должны добавить DNS "odoo._domainkey" запись CNAME на " +""odoo._domainkey.odoo.com". Например, для "foo.com" они " +"должны иметь запись "odoo._domainkey.foo.com", то есть CNAME со " +"значением "odoo._domainkey.odoo.com"." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:150 -msgid "" -"To do so, create specific email aliases to use in Odoo (to generate leads or" -" opportunities, helpdesk tickets, etc.). If you take an email alias already " -"used for messaging outside of Odoo, incoming messages will land into both " -"systems. This will negatively impact your productivity." +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "Как управлять входящими сообщениями" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" +"Odoo возлагается на общие псевдонимы электронной почты, чтобы получать " +"входящие сообщения." + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" +"** Ответы сообщений **, отправленных с Odoo, направляются в их оригинальный " +"дискуссионный поток (и в папку "Входящие" всех его пиписникив) с " +"помощью псевдонима catchall (** catchall @ **)." + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" +"** Отсканированные сообщение ** направляются на отказ @, чтобы отслеживать " +"их в Odoo. Это особенно используется в `Odoo Email Marketing, " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing> `__ чтобы отказаться от " +"недействительных получателей." + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" +"** Оригинальные сообщение **: для некоторых бизнес-объектов является " +"собственный псевдоним для создания новых записей в Odoo из входящих " +"сообщений электронной почты:" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Канал продаж (для создания лидов или возможностей в `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm> `__)," + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Поддержка канала (для создания заявок в `Службе поддержки Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk> `__)," + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Проекты (для создания новых задач в `Проекте Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management> `__)," + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Вакансии (для создания заявок в `Рекрутинга Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment> `__)," + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "и т.д." + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" +"В зависимости от вашего почтового сервера может существовать несколько " +"способов получения сообщений электронной почты. Самый и наиболее " +"рекомендуемый способ заключается в управлении одному адресу электронной " +"почты на псевдонимы Odoo на вашем почтовом сервере." + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Создайте соответствующие электронные адреса на своем почтовом сервере " +"(catchall @, bounce @, sales @ и т.д.)." + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "Установите свое доменное имя в общих настройках." + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" +"Если вы используете Odoo на собственном сервере, создайте * входной почтовый" +" сервер * в Odoo для каждого псевдонима. Вы также можете это сделать в общих" +" настройках. Заполните форму в соответствии с вашими настроек поставщика " +"услуг электронной почты. Оставьте * действия, которые нужно выполнить * на " +"входных письмах, пустыми. Когда вся информация будет заполнена, нажмите на *" +" Проверка и подтверждение *." + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" +"Если вы используете Odoo Online или Odoo.sh, мы рекомендуем переадресовывать" +" входящие сообщения на доменное имя Odoo, а не только использовать свой " +"собственный сервер электронной почты. Таким образом вы получите входящие " +"сообщения без задержки. Действительно, Odoo Online получает входящие " +"сообщения внешних серверов только раз в час. Вы должны установить " +"перенаправления для всех адресов электронной почты к доменному имени Odoo на" +" своем сервере электронной почты (например, *catchall@mydomain.ext*, на " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " +"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " +"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Все псевдонимы можно настроить в Odoo. Псевдонимы объектов можно " +"редактировать по соответствующему виду настройки. Чтобы изменить атрибуты " +"catchall и bounce, нужно сначала активировать режим разработчика на панели " +"управления настроек." + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " +"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" +"Затем обновите свой экран и перейдите к: menuselection: `Настройка -> " +"Технические -> Параметры -> Параметры системы` для настройки " +"псевдонима (* mail.catchall.alias * и * mail.bounce.alias *)." + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию входящие сообщения загружаются каждые 5 минут в режиме ожидания" +" в Odoo. Вы можете изменить это значение в режиме разработчика. Перейдите к:" +" menuselection: `Настройка -> Технические -> Автоматизация -> " +"Запланированные дии` и найдите * Mail: Fetchmail Service *." #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как следить за Twitter в Odoo" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -266,10 +404,13 @@ msgid "" "Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " "from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." msgstr "" +"Вы можете следить за конкретными хэш-тегами в Twitter и просматривать твиты " +"в пределах каналов Обсуждение Odoo по вашему выбору. Твиты периодически " +"извлекаются из Twitter. Прошедшие проверку может ретвититы сообщения." #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка программы по стороны Twitter" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -277,10 +418,14 @@ msgid "" " for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" " http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" msgstr "" +"Twitter использует "Программа" со своей стороны, открывает путь, к" +" которому Odoo требует твитов, и с помощью которого пользователь может " +"восстановить ретвиты. Чтобы настроить эту программу, перейдите на страницу " +"http://apps.twitter.com/app/new и введите значения:" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Название: это название программы на Twitter" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -289,6 +434,10 @@ msgid "" "\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" " this field." msgstr "" +"Сайт: это внешняя URL-адрес базы данных Odoo, добавив "/ web". " +"Например, если ваша версия Odoo размещена на " +""http://www.example.com", в этом поле следует добавить " +""http://www.example.com/web"." #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -296,21 +445,29 @@ msgid "" "the previous example you should write " "\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." msgstr "" +"Обратная URL-адрес: это адрес, по которому Twitter отвечает. После " +"предыдущего примера следует написать " +""http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback"." #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 msgid "" "Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " "on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" +"Не забудьте принять условия использования соглашения для разработчиков и " +"нажмите кнопку ** Создать свое приложение Twitter ** в нижней части " +"страницы." #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получение ключа API и секретности" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 msgid "" "When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." msgstr "" +"Когда вы на информационной панели программы, перейдите на вкладку ** Токены " +"ключей и доступа **." #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -318,10 +475,13 @@ msgid "" "Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " "settings." msgstr "" +"Скопируйте эти значения в Odoo в: menuselection: `Настройка -> общие " +"настройки -> Настройка обсуждения Twitter` и нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить " +"**, чтобы сохранить настройки." #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как привлечь внимание других пользователей к вашим сообщениям" #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -334,10 +494,18 @@ msgid "" "name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " "another channel." msgstr "" +"Вы можете ** вспомнить ** только в канале или в чате, набрав ** @ user-name " +"**. Вспоминая пользователя в чате, он установит его как элемент подписки " +"(если он еще не является им) и отправьте сообщение на почтовый ящик. " +"Элемент, содержащий упоминание, также будет выделено жирным шрифтом в окне " +"списка. Упоминание пользователя в канале отправлять сообщения в свой " +"почтовый ящик. Вы не можете вспомнить пользователя в канале, который не " +"подписался на канал. Нажатие ** # channel-name ** даст ссылку на упомянутый " +"канал в чатах или на другом канале." #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прямой обмен сообщениями с пользователем" #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -350,10 +518,18 @@ msgid "" "is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " "they are offline." msgstr "" +"** Прямые сообщение ** - личные сообщения, доступные только отправителю и " +"получателю. Вы можете присылать прямые сообщения другим пользователям из " +"модуля Обсуждение, создав новую беседу или выбрав существующую с боковой " +"панели. Прямые сообщения можно отправлять с любого места в Odoo с помощью " +"значка всплывающей подсказки в верхней панели. Статус других пользователей " +"отображается слева от имени. ** Зеленая точка ** указывает на то, что " +"пользователь онлайн, ** оранжевая точка **, в которой они находятся в режиме" +" ожидания, а ** серая точка ** - в автономном режиме." #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оповещения по обсуждению" #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -362,10 +538,14 @@ msgid "" " the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " "the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать отображение ** настольного оповещения **, когда вы " +"получаете новое прямое сообщение. В извещении отображается сообщение " +"отправителя и короткий предварительный просмотр содержимого сообщения. Они " +"могут быть настроены или выключены, нажав значок прибора в углу уведомления." #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как быть отзывчивым на работе благодаря моим входным сообщению Odoo" #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -373,10 +553,14 @@ msgid "" "everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " "follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." msgstr "" +"Используйте ** Входные ** в модуле обсуждения, чтобы контролировать " +"обновления и прогресс во всем, что вы делаете в Odoo. Оповещения и " +"уведомления от всего, на что вы подписаны или в чем вы упомянуты, появляются" +" в папке Входящие." #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете следить за папкой ** Входные ** с любого экрана." #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -386,10 +570,16 @@ msgid "" "any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " "throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." msgstr "" +"Обозначение элемента обозначает сообщение как ** прочитанное ** и удаляет " +"его из папки Входящие. Если вы хотите сохранить объект для дальнейшего " +"ссылки или действия, отметьте его звездочкой, чтобы добавить в поле ** " +"Обозначение **. Вы можете собрать любое сообщение или сообщение в Обсуждение" +" или любого из участников, занимающихся конкретными товарами в Odoo, чтобы " +"хранить здесь вкладки." #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why to use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "Почему нужно использовать обсуждения" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -401,10 +591,111 @@ msgid "" "chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " "simple and searchable interface." msgstr "" +"Обсуждение Odoo - это простое в использовании приложение для обмена " +"сообщениями для команд, которые объединяют всю вашу организацию в одном " +"месте и без проблем интегрируется с системой Odoo. Обсуждение позволяет " +"отправлять и получать сообщения везде, где вы находитесь в Odoo, а также " +"легко управлять своими сообщениями и сообщениями в приложении. Обсуждение " +"позволяет создавать ** каналы ** для командных чатов, бесед о проектах, " +"координацию встреч и т.п. в одном простом и доступном для поиска интерфейсе." + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +msgstr "Становитесь еще более организованными с планированием действий" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " +"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " +"undertake." +msgstr "" +"Планирование действий - это идеальный способ продолжить работу. Получите " +"напоминание о том, что нужно сделать, и запланируйте следующие мероприятия, " +"которые нужно выполнить." + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" +" your priorities." +msgstr "" +"Ваша деятельность доступна в любом месте, где вы находитесь в Odoo. Вашими " +"приоритетами легко управлять." + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " +"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +msgstr "" +"Деятельность может быть запланирована и управляемая участниками общения и " +"просмотров канбан. Вот пример возможностей:" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "Установите виды деятельности" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " +"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию в Odoo доступны различные типовые виды действий (например, " +"звонок, электронная почта, встреча и т.д.). Если вы хотите установить новые," +" перейдите к: menuselection: `Настройка -> Общие настройки -> Типы " +"дий`." + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 +msgid "Schedule meetings" +msgstr "Расписание встреч" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " +"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " +"open to let you select a time slot." +msgstr "" +"Действия запланированы на определенные дни. Если вам нужно установить часы, " +"перейдите по типу действия * Встреча *. При планировании действия, календарь" +" будет просто открыт, чтобы позволить вам выбрать временной интервал." + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " +"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" +"Если вам нужно использовать другие типы действий посредством планирования " +"календаря, убедитесь, что их * Категория * установлена как * Встреча *." + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" +msgstr "Запланируйте последовательность действий для их отслеживания" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " +"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +msgstr "" +"Odoo помогает вам легко спланировать свой обычный рабочий процесс. Перейдите" +" к: menuselection: `Настройка -> Типы деятельности` и установите " +"следующие шаги, такие как Рекомендуемые следующие действия *." + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " +"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." +msgstr "" +"Теперь, когда действие завершена, вы можете выбрать * Готово и запланировать" +" следующую *. Следующие шаги будут автоматически предложены для вас." + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" +msgstr "" +"Развлекайтесь, становясь более организованными с планированием действий!" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как эффективно коммуницировать в команде, используя каналы" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -413,15 +704,19 @@ msgid "" "communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," " it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." msgstr "" +"Вы можете использовать ** каналы ** для организации обсуждений между " +"отдельными группами, департаментами, проектами или любой другой группой, " +"которая требует регулярного общения. Найдя беседы, каждый, кто видит ее в " +"канале, легко сохранит всю команду в цикле с последними новинками." #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "создание канала" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 msgid "" "In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "В обсуждении есть два типа каналов - ** публичный ** и ** частный **." #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -430,6 +725,10 @@ msgid "" "**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " "visible to users who have been invited to this channel." msgstr "" +"** Открытый канал ** может быть создан администратором только с правами на " +"запись, и его могут видеть все, кто в организации. Напротив, ** частный " +"канал ** может быть создан любым пользователем, и по умолчанию он " +"отображается только пользователям, приглашенным на этот канал." #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -439,10 +738,15 @@ msgid "" "specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " "information)." msgstr "" +"Открытый канал лучше используется, когда многие работники должны иметь " +"доступ к информации (например, межведомственные коммуникации или компании), " +"тогда частный канал должен использоваться, когда информация должна быть " +"ограничена только определенными пользователями / работниками (например, " +"департамент или конфиденциальная информация)." #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка канала" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -454,10 +758,18 @@ msgid "" "follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" " a public channel." msgstr "" +"Вы можете настраивать название канала, описание, права доступа, " +"автоматическую подписку и отправлять электронные письма с: menuselection: `#" +" channel-name -> Налаштування`. Изменяя права доступа к каналу, вы можете" +" контролировать, какие группы могут просматривать каждый канал. Вы можете " +"сделать канал видимым для всех пользователей, приглашенных пользователей или" +" пользователей выбранной группы пользователей. Заметьте, если позволить " +""всем" пользоваться частным каналом, другие пользователи смогут " +"просматривать и присоединяться к ней, поскольку это будет открытым каналом." #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как настроить список рассылки" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -468,10 +780,16 @@ msgid "" "next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " "messages by email." msgstr "" +"Канал можно настроить так, чтобы он вел себя как список рассылки. Из списка:" +" menuselection: `# channel-name -> Налаштування`, определите электронное " +"сообщение, которое вы хотите использовать. После этого пользователи смогут " +"опубликовать в канале и выбрать получение уведомлений с помощью определенной" +" электронной почты. У названия канала в списке появится значок конверта, " +"который покажет, что канал будет посылать сообщение по электронной почте." #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поиск канала" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -479,6 +797,9 @@ msgid "" "**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" " clicking the plus icon." msgstr "" +"Если вы не видите канал на информационной панели, вы можете искать в списке " +"** публичных каналов **, чтобы найти нужный канал или создать новый канал, " +"нажав значок +." #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -486,16 +807,21 @@ msgid "" "channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " "channels from a single screen." msgstr "" +"Вы также можете нажать заголовок ** КАНАЛЫ **, чтобы просмотреть список всех" +" публичных каналов. Это позволяет пользователю вручную ** присоединяться ** " +"и ** оставлять ** публичные каналы с одной экрана." #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 msgid "" "It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " "ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." msgstr "" +"Всегда мудро искать канал, прежде чем создавать новый, чтобы не создавать " +"дублированные записи для одной темы." #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Использование фильтров для навигации в обсуждении" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -505,24 +831,32 @@ msgid "" "using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " "character wildcard.**" msgstr "" +"Поиск в верхней строке обеспечивает доступ к той же всеобъемлющей функции " +"поиска, присутствует в остальной части Odoo. Вы можете применить несколько " +"** критериев фильтрации ** и ** сохранять фильтры ** для дальнейшего " +"использования. Функция поиска принимает подстановку символов, используя " +"символ подчеркивания "\\ ** \\ _ ** \\", чтобы представлять ** " +"подстановку одного символа **." #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как следить за дискуссионной темой и определять, что я хочу услышать" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как следить за темой дискуссии" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 msgid "" "You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," " a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." msgstr "" +"Вы можете отслеживать практически любой бизнес-объект в Odoo (возможность, " +"коммерческое предложение, задачи и т.д.), ** добавив ** это." #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как выбрать события, чтобы следить за ними" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -530,10 +864,13 @@ msgid "" "example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " "**Project** app." msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать типы событий, о которых вы хотите получать сообщения. " +"Приведенный ниже пример показывает параметры, доступные при выполнении ** " +"задачи ** в приложении ** Проект **." #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как добавить других подписчиков" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -541,10 +878,13 @@ msgid "" "as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" " link back to the original document." msgstr "" +"Вы можете пригласить других пользователей и добавлять каналы как подписки. " +"Добавление канала как подписки отправит сообщения, опубликованные в чате, к " +"каналу со ссылкой на исходный документ." #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как быть подписчиком по умолчанию" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -553,6 +893,11 @@ msgid "" " new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " "created, an opportunity won)." msgstr "" +"Вы автоматически устанавливаете себя как подписчик по умолчанию любого " +"элемента, который вы создаете. В некоторых программах, таких как CRM и " +"Проект, вы можете стать подписчиком по умолчанию любого новой записи, " +"созданного для получения уведомлений о конкретных событиях (например, " +"создано новое задание, выигранная возможность)." #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -560,3 +905,6 @@ msgid "" " in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " "about." msgstr "" +"Чтобы это сделать, начните следующий родительский бизнес-объект (например, " +"канал сбыта в CRM проект в проекте). Выберите события, по которым вы хотите " +"следить." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 9ed3968f2..a0450a58c 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -1,15 +1,22 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Collex100, 2019 +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,34 +26,38 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eCommerce" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Начать" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как настроить страницу каталога товаров" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Каталог товаров" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 msgid "" "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." msgstr "" +"Все ваши опубликованы элементы отображаются на странице каталога (или на " +"странице * Магазина *)." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 msgid "" "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " "website categories, etc." msgstr "" +"Большинство параметров доступны в меню * Настройка *: элементы отображения, " +"категории сайта и тому подобное." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "выделите товар" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -54,16 +65,22 @@ msgid "" "them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" " page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." msgstr "" +"Повышайте видимость товаров со звездочкой / рекламируемые товары: поднимите " +"их вверх, увеличьте их, добавьте ленту, которую можно редактировать " +"(продажа, новый т.п.). Откройте страницу магазина, перейдите в режим " +"редактирования и нажмите на любой элемент, чтобы начать настройку сети." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 msgid "" "See how to do it: " "https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" msgstr "" +"Посмотрите, как сделать это: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Быстрое добавление в корзину" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -73,66 +90,71 @@ msgid "" "Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " "better)." msgstr "" +"Если ваши клиенты покупают много товаров одновременно, сделайте этот процесс" +" быстрее, позволяя покупки со страницы каталога. Для этого добавьте описание" +" товара и добавьте в кнопку корзины. Включите следующие параметры в меню * " +"Настройка *: описание товара, добавление в корзину, просмотр списка (для " +"лучшего отображения описания товара)." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как создать страницу товара" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "На сайте нажмите кнопку * Новая страница * в верхнем правом углу." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите * Новый товар * и следуйте всплывающих советов." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вот основные элементы страницы товара:" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Многие элементы можно сделать видимыми в меню * Настройка *." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Узнайте, как настраивать свои товары на страницах ниже." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управляйте вашими товарами" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как отразить несколько картинок на товаре" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -140,48 +162,63 @@ msgid "" "only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " "the image into a carrousel." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию веб-страница товара отражает главное изображение вашего товара." +" Если вы хотите показать свои товары по нескольким ракурсов, вы можете " +"преобразовать изображение в карусель." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 msgid "" "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Проверьте * Несколько изображений на товаре * в: menuselection: " +"`Администратор сайта -> Настройка -> Налаштування`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 msgid "" "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" " in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." msgstr "" +"Откройте детали формы товара и загрузите изображение с вкладки Картинки. " +"Нажмите * Создать * в режиме редактирования, чтобы получить мастер загрузки." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." msgstr "" +"Такое дополнительное изображение является общим для всех вариантов товаров " +"(если таковые имеются)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как показать наличие товара" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " "your customers." msgstr "" +"Наличие ваших товаров может быть показана на сайте, чтобы убедить ваших " +"клиентов." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 msgid "" "To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " "an option in *Availability*." msgstr "" +"Чтобы отразить это, откройте вкладку * Продажи * в форме деталей товара и " +"выберите * В наличии *." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 msgid "" "A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " "delay, etc." msgstr "" +"Пользовательское предупреждение может быть связано с наличием на складе, " +"задержкой доставки и тому подобное." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Этот инструмент не требует установки приложения Состав." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -189,10 +226,13 @@ msgid "" "comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " "backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." msgstr "" +"Если один элемент больше нельзя продавать, отмените публикацию на своем " +"сайте. Если речь идет о конкретном вариант товара, выключите вариант на " +"бэкенд (see: doc: `../ maximizing_revenue / pricing`)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как управлять вариантами товара" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -202,20 +242,28 @@ msgid "" "chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " "available options." msgstr "" +"Варианты товара используются для того, чтобы предложить варианты того же " +"товара для ваших клиентов на странице товаров. Например, клиент выбирает " +"футболку, а затем выбирает ее размер и цвет. В приведенном ниже примере " +"клиент выбирает телефон, а затем выбирает память; цвет и Wi-Fi из доступных " +"функций." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как создать атрибуты и варианты" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 msgid "" "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Включите * Товары могут иметь несколько атрибутов, определяющих варианты " +"(например, размер, цвет, ...) * в разделе: menuselection: `Продажи -> " +"Налаштування`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выберите товар в списке товаров, перейдите на вкладку * Варианты *." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -223,48 +271,53 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " "are 2 values for 1 attribute." msgstr "" +"Добавьте как можно больше атрибутов, которые вам нужно, с 3 различных типов:" +" переключатели, выпадающее меню или цветные кнопки. Вы получаете несколько " +"вариантов, как только будет 2 атрибута для атрибута 1." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как редактировать варианты" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Просмотрите все варианты из формы шаблона деталей товара." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете редактировать следующие данные:" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изображения (обновляется в реальном времени на сайте)," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Штрих-код," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Внутренняя справка (SKU #)," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Объем," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" +msgstr "вес," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активный (доступен в предложениях и на сайте)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 msgid "" "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " "to populate them once the variants generated." msgstr "" +"Штрих-код и внутренняя справка являются специальными для вариантов. Нужно " +"заполнить их, когда созданы варианты." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -272,32 +325,42 @@ msgid "" "Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " "variants." msgstr "" +"Смотрите и измените все варианты с: menuselection: `Продажи -> Продажи " +"-> Варианты товару`. Это может быть быстрее, если вы управляете " +"множеством вариантов." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как установить конкретные цены за вариант" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 msgid "" "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " "Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." msgstr "" +"Вы также можете установить конкретную общую стоимость каждого варианта, " +"нажав * Цены варианта * в форме сведений о товаре (действие в верхнем левом " +"углу)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 msgid "" "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " "attribute value is selected." msgstr "" +"Дополнительная цена добавляется к цене товара, когда выбирается " +"соответствующее значение атрибута." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 msgid "" "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" +"Формулы премиум-класса позволяют устанавливать расширенные методы вычисления" +" цены вариантов товара. См. : Doc: `../ maximizing_revenue / pricing`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как отключить / архивировать варианты" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -305,20 +368,27 @@ msgid "" "available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " "etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." msgstr "" +"Вы можете отключить / архивировать конкретные варианты, чтобы они больше не " +"были доступны в предложениях и на веб-сайте (не существовавших на вашем " +"складе, устаревших и т.п.). Просто снимите отметку * Активно * в детальной " +"форме." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 msgid "" "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " "list. You can reactivate them the same way." msgstr "" +"Чтобы получить такие архивные элементы, нажмите * Архивирование * при поиске" +" списка вариантов. Вы можете повторно активировать их так же." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Увеличьте свой доход" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" msgstr "" +"Как продавать аксессуары и функциональные товары (перекрестный продажа)" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -326,29 +396,36 @@ msgid "" "screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " "functionalities:" msgstr "" +"Вы продаете компьютеры. Почему бы не стимулировать своих клиентов покупать " +"лучший экран или дополнительную гарантию? Это цель перекрестных продаж:" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Аксессуары на странице оформления заказа," #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 msgid "" "Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." msgstr "" +"Дополнительные товары на новом экране * Добавить в корзину * (не установлен " +"по умолчанию)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Аксессуары при проверке" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 msgid "" "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " "reviews the cart before paying." msgstr "" +"Аксессуары (например, для компьютеров: мышь, клавиатура) появляются, когда " +"пользователь просматривает корзину перед оплатой." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." msgstr "" +"Выберите аксессуары на вкладке * Продажи * на странице сведений о товаре." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -357,10 +434,14 @@ msgid "" "products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " "suggested accessories." msgstr "" +"Существует алгоритм выявления лучших аксессуаров для отображения, если в " +"корзину добавлено несколько элементов. Если любой элемент является " +"аксессуаром нескольких товаров, добавленных в корзину, то, скорее всего, он " +"будет вверху списка предложенных аксессуаров." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дополнительные товары при добавлении в корзину" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -368,10 +449,14 @@ msgid "" "computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " "product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." msgstr "" +"Необязательные товары напрямую связаны с элементом, добавленным в корзину " +"(например, для компьютеров гарантия, программное обеспечение для ОS, " +"дополнительные компоненты). Каждый раз, когда основной товар добавляется в " +"корзину, такой новый экран появляется как дополнительный шаг." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Опубликовать дополнительные товары:" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -379,55 +464,66 @@ msgid "" "default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " "up." msgstr "" +"Установите * Дополнительные товары электронной коммерции * в меню * " +"Приложения *. Удалите фильтр по умолчанию для поиска в аддонах, иначе " +"появятся только основные модули." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выберите дополнительные элементы на вкладке * Продажи * формы товара." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." msgstr "" +"Количество дополнительных элементов, добавленных в корзину, совпадает с " +"основным элементом." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как адаптировать цены к посетителям сайта" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" msgstr "" +"В этом разделе освещены особенности ценообразования модуля электронной " +"коммерции." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" +msgstr "установление цены за геолокации," #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "позвольте клиенту выбирать валюту." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." msgstr "" +"Для начала проверьте, как управлять ценой товара: скидки.: Doc: `../../ " +"sales / products_prices / prices / pricing`)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geo-IP для автоматического применения правильной цены" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 msgid "" "Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " "logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." msgstr "" +"Назначьте группы стран вашем ПРАЙСЛИСТ. Таким образом, посетители, которые " +"еще не вошли в систему, получать свою валюту при загрузке на ваш сайт." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" +msgstr "После входа они получают прайслист, который соответствует их стране." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" +msgstr "валютный выбор" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -435,39 +531,46 @@ msgid "" "their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Если вы продаете в нескольких валютах, вы можете позволить своим клиентам " +"выбрать валюту. Проверьте выбор, чтобы добавить прайслист в раскрывающемся " +"меню сайта." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как создать и делиться промокод" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 msgid "" "Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " "campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." msgstr "" +"Хотите увеличить продажи до Рождества? Поделитесь промокод с помощью " +"маркетинговых кампаний и примените любые скидки." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установка" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" " on formula* for *Sale Price*." msgstr "" +"Откройте: menuselection: `Продажи -> Налаштування` и выберите * " +"Расширенное ценообразование на основе формулы * для * Цены продаже *." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -475,36 +578,45 @@ msgid "" " new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " "code." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Администратор сайта -> Каталог -> " +"Прайслисти` и создайте новый прайслист правилу скидки (см.: Doc:` pricing`)." +" Введите код." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 msgid "" "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " "*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." msgstr "" +"Сделайте поле промокод доступным на * Странице корзины * (опция в меню * " +"Настройка *). Добавьте товар в корзину, чтобы сделать это." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 msgid "" "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " "prices get automatically updated in the cart." msgstr "" +"При включении этой функции вы увидите новый раздел с правой стороны. При " +"нажатии кнопки * Применить * цены автоматически обновляются в корзине." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 msgid "" "The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " "analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." msgstr "" +"Промокод, который использует клиент, сохраняется в системе, чтобы вы могли " +"проанализировать эффективность ваших маркетинговых кампаний." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Покажите продажи по ценам ..." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как включить комментарии и рейтинг в электронной коммерции" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -512,70 +624,88 @@ msgid "" "of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " "your customer to share their feedback!" msgstr "" +"Публикация и мониторинг опыта клиентов поможет доверять вам новым клиентам и" +" лучше взаимодействовать с вашей сообществом. Только в два клика позвольте " +"своему клиенту поделиться своим отзывом!" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 msgid "" "Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." msgstr "" +"Активируйте комментарии и рейтинг в меню * Настройка * веб-страницы товара." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 msgid "" "Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " "so (see Portal documentation)." msgstr "" +"Посетители должны войти, чтобы поделиться своими комментариями. Убедитесь, " +"что они смогут это сделать (см. Документацию Портал)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Смотрите публикации в режиме реального времени" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 msgid "" "Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " "followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." msgstr "" +"Каждый раз, когда пост опубликован, менеджер товара и все подписчики на " +"товар получают уведомления в своей папке Входящие (меню (* Обсуждение *)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 msgid "" "By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " "follower." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию пользователь, который создал товар, автоматически " +"устанавливается как подписчик." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " "the product discussion thread)." msgstr "" +"Нажмите на название товара, чтобы открыть подробную форму и посмотреть " +"комментарий (в обсуждении о товаре)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Модератор и отменяйте публикации" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 msgid "" "You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " "form or on the web page." msgstr "" +"Вы можете легко модерировать, используя чат, в форме детальной информации о " +"товаре или на веб-странице." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 msgid "" "To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " "button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." msgstr "" +"Чтобы отменить публикацию, откройте веб-страницу товара и нажмите кнопку * " +"Опубликовано *, чтобы превратить ее в красный цвет (* неопубликованные *)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "..tip::" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 msgid "" "You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" " smart button (and vice versa)." msgstr "" +"Вы можете получить доступ к веб-страницы в детальной форме, нажав кнопку * " +"Опубликовано * (и наоборот)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)" -msgstr "" +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "Как продавать альтернативные товары (допродажа)" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -583,10 +713,13 @@ msgid "" "is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" " time browsing your catalog." msgstr "" +"Чтобы максимально увеличить ваш доход, рекомендуется предлагать ценнее " +"варианты товара для базовых товаров. Таким образом, ваш клиент потратит " +"больше времени на просмотр вашего каталога." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сделать так:" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -594,88 +727,257 @@ msgid "" "form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " "customers will be confused." msgstr "" +"Выберите такие * Альтернативные * на вкладке * Продажи * формы товара. Три " +"альтернативы будет достаточно! Не размещайте слишком много, иначе ваши " +"клиенты будут путаться." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 msgid "" "Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." msgstr "" +"Включите * альтернативные товары * в меню * Настройка * веб-страницы товара." #: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Общий обзор" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введение в электронную коммерцию Odoo" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 msgid "" "The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " "time. The topics follow the buying process:" msgstr "" +"Эта документация поможет вам быстро перейти на сайт электронной коммерции. " +"Темы следуют за процессом покупки:" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "страница товара" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "страница магазина" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установление цены" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налоги" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "оформление заказа" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Распродажа и перекрестный продажу" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Платеж" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доставка и отслеживание" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" #: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запустите свой веб-сайт" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "получите оплату" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Как получить оплату с помощью Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " +"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " +"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " +"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " +"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " +"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " +"you like." msgstr "" +"Authorize.Net является одной из самых популярных платформ электронной " +"коммерции в Северной Америке. В отличие от большинства других поставщиков " +"платежей, совместимых с Odoo, Authorize.Net может использоваться только как " +"платежный шлюз. " +"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo> `__ " +"Таким образом, вы можете воспользоваться процессором платежа или продавцом, " +"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/> `__ " +"который вам нравится." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "Создайте аккаунт Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " +"'Get Started'." +msgstr "" +"Создайте аккаунт Authorize.Net, <https://www.authorize.net> `__ нажав " +"кнопку" Начать работу "." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" +" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " +"press the related option." +msgstr "" +"На странице ценообразования нажмите * Зарегистрируйтесь * если вы хотите " +"использовать Authorize.net как платежный шлюз и продажу. Если вы хотите " +"использовать свой собственный продажа, нажмите соответствующую опцию." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "Go through the registration steps." +msgstr "Перейдите по шагами регистрации." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " +"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию учетная запись установлено как тестовый аккаунт. Вы можете " +"использовать этот тестовый аккаунт для обработки тестовой транзакции с Odoo." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." +msgstr "После завершения перейдите в режим ** разработчика **." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 +msgid "Set up Odoo" +msgstr "Настройте Odoo" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " +"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." +msgstr "" +"Активизируйте Authorize.Net в Odoo с: menuselection: `Сайта или Продаж или " +"Бухучета -> Настройка -> Платежные еквайери`." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 +msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." +msgstr "Введите ** ID входа ** и ** Транзакционный ключ API **." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" +" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " +"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" +" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы получить эти учетные данные в Authorize.Net, вы можете положиться на " +"видео с идентификаторами регистрации API и видео-транзакции Video Tutorials " +"Authorize.Net. <https://www.authorize.net/videos/> `__. Такие видеозаписи " +"дают содержательную информацию о том, как настроить учетную запись " +"Authorize.Net соответствии с вашими потребностями." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 +msgid "Go live" +msgstr "начните" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " +"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" +"Ваше настройки уже готово! Вы можете сделать Authorize.Net видимым в вашем " +"интерфейсе продавца и активировать режим ** разработчика **." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " +"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " +"production mode." +msgstr "" +"Полномочия, предоставленные Authorize.net, отличаются как для тестирования, " +"так и для режима разработчика. Не забывайте обновлять их в Odoo, когда вы " +"включаете режим разработчика." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" +msgstr "Оцените Authorize.Net как платежное решение" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " +"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете бесплатно протестировать и оценить Authorize.Net, создав `аккаунт " +"разработчика <https://developer.authorize.net> `__." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" +" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." +msgstr "" +"После создания учетной записи вы получите учетные данные sandbox. Введите их" +" в Odoo, как описано выше, и убедитесь, что вы все еще находитесь в режиме *" +" тестирование *." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " +"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." +msgstr "" +"Вы также можете войти в платформу для автозагрузки Authorize.Net, " +"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/> `__ чтобы настроить учетную запись для " +"sandbox." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" +" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " +"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." +msgstr "" +"Для выполнения фальшивых операций можно использовать поддельные номера карт," +" указанные в руководстве по тестированию Authorize.Net " +"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/> `__." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`payment`" +msgstr ":doc:`payment`" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" +msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как получить платеж через платежные эквайеры" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " "Invoicing apps." msgstr "" +"Odoo включает несколько способов оплаты с электронной коммерции, продаж и " +"счетов-фактур." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Какие доступные способы оплаты?" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "банковский перевод" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -684,10 +986,14 @@ msgid "" " bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" "wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" msgstr "" +"Банковский перевод - это доступный способ оплаты по умолчанию. Цель - " +"предоставить своим клиентам свои банковские реквизиты, чтобы они могли " +"платить самостоятельно через свой банк. Это очень легко начать, но медленно " +"и неэффективно. Выберите онлайн-покупателей, как только сможете!" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Платежные эквайеры" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -695,52 +1001,58 @@ msgid "" " track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" " over time:" msgstr "" +"Переадресовывайте своих клиентов на платформы, чтобы легко получать деньги и" +" отслеживать статус платежа (обратная связь). Odoo поддерживает все больше и" +" больше платформ:" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ingenico" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Authorize.net" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adyen" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buckaroo" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PayUmoney" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 msgid "Sips" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sips" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stripe" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как это воплотить" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 msgid "" "Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " "activate the **Production** mode." msgstr "" +"После того, как способ оплаты готов, сделайте его видимым в интерфейсе " +"платежа и использование режима ** Производство **." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" msgstr "" +"Как разрешить клиентам сохранять и повторно использовать кредитные карточки" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -748,15 +1060,19 @@ msgid "" "a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." " This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." msgstr "" +"Чтобы облегчить уплату возвращенных клиентов, вы можете позволить им " +"сохранять и повторно использовать кредитную карту, если они хотят. Если так," +" токен платежа будет сохранен в Odoo. Этот параметр доступен для Ingenico и " +"Authorize.net." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете включить это с помощью формы настройки эквайера." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как дебетировать кредитные карты для оплаты подписки" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -764,10 +1080,13 @@ msgid "" "bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " "have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." msgstr "" +"`Подписка Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions> `__ позволяет " +"автоматически оплачивать услуги на регулярной основе. Наряду с этим, вы " +"можете иметь автоматическое дебетования кредитной карты клиента." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Этот параметр доступен для Ingenico и Authorize.net." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -775,10 +1094,13 @@ msgid "" "subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" " from the subscription." msgstr "" +"Таким образом, платежный токен будет фиксироваться, когда пользователь " +"перейдет на подписку, а автоматический дебет запускаться каждый раз, когда " +"счет-фактура выпадает из подписки." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как пользоваться другими эквайерами (расширенные)" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -786,18 +1108,22 @@ msgid "" "acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" " status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." msgstr "" +"Odoo может предоставить запросы на единовременную оплату и переадресацию к " +"любому плательщика. Но нет обратной связи, то есть Odoo не отслеживаем " +"состояние транзакции. Таким образом, вы подтвердите заказ вручную, как " +"только вы получите плату." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 msgid "How to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как это сделать:" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Переключиться в режим разработчика." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите метод платежа ** кастомных **." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -805,10 +1131,13 @@ msgid "" "acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " "duplicate." msgstr "" +"Настройте форму для оплаты (шаблон формы S2S), как указано вашим платежным " +"эквайером. Вы можете начать с * default_acquirer_button *, которое вы можете" +" дублировать." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "другие настройки" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -817,6 +1146,10 @@ msgid "" "<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" "/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." msgstr "" +"Система Odoo также может быть использована для более продвинутых платежных " +"транзакций, таких как платы за рассрочку (напр., `Paypal Installment Plans " +"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" +"/integration-guide/installment_buttons> `__)." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -824,23 +1157,22 @@ msgid "" "based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " "such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" msgstr "" +"Такая служба настройки осуществляется по требованию наших технических " +"экспертов на основе ваших собственных требований. Бизнес-консультант может " +"связаться с вами с таким вопросом. `Свяжитесь с нами. " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus> `__" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как управлять заказами, оплаченными через платежные эквайеры" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -848,25 +1180,32 @@ msgid "" " payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " "ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." msgstr "" +"Odoo подтверждает заказ автоматически, как только платеж будет авторизовано " +"платежным эквайером. Это запускает доставку. Если вы выставили счет-фактуру " +"на основе заказных количеств, вам также предлагается начислить стоимость " +"заказа." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Какой статус платежа" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 msgid "" "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." msgstr "" +"В любое время продавец может проверить состояние транзакции по заказу." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "* Черновик *: транзакция в обработке." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 msgid "" "*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " "to authorize it from the acquirer interface." msgstr "" +"* Ожидает рассмотрение *: платежный эквайер удерживает транзакцию, и вам " +"нужно авторизовать ее из интерфейса эквайера." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -874,24 +1213,31 @@ msgid "" " the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" " amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." msgstr "" +"* Авторизованных *: платеж был разрешенным, но еще не получено. В Odoo заказ" +" уже подтверждено. После завершения доставки вы можете зафиксировать сумму " +"из интерфейса эквайера (или Odoo, если вы используете Authorize.net)." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 msgid "" "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " "confirmed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "* Готово *: платеж авторизованный и зафиксирован. Заказ подтвержден." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 msgid "" "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " "retry the payment. The order is still in draft." msgstr "" +"* Ошибка *: во время транзакции произошла ошибка. Клиенту нужно повторить " +"платеж. Заказ все еще находится в состоянии черновика." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 msgid "" "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " "form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." msgstr "" +"* Отменены *: когда клиент отменяет платеж в форме платежного эквайера. Он " +"возвращается к Odoo, чтобы изменить заказ." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -899,10 +1245,13 @@ msgid "" "when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " "messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." msgstr "" +"Специальные сообщения предоставляются вашим клиентам по каждому платежному " +"статусом, когда они перенаправляются в Odoo после транзакции. Чтобы " +"отредактировать такие, перейдите на вкладку * Сообщение * метода оплаты." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Автоматически проверены счета по заказу" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -910,6 +1259,9 @@ msgid "" "issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " "orders straight on." msgstr "" +"Когда заказ подтвержден, вы можете иметь счет-фактуру, выставляемый " +"автоматически и оплачивается. Это полностью автоматизировано для " +"предприятий, которым выставляется заказ." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -923,10 +1275,19 @@ msgid "" "payments " "<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." msgstr "" +"Если вы выберете этот режим, вам будет предложено выбрать журнал платежей " +"для записи в ваших книгах. Этот платеж автоматически согласуется со счетом-" +"фактурой, обозначая его как оплаченный. Выберите банковский счет, если вы " +"сразу получаете платеж на своем банковском счете. Если вы не можете, вы " +"можете создать отдельный журнал для покупателя платежа (тип = Банк). Таким " +"образом, вы можете отслеживать онлайн-платежи через промежуточный счет ваших" +" бухгалтерских книг, пока вы не получите оплату на свой банковский счет (см." +" Как регистрировать платежи кредитной картой <../../ accounting / " +"receivables / customer_payments / credit_cards.html> `__)." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зафиксируйте платеж после доставки" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -934,219 +1295,409 @@ msgid "" "the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " "only available with Authorize.net." msgstr "" +"С помощью этого режима заказ подтвержден, но сумма удерживается. После " +"обработки доставки вы можете получить платеж от Odoo. Этот режим доступен " +"только с Authorize.net." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 msgid "" "To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " "*Capture Transaction*." msgstr "" +"Чтобы отобразить платеж, откройте транзакцию по заказу. Нажмите * Удержать " +"транзакцию *." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" +"С другими платежными еквайермы вы можете управлять содержанием в собственных" +" интерфейсах, а не с Odoo." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Paypal" -msgstr "" +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "Настройте ваш аккаунт Paypal" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" -"Paypal is the easiest online payment method to configure. It is also the " -"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any " -"starter." +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." msgstr "" +"Paypal доступен и популярен по всему миру. Он не взимает плату за подписку, " +"а создать аккаунт очень легко. Вот почему мы рекомендуем его для начинающих " +"в Odoo. Он работает бесперебойно, когда клиент перенаправляется на сайт " +"Paypal для регистрации платежа." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11 -msgid "Set up your Paypal account" -msgstr "" +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "Аккаунт Paypal" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 msgid "" -"Create a `Paypal Business Account <https://www.paypal.com>`__ or upgrade " -"your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account." +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " +"Business Account " +"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." msgstr "" +"Бизнес-счет нужен для получения платежей с Paypal. Создайте `Бизнес-счет " +"Paypayl " +"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>" +" `__ или обновите ваш Персональный счет на Бизнес. Перейдите в настройки " +"Paypal и нажмите * Обновить на Бизнес-счет *. Затем продолжите несколько " +"шагов настройки." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "Настройки в Paypal" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ and open the settings of your " -"**Profile**." +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." msgstr "" +"Сначала, давайте посмотрим, как настроить ваш аккаунт Paypal, чтобы создать " +"бесперебойный опыт работы клиента с Odoo." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22 -msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27 -msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**." +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" +" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." msgstr "" +"Войдите и откройте настройки. Перейдите в * Товары и Услуги> Платежи " +"сайта * и нажмите * Обновить * в * Преимущества сайта *." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "автоматический возврат" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 msgid "" -"Turn on **Auto Return** and enter the **Return URL**: " -"<odoo_instance_url>/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the " -"correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)." +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " +"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." msgstr "" +"* Автоматический возврат * автоматически перенаправляет ваших клиентов на " +"Odoo после того, как платеж обработан. Отметьте * Автоматический возврат * и" +" введите ваше доменное имя "/ shop / confirmation" как * URL-адрес" +" возврата * (например. Https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 msgid "" -"Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is " -"generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." msgstr "" +"Эта URL-адрес запрашивает Paypal, но не используется на практике, поскольку " +"Odoo передает ее на каждой транзакции. Не волнуйтесь, если вы управляете " +"несколькими каналами продаж или базами данных Odoo." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment " -"Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*." -msgstr "" +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "Перевод данных об оплате (PDT)" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: <odoo_instance_url>/payment/paypal/ipn" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 msgid "" -"Now you must change the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo " -"to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click **PayPal " -"button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section." +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." msgstr "" +"* Перевод данных об оплате * передает подтверждение платежа в Odoo, как " +"только он обработан. Без этого Odoo не сможет завершить процесс продажи. Эти" +" настройки должны быть активированными как следует. При сохранении создается" +" * Токен идентификации *. Позже вы получите запрос на вход в Odoo." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "Опциональный счет Paypal" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." msgstr "" +"Мы советуем не побуждать клиентов входить с помощью аккаунта Paypal, когда " +"они получают оплату. Пусть они также платят дебетовыми / кредитными " +"карточками, иначе вы можете потерять некоторые сделки. Убедитесь, что этот " +"параметр." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "Мгновенные оповещения оплаты (IPN)" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " -"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." msgstr "" +"PDT направляет подтверждение заказов только один раз. В результате ваш сайт " +"должен запускаться, когда это случается; в противном случае он никогда не " +"получит сообщение. Поэтому мы советуем активировать * Мгновенные уведомления" +" оплаты * (IPN) в горе. С IPN, доставка подтверждение заказов практически " +"гарантировано с тех пор, как IPN повторно направляет подтверждения пока ваш " +"сайт не подтвердит получение." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74 -msgid "Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo" +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать IPN, вернитесь в меню * Платежи сайта * и нажмите * " +"Обновить * в * Моментальное уведомление оплаты *." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 msgid "" -"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->" -" Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your " -"**Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**." +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." msgstr "" +"* URL оповещения * для установки - это ваше доменное имя + "payment / " +"paypal / ipn" (напр., Https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "Формат сообщений оплаты" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 msgid "" -"They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My " -"business info`." +"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. " +"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*." msgstr "" +"В конце убедитесь, что формат кодирования сообщений об оплате установлено " +"верно. Откройте * Кодирование языка кнопки PayPal *." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 msgid "" -"Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so," -" open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**." +"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*." msgstr "" +"Нажмите * Дополнительные параметры * и установите два формата кодирования по" +" умолчанию как * UTF-8 *." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "Ваш аккаунт Paypal готов!" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System" -" Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" +"payments-ewp>`__" msgstr "" +"Для зашифрованных платежей на сайте и ошибки EWP_SETTINGS, проверьте " +"`документацию paypal. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" +"payments-ewp> `__" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94 -msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token" -msgstr "" +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "Настройки в Odoo" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*" -msgstr "" +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Активация" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**." +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." msgstr "" +"Активируйте * Paypal * с панели настроек Продаж, Выставление счетов и " +"Электронной коммерции, или из меню настройки * платежных эквайеров *." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Полномочия" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114 -msgid "" -"You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal" -" charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied" -" to the order amount." -msgstr "" +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "Odoo требует трех учетных данных Paypal:" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below." +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." msgstr "" +"* ID электронной почты * - это ваш логин адреса электронной почты в Paypal." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 msgid "" -"To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees " -"<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__." +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +"*Profile > About the business*." msgstr "" +"* Merchant ID * можно найти в настройках аккаунта Paypal, у * Профиль> О " +"бизнесе *." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 -msgid "Test the payment flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121 msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts." +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." msgstr "" +"* Токен PDT Paypal * предоставляется в настройках * Платежи сайта *, как " +"показано ниже." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "оплата транзакции" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете взимать дополнительную комиссию с клиентов за оплату через Paypal;" +" Это покрывает взыскании с вас комиссии за транзакцию Paypal. После " +"направления на Paypal, ваш клиент видит дополнительную сумму к сумме заказа." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com>`__ with your" -" Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать это, перейдите на вкладку Настройка Paypal а Odoo и " +"отметьте * Добавить дополнительные комиссии *." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" +"fees>`__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете перейти на `Комиссию Paypal <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp" +"/paypal-fees> `__ чтобы установить комиссию." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 +msgid "" +"..note:: `Traders in the EU " +"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" +"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " +"with credit cards." +msgstr "" +"..note :: `Продавцам в ЕС " +"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" +"payments/index_en.htm> `__ запрещено взимать дополнительную комиссию за " +"оплату кредитными карточками." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "Перейдите в онлайн!" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" +"Ваши настройки готовы к запуску. Убедитесь, что включен режим * Разработчик " +"*. Затем опубликуйте метод платежа, нажав на кнопку * Опубликовано * рядом." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" +"Теперь Paypal доступен в ваших платежах в модулях Электронной коммерции, " +"продажи и выставления счетов. Клиенты перенаправляются на сайт Paypal при " +"нажатии * Оплатить сейчас *. Они вернутся на страницу подтверждения в Odoo " +"после того, как платеж будет обработан." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "тестовое среду" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете протестировать процесс оплаты в Odoo благодаря счетам Paypal " +"Sandbox." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" +"Войдите на `Сайт разработчика Paypal <https://developer.paypal.com/> `__ с " +"вашими учетными данными Paypal." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "Это создаст два счета sandbox:" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 msgid "" "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)." +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" +"Бизнес-счет (для использования в качестве покупателей, например. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com> `__)." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)." +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" +"Персональный счет по умолчанию (для использования в качестве покупателя, eg " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com> `__)." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Sandbox <https://www.sandbox.paypal.com>`__ with the " -"merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions." +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." msgstr "" +"Войдите в Paypal Sandbox учетной записью продавца и следуйте тем самым " +"инструкциям настройки. Введите учетные данные sandbox в Odoo и убедитесь, " +"что Paypal сих пор не установлено как * Тестовое среду *. Также убедитесь, " +"что автоматическое выставление счета не активирован в ваших настройках " +"Электронной коммерции, чтобы не создавать счета когда завершаются фиктивные " +"транзакции." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on " -"*Test* mode. Also, make sure the confirmation mode of Paypal is not " -"*Authorize & capture the amount, confirm the SO and auto-validate the " -"invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be " -"automatically generated when the transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." msgstr "" +"Запустите тестовую транзакцию в Odoo, используя личный аккаунт Sandbox." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "See also" +msgstr "Смотрите также" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" msgstr "" +"`Как управлять оплаченными заказами через платежные евайеры " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>" +" `__" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Как управлять оплаченными заказами через платежные эквайеры " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>" +" `__" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как клиенты могут получить доступ к клиентского аккаунта" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1156,42 +1707,55 @@ msgid "" "not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " "process before buying something." msgstr "" +"Вашим клиентам еще никогда не было так легко получить доступ к клиентского " +"аккаунта. Забудьте о бесконечных формы регистрации, Odoo делает это так же " +"просто, как АБВ. Предлагаем регистрации (имя, электронная почта, пароль), " +"когда заказ размещен, а не раньше. Действительно, ничто не раздражает " +"больше, чем процесс регистрации, до того, как происходит покупка." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Регистрация" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 msgid "" "The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " "order from order confirmation email." msgstr "" +"Приглашение на регистрацию появляется, когда клиент хочет визуализировать " +"заказ из электронного письма с подтверждением заказа." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Клиентский аккаунт" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" " in the login dropdown menu." msgstr "" +"После входа клиент получит доступ к учетной записи, нажав Мой аккаунт * в " +"выпадающем меню." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " "modified." msgstr "" +"Там они находят всю свою историю. Главную адрес (для получения счетов) можно" +" изменить." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 msgid "" "If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." msgstr "" +"Если клиент установлен как контакт компании в вашей адресной книге, он " +"увидит все документы, которые принадлежат этой компании." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как получить платеж через банковский перевод" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1200,24 +1764,30 @@ msgid "" "own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " "Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" msgstr "" +"** Банковский перевод ** - это доступный способ оплаты по умолчанию. Цель - " +"предоставить своим клиентам свои банковские реквизиты, чтобы они могли " +"платить самостоятельно. Это очень легко начать, но медленно и неэффективно. " +"Выберите покупателей, как только сможете!" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как предоставить клиентам платежные инструкции" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " "method." msgstr "" +"Вставьте свои платежные инструкции в ** Сообщение благодарности ** с помощью" +" вашего способа оплаты." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Они будут появляться у клиентов, когда они размещают заказы." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как управлять заказу, когда вы получаете оплату" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1225,10 +1795,14 @@ msgid "" "intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " "paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." msgstr "" +"Каждый раз, когда клиент оплачивает банковским переводом, заказ остается на " +"промежуточном этапе ** направленной коммерческого предложения ** (например, " +"неоплаченную заказ). Когда вы получаете оплату, вы подтверждаете заказ " +"вручную, чтобы запустить доставку." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как создать другие ручные методы оплаты" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1236,7 +1810,10 @@ msgid "" "payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " "or duplicate it." msgstr "" +"Если вы управляете B2B-бизнесом, вы можете создавать другие способы оплаты, " +"обрабатываются вручную, например, оплата чеком. Для этого просто " +"переименуйте * Банковский перевод * или дублируйте его." #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "собирайте налоги" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po index a82aae070..69e605917 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po @@ -3,13 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +23,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expenses.rst:5 msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расходы" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 3064b9f9e..85f957571 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -1,15 +1,21 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Viktor Pogrebniak <vp@aifil.ru>, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,15 +25,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general.rst:5 msgid "General" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Общее" #: ../../general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "Авторизация" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +msgid "OAuth" +msgstr "OAuth" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " +"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." msgstr "" +"В соответствии со специальными требованиями по внедрению Azure OAuth, " +"идентификация Microsoft Azure OAuth на данный момент НЕ совместима с Odoo." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как разрешить пользователям входить с помощью аккаунта Google" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -35,39 +53,51 @@ msgid "" "`https://console.developers.google.com/ " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" +"Подключитесь к учетной записи Google и перейдите на страницу " +"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"<https://console.developers.google.com/> `_." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" +"Нажмите ** Создать проект ** и введите название проекта и другие детали." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите ** Использовать Google API **" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" +"В левой части меню выберите подменю ** Перечень ** (в ** Менеджер API **), " +"затем выберите ** Экран согласия OAuth **." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." msgstr "" +"Введите адрес, электронную почту и название товара (например, odoo), а затем" +" сохраните." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" +"Нажмите ** Добавить полномочия ** и выберите второй вариант (OAuth 2.0 " +"Client ID)." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" +"Проверьте, установлен тип программы на ** Веб-приложение **. Теперь " +"настройте разрешены страницы, на которые вас будет перенаправлен." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -75,20 +105,90 @@ msgid "" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " "Then click on **Create**" msgstr "" +"Для этого заполните поле ** Авторизованные URI перенаправления **. " +"Скопируйте и вставьте следующую ссылку в поле: " +"http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Нажмите ** Создать **." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" +"После этого вы получаете две информации (ваш ID клиента и Секретный ключ " +"клиента). Вам нужно вставить свой ID клиента в ** Общих настройках **." + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" +msgstr "Как разрешить пользователям входить через LDAP" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." +msgstr "Установите модуль LDAP в Общем настройках." + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." +msgstr "Нажмите ** Создать ** в настройках вашего сервера LDAP." + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." +msgstr "Выберите о компании для использования LDAP." + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " +"it listens to." +msgstr "" +"В ** Информация сервера **, введите IP-адрес вашего сервера и его порт." + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." +msgstr "Отметьте ** TLS пользователя **, если ваш сервер совместим." + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" +" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." +msgstr "" +"В ** информации входа **, введите ID и пароль учетной записи, который " +"используется для запроса сервера. Если оставите пустым, сервер будет " +"запрашиваться анонимно." + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " +"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." +msgstr "" +"В ** Настройках оброки **, введите доменное имя вашего сервера LDAP в " +"номенклатуре LDAP (например. `Dc = example, dc = com``)." + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" +msgstr "В ** фильтре LDAP **, введите `uid =% s``" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " +"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." +msgstr "" +"В ** Информация пользователя ** обозначьте * Создать пользователя * если вы " +"хотите, чтобы Odoo создала профиль, когда кто-то впервые войдет через LDAP." + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " +"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." +msgstr "" +"В ** шаблоне пользователя **, укажите шаблон для вновь профилей. Если " +"оставить заблокированным, профиль администратора, будет использоваться в " +"качестве шаблона." #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" -msgstr "" +msgstr "импорт данных" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как импортировать шаблон импорта" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -97,22 +197,28 @@ msgid "" "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" +"Шаблоны импорта услуг в инструменте импорта распространенных данных для " +"импорта (контакты, товары, банковские выписки и т.п.). Вы можете открыть их " +"любым программным обеспечением электронных таблиц (Microsoft Office, " +"OpenOffice, Google Диск и т.д.)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как настроить файл" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Удалите столбцы, которые вам не нужны. Мы советуем не удалять ID." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" +"Установите уникальный ID для каждого отдельного записи, перетащив " +"последовательность ID." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -120,16 +226,21 @@ msgid "" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " "corresponding field using the search." msgstr "" +"Когда вы добавляете новый столбец, Odoo, возможно, не сможет его " +"автоматически заметить, если его метка не подходит для любого поля системы. " +"Если так, найдите соответствующее поле с помощью поиска." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." msgstr "" +"Затем используйте метку, которую вы нашли в своем шаблоне импорта, чтобы он " +"работал сразу же во время следующей попытки импорта." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Почему столбец "ID"?" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -137,25 +248,32 @@ msgid "" "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"** ID ** (внешний идентификатор) - это уникальный идентификатор элемента. Не" +" стесняйтесь использовать предварительное программное обеспечение для " +"облегчения перехода на Odoo." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" +"Установка ID не является обязательным при импорте, но это помогает во многих" +" случаях:" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" msgstr "" +"Обновите импорт: вы можете импортировать один и тот же файл несколько раз " +"без создания дубликатов;" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поле импорта отношений (см. Ниже)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как импортировать поля ссылки" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -164,6 +282,10 @@ msgid "" "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" +"Объект Odoo всегда связан со многими другими объектами (например, товар " +"связан с категориями товаров, атрибутами, поставщиками и т.д.). Чтобы " +"импортировать эти отношения, вам нужно сначала импортировать записи " +"соответствующего объекта из собственного меню списка." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -172,14 +294,18 @@ msgid "" "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" +"Вы можете сделать это, используя имя соответствующей записи или его ID. ID " +"ожидается тогда, когда две записи имеют одинаковое имя. В таком случае " +"добавьте "/ ID" в конце заголовка столбца (например, для атрибутов" +" товара: атрибуты товара / атрибут / ID товара)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "How to import data into Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как импортировать данные в Odoo" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" -msgstr "" +msgstr "С чего начать?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -187,10 +313,14 @@ msgid "" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" " and even orders!" msgstr "" +"Вы можете импортировать данные в систему Odoo, используя формат Excel " +"(.xlsx) или CSV (.csv): контакты, товары, банковские выписки, записи в " +"журнале и даже заказ!" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." msgstr "" +"Откройте просмотр объекта, который хотите заполнить и нажмите * Импорт *." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -198,18 +328,23 @@ msgid "" "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " "already done." msgstr "" +"Вам предоставляются шаблоны, которые можно легко заполнить собственными " +"данными. Такие шаблоны можно импортировать одним кликом; Отображение данных " +"уже выполнено." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как адаптировать шаблон?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" +"Добавьте, удалите и отсортируйте столбцы, чтобы лучше соответствовать " +"структуре данных." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мы советуем не удалять ** ID ** (Почему? Смотрите в следующей главе)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -218,16 +353,22 @@ msgid "" "columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " "corresponding field." msgstr "" +"Когда вы добавите новый столбец, Odoo, возможно, не сможет его автоматически" +" заметить, если его метка не подходит для любого поля в Odoo. Не волнуйтесь!" +" Вы можете вставлять новые столбцы вручную при проверке импорта. Найдите " +"список соответствующего поля." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "" +"Затем используйте метку этого поля в вашем файле, чтобы он работал в " +"следующий раз." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 msgid "How to import from another application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как импортировать из другой программы?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -238,6 +379,13 @@ msgid "" "unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" +"Чтобы восстановить взаимосвязь между различными записями, вы должны " +"использовать уникальный идентификатор с оригинальной программы и обозначить " +"его на ** ID ** столбца (внешний идентификатор) в Odoo. При импорте другая " +"запись, который ссылается на первый, используйте ** XXX / ID ** (XXX / " +"Внешний идентификатор) к оригинальному уникального идентификатора. Вы также " +"можете найти эту запись, используя его название, но вы остановитесь, если по" +" крайней мере 2 записи имеют одинаковое название." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -245,10 +393,13 @@ msgid "" "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "" +"** ID ** также будет использован для обновления оригинального импорта, если " +"вам придется повторно импортировать измененные данные позже, поэтому, если " +"возможно, вы сможете его указать." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Я не могу найти поле, в котором я хочу обозначить столбец" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -260,6 +411,12 @@ msgid "" "wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" " default." msgstr "" +"Odoo пытается определить тип поля для каждого столбца внутри вашего файла на" +" основе первых десяти строк файлов. Например, если у вас есть столбик, " +"который содержит только цифры, для вас будет выбрано только те поля, которые" +" имеют тип * целое число *. Несмотря на то, что в большинстве случаев это " +"поведение может быть хорошей и легкой, возможно, что это случится не так, " +"или вы хотите указать столбик на поле, не предлагается по умолчанию." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -267,20 +424,29 @@ msgid "" "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "" +"Если это произойдет, вам просто нужно проверить параметры ** Показать поля " +"связанной модели (расширено) **, после чего вы сможете выбрать из полного " +"списка полей для каждого столбца." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Где я могу изменить формат импорта дать?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 msgid "" -"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess" -" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can" -" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be " -"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month " -"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the" -" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'." +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" +"Odoo может автоматически определить, колонка является датой, и попытается " +"угадать формат даты из набора наиболее часто используемых форматов даты. " +"Хотя этот процесс может работать для многих форматов дат, некоторые форматы " +"дать не будут распознаны. Это может привести к путанице через превращение " +"дня в месяц; трудно догадаться, какая часть формата даты - это день, а какая" +" - месяц в такой дате, как '01 -03-2016 "." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -289,6 +455,10 @@ msgid "" "selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" +"Чтобы посмотреть, какой формат даты Odoo нашел в вашем файле, вы можете " +"проверить ** Формат даты **, который отображается, когда вы нажимаете ** " +"Параметры ** под списком файлов. Если этот формат неправильный, вы можете " +"изменить его, используя * ISO 8601 *, чтобы определить формат." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -297,10 +467,14 @@ msgid "" " stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" +"При импорте файла Excel (.xls, .xlsx), вы можете использовать цифровые дать " +"для хранения дат, поскольку отображение даты в формате excel отличается от " +"способа его хранения. Таким образом, вы будете уверены, что формат даты в " +"Odoo правильный, независимо от формата вашей локальной даты." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Могу ли я импортировать номера с пометкой валюты (например, $ 32.00)?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -311,55 +485,64 @@ msgid "" "known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " "crash." msgstr "" +"Да, мы полностью поддерживаем числа в круглых скобках, чтобы отобразить " +"отрицательный знак, а также цифры с прикрепленным к ним знаком валюты. Odoo " +"также автоматически определяет, какой тысячный / десятичный разделитель вы " +"используете (вы можете изменить эти параметры под ** параметрами **). Если " +"вы используете символ валюты, который не известен Odoo, он, возможно, не " +"будет признан как номер, хотя и будет совпадать." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" +"Примеры поддерживаемых чисел (например, с использованием тридцати двух " +"тысяч):" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 msgid "32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "32000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32,000.00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "-32000.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-32000.00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 msgid "(32000.00)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(32000.00)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 msgid "$ 32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$ 32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(32000.00 €)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "Example that will not work:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пример, который не будет работать:" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" +"Что делать, когда таблицы предварительного просмотра импорта отображаемых?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -368,6 +551,10 @@ msgid "" "settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию предварительный просмотр импорта устанавливается запятыми в " +"качестве разделителей разделов и лапки как разделители текста. Если ваш файл" +" CSV не имеет этих настроек, вы можете изменить параметры формата файла " +"(отображается панель просмотра файлов CSV после выбора файла)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -375,12 +562,18 @@ msgid "" "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание, если файл CSV имеет табуляцию как разделитель, Odoo не " +"будет выражать разделение. Вам нужно будет изменить параметры формата файла " +"в вашей программе для работы с электронными таблицами. Смотрите следующий " +"вопрос." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" +"Как изменить параметры формата файла CSV при сохранении электронной таблицы " +"в моей программе?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -390,16 +583,25 @@ msgid "" "modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " "filter settings' > Save)." msgstr "" +"При редактировании и храните файлы CSV в программах электронной таблицы, " +"региональные параметры компьютера применяться к сепаратора и разделителя. Мы" +" рекомендуем вам воспользоваться OpenOffice или LibreOffice Calc, поскольку " +"они позволят вам изменить все три варианта (в диалоговом окне «Сохранить " +"как»> установите флажок «Редактировать параметры фильтра"> " +"Сохранить)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " "'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." msgstr "" +"Microsoft Excel позволит вам изменять только кодирования при сохранении (в " +"диалоговом окне «Сохранить как»> нажмите «Инструменты» в выпадающем " +"списке> вкладка «Кодирование»)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Какая разница между ID базы данных и внешним ID?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -410,44 +612,57 @@ msgid "" "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." msgstr "" +"Некоторые поля определяют связь с другим объектом. Например, страна контакта" +" - это ссылка на запись объекта "Страна". Если вы хотите " +"импортировать такие поля, Odoo придется воспроизвести ссылки между " +"различными записями. Чтобы помочь вам импортировать такие поля, Odoo " +"предоставляет 3 механизмы. Для поля, которое нужно импортировать, нужно " +"использовать единый механизм." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" msgstr "" +"Например, чтобы указать страну контакта, Odoo предлагает 3 различных поля " +"для импорта:" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Страна: название или код страны" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" +"Страна / ID базы данных: уникальный ID Odoo для записи, определенного " +"столбцом ID postgresql" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" +"Страна / Внешний ID: ID записи, указанного в другой программе (или .XML-" +"файле, который импортировал его)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" +"Для страны Бельгии можно использовать один из этих 3 способов импорта:" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "Country: Belgium" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Страна: Бельгия" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Страна / ID базы данных: 21" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Страна/Внешний ID: base.be" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -455,12 +670,17 @@ msgid "" "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" +"Согласно вашим потребностям, вы должны использовать один из этих трех " +"способов отслеживать связанные записи. Вот когда вы должны использовать тот " +"или иной способ, согласно вашей потребности:" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." msgstr "" +"Используйте страну: это самый простой способ, когда ваши данные поступают из" +" файлов CSV, которые были созданы вручную." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -469,12 +689,19 @@ msgid "" "may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " "Database ID)" msgstr "" +"Используйте страну / ID базы данных: редко используйте эту отметку. В " +"основном это используют разработчики, поскольку главное преимущество " +"заключается в том, чтобы никогда не было конфликтов (у вас может быть " +"несколько записей с одинаковым названием, но они всегда имеют уникальный ID " +"базы данных)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." msgstr "" +"Используйте название страны / внешний ID: используйте внешний ID, при " +"импорте данных из сторонней программы." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -484,22 +711,31 @@ msgid "" "\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " "Products and their Categories." msgstr "" +"При использовании внешние ID, вы можете импортировать файлы CSV с помощью " +"столбца "Внешний ID", чтобы определить внешний ID каждого " +"импортируемого записи. Затем вы сможете сделать ссылку на эту запись со " +"столбиками типа "Поле / Внешний ID». Следующие два файла CSV приводят " +"пример для товаров и их категорий." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "" "`CSV file for categories " "<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." msgstr "" +"`CSV файл для категорий <../../_ static / example_files / " +"External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>` _." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "" "`CSV file for Products " "<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." msgstr "" +"`CSV файл для товаров <../../_ static / example_files / " +"External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>` _." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Что делать, если у меня есть несколько совпадений для поля?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -511,6 +747,14 @@ msgid "" "Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" +"Если, например, у вас есть две категории с дочерним именем " +""Sellable" (то есть ". Различные Товары / Продаются" и " +""Другие товары / Продаются"), ваша проверка приостанавливается, но" +" вы все равно можете импортировать свои данные. Однако мы не рекомендуем " +"импортировать данные, поскольку все они будут связаны с первой категорией " +""Продаются", которая находится в списке "Категории " +"товаров" ( "Разные Товары / Продаются»). Мы рекомендуем изменить " +"один из значений дубликатов или иерархию категории." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -518,12 +762,16 @@ msgid "" "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" +"Если вы не хотите менять свою настройки категорий товаров, мы рекомендуем " +"использовать внешний идентификатор для этого поля "Категория"." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" +"Как я могу импортировать поле связи many2many (например, клиента с " +"несколькими тегами)?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -532,18 +780,26 @@ msgid "" "'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" +"Теги следует разделить запятой без всякого интервала. Например, если вы " +"хотите, чтобы ваш клиент был связан с обоими тегами " +""Производитель" и "Розничный продавец", вы кодируете " +""Производитель, розничный продавец" в той же строке файла CSV." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 msgid "" "`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " "<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." msgstr "" +"`CSV для производителя, розничного продавца <../../_ static / " +"example_files / m2m_customers_tags.csv>` _." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" msgstr "" +"Как импортировать связь one2many (например, несколько строк заказ от заказа " +"на продажу)?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -555,40 +811,58 @@ msgid "" "purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " "you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите импортировать заказ клиента, имеет несколько строк заказов; " +"для каждой строки заказа вам нужно зарезервировать определенную строку в " +"файле CSV. Строка первого заказа будет импортировано в той же строке, что и " +"информация о заказе. Для любых дополнительных строк заказ потребуется " +"дополнительная строка файла, который не содержит информации в полях по " +"заказу. Например, здесь есть файл " +"buy.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV некоторых коммерческих " +"предложений, которые вы можете импортировать, на основе демо-данных." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 msgid "" "`File for some Quotations " "<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." msgstr "" +"`Файл для некоторых коммерческих предложений <../../_ static / " +"example_files / purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>` _." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "" +"В следующем файле CSV показано, как импортировать заказ на покупку с помощью" +" соответствующих строк заказа." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 msgid "" "`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " "<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." msgstr "" +"`Заказ на покупку с соответствующими строками заказ на покупку <../../_ " +"static / example_files / o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>` _." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" +"В следующем файле CSV показано, как импортировать клиентов и их " +"соответствующие контакты:" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 msgid "" "`Customers and their respective contacts " "<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." msgstr "" +"`Клиенты и их соответствующие контакты <../../_ static / example_files / " +"o2m_customers_contacts.csv>` _." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Возможно ли импортировать несколько раз одну и ту же запись?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -599,16 +873,24 @@ msgid "" "two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" +"При импорте файла, который содержит один из столбцов "Внешний ID" " +"или "ID базы данных", записи, которые уже были импортированы, " +"будут изменены, а не созданы. Это очень удобно, поскольку система позволяет " +"импортировать несколько раз один и тот же файл CSV при внесении некоторых " +"изменений между двумя импорта. Odoo будет заботиться о создании или " +"изменении каждой записи в зависимости от того, он новый или нет." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" +"Эта функция позволяет использовать инструмент импорта / экспорта Odoo для " +"изменения записей целый пакет в вашей программе электронной таблицы." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Что произойдет, если я не предоставлю значение для конкретного поля?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -617,10 +899,16 @@ msgid "" "in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " "assigning the default value." msgstr "" +"Если вы не устанавливаете все поля в файле CSV, Odoo назначит значение по " +"умолчанию для всех неопределенных полей. Но если вы устанавливаете поля с " +"пустыми значениями в своем файле CSV, Odoo установит значение EMPTY в поле, " +"вместо того, чтобы назначить значения по умолчанию." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" +"Как экспортировать / импортировать различные таблицы из приложения SQL к " +"Odoo?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -629,6 +917,10 @@ msgid "" " companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" +"Если вам нужно импортировать данные из разных таблиц, вам придется " +"воссоздать связи между записями, принадлежащих к разным таблиц. (Например, " +"если вы импортируете компании и людей, вам придется воссоздать связь между " +"каждым лицом и компанией, в которой они работают)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -639,6 +931,13 @@ msgid "" "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" +"Чтобы управлять связями между таблицами, вы можете использовать " +""Внешний ID" объектов Odoo. "Внешний ID" записи является" +" уникальным идентификатором этой записи в другой программе. Этот " +""Внешний ID" должен быть уникальным для всех записей всех " +"объектов, поэтому целесообразно присвоить "Внешний ID" с названием" +" программы или таблицы. (Например, "company_1", " +""person_1" вместо "1")." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -649,26 +948,36 @@ msgid "" "href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " "PostgreSQL database</a>)" msgstr "" +"Допустим, у вас есть база данных SQL с двумя таблицами, которые вы хотите " +"импортировать: компании и лица. Каждый человек принадлежит к одной компании," +" поэтому вам придется воссоздать связь между человеком и компанией, в " +"которой он работает. (Если вы хотите проверить этот пример, вот <a " +"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">копия такой базы " +"данных PostgreSQL</a> )" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" msgstr "" +"Сначала мы экспортируем все компании и их "Внешний ID». В PSQL, " +"напишите следующую команду:" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Эта команда SQL создаст следующий файл CSV ::" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать файл CSV для лиц, связанных с компаниями, мы используем " +"следующую команду SQL в PSQL:" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Он будет создавать такой файл CSV ::" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -679,6 +988,12 @@ msgid "" "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" " who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." msgstr "" +"Как вы видите в этом файле, Фабьен и Лоуренс работают в компании Bigees " +"(company_1), а Эрик работает в компании Organi. Связь между лицами и " +"компаниями осуществляется с помощью внешнего идентификатора компаний. Нам " +"пришлось присваивать "Внешний ID" под названием таблицы, чтобы " +"избежать конфликта ID между лицами и компаниями (person_1 и company_1, " +"которые поделились одинаковым ID 1 в оригинальной базе данных)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 msgid "" @@ -687,24 +1002,167 @@ msgid "" "contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." msgstr "" +"Оба файла готовы к импорту в Odoo без каких-либо изменений. После импорта " +"этих двух файлов CSV у вас будет 4 контакта и 3 компании. (Первые два " +"контакта связаны с первой компанией). Сначала нужно импортировать компании, " +"а затем лица." + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgstr "Покупки в приложении" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" +msgstr "Общий путеводитель о Услуги Покупки в приложении (IAP)" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from my database." +msgstr "" +"Покупки в приложении (IAP) дают доступ к дополнительным услугам через Odoo. " +"Например, это позволяет отправлять SMS-сообщения или отправлять счета по " +"почте непосредственно из своей базы данных." + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "Покупка кредитов" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to *Settings> " +"Odoo IAP > View my Services*." +msgstr "" +"Каждая услуга IAP опирается на предоплаченные кредиты на работу и имеет свою" +" цену. Чтобы ознакомиться с текущим балансом или пополнить счет, перейдите в" +" * Настройка> Odoo IAP> Посмотреть мои услуги *." + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " +"from free credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" +"Если я на Odoo Online (SAAS) и у меня версия Enterprise, я пользуюсь " +"бесплатными кредитами для тестирования функций IAP." + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "счета IAP" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to *Settings app " +"> Activate the Developer Mode > Technical Settings > IAP Accoun*." +msgstr "" +"Кредиты для использования услуг IAP хранятся на счетах IAP, определенных для" +" каждой услуги и базы данных. По умолчанию счета IAP являются общими для " +"всех компаний, но их можно ограничить на конкретные компании, перейдя в " +"Модуль Настройка> Включить режим разработчика> Технические " +"настройки> Счет IAP *." + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "портал IAP" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from *Settings app > Odoo IAP > View my Services*. From there, I can view my" +" current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a " +"reminder to when credits are low." +msgstr "" +"Портал IAP - это платформа, которая перегруппировывает услуги IAP. Она " +"доступна с * модуля Настройка> Odoo IAP> посмотреть мои услуги *. " +"Оттуда можно посмотреть свой текущий баланс, списать кредиты, пересмотреть " +"свое потребление и установить напоминания о низких кредиты." + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "Получайте уведомления, когда недостаточно кредитов" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " +"Portal through *Settings app> Odoo IAP > View my Services*, unfold a service" +" and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum" +" amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is " +"reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!" +msgstr "" +"Чтобы получать уведомления, когда наступает время пополнить свои кредиты, " +"необходимо перейти в портал IAP через Модуль Настройка> Odoo IAP> " +"Посмотреть мои услуги *, разверните услугу и отметьте опцию Получение " +"предупреждения. Тогда необходимо предоставить минимальное количество " +"кредитов и электронный адрес. Теперь, каждый раз, когда будет достигнуто " +"ограничение, автоматически передается напоминание по электронной почте!" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +msgid "IAP services available" +msgstr "Доступные услуги IAP" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " +"Database:" +msgstr "" +"Различные услуги доступны в зависимости типа хостинга вашей базы данных:" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " +"(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" +msgstr "" +"* Odoo Online (SAAS) *: можно использовать только IAP, предоставляемых Odoo " +"(напр., Такие функции, как SMS, Snailmail, Открытие и Автоматическое " +"заполнение партнера);" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " +"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." +msgstr "" +"* Odoo.sh и Odoo Enterprise (на собственном сервере) *: можно использовать " +"обе услуги, предоставляемые Odoo, и сторонние модули." + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +msgid "Offering my own services" +msgstr "Предложить собственные услуги" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47 +msgid "" +"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" +" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" +" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " +"find more information at: `In-App Purchase " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/webservices/iap.html>`_" +msgstr "" +"Мне больше приятно предлагать собственные услуги IAP через Приложения Odoo! " +"Это идеальная возможность получить постоянный доход за постоянное " +"использование услуг вместо единого первоначального приобретения. " +"Дополнительную информацию можно найти на: `Покупки в приложении " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/webservices/iap.html> `_" #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 -msgid "BASICS" -msgstr "" +msgid "Basics" +msgstr "Основное" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как добавить пользователя" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " "point." msgstr "" +"Odoo предоставляет вам возможность добавлять пользователей в любой момент." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Добавьте отдельных пользователей" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -713,12 +1171,19 @@ msgid "" "professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" " and a picture." msgstr "" +"В модуле "Настройка" перейдите в подменю: menuselection: " +"`Пользователи -> Користувачи` и нажмите ** СОЗДАТЬ **. Сначала добавьте " +"имя вашего нового пользователя и адрес электронной почты - ту, которую он " +"будет использовать для входа в Odoo, и изображения." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 msgid "" "Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " "and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." msgstr "" +"В разделе Права доступа вы можете выбрать, к аксессуарам ваш пользователь " +"может получить доступ и какие использовать. Доступны различные уровни в " +"зависимости от программы." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -726,6 +1191,10 @@ msgid "" "invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" " on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." msgstr "" +"Когда вы закончите редактировать страницу и нажать кнопку ** СОХРАНИТЬ **, " +"электронное письмо приглашение автоматически передается пользователю. " +"Пользователь должен нажать на него, чтобы принять приглашение системы и " +"создать вход." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -733,6 +1202,9 @@ msgid "" "Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " "information." msgstr "" +"Помните, что каждый дополнительный пользователь увеличит вашу плату за " +"подписку. Для получения дополнительной информации обратитесь к нашей " +"странице `* Цена * <https://www.odoo.com/pricing> `__." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -742,36 +1214,43 @@ msgid "" " to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " "under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." msgstr "" +"Вы также можете добавить нового пользователя "на лету" с " +"информационной панели. Из приведенного выше снимка экрана введите адрес " +"электронной почты пользователя, которого вы хотите добавить, и нажмите на **" +" ПРИГЛАСИТЬ **. Пользователь получит приглашение по электронной почте, " +"содержащее ссылку для установления его пароля. После этого вы сможете " +"определить его права доступа в меню: menuselection: `Настройка -> Меню " +"користувача`." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`" -msgstr "" +"`Деактивування пользователей <../../ db_management / documentation.html #" +" deactivating-users>` _" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управляйте Odoo вашем родном языке" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "" +"Odoo предоставляет вам возможность управлять Odoo на разных языках, и каждый" +" пользователь может использовать Odoo своим языком." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Загрузите нужный язык" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Первое, что нужно сделать, это загрузить нужный язык в версию Odoo." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -779,42 +1258,52 @@ msgid "" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " "select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" msgstr "" +"На общей информационной панели нажмите на приложение ** Настройка **; в " +"верхнем левом углу страницы выберите: menuselection: `Перевод -> Скачать " +"переклад`, выберите язык для установки и нажмите ** СКАЧАТЬ **." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." msgstr "" +"Если вы проверите обозначения "Веб-сайты для перевода", вы сможете" +" изменить язык навигации на своем сайте." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "измените язык" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." msgstr "" +"Вы можете изменить язык на установленную, перейдя к раскрывающегося меню в " +"верхней правой части экрана и выбрав ** Параметры **." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" +"Затем измените настройки языка на установленную и нажмите ** Сохранить **." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Откройте новое меню, чтобы посмотреть изменения." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Измените язык другого пользователя" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." msgstr "" +"Odoo также дает вам возможность для каждого пользователя выбрать его " +"желаемый язык." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -825,7 +1314,131 @@ msgid "" " change the Language to any previously installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" +"Чтобы изменить язык другого пользователя, выберите: menuselection: " +"`Пользователи -> Користувачи` в приложении Настройка. Здесь вы список " +"всех пользователей, и вы можете выбрать пользователя, для которого вы хотите" +" изменить язык. Выберите пользователя и нажмите ** Редактировать ** в " +"верхнем левом углу. В разделе Параметры можно изменить язык на любую " +"существующую и нажмите ** СОХРАНИТЬ **." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" + +#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash" +msgstr "Unsplash" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "Как создать ключ доступа Unsplash" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +msgid "" +"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" +" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" +" Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" +"** Как пользователь SaaS **, вы можете использовать Unsplash. Вас не нужно " +"будет следить за этим пособием, чтобы установить информацию Unsplash, с тех " +"пор, как вы будете использовать наш собственный ключ Odoo Unsplash " +"прозрачным образом." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" +msgstr "Создайте ключ доступа Unsplash для пользователя ** НЕ Saas **" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." +msgstr "" +"Создайте учетную запись на `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join> `_." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к вашей `панели приборов приложений " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications> `_ И нажмите ** Новое приложение " +"**." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "Примите условия и нажмите ** Принять условия **." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " +"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " +"**Create application**." +msgstr "" +"Вам будет предложено вставить ** Название заявки ** и ** Описание **. " +"Пожалуйста, префиксуйте название вашего модуля за "** Odoo: **", " +"чтобы Unsplash мог распознать его как экземпляр Odoo. После завершения " +"нажмите ** Создать приложение **." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" +"Вы должны быть перенаправлены на страницу деталей приложения. Прокрутите " +"вниз, чтобы найти ваш ** ключ доступа **." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " +"50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" +"** Как не пользователь SaaS **, вы не сможете зарегистрироваться для " +"рабочего ключа Unsplash и будете ограничены в доступе к тестовому ключа, " +"имеет ограничения в 50 запросов Unsplash в час." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" +msgstr ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "Как создать ID приложения Unsplash" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +msgid "" +"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " +"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." +msgstr "" +"Вам сначала нужно создать и установить ваше приложение Unsplash с этим " +"пособием:: doc: `unsplash_access_key`." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к `панели приборов приложений " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications> `_ И нажмите на только что " +"созданный приложение Unsplash пид ** Вашими приложениями **." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" +msgstr "" +"Вы будете перенаправлены на страницу деталей вашего модуля. ** ID модуля ** " +"будет видимый в вашей URL-адресу браузера. URL-адрес должен быть похожа на " +"`https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/ <application_id> `" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " +"requests per hour restriction." +msgstr "" +"** Как не пользователь SaaS **, вы не сможете зарегистрироваться для " +"рабочего ключа Unsplash и будете ограничены в доступе к тестовому ключа, " +"который имеет ограничения в 50 запросов Unsplash в час." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index e5dbfc765..bebab8d88 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -1,15 +1,19 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -18,650 +22,524 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo Online Implementation" -msgstr "" +msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" +msgstr "Базовая методология быстрого старта" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 msgid "" -"This document summarizes **Odoo's Online services**, our Success Pack " -"**implementation methodology**, and *best practices* to **get started** with" -" our product." +"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " +"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " +"product." msgstr "" +"Этот документ суммирует услуги Odoo Online, методологию внедрения наших " +"пакетов услуг и лучшие практические советы для начала работы с нашим " +"продуктом." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the " -"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't " -"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*" -msgstr "" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 +msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" +msgstr "1. Единственная контактное лицо и консультант" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 msgid "" -"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this " -"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*" +"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " +"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" +" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" +" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." msgstr "" +"В контексте вашего проекта настоятельно рекомендуем назначать и поддерживать" +" с обеих сторон (с вашей стороны и нашей) ** единую контактное лицо **, " +"которая возьмет на себя ответственность за проект. Он также должен иметь ** " +"полномочия ** по принятию решений." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22 msgid "" -"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The" -" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during " -"the implementation." +"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" +" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" +" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " +"practices." msgstr "" +"** Консультант Odoo обеспечивает реализацию проекта от А до Я ** от начала " +"до конца проекта он обеспечивает общую последовательность внедрения Odoo и " +"делится своим опытом с точки зрения надлежащей практики." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 msgid "" -"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions" -" by e-mail on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you " -"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch." +"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" +" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " +"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " +"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" msgstr "" +"** Единственная контактное лицо, принимающее решения по стороны клиента **: " +"он отвечает за передачу деловых знаний (в случае необходимости координирует " +"вмешательство ключевых пользователей) и согласовывает выполнение с точки " +"зрения бизнеса (принятие решений, управление изменениями и т.д.)." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 msgid "" -"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by " -"someone else in your company, contact our support using our `online support " -"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " +"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " +"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" +" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" +" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " +"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." msgstr "" +"** Оптимизация встреч **: консультант Odoo не участвует в процессе принятия " +"решений с точки зрения бизнеса, а также не имеет четких процессов и " +"внутренних процедур компании (кроме конкретного запроса или исключения). " +"Встречи по проекту, которые состоятся раз или два в недели, предназначенные " +"для согласования бизнес-потребностей (единственная контактное лицо) и " +"определение способа реализации этих целей в Odoo (консультант)." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" -"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo " -"database ready to be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes" -" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities or projects / " -"tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the user " -"interface as shown in the picture below." +"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " +"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " +"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " +"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" +"learning via the `Odoo documentation " +"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning " +"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the " +"testing of functionalities." msgstr "" +"** Подготовка к обучению **: консультант Odoo предоставляет функциональную " +"подготовку для единой контактного лица, чтобы она могла передавать эти " +"знания своим сотрудникам. Для того, чтобы этот подход был успешным, " +"необходимо, чтобы контактное лицо также участвовала в собственном повышении " +"навыков путем самостоятельного обучения с помощью `документации Odoo " +"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html> `__,` Платформы " +"электронного обучения <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional> " +"`__ и тестирования функциональных возможностей." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|left_pic|" -msgstr "" +msgid "2. Project Scope" +msgstr "2. Сфера применения проекта" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|right_pic|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:50 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation " -"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top " -"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications." +"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " +"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " +"project implementation is pursuing." msgstr "" +"Чтобы убедиться, что все заинтересованные стороны всегда согласовывают " +"процессы между собой, необходимо определять и вносить содержание проекта " +"пока реализуется проект." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58 -msgid "These implementation planners will:" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " +"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " +"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " +"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" +" clear." msgstr "" +"** Четкое определение начального объема проекта **: Четкое определение " +"начальных потребностей имеет решающее значение для обеспечения " +"бесперебойного выполнения проекта. Действительно, когда все заинтересованные" +" стороны разделяют одно и то же видение, эволюцию потребностей и процесс " +"принятия решений более простыми и понятными." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60 -msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62 -msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo." +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " +"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" +" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " +"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " +"the implementation." msgstr "" +"** Постепенная реализация проекта **: Содействие внедрению на нескольких " +"согласованных этапах, позволяющие регулярно внедрять продукцию, и постепенно" +" охватывать Odoo конечными потребителями, доказали свою эффективность со " +"временем. Этот подход также помогает выявить пробелы и применять " +"корректирующие действия в начале внедрения." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 msgid "" -"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations " -"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the " -"implementation process." +"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " +"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " +"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " +"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" +" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " +"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " +"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " +"experiment of the standard in production." msgstr "" +"** Принятие стандартных функций в качестве приоритета **: Odoo предлагает " +"прекрасная среда для осуществления незначительных усовершенствований " +"(настроек) или более важных (доработок). Тем не менее, принятие стандартного" +" решения будет отдавать предпочтение как можно чаще, чтобы оптимизировать " +"время доставки проекта и предоставлять пользователю долгосрочную " +"стабильность и масштабность его нового инструмента. В идеале, если улучшения" +" программного обеспечения все-таки должно быть реализовано, его внедрение " +"будет осуществлено после эксперимента со стандартным внедрением." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you " -"through all the steps. But you can also:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Read the documentation on our website: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (Free with your first Success " -"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional " -"<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__" -msgstr "" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 +msgid "3. Managing expectations" +msgstr "3. Управление ожиданиями" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 msgid "" -"Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel " -"<https://www.youtube.com/user/OpenERPonline>`__" +"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " +"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" +" account from the beginning of the project:" msgstr "" +"Разрыв между реальным внедрение и будущими ожиданиями пользователей является" +" решающим фактором. С начала проекта необходимо учитывать три важных " +"аспекта:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 msgid "" -"Or send your questions to our online support through our `online support " -"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " +"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," +" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " +"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " +"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " +"check that this is still the case." msgstr "" +"** Сотрудничество с подходом к проекту ** Как четкое распределение ролей и " +"ответственности, так и четкое описание режимов работы (проверка, решение " +"проблем и др.) Имеют решающее значение для успешного внедрения Odoo. Поэтому" +" настоятельно рекомендуем употреблять необходимое время в начале проекта, " +"чтобы выровняться с этими темами, и регулярно проверять, все еще так, как " +"было запланировано." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89 -msgid "What do we expect from you?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:91 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 msgid "" -"We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of " -"services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most" -" projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months." +"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " +"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" +" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " +"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" +" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " +"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " +"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " +"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " +"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " +"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " +"to pursue this same objective." msgstr "" +"** Сосредоточьтесь на успехе проекта, а не на идеальном решении **: Главной " +"целью единой контактного лица и консультанта является выполнение нанесенного" +" ими проекта, чтобы обеспечить эффективное решение для удовлетворения " +"выраженных потребностей. Эта цель иногда может противоречить видению " +"идеального решения клиента. В таком случае контактное лицо и консультант " +"применять правило 80-20: сосредоточиться на 80% выраженных потребностей и " +"изъять оставшиеся 20% наиболее невыгодных целей с точки зрения соотношения " +"затрат и выгоды (эти проценты, конечно, могут быть изменены с течением " +"времени). Поэтому, если глобальное решение будет определено, будет принято " +"интегрировать наиболее трудоемкую манипуляцию. Изменения в бизнес-процессах " +"также могут быть предложены для достижения этой же цели." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 msgid "" -"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a " -"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is " -"engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth." +"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " +"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " +"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " +"tools\\* :" msgstr "" +"** Технические характеристики всегда является исключительным **: пробелы " +"между тем, что ожидается и доставляемого часто является источником конфликта" +" в проекте. Чтобы избежать пребывания в этой щекотливой ситуации, мы " +"рекомендуем использовать несколько типов инструментов \\ *:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100 -msgid "Your internal implementation manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 msgid "" -"We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to " -"work with our project manager on your Odoo Implementation. This is to ensure" -" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this " -"person must:" +"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " +"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " +"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." msgstr "" +"** GAP анализ **: сравнение запроса клиента со стандартными функциями, " +"предлагаемыми компанией Odoo, позволит определить разрыв, который должен " +"быть заполнен разработками / настройками или изменениями бизнес-процессов." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 msgid "" -"**be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you " -"risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest " -"implementations having a full time project manager." +"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " +"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " +"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." msgstr "" +"** История пользователя **: Это технически разделяет обязанности между SPoC," +" ответственным за объяснением ЧТО, ПОЧЕМУ и КТО, и консультантом, кто даст " +"ответ на вопрос КАК." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 msgid "" -"**have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms " -"all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small " -"details that need quick turn arounds for answers and if there is too much " -"back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company " -"it could potentially seriously slow everything down." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117 -msgid "" -"**have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full " -"support from all departments and top management, or be part of top " -"management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121 -msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123 -msgid "" -"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high " -"level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an " -"extremist.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks" -" to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades." +"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes." msgstr "" +"`Доказательство концепции <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept> " +"`__ Cпрощена версия, прототип того, что ожидается, согласуется с основными " +"линиями ожидаемых изменений." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 msgid "" -"Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and " -"requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost" -" you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden " -"costs of customization." +"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" +" the changes related to the interface." msgstr "" +"** Макет **: в той же идеи, что и PoC, который будет соответствовать " +"изменениям, связанным с интерфейсом." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 msgid "" -"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was " -"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old " -"system(s) works." +"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " +"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " +"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " +"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " +"verifying its veracity beforehand." msgstr "" +"К этим инструментам будет добавлен полную прозрачность относительно " +"возможностей и ограничений программного обеспечения и его окружения, чтобы " +"все заинтересованные стороны проекта могли четко понимать, что можно ожидать" +" / достичь в проекте. Поэтому мы не будем базировать нашу работу на " +"гипотезах, не проверяя предварительно их правдивость." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 msgid "" -"**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to " -"customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after " -"having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using " -"Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they " -"learn to perform their work flows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is " -"more important to have all your business processes working than customizing " -"a screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few e-mails." +"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " +"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" msgstr "" +"* Этот список, конечно, можно дополнить другими инструментами, которые бы " +"более адекватно соответствовали реалиям и потребностям вашего проекта *" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 +msgid "4. Communication Strategy" +msgstr "4. Коммуникационная стратегия" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 msgid "" -"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and " -"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with" -" them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your " -"previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with " -"other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is " -"decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead." +"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " +"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " +"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " +"follow those principles:" msgstr "" +"Целью методологии Быстрого старта является обеспечение быстрого владения " +"этим инструментом для конечных пользователей. Поэтому эффективное общение " +"имеет решающее значение для успеха этого подхода. Поэтому его оптимизация " +"приведет нас к следующим принципам:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155 -msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 msgid "" -"Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are" -" with navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and" -" easier your training phases will be." +"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " +"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " +"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " +"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " +"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" +" manager are clearly defined." msgstr "" +"** Совместное использование документации по управлению проектами **: Лучший " +"способ обеспечить всех заинтересованных сторон проекта владением одинаковым " +"уровнем знаний, обеспечить прямой доступ к документу отслеживания проекта " +"(Организатор проекта). Этот документ будет содержать, по крайней мере, " +"список задач, которые будут выполняться как часть реализации, для чего четко" +" определенный уровень приоритета и менеджер." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 msgid "" -"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra " -"resources:" +"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " +"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." msgstr "" +"Организатор проекта - это инструмент отслеживания проектов, который " +"позволяет как детальное отслеживание текущих задач, так и общий прогресс " +"проекта." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 msgid "" -"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__" +"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " +"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" msgstr "" +"** Обратите внимание на важную информацию **: чтобы минимизировать время " +"документации к важнейших требований, мы придерживаемся следующих правильных " +"практик:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 +msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" +msgstr "Протоколы встречи будут ограничены только решениями и проверками;" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 msgid "" -"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__" +"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " +"reached;" msgstr "" +"Статусы проекта определяются только тогда, когда достигнуто важного этапа;" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 msgid "" -"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__" +"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." msgstr "" +"Будут организованы учебные курсы по стандартному или индивидуальному " +"решению." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174 -msgid "Get things done" -msgstr "" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 +msgid "5. Customizations and Development" +msgstr "5. Настройка и разработка" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 msgid "" -"Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-" -"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and " -"install the Notes application." +"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " +"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " +"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" msgstr "" +"Odoo - это программное обеспечение, известное своей гибкостью и важной " +"способностью к эволюции. Однако значительная часть развития противоречит " +"быстрой и стабильной реализации. Вот почему рекомендуется:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "This module allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:186 -msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188 -msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:190 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 msgid "" -"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion " -"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc." +"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " +"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," +" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " +"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" +" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " +"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " +"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." +" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " +"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " +"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." msgstr "" +"** Развиваться только по веским причинам **: решение о разработке всегда " +"должно быть принято, когда соотношение затрат и выгод является положительным" +" (экономия времени на ежедневной основе и т.д.). Например, лучше реализовать" +" значительное развитие, чтобы сократить время ежедневной эксплуатации, а не " +"выполнять операцию только один раз в квартал. Общепризнанно, что чем ближе " +"решение стандарту, тем легче и более плавно происходит процесс миграции, и " +"чем ниже затраты на обслуживание для обеих сторон. Кроме того, опыт " +"показывает нам, что 60% первичных запросов на разработку уничтожаются через " +"несколько недель использования стандартного Odoo (см. "Принятие " +"стандарта как приоритет»)." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 msgid "" -"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform " -"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard " -"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad." +"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " +"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" +" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" +" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " +"business processes of the company." msgstr "" +"** Замена без репликации **: есть веские основания для принятия решения об " +"изменении программного обеспечения для управления. В этом контексте момент " +"реализации является правильным моментом принятия и даже является инициатором" +" изменения как с точки зрения использования программного обеспечения, так и " +"на уровне бизнес-процессов компании." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "What should you expect from us?" -msgstr "" +msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" +msgstr "6. Тестирование и принципы проверки" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205 -msgid "Subscription Services" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" +" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " +"needs of the company." msgstr "" +"Независимо от того, были разработки или нет, важно проверить соответствие " +"решения операционным потребностям компании." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "Cloud Hosting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three " -"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your " -"instance in 10 minutes, and more!" +"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " +"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " +"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " +"requirements of the operational reality." msgstr "" +"** Распределение ролей **: в этом контексте консультант будет отвечать за " +"предоставление решение, отвечающее определенным требованиям; контактное лицо" +" должно будет протестовать и подтвердить, что решение, которое поставляется," +" соответствует требованиям операционной реальности." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 msgid "" -"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\" +"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " +"noted gap is caused by:" msgstr "" +"** Управление изменениями **: когда необходимо внести изменения в решение, " +"указанный разрыв обусловлен:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 msgid "" -"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " -"<https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__" +"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " +"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" msgstr "" +"Разницей между спецификацией и доставленным решением - это исправление, за " +"которое отвечает консультант." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__" -msgstr "" +msgid "**or**" +msgstr "** или **" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224 -msgid "Support" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 +msgid "" +"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " +"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." msgstr "" +"Разницей между спецификацией и требованиями операционной реальности - это " +"изменение, на которую отвечает контактное лицо." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 +msgid "7. Data Imports" +msgstr "7. Импорт данных" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no " -"extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in " -"San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and " -"everything from: how to use or configure, bugfix requests, payments or " -"subscription issues." +"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " +"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " +"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " +"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " +"it will be decided :" msgstr "" +"Импорт истории транзакционных данных является важной проблемой, и " +"соответствующим образом нужно ответить на это, чтобы обеспечить " +"бесперебойную работу проекта. Действительно, эта задача может занять много " +"времени, и, если его приоритет не является четко определенным, предотвратить" +" внедрению вовремя. Чтобы сделать это как можно быстрее, будет решено:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 msgid "" -"Our support can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " +"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " +"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." msgstr "" +"** НЕ импортировать ничего **: Часто бывает, что после отражения " +"импортирования истории данных становится не нужны, причем эти данные " +"хранятся за пределами Odoo и консолидируются для дальнейшей отчетности." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 msgid "" -"Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data " -"or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project " -"manager, as part of the Success Pack." +"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " +"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " +"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " +"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" +" import will be made before the production launch." msgstr "" +"** Чтобы импортировать ограниченное количество данных перед началом " +"внедрения **: когда история данных касается обрабатываемой информации " +"(например, заказ на покупку, счета-фактуры, открытые проекты), необходимость" +" иметь эту информацию с первого дня использования во внедрении - это " +"реально. В этом случае импорт будет осуществляться до начала запуска " +"внедрения." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240 -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 msgid "" -"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade " -"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database " -"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features." +"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " +"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " +"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " +"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." msgstr "" +"** Импорт после запуска внедрение **: когда история данных должна быть " +"интегрирована с Odoo, в основном для целей отчетности, то очевидно, что они " +"могут быть интегрированы в программное обеспечение ретроспективно. В этом " +"случае запуск внедрения будет предшествовать необходимом импорта." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 +msgid "8. Support" +msgstr "8. Поддержка" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 msgid "" -"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can " -"evaluate a new version or train your team before the roll out. Simply fill " -"our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this " -"request." +"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " +"questions or technical issues." msgstr "" +"Когда ваш проект берется в исполнение, наши команды поддержки заботятся о " +"вас вопросы или технические проблемы." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252 -msgid "Success Pack Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254 -msgid "" -"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a " -"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The list of services " -"according to your success pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the " -"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in " -"your success pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263 -msgid "His/her role includes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:265 -msgid "" -"**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of" -" the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo " -"features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269 -msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271 -msgid "" -"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** remote trainings via screen " -"sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will " -"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your " -"consultant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276 -msgid "" -"**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo " -"and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing " -"structures, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 -msgid "" -"**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template " -"prepared by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 -msgid "" -"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra " -"services:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:286 -msgid "" -"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to " -"customize most screens in any way you see fit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:289 -msgid "" -"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to " -"customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to " -"developers for advanced customizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293 -msgid "" -"**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra " -"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the " -"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours " -"of your success pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298 -msgid "" -"**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, " -"sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced " -"automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:303 -msgid "" -"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. " -"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded " -"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307 -msgid "" -"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will" -" be deducted from your Success Pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310 -msgid "" -"In case of customizations that would require a developer’s intervention, a " -"recurring maintenance fee will be charged on the customer subscription, to " -"cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours " -"spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be " -"added to the subscription fee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:316 -msgid "" -"**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 " -"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * " -"$5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321 -msgid "Implementation Methodology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323 -msgid "" -"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers" -" in production in a short period of time and at a low cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326 -msgid "" -"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo " -"progressively, by groups of apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332 -msgid "" -"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an " -"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan " -"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set applications that you will " -"fully use in production at the end of the phase." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338 -msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:340 -msgid "" -"**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows " -"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the" -" business process and configure according to your specific needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345 -msgid "" -"**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are " -"responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project " -"manager will import them in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349 -msgid "" -"**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the" -" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some " -"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and " -"process your feedback." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354 -msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:357 -msgid "" -"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and " -"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens" -" and reports**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361 -msgid "" -"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our " -"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new " -"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:367 -msgid "Managing your databases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369 -msgid "" -"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**" -" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or " -"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment" -" with test data!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:379 -msgid "" -"In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available " -"for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working " -"environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My Organizations** " -"page and click **Duplicate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:390 -msgid "" -"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here " -"<db_management/documentation>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394 -msgid "Customer Success" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they " -"have all the resources needed to complete their project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399 -msgid "" -"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project " -"manager and eventually the support team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with " -"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client " -"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with" -" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the " -"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them " -"a solution that grows with their needs!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412 -msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:415 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" -msgstr "" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." +msgstr "Смотрите: ref: `support-expectations`." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e1569647 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -0,0 +1,622 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Техподдержка" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "" +"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" +msgstr "" +"Послепродажные функции: возмещение, купоны, возврат, ремонт, вмешательства " +"на месте" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4 +msgid "" +"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " +"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" +" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " +"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" +"Поскольку мой бизнес растет, ключевым фактором является наличие " +"инструментов, которые позволяют моей службе поддержки легко и эффективно " +"записывать, отслеживать и управлять проблемами. Модуль Службы поддержки Odoo" +" позволяет мне генерировать сторно, возвращать товары, выдавать купоны, " +"делать ремонт и планировать выездные мероприятия на странице заявки." + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7 +msgid "Set up the After Sales services" +msgstr "Установите Послепродажные услуги" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: " +"*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите в * Настройка> Команды поддержки * и включите Послепродажные " +"опции: * Возмещение, Возвращение, Купоны, Ремонт и Вмешательство на месте *." + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14 +msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgstr "Создать сторно из заявки" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15 +msgid "" +"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " +"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " +"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" +"Можно использовать сторно для возмещения клиентам или корректировки суммы " +"долга. Для этого нужно перейти на страницу своих заявок, нажать * Возместить" +" * и выбрать корреспондирующий * Счет *. Нажав на * Обратная * будет создан " +"сторно, а также можно * Публиковать * это, находясь в модуле * Служба " +"поддержки *." + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22 +msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +msgstr "Разрешить возврат товара по заявке" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " +"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" +"Процесс возврата товара от клиента назад в состав будет введен в действие, " +"когда на странице заявки будут выбраны опцию * Возвращение *." + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +msgstr "Предоставляйте купоны из заявок" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30 +msgid "" +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " +"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " +"*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*." +msgstr "" +"Во-первых, не забудьте запланировать * Купонная программу * в модуле * " +"Продажи * или * Веб-сайте *. В приложении * Служба поддержки * нужно открыть" +" свою заявку и нажать * Купон * выбрать * Купонная программу> Создать *." + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37 +msgid "Repairs from tickets" +msgstr "Ремонт по заявке" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" +" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " +"step." +msgstr "" +"Нажав на опцию * Ремонт * на странице заявки, будет показано новый заказ на " +"ремонт. Заполните оставленные поля по необходимости и выберите следующий " +"шаг." + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgstr "Планируйте вмешательства на месте из заявок" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45 +msgid "" +"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " +"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " +"Intervention*." +msgstr "" +"На странице заявки можно настроить вмешательства на месте в тот же способ, " +"что и в модуле * Выездное обслуживание *, нажав на * Запланировать " +"вмешательства *." + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52 +msgid "" +"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" +"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" +"`Купоны <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-programs-640?fullscreen=1>" +" `_" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +msgstr ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "Начните Службу поддержку в Odoo" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Общий обзор" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "Начало работы со Службой поддержки Odoo" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 +msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" +msgstr "Установление Службы поддержки Odoo:" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 +msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" +msgstr "Откройте Модули, найдите "Службу поддержки" и установите." + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "Настройте команды поддержки" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию Служба поддержки Odoo устанавливается с командой под названием " +""Поддержка"" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" +"Чтобы изменить эту команду или создать дополнительные команды, выберите " +""Настройки" на фиолетовый панели и выберите "Настройки"." + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," +" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " +"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," +" or manually." +msgstr "" +"Здесь вы можете создать новые команды, решить, какие члены команды добавлять" +" к этой команде, как ваши клиенты могут подавать заявки и устанавливать " +"политику и рейтинги SLA. Для методов присвоения вы можете иметь заявки, " +"предназначенные случайно, сбалансировано или вручную." + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 +msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" +msgstr "Как настроить различные этапы для каждой команды" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " +"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " +"the lower right-hand side." +msgstr "" +"Сначала вам нужно включить режим разработчика. Для этого перейдите к своему " +"модуля настроек и выберите пункт "Активировать режим разработчика"" +" в нижней правой части страницы." + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " +"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " +"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +msgstr "" +"Теперь, когда вы вернетесь к своему модуля Служба поддержки и выберете " +""Настройки" на фиолетовой панели, вы найдете дополнительные " +"параметры, такие как "Этапы". Здесь вы можете создать новые этапы " +"и назначить их для одной или нескольких команд, что позволит настроить этапы" +" для каждой команды." + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +msgid "Start receiving tickets" +msgstr "Начните получать заявки" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" +msgstr "Как мои клиенты могут подавать заявки?" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " +"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +msgstr "" +"Выберите "Настройки" на фиолетовый панели и выберите " +""Настройки", выберите "Служба поддержки". В разделе " +""Каналы" вы найдете 4 варианта:" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " +"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +msgstr "" +"Псевдоним электронной почты позволяет клиентам отправлять электронные " +"письма, которые вы выбираете для создания заявки. Заголовок строки " +"электронное письмо становится темой заявки." + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Website Form allows your customer to go to " +"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " +"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +msgstr "" +"Форма сайта позволяет вашему клиенту перейти на страницу " +"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit и отправить заявку через форму " +"сайта - так же, как odoo.com/help!" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " +"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " +"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +msgstr "" +"Онлайн-чат позволяет вашим клиентам подавать заявки через онлайн-чат на " +"вашем сайте. Ваш клиент начнет чат, и оператор онлайн-чата сможет создать " +"заявку с помощью темы заявку команды / поддержки." + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " +"documentation `*here* " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." +msgstr "" +"Последняя опция, чтобы подать заявки - через соединение API. Документацию `*" +" здесь * <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html> " +"`__." + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" +msgstr "Заявки созданы, что теперь?" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" +" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " +"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " +"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +msgstr "" +"Теперь ваши сотрудники могут начать работать над ними Если вы выбрали метод " +"ручного присвоения, то вашим сотрудникам придется назначать себя на заявки, " +"используя кнопку "Назначить для меня" в левом верхнем углу заявки " +"или добавить себя в поле "Предназначен для"." + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " +"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +msgstr "" +"Если вы выбрали метод назначения "Случайный" или " +""Сбалансированный", ваши заявки будут назначаться членам этой " +"команды поддержки." + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " +"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +msgstr "" +"Оттуда они начнут работать над решением заявок! Когда они будут завершены, " +"они переместят заявку на стадию завершения." + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +msgstr "Как обозначить эту заявку, как срочную?" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +msgid "" +"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" +" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " +"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +msgstr "" +"На ваших заявках вы увидите звездочки. Вы можете определить, насколько " +"срочной является заявка, но выбирать одну или несколько звезд на ней. Вы " +"можете сделать это в канбан или на форме заявки." + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " +"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить политику Соглашения о качестве обслуживания ваших " +"сотрудников, сначала активируйте настройки в разделе «Настройки»." + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." +msgstr "" +"Отсюда выберите "Настроить политику SLA" и нажмите " +""Создать"." + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " +"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +msgstr "" +"Вы будете заполнять информацию, подобную команды поддержки, о минимальном " +"приоритет на заявке (звезды) и цели для заявки." + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" +msgstr "Что делать, если заявка заблокирован или готова к исполнению?" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " +"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +msgstr "" +"Если заявка не может быть решена или заблокирована, вы можете изменить " +"положение заявки на канбан. У вас есть 3 варианта:" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +msgid "Grey - Normal State" +msgstr "Серый - нормальное состояние" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +msgid "Red - Blocked" +msgstr "Красный - заблокировано" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" +msgstr "Зеленый - готова к следующему этапу" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " +"Ticket form." +msgstr "" +"Подобно звездам с быстротой, вы можете настроить положение в канбан или на " +"форме заявки." + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" +msgstr "Как мои сотрудники могут зарегистрировать время по заявке?" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +msgid "" +"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " +"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " +"timesheets will log against." +msgstr "" +"Сначала перейдите к "Настройка" и выберите "Табель на " +"заявке". Появится поле, где вы можете выбрать проект, куда нужно " +"записывать табель." + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" +" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +msgstr "" +"Теперь, когда вы выбрали проект, вы можете сохранить. Если вы вернетесь к " +"своим заявок, вы увидите новую вкладку «Табели»." + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " +"ticket." +msgstr "" +"Здесь сотрудники могут добавить строку, чтобы добавить работу, которую они " +"сделали для этой заявки." + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +msgstr "Как разрешить своим клиентам оценивать полученную ими услугу" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" +"Во-первых, вам нужно активировать параметры оценивания в разделе " +""Настройка"." + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " +"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +msgstr "" +"Теперь, когда заявка перемещается к ее решению или завершенного этапа, она " +"пришлет электронное письмо клиенту, спросит, как прошло их обслуживания." + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" +msgstr "Запись времени на задачи и выставления счета" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " +"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " +"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете иметь контракты на обслуживание с клиентами, чтобы оказать им " +"помощь в случае возникновения проблемы. Для этого Odoo поможет вам записать " +"время, затрачиваемое на решение задачи, а главное, выставлять счета своим " +"клиентам." + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "The modules needed" +msgstr "необходимые модули" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " +"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " +"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" +"Для записи и выставления счетов-фактур на задание нужны следующие модули: " +"Служба поддержки Проект, Табели, Продажи. Если вам не хватает одного из них," +" перейдите к модулю Приложения, найдите и нажмите кнопку * Установить *." + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 +msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" +msgstr "Начните предлагать службу поддержки" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 +msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" +msgstr "Шаг 1: запустите проект поддержки" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " +"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы запустить специальный проект для поддержки, сначала перейдите к: " +"menuselection: `Проект -> Настройка -> Налаштування` и убедитесь, что " +"функция * Табели * активирована." + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " +"it." +msgstr "" +"Затем перейдите на свою информационную панель, создайте новый проект и " +"позвольте табели для него." + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +msgstr "Шаг 2: установите команду поддержки" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " +"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" +" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " +"previously created as well." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить команду, которая отвечает за службу поддержки, перейдите к:" +" menuselection: `Служба поддержки -> Настройка -> Команда службы " +"пидтримки` и создайте новую команду или выберите существующую. На форме, " +"отметьте поле перед * Табелем на заявке *, чтобы активировать эту функцию. " +"Не забудьте выбрать ранее созданный вами проект поддержки." + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +msgstr "Шаг 3: запустите службу поддержки" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" +" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +msgstr "" +"Наконец, чтобы запустить новую службу поддержки, сначала перейдите к: " +"menuselection: `Продажи -> Настройка -> Налаштування` и убедитесь, что" +" включена функция * Единица измерения *." + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " +"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +msgstr "" +"Затем перейдите на: menuselection: `Товары -> Товари` и создайте новый. " +"Убедитесь, что товар установлен как услугу." + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " +"unit will do." +msgstr "" +"Здесь мы предлагаем установить * Единицу измерения * как * Час (ы) *, но " +"любая единица будет выполняться." + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " +"configuration :" +msgstr "" +"Наконец, выберите управления счетами-фактурами, которые вы хотите иметь на " +"вкладке * Продажи * формы товара. Здесь мы рекомендуем следующее настройки:" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 +msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" +msgstr "Теперь вы готовы получать задания!" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 +msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" +msgstr "Решите проблемы и зафиксируйте потраченное время" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 +msgid "Step 1 : place an order" +msgstr "Шаг 1: разместите заказ" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " +"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" +" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " +"the sale." +msgstr "" +"Вы находитесь в модуле Служба поддержки, и вы только что получили заявку от " +"клиента. Чтобы разместить новый заказ, перейдите на: menuselection: `Продажи" +" -> Заказ -> заказ` и создайте его для услуги поддержки, которую вы " +"ранее записали. Установите количество часов, необходимых для предоставления " +"услуги клиенту и подтвердите продажу." + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 +msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "Шаг 2: свяжите задачи по заявке" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " +"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" +" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" +" and select the task on its form." +msgstr "" +"Если вы получаете доступ к конкретному проекту поддержки, вы заметите, что с" +" заказом было автоматически создано новое задание. Чтобы связать эту задачу " +"с клиентской заявке, перейдите к модулю Служба поддержки, получите доступ к " +"соответствующей заявки и выберите задачу в ее форме." + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 +msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" +msgstr "Шаг 3: запишите время, затраченное на помощь клиенту" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " +"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" +"Работа выполнена, а заявка клиента отсортирована. Чтобы записать часа, " +"выполненные для этой задачи, вернитесь к форме заявки и добавьте ее на " +"вкладку * Табели *." + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " +"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +msgstr "" +"Времена, записанные в заявке, также автоматически появятся в модуле табеля и" +" в конкретном задании." + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 +msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" +msgstr "Шаг 4: выставьте счет-фактуру клиенту" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" +" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " +"appear as the delivered quantity." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы выставить счет-фактуру клиенту, вернитесь к модулю продаж и выберите " +"заказ, который был размещен. Обратите внимание, что часы, записанные в форме" +" заявки, теперь отображаются как доставлена количество." + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +msgid "" +"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " +"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +msgstr "" +"Все, что нужно сделать - это создать счет-фактуру по заказу, а затем " +"проверить его. Теперь вам просто придется ждать оплату клиента!" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 24de57a83..dea081404 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -1,15 +1,19 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +23,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../index.rst:3 msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Документация пользователя Odoo" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 54c1d435a..013eac9b6 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -1,15 +1,26 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Disaster Disasterov <mobarbitr@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2019 +# Максим Дронь <dronmax@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Gennady Marchenko <gennadym@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Collex100, 2019 +# Viktor Pogrebniak <vp@aifil.ru>, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 15:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -17,299 +28,383 @@ msgstr "" "Language: ru\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory.rst:5 msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Склад" #: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Штрихкоды" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Операции за день" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" +msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "From the Barcode application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 -msgid "Click on **Inventory**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 msgid "" -"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" -" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." +"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" +" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " +"Adjustments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " +"*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " -"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " -"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." +"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " +"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " +"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." +"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " +"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " -"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." +"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" +" the quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" -"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " +"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " +"manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" -"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " -"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " -"accessible, visible or is missing." +"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sales that sells products in" +" bulk. The customers will scale their products themselves and get the " +"printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" -"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " -"finish the operation." +"Odoo supports *Barcode Nomenclatures*, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:18 msgid "" -"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." +"To configure the *Barcode Nomenclature*, you need to activate the debug " +"mode. To do so, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Barcode Nomenclature*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 -msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:22 msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." +"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " +"create your first rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:28 msgid "" -"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +"The first step is to specify the *rule name*, for example, *Weight Barcode* " +"with 3 decimals. Then, you have to specify the type for barcode " +"nomenclature, like the *Weighted Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode Pattern* is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example, 21 defines the products on which the rule will" +" be applied. Those are the numbers by which the product barcode should " +"start. The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are" +" there to identify the product in question. The “N” defines a number and the" +" “D” defines the decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " +"sequence. The first rule that matches the scanned barcode will then be " +"applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:48 +msgid "Configure your Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:50 +msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " +"identify the product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The barcode should contain 0’s when you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case," +" we need to set 5 zeros because we condigures “21………{NNDDD}”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number. Use an EAN13 generator to know" +" which digit it should be in your case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In case you weight 1,5kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following " +"barcode: *2112345015001*. If you scan this barcode in your PoS, or when " +"receiving the products in your barcode app, Odoo will automatically create a" +" new line for the product, for a quantity of 1,5kg." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:67 +msgid "" +"For the point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be " +"computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +msgid "Rule Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Priced Product**: it allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in PoS;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: it allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. Then, you can scan your product in the PoS and apply discounts on " +"the product by scanning the discount barcode;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: it allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both PoS and in Inventory;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Client**: it allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 +msgid "" +"**Cashier**: it allows you to identify the cashier when entering the PoS;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:86 +msgid "" +"**Location**: it allows you to identify the location on a transfer when " +"multi-location is activated;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Package**: it allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages " +"are activated;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Lot**: it allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a " +"transfer;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Credit Card**: it doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from " +"the Mercury module;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Unit Product**: it allows you to identify a product for both PoS and " +"Transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:97 +msgid "" +"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " +"number of characters. Those characters can be any number." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" +msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "" -"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" +"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " +"*Operations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 msgid "" -"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " -"of the dashboard)." +"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " +"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " +"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 -msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 -msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 -msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 -msgid "Scan the **destination location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 -msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 msgid "" -"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " -"outgoing deliveries:" +"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " +"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " +"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " +"the stock moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" +"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " +"additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "Приходы" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 msgid "" -"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " -"the lots/serial numbers" +"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " +"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " +"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " +"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 msgid "" -"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" -" one automatically" +"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " +"scan the next product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 -msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "Заказы на доставку" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 msgid "" -"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " -"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." +"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " +"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " +"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 msgid "" -"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " -"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " -"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." +"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " +"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " +"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " +"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 -msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 msgid "" -"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" -" product (you can also use the keyboard)." +"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " +"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 -msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +msgid "Internal Transfers" +msgstr "Внутренние перемещения" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " -"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." +"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " +"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " +"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 msgid "" -"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," +" you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 msgid "" -"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " +"of working:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 msgid "" -"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " -"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " -"visible or is missing." +"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " +"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" +" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 -msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 msgid "" -"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " -"one." +"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " +"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " +"lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." +"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" +" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " +"sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" -"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 -msgid "Open operation interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 -msgid "Scan." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " -"and keyboard." +"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." +" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " +"products to populate it." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установка" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установка сканера штрих-кода" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -317,10 +412,14 @@ msgid "" "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " "help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." msgstr "" +"Начало работы со сканированием штрих-кодов в Odoo достаточно легкий. Тем не " +"менее, хороший пользовательский опыт возлагается на соответствующую " +"установку аппаратного обеспечения. Это пособие поможет вам решить задачу " +"выбора и настройки сканера штрих-кодов." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Найдите сканер штрих-кода, который соответствует вашим потребностям" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -328,6 +427,9 @@ msgid "" "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." msgstr "" +"Есть три рекомендованные сканеры штрихкодов для работы в програмами ** " +"Состав ** Odoo и ** Сканер штрих-кода ** - ** сканер USB **, ** сканер " +"Bluetooth ** и ** мобильный сканер **." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -336,22 +438,26 @@ msgid "" " you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " "be configured to be so." msgstr "" +"Если вы сканируете товары на компьютере, это путь к ** сканера USB **. " +"Просто подключите его к компьютеру, чтобы начать сканирование. Убедитесь, " +"когда вы покупаете его, сканер совместим с раскладкой клавиатуры или может " +"быть настроен таким образом." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " "approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to" -" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " "turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " "Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " "job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," " it is essential to test it first." @@ -359,11 +465,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка сканера штрих-кодов" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Раскладка клавиатуры" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -372,10 +478,15 @@ msgid "" "characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" " are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." msgstr "" +"Сканер штрих-кода USB должен быть настроен таким образом, чтобы использовать" +" такую же раскладку клавиатуры как операционная система. В противном случае " +"ваш сканер не будет правильно переводить символы (например, заменив " +""A" на "Q"). Большинство сканеров настроены путем " +"сканирования соответствующего штрих-кода в руководстве пользователя." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Автоматический возврат каретки" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -386,461 +497,142 @@ msgid "" "explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" " suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию Odoo имеет задержку 50 миллисекунд между каждым последующим " +"сканированием (это помогает избежать случайного двойного сканирования). Если" +" вы хотите уменьшить эту задержку, вы можете настроить сканер, чтобы " +"вставить возврата тары в конце каждого штрих-кода. Обычно это настройкой по " +"умолчанию и может быть явным образом настроено сканирование определенного " +"штрих-кода в руководстве ( "суффикс CR на", "Применить " +"введение для суффикса" и т.д.)." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" +msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " "attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more " -"actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`Document:` |download_barcode|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23 -msgid "Set products barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" -" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " -"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " -"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and click the **Configure Product Barcodes** button. This interface can also" -" be accessed via the planner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " -"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " -"them)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 -msgid "Set locations barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " -"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " -"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " -"paper." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " -"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63 -msgid "Barcode formats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " -"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " -"your own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 -msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " -"keep the inventory right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " -"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " -"the right locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " -"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 -msgid "Start the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 -msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" -" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 -msgid "" -"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" -" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 -msgid "" -"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " -"set the location of your product from this screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" -" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " -"has automatically been created and validated by the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "Multiple products at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" -" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " -"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" -" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" -" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " -"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" -" (or child) locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " -"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " -"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " -"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " -"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" -" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " -"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 -msgid "" -"additional information will be available according to the options you " -"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " -"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " -"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " -"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " -"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:66 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " -"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." +"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " +"via *Inventory > Settings > Barcode Scanner*. Once you have ticked the " +"feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Active" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" -"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " -"orderpoint without removing it." +"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to *Settings > Configure Products Barcodes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Product Unit of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default Unit of Measure used for all stock operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Procurement Group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:31 msgid "" -"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be grouped " -"into one big picking." +"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " +"at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Minimum Quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:41 msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," -" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " -"Quantity." +"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " +"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Maximum Quantity" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:46 +msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:48 msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " -"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " -"Max Quantity." +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in *Inventory > Configuration > Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Quantity Multiple" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:59 msgid "" -"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " -"the exact quantity will be used." +"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " +"*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Lead Time" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63 +msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 msgid "" -"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " -"to order to the vendor" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:69 msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " +"own barcode format for internal use." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " -"stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " -"(or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "Управление складом" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как отменить заказ на доставку?" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 @@ -848,13 +640,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Общий обзор" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " "been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." msgstr "" +"Odoo дает вам возможность отменить заказ на доставку, независимо от того, " +"оно было быстро проверено, его нужно изменить или по иным причинам." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -862,24 +656,30 @@ msgid "" "delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " "any bad surprise." msgstr "" +"Некоторые перевозчики являются более гибкими, чем другие, поэтому " +"обязательно отмените заказ на доставку быстрее, если это нужно сделать, " +"чтобы у вас не было никаких неприятных сюрпризов." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "процесс продажи" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 msgid "" "Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " "Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к модулю ** Продажи ** нажмите ** Продажи **, а затем - ** Заказ " +"на продажу **. Затем нажмите на заказ на продажу, которое нужно отменить." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 msgid "" "Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " "order." msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку ** Доставка **, в верхнем правом углу заказ на продажу." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -887,43 +687,54 @@ msgid "" "**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" " cancel the delivery." msgstr "" +"Теперь откройте вкладку ** Дополнительная информация **, и вы увидите, что " +"рядом с ** Проекты перевозчика **, есть кнопка ** Отменить **. Нажмите на " +"нее, чтобы отменить доставку." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 msgid "" "To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" " receive the confirmation of the cancellation." msgstr "" +"Чтобы убедиться, что ваша доставка отменена, зарегистрируйтесь в истории, и " +"получите подтверждение об отмене." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как ограничить способ доставки определенном количестве стран?" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " "limit them to a certain number of countries." msgstr "" +"С помощью Odoo вы можете иметь различные способы доставки, и вы можете " +"ограничить их для определенного количества стран." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " "**Delivery Methods**." msgstr "" +"В модуле ** Состав ** перейдите к ** Настройка ** и нажмите ** Методы " +"доставки **." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 msgid "" "Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выберите способ доставки, который нужно изменить, или создайте новый." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 msgid "" "In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " "this delivery method." msgstr "" +"На вкладке ** Место назначения ** выберите страны, к которым нужно применить" +" этот метод доставки." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Теперь, давайте посмотрим, что сделано." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -931,20 +742,25 @@ msgid "" "your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " "only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." msgstr "" +"Если вы переходите на сайт, и пытаетесь что-то купить, после введения своей " +"информации и перехода на платеж, сайт предложит вам только способы доставки," +" которые применяются к вашей адреса доставки." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 msgid "" "This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " "Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." msgstr "" +"Этот процесс не работает в бэкенд. Мы предполагаем, что когда вы создаете " +"заказ на продажу, вы знаете, какой метод доставки вы можете использовать с " +"момента их создания." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" +msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is drop-shipping?" +msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 @@ -952,126 +768,146 @@ msgid "" "Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " "shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " "system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" -"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " -"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," -" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 -msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " +"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." +" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 +msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " -"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" -" space in your warehouse." +"stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 msgid "" -"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" -" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " -"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" -" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " -"sense!" +"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " +"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " +"space in your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" -"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" -" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" +" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " +"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " +"product is unique, then it makes sense!" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "" -"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " -"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" -" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" -" tracking number." +"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "Make sure time is not against you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 msgid "" -"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " -"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " -"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" -" that it's subject to availability from a third party." +"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " +"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" +" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 +msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 msgid "" -"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " -"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." +"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " +"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " +"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 -msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " +"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog" +"/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " -"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" -" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " -"on **Apply**." +"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " +"*Configuration > Settings*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" -"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " -"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in *Configuration > Settings* to activate " +"the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to make the *Route* field" +" appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a product via drop-" +"shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" -"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " -"supplier to the products you want to dropship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 -msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers" +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to *Products > Products*. Select the product you" +" would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist which contains the right" +" supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" -" that the route is **Dropshipping**." +msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " -"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " -"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " -"will see that one shipment has been created." +"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." +" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " +"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" +"Shipping*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 msgid "" -"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " -"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " -"dropship card." +"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " +"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " +"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 msgid "" -"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" -" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " -"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." +"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " +"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" +" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " +"own stock when you validate the dropship document." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +msgid "" +"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " +"inventory dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" msgstr "" +"Как выбрать правильное перемещение запасов для обработки заказов на " +"доставку?" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1079,26 +915,35 @@ msgid "" "warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " "deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." msgstr "" +"В зависимости от таких факторов, как тип товаров, которые вы продаете, " +"размер вашего склада, количество заказов, которые вы регистрируете каждый " +"день ... способ обработки заказов может сильно отличаться." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "" +"Odoo позволяет обрабатывать доставку из своего состава тремя различными " +"способами:" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Один шаг (доставка) **: отправьте непосредственно со склада" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 msgid "" "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" msgstr "" +"** Два шага (комплектование + доставка) **: перенести товар к месту отгрузки" +" перед отправлением" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 msgid "" "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " "location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" msgstr "" +"** Три шага (комплектование + упаковки + доставка) ** Сделайте пакеты в " +"выделенном месте, а затем переместите их в место отгрузки для доставки" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1107,6 +952,10 @@ msgid "" "simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " "to handle orders very quickly." msgstr "" +"Для компаний, которые имеют достаточно небольшой склад и не требуют высокого" +" запаса товаров или не продают скоропортящиеся товары, простым является " +"доставка в один шаг, поскольку она не требует больших настроек и позволяет " +"обрабатывать заказы очень быстро." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -1116,6 +965,11 @@ msgid "" "customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " "especially when the items you stock are big in size." msgstr "" +"Использование складских методов, таких как FIFO, LIFO и FEFO, требует как " +"минимум двух этапов для обработки отгрузки. Способ комплектования будет " +"определено стратегией удаления, а отдаленные товары затем будут отправлены " +"клиенту. Этот способ также интересен, если у вас есть большие запасы, и " +"особенно если вы большие размеры." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1124,39 +978,43 @@ msgid "" "packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " "set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." msgstr "" +"Система трех шагов становится полезной в более конкретных ситуациях, " +"основными из которых являются обработка очень больших запасов. Товары " +"переносятся в зону упаковки, где их собирают по месту назначения, а затем " +"устанавливают на выходные грузы для конечной доставки заказчикам." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перемещение в один шаг" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пожалуйста, прочитайте документацию о: doc: `one_step`" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Способ в два этапа" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пожалуйста, прочитайте документацию о: doc: `two_steps`" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Способ в три этапа" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пожалуйста, прочитайте документацию о: doc: `three_steps`" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как можно изменить тип накладной?" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1164,16 +1022,21 @@ msgid "" "orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " "delivery." msgstr "" +"С помощью Odoo вы можете выбрать различные типы накладных для заказов на " +"доставку. Следуйте следующие действия и предоставьте соответствующий тип " +"накладной для доставки." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" " methods**." msgstr "" +"В модуле ** Состав **, перейдите к ** Настройка ** и нажмите ** Методы " +"доставки **." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выберите способ доставки и нажмите кнопку ** Редактировать **." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1181,186 +1044,171 @@ msgid "" " of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " "carrier." msgstr "" +"На вкладке ** Цена **, под названием ** Складской тип накладной Fedex **, " +"можно выбрать один из доступных типов накладной. Доступность может " +"отличаться в зависимости от перевозчика." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " "you create a new sale order." msgstr "" +"После этого вы можете увидеть результат, если вы перейдете к модулю продажу," +" и вы создадите новый заказ на продажу." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 msgid "" "As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" " you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." msgstr "" +"Когда вы подтвердите продажи и подтвердите доставку перевозчиком, для " +"которого вы изменили тип накладной, накладная появится в вашей истории." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 msgid "" "The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " "bottom half for example, here is the difference :" msgstr "" +"Тип накладной по умолчанию - бумажный лист, и если вы выберете, например, " +"нижнюю половину типа накладной, она будет отличаться:" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " -"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to *Configuration > Warehouses* and edit" +" the warehouse in question." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" -"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " -"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " -"and edit the concerned warehouse." +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Создайте заказ на покупку" + #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" -"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " -"Only)**" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 msgid "" -"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " -"deliver." +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 msgid "" -"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " -"picking." +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " -"Orders** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 -msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" +msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " -"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " -"order." +"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " +"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " -"**Settings**." +"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " +"*Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " -"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" +"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " +"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " +"move lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 -msgid "*Sale process*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 -msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 -msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 msgid "" -"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " -"redirected to the Delivery order." +"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " +"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " +"the package." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 -msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 msgid "" -"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " -"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " -"Pack**." +"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " +"packages which were part of the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 +msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 msgid "" -"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" -" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " -"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." +"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " +"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " +"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 -msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 -msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " +"directly via the *Packages* button." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как определяется запланированная дата доставки?" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1371,10 +1219,18 @@ msgid "" "a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " "dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Запланированные даты исчисляются, чтобы быть в состоянии планировать " +"доставку, приемы и тому подобное. В зависимости от привычек вашей компании, " +"Odoo автоматически генерирует запланированы дать с помощью планировщика. " +"Планировщик Odoo высчитывает все на каждую строку, независимо от того, что " +"это производственный заказ, заказ на доставку, заказ на продажу и т. Д. " +"Дать, обрабатываемые зависят от разных времен выполнения, настроенных в " +"Odoo." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:18 msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка срока выполнения" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -1382,18 +1238,23 @@ msgid "" "scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " "manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." msgstr "" +"Настройка ** времени выполнения ** является первым необходимым шагом для " +"вычисления запланированных дат. Время выполнения - это задержки (в срок " +"доставки, изготовление, ...), обещанные вашим различным партнерам и / или " +"клиентам." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка различных времен выполнения выполняется следующим образом:" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:28 msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "На уровне товара" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Время выполнения поставщика **:" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -1402,12 +1263,18 @@ msgid "" "**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" " select a supplier lead time." msgstr "" +"Время, необходимое для того, чтобы поставщик доставил ваш приобретенный " +"товар. Чтобы настроить время доставки поставщика, выберите товар и перейдите" +" на вкладку ** Состав **. Чтобы выбрать время доставки поставщика, вам " +"придется добавить продавца к своему товару." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 msgid "" "Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " "different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." msgstr "" +"Не забывайте, что можно добавить разных поставщиков и, таким образом, " +"различные сроки доставки в зависимости от поставщика." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -1416,10 +1283,14 @@ msgid "" " days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " "Time**." msgstr "" +"Когда поставщика выбрано, просто откройте его форму и заполните его ** Время" +" доставки **. В этом случае дни безопасности не имеют влияния, " +"запланированные дни доставки будут равны: ** Дата ** заказ на покупку + ** " +"Время выполнения доставки **." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Срок доставки клиенту **:" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -1428,10 +1299,14 @@ msgid "" "select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " "time**." msgstr "" +"Срок доставки клиенту - это время, необходимое для получения вашего товара " +"от вашего магазина / склада для вашего клиента. Он может быть настроен для " +"любого товара. Просто выберите товар, перейдите на вкладку Продажи и укажите" +" ** Срок доставки клиенту **." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Время производства **:" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -1439,16 +1314,21 @@ msgid "" " as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " "product." msgstr "" +"На той же странице можно настроить ** Время производства **. Время " +"производства - это время, необходимое для изготовления товара." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 msgid "" "Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " "create manufacturing routes." msgstr "" +"Не забудьте обозначить производство на складе, если хотите создать " +"производственные маршруты." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:74 msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "На уровне компании" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -1457,10 +1337,14 @@ msgid "" "is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " "of delays." msgstr "" +"На уровне компании можно настроить ** страховочные дни **, чтобы справиться " +"с возможными задержками и обязательно выполнять ваши задания. Идея " +"заключается в том, чтобы изъять ** резервные ** дни с ** исчисленной " +"запланированной даты ** в случае задержки." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Страховочные дни продажи **:" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -1472,10 +1356,17 @@ msgid "" "the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " "keep your commitment." msgstr "" +"Ежедневные страховочные дни - это ** резервные ** дни, чтобы гарантировать, " +"что вы сможете выполнить доставку вашим клиентам в сроки. Они пределами " +"ошибок для времени доставки. Страховочные дни - это та самая логика, и " +"наручные часы с ускоренным временем, чтобы прибыть вовремя. Идея заключается" +" в том, чтобы вычислить числа страховых дней по расчету и таким образом " +"вычислять запланированную дату раньше, чем та, которую вы обещали своему " +"клиенту. Таким образом вы уверены, что сможете сохранить свою привязанность." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 msgid "" -"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " "settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." msgstr "" @@ -1484,14 +1375,16 @@ msgid "" "Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " "of safety days." msgstr "" +"Когда меню открыто, перейдите на вкладку настроек и укажите количество " +"страховочных дней." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Страховочные дня покупки **:" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дни покупки следуют по той же логике, что и страховочные дня." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -1500,40 +1393,53 @@ msgid "" "days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " "be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" msgstr "" +"Они пределами ошибки для времени введения поставщика. Когда система " +"генерирует заказ на приобретение для закупки товаров, им будет " +"запланировано, что за много дней раньше они имели дело с неожиданными " +"задержками поставщиков. При осуществлении покупки можно найти в том же меню " +"и страховочные дни продажи." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 msgid "" "Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " "here." msgstr "" +"Заметьте, что вы можете настроить время производства по умолчанию здесь." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:134 msgid "At route level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "На уровне маршрута" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" "The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" " can also influence the computed date." msgstr "" +"Внутренние перемещения, которые товар может сделать через движение запасов, " +"также могут повлиять на исчисленную дату." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 msgid "" "The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " "app when creating a new push rule in a route." msgstr "" +"Задержки в результате внутренних перемещений могут быть указаны в приложении" +" ** состав ** при создании нового правила нажатия на маршруте." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к разделу правила выталкивания на форме маршрута, чтобы установить" +" задержку." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "На уровне заказ на продажу:" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Запрашиваемая дата **:" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -1542,6 +1448,14 @@ msgid "" " date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" " display a warning." msgstr "" +"Odoo предлагает возможность выбрать запрашиваемую дату клиентом, указав дату" +" на другой информационной вкладке заказ на продажу. Если эта дата раньше, " +"чем теоретическая равным дата, odoo автоматически отображать предупреждение." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:173 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "пример" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -1550,372 +1464,329 @@ msgid "" " In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " "on your configuration:" msgstr "" +"В качестве примера, вы можете продать автомобиль сегодня (1 января), " +"приобретенный по заказу, и вы обещаете доставить своему клиенту в течение 20" +" дней (20 января). В таком случае планировщик может инициировать следующие " +"действия, исходя из вашей конфигурации:" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" msgstr "" +"19 января: фактическая запланирована доставка (1 день безопасности продажи)" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 msgid "" "January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "18 января: получайте товар от поставщика (1 день покупки)" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 msgid "" "January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " "lead time)" msgstr "" +"10 января: крайний срок заказа у вашего поставщика (9 дней срока доставки " +"поставщика)" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 msgid "" "January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " "need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." msgstr "" +"8 января: запустите запрос на покупку в команду покупателей, поскольку " +"команда нуждается в среднем 2 дня, чтобы найти нужного поставщика и заказ." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," -" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " -"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " -"before shipping." +"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " +"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " +"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods " +"receipt process can become essential." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10 msgid "" -"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " -"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " -"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " -"customers." +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," +" the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can " +"allow having 3 steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15 msgid "" -"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" -" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " -"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " -"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " -"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." +"The 3-steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" +" transfer them into a quality area for *quality control*. When the quality " +"check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of " +"course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity " +"that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "многошаговые маршруты" + #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 msgid "" -"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " -"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" -" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." +"First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, " +"routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we " +"will chain the picking to the shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 msgid "" -"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " -"correct method for your needs." +"To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " +"*Configuration > Settings* and activate the option. By default, activating " +"*multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "Install the Inventory module" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 -msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" -" orders." +"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to *Configuration > Warehouse*" +" and open the one you will use to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select " +"the option *Pack good, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as " +"*Outgoing Shipments*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Allow managing routes" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" -" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " -"the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" +"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to *Configuration >" +" Locations* and select the one you want to rename. Change its name and hit " +"save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Создать заказ на продажу" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58 msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " -"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " -"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." +"In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. " +"Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale " +"order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 -msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 +msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " -"that will be used." +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " -"Ship).**" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Create a Sale Order" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" -"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " -"deliver." +"The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status," +" while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become " +"*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory app." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 msgid "" -"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," +"Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically " +"reserved and you can validate the picking document." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 -msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 -msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95 msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +"Now that the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been " +"picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly " +"validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 -msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" -" Zone**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Packing)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 -msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" -" kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 -msgid "" -"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 -msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " -"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." +"Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be " +"processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer " +"the products to the customer location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " -"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" -" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " -"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 msgid "" -"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " -"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " -"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " -"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " -"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " -"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " -"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Allow management of routes" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate " +"the feature. By default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate " +"*Storage Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " -"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " -"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to *Configuration > " +"Warehouse* and enter the warehouse which will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, " +"you can select the option *Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)* " +"for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" -"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" -" checked." +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to *Configuration > Locations > Select " +"Input* and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " -"check the radio button above)." +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " -"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " -"activated beforehand." +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 -msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " -"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " -"some products to deliver." +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "Process the picking and the delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 msgid "" -"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " -"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " -"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " -"process." +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " -"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " -"listed in the **To Do** column)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поступающие грузы" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как выбрать правильный способ для обработки товарных чеков?" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1923,25 +1794,33 @@ msgid "" " warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " "handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." msgstr "" +"В зависимости от факторов, таких как тип элементов, которые вы получаете, " +"размер вашего склада, номер квитанции, который вы регистрируете каждый день " +"... способ, которым вы обрабатываете квитанции своим клиентам, может сильно " +"отличаться." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "" +"Odoo позволяет обрабатывать квитанции из своего состава тремя различными " +"способами:" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "** В один шаг **: получать товары прямо на складе." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "** В двух шагах **: извлеките в место приема, выделите в состав." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 msgid "" "**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " "before being admitted in stock." msgstr "" +"** В три шага **: извлеките в место приема, пройдите контроль качества, " +"прежде чем он будет принят на складе." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -1950,14 +1829,19 @@ msgid "" "standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " "configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." msgstr "" +"Odoo использует ** маршруты **, чтобы точно определить, как вы будете " +"обрабатывать различные этапы получения. Настройка выполняется на уровне " +"состава. Обычно прием происходит в один этап, но изменение настройки может " +"привести к процессу в 2 или даже 3 шага." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Принципы следующие:" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." msgstr "" +"** В один шаг **: вы получаете товары непосредственно на вашем складе." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1965,6 +1849,9 @@ msgid "" "from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " "your stock, they will not be available for further processing." msgstr "" +"** В двух шагах **: вы получаете товары в месте приема, после чего " +"перенесите их из зоны приема к вашему состава. Пока товары не будут переданы" +" на ваш склад, они не будут доступны для дальнейшей обработки." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1973,6 +1860,10 @@ msgid "" "requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" " goods receipt process can become essential." msgstr "" +"** В три шага **: во многих компаниях необходимо оценить полученную пользу. " +"Цель заключается в проверке того, что товары соответствуют требованиям по " +"качеству, согласованному с поставщиками. Добавление этапа контроля качества " +"в процессе получения товаров может стать важным." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1982,311 +1873,35 @@ msgid "" "only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " "return the quantity that is not good." msgstr "" +"Вы получаете товары в месте приема, затем передаете их в зону качества для " +"контроля качества. Когда процесс проверки качества заканчивается, вы можете " +"переместить товары из КЯ на склад. Конечно, вы можете изменить количество и " +"только перевести на склад действительное количество и решить, какую ненужную" +" количество вы вернете." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Это настройки по умолчанию в Odoo" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" -" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" -" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " -"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 -msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 -msgid "Use advanced routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " -"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " -"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " -"goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " -"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " -"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "How to control a receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " -"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" -" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " -"This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " -"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " -"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" -" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " -"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " -"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " -"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " -"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" -" Control**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " -"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " -"ready to be controlled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 -msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " -"process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " -"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" -" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " -"controlled and has moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " -"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " -"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " -"processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " -"ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " -"methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " -"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" -" steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " -"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " -"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " -"form view. This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" -" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 -msgid "" -"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" -" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " -"which makes the product available for the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 -msgid "How to to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " -"quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " -"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " -"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Партии и Серийные номера" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Какая разница между партиями и серийными номерами?" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введение" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2294,12 +1909,17 @@ msgid "" "system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" " **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." msgstr "" +"В Odoo партии и серийные номера имеют сходство в своей функциональной " +"системе, но разные в своем поведении. Они оба руководствуются в приложениях " +"** Состав **, ** Покупки ** и ** Продажи **." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 msgid "" "**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " "altogether in one single pack." msgstr "" +"** Партии ** соответствуют определенному количеству товаров, которые вы " +"получили и хранятся в одном пакете." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -2307,10 +1927,13 @@ msgid "" "particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " "delivery and after-sales." msgstr "" +"** Серийные номера ** - идентификационные номера, предоставленные одному " +"товару, в частности, чтобы отслеживать историю товара от приема до доставки " +"и писляпродажу." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 msgid "When to use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "когда использовать" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -2320,6 +1943,11 @@ msgid "" "production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " "food." msgstr "" +"** Партии ** для товаров, которые вы получаете в большом количестве, и для " +"которых партии могут помочь в отчетах, контроля качества или иной " +"информации. Партии помогут идентифицировать несколько произведений, " +"например, производственную ошибку. Это может быть полезным для серийного " +"производства одежды или пищи." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2328,10 +1956,15 @@ msgid "" "You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" " way you manage these products" msgstr "" +"** Серийные номера ** интересны товаров, которые могут требовать " +"послепродажное обслуживание, например, смартфоны, ноутбуки, холодильники и " +"любые электронные устройства. Вы можете использовать серийный номер " +"производителя или свой собственный, в зависимости от того, как вы управляете" +" этими товарами." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Если не использовать" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -2339,6 +1972,9 @@ msgid "" "paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " "chances that you can return them for production fault." msgstr "" +"Хранение расходных материалов, таких как кухонный рулон, туалетная бумага, " +"ручки и бумажные блоки в партиях, вообще не будет иметь смысла, потому что " +"есть очень мало шансов, что вы можете вернуть их в производственную ошибку." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -2347,568 +1983,1475 @@ msgid "" "a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " "for instance, makes no sense at all." msgstr "" +"С другой стороны, присвоение серийного номера каждому товару отнимает много " +"времени, и будет целевое значение только в отношении товаров, имеющих " +"гарантийные и / или послепродажные услуги. Например, введение серийного " +"номера на хлеб вообще не имеет смысла." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr ":doc:`lots`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +msgid "Manage expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" +" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " +"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" +" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "Настройка программы" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" +" *Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and " +"*Expiration Dates* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "Настройка товара" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " +"tab* of the product form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " +"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " +"lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " +"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " +"number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " +"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " +"raised on the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " +"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " +"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +msgid "Expiration Alerts" +msgstr "Оповещения об окончании срока действия" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " +"so, go to *Master Data > Lots/Serial Numbers*. There, you can use the pre-" +"existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that exceeded their " +"alert date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" +msgid "Manage lots of identical products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" -" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " +"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " +"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " "fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "" "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " "traceability." msgstr "" +"Управление двойным вводом в Odoo дает вам возможность запустить очень " +"продвинутое отслеживания." + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 +msgid "Setting Up" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up" +msgid "Application Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" -" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " -"**Track lots or serial numbers**" +"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " +"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and tick *Lots & Serial Numbers*. " +"Then, click on save." msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка товара" + #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 msgid "" -"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " -"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 -msgid "Operation types configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" -" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" -" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "Manage lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 -msgid "Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " -"input the lot number(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Click on the lot icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " -"and the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " -"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 -msgid "Inventory adjustment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "Classic inventory by products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "Inventory of a lot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 -msgid "" -"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " -"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " -"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " -"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 -msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`differences`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " -"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " -"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " -"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" -" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " -"location where the products are moved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " -"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " -"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" -" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " -"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " -"Split icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 -msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " +"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " -"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are " -"moving those serial numbers." +"Go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your choice. There, " +"click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 +msgid "Manage Lots" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 msgid "" -"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" +"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " +"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory of a serial number" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" +" a line* again to register a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " +"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " +"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " +"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " +"contained in each one of the lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +msgid "Operation Types" +msgstr "Типы операций" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " +"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " +"*Configuration > Operation Types*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " +"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " +"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " +"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " +"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " +"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "отслеживание партий" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " +"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in *Master Data > " +"Lots/Serial Numbers*, click on the lot number corresponding to your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" +" lot number has been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " +"*Location* stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " +"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " +"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " +"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " +"last movement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" +"entry management is the feature you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " +"*Configuration > Settings* in the *Inventory* application. Then, enable the " +"feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." +" To do so, go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your " +"choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial Number* in the " +"*Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Управление серийными номерами" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " +"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +msgid "Manual assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "Multi-assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " +"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " +"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " +"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " +"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " +"number to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." +"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " +"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " +"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" +" need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 -msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "Operation types" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " -"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " -"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " -"product." +"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " +"operation type. To define it, go to *Configuration > Operation Types* in the" +" *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " +"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " +"allowed at product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " +"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "Отслеживание серийного номера" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " +"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " +"to." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" -"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" -" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to *Master Data >" +" Lots/Serial Numbers* and click on the serial number corresponding to your " +"search. Then, open the *Traceability* information. There, you will see in " +"which documents the serial number has been used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " -":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " -"serial number corresponding to your search." +"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" +" *Location* button available on the serial number form." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "Разные Операции" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" +" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " +"company-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " +"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " +"next to its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 +msgid "Send email at delivery validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 +msgid "" +"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " +"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" +" do the same for the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " +"be included in the standard email template." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" +msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" +" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 msgid "" -"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " -"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" "Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " -"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " -"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " +"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " +"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 msgid "" -"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " -"settings." +"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " +"advanced settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" -" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " -"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." +"To use this feature, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* in the " +"inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in the *Traceability* " +"section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нахождения комесийного состава" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" -"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " -"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " -"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" -" it blank if you are the owner." +"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " +"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " +"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " -"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " -"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " -"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " -"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " -"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " -"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " -"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " -"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " -"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " -"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," -" deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " -"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " -"configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" +"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " +"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "How to scrap products?" +msgid "Scrap Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " +"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this " +"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" +" stored, you have to scrap them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " +"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " +"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 msgid "" "Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material" +" basic material content, recoverable through recycling." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 -msgid "content recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 msgid "" -"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory." +"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " +"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 msgid "" -"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " -"product." +"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " +"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Storage Locations* " +"feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 +msgid "Now, go to *Configuration > Locations* and create your scrap location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 msgid "" -"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " -"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." +"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " +"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " +"virtual location will be created for scrapped products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Setting` and check **Manage several locations per " -"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 +msgid "Different ways to scrap products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 msgid "" -"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " -"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" -" --> Locations.`" +"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " +"delivery order, and from an internal transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " -"location form view." +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 +msgid "Scrap from receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "Different ways to scrap product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 -msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 msgid "" -"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`." +"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " +"Receipts* or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 msgid "" -"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button." +"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " +"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 -msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 msgid "" -"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" +"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " +"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 +msgid "Scrap from delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 msgid "" -"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " +"Delivery orders* or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 -msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 msgid "" -"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`" +"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " +"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " +"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 msgid "" -"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " +"button on the top right corner of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 +msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 msgid "" -"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " -"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " -"**Scrap**." +"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " +"*Inventory > Dashboard > Internal Transfers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 +msgid "" +"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " +"scrap button that is on the top left of the document." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 msgid "" -"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " -"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`" +"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by " +"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, " +"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from " +"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " +"scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" +" necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. " +"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " +"multi-company, this feature is company-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" +" it by clicking on the arrow on the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" +" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " +"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " +"be included in the SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Планирование" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates " +"scheduled dates via the scheduler." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, " +"whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled " +"dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, " +"etc.) to your partners and/or clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25 +msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different " +"types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and " +"manufacturing lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35 +msgid "Supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " +"purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the " +"inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this " +"case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + " +"Delivery Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, " +"thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Срок поставки заказчика" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:58 +msgid "" +"It is the time needed to get your product from your store/warehouse to your " +"customer. It can be configured for any product. To add it, select a product " +"and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead " +"time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "Срок исполнения производства" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69 +msgid "" +"On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the " +"*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76 +msgid "" +"At the company level, you can configure security days. Those are useful to " +"cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of " +"delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for " +"sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85 +msgid "Security lead time for sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In sales, security lead time corresponds to backup days to ensure you will " +"be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for " +"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " +"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation " +"and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to " +"your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To set up your security dates, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* " +"and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106 +msgid "" +"It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that " +"security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead " +"times, not for sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110 +msgid "" +"When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will " +"be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To find purchase lead time, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and" +" enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 +msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected " +"manufacturing days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To configure it, go to *Manufacturing > Configuration > Settings* and enable" +" the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence" +" the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in" +" the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To specify them, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Routes* and add a push " +"rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate *Multi-step Routes* to " +"use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 +msgid "At the sale order level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152 +msgid "Expected date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option " +"*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158 +msgid "" +"By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the " +"*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed " +"based on the different lead times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than" +" the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To better understand all the above info, here is an example. You may sell a " +"car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to " +"deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the" +" scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181 +msgid "" +"January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety " +"Days);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183 +msgid "" +"January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " +"days);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185 +msgid "" +"January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of " +"Supplier Delivery Lead Time);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they " +"need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " +"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " +"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "Расчет требований / планирования" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " +"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " +"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" +" started first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " +"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "Настройте и запустите планировщик" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "Запустите планировщик вручную" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To start the scheduler manually, go to *Inventory > Operations > Run " +"Schedulers*. The scheduler uses all the relevant parameters defined for " +"products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the different production " +"orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you have to enable the debug mode. To do so, go to " +"*Settings > Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Then, go to *Settings > Technical > Automation > Scheduled Actions* and " +"modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, you can set the " +"starting time of the scheduler." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Продукты" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "Как установить правильную стратегию пополнения на складе" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" +"Правила минимального запаса и Сделать на заказ имеют подобные последствия, " +"но разные правила. Они должны использоваться в зависимости от ваших " +"технологий производства и стратегии доставки." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "Терминология" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "Правило минимального запаса" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" +"Правила минимального запаса используются для обеспечения того, что у вас " +"всегда есть минимальное количество товара на складе для изготовления вашей " +"продукции и / или ответы на потребности вашего клиента. Когда уровень запаса" +" товара достигает минимального уровня, система автоматически генерирует " +"заказ на закупку с количеством, необходимым для достижения максимального " +"уровня запаса." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "Сделать на заказ" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" +"Функция Сделать по заказу запускает заказ на покупку суммы заказа клиента, " +"связанного с товаром. Система не будет проверять текущий запас. Это " +"означает, что проект заказ на покупку будет сгенерирован независимо от " +"количества, находящихся в наличии товара." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "Правила минимального запаса" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" +"Настройка правил минимальных запасов доступно через ваш модуль Состав. В " +"меню Управление складом выберите "Правило дозаказа" в выпадающем " +"меню. Нажмите "Создать", чтобы установить минимальные и " +"максимальные значения запасов для данного товара." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" +"Покажите подсказки для полей "минимальное количество", " +""максимальное количество" и "несколько количеств"." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите товар, чтобы получить доступ к соответствующей формы товара, а в " +""Подменю состава" не забудьте выбрать поставщика." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" +"Не забудьте выбрать правильный тип товара. Расходный материал не может быть " +"упакован, и поэтому не будет учтено в оценке запасов." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" +"Настройка Сделать на заказ доступно в вашей форме товара через ваш: " +"menuselection: `Состав -> Контроль состава -> Товари` (или любой " +"другой модуль, где доступны товары)." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" +"На форме товара в разделе "Склад" нажмите "Сделать " +"заказ"." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "Выбор между двумя функциями" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" +"Выбор между двумя функциями зависит от вашей стратегии состава. Если вы " +"предпочитаете иметь буфер и всегда иметь по крайней мере минимальную сумму, " +"следует использовать правила минимальных запасов. Если вы хотите изменить " +"порядок свои запасы только при условии подтверждения продажи, лучше " +"воспользоваться кнопкой "Сделать по заказу"." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " +"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " +"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете настроить Odoo для работы с различными единицами измерения для " +"одного товара." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application, go to *Configuration > Settings*. In the " +"*Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application go to *Configuration > UoM*. There, hit " +"*Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we will use " +"for the Egg product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " +"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " +"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " +"for the category which is “Units” here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 +msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory application > Master Data > Products*, open the product " +"which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click " +"on *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " +"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " +"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 +msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" +" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +msgid "" +"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " +"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " +"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" +" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " +"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "пополнение" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 +msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " +"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " +"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " +"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Units of Measure" +msgstr "Единицы измерения" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " +"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" +" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " +"supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " +"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " +"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Упаковка" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " +"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " +"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" qunatity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "Упаковка" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " +"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " +"and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " +"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " +"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" +" packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "Коррекция остатков" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " +"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" +" they are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount " +"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to" +" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum " +"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " +"quantity to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " +"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " +"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" +" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "Reordering Rules" +msgstr "Правила повторных заказов" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " +"*Inventory > Master Data > Reordering Rules*. There, click on *Create* to " +"set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " +"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" +" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the " +"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " +"will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " +"receive the products or to order them to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " +"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " +"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " +"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the " +"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " +"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " +"your *Inventory module > Master Data > Products* (or in any other module " +"where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 +msgid "" +"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " +"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" +" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " +"sure you have a *BoM* for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" +" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " +"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You can then access your warehouses via \\*Inventory > Configuration > " +"Warehouses\\*. Create the necessary warehouses following this " +"`*documentation* " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/14xNFdUOAbfzdloqXcjq67T8qjjlY7pu4Db6BbR4_fdA/edit>`__." +" Enter the warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will " +"have the possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets " +"resupplied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " +"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," +" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 +msgid "" +"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " +"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " +"I will run the scheduler by going to \\*Inventory > Operations > Run " +"scheduler\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" +" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" +" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " +"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " +"Second warehouse\\*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "методы оценки" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как провести оценку инвентаризации? (Древнеанглийский бухучет)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 @@ -2916,6 +3459,8 @@ msgid "" "Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " "sheet. This implies two main choices:" msgstr "" +"Ежегодно ваша оценка инвентаризации должна быть записана в вашем балансе. " +"Это предполагает два основных варианта выбора:" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 @@ -2923,6 +3468,8 @@ msgid "" "the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " "Real Price);" msgstr "" +"способ, которым вы вычисляете стоимость ваших сохранившихся элементов " +"(стандарт против среднего или реального)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 @@ -2930,16 +3477,18 @@ msgid "" "the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " "Perpetual)." msgstr "" +"как вы фиксируете стоимость рекламных ресурсов в своих книгах (периодический" +" или бессрочный)." #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Метод ценообразования" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Стандартная цена" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 @@ -2950,7 +3499,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Операция" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 @@ -2961,7 +3510,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Себестоимость единицы" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 @@ -2972,7 +3521,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Количество в наличии" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 @@ -2983,7 +3532,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "значение дельты" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 @@ -2994,7 +3543,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Величина запасов" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 @@ -3006,7 +3555,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 msgid "$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 @@ -3017,7 +3566,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 msgid "0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "0" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 @@ -3027,14 +3576,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 msgid "$0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$0" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получить 8 товаров на 10 долларов" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 @@ -3045,28 +3594,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 msgid "8" -msgstr "" +msgstr "8" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+8*$10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 msgid "$80" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$80" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получить 4 товары на 16 долларов" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 @@ -3077,15 +3626,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 msgid "12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "12" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+4*$10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 msgid "$120" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$120" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 @@ -3096,7 +3645,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доставить 10 товаров" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 @@ -3107,20 +3656,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 msgid "2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-10*$10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 msgid "$20" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$20" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получить 2 товара за $ 9" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 @@ -3131,15 +3680,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 msgid "4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "4" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+2*$10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 msgid "$40" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$40" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 @@ -3148,58 +3697,62 @@ msgid "" "materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " "period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." msgstr "" +"** Стандартная цена ** означает, что вы оцениваете себестоимость, исходя из " +"прямых материалов, прямых расходов и производственных накладных расходов в " +"конце определенного периода (как правило, один раз в год). Вы вводите эту " +"себестоимость в форме товара." #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Средняя цена" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 msgid "$12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$12" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+4*$16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 msgid "$144" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$144" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-10*$12" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 msgid "$24" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$24" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получить 2 товара за $ 6" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 msgid "$9" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$9" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+2*$6" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 msgid "$36" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$36" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 @@ -3208,11 +3761,14 @@ msgid "" "has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" " (see here attached)" msgstr "" +"Метод ** Средняя цена ** перераспределяет себестоимость, поскольку обработка" +" заказа на получение была обработана, исходя из цен, определенных в " +"привязанных заказам на закупку: FORMULA (см. Здесь приложение)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Средняя стоимость не меняется, когда товары забирают со склада." #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 @@ -3222,6 +3778,10 @@ msgid "" "complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" " up-to-date." msgstr "" +"С точки зрения бухгалтерского учета, этот метод в основном оправдан в случае" +" больших колебаний цен на покупке и достаточно необычным из-за его " +"операционную сложность. На самом деле вам нужно такое программное " +"обеспечение, как Odoo, чтобы легко обновлять эти расходы." #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 @@ -3230,36 +3790,39 @@ msgid "" "business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " "matters in the cost computation." msgstr "" +"Этот метод предназначен для опытных пользователей. Это требует хорошо " +"сформированных бизнес-процессов, поскольку порядок, в котором вы " +"обрабатываете заказ на обеспечение, имеет значение для расчета стоимости." #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FIFO" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 msgid "$16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-8*$10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-2*$16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 msgid "$32" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$32" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 msgid "$11" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$11" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 msgid "$44" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$44" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 @@ -3275,6 +3838,15 @@ msgid "" "last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " "received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." msgstr "" +"По ** Реальной ценой ** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO т.д.) цена далее совершенствуется " +"стратегией удаления, установленной на месте склада или внутренний категории " +"товара. Стратегия по умолчанию - это FIFO. С помощью такого метода стоимость" +" вашего запаса исчисляется из реальной стоимости ваших товаров, хранящихся " +"(с количественным оцениванием), а не от себестоимости, указанной в форме " +"товара. Каждый раз, когда вы доставляете товары, стоимость восстанавливается" +" в стоимость последнего товара (-ов), отправляемого. Эта себестоимость " +"используется для оценки любого товара, не получено по заказу на покупку " +"(например, инвентаризация)." #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 @@ -3282,28 +3854,30 @@ msgid "" "FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," " Inventory). It suits any kind of users." msgstr "" +"FIFO рекомендуется, если вы управляете всем своим рабочим процессом в Odoo " +"(продажи, покупки, склад). Это подходит любому пользователю." #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LIFO (не приемлем в IFRS)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-4*$16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-6*$10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 msgid "$8" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$8" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LIFO не допускается за пределами Соединенных Штатов." #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 @@ -3313,6 +3887,11 @@ msgid "" "Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " "categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." msgstr "" +"Odoo позволяет любой метод. По умолчанию - ** Стандартная цена **. Чтобы " +"изменить его, отметьте ** Используйте метод "Исправлено", " +""Реальный" или "Средний" ** в настройках покупки. Затем " +"установите метод калькулирования по внутренним категорий товаров. Категории " +"появляются на вкладке Состав в форме товара." #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 @@ -3321,11 +3900,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" " quantity in stock * cost price)." msgstr "" +"Независимо от метода, Odoo обеспечивает полную оценку инвентаризации в: " +"menuselection: `Состав -> Отчеты -> Значение инвентаризации` (ie " +"текущее количество в наличии * себестоимость)." #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Периодическое оценки запасов" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 @@ -3335,6 +3917,10 @@ msgid "" "the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " "physical inventory." msgstr "" +"При периодической оценке инвентаризации приемной и выходные отгрузки товаров" +" не имеют прямого влияния на бухгалтерский учет. В конце месяца или года " +"бухгалтер публикует одну запись журнала, отражающий стоимость физической " +"инвентаризации." #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 @@ -3343,11 +3929,13 @@ msgid "" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " "postings." msgstr "" +"Это настройки по умолчанию в Odoo, и оно работает вне коробки. Проверьте " +"следующие операции и узнайте, как Odoo руководит бухгалтерскими сообщениями." #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Счет от поставщика" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 @@ -3356,7 +3944,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 msgid "\\" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\\" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 @@ -3365,7 +3953,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дебет" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 @@ -3374,51 +3962,45 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кредит" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активы состав" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 msgid "50" -msgstr "" +msgstr "50" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активы: отсроченные налоговые активы" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 msgid "4.68" -msgstr "" +msgstr "4.68" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обязанности: кредиторская задолженность" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 msgid "54.68" -msgstr "" +msgstr "54.68" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "настройки:" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 @@ -3426,22 +4008,27 @@ msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" msgstr "" +"Приобретенные товары: определены на товаре или на внутренний категории " +"соответствующего товара (поле счета расходов)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" +"Будущие налоговые активы: определяется налогом, используемого на строку " +"заказа на приобретение" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" +"Кредиторская задолженность: определяется поставщиком, связанным со счетом" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "прием товаров" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 @@ -3450,42 +4037,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Есть журнальных записей" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Счет фактура" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доходы: проданные товары" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 msgid "100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "100" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обязанности: отсроченные налоговые обязательства" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 msgid "9" -msgstr "" +msgstr "9" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активы: дебиторская задолженность" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 msgid "109" -msgstr "" +msgstr "109" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 @@ -3493,16 +4080,21 @@ msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" msgstr "" +"Доходы: определяются по товару или по внутренней категорией соответствующего" +" товара (поле Текущий счет)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" +"Налоговые обязательства будущих периодов: определяется налогом, " +"используемого на строке счета-фактуры" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" +"Дебиторская задолженность: определяется на клиента (счет на получение)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 @@ -3510,16 +4102,18 @@ msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" +"Схема налогообложения, использованная в счете-фактуре, может иметь правило, " +"заменяет учет доходов или налог, определенный на товаре другим." #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "клиентская доставка" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Производственные заявки" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 @@ -3527,26 +4121,34 @@ msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." msgstr "" +"В конце месяца / года ваша компания осуществляет физическую инвентаризацию " +"или просто опирается на склад в Odoo, чтобы оценить запас в ваши книги." #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" msgstr "" +"Тогда вам нужно разбить баланс покупки как инвентаризацию, так и стоимость " +"проданных товаров по следующей формуле:" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" msgstr "" +"Стоимость проданных товаров (COGS) = Начальная стоимость запаса + Покупки - " +"Завершение инвентаризации" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "" +"Чтобы обновить оценку состава в своих книгах, зарегистрируйте следующую " +"запись:" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активы: Инвентаризация (конечная стоимость)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 @@ -3555,24 +4157,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 msgid "X" -msgstr "" +msgstr "X" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расходы: стоимость проданных товаров" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расходы: приобретенные товары" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активы: Инвентаризация (начальное значение)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Бессрочное оценки запасов" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 @@ -3583,76 +4185,105 @@ msgid "" "As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " "testing." msgstr "" +"При бессрочной оценке инвентаризации, прием товаров и выходные отправления " +"отражаются в книге в реальном времени. Поэтому книги всегда актуальны. Этот " +"режим предназначен только экспертным бухгалтерам и опытным пользователям. В " +"отличие от периодической оценки, это требует дополнительной настройки и " +"тестирования." #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Давайте рассмотрим дело продавца." #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Настройка: **" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" +"Дебиторская задолженность / кредиторская задолженность: определенная у " +"партнера (вкладка Учет)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" +"Отсроченные налоговые активы / обязательства: определяется налогом, " +"используемого на строке счета-фактуры" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category and can" -" be set in product form (Accounting tab) as a specific replacement value" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." msgstr "" +"Доходы: определяется как категория товара по умолчанию, или для конкретного " +"товара." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:351 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" +"Расходы: здесь вам следует установить учет "Стоимость товаров, " +"продаваемых". Определены категорию товара как значения по умолчанию или" +" непосредственно на форме товара." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" +"Полученные товары не были приобретены: чтобы установить входной учет во " +"внутренней категории товара" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" +"Выпущенные товары не учитываются на счетах: для внутренней категории товара " +"назначайте учет выходных расходов" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 msgid "" "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" +"Инвентаризация: назначать учет стоимости состава во внутренней категории " +"товара" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" msgstr "" +"Разница цен: установить во внутренней категории товара или в форме товара " +"как определенное изменение стоимости" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:365 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:366 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как провести оценку инвентаризации? (Континентальный учет)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 @@ -3664,7 +4295,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 msgid "€10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 @@ -3674,1248 +4305,669 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 msgid "€0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€0" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получить 8 товаров за 10 евро" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+8*€10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 msgid "€80" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€80" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получить 4 товара за € 16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+4*€10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 msgid "€120" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€120" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-10*€10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 msgid "€20" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€20" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получить 2 товара за € 9" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+2*€10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 msgid "€40" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€40" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 msgid "€12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€12" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+4*€16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 msgid "€144" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€144" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-10*€12" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 msgid "€24" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€24" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получить 2 товара за € 6" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 msgid "€9" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€9" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+2*€6" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 msgid "€36" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€36" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 msgid "€16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-8*€10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-2*€16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 msgid "€32" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€32" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 msgid "€11" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€11" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 msgid "€44" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€44" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-4*€16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-6*€10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 msgid "€8" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€8" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." msgstr "" +"Создайте запись журнала, чтобы переместить стоимость запасов в разделе Доход" +" и потери в своих активов." #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расходы: варианты инвентаризации" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." msgstr "" +"Если снизилась стоимость состава, ** Состав ** счет зачисляется и ** " +"Варианты инвентаризации ** дебетуются." #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." msgstr "" +"Доходы / расходы: определяются по умолчанию на внутреннюю категорию товара; " +"также может быть установлен в форме товара (вкладка Бухучет) как значение " +"замены." #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" +"Варианты инвентаризации: устанавливать как входящий / исходящий аккаунт во " +"внутренней категории товара" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 -msgid "Double-Entry Inventory Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 -msgid "" -"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " -"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" -" locations (possibly virtual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 -msgid "Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -msgid "Production Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 -msgid "Consume:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 -msgid "Produce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Configurarion:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -msgid "Client Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 -msgid "Pick" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 -msgid "Pack" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 -msgid "Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 -msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 -msgid "Missing products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 -msgid "Extra products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 -msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Reception" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 -msgid "Analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " -"products * product cost)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 -msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 -msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 -msgid "" -"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" -" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -msgid "New sale orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Effect" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -msgid "" -"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " -"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " -"(property)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 -msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 -msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Procurement rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 -msgid "" -"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " -"be fulfilled e.g.:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 -msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 -msgid "" -"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " -"To Stock)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 -msgid "Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " -"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " -"sales order lines, warehouse,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Склады" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 -msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "Какая разница между составом и местонахождением?" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 -msgid "Picking List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 -msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 -msgid "Pack List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 -msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Delivery Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Gate A → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 msgid "" -"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " -"the warehouse." +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." msgstr "" +"** Состав ** в Odoo - это фактически здание / место, в котором складируются " +"ваши товары. Вы можете установить несколько складов и создавать переходы " +"между ними." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "A Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 -msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 -msgid "Reception:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 -msgid "Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 -msgid "Confirmation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 -msgid "Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Storage:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 -msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 -msgid "Cross-Docks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 -msgid "Input → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Delivery:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 -msgid "Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Sale Order Line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 -msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 msgid "" -"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " -"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" -" used depends on applicable routes." +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." msgstr "" +"** Адрес ** - это конкретное место на вашем складе. Оно может " +"рассматриваться как подразделение вашего склада, полка, пол, проход и т. Д. " +"Поэтому расположение является частью только одного состава, и невозможно " +"связать одно местонахождение с несколькими составами. Вы можете настроить " +"столько местонахождений, сколько вам нужно под одним составом." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "Существует 3 типа местонахождений:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 -msgid "Product lands in Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 -msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Warehouse Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 -msgid "Product lands in Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 -msgid "Procurement Groups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 msgid "" -"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " -"provided:" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." msgstr "" +"** Физические местонахождение ** - это внутренние местоположении, является " +"частью состава, которого вы являетесь владельцем. Они могут быть областью " +"погрузки и разгрузки вашего склада, полки или отдела и тому подобное." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 -msgid "Picking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 -msgid "Packing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 -msgid "Delivery Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 -msgid "Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 -msgid "..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 msgid "" -"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " -"and locations are the same." +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." msgstr "" +"** Адрес партнеров ** - это пространство на складе клиента и / или " +"поставщика. Они работают так же, как и в "Физических " +"местонахождений", но только потому, что вы не являетесь владельцем " +"склада." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 msgid "" -"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " -"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " -"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " -"together)" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." msgstr "" +"** Виртуальные местонахождение ** - это места, которые не существуют, но в " +"них можно размещать товары, если они еще не (или более) инвентаризованы. Они" +" пригодятся, когда вы хотите поместить утраченные товары из вашего запаса (в" +" ** Потери состава **) или когда вы хотите принять во внимание товары, " +"которые переходят на ваш склад (** Обеспечение **)." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 msgid "" -"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " -"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " -"repository." +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" +"В Odoo местонахождение расположены иерархически. Вы можете структурировать " +"свои местонахождения как дерево, в зависимости от отношений между " +"родительским и дочерним. Это дает вам более подробный уровень анализа ваших " +"операций на складе и организации ваших складов." + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a New Location" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 msgid "" -"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " -"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " -"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." +"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" +" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the *Inventory " +"application > Configuration > Settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 msgid "" -"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " -"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " -"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " -"procurements." +"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to *Configuration > " +"Locations* and hit *Create* in order to create a new location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 msgid "" -"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " -"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" -" item." +"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the " +"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " +"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" +" to a location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " -"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" -" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." +"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" +" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " +"Return Location?*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 msgid "" -"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " -"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " -"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " -"enough stock." +"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" +" which will correspond to this location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 msgid "" -"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." +msgstr "" +"Состав также отвечает местонахождению. Поскольку местонахождение являются " +"иерархическими, Odoo создаст родительское расположение состава, содержащего " +"все подклассы в нем." + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a New Warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 msgid "" -"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" -" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." +"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" +"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " +"automatically activated at the same time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 msgid "" -"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " -"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " -"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " -"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " -"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " -"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." +"In order to do so, go to the *Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 msgid "" -"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " -"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" -" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." +"You can then go to *Inventory > Configuration > Warehouses* and hit *Create*" +" to add a new warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 msgid "" -"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " -"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " -"can be used depends on applicable routes." +"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " +"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " +"different warehouse documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 msgid "" -"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " -"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " -"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " -"or MTS,..." +"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-" +"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one" +" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " +"it afterward." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 msgid "" -"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " -"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " -"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " -"procurement group and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " -"between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " -"in a warehouse or location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " -"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " -"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " -"units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " -"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " -"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" -" minimum stock rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " -"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " -"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " -"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " -"packing zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " -"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" -" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " -"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " -"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 -msgid "" -"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " -"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " -"goes in rack 3, storage A)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" -" it from the stock." +"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" +" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " +"to the creation of a new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "Общий обзор процесса" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 +msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "From procurement to delivery" +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 +msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 msgid "" -"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " -"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" -" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" -" delivery." +"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " +"your database via the menu *Master Data > Products*. Click the Create button" +" and enter the name of your product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 msgid "" -"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " -"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " -"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " -"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." +"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this" +" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted " +"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" +" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 -msgid "How to process a receipt ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Install Purchase application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " +"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " +"described in the following print screens." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 -msgid "Make a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " -"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." +"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be " +"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." +" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " +"go out of your stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 msgid "" -"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " -"products to your request for quotation." +"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " +"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the " +"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " +"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, " +"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " +"forecasts." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 msgid "" -"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " -"quantity." +"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" +" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 -msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 +msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 -msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 -msgid "From the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 msgid "" -"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " -"related **Receipt**:" +"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " +"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " +"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 -msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Set your Initial Stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 -msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" -" the list of your deliveries to process." +"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " +"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 -msgid "Process the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 msgid "" -"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " -"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " -"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." +"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " +"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " +"therefore need to go to *Operations > Inventory Adjustments* and create a " +"new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 msgid "" -"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " -":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " -"information." +"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then " +"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products " +"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " +"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 -msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 -msgid "Install Sales application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" +" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " +"your other products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 -msgid "Place a sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" -" team." +"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " +"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " +"added to the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 msgid "" -"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " -"button." +"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between" +" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the " +"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the " +"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " +"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 msgid "" -"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " -"some products to your quotation." +"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 -msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 -msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 -msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 -msgid "From the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 msgid "" -"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " -"**Delivery**:" +"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " +"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " +"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " -"list of your receipts to process." +"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " +"been updated taking your modification into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 msgid "" -"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" -" on your dashboard." +"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " +"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " +"variants into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 -msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 msgid "" -"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " -"methods. Please read the document " -":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." +"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the " +"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning " +"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means " +"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " +"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced flows" +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 +msgid "Receive Products in Stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 msgid "" -"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " -"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." +"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" +" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " +"described in the following print screens." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 msgid "" -"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " -"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " -"transfers**." +"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different " +"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " +"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" +" stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 -msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 msgid "" -"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " -"warehouse" +"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " +"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the " +"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " +"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, " +"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " +"forecasts." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 +msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 msgid "" -"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" -"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " -"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " -"different screens you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" -"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 -msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Set up your warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Import your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Import your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Set up the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" -" valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" -" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" -" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " -"and use your scanner optimally." +"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " +"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " +"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дополнительные маршруты" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "понятие" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" +msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" -"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " -"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" -" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " -"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " -"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." +"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " +"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" +" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " +"another truck." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 msgid "" -"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " -"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" -"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" +"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" +" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "Warehouse and routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:15 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" -" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" -" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +"In the *Inventory* app, open *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " +"*Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:23 msgid "" -"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," -" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." +"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to *Inventory > Configuration >" +" Warehouses* and edit your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:28 +msgid "" +"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " +"can be found in *Inventory > Configuration > Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:34 +msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 -msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "" -"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" +"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " +"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " +"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " +"for it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 -msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 -msgid "then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:44 msgid "" -"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." +"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " +"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " +"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " +"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " +"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " +"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " +"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 -msgid "Cross Docking Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 msgid "" -"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " -"for the remaining part:" +"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " +"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " +"products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 msgid "" -"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " -"created as an internal physical location." +"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " +"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " +"*Output*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 -msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 -msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 -msgid "Product with cross dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68 msgid "" -"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" -" above as well as the **Buy** route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 -msgid "" -"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " -"for replenishment of a stockable product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" +"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как делать внутренне складские перемещения?" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4923,6 +4975,8 @@ msgid "" "warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " "application in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть различные складские помещения, вы можете переместить товары " +"с одного склада на другой. Это очень просто благодаря склада в Odoo." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -4931,17 +4985,22 @@ msgid "" "application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " "option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." msgstr "" +"Прежде всего вам нужно выбрать вариант нескольких местонахождений. Перейдите" +" к: menuselection: `Настройка -> Налаштування`в приложении ** Состав **. " +"Затем поставьте галочку на пункте ** Управление несколькими местонахождению " +"на складе **. Пожалуйста, не забудьте ** применить ** свои изменения." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 msgid "" "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " "and routes in your warehouse." msgstr "" +"Этот параметр также обозначить, если вы хотите управлять различными " +"местонахождению и маршрутами на своем складе." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создание нового состава" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -4950,12 +5009,17 @@ msgid "" "Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " "**Create**." msgstr "" +"Следующим шагом является создание вашего нового состава. В программе Состав " +"нажмите: menuselection: `Настройка -> Управление складами -> Склади`. " +"Теперь вы можете создать свой состав, нажав кнопку ** Создать **." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." msgstr "" +"Заполните ** название состава ** и ** краткое название **, которая должна " +"составлять максимум 5 символов." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -4963,16 +5027,22 @@ msgid "" "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" " an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание на то, что ** краткое название ** очень важна, поскольку " +"она будет отображаться в вашем распоряжении и других складских документах. " +"Возможно, разумно использовать понятное название (например, ВС / [первые " +"буквы внутреннего состава])." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 msgid "" "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " "been generated for your new warehouse." msgstr "" +"Если вы вернетесь на информационную панель, новые операции автоматически " +"создан для вашего нового состава." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создание новой инвентаризации" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -4980,6 +5050,9 @@ msgid "" "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" " you can skip this step." msgstr "" +"Если вы создадите новый состав, у вас может быть доступна существующая " +"инвентаризация. В таком случае вы должны создать инвентаризацию в Odoo, если" +" не можете пропустить этот шаг." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -4988,6 +5061,10 @@ msgid "" "on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " "select the right warehouse and location." msgstr "" +"Выделите приложение Состав, выберите: menuselection: `Контроль " +"инвентаризации -> Настройка инвентаризации`. Затем можно создать новую " +"инвентаризацию, нажав кнопку ** Создать **. Заполните ** реестр товара **, " +"** дату ** и обязательно выберите правильный состав и местонахождения." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -4997,16 +5074,23 @@ msgid "" "not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " "orders." msgstr "" +"Нажмите ** Начать инвентаризацию **. Откроется новое окно, где вы сможете " +"вводить существующие товары. Выберите добавления элемента и укажите ** " +"Реальный объем **, имеющийся на складе. Теоретическая количество не может " +"быть изменена, поскольку она представляет исчисленный объем заказов на " +"покупку и продажу." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 msgid "" "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " "all yours product." msgstr "" +"Не забудьте проверить свою инвентаризацию, как только у вас запишется этап " +"всего вашего товара." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте внутреннее перемещение" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -5014,12 +5098,17 @@ msgid "" " units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " "proceed as follows:" msgstr "" +"Последний шаг - создание внутреннего перемещения. Если вы хотите переместить" +" две единицы товара с вашего первого склада на другой, который находится " +"именно в Брюсселе, выполните следующие действия:" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." msgstr "" +"На информационной панели выберите внутреннее перемещение одного из двух " +"слогов. Для этого нажмите: menuselection: `Больше -> Перемищення`." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -5027,17 +5116,25 @@ msgid "" "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " "(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." msgstr "" +"Откроется новое окно, где вы можете выбрать зону местонахождение источника " +"(в этом случае наш "старый состав») и зону местонахождение назначения " +"(в данном случае наш "новый состав" расположен в Брюсселе)." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." msgstr "" +"Добавьте товары, которые вы хотите передать, нажав ** Добавить объект **, и " +"не забудьте ** проверить ** или ** обозначить как СДЕЛАТЬ **, когда вы " +"закончите." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." msgstr "" +"Если вы выберете ** Проверить **, Odoo будет обрабатывать все перечисленные " +"величины." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -5045,18 +5142,23 @@ msgid "" "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " "products in your source warehouse." msgstr "" +"Если вы выберете ** Отметить как СДЕЛАТЬ ***, Odoo поставит перемещения в " +"статус ** ожидания **. Нажмите ** Резерв **, чтобы зарезервировать " +"количество товаров на своем исходном составе." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Можно также вручную переместить каждый товар:" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "" +"С помощью информационной панели выберите замолвння на перемещение в " +"местонахождении источника." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выберите правильный заказ на перемещение" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -5064,6 +5166,9 @@ msgid "" "open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " "indicate how much products you process" msgstr "" +"3. Нажмите на маленький логотип карандаша в нижнем правом углу, чтобы " +"открыть окно деталей операции. В этом новом окне вы можете вручную указать, " +"сколько товаров вы обрабатываете" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -5073,10 +5178,15 @@ msgid "" "if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " "backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." msgstr "" +"Если вы решите частично обрабатывать заказы на перемещение (например, часть " +"товаров еще не может быть отправлена через неожиданную событие), Odoo " +"автоматически спросит, хотите ли вы создать ** обратное заказ **. Создайте " +"обратной логотип, если вы хотите позже обработать товары, оставшиеся не " +"создавайте обратное заказ, если вы не придаете / не получите другие товары." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Что такое правила закупки?" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5090,6 +5200,15 @@ msgid "" " the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " "dissatisfaction." msgstr "" +"Система управления закупок на складе начинается с заказа клиента. С помощью " +"этой стратегии компании изготавливают достаточно товаров для выполнения " +"заказов клиента. Преимущество системы заключается в том, что не будет " +"превышения запаса, нужно сохранять, таким образом снижая уровень запасов и " +"стоимость транспортировки и хранения товаров. Впрочем одним из главных " +"недостатков системы сбора данных является то, что очень трудно попасть в " +"дилеммы заказ, такие как поставщик, который не в состоянии своевременно " +"отгрузить товар. Тогда компания не может выполнить заказ и способствует " +"недовольству клиентов." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -5099,6 +5218,11 @@ msgid "" "by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " "of storing goods." msgstr "" +"Примером системы контроля качества состава есть макет заказ. Цель состоит в " +"том, чтобы сохранить уровень состава на минимуме, имея достаточно запасов " +"для удовлетворения потребностей покупателей. Система МТО (под заказ) " +"устраняет затраты, уменьшая объемы запасов, необходимых для склада, и " +"расходов на хранение товаров." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -5106,38 +5230,43 @@ msgid "" "application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " "using rules\"." msgstr "" +"Правила закупок является частью маршрутов. Перейдите в приложение Состав>" +" Настройка> Настройка и отметьте пункт «Продвижение маршрутных товаров и " +"правил»." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка правил закупок" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 msgid "" "The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " "go to Configuration > Routes." msgstr "" +"Правила закупок устанавливаются на маршрутах. В программе Состав перейдите к" +" разделу Настройка> Маршруты." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "" +msgstr "В разделе Правила закупок нажмите Добавить объект." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 msgid "" "Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possibles :" +"possible :" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перемещение с другой правила местонахождения." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders." +"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders." +msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 @@ -5145,44 +5274,49 @@ msgid "" "The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " "manufacturing rules." msgstr "" +"Приложение Производство должно быть установлено, чтобы запустить правила " +"производства." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 msgid "" "The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " "rules." msgstr "" +"Приложение Закупки нужно установить, чтобы запустить правила ** покупки **." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Попробуйте создать правило закупок в нашем демонстрационном примере." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 msgid "" "Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " "defined." msgstr "" +"Некоторые настройки состава создает маршруты с уже определенным правилам " +"закупок." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Что такое правило выталкивания?" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5194,7 +5328,7 @@ msgid "" "inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " "can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " "with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " +"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " "advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " "have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " "inability to meet customer demand for the product." @@ -5208,6 +5342,11 @@ msgid "" "specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " "be triggered automatically or manually." msgstr "" +"Поток выталкивания показывает, как местонахождение располагаются с другими. " +"Как только определенное количество товаров перемещается в местонахождение " +"источника, автоматически предполагается движение расположения в соответствии" +" с параметрами, заданными в спецификации потока (место назначения, задержка," +" тип перемещения, журнал). Это может срабатывать автоматически или вручную." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -5215,20 +5354,25 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" " rules**." msgstr "" +"Правила выталкивания является частью маршрутов. Откройте меню: " +"menuselection: `Состав -> Настройка -> Налаштування` и отметьте пункт " +"** Предыдущая маршрутизация товаров с использованием правил **." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка правил выталкивания" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 msgid "" "The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Routes`." msgstr "" +"Правила выталкивания устанавливаются на маршрутах. Перейдите к: " +"menuselection: `Настройка -> Маршрути`." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "В разделе правила выталкивания нажмите ** Добавить объект **." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -5237,19 +5381,27 @@ msgid "" "the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " "quality control location move to the stock." msgstr "" +"Здесь вы можете установить условия вашего правила. В этом примере, когда " +"товар находится в ** месте приема **, его нужно переместить в контроль " +"качества. В 3 этапах поступлений, другое правило выталкивания приведёт к " +"тому, что товары, находящиеся в месте контроля качества, перемещаются в " +"состав." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." msgstr "" +"Попробуйте создать правило выталкивания в нашем демонстрационном примере." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 msgid "" "Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." msgstr "" +"Некоторые настройки состава создают маршруты с уже установленным правилам " +"выталкивания." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "складские перемещения" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -5257,12 +5409,18 @@ msgid "" " route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " "waiting." msgstr "" +"Правило выталкивания приведет к складскому перемещения. Согласно правилу, " +"установленному на вашем маршруте, вы увидите, что некоторые перемещения " +"могут быть готовы, а другие в ожидании." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 msgid "" "The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " "location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." msgstr "" +"Правило выталкивания, которое было установлено выше, создаст перемещения со " +"** склада / места приема ** к местонахождению ** склада / контроля качества " +"**." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -5270,41 +5428,112 @@ msgid "" "it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" " the main stock." msgstr "" +"В этом примере, другое перемещение ожидает по вторым правилом выталкивания, " +"оно определяет, что когда контроль качества будет завершено, товары будут " +"перемещены на основной состав." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" +msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как использовать маршруты?" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 msgid "" "A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" " advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" msgstr "" +"Маршрут - это совокупность правил закупок и правил перемещения. Odoo может " +"управлять дополнительными настройками маршрутов выталкивания / вытягивания, " +"например" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управляйте производственной цепочкой продукта" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управление местоположениями по умолчанию для каждого продукта" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " "quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" msgstr "" +"Определение маршрутов на вашем складе в соответствии с потребностями " +"бизнеса, таких как контроль качества, послепродажное обслуживание или " +"возврат поставщикам" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "" "Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " "products" msgstr "" +"Помощь по аренде, путем создания автоматизированных перемещений возврата для" +" арендованных продуктов" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -5312,46 +5541,58 @@ msgid "" "application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " "routing of products using rules**." msgstr "" +"Правила закупок является частью маршрутов. Выделите приложение ** Состав " +"**,: menuselection: `Настройка -> Налаштування` и выберите пункт ** " +"Дополнительные маршруты товаров, используют правила **." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Предварительно настроенные маршруты" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo имеет некоторые предустановленные маршруты для ваших складов." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 msgid "" "In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouses`." msgstr "" +"В программе Состав перейдите к: menuselection: `Настройка -> " +"Налаштування`." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 msgid "" "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " "**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." msgstr "" +"На вкладке ** Настройка состава ** параметры ** Входные отправления ** и ** " +"Выходные отправления ** устанавливают некоторые маршруты в соответствии с " +"вашего выбора." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка маршрутов" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Routes`." msgstr "" +"В программе ** Состав ** перейдите к: menuselection: `Настройка -> " +"Маршрути`." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 msgid "" "First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " "can combine several choices." msgstr "" +"Во-первых, вам следует выбрать места, где можно выбрать этот маршрут. Вы " +"можете объединить несколько вариантов выбора." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Маршруты применяются на складах" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -5359,16 +5600,21 @@ msgid "" " applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " "would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." msgstr "" +"Если вы отметите ** Склады **, вы должны выбрать, какой состав будет " +"применено. Маршрут будет установлено для всего перемещения на этом складе, " +"который будет отвечать условиям закупок и правилам перемещения." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Маршруты применяются к товарам" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 msgid "" "If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " "be applied." msgstr "" +"Если вы отметите ** Товары **, вам нужно вручную установить, какой товар он " +"будет применяться." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -5376,16 +5622,20 @@ msgid "" "(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," " select the route(s):" msgstr "" +"Откройте продукт, на котором вы хотите применить маршруты (: menuselection: " +"`Состав -> Контроль -> Товари`). На вкладке Состав выберите маршруты:" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Маршруты, примененные к категории" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 msgid "" "If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " "categories it will be applied." msgstr "" +"Если вы отметите ** Категории товаров **, вам нужно вручную установить, к " +"каким категориям он будет применяться." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -5393,44 +5643,56 @@ msgid "" "(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" " under the **Logistics** section :" msgstr "" +"Откройте товар, на который вы хотите применить маршруты (: menuselection: " +"`Настройка -> Категории товару`). Выберите маршруты в разделе ** " +"Логистики **:" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Маршруты, применены к строкам заказа на продажу" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "" "If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " "time you make a sale order." msgstr "" +"Если вы отметите ** Строки заказа на продажу **, вам придется вручную " +"устанавливать маршрут каждый раз, когда вы хотите сделать заказ на продажу." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 msgid "" "In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" " the sales order." msgstr "" +"Для того, чтобы это заработало, вы также должны активировать использование " +"маршрутов в заказе клиента." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 msgid "" "In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." msgstr "" +"В приложении Продажи перейдите к: menuselection: `Настройка -> " +"Налаштування` и отметьте пункт ** Выбрать конкретные маршруты по строкам " +"заказа на продажу (расширенные) **." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете выбрать маршруты для каждой строки ваших заказов на " +"продажу:" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Закупки и правила выталкивания" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пожалуйста, обратитесь к документации:" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка закупок" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -5439,10 +5701,14 @@ msgid "" "**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " "**Preferred Routes**:" msgstr "" +"Во время запроса на закупку можно применить маршрут, который вы хотите " +"использовать. На товаре (: menuselection: `Контроль состава -> Товари`), " +"нажмите на ** Запрос на закупку **. Выберите маршрут, который вы хотите " +"использовать рядом с ** Рекомендованными маршрутами **:" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Маршрут на заказ" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -5451,200 +5717,128 @@ msgid "" "**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " "Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." msgstr "" +"Если вы работаете без состава, или с минимальными правилами закупки, лучше " +"воспользоваться маршруту ** на заказ **. Соедините его с маршрутом ** " +"Покупка ** или ** Производство **, и он автоматически запускает заказа на " +"закупку или заказ на производство, когда ваши товары недоступны." #: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "стоимость товара" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?" +msgid "" +"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 -msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10 -msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk" +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 msgid "" -"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but " -"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have" -" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will " -"impact on company profits." +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " +"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " +"to be installed)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21 -msgid "Applications configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check " -"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & " -"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 msgid "" -"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> " -"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price " -"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " +"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" +" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " +"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " +"will be split accross your transfers lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 -msgid "Landed Cost Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed " -"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time " -"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured " -"on the product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57 -msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Landed Costs`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to " -"attribute landed costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend " -"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be " -"easier to keep track of your postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split " -"across the picking lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:81 -msgid "" -"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button." +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 +msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Стратегии исправления и удаления" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" +msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" "A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " -"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " -"appropriate location." +"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" +" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" +" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " +"the most appropriate location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 msgid "" -"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" -" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " -"of a potential chemical reaction." +"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " +"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 msgid "" -"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " -"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " -"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " -"level)." +"In the *Inventory* app, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " +"*Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* will be " +"automatically activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18 +msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " -"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" -" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" +" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 -msgid "Setting up a strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:22 msgid "" -"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." +"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" +"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:24 msgid "" -"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " -"product quality." +"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " +"*Inventory* app and go to *Configuration > Putaway Rules*. Then, click on " +"create and configure your first rule indicating the main location the " +"product will enter before being redirected to the right location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:27 msgid "" -"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " -"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 msgid "" -"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " -"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " -"Strategy**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " -"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " -"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " -"automatically be transferred to the correct location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 -msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." +"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " +"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " +"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " +"Report*, under the reporting menu." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Что такое стратегия изъятия (FIFO, LIFO и FEFO)?" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5652,6 +5846,9 @@ msgid "" "products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " "control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." msgstr "" +"Стратегии извлечения, как правило, заключаются в комплектовании лучших " +"товаров для оптимизации расстояния для работника, для целей контроля " +"качества или по причине окончания срока действия продукции." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -5660,12 +5857,18 @@ msgid "" "on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " "on the **location**." msgstr "" +"Когда надо сделать перемещение товара, Odoo найдет доступные товары, которые" +" могут быть предназначены для доставки. То, как Odoo назначает эти товары, " +"зависит от ** стратегии извлечения **, которая определена в ** категории " +"товара ** или в ** местонахождении **." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`:" msgstr "" +"В программе ** Состав ** перейдите к: menuselection: `Настройка -> " +"Налаштування`:" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -5673,20 +5876,25 @@ msgid "" "warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " "**Apply**." msgstr "" +"Проверьте ** Отслеживать партии или серийные номера **, ** Управлять " +"несколькими мисцезнаходженнмы на складе ** и ** Дополнительные маршрутизации" +" товаров по правилам ** нажмите кнопку ** Применить **." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 msgid "" "Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " "location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." msgstr "" +"Затем откройте: menuselection: `Настройка -> Мисцезнаходження` и откройте" +" местонахождение, на котором вы хотите применить стратегию извлечения." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 msgid "Types of removal strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виды стратегии удаления" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FIFO (First In First Out)" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -5696,41 +5904,52 @@ msgid "" "short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " "they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." msgstr "" +"Стратегия ** FIFO ** предусматривает, что товары, которые изначально были " +"упакованы, сначала перенесут. Компании должны использовать метод FIFO, если " +"они продают скоропортящиеся товары. Компании, продающие товары с " +"относительно коротким циклом спроса, такими как одежда, также могут выбрать " +"FIFO, чтобы они не застряли с устаревшими стилями на складе." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Состав -> Настройка -> Мисцезнаходженя`, " +"откройте местонахождение состава и установите стратегию удаления ** FIFO **." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Давайте рассмотрим один из примеров стратегии извлечения FIFO." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 msgid "" "In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " "``iPod 32 Gb`` available." msgstr "" +"На вашем складе ( `` WH / Stock``) есть в наличии `3`` штуки` iPod 32 Гб``." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 msgid "" "You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете найти детали доступных запасов в отчете о товарной оценку." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." msgstr "" +"Создайте один заказ на продажу `25`` единиц` iPod 32 Гб`` и подтвердите его." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 msgid "" "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " "assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." msgstr "" +"Вы можете видеть в исходном товаре отгрузки, что `Ipod 32 Гб`` назначено с " +"** старейшей ** партии, используя стратегию извлечения FIFO." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LIFO (Last In First Out)" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -5738,38 +5957,50 @@ msgid "" "moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " "shelf life." msgstr "" +"В этом управлении составом, товары, вносятся в последнюю очередь, движутся " +"первыми. LIFO используется в отношении товаров, которые не имеют срока " +"хранения." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Состав -> Настройка -> Мисцезнаходження`," +" откройте местонахождение состава и установите стратегию удаления ** LIFO " +"**." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 msgid "" "In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" " ``WH/Stock`` location." msgstr "" +"В нашем примере, давайте проверим текущий доступен фонда `Ipod 32 Гб`` на " +"местонахождении` WH / Stock``." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте заказ на продажу с `10`` единиц` Ipod 32 Гб``." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 msgid "" "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " "assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." msgstr "" +"В исходном товаре отгрузки вы можете увидеть, что `Ipod 32 Гб`` назначен ** " +"новым ** партиям, используя стратегию извлечения LIFO." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 msgid "" "In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" " according to their expiration date." msgstr "" +"В управлении составом FEFO товары отправляются из состава в соответствии с " +"их срока годности." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -5777,6 +6008,9 @@ msgid "" "option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" " to save changes." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Состав -> Настройка -> Налаштування`. " +"Проверьте опцию ** Определить дату окончания на серийных номерах **. Нажмите" +" ** Применить **, чтобы сохранить изменения." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -5785,23 +6019,32 @@ msgid "" "**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " "Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." msgstr "" +"Это позволит вам установить четыре сроки окончания для каждой партии или " +"серийного номера: ** лучше до даты окончания **, ** даты окончания срока **," +" ** дать предупреждение ** и ** даты изъятия **. Эти даты могут быть " +"установлены с: menuselection: `Контроль состава -> Серийные номера / " +"Партии`." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 msgid "" "**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " "serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." msgstr "" +"** Лучше до даты окончания **: это дата, когда товары с этим серийным " +"номером / партией начинают портиться, но еще не опасен." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 msgid "" "**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " "serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." msgstr "" +"** Дата окончания срока годности **: это дата, когда товары с этим серийным " +"номером / партией могут стать опасными и не должны потребляться." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" "**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " -"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym " +"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " "goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." msgstr "" @@ -5810,6 +6053,8 @@ msgid "" "**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " "goods with this serial/lot number." msgstr "" +"** Дата уведомления **: это дата, когда следует отправлять уведомление о " +"товарах с этим серийным номером / партией." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -5817,6 +6062,9 @@ msgid "" "latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " "removal dates." msgstr "" +"Партии будут комплектоваться на основе ** даты их изъятия **, начиная с " +"самого начала. Партии без даты изъятия, будут скомплектованы после партий с " +"датами изъятия." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -5825,6 +6073,11 @@ msgid "" "may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " "lots pass their **alert date**." msgstr "" +"Все даты, кроме ** даты изъятия **, предназначены только для информационных " +"целей и отчетности. Партии, в которых прошли любые или все указанные сроки " +"действия, могут все еще быть скомплектованы для заказов на доставку, и " +"никакие извещения не отправляться, когда партии передавать ** дату " +"оповещения **." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -5839,34 +6092,49 @@ msgid "" "zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " "after the lot has been created." msgstr "" +"Даты окончания срока действия партий также могут быть установлены " +"автоматически, когда товары поступают на склад. После введения дат окончания" +" срока действия серийных номеров на вкладке складской формы товара станут " +"доступны четыре новых поля: ** срок действия товара **, ** время " +"использования товара **, ** время изъятия товара ** и ** время оповещения " +"товара ** . Когда целое число вводится в одно из этих полей, дата окончания " +"партии / серийного номера соответствующего товара будет установлена ​​на " +"дату создания партии / серийного номера плюс количество дней, указанных в " +"поле увеличения времени. Если поле увеличения времени установлено на ноль, " +"то дата окончания партии / серийного номера должна быть определена вручную " +"после создания партии." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 msgid "" "Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " "expiration date fields as follows:" msgstr "" +"Каждое из этих полей увеличения времени используется для создания одного из " +"полей окончания срока действия партий следующим образом:" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Время использования товара -> лучше до даты" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Время изъятия товара -> Дата изъятия" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Время действия товара -> Дата окончания срока годности" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Время оповещения о товаре -> Дата оповещения" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 msgid "" "To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Locations` and choose FEFO." msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить стратегию извлечения по месту нахождения, перейдите к " +"разделу: menuselection: `Настройка -> Мисцезнаходження` и выберите FEFO." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -5874,998 +6142,124 @@ msgid "" "``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " "expiration date." msgstr "" +"Приведем пример: на складе `WH / Stock`` доступны` 3`` партии `морозива``:` " +"LOT0001``, `LOT0002``,` LOT0003`` с различным сроком действия." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Партия / Номер **" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Нет в **" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Срок годности **" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 msgid "LOT0001" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LOT0001" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "Ice Cream" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мороженое" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 msgid "08/20/2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "08/20/2015" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 msgid "LOT0002" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LOT0002" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 msgid "08/10/2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "08/10/2015" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "LOT0003" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LOT0003" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "08/15/2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "08/15/2015" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 msgid "" "We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мы создадим заказ на продажу с `15 кг``` морозива`` и подтвердим его." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 msgid "" "The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " "removal strategy **FEFO**." msgstr "" +"Исходное отгрузки, связанное с заказом на продажу, сделает переход на основе" +" стратегии удаления ** FEFO **." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 msgid "" "It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" " the removal dates." msgstr "" +"С `LOT0002`` потребуется` 10 кг``, а `LOT0003`` -` 5 кг`` на основе дат " +"изъятия." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:3 -msgid "How to use packages?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:11 -msgid "By default, Odoo does not take into account the use of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Once you activate the option, you will be able to manage one or several " -"packages when doing your transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. µ Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:30 -msgid "Pack products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Putting products in packs is usually done when processing warehouses " -"transfers (receipt, internals or deliveries)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To be able to put products in pack, the status of your transfer has to be " -"**Available**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the operation tab, you can put your products into one or multiple " -"packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " -"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:60 -msgid "Whole packages transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If you are using several locations and/or warehouses, it is possible to " -"transfer packages with its contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You need to configure the **Operation Type** to allow moving packages. Go to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operations Types`. Tick **Allow moving " -"packs**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:75 -msgid "Transfer packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Create a transfer order. Choose the source and the destination locations, " -"then click on **Mark as todo**. Do not put anything under the **Initial " -"Demand** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In the Operation tab, click on **Add an item** under the **Package To Move**" -" section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:87 -msgid "Tick the **Done** checkbox to confirm the move of the package :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:92 -msgid "When it is finished, click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:95 -msgid "Packages traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:97 -msgid "" -"To trace a package or check its content, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"Control --> Packages`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:103 -msgid "Click on **Package Transfers** to see all its moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:107 -msgid ":doc:`usage`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:108 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different units of measure?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, " -"you will need to convert the units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "Setting up units on your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which " -"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " -"**Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " -"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " -"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 -msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " -"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 -msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " -"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 -msgid "Procurement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " -"measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 -msgid "The quality control is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " -"check is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " -"**Draft**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " -"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" -" the unit to the dozen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" -" measure :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " -"converted automatically :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." -" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" -" warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 -msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " -"notice and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 -msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " -"only for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 -msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 -msgid "" -"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " -"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" -" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" -" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " -"**packaging**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " -"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:72 -msgid ":doc:`packages`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " -"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " -"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 -msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " -"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." -" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " -"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " -"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " -"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " -"the template or the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " -"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " -"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " -"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " -"variant)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " -"product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " -"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " -"Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " -"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " -"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" -" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " -"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" -" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " -"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " -"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " -"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" -" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " -"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " -"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " -"of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 -msgid "" -"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" -" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " -"product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " -"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " -"example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 -msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 -msgid "" -"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " -"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " -"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " -"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " -"e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 -msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " -"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " -"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " -"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " -"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 -msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " -"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " -"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " -"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " -"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 -msgid "" -"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " -"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " -"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " -"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "" -"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 -msgid "Managing Product Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " -"variant attributes :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 -msgid "T-Shirt B&C" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 -msgid "Managing combination possibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 -msgid "" -"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " -"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " -"you can deactivate the white product variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." -" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " -"XXL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 -msgid "" -"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " -"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " -"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " -"variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 -msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new location?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" -" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" -" describe your location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 -msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " -"fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 -msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " -"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " -"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " -"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " -"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " -"edit it afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 -msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " -"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "Доставка" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "операции доставки" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как отменить запрос на доставку перевозчику?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." msgstr "" +"Odoo может обрабатывать различные способы доставки, включая сторонних " +"превизникив. Odoo будет связана с системой отслеживания транспортной " +"компании." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "" +"Это позволит вам управлять транспортной компанией, реальными ценами и " +"назначению." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете легко отменить запрос, отправленный в системы перевозчика." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как отменить запрос на доставку?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." msgstr "" +"Если заказ на доставку НЕ ** Подтверждено **, запрос не было сделано. Вы " +"можете отменить доставку или изменить перевозчика." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -6874,18 +6268,22 @@ msgid "" " the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " "Tracking Ref**:" msgstr "" +"Если вы нажали кнопку ** Подтвердить **, запрос был сделан, и вам нужно было" +" получить номер отслеживания и метку. Вы все еще можете отменить запрос. " +"Просто нажмите кнопку ** Отменить ** рядом с кнопкой ** Отслеживание " +"перевозчика **:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Теперь вы увидите, что доставка была отменена." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Теперь вы можете изменить перевозчика, если хотите." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как отправить запрос на доставку после отмены его?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -6893,33 +6291,36 @@ msgid "" "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " "get a new tracking number and a new label." msgstr "" +"После отмены запроса на доставку вы можете изменить перевозчика, которого " +"хотите использовать. Подтвердите это, нажав кнопку ** Отправить отправителю " +"**. Вы получите новый номер отслеживания и новую метку." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как зачесть стоимость доставки клиенту?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Существует два способа выставления счета за доставку:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Согласуйте с клиентом расходы и закрепите их в заказе на продажу." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выставления счета по фактической стоимости доставки" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -6927,26 +6328,33 @@ msgid "" "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " "Methods`." msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить цену ваших методов доставки, перейдите к приложению ** " +"Состав **, нажмите на: menuselection: `Настройка -> Доставка -> Методы" +" доставки`." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 msgid "" "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " "rules." msgstr "" +"Вы можете вручную установить цену на доставку: она может быть исправлена или" +" основана на правилах." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 msgid "" "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " "document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" +"Или вы можете использовать систему исчисления транспортировки компании. " +"Прочитайте документацию: doc: `../ setup / third_party_shipper`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как начислить расходы за доставку клиенту?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установление цены счета-фактуры на заказ на продажу" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 @@ -6954,6 +6362,8 @@ msgid "" "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " "**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." msgstr "" +"В своем заказе на продажу выберите поставщика, который будет использоваться." +" Нажмите на ** Метод доставки **, чтобы выбрать правильный." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 @@ -6961,6 +6371,8 @@ msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "" +"Цена рассчитывается, когда вы ** храните ** заказ на продажу или нажимаете " +"** Установить цену **." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -6968,55 +6380,65 @@ msgid "" "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "" +"Чтобы зачесть стоимость доставки в заказе на продажу, нажмите ** Установить " +"цену **, это придаст строку с названием метода доставки как товар. Он может " +"отличаться от реальной цены." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "При создании счета-фактуры цена устанавливается в заказе на продажу." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выставления счета с реальными расходы на доставку" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " "order and proceed to deliver the product." msgstr "" +"Цена рассчитывается, когда вы ** храните ** заказ на продажу. Подтвердите " +"заказ на продажу и продолжайте доставлять товар." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 msgid "" -"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated." +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 msgid "" "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." msgstr "" +"Вернитесь к заказу на продажу, теперь реальные расходы добавляются к заказу " +"на продажу." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" +msgstr "При создании счета-фактуры цена исчисляется перевозчиком." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 msgid "" "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " "add a line to the sale order." msgstr "" +"Если вы разделили доставку и сделали несколько, каждый заказ на доставку " +"придаст строку к заказу на продажу." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`labels`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как распечатать накладную?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7025,11 +6447,15 @@ msgid "" "manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " "finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." msgstr "" +"Odoo может обрабатывать различные способы доставки, включая сторонних " +"поставщиков, связанных с системой отслеживания транспортной компании. Это " +"позволяет вам управлять транспортной компанией, реальными ценами и " +"назначению. И, наконец, вы сможете напечатать накладные прямо с Odoo." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите модуль интеграции с перевозчиком" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -7037,12 +6463,20 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" +"В модуле Состав нажмите: menuselection: `Настройка -> Налаштування`. В " +"разделе ** Интеграция с перевозчиком ** обозначьте транспортные компании, " +"которые вы хотите интегрировать:" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "Нажмите ** Применить **." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте метод доставки" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 @@ -7051,28 +6485,34 @@ msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить способы доставки, перейдите к модулю ** Состав **, нажмите: " +"menuselection: `Настройка -> Методы доставки`." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Методы доставки выбранных перевозчиков были автоматически созданы." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " "will be handled and computed by the shipper system." msgstr "" +"На вкладке ** Цены ** название поставщика означает, что доставка будет " +"обрабатываться и вычисляться системой отправителя." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка отправителя разделены на две колонки:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" " more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "" +"Первая связана с ** вашим учетом ** (ключ разработчика, пароль, ...). " +"Дополнительную информацию можно найти на веб-сайте поставщика." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 @@ -7080,16 +6520,18 @@ msgid "" "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " "packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." msgstr "" +"Вторая колонка зависит от ** поставщика **. Вы можете выбрать тип упаковки, " +"тип сервиса, весовой блок ..." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Снимите флажок ** тестового режима **, когда закончите проверку." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка компании" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 @@ -7097,6 +6539,8 @@ msgid "" "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " "information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." msgstr "" +"Чтобы вычислить правильную цену, поставщик нуждается в вашей информации о " +"компании. Убедитесь, что ваш адрес и номер телефона правильно закодированы." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 @@ -7105,11 +6549,9 @@ msgid "" "**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " "data**." msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" +"Чтобы проверить свою информацию, перейдите к ** настроек ** и нажмите ** " +"Общие настройки **. Нажмите первую ссылку ** Настроить данные вашей компании" +" **." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 @@ -7117,28 +6559,37 @@ msgid "" "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " "computation cannot be done." msgstr "" +"Предприятия отправителя потребует веса вашей продукции, в противном случае " +"вычислить цену не получится." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "" +"Зайдите к модулю ** Продажи **, нажмите на: menuselection: `Продажи -> " +"Товари`. Откройте товары, которые вы хотите отправить, и установите вес на " +"нем." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" " the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "" +"Вес на форме товара выражается в килограммах. Не забывайте делать " +"преобразования, если вы привыкли к империческое измерительной системы." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как напечатать накладные?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 msgid "" "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " "information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "" +"Заказ на доставку, созданное по заказу на продажу, примет информацию о " +"доставке, но вы можете изменить перевозчика, если хотите." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 @@ -7146,31 +6597,38 @@ msgid "" "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" " third party shipper in the additional info tab." msgstr "" +"Если вы создаете передачу доставки из модуля состава, вы можете добавить " +"стороннего перевозчика на вкладке дополнительной информации." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." msgstr "" +"Нажмите ** Подтвердить **, чтобы получить номер отслеживания и ** накладную " +"(и) **." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 msgid "" "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Наклейка на упаковке доступна в истории под названием" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите на нее, чтобы открыть документ и распечатать его:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 msgid "" "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " "one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." msgstr "" +"Если вы осуществляете перемещение нескольких пакетов, в большинстве случаев " +"на каждом пакете будет одна метка. Каждая метка будет отображаться в истории" +" доставки." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как управлять несколькими пакетами для одного заказа на доставку?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7178,6 +6636,9 @@ msgid "" "But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " "fully integrated with the third-party shippers." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию Odoo считает, что ваша доставка состоит из одного пакета. Но вы" +" можете легко доставить свои поставки более чем на один пакет. Он полностью " +"интегрирован со сторонними поставщиками." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -7185,34 +6646,63 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить использование пакетов, перейдите к меню: menuselection: " +"`Состав -> Настройка -> Налаштування`. Найдите раздел ** Упаковка ** и" +" обозначьте ** Записать пакеты, используемые на упаковке: поддоны, коробки " +"... **" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "Нажмите ** Применить **, когда вы закончите." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заказ на продажу" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите на ** Метод доставки **, чтобы выбрать правильный." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доставка нескольких пакетов" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it." msgstr "" +"Доставка, созданная по заказу на продажу, примет информацию о доставке." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "Отсюда можно разделить вашу доставку на несколько пакетов." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." msgstr "" +"Выберите количество, которое вы хотите разместить в первом пакете в столбце " +"** Готово **, после чего нажмите на ссылку ** Упаковать **." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "Это автоматически создаст пакет с запрашиваемым количеством." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "Сделайте те же шаги для других позиций, которые вы хотите запаковать." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "Нажмите ** Подтвердить **, когда вы закончите." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Несколько пакетов с посторонним перевозчиком" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -7220,20 +6710,26 @@ msgid "" "The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " "the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." msgstr "" +"После того, как заказ на доставку будет подтверждено, вы получите номер " +"отслеживания. Поле ** отслеживания перевозчика ** автоматически заполняется." +" Нажмите кнопку ** Отслеживание **, чтобы проверить свою доставку на сайте " +"поставщика." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 msgid "" "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " "underneath:" msgstr "" +"** Метки **, которых следует придерживаться в ваших пакетах, доступны в " +"истории:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка доставки" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как установить метод доставки?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7241,6 +6737,9 @@ msgid "" "default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " "but also on your e-commerce." msgstr "" +"Odoo может обрабатывать различные способы доставки, но по умолчанию они не " +"активированы. Методы доставки могут использоваться для заказов на продажу, " +"ваших поставок, а также для вашей электронной коммерции." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -7248,10 +6747,13 @@ msgid "" "the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " "compute the real price and the packagings." msgstr "" +"Методы доставки позволяют вам управлять транспортной компанией, цене и " +"назначению. Вы даже можете интегрировать Odoo с внешними грузоотправителями," +" чтобы вычислить реальную цену и тару." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите модуль состава" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -7259,6 +6761,9 @@ msgid "" "**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" " order to see it :" msgstr "" +"Методы доставки обрабатываются модулем ** Расходы на доставку **. Перейдите " +"к ** программ ** и найдите модуль. Чтобы увидеть, следует изъять фильтр ** " +"Программы **:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 @@ -7266,15 +6771,19 @@ msgid "" "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" " install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите интегрировать методы доставки в свою электронную коммерцию, " +"вам придется установить модуль ** Доставка электронной коммерции **." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сначала установите название и транспортную компанию." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 msgid "" "Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." msgstr "" +"Тогда вам придется установить цену. Она может быть фиксированной или " +"основанной на правилах." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -7282,6 +6791,10 @@ msgid "" "price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " "option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." msgstr "" +"Если цена установлена, нажмите ** Фиксированная цена **. Вам просто придется" +" определить цену. Если вы хотите, чтобы доставка была бесплатной выше " +"определенной суммы, отметьте пункт ** Свободная, если общая сумма заказов " +"превышает ** и установите цену." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -7289,6 +6802,9 @@ msgid "" "**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " "weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." msgstr "" +"Если цена изменяется в соответствии с правилами, отметьте пункт ** На основе" +" правил **. Нажмите на ** добавить элемент в правила ценообразования **. " +"Выберите условие, в зависимости от веса, объема, цены или количества." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -7296,6 +6812,10 @@ msgid "" "can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " "limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." msgstr "" +"Наконец, вы можете ограничить способ доставки несколькими пунктами " +"назначения. Ограничения можно применить в некоторые страны, районов или даже" +" почтовых индексов. Эта функция ограничивает список стран в вашей " +"электронной торговли." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -7303,6 +6823,13 @@ msgid "" "price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" +"Вы можете интегрировать Odoo с внешними отправителями, чтобы вычислить " +"реальную цену и упаковку, а также обрабатывать печать этикеток. Смотрите: " +"doc: `third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "процесс доставки" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -7311,94 +6838,110 @@ msgid "" "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product." msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете выбрать ** Метод доставки ** в своем заказе на продажу. " +"Если вы хотите начислить стоимость доставки в заказе на продажу, нажмите ** " +"Установить цену **, она придаст строку с названием метода доставки как " +"товар." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доставка" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете добавить или изменить способ доставки на саму доставку." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 msgid "" "On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " "chosen delivery method." msgstr "" +"На доставке проверьте ** Количество перевозчика **. Перевозчик - это " +"выбранный метод доставки." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как получить учетные данные DHL для интеграции с Odoo?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Чтобы пользоваться API Odoo DHL, вам потребуется:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DHL.com SiteID" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "пароль DHL" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Артикул DHL" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " "Rest of the world)" msgstr "" +"Получение SiteID и пароль для других стран, кроме США (Великобритания и " +"остальные страны мира)." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "" "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " "Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." msgstr "" +"Вы должны связаться с менеджером аккаунта DHL и попросить интеграцию в API " +"XML Express. Предыдущие номера должны предоставить вам действительны учетные" +" данные." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получение SiteID и пароля для Соединенных Штатов" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " "details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." msgstr "" +"Чтобы получить API-доступ, нужно написать на адрес xmlrequests@dhl.com " +"вместе с полными данными учетной записи, например номер учета, регионе, " +"адрес и т." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 msgid "" "In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " "given in the demo data:" msgstr "" +"Между тем, для тестирования решения можно использовать тесты учетных данных," +" как указано в демонстрационных данных:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Пароль **: alkd89nBV" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Артикул DHL **: 803921577" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как настроить стороннего перевозчика в Odoo?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7407,6 +6950,10 @@ msgid "" "allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "" +"Odoo может обрабатывать различные способы доставки, включая сторонних " +"перевозчиков. Odoo можно связать с системой отслеживания транспортной " +"компании. Это позволит вам управлять транспортной компанией, реальными " +"ценами и назначению." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -7414,6 +6961,9 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" +"В модуле Состав нажмите: menuselection: `Настройка -> Налаштування`. В " +"разделе ** Интеграция с перевозчиком ** поставьте флажки транспортных " +"компаний, которые вы хотите интегрировать:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -7422,38 +6972,50 @@ msgid "" " provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" " shipping." msgstr "" +"Методы доставки выбранных грузоотправителей были автоматически созданы. В " +"большинстве случаев для одного поставщика будет ** два ** способы доставки: " +"один для ** международной ** доставки и другой для ** внутренней ** " +"доставки." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 msgid "" "You can create other methods with the same provider with other " "configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." msgstr "" +"Вы можете создавать другие методы с тем же перевозчиком с другим настройкам," +" например ** тип упаковки **." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 msgid "" "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " "will appear on your ecommerce." msgstr "" +"Вы можете изменить ** название ** метода доставки. Это название, которое " +"будет отображаться на электронной коммерции." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отметьте ** Доставка включена **, когда вы готовы к ее использованию." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 msgid "" "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " "computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." msgstr "" +"На вкладке ценообразования имя провайдера, выбранного под ** Расчет цены **," +" означает, что цена будет вычислена системой перевозчика." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка перевозчика разделена на две колонки:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " "For more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "" +"Первая связана с ** вашим учетом ** (ключ разработчика, пароль, ...). " +"Дополнительную информацию можно найти на веб-сайте поставщика." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -7463,30 +7025,41 @@ msgid "" "providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " "United States." msgstr "" +"Наконец, вы можете ограничить способ доставки несколькими пунктами " +"назначения. Вы можете ограничить его некоторыми странами или даже почтовыми " +"кодами. Эта функция ограничивает список стран в вашей электронной торговли." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "" +"Откройте меню: menuselection: `Продажи -> Продажи -> Товари`. Откройте" +" товары, которые вы хотите отправить, и установите на них вес." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " "make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "" +"Вес на форме товара выражается в килограммах. Не забудьте сделать " +"преобразования, если вы привыкли к империческое измерительной системы." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 msgid "" "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " "method** to choose the right one." msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете выбрать перевозчика в своем заказе на продажу. Нажмите ** " +"Метод доставки **, чтобы выбрать нужный." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 msgid "" "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "" +"Цена рассчитывается, когда вы сохраняете заказ на продажу или нажимаете ** " +"Установить цену **." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -7494,6 +7067,9 @@ msgid "" "click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " "method as a product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите начислить стоимость доставки в заказе на продажу, нажмите ** " +"Установить цену **, она придаст строку с названием метода доставки как " +"товар. Он может отличаться от реальной цены." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -7501,18 +7077,25 @@ msgid "" "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" " document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" msgstr "" +"В противном случае реальная цена (рассчитана, когда доставка проверена) " +"будет автоматически добавлена в счет-фактуру. Для подробной информации " +"прочитайте документацию: doc: `../ operation / invoicing`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "" +"Доставка, созданная по заказу на продажу, примет информацию о доставке. Вы " +"можете изменить перевозчика, если хотите." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 msgid "" "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" " be computed once the transfer is validated." msgstr "" +"Вес вычисляется на основе весовых товаров. Стоимость доставки будет " +"рассчитана после проверки перемещения." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -7520,40 +7103,45 @@ msgid "" " ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " "to check your delivery on the provider website." msgstr "" +"Нажмите ** Подтвердить **, чтобы получить номер отслеживания. Поле ** " +"Отслеживание перевозчика ** автоматически заполняется. Нажмите кнопку ** " +"Отслеживание **, чтобы проверить свою доставку на сайте поставщика услуг." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как получить учетные данные UPS для интеграции с Odoo?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Для того, чтобы воспользоваться API UPS для Odoo, вам понадобится:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ID пользователя UPS.com и пароль" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Артикул UPS" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ключ доступа" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" "An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" " UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." msgstr "" +"Ключ доступа - это 16-значный буквенно-цифровой код, позволяющий получить " +"доступ к серверам разработки API разработчика UPS." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте учет UPS" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -7561,6 +7149,9 @@ msgid "" " you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " "Service in order to to open an account." msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание, что только клиенты, расположенные в США, могут открыть " +"аккаунт UPS онлайн. Если вы находитесь за пределами США, вам придется " +"обратиться в службу поддержки UPS, чтобы открыть учет." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -7568,50 +7159,66 @@ msgid "" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " "<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" msgstr "" +"Вы можете ознакомиться с дополнительной информацией об открытии учета UPS на" +" своем веб-сайте на странице `Как открыть аккаунт UPS онлайн " +"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>" +" `_" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 msgid "" "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " "online profile by following these steps:" msgstr "" +"Если у вас еще нет аккаунта UPS, вы можете создать его вместе с вашим " +"онлайновым профилем, выполнив следующие действия." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." msgstr "" +"1. Получите доступ к веб-сайту UPS.com на `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>" +" `__, и нажмите на ссылку ** Новый пользователь ** вверху страницы." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " "complete the registration process." msgstr "" +"2. Нажмите кнопку ** Регистрация для MyUPS **, и следуйте инструкциям, чтобы" +" завершить процесс регистрации." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "" "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " "follows:" msgstr "" +"Если у вас уже есть учетная запись UPS, вы можете добавить его в свой " +"онлайн-профиля следующим образом:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" "1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" " using your UPS.com User ID and Password." msgstr "" +"1. Зайдите на сайт UPS.com ( `http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/> `__) " +"используя ваш ID UPS.com и пароль." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перейдите на вкладку ** Мой UPS **." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите на ссылку ** Резюме учетной записи **." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "" +"4. Нажмите на ссылку ** Добавить существующий аккаунт UPS ** в разделе " +"страницы ** Информация об учетной записи UPS **." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -7619,20 +7226,26 @@ msgid "" "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" msgstr "" +"5. На экране ** Добавить новую учетную запись ** введите ** Номер учетной " +"записи **, ** Название аккаунта **, а также ** Почтовый код **. Страна по " +"умолчанию стоит как Соединенные Штаты." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите кнопку ** Далее **, чтобы продолжить." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получите ключ доступа" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "" +"После того, как вы добавили свой номер учетной записи UPS в свой профиль, вы" +" можете заказать ключ доступа UPS, воспользовавшись приведенными ниже " +"инструкциями." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -7640,22 +7253,25 @@ msgid "" "`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " "<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" msgstr "" +"1. Перейдите на веб-страницы ** UPS Developer Kit ** " +"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US> `__" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Войдите на UPS.com с вашим ID и паролем" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите на ссылку ** Запрос на ключ доступа **." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверьте свою контактную информацию" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите на кнопку ** Запрос на ключ доступа **." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -7663,3 +7279,6 @@ msgid "" "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " "contact." msgstr "" +"** Ключ доступа ** будет предоставлено вам на веб-странице, а электронное " +"письмо с ключом доступа будет отправлено на адрес электронной почты " +"основного контакта." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4fbea4e89 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -0,0 +1,1048 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../iot.rst:5 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "Интернет вещей (IoT)" + +#: ../../iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "Подключение IoT Box к вашей базе данных" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "Установите программу Интернет вещей (IoT) на базу данных Odoo." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" +"Зайдите в приложение IoT и нажмите на Подключить на странице IoT Boxes." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "Следуйте инструкциям по подключению IoT Box." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "подключение Ethernet" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Подключите к IoT Box все устройства, которые должны быть соединены кабелями " +"(Ethernet, USB-устройства и т.д.)." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "Включите IoT Box." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "Then click on the Scan button." +msgstr "Затем нажмите на кнопку Поиск." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:34 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "Соединение с WiFi" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:36 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "Включите IoT Box." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:38 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "Скопируйте токен" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" +"Подключите WiFi до IoT Box (убедитесь, что в компьютере не подключены кабель" +" Ethernet)." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" +"Вы будете перенаправлены на главную страницу IoT Box (если она не работает, " +"подключитесь к IP-адреса коробки). Дайте название вашему IoT Box (не " +"обязательно) и вставьте токен, а затем нажмите кнопку Далее." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" +"Если вы на Runbot, не забудьте добавить -all или -base в токене (например, " +"этот токен ** http: //375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com \\ | " +"4957098401 ** должен стать ** http: //375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com \\ | 4957098401 **)." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" +"Выберите сеть WiFi, которую вы хотите подключить (введите пароль, если " +"таковой имеется) и нажмите кнопку Отправить. Подождите несколько секунд, " +"прежде чем перенаправитися в базу данных." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "Теперь вы можете видеть IoT Box." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:76 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "Схема IoT Box" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "Запись вашей SD карточки" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" +"В некоторых случаях вам может понадобиться перепрошивка вашей SD карточки " +"IoT Box, чтобы воспользоваться нашими последними обновлениями." + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgstr "Обновление вашей SD карты через Etcher" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org>`__, " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите на сайт Balena и загрузите `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org> `__, " +"это бесплатно, а утилиты с открытым кодом используются для записи фалов " +"изображений. Установите и запустите это." + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, download the latest image `here " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " +"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " +"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +msgstr "" +"Теперь загрузите последние изображения `здесь " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/> `__, и извлеките его из zip-" +"файла. Затем откройте * Etcher * и изображение. Выберите накопитель для " +"записи (где находится ваша SD-карта) и нажмите * Записать *!." + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " +"minutes for it to finish." +msgstr "" +"Теперь ваше изображение автоматически обновится. Вам только нужно подождать " +"5 минут для завершения." + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 +msgid "IoT Box not found" +msgstr "IoT Box Не найдено" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" +" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " +"can follow to find your IoT box." +msgstr "" +"При использовании вашего IoT Box, распространенной проблемой, с которой вы " +"можете столкнуться, является то, что ваш box не будет найден в вашей базе " +"данных. К счастью, есть несколько простых шагов, которые вы можете " +"выполнить, чтобы найти свой IoT box." + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 +msgid "HTTPS Issues" +msgstr "проблемы HTTPS" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 +msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" +msgstr "Не найдено ваш IoT Box? У вас вероятно проблемы https!" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " +"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" +" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы проверить это, перейдите в вашу базу данных и проверьте адрес вашей " +"базы данных начинается с https (like https://www.odoo.com). Если это именно " +"тот случай, тогда у вас проблемы с изображением вашего IoT Box image. Нужна " +"версия 18.12 или выше." + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " +"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " +"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." +msgstr "" +"Если ваше изображение IoT Box старой версии, тогда вам необходимо " +"перезаписать SD карточку вашего IoT Box, чтобы обновить изображение (новое " +"изображение можно найти `здесь <http://nightly/odoo.com> `__)." + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете найти документацию о перепрошивку SD карты ( `здесь " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>" +" `__)." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "Применение IoT Box для точки продаж" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "предпосылки" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "Прежде чем начать, убедитесь, что у вас есть:" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Box" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" +msgstr "Адаптер 2A Power с pi 3 b + 2.5 A" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "Компьютер или планшет с современным веб-браузером" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" +"Запущена версия SaaS или Odoo с установленными программами Точки продаж и " +"IoT" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "Настройка локальной сети с помощью DHCP (это настройки по умолчанию)" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " +"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Принтер Epson USB TM-T20 или другой ESC / POS совместим принтер (официальный" +" список поддерживаемых принтеров на `Странице устройств POS " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware> `__)" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:28 +msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +msgstr "Сканер штрих-кода Honeywell Eclipse USB или другой совместимый сканер" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" +msgstr "Epson-совместимый ящик для наличных" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "Кабель RJ45 Ethernet (необязательно, встроенный WiFi)" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:35 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "установите" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы подключить оборудование, первым шагом является подключение IoT Box к " +"вашей базе данных. Для этого посмотрите `документацию " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>" +" `__." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "Затем, вы должны подключить периферийные устройства к вашему IoT Box." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" +" might work as well." +msgstr "" +"Официальный список поддерживаемых устройств на`Сторинци устройств точки " +"продаж <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware> `__, но и " +"другие устройства должны работать." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:50 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." +msgstr "" +"** Принтер **: подключите ESC / POS-принтер к USB-порту и включите его." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" +"** Кассовая ящик **: кассовая ящик должен быть подключена к принтеру с " +"помощью кабеля RJ25." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " +"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " +"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " +"your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" +"** Сканер штрих-кода **: подключите сканер штрих-кода. Для того, чтобы ваш " +"сканер штрих-кода был совместим, он должен вести себя как клавиатура, и его " +"нужно настроить в ** US QWERTY **. Он также должен заканчивать штрих-коды с " +"символом Enter (кодовый ключ 28). Это, скорее всего, является стандартной " +"конфигурацией сканера штрих-кода." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:62 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "** Весы **: подключите веса и включите их." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " +"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " +"device." +msgstr "" +"** Ethernet ** Если вы не хотите использовать Wi-Fi, подключите кабель " +"Ethernet. Убедитесь, что он будет соединять IoT Box к той же сети, что и " +"устройство точки продаж." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " +"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " +"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " +"on boot." +msgstr "" +"** Wi-Fi **: Текущая версия IoT Box имеет встроенный Wi-Fi. Убедитесь, что " +"при загрузке не подключен кабель Ethernet, поскольку все функции Wi-Fi будут" +" его обходить при загрузке, если отсутствует проводное подключение к сети." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" +" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +msgstr "" +"Как только это сделано, вы можете подключить IoT Box к вашей точке продажи. " +"Для этого перейдите в Точку продажи> Настройка> Точка продажи, " +"отметьте "IoT Box" и выберите IoT Box, с которым вы хотите " +"соединиться. Сохраните изменения." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "Настройка завершена, вы можете запустить новую сессию Точки продаж." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:80 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "Устранение неполадок" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:83 +msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" +msgstr "Точка продажи не подключается к IoT Box" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" +" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" +" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " +"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Самый простой способ убедиться, что IoT Box правильно настроено, это " +"включить его, когда подключен принтер, поскольку он напечатает квитанцию, " +"что указывает на какую-либо ошибку или IP-адрес IoT Box в случае успеха. " +"Если чеки в распечатаны, выполните следующие действия:" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " +"LED." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что IoT Box включен, что сказывается ярко-красным индикатором " +"состояния." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " +"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " +"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что IoT Box готов, это сказывается ярко освещенным зеленым " +"индикатором состояния рядом с красным индикатором состояния питания. IoT Box" +" должен быть готовым ~ 2 минуты после запуска." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " +"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " +"devices on your network router." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что IoT Box подключен к той же сети, что и устройство точки " +"продаж. И устройство, и IoT Box должны быть видимы в списке подключенных " +"устройств на вашем сетевом роутере." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" +" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +msgstr "" +"Если вы указали IP-адрес IoT Box в настройках, убедитесь, что она " +"соответствует ip-адресу, напечатанной на квитанции о статусе IoT Box." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:106 +msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +msgstr "Убедитесь, что точку продажи не загружен через HTTPS." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " +"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" +"Ошибка в реализации HTTP Firefox может предотвратить надежной работе " +"автооткрытие. Вы также можете вручную настроить IP-адрес IoT Box в " +"настройках точки продаж." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:113 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +msgstr "Сканер штрих-кода не работает" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " +"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " +"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +msgstr "" +"Сканер штрих-кода должен быть настроен в US QWERTY и выдать Enter после " +"каждого штрих-кода. Это настроено по умолчанию большинства сканеров штрих-" +"кодов. Для получения дополнительной информации обратитесь к документации для" +" сканирования штрих-кодов." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " +"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " +"enough power." +msgstr "" +"Для работы с некоторыми сканерами штрих-кода IoT Box требует источника " +"питания 2A. Если вы не используете предоставленный блок питания, убедитесь, " +"что он обладает достаточной мощностью." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" +" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" +" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +msgstr "" +"Некоторые сканеры штрих-кодов требуют больше 2A, и они не будут или будут " +"работать неправильно, даже при условии наличия источника питания. В таком " +"случае вы можете подключить сканер штрих-кода к автономному USB-" +"концентратора." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" +"Некоторые плохо собраны сканеры штрих-кода не рекламируют себя как сканеры " +"штрих-кода, а в качестве USB-клавиатуру и не распознаются IoT Box." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:134 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" +msgstr "Сканер штрих-кода не работает надежно" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " +"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что в IoT Box одновременно подключено более одного устройства с " +"функцией "Сканирование через прокси" / "Сканер штрих-" +"кода"." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:140 +msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" +msgstr "Печать чека занимает слишком много времени" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:142 +msgid "" +"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " +"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " +"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " +"and the IoT Box." +msgstr "" +"Небольшая задержка перед первым дураком ожидается, поскольку IoT Box " +"выполняет предварительную обработку для ускорения последующей печати. Если " +"после этого возникают задержки, это, скорее всего, связано с плохим сетевым " +"связью между точкой продажи и IoT Box." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:148 +msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" +msgstr "Некоторые символы напечатаны на чеке" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " +"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." +msgstr "" +"IoT Box не поддерживает все языки и символы. В настоящее время он " +"поддерживает латинские и кириллические шрифты, с базовой поддержкой для " +"Японии." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:155 +msgid "The printer is offline" +msgstr "принтер оффлайн" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " +"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " +"contact support." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что принтер подключен, питается, имеет достаточное количество " +"бумаги, крышка закрыта и не сообщается об ошибке. Если ошибка не исчезает, " +"обратитесь в службу поддержки." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:162 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "Наличный расчет не открывается" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" +"Касса должна быть подключена к принтеру и должна активироваться в настройках" +" точки продаж." + +#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Устройства" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "Подключите камеру" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" +"При использовании * IoT Box * в Odoo, вам может потребоваться использование " +"камеры. Это можно сделать в несколько шагов, ведь это устройство легкий в " +"настройке. Затем вы можете использовать его в вашем производстве и " +"объединять с пунктами контроля. Это позволит вам фотографировать в тот " +"момент, когда вы достигаете пункта контроля качества." + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "подключение" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +msgstr "Чтобы подключить камеру к * IoT Box *, просто соедините их кабелем." + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:18 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." +msgstr "В некоторых случаях может понадобиться USB-адабтер." + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" +"Если ваша камера `* поддерживается * <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware> `__, тогда не нужно ничего устанавливать, поскольку она будет " +"взначено, как только она будет подключена." + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" +"В некоторых случаях вам нужно перезагрузить box и загрузить драйверы вашей " +"камеры с box. Для этого перейдите на * Домашнюю страницу IoT Box * и нажмите" +" * список драйверов *. Затем Настин на загрузить драйверы." + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "Объедините камеру с пунктом контроля качества" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:38 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "С модулем производство" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" +"В вашем * модули Качества * вы можете установить прибор на * Пункт контроля " +"качества *. Перейдите в меню * Пункты контроля * под Контроль качества * и " +"откройте пукт контроля, который вы хотите соединить с камерой." + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете редактировать пункт контроля и выбирать прибор с " +"выпадающего списка. Теперь сохраните." + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" +"Затем вашу камеру можно использовать с выбранным * Пунктом контроля *. В " +"течение процесса производства, достигнув * Пункт контроля качества *, " +"который вы выбирали, перед тем, как вам будет разрешено сделать фото." + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "Подключите нежный переключатель" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" +"Во время работы всегда лучше иметь обе руки свободными. Используя * IoT Box " +"* Odoo и педаль, вы сможете этого достичь." + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " +"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " +"steps." +msgstr "" +"Фактически вы сможете перейти с одной экрана на другой, используя вашу ногу " +"и педаль. Действительно удобно, это можно настроить в несколько шагов." + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" +"Подключение нежного переключателя с * IoT Box * легкое, вам только нужно " +"соединить два пристроя кабелем." + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "В некоторых случаях может понадобиться USB-адаптер." + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" +"Если ваша педаль `поддерживается <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware> " +"`__, не нужно ничего устанавливать, как только она будет автоматически " +"определена после подключения." + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " +"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " +"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" +"Если педаль не поддерживается, вам может понадобиться перезапустить box и " +"загрузить драйверы нежного переключателя с box. Для этого перейдите на * " +"Домашнюю страницу IoT Box * и нажмите * список драйверов *. Нажмите загрузки" +" драйверов." + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "Соедините педаль с рабочим центром" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы соединить педаль с действием, необходимо настроить педаль в рабочем " +"центре. Перейдите в рабочий центр, в котором вы хотите использовать педаль и" +" добавьте устройство на вкладке * Запуски IoT *. Затем вы сможете соединить " +"ее с действием, а также добавить ключ для ее запуска." + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" +"Запишите, что из списка будут выбраны первое устройство. Поэтому порядок " +"имеет значение! Как показано на картинке ниже, используя педаль, будет " +"автоматически пропущен текущую часть процесса, с которой вы работаете." + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы на форме рабочего заказ, кнопка статуса указывает, вы правильно " +"подключили педаль." + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "Подключите инструмент измерения" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" +"С * IoT Box * Odoo возможно подключить инструменты измерения к вашей базе " +"данных. Найдите список поддерживаемых устройств здесь: `Поддерживаемые " +"устройства <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware> `__ ,." + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "Подключите через USB" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы добавить устройство, подключенное через USB, просто вставьте кабель " +"USB в * IoT Box * перезагрузите Box и устройство должно появиться в вашей " +"базе данных Odoo." + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " +"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " +"drivers." +msgstr "" +"Если устройство найдено, убедитесь, что драйверы верно загружены на ваш IoT " +"Box. Для этого установите подключение * Домашней страницей IoT Box * и " +"нажмите на загрузку драйверов." + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "Подключитесь через Bluetooth" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" +"Активируйте Bluetooth на вашем устройстве (см. Руководство по устройству для" +" дальнейшего объяснения) и IoT Box автоматически попытается подключиться к " +"устройствам." + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "Вот пример, как это должно выглядеть:" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "Соедините инструмент измерения пункту контроля качества" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" +"В вашем * модули Качества *, вы можете установить устройство в ваши * Пункты" +" контроля качества *. Чтобы сделать это, перейдите в меню * Пункты контроля " +"* под * Контролем качества * и откройте пункт контроля, в который вы хотите " +"назначить инструмент измерения." + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете редактировать пункт контроля и выбирать устройство из " +"выпадающего списка. Сохраните настройки." + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" +"Теперь ваш инструмент измерения соединены с избранным * Пунктом контроля *. " +"Значение, которое требует изменений вручную, автоматически обновлен, пока " +"используется инструмент." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "Подключите принтер" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" +"Используя * IoT Box * в Odoo, вам может понадобиться принтер. Сделать это " +"можно легко и просто всего за несколько шагов. ПТМ вы сможете использовать " +"принтер для печати чеков, заказов или даже отчетов в различных модулях Odoo." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" +" cable." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы подключить принтер к * IoT Box *, вам лишь необходимо соединить " +"устройства кабелем." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:17 +msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "Иногда может понадобиться USB-адаптер." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your printer is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" +"Если ваш принтер `поддерживается <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware> " +"`__, нужно никаких настроек, так как принтер будет автоматически определено " +"сразу после его подключения." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "Принтер может появляться в списке устройств в течение двух минут." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" +"В некоторых случаях может потребоваться перезапуск окна и загрузки драйверов" +" принтера из этого окна. Для этого перейдите на главную страницу * IoT Box *" +" и нажмите на * список драйверов *. Нажмите загрузки драйверов." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "Подключите принтер" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "К рабочим заказов" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете соединить * Рабочие заказ * с принтерами через * Пункт контроля " +"качества * для печати этикеток изготовленных товаров." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" +"Для этого вам необходимо создать * Пункт контроля качества * из модуля * " +"Качество *. Затем вы можете выбрать корректировать производственную операцию" +" и операцию рабочего заказ. В типе выберите * Печать этикет * и сохраните." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" +"Теперь каждый раз, когда вы достигаете пункта контроля качества для " +"выбранного товара, будет появляться кнопка * Печать этикетки *." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "отчетам" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" +"Вы также можете соединить тип отчета по определенным принтером. В модуле * " +"IoT * перейдите в меню * Устройства * и выберите принтер, который вы хотите " +"установить." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "Теперь перейдите на вкладку * Отчеты принтера *." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите редактировать и на * Добавить строку *. В открывшемся окне, " +"проверьте все типы отчетов, которые будут связаны с этим принтером. Нажмите " +"выбрать и сохранить." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" +"Теперь каждый раз, когда вы нажимаете на * Печать * в контрольной панели, " +"вместо загрузки PDF, система пришлет файл на выбранный принтер и " +"автоматически распечатает его." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "Печатайте чеки с Точки продаж" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете соединить принтер с вашим модулем * Точка продажи *, поэтому вы " +"можете печатать чеки прямо с вашего * Точки продаж *." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " +"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " +"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +msgstr "" +"Сделать это очень просто. Перейдите в ваш модуль * Точки продаж * и откройте" +" настройки * Точки продаж * под * Настройка *. Там нажмите на * " +"Редактировать * и отметьте функцию * IoT Box *. Затем включите * Принтеры " +"чеков *." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " +"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" +"Теперь в вашем просмотре * Точки продаж * вы сможете печатать различные " +"квитанции: ** чеки **, ** детали продажи ** и ** счета **." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" +" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +msgstr "" +"Чек будет напечатано после подтверждения заказа. Процесс автоматизирован, " +"когда вы включаете функцию в вашей * Точке продаже *." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" +"Детали продаже можно распечатать, когда вы нажимаете на иконку печати на " +"верхней панели * Точки продаж *. Она распечатает детали продажи текущего " +"дня." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." +" Click on it and it will print the bill." +msgstr "" +"Печать счетов доступен только в режиме ресторана. В ваших настройках " +"ресторана активируйте счета и кнопка * Счет * появится в левой панели. " +"Нажмите на нее и она распечатает счет." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "Печатайте заказ на кухне" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "В режиме ресторана вы можете присылать квитанции заказ на кухню." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" +"Для этого перейдите в модуль * Точки продаж * и откройте ваши настройки * " +"Точки продаж *. Отметив * Принтеры заказов *." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" +" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " +"Categories* field." +msgstr "" +"Теперь перейдите в меню * Принтеры * .Натиснить создать и выберите * IoT Box" +" * со всеми категориями товара, которые нужно печатать в поле * категорий " +"товаров принтера *." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " +"will be printed." +msgstr "" +"В * Точке продаже *, когда вы добавляете или удалении товар с одной из " +"выбранных категорий, кнопка * Заказ * будет зеленой. Если вы нажмете на нее," +" квитанцию будет напечатано." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..03a343d1c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -0,0 +1,250 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Живой чат" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 +msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +msgstr "Общайтесь с посетителями сайта в реальном времени" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " +"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " +"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," +" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " +"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " +"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +msgstr "" +"С Онлайн-чатом Odoo вы можете установить прямой контакт с посетителями " +"вашего сайта. Простое диалоговое окно появится на экране и позволит им " +"связаться с одним из ваших торговых представителей. Таким образом, вы можете" +" легко превратить лиды в возможности. Вы также сможете оказывать помощь " +"своим клиентам. В общем, это идеальный инструмент для улучшения " +"удовлетворенности клиентов." + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" +" and then click on install." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы получить функцию Онлайн-чат откройте модуль Приложения, найдите "" +";Онлайн-чат", а затем нажмите кнопку Установить." + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " +"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +msgstr "" +"Модуль Онлайн-чат предоставляет прямой доступ к вашим каналов. Там операторы" +" могут легко присоединиться и выходить из чата." + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" +msgstr "Добавьте онлайн-чат на сайт Odoo" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " +"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" +" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Если ваш сайт был создан с помощью Odoo, то автоматически будет добавлен " +"онлайн-чат. Все, что нужно сделать, это перейти на: menuselection: `Сайт " +"-> Настройка -> Налаштування`, чтобы выбрать канал, который будет " +"связан с сайтом." + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 +msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" +msgstr "Добавьте онлайн-чат на внешний сайт" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " +"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " +"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " +"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +msgstr "" +"Если ваш сайт не был создан с помощью Odoo, перейдите к модулю Онлайн-чат, " +"выберите канал, который нужно привязать. Там вы можете просто скопировать " +"доступен код на свой сайт. Также предоставляется конкретная URL-адрес, " +"который вы можете отправить клиентам или поставщикам для доступа к чату." + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 +msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" +msgstr "Спрячьте / покажите онлайн-чат в соответствии с правилами" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " +"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " +"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" +" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " +"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +msgstr "" +"Правила онлайн-чата можно определить по форме канала. Например, вы можете " +"выбрать показ чата в странах, в которых вы владеете языком. Напротив, вы " +"можете скрыть чат в странах, где ваша компания не ведет деятельность. Если " +"вы выберете Автоматическое всплывающее окно *, вы также можете установить, " +"сколько времени нужно для показа чата." + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 +msgid "Prepare automatic messages" +msgstr "Подготовьте автоматические сообщения" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" +" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" +" through the live chat." +msgstr "" +"В форме канала, в разделе Параметры * несколько сообщений могут быть " +"набраны, чтобы появляться автоматически в чате. Это побуждает посетителей " +"обратиться к вам через онлайн-чат." + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 +msgid "Start chatting with customers" +msgstr "Начните общаться с клиентами" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " +"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " +"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " +"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы начать общение с клиентами, сначала убедитесь, что канал публикуется " +"на вашем сайте. Чтобы сделать это, выберите * неопубликованных на веб-сайте " +"* в верхнем правом углу формы канала, чтобы переключить параметр * " +"Опубликовано *. Затем можно начать чат, когда оператор присоединится к " +"каналу." + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " +"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +msgstr "" +"Если ни один оператор не доступен или если канал не опубликовано на сайте, " +"кнопка онлайн-чата не будет отображаться посетителям." + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " +"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " +"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Разговор, инициированный посетителями, также загорается в модуле Обсуждение " +"кроме того, что появляется как прямое сообщение. Поэтому на запросы можно " +"ответить, где бы вы ни были в Odoo." + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " +"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +msgstr "" +"Если есть несколько операторов, которые присоединились к каналу, система " +"будет отправлять сессии посетителей случайным образом между ними." + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "используйте команды" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " +"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " +"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +msgstr "" +"Команды полезны для выполнения определенных действий или доступа к " +"информации, которая вам может понадобиться. Чтобы использовать эту функцию, " +"введите команды в чат. Доступны следующие действия:" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +msgstr "** / help ** Показать вспомогательное сообщение." + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "** / helpdesk **: создать заявку службы поддержки." + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 +msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "** / helpdesk \\ _search ** искать заявку технической поддержки." + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 +msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +msgstr "** / history **: смотреть 15 последних посещенных страниц." + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 +msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +msgstr "** / lead **: создать новый лед." + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 +msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +msgstr "** / leave **: оставить канал." + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " +"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " +"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" +"Если из чата создан заявку поддержки, тогда разговор, из которой она была " +"сгенерирована автоматически отображаться как описание заявки. То же самое " +"касается и создания лида." + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "Присылайте фиксированные ответы" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " +"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " +"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," +" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"Фиксированные ответы позволяют создавать заменители общих предложений, " +"которые вы часто используете. Введите вместо нескольких, это сэкономит вам " +"много времени. Чтобы добавить фиксированные ответы, перейдите к: " +"menuselection: `ОНЛАЙН-ЧАТ -> Настройка -> Фиксированные видповиди` и " +"создайте столько ответов, сколько нужно. Чтобы использовать их во время " +"чата, введите ":" к ярлыку, который вы назначили." + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 +msgid "" +"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " +"visitors, enjoy !" +msgstr "" +"Теперь у вас есть все инструменты, необходимые для общения в онлайн с " +"посетителями вашего сайта. Наслаждайтесь!" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index 7aa53a793..b7885c80b 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -1,15 +1,20 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,710 +24,1178 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Производство" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Manufacturing Operations" -msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "управление производством" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment Strategies" -msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "Используя альтернативный рабочий центр" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:15 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:58 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:24 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:62 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the *Master Data* menu > " +"*Products* and create both the finished product and the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 +msgid "Adding a routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 +msgid "Use flexible components consumption" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " +"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " +"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " +"But you will need to register it!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" +" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" +" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " +"consumption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:35 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." +"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." +" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " +"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:44 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" +"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" +" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " +"type. Then, save." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:47 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " +"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" +" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " +"Materials* as type." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:54 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " +"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." +"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " +"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " +"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:72 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " +"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials.rst:3 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 -msgid "Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " -"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " -"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " -"Manufacturing apps must be installed." +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:12 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управление складом компонентов продуктов" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:14 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " -"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " -"step." +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:18 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 msgid "" -"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " -"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " -"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " -"right shows the corresponding delivery order." +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:24 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 msgid "" -"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " -"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " -"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " -"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" -" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " -"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 msgid "" "All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no special configuration." +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " -"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " -"their default values." +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:53 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "Управление складом комплектов товара и компонентов" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:55 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 msgid "" -"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" -" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" -" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " -"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " -"will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:64 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " -"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " "stock management." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:72 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 msgid "" -"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " -"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" -" order rather than a packing operation." +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:3 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " +"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " +"control over it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " +"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " +"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " +"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " +"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " +"defined by *routings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " +"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" +" process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " +"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " +"phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "Create a manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "Record the production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " +"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " +"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " +"which work orders are performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " +"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " +"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 +msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 +msgid "Create the manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " +"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" +" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " +"don’t have the capacity to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " +"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " +"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " +"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " +"avoiding work superposition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Create the Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " +"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " +"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " +"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " +"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " +"just created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " +"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " +"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " +"first free slot on the work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " +"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как управлять устройствами для вариантов товара" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:5 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:125 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " "same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`." msgstr "" +"Odoo позволяет использовать одну спецификацию для нескольких вариантов того " +"же продукта. Просто включите варианты с: menuselection: `Настройка -> " +"Налаштування`." -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:12 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:132 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" "You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" " manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " "each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " "variants." msgstr "" +"После этого вы сможете определить, какие строки компонентов будут " +"использоваться при изготовлении каждого варианта продукта. Вы можете указать" +" несколько вариантов для каждой строки. Если не указано ни одного варианта, " +"строка будет использоваться для всех вариантов." -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:17 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:137 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 msgid "" "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " "field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " "used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." msgstr "" +"При определении варианта спецификации на основе строки-позиции, поле ** " +"Вариант продукта ** в главном разделе спецификации следует оставить пустым. " +"Это поле используется при создании BoM для одного варианта продукта." -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:83 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 msgid "" -"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " -"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" -"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " -"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " -"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:12 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:90 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 msgid "" -"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" -"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " -"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" -" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " -"subassembly is created as well." +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:21 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:99 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 msgid "" -"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " -"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " -"subassembly as you would for any product." +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:29 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:107 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:31 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:109 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 msgid "" -"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " -"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " -"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " -"effect." +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:39 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:117 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " -"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " -"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "Производственная заявка" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "How to consume composents to make a finished product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " -"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " -"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 msgid "" -"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " -"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " -"describe multiple variants of the same product." +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 msgid "" -"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " -"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. For " -"more information about which method of management to use, review the " -"**Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the " -"documentation." +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:22 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 msgid "" -"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " -"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " -"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " -"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " -"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " -"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " -"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " -"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " -"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:32 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 msgid "" -"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " -"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " -"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " -"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:38 -msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 msgid "" -"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " -"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " -"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " -"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:46 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" -"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " -"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " -"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:50 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 msgid "" -"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " -"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" -" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " -"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " -"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " -"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:61 -msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " -"primary product." +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 msgid "" -"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:72 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " -"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " -"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " -"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:81 -msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:97 -msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:123 -msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:8 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 msgid "" -"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " -"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " -"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " -"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " -"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " -"performed in an order defined by **routings**." +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:17 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" -"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " -"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " -"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " -"work orders and routings." +"Some businesses subcontract the production of some finished products through" +" subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "" -"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " -"are two basic phases from planning to production:" +"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and tick the box " +"*Subcontracting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:52 -msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "Record Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 msgid "" -"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" -" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " -"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " -"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." +"You can now define subcontracted *Bill of Materials*. Therefore, you need to" +" go to *Manufacturing > Master Data > Bill of Materials* and hit *Create*. " +"In this *BoM*, list the components which will be used by the subcontractor " +"to manufacture the subcontracted finished product. Specify that the *BoM* " +"type is *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:41 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:22 +msgid "You can also define subcontractors on the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:24 +msgid "If no subcontractor is set, the BoM can be used by any subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 +msgid "If some are set, the BoM can only be used for those subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 +msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:34 +msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:36 msgid "" -"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " -"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " -"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." +"**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your subcontractor" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:45 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 +msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:40 +msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:42 msgid "" -"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " -"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " -"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" -" step of scheduling work orders." +"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit " +"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " +"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " +"subcontracted product)." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:50 -msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:54 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:56 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "Work in progress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Manufacturing Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the materials, the " -"quantity of each material, and the steps required to manufacture a product. " -"Depending on the industry and the nature of the finished product, a " -"different name may be used to describe the same document. For example, in " -"the pharmaceutical industry, the term “recipe” may be used." +"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " +"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " +"following stock moves are created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "Cycle" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "For the components" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 +msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:58 +msgid "For the subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 +msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" -"A production cycle is a frame of time during which an entire manufacturing " -"process can be fulfilled." +"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at" +" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " +"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " +"stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "Downtime or Leave" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:69 msgid "" -"Time during which a resource is unavailable. If the resource is a machine, " -"the unavailability is downtime, while if the resource is human, unavailable " -"time is called a Leave." +"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " +"type subcontractor defined on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:25 -msgid "Finished products" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 +msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:75 msgid "" -"Finished products are the final output of a manufacturing process. They are " -"normally not intended to be used as input into another manufacturing order " -"of the company." +"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " +"components:" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31 -msgid "Kit" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "subcontractor as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:86 msgid "" -"A kit is a set of components that are described by a bill of materials, but " -"which are delivered separately rather than assembled or mixed." +"on the *Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough " +"components sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is " +"triggered, a delivery order is created for the product is automatically " +"created." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "Multi-level Bill of Materials" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:97 +msgid "**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:95 msgid "" -"A bill of material can quickly grow very complex. To keep it manageable, it " -"can be broken down into several smaller manufactured parts, each having its " -"own BOM. These parts are typically referred to as sub-assembly of " -"intermediate products." +"subcontractors each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you " +"need to tick the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:44 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 +msgid "Unbuild a product" +msgstr "разборка товара" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 msgid "" -"Defining a BOM in multiple levels reduces the complexity of the top-level " -"document and allows components to be reused in other BoMs." +"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " +"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" +" unbuild products you have received." msgstr "" +"В приложении Производство Odoo, вы можете * Разобрать * товары. Можно " +"управлять двумя случаями использования: (1) вы можете разобрать товары, " +"которые вы создали сами, или (2) вы можете разобрать товары, которые вы " +"получили." -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:46 -msgid "Phantom Bill of Material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:49 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 msgid "" -"A phantom bill of material is always used in the context of multi-level " -"BOMs. It allows to add a sub-assembly as part of a bigger end-product while " -"avoiding to trigger a separate manufacturing order for the sub-assembly." +"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " +"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " +"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " +"product." msgstr "" +"Давайте возьмем первый случай, когда вы производите продукцию " +"самостоятельно. Если какой-то из ваших товаров является дефектным, возможно," +" вам следует разобрать его, а не полностью забраковать, позволяя повторно " +"использовать некоторые компоненты товара." -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 msgid "" -"As such, when a manufacturing order for the final product is launched, the " -"components of the sub-assembly are reflected in the parent BOM as if they " -"were direct components of the parent BOM." +"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " +"unbuilding them and recycling them." msgstr "" +"Во втором случае вы покупаете товары с единственной целью - разбирать их и " +"переделывать." -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 +msgid "Unbuild Order" +msgstr "Заказ на разборку" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 msgid "" -"Phantom BOM are thus used for grouping a set of components with the aim of " -"reusing them in many other BOM without the need to launch separate " -"manufacturing orders for the sub-assemblies." +"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" +" menu *Unbuild Orders*." msgstr "" +"В приложении Производство, под вкладкой * Операции * вы найдете меню * Заказ" +" на разборку *." -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:61 -msgid "Raw Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:64 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 msgid "" -"Raw materials and components constitute the input that are transformed to " -"produce semi-finished or finished goods." +"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " +"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " +"something you received." msgstr "" +"Создавая новый, вы можете либо выбрать ЗНВ, если вы разбираете то, что вы " +"сделали, или выбираете товар, если вы разбираете то получено." -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:67 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 +msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы закончите, просто нажмите кнопку разобрать и процесс закончится." + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 msgid "" -"The transformation here can take many aspects according to the industry. It " -"can be simple assembly, welding, mixing, etc." +"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " +"components from the MO back in stock." msgstr "" +"Если вы разбираете товар, который вы сделали ранее, вы получите компоненты с" +" ЗНВ на складе." -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 msgid "" -"A routing is a document that describes a series of Work Orders and the Work " -"Centers at which they will be carried out" +"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " +"BoM back in stock." +msgstr "" +"Если вы разбираете товар, который вы приобрели, вы получите компоненты из " +"спецификации обратно на склад." + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74 -msgid "Semi-finished products and sub-assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 msgid "" -"These are products which are manufactured with the purpose to be consumed in" -" another manufacturing order." +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:79 -msgid "Work Order Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:82 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Work Order Operations specify the set of activities necessary to fully " -"process a manufacturing order. Each activity or operation takes some time to" -" be completed and is performed into a determined production unit (also " -"called work center)." +"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and activate the " +"Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:86 -msgid "Work Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:89 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 msgid "" -"A work order is a single manufacturing operation that is scheduled for " -"execution on a given date and a given duration." +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "Work Center" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:94 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" -"Work centers identify production units and their resources. They are used to" -" represent the plant capacity as well as costing information. The capacity " -"is a combination of resources and their availability time." +"Now, go in *Planning > Master Production Schedule* and click on add a " +"product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want " +"to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum " +"quantities to replenish." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "Resources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:100 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 msgid "" -"In manufacturing a resource can be a human being (employee) or machine " -"available in a work center." +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:102 -msgid "Working Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:105 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 msgid "" -"Each resource has its normal working time. For instance, machines can be set" -" up to operate 7 days a week 20 hours out of 24." +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Общий обзор" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 +msgid "Repair Management" +msgstr "управление ремонтом" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +msgid "Repair products" +msgstr "ремонт товаров" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " +"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " +"defect." +msgstr "" +"Приложение Odoo * Ремонт * позволяет управлять полным послепродажным " +"процессом, а также просто ремонтировать изделия, которые вы сделали, если " +"они являются дефектными." + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "Создайте заказ на ремонт" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " +"new one." +msgstr "" +"Оказавшись в программе, вы сможете получить доступ к существующим * Заказов " +"на ремонт * и создать новое." + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +msgid "Manage a repair" +msgstr "управление ремонтом" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." +" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " +"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" +" might need, etc." +msgstr "" +"Когда клиент посылает вам товар для ремонта, создайте новое * Заказы на " +"ремонт *. Заполните в нем всю необходимую информацию, например, товар, " +"клиент, если он должен быть выписан после или перед ремонтом, деталей, " +"которые могут понадобиться и т.д." + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " +"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " +"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." +msgstr "" +"После того, как все будет сделано, вы сможете отправить запрос на ремонт " +"вашему клиенту. Если это будет принято, вы можете подтвердить ремонт. После " +"этого вы сможете запустить и завершить ремонт, когда он будет завершен." + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +msgid "You can now invoice the repair." +msgstr "Теперь вы можете выставить счет на ремонт." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0508b5660 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Мобильный" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Push-уведомления" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" +"Для Odoo 12.0, 13.0 или более поздней версии больше нет сложной " +"конфигурации, чтобы включить push-уведомления в мобильном приложении." + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " +"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" +"Просто перейдите в * Настройка *> * Общие настройки *> * Облачные " +"Оповещение Odoo (OCN) * и убедитесь, что ** Push-уведомления ** обозначены." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index a4ccca6ad..e5b3b9202 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -1,15 +1,21 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Dinar <gabbasov@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,780 +25,710 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Точка продаж" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дополнительные темы" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "How to use discount tags on products?" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Использование штрих-кодов в точке продажи" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "This tutorial will describe how to use discount tags on products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 msgid "" -"To start using discounts tags, let's first have a look at the **barcode " -"nomenclature** in order to print our correct discounts tags." +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." msgstr "" +"Использование сканера штрих-кодов для обработки заказов на продажу улучшает " +"вашу эффективность и помогает вам сэкономить время для вас и ваших клиентов." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "I want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode." -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:18 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode " -"Nomenclatures`. In the default nomenclature, you can see that to set a " -"discount, you have to start you barcode with ``22`` and the add the " -"percentage you want to set for the product." +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." msgstr "" +"Чтобы воспользоваться сканером штрих-кодов, перейдите к: menuselection: " +"`Точки продаж -> Настройка -> Точка продажу` и выберите ваш интерфейс " +"точки продаж." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:26 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 msgid "" -"For instance if you want ``50%`` discount on a product you have to start you" -" barcode with ``2250`` and then add the product barcode. In our example, the" -" barcode will be:" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." msgstr "" +"Под категорией IoT Box / Оборудование вы найдете * Сканер штрих-кодов *." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34 -msgid "Scanning your products" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Добавьте штрих-коды к товару" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:36 -msgid "If you go back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "You have to scan:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45 -msgid "the discount tag" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:47 -msgid "When the product is scanned, it appears on the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 msgid "" -"Then when you scan the discount tag, ``50%`` discount is applied on the " +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " "product." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Точки продаж -> Каталог -> Товари` и " +"выберите товар." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:58 -msgid "That's it, this how you can use discount tag on products with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:61 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:114 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:83 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:94 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:171 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:57 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:35 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:155 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:69 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:81 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:43 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:62 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:115 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:95 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:172 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:58 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:36 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:156 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:70 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:82 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:63 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:116 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:85 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:96 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:173 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:59 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:37 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:157 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:71 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:83 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:45 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/refund`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:64 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:117 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:86 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:97 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:174 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:60 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:38 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:158 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:72 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:46 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:38 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & run a loyalty & reward system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:41 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:37 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:88 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:6 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 msgid "" -"In the **Point of Sale** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings`." +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." msgstr "" +"На вкладке общей информации вы можете найти поле штрих-кода, где вы можете " +"ввести любой штрих-код." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "сканирование товаров" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 msgid "" -"You can tick **Manage loyalty program with point and reward for customers**." +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." msgstr "" +"С вашего интерфейса точки продажи отсканируйте любой штрих-код с вашим " +"сканером штрих-кодов. Товар будет добавлен, вы сможете сканировать тот же " +"товар, чтобы добавить его несколько раз или изменить количество вручную на " +"экране." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:21 -msgid "Create a loyalty program" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Округление наличных денег" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:23 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" -"After you apply, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Loyalty Programs` " -"and click on **Create**." +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:29 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:8 msgid "" -"Set a **name** and an **amount** of points given **by currency**, **by " -"order** or **by product**. Extra rules can also be added such as **extra " -"points** on a product." +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:33 -msgid "To do this click on **Add an item** under **Rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:38 -msgid "You can configure any rule by setting some configuration values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40 -msgid "**Name**: An internal identification for this loyalty program rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:41 -msgid "**Type**: Does this rule affects products, or a category of products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:42 -msgid "**Target Product**: The product affected by the rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:43 -msgid "**Target Category**: The category affected by the rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:12 msgid "" -"**Cumulative**: The points won from this rule will be won in addition to " -"other rules" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:45 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "" -"**Points per product**: How many points the product will earn per product " -"ordered" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" -"**Points per currency**: How many points the product will earn per value " -"sold" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:51 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:27 msgid "" -"Your new rule is now created and rewards can be added by clicking on **Add " -"an Item** under **Rewards**." +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:57 -msgid "Three types of reward can be given:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:59 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:31 msgid "" -"**Resale**: convert your points into money. Set a product that represents " -"the value of 1 point." +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:34 msgid "" -"**Discount**: give a discount for an amount of points. Set a product with a " -"price of ``0 €`` and without any taxes." +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:69 -msgid "**Gift**: give a gift for an amount of points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:77 -msgid "Applying your loyalty program to a point of sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:79 -msgid "On the **Dashboard**, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:84 -msgid "Next to loyalty program, set the program you want to set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:90 -msgid "Gathering and consuming points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:92 -msgid "To start gathering points you need to set a customer on the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:94 -msgid "Click on **Customer** and select the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:96 -msgid "Loyalty points will appear on screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:101 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:41 msgid "" -"The next time the customer comes to your shop and has enough points to get a" -" reward, the **Rewards** button is highlighted and gifts can be given." +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:108 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:48 msgid "" -"The reward is added and of course points are subtracted from the total." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "How to apply manual discounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can apply manual discounts in two different ways. You can directly set a" -" discount on the product or you can set a global discount on the whole cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:13 -msgid "Discount on the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:8 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **New Session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:20 -msgid "You will get into the main point of sale interface :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:76 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:53 -msgid "" -"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " -"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can " -"directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The same way you insert a quantity, Click on **Disc** and then type the " -"discount (in percent). This is how you insert a manual discount on a " -"specific product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:38 -msgid "Global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you want to set a global discount, you need to go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Allow global " -"discounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:50 -msgid "Then from the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You have to activate **Order Discounts** and create a product that will be " -"added as a product with a negative price to deduct the discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:61 -msgid "" -"On the product used to create the discount, set the price to ``0`` and do " -"not forget to remove all the **taxes**, that can make the calculation wrong." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:68 -msgid "Set a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Now when you come back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**, a " -"**Discount** button appears and by clicking on it you can set a " -"**discount**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When it's validated, the discount line appears on the order and you can now " -"process to the payment." +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "How to accept credit card payments in Odoo POS using Mercury?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" +msgstr "Прием оплаты кредитной картой через Mercury" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 msgid "" -"A **MercuryPay** account (see `MercuryPay website " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com>`__.) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 9 POS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates with" -" US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses. An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work " -"with a standalone card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS " -"screen into the card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." +"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " +"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" +" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " +"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " +"American businesses." msgstr "" +"MercuryPay (см. `* Сайт MercuryPay * <https://www.mercurypay.com/> `__) " +"принимает платежи с помощью кредитных карт в точке продажи Odoo 11 со " +"встроенным устройством для чтения карт. MercuryPay работает только с " +"американскими и канадскими банками, что делает эту процедуру только " +"пригодной для предприятий Северной Америки." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 +msgid "" +"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " +"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " +"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." +msgstr "" +"Альтернативой интегрированной кардридер является работа с автономным " +"устройством для чтения карт, копирование общей транзакции с экрана точки " +"продажи Odoo в кардридер и записи транзакции в точке продажи Odoo." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 +msgid "Install Mercury" +msgstr "установите Mercury" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:20 msgid "" -"Go to **Apps** and install the **Mercury Payment Services** application." +"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " +"module." msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить Mercury перейдите к: menuselection: `Додатки` и найдите " +"модуль * Mercury *." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:26 -msgid "Mercury Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:28 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the **Point of Sale** application, click on :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Mercury Configurations` and then on **Create**." +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " +"mode*." msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить mercury, необходимо включить режим разработчика. Чтобы это " +"сделать, перейдите к: menuselection: `Приложения -> Налаштування` и " +"выберите * Активировать режим разработчика *." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:35 -msgid "Introduce your **credentials** and then save them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:40 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and click on " -"**Create**. Under the **Point of Sale** tab you can set a **Mercury " -"configuration** to the **Payment method**." +"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." msgstr "" +"В режиме разработчика перейдите к: menuselection: `Точка продажи -> " +"Настройка -> Настройка Mercury`." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 msgid "" -"Finally, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale` and add a " -"new payment method on the point of sale by editing it." +"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " +"credentials." msgstr "" +"Создайте новую конфигурацию для кредитных карточек и введите учетные данные " +"Mercury." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:54 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 msgid "" -"Then select the payment method corresponding to your mercury configuration." +"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods` and create a new one." msgstr "" +"Затем перейдите к: menuselection: `Точки продаж -> Настройка -> Метод " +"оплати` и создайте еще один." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:60 -msgid "Save the modifications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:63 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "Register a sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:65 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 msgid "" -"On the dashboard, you can see your point(s) of sales, click on **New " -"Session**:" +"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " +"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." msgstr "" +"Под * Точкой продаже *, когда вы выберете Использовать в точке продажи *, вы" +" сможете выбрать только что созданные вами учетные данные Mercury." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:71 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:114 -msgid "You will get the main point of sale interface:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:82 -msgid "Payment with credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:84 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 msgid "" -"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the credit" -" card **Payment Method**." +"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." +msgstr "Теперь вы можете оплатить кредитную карту во время проверки платежа." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:90 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Type in the **Amount** to be paid with the credit card. Now you can swipe " -"the card and validate the payment." +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple cashiers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 msgid "" -"This tutorial will describe how to manage multiple cashiers. There are four " -"differents ways to manage several cashiers." +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 -msgid "Switch cashier without any security" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 msgid "" -"As prerequisite, you just need to have a second user with the **Point of " -"Sale User** rights (Under the :menuselection:`General Settings --> Users` " -"menu). On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session** as the main user." +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:18 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:123 -msgid "On the top of the screen click on the **user name**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:23 -msgid "And switch to another cashier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:28 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 msgid "" -"The name on the top has changed which means you have changed the cashier." +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:34 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin code" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:39 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "Переключатель без PIN-кодов" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want your cashiers to need a pin code to be able to use it, you can " -"set it up in by clicking on **Settings**." +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:45 -msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:50 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 msgid "" -"**Edit** the cashier and add a security pin code on the **Point of Sale** " -"tab." +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 -msgid "Change cashier" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:59 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:118 -msgid "On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:69 -msgid "Choose your **cashier**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:74 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 msgid "" -"You will have to insert the user's **pin code** to be able to continue." +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:79 -msgid "Now you can see that the cashier has changed." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:85 -msgid "Switch cashier with cashier barcode badge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:90 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 msgid "" -"If you want your cashiers to scan its badge, you can set it up in by " -"clicking on **Settings**." +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:96 -msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:101 -msgid "" -"**Edit** the cashier and add a **security pin code** on the **Point of " -"Sale** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Be careful of the barcode nomenclature, the default one forced you to use a " -"barcode starting with ``041`` for cashier barcodes. To change that go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:116 -msgid "Change Cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When the cashier scans his own badge, you can see on the top that the " -"cashier has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:132 -msgid "Assign session to a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Click on the menu :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Then, click on **New** and assign as **Responsible** the correct cashier to " -"the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:145 -msgid "When the cashier logs in he is able to open the session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:151 -msgid "Assign a default point of sale to a cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If you want your cashiers to be assigned to a point of sale, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:159 -msgid "Then click on **Manage Access Rights**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Edit** the cashier and add a **Default Point of Sale** under the **Point " -"of Sale** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:21 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:78 -msgid "Register an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:13 -msgid "You arrive now on the main view :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:18 -msgid "" -"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " -"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can " -"directly set the quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:23 -msgid "Record a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:25 -msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:30 -msgid "Register a new customer by clicking on the button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:35 -msgid "The following form appear. Fill in the relevant information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:40 -msgid "When it's done click on the **floppy disk** icon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You just registered a new customer. To set this customer to the current " -"order, just tap on **Set Customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:51 -msgid "The customer is now set on the order." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "How to reprint receipts?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "Повторная печать чеков" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -msgid "This feature requires a POSBox and a receipt printer." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." msgstr "" +"Используйте функцию подтверждения * повторный печати *, если вам нужно " +"повторно печатать чек." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you want to allow a cashier to reprint a ticket, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the option **Allow " -"cashier to reprint receipts**." +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "В разделе Счета и чеки вы найдете функцию * Повторная печать чека *." + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 msgid "" -"You also need to allow the reprinting on the point of sale. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure and and tick the option **Reprinting**." +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "Повторно введите чек" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "How to reprint a receipt?" +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" +"В вашем интерфейсе точки продаж теперь кнопка подтверждения * повторной " +"печати *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "Когда вы используете его, вы можете повторно печатать последний чек." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "Использование тегов скидок со сканером штрих-кодов" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 msgid "" -"In the Point of Sale interface click on the **Reprint Receipt** button." +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите продать свои товары со скидкой, например, для товара, " +"приближается к дате его окончания, вы можете использовать теги скидок. Они " +"позволяют сканировать штрих-коды со скидкой." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:32 -msgid "The last printed receipt will be printed again." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Номенклатура штрих-кода" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" +"Чтобы использовать теги скидок, нам нужно узнать о номенклатуре штрих-кодов." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" +"Скажем, вы хотите получить скидку для товара с последующим штрих-кодом:" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете найти * Номенклатура по умолчанию * в настройках вашего интерфейса" +" точки продаж." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" +"Скажем, вам нужно 50% скидки на товар, для которого вам нужно будет начать " +"свой штрих-код с 22 (для номера штрих-кода скидки), а затем 50 (для%), " +"прежде чем добавлять штрих-код товара. В нашем примере штрих-код будет:" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "Отсканируйте товары и теги" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "Сначала нужно отсканировать нужный товар (в нашем случае, лимон)." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" +"Затем отсканируйте тег со скидкой. Скидка будет применена, и вы можете " +"закончить транзакцию." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "Управление программой лояльности" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" +"Поощряйте своих клиентов продолжать покупать в вашей точке продажи с * " +"программой лояльности *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать программу лояльности, перейдите к: menuselection: `Точки " +"продаж -> Настройка -> Точка продажу` и выберите свой интерфейс точки " +"продаж. В разделе Функции ценообразования выберите * программу лояльности *" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "Оттуда вы можете создавать и редактировать свои программы лояльности." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете решить, какой тип программы вы хотите использовать, если " +"вознаграждение - это скидка или подарок, делая ее конкретной для некоторых " +"товаров или охватывая весь ваш ассортимент. Применяйте правила так, чтобы " +"они были действительными только в конкретной ситуации и все, что существует " +"между ними." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "Используйте программу лояльности в своем интерфейсе точки продаж" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" +"Когда клиент установлен, теперь вы увидите пункты, которые они получат для " +"транзакции, и они будут накапливаться, пока они не будут израсходованы. Они " +"расходуются с помощью кнопки * Награды *, если у них есть достаточно баллов " +"в соответствии с правилами, определенными в программе лояльности." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете видеть, что цена моментально обновляется, чтобы отразить " +"прайслист. Вы можете завершить оформление заказа обычным способом." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" +"Если вы выберете клиента с ПРАЙСЛИСТ по умолчанию, он будет применен. Вы, " +"конечно, можете изменить это." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Применение скидок вручную" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" +"Если вы редко пользуетесь скидками, применение скидок вручную может стать " +"самым легким решением для вашей точки продаж." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете либо применить скидку на все заказы или на отдельные товары." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Примените скидку на товар" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 +msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." +msgstr "С интерфейса сессии используйте кнопку * Скидка *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " +"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете вносить скидку (в процентах) на товар, который сейчас " +"выбран, и скидка будет применена." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Примените общую скидку" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы применить скидку ко всему заказу, перейдите к: menuselection: `Точки " +"продаж -> Настройка -> Точка продажу` и выберите свой интерфейс точки " +"продаж." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +msgstr "В разделе * Цены * вы найдете * Общие скидки *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 +msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Теперь в вашем интерфейсе точки продаже появилась новая кнопка * Скидка *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +msgstr "После нажатия вы сможете ввести желаемую скидку (в процентах)." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " +"product discount also at 50%." +msgstr "" +"На этом примере вы можете увидеть общую скидку 50%, а также конкретную " +"скидку товаре на 50%." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "Применение сезонных скидок" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " +"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " +"pricing strategy tailored to your business." +msgstr "" +"Поощряйте своих клиентов и увеличивайте ваши доходы, предлагая ограниченные " +"по времени скидки или сезонные скидки. Odoo имеет мощную функцию ПРАЙСЛИСТ, " +"что поддерживает стратегию ценообразования, адаптированную к вашему бизнесу." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать функцию * ПРАЙСЛИСТ * перейдите к меню: menuselection: " +"`Точка продажи -> Настройка -> Точка продажу` и выберите свой " +"интерфейс точки продаж." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " +"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" +" on *Pricelists*." +msgstr "" +"Выберите ПРАЙСЛИСТ, которые вы хотите применить в этой точке продажи и " +"определите прайслист по умолчанию. Вы можете получить доступ ко всем своим *" +" ПРАЙСЛИСТ *, нажав на них." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "создайте прайслист" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию у вас есть общий прайслист, чтобы создать больше, перейдите к: " +"menuselection: `Точки продаж -> Каталог -> Прайслисти`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " +"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " +"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " +"whole range." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете установить несколько критериев использования конкретной цены " +"периоды, мин. количество (удовлетворяйте минимальную заказанное количество и" +" получайте перерыв на цену) и др. Вы также можете выбрать, чтобы применить " +"этот прайслист только к определенной продукции или всего диапазона." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 +msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" +msgstr "Использование ПРАЙСЛИСТ в интерфейсе точки продаж" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " +"select the right pricelist." +msgstr "" +"Теперь у вас есть новая кнопка над * Клиентом *, используйте ее, чтобы " +"мгновенно выбрать нужный прайслист." #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "анализ продаж" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "Getting daily sales statistics" -msgstr "" +msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" +msgstr "Просмотр статистики точки продаж" -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:7 -msgid "Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 msgid "" -"On your dashboard, click on the **More** button on the point of sale you " -"want to analyse. Then click on **Orders**." +"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " +"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " +"statistics." msgstr "" +"Отслеживание продаж является ключевым для любого бизнеса. Вот почему Odoo " +"предлагает практический просмотр, чтобы проанализировать свои продажи и " +"получить статистику." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "Посмотреть статистику" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " +"--> Orders`" +msgstr "" +"Чтобы получить доступ к вашей статистики, перейдите к: menuselection: `Точка" +" продажи -> Отчетность -> заказ`" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You will get the figures for this particular point of sale." +msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете просмотреть различные статистические данные в виде графика " +"или в форме таблицы." #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "Global statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:23 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Orders`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:25 -msgid "You will get the figures of all orders for all point of sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:31 -msgid "Cashier statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:33 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Sales Details`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Choose the dates. Select the cashiers by clicking on **Add an item**. Then " -"click on **Print Report**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:41 -msgid "You will get a full report in a PDF file. Here is an example :" -msgstr "" +msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" +msgstr "Вы также можете получить доступ к просмотров статистики, нажав здесь" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Бельгийский модуль налоговых данных" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка модуля налоговых данных с точкой продажи Odoo" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введение" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -806,10 +742,20 @@ msgid "" "information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " "website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." msgstr "" +"Бельгийское законодательство требует от некоторых предприятий использовать " +"сертифицированный государством устройство под названием ** Модуль налоговых " +"данных ** (также известный как ** blackbox **). Данное устройство вместе с " +"приложением точки продаж и записывает определенные транзакции. Кроме того, " +"используемое приложение точки продаж также должен быть сертифицирован " +"правительством и должен соответствовать установленным им строгим стандартам." +" `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) - сертифицированная программа " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies> _ _. Более " +"подробную информацию о модуля налоговых данных можно найти на официальном " +"веб-сайте http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/> _." #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "" +msgstr "необходимое оборудование" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -818,6 +764,10 @@ msgid "" "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " "Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" msgstr "" +"Правительство сертифицировал `Модуль налоговых данных " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés> `_ Per POS, все они должны работать, но " +"рекомендуется использовать Cleancash SC-B, вам также понадобится:" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -825,38 +775,49 @@ msgid "" "/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" "DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" msgstr "" +"Последовательный нулевой модемный кабель на FDM ( `пример " +"<http://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-" +"Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM> `__)" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " "<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" msgstr "" +"Серийный адаптер к USB для FDM ( `пример " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9> `__)" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered POSBox per POS configuration" -msgstr "" +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "Настройка зарегистрированного IoT Box на точку продажи" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установка" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "POSBox" -msgstr "" +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Box" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered POSBox. " -"These POSBoxes are similar to the regular POSBoxes we sell, but they are " +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " "registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered POSBox will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the POSBox by going " -"to the *Hardware status page* via the POSBox homepage." +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." msgstr "" +"Для использования модуля фискальных данных вам понадобится зарегистрирован " +"IoT Box. Они похожи на обычные коробки IoT, которые мы продаем, но они " +"зарегистрированы в бельгийском правительстве. Это требует законом. Попытка " +"использовать модуль фискальных данных на незарегистрированном IoT Box не " +"будет. Можно убедиться, что модуль фискальных данных распознается IoT Box, " +"перейдя на страницу статуса * Оборудование * на домашней странице IoT Box." #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -864,17 +825,28 @@ msgid "" "**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " "``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" " installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered POSBox associated with it " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " "(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / POSBox and the serial number of your POSBox is set)." -" The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a transaction, " -"you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your VAT signing " -"card." +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." msgstr "" +"Приложении точки продажи Odoo можно предоставить сертифицированные " +"возможности точки продаж, установив приложение ** бельгийского " +"зарегистрированного кассового аппарата ** (техническое название: " +"`pos_blackbox_be``). Из-за ограничений, налагаемых на нас, эту установку " +"нельзя отменить. После этого вам придется убедиться, что каждое настройки " +"точки продаж имеет уникальный зарегистрирован IoT Box, связанный с ней (: " +"menuselection: `Точка продажи -> Настройка -> Точка продажу` и " +"обеспечьте Proxy Оборудование / IoT Box и серийный номер вашего IoT Box). " +"Когда вы впервые открываете точку продажи и пытаетесь осуществить " +"транзакцию, вам будет предложено ввести PIN-код, который вы получили с вашей" +" подписанного карточки НДС." #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сертификация и на заказ" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -885,10 +857,17 @@ msgid "" "is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " "module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." msgstr "" +"Сертификация, предоставленная правительством, ограничена использованием на " +"примере SaaS odoo.com. Использование модуля из источника или " +"модифицированной версии ** НЕ ** будет сертифицировано. Для пользователей по" +" умолчанию мы также поддерживаем модуль бюджетных данных в таких установках." +" Основное ограничение состоит в том, что для этого нужна замаскированная " +"версия модуля `pos_blackbox_be``, который мы предоставим на заказ для " +"клиентов компании." #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ограничения" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -896,2052 +875,1162 @@ msgid "" "adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " "POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." msgstr "" +"Как упоминалось ранее, для получения сертификата заявка на использование " +"точки продажи должна соответствовать строгим правилам правительства. Поэтому" +" сертифицирована точка продажи Odoo имеет определенные ограничения, " +"отсутствующие в сертифицированной точке продажи Odoo." #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "возмещение отключены" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изменение цен на заказ" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создание / изменение / удаление заказов точки продаж" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Продажа продукции без действительного налога" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per POSBox are not allowed" -msgstr "" +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "Настройка нескольких точек продаж Odoo на IoT Box не доступны" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the POSBox (and thus FDM)" +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" msgstr "" +"Использование точки продажи без подключения к IoT Box (и таким образом FDM)" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Модули с черным списком: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Point of Sale Hardware Setup" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Общий обзор" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:6 -msgid "POSBox Setup Guide" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "Регистрация клиентов" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:11 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:206 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 msgid "" -"Before you start setting up your POSBox make sure you have everything. You " -"will need :" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." msgstr "" +"Регистрация ваших клиентов даст вам возможность предоставлять им различные " +"привилегии, такие как скидки, программа лояльности, особая коммуникация. Она" +" будет также требуется, если они хотят получить счет-фактуру и " +"регистрировать его с любой будущей взаимодействием с ними быстрее." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:16 -msgid "The POSBox" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "создайте клиента" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:17 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "С интерфейса сессии используйте кнопку клиента." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:18 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "Создайте нового, используя эту кнопку." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:19 -msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:20 -msgid "A local network set up with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:21 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable or a Linux compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_)" -msgstr "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "Вам будет предложено заполнить форму клиента со своей информацией." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:25 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:26 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:29 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:214 -msgid "Step By Step Setup Guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Current version of the POSBox (since 2015)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:36 -msgid "Connect peripheral devices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:38 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_, but other hardware " -"might work as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:42 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:54 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the POSBox to the same network as your POS " -"device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: If you do not wish to use Ethernet, plug in a Linux compatible " -"USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are Linux " -"compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink 5370 " -"chipset. Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:68 -msgid "Power the POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Plug the power adapter into the POSBox, a bright red status led should light" -" up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:74 -msgid "Make sure the POSBox is ready" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once powered, The POSBox needs a while to boot. Once the POSBox is ready, it" -" should print a status receipt with its IP address. Also the status LED, " -"just next to the red power LED, should be permanently lit green." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:82 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:293 -msgid "Setup the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" -" --> Configuration --> Settings` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll down " -"to the ``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` section and activate the options for the " -"hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the POSBox" -" is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after " -"booting up the POSBox). When the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will " -"attempt to find it on the local network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you are running multiple Point of Sales on the same POSBox, make sure " -"that only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:96 -msgid "" -"It might be a good idea to make sure the POSBox IP never changes in your " -"network. Refer to your router documentation on how to achieve this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:101 -msgid "Launch the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:103 -msgid "" -"If you didn't specify the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, the POS " -"will need some time to perform a network scan to find the POSBox. This is " -"only done once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:107 -msgid "" -"The Point of Sale is now connected to the POSBox and your hardware should be" -" ready to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:111 -msgid "Wi-Fi configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The POSBox is Wi-Fi-capable. In order to use it you'll need a Linux " -"compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are" -" Linux compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink " -"5370 chipset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, as all Wi-Fi related " -"functionality will be disabled when a wired network connection is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When the POSBox boots with a Wi-Fi adapter it will start its own Wi-Fi " -"Access Point called \"Posbox\" you can connect to. The receipt that gets " -"printed when the POSBox starts will reflect this. In order to make the " -"POSBox connect to an already existing Wi-Fi network, go to the homepage of " -"the POSBox (indicated on the receipt) and go to the Wi-Fi configuration " -"page. On there you can choose a network to connect to. Note that we only " -"support open and WPA(2)-PSK networks. When connecting to a WPA-secured " -"network, fill in the password field. The POSBox will attempt to connect to " -"the specified network and will print a new POSBox status receipt after it " -"has connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:133 -msgid "" -"If you plan on permanently setting up the POSBox with Wi-Fi, you can use the" -" \"persistent\" checkbox on the Wi-Fi configuration page when connecting to " -"a network. This will make the network choice persist across reboots. This " -"means that instead of starting up its own \"Posbox\" network it will always " -"attempt to connect to the specified network after it boots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:140 -msgid "" -"When the POSBox fails to connect to a network it will fall back to starting " -"it's own \"Posbox\" Access Point. If connection is lost with a Wi-Fi network" -" after connecting to it, the POSBox will attempt to re-establish connection " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:146 -msgid "Multi-POS Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:148 -msgid "" -"The advised way to setup a multi Point of Sale shop is to have one POSBox " -"per Point of Sale. In this case it is mandatory to manually specify the IP " -"address of each POSBox in each Point of Sale. You must also configure your " -"network to make sure the POSBox's IP addresses don't change. Please refer to" -" your router documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:155 -msgid "POSBoxless Guide (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:159 -msgid "" -"If you are running your Point of Sale on a Debian-based Linux distribution, " -"you do not need the POSBox as you can run its software locally. However the " -"installation process is not foolproof. You'll need at least to know how to " -"install and run Odoo. You may also run into issues specific to your " -"distribution or to your particular setup and hardware configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Drivers for the various types of supported hardware are provided as Odoo " -"modules. In fact, the POSBox runs an instance of Odoo that the Point of Sale" -" communicates with. The instance of Odoo running on the POSBox is very " -"different from a 'real' Odoo instance however. It does not handle *any* " -"business data (eg. POS orders), but only serves as a gateway between the " -"Point of Sale and the hardware." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:173 -msgid "" -"The goal of this section will be to set up a local Odoo instance that " -"behaves like the Odoo instance running on the POSBox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:177 -msgid "Image building process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:179 -msgid "" -"We generate the official POSBox images using the scripts in " -"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. " -"More specifically, we run `posbox_create_image.sh " -"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/posbox_create_image.sh>`_." -" This builds an image called ``posbox.img``, which we zip and upload to " -"`nightly.odoo.com <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_ for users to download." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:187 -msgid "" -"The scripts in this directory might be useful as a reference if you get " -"stuck or want more detail about something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:191 -msgid "Summary of the image creation process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The image creation process starts by downloading the latest `Raspbian " -"<https://www.raspbian.org/>`_ image. It then locally mounts this Raspbian " -"image and copies over some files and scripts that will make the Raspbian " -"image turn itself into a POSBox when it boots. These scripts will update " -"Raspbian, remove non-essential packages and install required packages. In " -"order to boot Raspbian we use qemu, which is capable of providing ARM " -"emulation. After this, the emulated Raspbian OS will shut itself down. We " -"then once again locally mount the image, remove the scripts that were used " -"to initialize the image at boot and we copy over some extra configuration " -"files. The resulting image is then ready to be tested and used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:208 -msgid "A Debian-based Linux distribution (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:209 -msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to to load the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:210 -msgid "" -"You must uninstall any ESC/POS printer driver as it will conflict with " -"Odoo's built-in driver" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:217 -msgid "Extra dependencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:219 -msgid "" -"Because Odoo runs on Python 2, you need to check which version of pip you " -"need to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:222 -msgid "``# pip --version``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:224 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:230 -msgid "If it returns something like::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:228 -msgid "You need to try pip2 instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:234 -msgid "You can use pip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:236 -msgid "The driver modules requires the installation of new python modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:238 -msgid "``# pip install pyserial``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:240 -msgid "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:242 -msgid "``# pip install qrcode``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:245 -msgid "Access Rights" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:247 -msgid "" -"The drivers need raw access to the printer and barcode scanner devices. " -"Doing so requires a bit system administration. First we are going to create " -"a group that has access to USB devices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:251 -msgid "``# groupadd usbusers``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:253 -msgid "Then we add the user who will run the OpenERP server to ``usbusers``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:255 -msgid "``# usermod -a -G usbusers USERNAME``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:257 -msgid "" -"Then we need to create a udev rule that will automatically allow members of " -"``usbusers`` to access raw USB devices. To do so create a file called " -"``99-usbusers.rules`` in the ``/etc/udev/rules.d/`` directory with the " -"following content::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:265 -msgid "Then you need to reboot your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:268 -msgid "Start the local Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:270 -msgid "We must launch the Odoo server with the correct settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:272 -msgid "" -"``$ ./odoo.py " -"--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:275 -msgid "Test the instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:277 -msgid "" -"Plug all your hardware to your machine's USB ports, and go to " -"``http://localhost:8069/hw_proxy/status`` refresh the page a few times and " -"see if all your devices are indicated as *Connected*. Possible source of " -"errors are: The paths on the distribution differ from the paths expected by " -"the drivers, another process has grabbed exclusive access to the devices, " -"the udev rules do not apply or a superseded by others." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:285 -msgid "Automatically start Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You must now make sure that this Odoo install is automatically started after" -" boot. There are various ways to do so, and how to do it depends on your " -"particular setup. Using the init system provided by your distribution is " -"probably the easiest way to accomplish this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:295 -msgid "" -"The IP address field in the POS configuration must be either ``127.0.0.1`` " -"or ``localhost`` if you're running the created Odoo server on the machine " -"that you'll use as the Point of Sale device. You can also leave it empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:301 -msgid "POSBox Technical Documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:304 -msgid "Technical Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:307 -msgid "The POSBox Hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:309 -msgid "" -"The POSBox's Hardware is based on a `Raspberry Pi 2 " -"<https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-2-model-b/>`_, a popular " -"single-board computer. The Raspberry Pi 2 is powered with a 2A micro-usb " -"power adapter. 2A is needed to give enough power to the barcode scanners. " -"The Software is installed on a 8Gb Class 10 or Higher SD Card. All this " -"hardware is easily available worldwide from independent vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:318 -msgid "Compatible Peripherals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:320 -msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:324 -msgid "The POSBox Software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:326 -msgid "" -"The POSBox runs a heavily modified Raspbian Linux installation, a Debian " -"derivative for the Raspberry Pi. It also runs a barebones installation of " -"Odoo which provides the webserver and the drivers. The hardware drivers are " -"implemented as Odoo modules. Those modules are all prefixed with ``hw_*`` " -"and they are the only modules that are running on the POSBox. Odoo is only " -"used for the framework it provides. No business data is processed or stored " -"on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``8.0`` " -"branch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:335 -msgid "" -"The root partition on the POSBox is mounted read-only, ensuring that we " -"don't wear out the SD card by writing to it too much. It also ensures that " -"the filesystem cannot be corrupted by cutting the power to the POSBox. Linux" -" applications expect to be able to write to certain directories though. So " -"we provide a ramdisk for /etc and /var (Raspbian automatically provides one " -"for /tmp). These ramdisks are setup by ``setup_ramdisks.sh``, which we run " -"before all other init scripts by running it in ``/etc/init.d/rcS``. The " -"ramdisks are named /etc_ram and /var_ram respectively. Most data from /etc " -"and /var is copied to these tmpfs ramdisks. In order to restrict the size of" -" the ramdisks, we do not copy over certain things to them (eg. apt related " -"data). We then bind mount them over the original directories. So when an " -"application writes to /etc/foo/bar it's actually writing to " -"/etc_ram/foo/bar. We also bind mount / to /root_bypass_ramdisks to be able " -"to get to the real /etc and /var during development." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:351 -msgid "Logs of the running Odoo server can be found at:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:353 -msgid "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:355 -msgid "" -"Various POSBox related scripts (eg. wifi-related scripts) running on the " -"POSBox will log to /var/log/syslog and those messages are tagged with " -"``posbox_*``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:360 -msgid "Accessing the POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:363 -msgid "Local Access" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:365 -msgid "" -"If you plug a QWERTY USB keyboard into one of the POSBox's USB ports, and if" -" you connect a computer monitor to the *HDMI* port of the POSBox, you can " -"use it as a small GNU/Linux computer and perform various administration " -"tasks, like viewing some logs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:370 -msgid "The POSBox will automatically log in as root on the default tty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:373 -msgid "Remote Access" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:375 -msgid "" -"If you have the POSBox's IP address and an SSH client you can access the " -"POSBox's system remotely. The login credentials are ``pi``/``raspberry``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:380 -msgid "Updating The POSBox Software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:382 -msgid "" -"Only upgrade the POSBox if you experience problems or want to use newly " -"implemented features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:385 -msgid "" -"The best way to update the POSBox software is to download a new version of " -"the image and flash the SD-Card with it. This operation is described in " -"detail in `this tutorial <http://elinux.org/RPi_Easy_SD_Card_Setup>`_, just " -"replace the standard Raspberry Pi image with the latest one found at `the " -"official POSBox image page <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/>`_. This " -"method of upgrading will ensure that you're running the latest version of " -"the POSBox software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:394 -msgid "" -"The second way of upgrading is through the built in upgrade interface that " -"can be reached through the POSBox homepage. The nice thing about upgrading " -"like this is that you don't have to flash a new image. This upgrade method " -"is limited to what it can do however. It can not eg. update installed " -"configuration files (like eg. /etc/hostapd.conf). It can only upgrade:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:401 -msgid "The internal Odoo application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Scripts in the folder " -"``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:404 -msgid "When in doubt, always use the first method of upgrading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:407 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:410 -msgid "The POS cannot connect to the POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:412 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the POSBox is properly set-up is to turn it on " -"with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error " -"if encountered or the POSBox's IP address in case of success. If no receipt " -"is printed, check the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:416 -msgid "" -"Make sure the POSBox is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:418 -msgid "" -"Make sure the POSBox is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The POSBox should be ready" -" ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:421 -msgid "" -"Make sure the POSBox is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the POSBox should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:424 -msgid "" -"Make sure that your LAN is set up with DHCP, and gives IP addresses in the " -"range 192.168.0.X, 192.168.1.X, 10.0.0.X. If you cannot setup your LAN that " -"way, you must manually set up your POSBox's IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:428 -msgid "" -"If you have specified the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, make " -"sure it correspond to the printed on the POSBox's status receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:431 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:432 -msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation prevents the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. When using Firefox you should manually set up the POSBox's" -" IP address in the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:437 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:439 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:443 -msgid "" -"The POSBox needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:446 -msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:449 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"POSBox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:454 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:456 -msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the POSBox at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:461 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:463 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the POSBox will do some" -" preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the POSBox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:469 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The POSBox does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:476 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:478 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:483 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:485 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:489 -msgid "Credits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:490 -msgid "" -"The POSBox project was developed by Frédéric van der Essen with the kind " -"help of Gary Malherbe, Fabien Meghazi, Nicolas Wisniewsky, Dimitri Del " -"Marmol, Joren Van Onder and Antony Lesuisse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:494 -msgid "" -"This development would not have been possible without the Indiegogo campaign" -" and those who contributed to it. Special thanks goes to the partners who " -"backed the campaign with founding partner bundles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:498 -msgid "Camptocamp" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:499 -msgid "BHC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:500 -msgid "openBig" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:501 -msgid "Eeezee-IT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:502 -msgid "Solarsis LDA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:503 -msgid "ACSONE" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:504 -msgid "Vauxoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:505 -msgid "Ekomurz" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:506 -msgid "Datalp" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:507 -msgid "Dao Systems" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:508 -msgid "Eggs Solutions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:509 -msgid "OpusVL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:511 -msgid "" -"And also the partners who've backed the development with the Founding POSBox" -" Bundle:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:514 -msgid "Willow IT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:515 -msgid "E\\. Akhalwaya & Sons" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:516 -msgid "Multibase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:517 -msgid "Mindesa" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:518 -msgid "bpso.biz" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:519 -msgid "Shine IT." +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." msgstr "" +"Когда вы закончите, воспользуйтесь кнопкой сохранения. Затем вы можете " +"выбрать этого клиента в любых будущих операциях." #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Начните точку продажи в Odoo" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 msgid "" -"Odoo's online **Point of Sale** application is based on a simple, user " -"friendly interface. The **Point of Sale** application can be used online or " -"offline on iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " +"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " +"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." msgstr "" +"Онлайн-приложение Odoo на базе простого, удобного пользовательского " +"интерфейса. Программу Точка продажи можно использовать в режиме онлайн или " +"офлайн на устройствах iPad, планшетах или ноутбуках Android." #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 msgid "" -"Odoo **Point of Sale** is fully integrated with the **Inventory** and the " -"**Accounting** applications. Any transaction with your point of sale will " -"automatically be registered in your inventory management and accounting and," -" even in your **CRM** as the customer can be identified from the app." +"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " +"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " +"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " +"customer can be identified from the app." msgstr "" +"Точка продажи Odoo полностью интегрирована с программами состава и бухучета." +" Любая транзакция в вашей торговой точке будет автоматически " +"зарегистрирована в вашем учета, а также CRM, поскольку клиент может быть " +"идентифицирован из приложения." #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 msgid "" "You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " "your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." msgstr "" +"Вы сможете проводить статистику и консолидации в режиме реального времени во" +" всех своих магазинах без необходимости интеграции нескольких внешних " +"программ." #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale Application" -msgstr "" +msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" +msgstr "Установите программу Точка продажи" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the **Point of Sale** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install the **Point of Sale** application." -msgstr "" +msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." +msgstr "Перейдите к приложениям и установите программу Точка продажи." #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 msgid "" -"Do not forget to install an accounting **chart of account**. If it is not " -"done, go to the **Invoicing/Accounting** application and click on **Browse " -"available countries**:" +"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " +"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " +"settings." msgstr "" +"Если вы используете Бухучет Odoo, не забудьте установить схему учетных " +"записей, если это еще не сделано. Это можно достичь в настройках учета." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 +msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" +msgstr "Сделайте товары доступными в точке продажи" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "Then choose the one you want to install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:42 -msgid "When it is done, you are all set to use the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:45 -msgid "Adding Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:47 msgid "" -"To add products from the point of sale **Dashboard** go to " -":menuselection:`Orders --> Products` and click on **Create**." +"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" +" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." msgstr "" +"Чтобы сделать товары доступными для продажи в точке продажи откройте товар, " +"перейдите на вкладку Продажи и поставьте флажок "Доступно в точке " +"продажи"." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:50 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 msgid "" -"The first example will be oranges with a price of ``3€/kg``. In the " -"**Sales** tab, you can see the point of sale configuration. There, you can " -"set a product category, specify that the product has to be weighted or not " -"and ensure that it will be available in the point of sale." +"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." msgstr "" +"Вы также можете определить там, или товар должен быть взвешенным по шкале." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:58 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "Настройте свои способы оплаты" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 msgid "" -"In same the way, you can add lemons, pumpkins, red onions, bananas... in the" -" database." +"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" +" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " +"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." msgstr "" +"Чтобы добавить новый способ оплаты для точки продаж, перейдите к: " +"menuselection: `Точки продаж -> Настройка -> Точка продажи -> " +"Выберите точку продажи -> Перейдите в раздел платежи` и нажмите на " +"ссылку" Способы оплаты "." #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "How to easily manage categories?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you already have a database with your products, you can easily set a " -"**Point of Sale Category** by using the Kanban view and by grouping the " -"products by **Point of Sale Category**." +"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" +" in Point of Sale\"." msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете создать новые способы оплаты. Не забудьте обозначить поле " +""Использовать в точке продажи"." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:72 -msgid "Configuring a payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:74 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 msgid "" -"To configure a new payment method go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Payment methods` and click on **Create**." +"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" +" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." msgstr "" +"Когда ваши способы оплаты будут созданы, вы можете решить, в какой точке " +"продажи вы хотите сделать их доступными в настройках точки продаж." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 +msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" +msgstr "Настройте свою точку продажи" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 msgid "" -"After you set up a name and the type of payment method, you can go to the " -"point of sale tab and ensure that this payment method has been activated for" -" the point of sale." +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " +"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Точки продаж -> Настройка -> Точка " +"продажу` и выберите точку продажи, которую вы хотите настроить. В этом меню " +"вы можете редактировать все настройки точки продаж." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:86 -msgid "Configuring your points of sales" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 +msgid "Create your first PoS session" +msgstr "Создайте свою первую сессию точки продаж" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, click on the " -"``main`` point of sale. Edit the point of sale and add your custom payment " -"method into the available payment methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:95 -msgid "" -"You can configure each point of sale according to your hardware, " -"location,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Point of Sale Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Sales Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Group Journal Items" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a" -" Session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Defines what kind of barcodes are available and how they are assigned to " -"products, customers and cashiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Order IDs Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This sequence is automatically created by Odoo but you can change it to " -"customize the reference numbers of your orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Sales Channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Virtual KeyBoard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables an integrated Virtual Keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Prefill Cash Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be " -"prefilled with the exact due amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Start Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no " -"category is specified, all available products will be shown" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Tip Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The product used to encode the customer tip. Leave empty if you do not " -"accept tips." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Include Taxes in Prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The displayed prices will always include all taxes, even if the taxes have " -"been setup differently" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Large Scrollbars" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Display Category Pictures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "IP Address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if " -"left empty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Electronic Scale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Automatic Receipt Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Skip Receipt Screen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The receipt screen will be skipped if the receipt can be printed " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Header" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Footer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Cash Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Bill Splitting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Bill Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Orderline Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Restaurant Floors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:100 -msgid "Now you are ready to make your first steps with your point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:103 -msgid "First Steps in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:106 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ваше первый заказ" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:108 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 msgid "" -"On the dashboard, you can see your points of sales, click on **New " -"session**:" +"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " +"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." msgstr "" +"Теперь вы готовы сделать первые продажи через Точку продажи. С " +"информационной панели Точки продаж вы видите все ваши точки продажи, и вы " +"можете начать новый сеанс." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 +msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "Теперь вы перешли на интерфейс Точки продаж." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." +msgstr "" +"После того, как заказ будет завершена, вы сможете зарегистрировать платеж. " +"Все доступные способы оплаты появляются в левой части экрана. Выберите " +"способ оплаты и введите полученную сумму. Затем вы можете подтвердить " +"платеж." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 +msgid "You can register the next orders." +msgstr "Вы можете зарегистрировать последующие заказы." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Закройте сессию точки продаж" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " +"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " +"now close the session from the dashboard." +msgstr "" +"В конце дня вы закрываете свою сессию. Для этого нажмите кнопку закрытия, " +"которая появится в верхнем правом углу и подтвердите. Теперь вы можете " +"закрыть сеанс с информационной панели." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 +msgid "" +"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" +"Настоятельно рекомендуем закрывать свой сеанс работы в конце каждого дня." #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "" -"On the right you can see the products list with the categories on the top. " -"If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can directly " -"set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." -msgstr "" +msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." +msgstr "После этого вы увидите резюме всех операций по одним способом оплаты." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:125 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:59 -msgid "Payment" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" +" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." msgstr "" +"Вы будете строка этого резюме, чтобы просмотреть все заказы, которые были " +"оплачены этим способом оплаты во время этого сеанса Точки продаж." #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 msgid "" -"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " -"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` " -"and pays with a ``20 €`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**." +"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " +"closing entries." msgstr "" +"Если все правильно, вы можете проверить сессии точки продажи и опубликовать " +"закрытые записи." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:134 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:68 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 +msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." +msgstr "Все сделано, вы закрыли свою первую сессию точки продаж." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 msgid "" -"Your ticket is printed and you are now ready to make your second order." +"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " +":doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:137 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:71 -msgid "Closing a session" +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "Платежные терминалы" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:139 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 msgid "" -"At the end of the day, to close the session, click on the **Close** button " -"on the top right. Click again on the close button of the point of sale. On " -"this page, you will see a summary of the transactions" +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:146 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 msgid "" -"If you click on a payment method line, the journal of this method appears " -"containing all the transactions performed." +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:152 -msgid "Now, you only have to validate and close the session." +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +msgid "Connect a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to `this documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/iot.html>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Once the IoT Box is up and running, you’ll need to link your payment " +"terminal to your PoS. Open the Point of Sale app and go to *Configuration > " +"Point of Sale*. Select a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your" +" payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:31 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the *PoS Menu* > settings " +"menu and enter the settings password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:45 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:47 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Go back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the " +"payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment " +"method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option Ingenico, and select" +" your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:62 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:82 +msgid "" +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connexion failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:85 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +msgid "Connect SIX/Worldline to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX/Worldline payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid " +"payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 +msgid "Please note SIX/Worldine is currently only available for UE customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX/Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that " +"requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database, please refer to `this documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/iot.html>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Once the *IoT Box* is up and running, you’ll need to link it to your PoS. " +"Open the Point of Sale app and go to *Configuration > Point of Sale*. Select" +" a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then go to your *IoT Box homepage* (accessible from the IoT Box form view in" +" Odoo) and enter the ID of your Six payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You should now see that the terminal is connected to your IoT Box (it takes " +"+/- 1 min)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The terminal should only be connected to the network with the Ethernet. Do " +"not connect it to the IoT Box with a USB Cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:49 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the SIX " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " +"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " +"SIX, select the payment terminal option SIX, and select your payment " +"terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" +" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " +"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " +"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " +"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:87 +msgid "Close your Session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:89 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, before closing your session, you need to send the " +"balance of the payments to SIX. To do that, click on this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Once the balance has been sent, the SIX shift is closed, meaning you cannot " +"do additional operations with the SIX payment terminal (except if you reopen" +" a shift by clicking on the user name and selecting a cashier)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " +"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " +"Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create new Vantiv " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" +msgstr "Дополнительные особенности ресторана" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "печать счета" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." msgstr "" +"Используйте функцию * печати счетов *, чтобы напечатать счет перед оплатой. " +"Это полезно, если счет еще может изменяться и не является окончательным " +"заказом." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "Настройте печать счета" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать функцию * печать счета *, перейдите к: menuselection: " +"`Точка продажи -> Настройка -> Точка продажу` и выберите свой " +"интерфейс точки продаж." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "В разделе Счета и квитанции вы найдете вариант * Печать счета *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "разбейте счет" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "В вашем интерфейсе точки продаж теперь есть кнопка * Счет *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "Когда вы примените, вы сможете распечатать счет." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "Печать заказов на кухне или в баре" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы облегчить рабочий процесс между передней частью дома и задней частью, " +"печать заказов, сделанных на интерфейсе точки продажи прямо на кухне или в " +"баре, может стать огромной помощью." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "Активируйте барный / кухонный принтер" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать функцию * печать заказ * перейдите к: menuselection: " +"`Точка продажи -> Настройка -> Точка продажу` и выберите свой " +"интерфейс точки продаж." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "добавьте принтер" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" +"В вашем меню настройки теперь появится параметр * Заказ принтеров *, где вы " +"можете добавить принтер." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "Печать заказа на кухне / баре" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "Выберите или создайте принтер." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "Распечатайте заказ на кухне / баре" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "На вашем интерфейсе точки продаж теперь есть кнопка * Заказ *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" +"При нажатии на нее будет напечатано заказ на принтере на кухне / баре." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "How to register multiple orders simultaneously?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Register multiple orders" +msgstr "Регистрация нескольких заказов" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:6 -msgid "Register simultaneous orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 msgid "" -"On the main screen, just tap on the **+** on the top of the screen to " -"register another order. The current orders remain opened until the payment " -"is done or the order is cancelled." +"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " +"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." msgstr "" +"Программа точка продажи Odoo позволяет зарегистрировать несколько заказов " +"одновременно, предоставляя вам всю необходимую гибкость." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:16 -msgid "Switch from one order to another" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "Зарегистрируйте дополнительный заказ" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:18 -msgid "Simply click on the number of the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:24 -msgid "Cancel an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:26 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 msgid "" -"If you made a mistake or if the order is cancelled, just click on the **-** " -"button. A message will appear to confirm the order deletion." +"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " +"order." msgstr "" +"Когда вы регистрируете любой заказ, вы можете использовать кнопку " +""+", чтобы добавить новый заказ." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:34 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/register`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/reprint`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle kitchen & bar order printing?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "From the dashboard click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:13 -msgid "Under the **Bar & Restaurant** section, tick **Bill Printing**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:18 -msgid "In order printers, click on **add an item** and then **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:23 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 msgid "" -"Set a printer **Name**, its **IP address** and the **Category** of product " -"you want to print on this printer. The category of product is useful to " -"print the order for the kitchen." +"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " +"needed." msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете перемещаться между каждым из ваших заказов и обрабатывать " +"платеж при необходимости." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:30 -msgid "Several printers can be added this way" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:35 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 msgid "" -"Now when you register an order, products will be automatically printed on " -"the correct printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:39 -msgid "Print a bill before the payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:41 -msgid "On the main screen, click on the **Bill** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:46 -msgid "Finally click on **Print**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:51 -msgid "Click on **Ok** once it is done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:54 -msgid "Print the order (kitchen printing)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:56 -msgid "" -"This is different than printing the bill. It only prints the list of the " -"items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:59 -msgid "Click on **Order**, it will automatically be printed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The printer is automatically chosen according to the products categories set" -" on it." +"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" +"Используя кнопку "-", вы можете удалить заказ, вы сейчас " +"обрабатываете." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Point of Sale Restaurant?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" +msgstr "Настройка точки продажи в ресторане / баре" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"Go to the **Point of Sale** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" +"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " +"Sale application can help you to fulfill." msgstr "" +"Пищевой бизнес и бизнес напитков с особыми потребностями, в которых может " +"помочь вам Точка продажи Odoo." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 msgid "" -"Enable the option **Restaurant: activate table management** and click on " -"**Apply**." +"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать функции * Бар / Ресторан * перейдите доo: menuselection: " +"`Точка продажи -> Настройка -> Точка продажу` и выберите свой " +"интерфейс точки продаж." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" +msgstr "Выберите * бар / ресторан *" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 msgid "" -"Then go back to the **Dashboard**, on the point of sale you want to use in " -"restaurant mode, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Under the **Restaurant Floors** section, click on **add an item** to insert " -"a floor and to set your PoS in restaurant mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Insert a floor name and assign the floor to your point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Click on **Save & Close** and then on **Save**. Congratulations, your point " -"of sale is now in Restaurant mode. The first time you start a session, you " -"will arrive on an empty map." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:40 -msgid ":doc:`table`" +"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " +"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." msgstr "" +"Теперь у вас есть различные функции, которые помогут вам настроить вашу " +"точку продажи. Вы можете увидеть, что у этих функций есть маленький логотип " +"вилки и ножа." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle split bills?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "Предложите вариант разбивки счета" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 msgid "" -"Split bills only work for point of sales that are in **restaurant** mode." +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." msgstr "" +"Предложив своему клиенту легкий разбиение счета, вы получите положительный " +"опыт. Вот почему эта функция доступна за пределами программы в Точке продажи" +" Odoo." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:15 -msgid "In the settings tick the option **Bill Splitting**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать функцию * разбиение счета *, перейдите к: menuselection: " +"`Точка продажи -> Настройка -> Точка продажу` и выберите свой " +"интерфейс точки продаж." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "В разделе Счета и квитанции вы найдете вариант Разбивка счета." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:8 -msgid "From the dashboard, click on **New Session**." -msgstr "" +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "разбейте счет" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:28 -msgid "Choose a table and start registering an order." -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "В вашем интерфейсе точки продаж теперь есть кнопка * разбить *." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:33 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 msgid "" -"When customers want to pay and split the bill, there are two ways to achieve" -" this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:36 -msgid "based on the total" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:38 -msgid "based on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:44 -msgid "Splitting based on the total" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Just click on **Payment**. You only have to insert the money tendered by " -"each customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Click on the payment method (cash, credit card,...) and enter the amount. " -"Repeat it for each customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:55 -msgid "" -"When it's done, click on validate. This is how to split the bill based on " -"the total amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:59 -msgid "Split the bill based on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:61 -msgid "On the main view, click on **Split**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Select the products the first customer wants to pay and click on **Payment**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:71 -msgid "You get the total, process the payment and click on **Validate**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:76 -msgid "Follow the same procedure for the next customer of the same table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:78 -msgid "When all the products have been paid you go back to the table map." +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." msgstr "" +"Когда вы используете его, вы сможете выбрать, что этот гость должен получить" +" и выполнить платеж, повторяя процесс для каждого гостя." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure your table map?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Configure your table management" +msgstr "Настройка управления столами" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:6 -msgid "Make your table map" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for restaurant usage, click on " -"**New Session**:" +"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" +" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " +"Point of sale`.." msgstr "" +"После того, как ваша точка продажи настроена на использование баров / " +"ресторанов, выберите * Управление столами *: menuselection: `Точка продажи " +"-> Настройка -> Точка продажу` .." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "добавьте этаж" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 msgid "" -"This is your main floor, it is empty for now. Click on the **+** icon to add" -" a table." +"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" +" *Floors*" msgstr "" +"При выборе * Управление столами *, вы можете управлять своими этажами, нажав" +" * Этажи *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "добавьте столы" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 +msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." +msgstr "С вашего интерфейса точки продаж вы увидите ваши этажа." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 msgid "" -"Drag and drop the table to change its position. Once you click on it, you " -"can edit it." +"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" +" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." msgstr "" +"При нажатии карандаш, вы войдете в режим редактирования, который позволит " +"вам создавать таблицы, перемещать их, менять ..." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:23 -msgid "Click on the corners to change the size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:28 -msgid "The number of seats can be set by clicking on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:33 -msgid "The table name can be edited by clicking on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:38 -msgid "You can switch from round to square table by clicking on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:43 -msgid "The color of the table can modify by clicking on this icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:48 -msgid "This icon allows you to duplicate the table:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:53 -msgid "To drop a table click on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:58 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 msgid "" -"Once your plan is done click on the pencil to leave the edit mode. The plan " -"is automatically saved." +"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " +"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " +"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " +"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." msgstr "" +"В этом примере у нас есть 2 круглые столы на шестерых и 2 квадратных столы " +"на четверых, цветные кодирования, чтобы их было легче найти, вы можете " +"переименовать их, изменить их форму, размер, количество людей, которые они " +"вмещают, а также дубликаты их с удобной панелью инструментов." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:65 -msgid "Register your orders" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 +msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." +msgstr "После установления плана этажа можно закрыть режим редактирования." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:67 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "Зарегистрируйте свои заказы на столы" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now you are ready to make your first order. You just have to click on a " -"table to start registering an order." +"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " +"register an order and payment." msgstr "" +"Когда вы выберете стол, вам будет предложено зарегистрировать заказ и платеж" +" по обычному интерфейсом." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:70 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 msgid "" -"You can come back at any time to the map by clicking on the floor name :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:76 -msgid "Edit a table map" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:78 -msgid "On your map, click on the pencil icon to go in edit mode :" +"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" +" you can also transfer the order to another table." msgstr "" +"Вы можете вернуться к плану этажа, выбрав кнопку этажа, и вы можете " +"перенести заказ на другое стол." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle tips?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "Интегрируйте чаевые в оплату" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:63 -msgid "From the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13 -msgid "Add a product for the tip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:18 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 msgid "" -"In the tip product page, be sure to set a sale price of ``0€`` and to remove" -" all the taxes in the accounting tab." +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." msgstr "" +"Как принято во многих странах во всем мире платить чаевые, важно иметь такой" +" вариант в вашем интерфейсе точки продаж." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25 -msgid "Adding a tip" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "Настройте чаевые" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27 -msgid "On the payment page, tap on **Tip**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:32 -msgid "Tap down the amount of the tip:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 msgid "" -"The total amount has been updated and you can now register the payment." +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать функцию * Чаевые * перейдите к: menuselection: `Точка " +"продажи -> Настройка -> Точка продажу` и выберите вашу точку продажи." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" +"В разделе Счета и квитанции вы найдете * Чаевые *. Выберите их и создайте * " +"товар Чаевые *, например, * Чаевые * в этом случае." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "Добавьте чаевые в счет" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "После этого в интерфейсе платежа появится новая кнопка * Чаевые *" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" +"Добавьте чаевые, которые ваш клиент хочет оставить и обработайте в платежа." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to transfer a customer from table?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Transfer customers between tables" +msgstr "Перемещение клиентов между столами" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 msgid "" -"This only work for Point of Sales that are configured in restaurant mode." +"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " +"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " +"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " +"you." msgstr "" +"Если ваш клиент хочет изменить cnsk после того, как он уже сделал заказ, " +"Odoo может помочь вам переместить клиента и его заказ за другой стол, " +"оставляя счастливых клиентов и не усложняя работу." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "Перемещение клиента (ов)" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Choose a table, for example table ``T1`` and start registering an order." -msgstr "" +msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." +msgstr "Выберите стол, за которым ваш клиент сидит сейчас." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 msgid "" -"Register an order. For some reason, customers want to move to table ``T9``. " -"Click on **Transfer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:24 -msgid "Select to which table you want to transfer customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:29 -msgid "You see that the order has been added to the table ``T9``" +"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " +"select the new table" msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете переместить клиентов, просто воспользуйтесь кнопкой " +"перемещения и выберите новый стол" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дополнительные магазина" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up cash control?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "Настройка контроля за наличными в точке продажи" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 msgid "" -"Cash control permits you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing." +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." msgstr "" +"Наличный контроль позволяет проверить сумму кассы при открытии и закрытии. " +"Таким образом, вы можете убедиться, что никаких ошибок не было сделано, и " +"деньги отсутствуют." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:9 -msgid "Configuring cash control" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "Активизируйте контроль наличности" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the **Point of Sale** dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> " -"Settings`." +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." msgstr "" +"Для включения функции Контроль наличных * перейдите к: menuselection: `Точки" +" продаж -> Настройка -> Точка продажу` и выберите свой интерфейс точки" +" продаж." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:17 -msgid "On this page, scroll and tick the the option **Cash Control**." -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "Под категорией платежей вы найдете настройки контроля наличности." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:23 -msgid "Starting a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:25 -msgid "On your point of sale dashboard click on **new session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:30 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 msgid "" -"Before launching the point of sale interface, you get the open control view." -" Click on set an opening balance to introduce the amount in the cashbox." +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." msgstr "" +"В этом примере вы можете видеть, что вы хотите иметь 275 долларов в разной " +"деноминации во время открытия и закрытия." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:37 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 msgid "" -"Here you can insert the value of the coin or bill, and the amount present in" -" the cashbox. The system sums up the total, in this example we have " -"``86,85€`` in the cashbox. Click on **confirm**." +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." msgstr "" +"При нажатии ** Значение Открытие / Закрытие ** вы сможете создать эти " +"значения." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "начните сессию" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 msgid "" -"You can see that the opening balance has changed and when you click on " -"**Open Session** you will get the main point of sale interface." +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" msgstr "" +"Теперь у вас есть новая кнопка, добавлена при открытии сессии, * Установить " +"начальный баланс *" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:61 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " -"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84€`` " -"and pays with a ``20€`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**." +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию он будет использовать значения, которые вы добавили ранее, но " +"вы всегда можете изменить его." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:73 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "закройте сессию" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 msgid "" -"At the time of closing the session, click on the **Close** button on the top" -" right. Click again on the **Close** button to exit the point of sale " -"interface. On this page, you will see a summary of the transactions. At this" -" moment you can take the money out." +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите закрыть сессию, у вас также есть кнопка * Установить баланс " +"закрытия *." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 msgid "" -"For instance you want to take your daily transactions out of your cashbox." +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете увидеть теоретический баланс, реальный баланс закрытия (то, " +"что вы только что подсчитали) и разницу между ними двумя." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:87 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 msgid "" -"Now you can see that the theoretical closing balance has been updated and it" -" only remains you to count your cashbox to set a closing balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:93 -msgid "You can now validate the closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:96 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:92 -msgid ":doc:`invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:97 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:116 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`refund`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:98 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:117 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:21 -msgid ":doc:`seasonal_discount`" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." msgstr "" +"Если вы используете параметр * Забрать деньги *, чтобы изъять свои " +"транзакции для этой сессии, у вас теперь есть разница между нулевой суммой и" +" тем самым балансом закрытия, как начальный баланс. Ваша касса готова для " +"следующей сессии." #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice from the POS interface?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "Выставления счета с интерфейса точки продаж" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 msgid "" -"On the **Dashboard**, you can see your points of sales, click on **New " -"session**:" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." msgstr "" +"Некоторые ваши клиенты могут запрашивать счет-фактуру при покупке с точки " +"продажи, вы можете легко управлять им непосредственно из интерфейса точки " +"продаж." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:14 -msgid "You are on the ``main`` point of sales view :" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "Активизируйте выставления счетов" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 msgid "" -"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " -"the top. Switch categories by clicking on it." +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Точка продажи -> Настройка -> Точка " +"продажу` и выберите свою точку продажи:" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:22 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 msgid "" -"If you click on a product, it will be added in your cart. You can directly " -"set the correct **Quantity/Weight** by typing it on the keyboard." +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." msgstr "" +"В разделе * Счета и квитанции * вы увидите параметр выставления счета, " +"отметьте его. Не забудьте выбрать, в каком журнале должны быть созданы " +"счета-фактуры." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:26 -msgid "Add a customer" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "Выберите клиента" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:29 -msgid "By selecting in the customer list" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "С интерфейса сессии используйте кнопку клиента" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:31 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer** (above **Payment**):" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете выбрать существующего клиента и установить его как своего " +"клиента или создать новый с помощью этой кнопки." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:36 -msgid "You must set a customer in order to be able to issue an invoice." -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "Вам будет предложено заполнить форму клиента со своей информацией." #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can search in the list of your customers or create new ones by clicking " -"on the icon." -msgstr "" +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "Выставьте счет вашему клиенту" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:48 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 msgid "" -"For more explanation about adding a new customer. Please read the document " -":doc:`../advanced/register`." +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." msgstr "" +"На экране платежа вы опцию счета-фактуры, воспользуйтесь кнопкой, чтобы " +"выбрать ее и подтвердить." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "Затем можно распечатать счет-фактуру и перейти к следующему заказу." #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "By using a barcode for customer" -msgstr "" +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "Получение счетов-фактур" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:59 -msgid "Select a customer and click on the pencil to edit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:64 -msgid "Set a the barcode for customer by scanning it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:69 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 msgid "" -"Save modifications and now when you scan the customer's barcode, he is " -"assigned to the order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Be careful with the **Barcode Nomenclature**. By default, customers' " -"barcodes have to begin with 042. To check the default barcode nomenclature, " -"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode " -"Nomenclatures`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:82 -msgid "Payment and invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once the cart is processed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " -"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` " -"and pays with by a ``VISA``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Before clicking on **Validate**, you have to click on **Invoice** in order " -"to create an invoice from this order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:94 -msgid "Your invoice is printed and you can continue to make orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:97 -msgid "Retrieve invoices of a specific customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To retrieve the customer's invoices, go to the **Sale** application, click " -"on :menuselection:`Sales --> Customers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:102 -msgid "On the customer information view, click on the **Invoiced** button :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:107 -msgid "" -"You will get the list all his invoices. Click on the invoice to get the " -"details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:114 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:91 -msgid ":doc:`cash_control`" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." msgstr "" +"Выйдя из интерфейса точки продажи (: menuselection: `Закрыть -> " +"Пидтвердити` в верхнем правом углу), вы найдете все ваши заказы в меню: " +"menuselection:` Точка продажи -> Заказ -> заказ` и на вкладке статуса " +"вы увидите , на которые выставлены счета. После нажатия заказ вы сможете " +"получить доступ к счета-фактуры." #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "How to return and refund products?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +msgstr "Прием возврата и возмещения товаров" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 msgid "" -"To refund a customer, from the PoS main view, you have to insert negative " -"values. For instance in the last order you count too many ``pumpkins`` and " -"you have to pay back one." +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " +"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " +"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." msgstr "" +"Наличие хорошо продуманной политики возврата - это ключ к привлечению и " +"сохранению ваших клиентов. Таким образом, это облегчает принятие и " +"возмещения этих возвратов, поэтому это также является ключевым аспектом " +"вашего интерфейса * точки продаж *." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can see that the total is negative, to end the refund, you only have to " -"process the payment." +"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " +"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" +" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." msgstr "" +"С интерфейса * точки продаж * выберите товар, который ваш клиент хочет " +"вернуть, воспользуйтесь кнопкой +/- и введите количество, которое нужно " +"вернуть. Если им нужно вернуть несколько товаров, повторите процесс." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "How to apply Time-limited or seasonal discounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:8 -msgid "To apply time-limited or seasonal discount, use the pricelists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -msgid "You have to create it and to apply it on the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:13 -msgid "Sales application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 msgid "" -"In the **Sales** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Tick **Advanced pricing based on formula**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Creating a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once the setting has been applied, a **Pricelists** section appears under " -"the configuration menu on the sales application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "Click on it, and then on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Create a **Pricelist** for your point of sale. Each pricelist can contain " -"several items with different prices and different dates. It can be done on " -"all products or only on specific ones. Click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If unchecked, it will allow you to hide the pricelist without removing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "Selectable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "Allow the end user to choose this price list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45 -msgid "" -"For example, the price of the oranges costs ``3€`` but for two days, we want" -" to give a ``10%`` discount to our PoS customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can do it by adding the product or its category and applying a " -"percentage discount. Other price computation can be done for the pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:55 -msgid "After you save and close, your pricelist is ready to be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:61 -msgid "Applying your pricelist to the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:68 -msgid "On the right, you will be able to assign a pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You just have to update the pricelist to apply the time-limited discount(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When you start a new session, you can see that the price have automatically " -"been updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:87 -msgid "When you update a pricelist, you have to close and open the session." +"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " +"to process the payment." msgstr "" +"Как вы видите, общая сумма является отрицательной, чтобы закончить " +"возмещения, вам просто нужно обработать." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bfea57ae5 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Konstantin Korovin <korovin74@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 +msgid "My Odoo Portal" +msgstr "Мой портал Odoo" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " +"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " +"subscriptions." +msgstr "" +"В этой секции портала вы найдете всю коммуникацию между вами и Odoo: " +"документы, такие как коммерческие предложения, заказы на продажу, счета и " +"подписки." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " +"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just" +" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы получить доступ к этой секции, вам необходимо войти с именем " +"пользователя и паролем в `Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home> `__. Если вы " +"уже вошли, просто нажмите на ваше имя в верхнем правом углу и выберите " +""Мой аккаунт"." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 +msgid "Quotations" +msgstr "Коммерческие предложения" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " +"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " +"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." +msgstr "" +"Здесь вы найдете все коммерческие предложения, направленные Odoo. Например, " +"коммерческое предложение может быть создана для вас после добавления заявки " +"или пользователя в вашу базу данных или когда ваш контракт нужно обновить." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " +"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " +"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " +"pricing and other useful information." +msgstr "" +"Колонка * Действительно до * показывает дату, до которой действует " +"коммерческое предложение; после этой даты коммерческое предложение будет " +""просроченные". Нажав на коммерческое предложение, вы увидите все " +"детали предложения, такие как цена и другая полезная информация." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " +"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" +" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" +msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите принять коммерческое предложение, просто нажмите " +""Принять и Оплатить," и коммерческое предложение будет " +"подтверждена. Если вы не хотите подтверждать ее или вы хотите попросить о " +"некоторых изменениях, нажмите "Попросить об отклонении изменений."" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 +msgid "Sales Orders" +msgstr "Заказы продаж" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 +msgid "" +"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" +" registered under this section." +msgstr "" +"Все ваши покупки внутри Odoo (к продаже, Темы, Модули и т.д.) будут " +"зарегистрированы в этой секцией." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " +"purchased and process the payment." +msgstr "" +"Нажав на заказ на продажу, вы можете просмотреть детали купленных товаров и " +"обработать платеж." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "Счета" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 +msgid "" +"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " +"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" +" been paid." +msgstr "" +"Все счета ваших подписок и / или заказов на продажу будут отображаться в " +"этой секции. Тег перед задолженной суммой будет указывать, счет-фактуру " +"оплачен." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " +"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." +msgstr "" +"Просто нажмите на счет, если вы хотите увидеть больше информации, оплатить " +"счет или скачать PDF-версию документа." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 +msgid "Tickets" +msgstr "Заявки" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," +" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " +"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " +"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы отправляете заявку через `Поддержку Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help> `, Будет создан заявку. Здесь вы можете найти " +"все заявки, которые вы открыли, разговор между вами и нашими агентами, " +"статусы и ID (# Ref) заявок." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "Подписки" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " +"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете получить доступ к вашим подписок через Odoo из этого раздела. " +"Первая страница показывает вам подписки, которые у вас есть, и их статус." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " +"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " +"and the payment method." +msgstr "" +"Нажав на подписку, вы получите доступ на все детали вашего плана: количество" +" купленных модулей, информацию о выставлении счета, и метод платежа." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " +"the new credit card details." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы изменить способ оплаты, нажмите на "Изменить способ оплаты" " +"и введите новые данные кредитной карты." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " +"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" +" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." +msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите удалить сохраненные кредитные карты, вы можете сделать это, " +"нажав на "Управление вашими методами платежа" внизу страницы. " +"Нажмите "Удалить", чтобы удалить метод платежа." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" +" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " +"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" +" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will" +" no longer be able to access the database." +msgstr "" +"На дату следующего счета, если не предоставлено никакой информации о платеже" +" или, если ваша кредитная карта просроченная, статус вашей подписки " +"изменится на «Обновить». Тогда у вас будет 7 дней предоставить " +"действительный способ оплаты. После этой задержки, подписку будет закрыт и " +"вы больше не сможете получить доступ к вашей базе данных." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 +msgid "Success Packs" +msgstr "пакеты услуг" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " +"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " +"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " +"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." +msgstr "" +"С пакетом услуг / Партнерским пакетом услуг вам предназначен эксперт для " +"предоставления персонализированной помощи в настройке вашего решения и " +"оптимизации ваших рабочих процессов как части вашего внутреннего применения." +" Эти часы никогда не теряют срок действия, позволяя вам использовать их " +"тогда, когда вам нужна поддержка." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you need information about how to manage your database see " +":ref:`db_online`" +msgstr "" +"Если вам нужна информация о том, как управлять своей базой данных, смотрите:" +" ref: `db_online`" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po index b7f4c744b..dd4fef582 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po @@ -1,15 +1,19 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +23,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../practical.rst:3 msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Практическая информация" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index f31ddddcf..86c766538 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -1,15 +1,23 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Collex100, 2019 +# Viktor Pogrebniak <vp@aifil.ru>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,144 +27,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project.rst:5 msgid "Project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проект" #: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:3 -msgid "How to use projects to handle claims/issues?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A company selling support services often has to deal with problems occurring" -" during the implementation of the project. These issues have to be solved " -"and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the deliverability of" -" the project and a positive customer satisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:10 -msgid "" -"For example, as an IT company offering the implementation of your software, " -"you might have to deal with customers emails experiencing technical " -"problems. Odoo offers the opportunity to create dedicated support projects " -"which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email." -" This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be" -" closed more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18 -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:15 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for " -"support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and the " -"**Issue Tracking** modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31 -msgid "Create a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The first step in order to set up a claim/issue management system is to " -"create a project related to those claims. Let's start by simply creating a " -"**support project**. Enter the Project application dashboard, click on " -"create and name your project **Support**. Tick the **Issues** box and rename" -" the field if you want to customize the Issues label (e.g. **Bugs** or " -"**Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the" -" Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client " -"will be able to follow his claim in his portal)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can link the project to a customer if the project has been created to " -"handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can leave the field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51 -msgid "Invite followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You can decide to notify your employees as soon as a new issue will be " -"created. On the **Chatter** (bottom of the screen), you will notice two " -"buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click" -" on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add " -"others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63 -msgid "Set up your workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project stages to suit your workflow by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on " -"your desired stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77 -msgid "Generate issues from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:79 -msgid "" -"When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it appearing " -"in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project is " -"automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you cannot see the email address on your project, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias " -"domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you " -"will now see the email address under the name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address, a " -"new issue will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:96 -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расширенный" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как получать отзывы клиентов в Odoo?" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Общий обзор" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -165,6 +51,10 @@ msgid "" "performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " "customers using Odoo." msgstr "" +"Менеджеру не всегда просто следить за всеми командами. Получение простых " +"отзывов от клиентов может быть очень интересным для оценки результатов " +"работы вашей команды. Вы можете легко собрать отзывы от своих клиентов, " +"используя Odoo." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -172,10 +62,13 @@ msgid "" "just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " "Sad)." msgstr "" +"Электронная почта может быть отправлена в течение проекта, чтобы получить " +"обратную связь от клиента. Он просто должен выбрать один из трех смайлов для" +" оценки вашей работы (улыбка, нейтральный или печальный)." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как получить обратную связь от клиентов" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -183,12 +76,16 @@ msgid "" "necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " "apps module and install it." msgstr "" +"Перед началом работы требуется определенная конфигурация. Прежде всего " +"необходимо установить приложение ** Проект **. Для этого просто перейдите к " +"модулю приложений и установите его." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 msgid "" "Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " "module." msgstr "" +"Кроме того, в том же меню нужно установить модуль ** Оценки проекта **." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -197,34 +94,43 @@ msgid "" "Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " "completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." msgstr "" +"Затем вернитесь назад и введите модуль проекта. Выберите кнопку ** Настройка" +" ** и нажмите ** Настройка ** в выпадающем меню. Далее выберите ** Разрешить" +" активацию оценки клиентов на проектах при закрытии проблемы **. Не забудьте" +" применить свои изменения." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как получить отклик клиентов?" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 msgid "" "A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." msgstr "" +"Электронное письмо может быть отправлен клиентам на каждом этапе текущих " +"проектов." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 msgid "" "First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." msgstr "" +"Во-первых, нужно выбрать, для каких проектов вы хотите получить отзыв." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "настройки проекта" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 msgid "" "Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " "**Customer satisfaction** option." msgstr "" +"Выделите приложение ** Проект **, в настройках проекта выберите ** " +"Удовлетворение клиентов **." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шаблон письма" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -232,10 +138,14 @@ msgid "" "column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." " You can directly edit it from there." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к настройкам этапа (нажмите значок настройки в верхней части " +"столбца этапа, выберите ** Редактировать **). Шаблон электронного письма, " +"которое будет использоваться. Вы можете непосредственно редактировать его " +"там." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вот пример электронного письма, клиент может получить:" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -243,32 +153,41 @@ msgid "" " your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " "will be added to the chatter of the task." msgstr "" +"Клиент должен нажать на смайл (Улыбка, Нейтральный или Печальный), чтобы " +"оценить вашу работу. Клиент может ответить на электронное письмо, чтобы " +"добавить больше информации. Он будет добавлен к чату задачи." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отчетность" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 msgid "" "You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " "the project." msgstr "" +"У вас есть краткое изложение об удовлетворении в правом верхнем углу " +"проекта." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как отражать оценивания на вашем сайте?" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 msgid "" "First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " "To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." msgstr "" +"Прежде всего необходимо установить программу ** Конструктор сайта **. Для " +"этого просто перейдите к модулю приложений и найдите конструктор сайта." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 msgid "" "Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" " Issue** module." msgstr "" +"Кроме того, в том же меню нужно установить модуль ** Оценка проблем проекта " +"** сайта." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -276,14 +195,12 @@ msgid "" " the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" " end of the website." msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`claim_issue`" -msgstr "" +"Затем вы сможете опубликовать свой результат на своем веб-сайте, нажав " +"кнопку сайта в правом верхнем углу и подтвердите его в передней части сайта." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создание задач по заказу на продажу в Odoo?" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -291,6 +208,9 @@ msgid "" "management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " "from sales order lines." msgstr "" +"В этом разделе мы увидим интеграцию между ** Управлением проектом ** Odoo и " +"модулями ** Продажи ** и, более точно, как генерировать задачи из строк " +"заказа на продажу." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -301,6 +221,12 @@ msgid "" "task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " "and Services departments." msgstr "" +"Задача в управлении проектом - это деятельность, которая должна выполняться " +"в течение определенного периода времени. Для компании, продающей услуги, " +"обычно эта задача представляет собой услугу, которая была продана клиенту и " +"которая должна быть доставлена. Вот почему полезно иметь возможность " +"генерировать задачи по заказу на продажу, чтобы упростить процесс между " +"отделами продаж и услуг." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -311,10 +237,22 @@ msgid "" "will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" " overtime spent on the project." msgstr "" +"Например, вы можете продать `50-годинну`` поддержку в размере` 25000 " +"доларив`` США. Цена фиксируется и выплачивается сначала. Но вы хотите " +"следить за поддержкой, которую вы предоставили клиенту. В заказе на продажу " +"услуга будет инициировать создание задачи, с которого консультант будет " +"записывать табели и, в случае необходимости, выставлять дополнительно счет " +"клиенту в соответствии с сверхнормативных расходов, затраченных на проект." + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите необходимые модули" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -322,17 +260,27 @@ msgid "" "install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" " the application module and install the following:" msgstr "" +"Чтобы иметь возможность генерировать задачи по заказу на продажу, вам нужно " +"будет установить модули ** Управление продажами ** и ** Проект **. Просто " +"перейдите в модуль приложений и установите следующее:" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 msgid "" -"Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time " -"spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module." -" Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" +" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " +"spent on that task." msgstr "" +"И наконец модуль ** Табели **, Табели не только позволят вам создавать " +"задачи по заказам на продажу, но и выставлять счета клиентам на основе " +"затраченного времени на эти цели." + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 +msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "Просто перейдите в модуль приложений и установите следующее:" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте и настройте товар" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -341,14 +289,18 @@ msgid "" "the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " "the`following setup:" msgstr "" +"Вам нужно настроить свою услугу на самой форме товара, чтобы создавать " +"задачи каждый раз, когда она будет продаваться. В модуле ** Продажи ** " +"используйте меню: menuselection: `Продажи -> Товари` и создайте новый " +"товар с последующим настройкой:" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Название ** Техническая поддержка" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Тип **: Услуга" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -356,6 +308,10 @@ msgid "" "Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " "sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" msgstr "" +"** Единица измерения **: Часы (перейдите к: menuselection: `Настройка -> " +"Налаштування` и в разделе ** Единицы измерения ** проверьте кнопку ** " +"Некоторые товары могут быть проданы / приобретенные в различных единицах " +"измерений (расширенные) ** )" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -363,6 +319,10 @@ msgid "" "quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" " that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." msgstr "" +"** Политика в отношении выставления счетов ** Вы можете настроить политику " +"счетов-фактур как по заказанной количеству, так по количеству, " +"доставляемого. Вы можете легко следить за количеством часов, которые были " +"доставлены и / или счета-фактуры для вашего клиента." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -370,6 +330,9 @@ msgid "" "service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " "product to hours as well." msgstr "" +"** Отслеживание услуги **: создайте задачи и отслеживайте часа, потому что " +"ваш товар - это услуга, выставляется на счетах за часы, где вы также должны " +"устанавливать единицы измерения товара в час." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -377,10 +340,14 @@ msgid "" "product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " "will then create a project per SO." msgstr "" +"Свяжите ваша задача с существующим проектом или создайте новый "на " +"лету", если товар соответствует конкретному проекту. В противном " +"случае, вы можете оставить это пустым, Odoo затем создаст проект на заказ на" +" продажу." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте заказ на продажу" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -388,19 +355,22 @@ msgid "" "the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " "sale order, the task will be created." msgstr "" +"После настройки продукта можно создать коммерческое предложение или заказ на" +" продажу с соответствующим товаром. Когда коммерческое предложение будет " +"подтверждено и преобразовано в заказ на продажу, задача будет создана." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Предоставьте доступ к заданию, созданное по заказу на продажу" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "На модуле проекта появится ваше новое задание:" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 msgid "" "either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "или на связанном проекте, если вы выбрали его в форме товара" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -408,45 +378,56 @@ msgid "" "(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " ":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" msgstr "" +"или на новом проекте под названием связанного заказ на продажу как заголовок" +" (вы можете легко изменить название проекта, нажав кнопку: menuselection: " +"`Больше -> Налаштування`)" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 msgid "" "On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" " your customers based on your invoicing policy." msgstr "" +"В самом задании теперь вы сможете записывать табели и выставлять счета вашим" +" клиентам на основе политики по выставлению счетов." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 msgid "" "On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " "source document of the task is the related sales order." msgstr "" +"В Odoo центральным документом является заказ на продажу, что означает, что " +"исходным документом задача является связано заказ на продажу." + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" +msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" -msgstr "" +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" #: ../../project/application.rst:3 msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Замечательный модуль Табелю" #: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "" +msgstr "демонстративное видео" #: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Справка" #: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 msgid "" "Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" " spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." msgstr "" +"Замечательный табель - это мобильное приложение, которое помогает мне " +"мгновенно записывать любое время, затраченное на проекты в один клик. Это " +"так легко." #: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -454,6 +435,10 @@ msgid "" "the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" " works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." msgstr "" +"Независимо от устройства, приложение табеля появляется только в один клик. " +"Посмотрите на плагин Chrome. Не нужно входить, просто нажмите и запустите " +"его. Это просто. Он также работает в автономном режиме и автоматически " +"синхронизируется с аккаунтом Odoo." #: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -461,6 +446,10 @@ msgid "" " further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" " per user, drill-down per project, and much more." msgstr "" +"Кроме того, я получаю индивидуальную статистику с помощью мобильного и " +"плагина Chrome. Я могу продвигаться в анализе в моем аккаунте Odoo. Я " +"получаю отчеты о табели для каждого пользователя, подробную информацию о " +"проекте и многое другое." #: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -468,26 +457,29 @@ msgid "" "billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" "saving!" msgstr "" +"Замечательный табель полностью интегрированный с выставлением счетов Odoo, " +"выставление счетов клиентам осуществляется автоматически. Но также через " +"проекты Odoo. Это экономия времени!" #: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Загрузите замечательный табель сейчас и повысьте производительность." #: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка и базовое использования" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как управлять задачами и сотрудничать на них?" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обязанности" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "В Odoo можно назначить лицо, ответственное за причинение." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -495,16 +487,22 @@ msgid "" "this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " "suggestions in the drop down menu." msgstr "" +"При создании задачи по умолчанию вы ответственны за него. Вы можете изменить" +" это, просто набрав другое имя пользователя и выбрав его из предложений в " +"выпадающем меню." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 msgid "" "If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " "order to do so, you need the administrator rights." msgstr "" +"Если вы добавляете кого-то нового, вы можете "Создать и " +"редактировать" нового пользователя "на лету". Для этого вам " +"нужны права администратора." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 msgid "Followers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подписчики" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -517,10 +515,19 @@ msgid "" "take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " "whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." msgstr "" +"В задании можно добавить других пользователей, как ** Подписчиков **. " +"Добавление подписчиков означает, что этого человека будет сообщено о любых " +"изменениях, которые могут произойти в задании. Цель состоит в том, чтобы " +"позволить внешние внесении изменений из чата. Это может стать бесценным, " +"когда вам нужен совет коллег из других отделов. Вы также можете пригласить " +"клиентов принять участие в задании. Они будут уведомлены по электронной " +"почте о разговоре в чате, и смогут принять участие в нем, просто ответив на " +"письмо. Читатели могут видеть целое такую задачу, как вы, с описанием и " +"чатом." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проект: читать проект, чтобы следить за конвейером" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -530,10 +537,15 @@ msgid "" "in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " "see the big picture all the time." msgstr "" +"Вы можете принять решение о выполнении проекта. В этой ситуации вам будет " +"сообщено о любых изменениях, внесенных в проект: задачи, движутся с одной " +"стадии к другой, происходит разговор, и т. Д. Вы получите всю информацию в " +"своем почтовом ящике. Эта функция идеально подходит для менеджера проектов, " +"который хочет видеть общую картину постоянно." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Задача: читать конкретную задачу" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -541,16 +553,22 @@ msgid "" "focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " "that task also appear in your inbox." msgstr "" +"Подписка на задание - это та же идея, что и подписка на проект, за " +"исключением того, что вы сосредоточены на конкретной части проекта. Все " +"оповещения или изменения в этой задаче также отражаются в папке " +""Входящие"." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выберите, какие действия нужно выполнить" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 msgid "" "You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " "Following button." msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать, о чем вы хотите следить, нажав стрелку вниз на кнопке " +"Следить." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -558,28 +576,38 @@ msgid "" "notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " "to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию вы следите за обсуждениями, но вы также можете выбрать, чтобы " +"получать уведомления о входе в заметки, когда задача создается, заблокирован" +" или готово к выполнению, а также когда стадия задача изменилась." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управление временем: аналитические счета" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 msgid "" "Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " "or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." msgstr "" +"Независимо от того, это поможет вам оценить будущие проекты или данные для " +"выставления счетов, отслеживание времени в Управлении проектами является " +"настоящим плюсом." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 msgid "" "The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " "help you track time easily." msgstr "" +"Приложение Табель Odoo идеально интегрирован с Проектом Odoo и может помочь " +"легко отслеживать время." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 msgid "" "Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " "available in projects and on tasks." msgstr "" +"После установления Табеля Odoo параметр табеля автоматически доступен в " +"проектах и на задачах." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -588,18 +616,22 @@ msgid "" " or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " "automatically created under the same name." msgstr "" +"Чтобы избежать каких-либо путаницы, Odoo работает с аналитическим счетам. " +"Аналитический счет - это название, которое всегда будет ссылкой на " +"конкретный проект или контракт. Каждый раз, когда создается проект, " +"аналитический счет создается автоматически под тем же названием." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запишите табель в проект:" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите на настройку проекта." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите на кнопку Табеля в верхнем сером меню." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -608,48 +640,60 @@ msgid "" "Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " "it, or not." msgstr "" +"Вы получите Табель Odoo. Нажмите кнопку Создать, появится строка с " +"сегодняшней датой и временем. Название вашего проекта автоматически " +"выбирается как Аналитический счет. Если не задано ни одного задания, вы " +"можете добавить конкретную задачу для него, или нет." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 msgid "" "If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" " timesheets." msgstr "" +"Если вы перейдете в Табель Odoo, ваш строка будет записан среди других " +"табелей." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запишите табель на задании:" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "В рамках задачи также доступен параметр табеля." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 msgid "" "In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " "Add an item." msgstr "" +"В окне задания нажмите кнопку Изменить. Перейдите на вкладку Табель и " +"нажмите Добавить элемент." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 msgid "" "A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " "Analytic account." msgstr "" +"Появится строка с названием проекта, уже выбранного в Аналитическом счета." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 msgid "" "Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " "application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Опять же, вы найдете эти строки табеля в приложении Табель Odoo." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 msgid "" "At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" " it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." msgstr "" +"В конце вашего проекта вы можете получить реальное представление о времени, " +"потраченном на него, путем поиска на основе аналитического счета вашего " +"проекта." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управление документами в задачах" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -657,12 +701,18 @@ msgid "" " the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" " words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." msgstr "" +"Вы можете управлять документами, связанными с задачами, независимо от того, " +"являются ли они планами, изображениями форматирования и тому подобное. " +"Изображение иногда является более информативным, чем тысяча слов! У вас есть" +" два способа добавить документ к заданию." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 msgid "" "1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " "tab on the top of the form." msgstr "" +"1. Вы можете добавить изображение / документ к своей задаче, нажав вкладку " +"Прикрепление в верхней части формы." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -671,22 +721,31 @@ msgid "" "email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " "task." msgstr "" +"2. Вы можете добавить изображение / документ к своей задаче через Чат. Вы " +"можете зарегистрировать заметку / отправить сообщение и прикрепить к нему " +"файл. Или, если кто-то присылает электронное сообщение с вложением, документ" +" будет автоматически сохранен в задании." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 msgid "" "If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " "set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть важное изображение, которое помогает понять задачи, вы " +"можете установить его как обложку. Оно будет отображаться непосредственно в " +"виде канбан." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сотрудничайте на задачах" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 msgid "" "Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" " colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." msgstr "" +"Задача в Проекте Odoo созданы, чтобы помочь вам легко работать вместе с " +"коллегами. Это поможет вам сэкономить время и энергию." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -694,10 +753,13 @@ msgid "" "with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" " delegation and the Chatter." msgstr "" +"Идея - быть в курсе того, что вас интересует. Вы можете сотрудничать с " +"коллегами, написав одно и то же задание одновременно, с делегированием задач" +" и чатом." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте задачи из электронного письма" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -705,12 +767,18 @@ msgid "" "sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " "the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." msgstr "" +"Вы можете настроить адрес электронной почты, связанный с вашим проектом. " +"Когда электронное письмо направляется на этот адрес, оно автоматически " +"создает задачи на первом этапе проекта со всеми получателями (To / Cc / Bcc)" +" как последователями." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 msgid "" "With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " "project gets an automatic email address." msgstr "" +"С помощью Odoo Online почтовый шлюз уже настроен, и поэтому каждый проект " +"получает автоматическую адрес электронной почты." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 msgid "" @@ -718,34 +786,42 @@ msgid "" "space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " "Dashboard." msgstr "" +"Электронная почта всегда называется проекта (вместо пробела "-"), " +"вы увидите его под названием вашего проекта на панели инструментов проекта." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 msgid "" "This email address create by default following the project name can be " "changed." msgstr "" +"Этот адрес электронной почты создается по умолчанию, поскольку название " +"проекта может быть изменена." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Псевдоним адреса электронной почты может изменить менеджер проекта." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." msgstr "" +"Для этого перейдите к Настройка проекта и нажмите вкладку Электронной почты." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." msgstr "" +"Вы можете непосредственно редактировать адрес электронной почты проекта." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Чат, статус и подписки" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 msgid "" "The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " "history of the task." msgstr "" +"Чат является очень полезным инструментом. Это коммуникационный инструмент и " +"показывает историю задачи." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -756,6 +832,12 @@ msgid "" "interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " "to remember past interactions." msgstr "" +"В чате, вы можете видеть, когда задача была создана, когда оно прошло от " +"одного этапа к другому, и тому подобное. Любые изменения, внесенные в этот " +"задача, автоматически вносятся в чат. Он также включает в себя историю " +"взаимодействия между вами и вашим клиентом или коллегами. Все взаимодействия" +" входящих в чат, благодаря чему руководитель задача легко запоминает прошлые" +" взаимодействия." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -765,10 +847,15 @@ msgid "" " specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " "both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." msgstr "" +"Вы можете взаимодействовать с подписчик, независимо от того, внутренние " +"(ваши коллеги) или внешние (например, клиент), записав заметку или важную " +"информацию. Также, если вы хотите отправить сообщение всем подписчикам этого" +" конкретного задания, вы можете добавить сообщение, чтобы уведомить всех. " +"Для обоих этих параметров дата и время хранятся на записи." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Описание задачи, Пад" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 msgid "" @@ -778,12 +865,20 @@ msgid "" "same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " "creation of the content." msgstr "" +"Odoo позволяет заменить поле описания задачи с помощью совместной заметки " +"Etherpad (http://etherpad.org). Это означает, что вы можете сотрудничать над" +" задачами в режиме реального времени, когда несколько пользователей " +"предоставляют тот же содержание. Каждый пользователь имеет свой собственный " +"цвет, и вы можете воспроизвести весь созданный содержание." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 msgid "" "To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " "tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать эту опцию, перейдите к: menuselection: `Настройка проекта" +" -> Пади`, отметьте пункт« Общий многофункциональный текст в описании " +"задач "." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 msgid "" @@ -793,14 +888,19 @@ msgid "" "useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " "follower." msgstr "" +"Если вам просто нужен пад, а не вся страница задачи, вы можете нажать " +"пиктограмму в верхнем правом углу, чтобы перейти к панели непосредственно в " +"полноэкранном режиме. Нажмите на значок ` </> `, Чтобы получить прямую URL-" +"адрес описания задачи: полезно, если вы хотите отправить его кому-то, не " +"добавляя это лицо как подписчик." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "" +msgstr "этапы задачи" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите этап задачи" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -808,16 +908,21 @@ msgid "" " are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " "visual indicator that is seen in a glance." msgstr "" +"Этап задача - самый простой способ сообщить своим коллегам, когда вы " +"работаете над задачей, если задача готовы или их заблокирован. Это " +"визуальный индикатор, который виден сразу." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 msgid "" "You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " "the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" msgstr "" +"Вы можете изменить этап задачи по канбан или непосредственно с задания. " +"Просто нажмите на кружок этапа, чтобы получить выбор:" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "" +msgstr "изменяемые этапы" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -825,18 +930,21 @@ msgid "" "project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," " then click on edit:" msgstr "" +"Вы можете решить, какой статус означает для каждого этапа вашего проекта. В " +"просмотре канбан нажмите на значок настройки в верхней части экрана нажмите " +"Редактировать:" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Рядом с цветным кружочками, напишите объяснение этапа." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Теперь объяснение будет отображаться вместо общего текста:" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "цветные метки" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 msgid "" @@ -844,6 +952,9 @@ msgid "" "tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " "them thanks to the filters." msgstr "" +"В каждом задании можно пометить. Теги очень полезны для классификации задач." +" Это поможет вам выделить задачи по канбан или лучше найти их благодаря " +"фильтрам." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 msgid "" @@ -851,22 +962,29 @@ msgid "" " tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " "color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." msgstr "" +"Если вы всегда работаете с определенным типом тегов, вы можете выделить " +"задачи, содержащие тег с цветом. Каждый тег может получить определенный " +"цвет, это видно на канбан." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 msgid "" "In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " "the tag, directly from the task:" msgstr "" +"Чтобы сделать его видимым в канбан, нужно установить цвет тегу " +"непосредственно с задачи:" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как установить и настроить проект?" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " "and to communicate with any member for each project and task." msgstr "" +"Проект Odoo позволяет вам управлять проектом вместе со всей вашей командой и" +" общаться с любым членом для каждого проекта и задачи." #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -875,20 +993,26 @@ msgid "" " as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " "employees working on this project." msgstr "" +"Он работает с проектами, содержат задания, которые накладываются на " +"настраиваемые этапа. Проект может быть внутренним или ориентированным на " +"клиента. Задача - выполнение части проекта. Вы сможете предоставить " +"различные задачи нескольким работникам, работающим над этим проектом." #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установка модуля Проект" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 msgid "" "Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " "**Install**." msgstr "" +"Откройте модуль ** Приложения **, найдите ** Управление проектами ** и " +"нажмите ** Установить **." #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создание нового проекта" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -896,45 +1020,53 @@ msgid "" " you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " "project." msgstr "" +"Откройте приложение ** Проект ** и нажмите кнопку ** Создать **. В этом окне" +" вы можете указать название проекта и установить конфиденциальность проекта." #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Параметр конфиденциальности работает как:" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." msgstr "" +"** Проект клиента **: видимый на портале, если клиент является подписчиком." #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Все сотрудники **: работники видят все задачи или проблемы." #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 msgid "" "**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" msgstr "" +"** Приватный проект **: подписчики могут видеть только следующие задачи или " +"проблемы." #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 msgid "" "You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " "**Customer** field empty if not." msgstr "" +"Вы также можете указать, проект предназначен клиенту, или оставить поле ** " +"клиента ** пустым, если нет." #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." msgstr "" +"Когда вы введете все необходимые данные, нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить **." #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управление этапами вашего проекта" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Добавьте этапы вашего проекта" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "На информационной панели вашего проекта нажмите ** # Задача **." #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -942,18 +1074,25 @@ msgid "" " of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " "project." msgstr "" +"В новом окне добавьте новый столбец и назовите его в соответствии с первого " +"этапа вашего проекта, а затем добавьте столько столбиков, сколько этапов в " +"вашем проекте." #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 msgid "" "For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " "that you can personalize to fit your needs." msgstr "" +"Для каждого этапа есть маркеры для статуса задач в рамках стадии, которые " +"можно настроить в соответствии с вашими потребностями." #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " "bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." msgstr "" +"Перетащите курсор над названием стадии и нажмите на значение, которое " +"появляется, а в открытом меню нажмите ** Редактировать **." #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -961,14 +1100,18 @@ msgid "" "customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " "requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." msgstr "" +"Откроется новое окно. Цветные точки и значок звезды соответствуют " +"настраиваемым маркерам, примененным к задачам, облегчает знание того, задача" +" требует внимания. Вы можете дать им любое обозначение, которое вам " +"нравится." #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить ** после завершения." #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка этапов" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -979,28 +1122,37 @@ msgid "" "you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " "stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." msgstr "" +"Вы можете легко настроить этот просмотр, чтобы лучше соответствовать вашим " +"потребностям бизнеса, создав новые столбцы. С канбан вашего проекта, вы " +"можете добавить этапы, нажав кнопку ** Добавить новый столбец **. Если вы " +"хотите изменить порядок ваших этапов, вы можете легко сделать это, перетащив" +" столбик, который нужно переместить в нужное место. Вы также можете " +"составить или развернуть свои этапы, используя значок ** Настройка ** на " +"нужном вам этапе." #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`visualization`" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`collaboration`" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`time_record`" #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как записать потраченное время?" #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " "simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." msgstr "" +"Odoo позволяет записывать время, затраченное на одного сотрудника в каждый " +"проект, для простых отчетов, а также для прямого выставления счетов клиенту." #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1009,182 +1161,232 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " "of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." msgstr "" +"Чтобы записать время, затраченное на проекты, сначала нужно активировать " +"выставления счетов по времени. В модуле ** Проект ** откройте: " +"menuselection: `Настройка -> Налаштування`. В разделе ** Табели ** " +"отметьте пункт ** Активировать табели на проблемах **." #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 msgid "" "Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " "Employee and Timesheet apps." msgstr "" +"Активация этого параметра позволит установить приложения для продаж, " +"выставления счетов-фактур, отслеживание проблем, работников и табель." #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "запись табелей" #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 msgid "" "You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " "application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." msgstr "" +"Вы можете зафиксировать время, затраченное на проекты, непосредственно из " +"программы проекта. Вы можете либо записывать табели в проекте или в задании." #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запись в проекте" #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 msgid "" "In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " "project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." msgstr "" +"На информационной панели программы ** Проект ** откройте меню ** Более ** " +"проекта, для которого нужно записать табели и нажмите ** Табели **." #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 msgid "" "In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" " click on **Save**." msgstr "" +"В новом окне нажмите кнопку ** Создать ** и вставьте необходимые данные и " +"нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить **." #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запись в задании" #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 msgid "" "In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " "and open the task on which you have been working." msgstr "" +"В модуле ** Проект ** откройте проект, в котором вы хотите записать табель, " +"и откройте задачи, на котором вы работали." #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 msgid "" "In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " "**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." msgstr "" +"В этом задании нажмите ** Редактировать **, откройте вкладку ** Табель ** и " +"нажмите ** Добавить элемент **. Вставьте нужные данные, а затем нажмите " +"кнопку ** Сохранить **." #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" +msgstr "Визуализируйте задача проекта" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:7 msgid "" -"Tasks are assignments that members of your organisations have to fulfill as " -"part of a project. In day to day business, your company might struggle due " -"to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those task are already complex " -"enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a real " -"burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the " -"different tasks you have to cope with." +"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " +"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " +"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " +"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " +"have to cope with." msgstr "" +"В повседневной бизнесе ваша компания может столкнуться с большим количеством" +" задач. Эти задачи достаточно сложные. Нужно вспомнить их всех и следить за " +"ними, что может быть в тягость. К счастью, Odoo позволяет эффективно " +"визуализировать и организовывать различные задачи, с которыми вы имеете " +"дело." + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +msgid "Create a task" +msgstr "создайте задачи" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +msgid "" +"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." +msgstr "" +"При добавлении проекта, выберите существующий проект или создайте новый." #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 +msgid "In the project, create a new task." +msgstr "В проекте создайте новое задание." + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed is to install the project module in the module" -" application." +"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " +"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." msgstr "" +"Эта задача вы можете назначить нужному человеку, добавлять в нем теги, " +"сроки, описания ... и все остальное, что вам может понадобиться для этой " +"задачи." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:24 -msgid "Creating Tasks" -msgstr "" +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 +msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" +msgstr "Смотрите свои задачи с помощью канбан" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once you created a project, you can easily generate tasks for it. Simply " -"open the project and click on create a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You then first give a name to your task, the related project will " -"automatically be filled in, assign the project to someone, and select a " -"deadline if there is one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:40 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:42 +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 msgid "" "Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " "to the Kanban view." msgstr "" +"После того, как вы создали несколько задач, их можно будет управлять и " +"контролировать благодаря канбан." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 msgid "" "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " "enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " "one have the higher priorities." msgstr "" +"Просмотр в канбан - просмотр поста, разделен на разные этапы. Это позволяет " +"иметь четкое представление об этапах выполнения ваших задач и о том, какие " +"из них имеют более высокие приоритеты." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:49 +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 msgid "" "The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" " on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" " logo in the upper right corner" msgstr "" +"Канбан является просмотром по умолчанию при доступе к проекту, но если вы " +"находитесь в другом просмотре, вы можете в любой момент вернуться к нему, " +"нажав значок канбан в верхнем правом углу." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:57 -msgid "How to nototify your collegues about the status of a task?" +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " +"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" +" and indicate if the task is ready." msgstr "" +"Вы также можете сообщить своим коллегам о состоянии задачи прямо с канбан с " +"помощью маленькой точки, он будет сообщать подписчиков задачи и указывать, " +"задача готовы." + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 +msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" +msgstr "Сортировка задач в канбан" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " +"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " +"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" +" to their creation date." +msgstr "" +"Задачи упорядочиваются по приоритету, которые вы можете предоставить, нажав " +"звездочку рядом с часами, а потом подписку, то есть если вы двигаете их с " +"помощью перетаскивания, они будут в таком порядке и, наконец, своими " +"идентификаторами, связанными с датой их создания." #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:65 msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will be automatically moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." msgstr "" +"Задачи, которые прошли через их срок, будут обозначены красным в вашем " +"канбан." + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " +"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." +msgstr "" +"Если вы поставите задачу с низким приоритетом сверху, когда вы снова " +"вернетесь на информационную панель в следующий раз, задача вернется назад к " +"задачам с высоким приоритетом." #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 +msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "Управляйте дедлайнами в календаре" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red (in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." +"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " +"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " +"easily in a single window." msgstr "" +"Вы также можете перейти из режима просмотра канбан на режим просмотра " +"календаря, что позволяет просматривать дедлайн каждой задачи просто в одном " +"окне." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:80 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:82 +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadline in a " -"single window." +"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " +"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." msgstr "" +"Задачи обозначены цветом для работника, которому они предназначены, и вы " +"можете отфильтровать дедлайны для работников, выбрав конечный срок, который " +"вы хотите видеть." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:89 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:94 +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 msgid "" "You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " "dropping the task to another case." msgstr "" +"Вы можете легко изменить конечный срок с просмотра календаря, перетащив " +"задачи в другой." #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введение в проект Odoo" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 msgid "" "As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " "To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." msgstr "" +"Будучи менеджером по бизнесу, у нас есть разнообразная работа, включающая " +"несколько заинтересованных сторон. Управляя каждым заданием, проект Odoo " +"отлично с этим справляется." #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1194,6 +1396,11 @@ msgid "" "any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " "project manager too." msgstr "" +"Благодаря проектам Odoo, наши члены проекта могут легко спланировать и " +"осуществить запуск новой линейки продуктов в Канаде. Мы организовали этот " +"проект, создав различные этапы. Это позволяет нам четко определить статус " +"любой задачи в любое время и для любого пользователя. Это удобно для любого " +"другого менеджера проекта." #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -1202,6 +1409,11 @@ msgid "" "management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " "projects is designed to work for any kind of business." msgstr "" +"Эти хорошо структурированные этапы проекта полностью настраиваются. Здесь мы" +" идентифицируем одну недостающую стадию, мы можем легко добавить ее только d" +" один клик. В процессе управления проектом мы приступаем к окончательного " +"рассмотрения, поэтому добавляем этот этап. Проекты Odoo предназначены для " +"работы любого вида бизнеса." #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -1209,6 +1421,9 @@ msgid "" " That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " "stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" msgstr "" +"После выполнения задания, каждый сотрудник может выделить его, изменив " +"статус. Это поможет менеджеру проекта пересмотреть задачи перед тем, как " +"изменить этап с простым перетаскиванием. Легко, не так ли?" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -1223,6 +1438,16 @@ msgid "" " this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" " the progress of each task." msgstr "" +"Мы также можем организовать различные задачи, адаптируя вид. Здесь мы " +"выбираем просмотр списка, в котором отображается другая информация, такая " +"как рабочее время. Если мы нажимаем на нашу задачу, то перейдем на вид " +"формы, где можем отредактировать запланированы часы и ввести наши табеле. " +"Это отличный инструмент для любого менеджера проекта. Контроль за прогрессом" +" рабочего времени и время, потраченное на каждого члена команды, является " +"очень важным. Мы установили время для тренинга команды продаж до 24 часов. " +"Сегодня мы подготовили материал, поэтому указываем 4:00 в табеле. Прогресс " +"рабочего времени обновляется автоматически. Благодаря этой схеме интеграции," +" руководитель проекта тщательно отслеживает ход выполнения каждого задания." #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -1236,6 +1461,16 @@ msgid "" "deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " "planning." msgstr "" +"Другой отличительной функцией в проектах Odoo есть инструмент " +"прогнозирования. Когда он активирован, мы можем спланировать ресурсы за " +"проект и рабочую нагрузку. Поэтому распределение времени для других проектов" +" гораздо проще. Для этого проекта мы должны обучать членов команды по " +"продажам. Это потребует 50% времени до конца недели. Как руководитель " +"проекта, мы можем сделать это распределение ресурсов для любого пользователя" +" и адаптировать его по другим проектам. Это позволит предотвратить любое " +"пересечения времени. Мы можем переназначить задачу или приспособить срок. " +"Проект Odoo - это идеальный приложение для стратегического и исполнительного" +" планирования." #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -1245,6 +1480,11 @@ msgid "" "task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" " each team member." msgstr "" +"Кроме того, благодаря отчетам можно проанализировать любой аспект любого " +"проекта. Например, мы можем иметь отчет о фактических часа, потраченные по " +"сравнению с запланированными часами. Мы можем оценить прибыльность любого " +"проекта, любой задачи или любого члена команды. Мы можем посмотреть на " +"количество часов, предназначенных каждому члену команды." #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -1255,6 +1495,12 @@ msgid "" "always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" " team." msgstr "" +"Другим элементом хорошего управления проектом является общение. Это ключевой" +" фактор успеха любого проекта. При работе с несколькими заинтересованными " +"сторонами, возможность непосредственного обмена документами в задании очень " +"полезна. С проектами Odoo мы можем говорить через функцию чата, которая есть" +" в одном клике мыши. Мы можем начать новую беседу с теми, кто работает в " +"нашей команде." #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -1264,6 +1510,12 @@ msgid "" "The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " "issues." msgstr "" +"Кроме того, что мощный приложение для управления проектами неизменной, " +"проекты Odoo также является эффективным сервисным обслуживанием или " +"послепродажным приложением. Благодаря этому мы можем следить за любым " +"вопросам клиентов, даже создавая специальный проект поддержки. Программа " +"также автоматически создает счет-фактуру на время, потраченное на задачу или" +" проблемы." #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -1271,22 +1523,29 @@ msgid "" "planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " "app, it will help you get started quickly too." msgstr "" +"Проект Odoo - это мощный, но простой в использовании приложение. Сначала мы " +"использовали планировщик, чтобы четко определить свои цели и настроить " +"приложение к проекту. Получите это приложение, которое поможет вам быстро " +"начать работу." #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" msgstr "" +"Начните бесплатную пробную версию и лучше управляйте своими проектами с " +"помощью Odoo!" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" msgstr "" +"Начните свою бесплатную пробную версию сейчас, с любовью продавцов CRM" #: ../../project/planning.rst:3 msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Планирование вашего проекта" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как планировать и отслеживать задачи сотрудников?" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1294,6 +1553,9 @@ msgid "" "especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " "can handle it in only a couple of clicks." msgstr "" +"Слежения и планирования задач ваших сотрудников могут быть трудной задачей, " +"особенно когда вы управляете несколькими людьми. К счастью, используя Проект" +" Odoo, вы можете справиться с ним всего за несколько кликов." #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1301,6 +1563,9 @@ msgid "" "module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " "install the application." msgstr "" +"Единственное необходимое конфигурация - установить модуль ** Управление " +"проектами **. Для этого перейдите в модуль приложений, найдите Проект и " +"установите его." #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1310,6 +1575,11 @@ msgid "" "under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " "tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите управлять оценкой времени, вам нужно будет включить табели " +"для задач. В программе ** Проект ** перейдите к: menuselection: `Настройка " +"-> Налаштування` в выпадающем меню. Затем, под ** Оценкой времени работы " +"**, выберите ** управления оценкой времени задач ** в параметрах. Не " +"забудьте применить свои изменения." #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1317,10 +1587,13 @@ msgid "" "Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " "will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." msgstr "" +"Эта функция создаст панель прогресса в виде просмотра ваших задач. Каждый " +"раз, когда ваш продавец придаст рабочее время в свой табель, панель будет " +"обновлен в соответствии с запланированными ранее часов." #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управляйте заданиями по просмотрам" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -1329,12 +1602,22 @@ msgid "" "on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " "and the calendar view." msgstr "" +"Вы можете получить обзор ваших различных задач благодаря разнообразным " +"просмотрам с Odoo. Три основные просмотры помогут вам планировать и " +"отслеживать задачи своих сотрудников: вид канбан, просмотр списка (с помощью" +" расчетных таблиц) и просмотр календаря." #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 msgid "" "Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " "fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." msgstr "" +"Создайте и измените задача, чтобы заполнить конвейер. Не забудьте заполнить " +"ответственное лицо и примерное время, если он есть." + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 +msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" +msgstr "Ознакомьтесь с действиями с просмотром канбан" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -1342,10 +1625,13 @@ msgid "" "enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " "ones having the higher priorities." msgstr "" +"Просмотр канбан - пост-образный просмотр, разделен на разные этапы. Это " +"позволяет иметь четкое представление об этапах выполнения ваших задач и то, " +"что имеет более высокие приоритеты." #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Добавить / переставить этапы" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -1357,6 +1643,13 @@ msgid "" "fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " "stage." msgstr "" +"Вы можете легко настроить свой проект в соответствии с потребностями вашего " +"бизнеса, создав новые столбцы. С просмотра канбан на ваш проект, вы можете " +"добавить этапы, нажав на ** Добавить новый столбец ** (см. Рисунок ниже). " +"Если вы хотите изменить порядок ваших этапов, вы можете легко сделать это, " +"перетащив столбик, который нужно переместить в нужное место. Вы также можете" +" составить или развернуть этапы, используя значок ** настройки ** на нужном " +"этапе." #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -1364,6 +1657,13 @@ msgid "" "development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " "Done." msgstr "" +"Создавайте один столбец на этап для вашего рабочего процесса. Например, в " +"разработке этапами могут быть: спецификация, разработка, тестирование, " +"завершение." + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "Сортируйте задачи по приоритету" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -1373,20 +1673,30 @@ msgid "" "left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " "tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." msgstr "" +"В каждом из ваших колонок можно сортировать свои задачи по приоритету. " +"Задача с высшим приоритетом автоматически перемещаются в верхней части " +"столбца. В режиме просмотра канбан нажмите на звездочку в левой нижней части" +" задачи, чтобы обозначить его как ** высокий приоритет **. Для задач, " +"которые не обозначены, Odoo автоматически классифицировать их в соответствии" +" с их сроков." #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 msgid "" "Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " "view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание, что даты, прошли их сроки, будут отражаться красным " +"(также в просмотре списка), чтобы вы могли легко отслеживать прогресс " +"различных задач." #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." msgstr "" +"Не забывайте, что вы можете фильтровать свои задачи с помощью меню фильтра." #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отслеживайте прогресс каждой задачи с помощью просмотра списка" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -1395,6 +1705,10 @@ msgid "" "along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" " each time the employee will add an activity." msgstr "" +"Если вы включили ** Управление оценкой времени на задачах **, ваши " +"сотрудники смогут зарегистрировать свою деятельность на задачах под меню ** " +"Табели ** вместе с их продолжительностью. ** Прогресс рабочего времени ** " +"будет обновляться каждый раз, когда работник придаст активность." #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -1403,6 +1717,14 @@ msgid "" "choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " "show you the progression of each task." msgstr "" +"Как менеджер, вы можете легко просмотреть время, потраченное на задачу для " +"всех сотрудников, с помощью просмотра списка. Для этого откройте проект по " +"вашему выбору и нажмите значок списка (см. Ниже). Последний столбец покажет " +"вам прогресс каждой задачи." + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 +msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "Следите за дедлайнами в календаре" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -1410,30 +1732,48 @@ msgid "" "As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " "single window." msgstr "" +"Если вы добавите дедлайн в своем задании, они появятся в окне календаря. " +"Этот пересмотр позволяет менеджеру следить за всеми конечными сроками в " +"одном окне." + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +msgid "" +"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" +" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " +"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." +msgstr "" +"Все задания обозначаются соответствующим цветом, предназначенном работнику. " +"Вы можете легко отфильтровать дедлайны сотрудников, обозначая " +"соответствующие поля справа на экране календаря." #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как прогнозировать задачи?" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введение в прогнозирование" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 msgid "" "Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," " the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." msgstr "" +"Планирование и прогнозирование задача - это еще один способ управлять " +"проектами. В Odoo параметр Прогнозирование дает вам доступ к диаграмме " +"Ганта." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 msgid "" "So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " "progress of a project and its related tasks." msgstr "" +"Пока вы работали с канбан, который показывает вам прогресс проекта и " +"связанные с ним задачи." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1441,20 +1781,26 @@ msgid "" "It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " "team members to collaborate better." msgstr "" +"Теперь, если выбрать параметр Прогнозирование, диаграмма Ганта отражает " +"большую картину. Это очень визуальное изображение, которое является " +"настоящим плюсом для сложных проектов, и это помогает членам команды " +"работать лучше." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 msgid "" "This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " "workload and human resources." msgstr "" +"Этот вариант выгоден для планирования и организации рабочей нагрузки и " +"человеческих ресурсов." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как настроить проекты?" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте приложение проекта" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -1463,18 +1809,26 @@ msgid "" " task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " "employee should complete it!" msgstr "" +"Параметр ** Прогнозирование ** поможет вам организовать свои проекты. Он " +"идеально подходит, когда вам нужно настроить проект с определенным " +"дедлайном. Поэтому для каждой задачи назначается определенный временной " +"промежуток (количество часов), в который ваш работник должен его заполнить!" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" "First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " "application:" msgstr "" +"Сначала нужно активировать параметр ** Прогнозирование ** для всего модуля " +"проекта:" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " "Forecast option and click **Apply**." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Проект -> Настройка -> Налаштування`. " +"Выберите опцию Прогноз и нажмите кнопку ** Применить **." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1482,40 +1836,50 @@ msgid "" "specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " "all the projects that you manage)." msgstr "" +"После этого вам все равно нужно активировать параметр ** Прогнозирование ** " +"специально для вашего ** проекта ** (возможно, вам не нужна диаграмма Ганта " +"для всех проектов, которыми вы управляете)." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте конкретный проект" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 msgid "" "When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " "Forecast\" in your project settings." msgstr "" +"При создании нового проекта обязательно выберите "Разрешить " +"прогноз" в настройках проекта." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." msgstr "" +"Вы увидите параметр ** Прогнозирование **, который появится в верхнем меню." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 msgid "" "If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " "task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." msgstr "" +"Если вы добавляете параметр Прогнозирование в существующий проект, будь то " +"сроки задач или незапланированные, задача не будут." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Задача проекта не связаны с прогнозом." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как создать прогнозирования?" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 msgid "" "Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " "projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." msgstr "" +"Перед созданием проекта прогнозу перечислите все задачи по прогнозируемым " +"временем, которое они должны взять. Это поможет вам координировать работу." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -1523,12 +1887,17 @@ msgid "" "forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " "corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." msgstr "" +"Для просмотра проекты в диаграмме Ганта, нужно создать прогноз на странице " +"задачи. Чтобы создать прогноз, нажмите на верхнем левом углу задача ** " +"Создать прогнозирования **." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 msgid "" "You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " "space in the Gantt chart calendar." msgstr "" +"Вы также можете легко создать новое Прогнозирование, просто нажав на пустое " +"пространство в календаре диаграммы Ганта." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -1536,6 +1905,8 @@ msgid "" "automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " "take." msgstr "" +"Интерфейс Прогнозирование автоматически заполнит название проекта и задачи. " +"Вам просто нужно добавить дату и время выполнения задания." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -1543,6 +1914,9 @@ msgid "" " installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " "task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." msgstr "" +"Поле "Эффективные часа" появляется, только если в вашей базе " +"данных установлено приложение ** Табель **. Этот параметр помогает вам " +"увидеть прогресс задач благодаря интеграции с Табелем." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -1550,10 +1924,13 @@ msgid "" "(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " "in the Effective hours field." msgstr "" +"Например: когда пользователь заполняет таблицу с названием своего проекта " +"(аналитический учет), при этом расходуется 10:00, прогноз будет отражать " +"10:00 в поле Эффективные часа." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Какая разница между просмотрами?" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -1561,10 +1938,13 @@ msgid "" "helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " "by projects." msgstr "" +"В меню модуля ** Проект ** есть меню ** Прогнозирование **. Это подменю " +"помогает просматривать диаграмму Ганта с разных точек зрения: пользователями" +" или проектами." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пользователями: управление людьми" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -1572,6 +1952,9 @@ msgid "" "chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." " It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." msgstr "" +"Этот параметр отражает диаграмму Ганта с назначенными людьми. Диаграмма " +"Ганта показывает привлеченных; это дает вам общую картину проекта. Очень " +"полезно эффективно распределять ресурсы." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -1579,12 +1962,17 @@ msgid "" "on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " "third, you see which tasks they're on." msgstr "" +"На левой стороне, на первом уровне, вы можете увидеть задействованных " +"пользователей. Затем на втором уровне вы видите, к проектам они " +"предназначены. В-третьих, вы видите, какие задачи они выполняют." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 msgid "" "Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " "the duration of the task in the calendar." msgstr "" +"Каждое задание обозначено цветным прямоугольником. Этот прямоугольник " +"отражает продолжительность задачи в календаре." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -1593,10 +1981,15 @@ msgid "" "to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " "assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." msgstr "" +"Верхний прямоугольник на первом уровне - это сумма всех задач, составленная " +"из третьего уровня. Если он зеленый, это означает, что общее время, " +"предназначенное для пользователя, составляет менее 100%. Когда он красный, " +"это означает, что этот пользователь предназначен для выполнения нескольких " +"задач, которые составляют более 100% своего времени." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "План рабочей нагрузки" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -1605,6 +1998,11 @@ msgid "" "days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" " how your users should organize their time between different tasks." msgstr "" +"При создании прогнозирования нужно выбрать время, которое пользователь " +"должен потратить на него. 100% означает, что ваш пользователь должен " +"работать на полный рабочий день в течение этих дней. Он / она не имеет " +"других задач для работы. Таким образом, вы можете решить от 1 до 100%, как " +"ваши пользователи должны организовать свое время между различными задачами." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -1612,6 +2010,9 @@ msgid "" "example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " "project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." msgstr "" +"Интеграция помогает вам избежать двойного бронирования сотрудника. Например," +" если ваш эксперт уже имеет 40% иной задачи в другом проекте, вы можете " +"забронировать его лишь на 60% за этот период." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -1622,11 +2023,18 @@ msgid "" "Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " "that this is feasible." msgstr "" +"В приведенном ниже примере пользователь "Администратор" работает " +"над двумя проектами ( "Фазы доставки IT1367" и "Процесс " +"выполнения 56"). Пользователь предназначен для обоих проектов общим " +"объемом в 110% своего времени. Это слишком много, поэтому Менеджер проектов " +"должен изменить пользователей, предназначенных для задания. В противном " +"случае менеджер проектов может изменить определенное время или дату, чтобы " +"убедиться, что это возможно." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Преимущества диаграммы Ганта" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -1636,11 +2044,17 @@ msgid "" "elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " "method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." msgstr "" +"Диаграмма Ганта "за пользователем" помогает вам лучше спланировать" +" свои кадры. Вы избегаете путаницы относительно задач и назначений " +"пользователей. Диаграмма Ганта является визуальной и помогает понять все " +"различные элементы одновременно. Также вы немедленно знаете, что нужно " +"сделать дальше. Этот метод поможет вам лучше понять отношения между " +"задачами." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Динамический просмотр Ганта в Odoo позволяет" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 @@ -1648,25 +2062,27 @@ msgid "" "change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " "the future or in the past" msgstr "" +"изменить время и дату прогноза, нажав и передвинув задачи в будущем или в " +"прошлом" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "" +msgstr "немедленно создать новый прогноз в диаграмме Ганта" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "" +msgstr "изменить существующий прогноз" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "" +msgstr "изменить длину задачи путем расширения или сокращения прямоугольника." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "По проектам: управление проектами" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -1675,12 +2091,18 @@ msgid "" "one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " "helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." msgstr "" +"Диаграмма Ганта - это идеальное представление о проекте, чтобы лучше понять " +"взаимодействие между задачами. Вы можете избегать дублирования задач или " +"запускать их слишком рано, если другой не завершен. Диаграмма Ганта в Odoo " +"является четкой и помогает вам эффективно координировать задачи." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 msgid "" "This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " "level of hierarchy." msgstr "" +"Этот параметр отражает график Ганта, показывая проекты на первом уровне " +"иерархии." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -1688,9 +2110,14 @@ msgid "" " level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " "they're on." msgstr "" +"Слева, на первом уровне, вы можете увидеть проекты. Затем на втором уровне " +"вы видите предназначенных пользователей. В-третьих, вы видите, какие задачи " +"они выполняют." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 msgid "" "This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " "Users** section)" msgstr "" +"Этот просмотр не покажет ваше время HR. Цвета не применяются. (См. ** " +"Пользователями **)" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 2096665bf..3918c0ae5 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -1,15 +1,22 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Максим Дронь <dronmax@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,733 +26,153 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase.rst:5 msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Although they are intimately related, Requests for Quotation, Purchase " -"Tenders and Purchase Orders are not the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A **Request for Quotation** (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " -"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " -"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " -"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " -"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:15 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A **Purchase Tender** (PT), also known as Call for Bids, is used to drive " -"competition between several suppliers in order to get the best offer for a " -"list of products. In comparison to the RfQ, a Purchase Tender is sent to " -"multiple suppliers, stating each are competing with one another, and that " -"the best offer will win. The main interest is that it usually leads to " -"better offers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase Order** (PO) is the actual order that you place to the " -"supplier that you chose, either through a RfQ, a Purchase Tender, or simply " -"when you already know which supplier to order from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:27 -msgid "When to use?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:29 -msgid "" -"A **RfQ** is interesting when you have never purchased the products with " -"that supplier before and therefore don't know their price. It is also useful" -" if you want to challenge your suppliers once you have a well-established " -"relationship with them. You can also use it to assess the cost of a project " -"and see if it makes it feasible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:35 -msgid "" -"A **Purchase Tender** is used for public offers that require an open " -"offering from several suppliers. It is also useful when you need to make a " -"one-off order for a product and you would like to get the best offer, no " -"matter which supplier it is. It may be used when your supplier has not been " -"up to your standards and you would like to either push them to deliver a " -"better service, or find a replacement in their competitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:43 -msgid "When not to use?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**RfQ**\\ s become unnecessary once you have established your favorite " -"supplier for each item, and will only increase the delay in the delivery of " -"your items. In that case, the process will be simpler by starting straight " -"from a Purchase Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:50 -msgid "" -"**Purchase Tenders** are a long and tedious process that will likely take " -"more than several weeks in the best cases. If you need a quick delivery, " -"this is not the way to go. Also, if you have a well-established relationship" -" with one supplier, think twice before you initiate a PT with them as it " -"might tear the relationship and finally lead to less interesting deals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:58 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:139 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:60 -msgid "" -"My company builds wooden furniture. For the new series of table we are " -"designing, we need some screws, metal frames and rubber protections." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:63 -msgid "" -"I create a Request for Quotation in Odoo with those products to my usual " -"supplier, and send it by email. He answers back with an offer. However, I am" -" not convinced by the offer, and I want to see if anyone can give a better " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:68 -msgid "" -"I decide to push competition a bit and set up a Purchase Tender, that Odoo " -"will send to a list of suppliers I specified. Out of the 8 offers I receive," -" one gets my attention and I decide to go ahead with that one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:72 -msgid "" -"I confirm the order to the supplier by creating a Purchase Order from the " -"PT, and Odoo automatically asks delivery of the items to the supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:77 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:16 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:58 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:21 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Order**, read the " -"documentation on :doc:`from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you want to know how to create a **RfQ**, read the documentation on " -":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:85 -msgid "" -"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Tender**, read the " -"documentation on :doc:`../../purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "From purchase order to invoice and receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For most of your everyday purchases, chances are you already know where to " -"purchase and at what price. For these cases, a simple Purchase Order (PO) " -"will allow you to handle the whole process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a purchase order can be created as is, but can also be the result " -"of a Request for Quotation or of a Purchase Tender. Therefore, every " -"purchase made in Odoo has a PO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The PO will generate an invoice, and depending on the contract with your " -"supplier, you will be required to pay the invoice before or after delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:18 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:20 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search and install the **Purchase " -"Management** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:27 -msgid "Creating a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchases** app, open the **Purchase** menu and click on **Purchase" -" Orders**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:32 -msgid "In the **Purchase Orders** window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:37 -msgid "" -"From the new window, insert the **Vendor** and type in the **Order Date**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:40 -msgid "In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:45 -msgid "Select your product from the list and add a description if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:47 -msgid "The **Scheduled Date** menu corresponds to the expected delivery date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Type in the quantity which you wish to purchase, then click on **Save** and " -"on **Confirm Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you wish to go through the complete flow and create a **Request for " -"Quotation** for this order, refer to the document on " -":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:57 -msgid "" -"As you can see, the status of the PO has switched to ``Purchase Order``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:63 -msgid "Registering invoice, payments and receiving products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Depending on the contract you have with your supplier, you can either pay " -"for the purchase upon delivery of the goods, or get the goods delivered " -"after payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:70 -msgid "Payment upon or after reception" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:72 -msgid "Still from your purchase order, click on **Receive Products**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In the next page, check that the number of products received corresponds to " -"the number ordered, then manually enter the delivered quantity and click on " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** and an **Invoice** button have " -"appeared." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Invoices** button, then click on **Validate**. The invoice is" -" now registered in the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert the " -"detail of the payment, and click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:94 -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Your products are now ready for picking and storage, and the invoice is " -"marked as paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:98 -msgid "Upfront payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:100 -msgid "" -"From the **Purchase Order** page, open the **Invoices** tab, then click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:103 -msgid "" -"In the next page, click on **Validate**. The invoice is now registered in " -"the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert the detail of the payment," -" and click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** tab and an **Invoice** tab have" -" appeared." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Click on **Receive Products**, then in the new page, click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:121 -msgid "" -"A window will appear, asking if you wish to process every item at once. " -"Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Закупка" #: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Закупки" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Основные данные" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import supplier pricelists?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Import vendors pricelists" +msgstr "Импорт прайс-листов поставщика" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:8 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Big companies use to import supplier pricelists day to day. Indeed, prices " -"are always changing and you need to get price up to date to deal with a high" -" number of products." +"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " +"to date on products pricing." msgstr "" +"Компаниям важно иметь возможность импортировать прайс-листы поставщиков, " +"чтобы оставаться в курсе цен на товары." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:12 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 msgid "" -"To manage supplier prices on product form, read this document " -"(:doc:`suppliers`). Here we will show you how to import customer prices." +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." msgstr "" +"Для включения этой функции перейдите в: menuselection: `Покупки -> " +"Настройка -> Налаштування` и отметьте" Прайс-листы поставщика " +""." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:16 -msgid "Required configuration" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 +msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." +msgstr "Не забудьте сохранить настройки в верхнем левом углу." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 +msgid "Import a pricelist" +msgstr "Импорт прайс-лист" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 +msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" msgstr "" +"Для импорта перейдите в: menuselection: `Покупки -> Прайс-листы " +"постачальника`" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:18 -msgid "In purchase settings, you have 2 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:20 -msgid "Manage vendor price on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:22 -msgid "Allow using and importing vendor pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:24 -msgid "Here we are selecting: **Allow using and importing vendor pricelists**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:30 -msgid "Import vendor pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:32 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 msgid "" -"There are 2 scenarios: import the vendor pricelist for the first time, or " -"update an existing vendor pricelist. In both scenarios, we assume your " -"product list and vendor list is updated and you want to import the price " -"list of vendors for a given product." +"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " +"import." msgstr "" +"Загрузите файл, после чего вы сможете проверить, все ли правильно, прежде " +"чем нажимать кнопку импорта." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:40 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 +msgid "See below a template of the columns used." +msgstr "Ниже приведены шаблон использованных столбцов." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 msgid "" -"To import a list from a document, the best pratice is to export first to get" -" an example of data formating and a proper header to reimport." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:50 -msgid "Import the list for the first time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:53 -msgid "Prepare the document" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase --> Supplier Pricelists`, export a " -"template of document to get import/export compatible and get the right " -"format to import in mass. Create manually a data and export it " -"(:menuselection:`select --> Action --> Export`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:63 -msgid "Here is the list of fields you can import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 -msgid "**Header of the document to import (csv, xls)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 -msgid "**Meaning and how to get it**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 -msgid "**Example**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 -msgid "name_id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 -msgid "Vendor ID -> export supplier list to get it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 -msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.res\\_partner\\_12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 -msgid "product_code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 -msgid "Vendor product Code -> free text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 -msgid "569874" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 -msgid "price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 -msgid "Vendor Price -> free text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 -msgid "1500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 -msgid "product_tmpl_id.id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 -msgid "Product Template ID -> export you product list to get it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 -msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product_template_13" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76 -msgid "currency_id.id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76 -msgid "Currency -> to get it export the currency list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 -msgid "date_end" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 -msgid "End date of the price validity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 -msgid "2015-10-22" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 -msgid "min_qty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 -msgid "Minimal quantity to purchase from this vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 -msgid "product_id.id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 -msgid "Product Variante name -> export your variant list to get it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 -msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product\\_13" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 -msgid "date_start" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 -msgid "Start date of price validity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 -msgid "2015-12-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:87 -msgid "You obtain a document which can be imported, fill in your vendor pices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Import this document in Odoo. Click on **Import** in the list view and " -"upload your document. You can validate and check error. Once the system " -"tells you everything is ok, you can import the list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:102 -msgid "" -"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " -"product form is filled in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:106 -msgid "Update the vendor pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When the pricelist of your suppliers change, it is necessary to update " -"existing prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Follow the procedure of the first scenario in order to export existing data " -"from :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> Vendor Pricelist`. Select " -"everything, and export from the **Action** menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Change price, end date, add a line, change a supplier, ... and then reimport" -" in Odoo. Thanks to the ID, the list will be updated. Either the id is " -"recognized and the line is updated or the ID is not known by Odoo and it " -"will create a new pricelist line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:120 -msgid "" -"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " -"product form is updated." +"`Template download " +"<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1N8c_eejLV_8NhYMGCfZau_oGCnRkUIT9nwdX7n0shhY/edit#gid=964193981>`__" msgstr "" +"`Скачать шаблон " +"<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1N8c_eejLV_8NhYMGCfZau_oGCnRkUIT9nwdX7n0shhY/edit#gid=964193981>" +" `__" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 -msgid "How to set several suppliers on a product?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" +msgstr "Установка нескольких поставщиков на товар" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Keeping track of your vendors can be a real burden in day-to-day business " -"life. Prices can change and you might have several suppliers for one " -"product. With Odoo you have the possibility to directly link vendors with " -"the corresponding product and specify prices automatically the first time " -"you purchase them." +"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " +"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." msgstr "" +"Если вам необходимо покупать у нескольких поставщиков один товар, Odoo может" +" позволить вам напрямую связать их с одним товаром." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 +msgid "Add vendors in a product" +msgstr "Добавьте поставщиков на товар" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 msgid "" -"We will take the following example: We need to buy ``5 t-shirts``. We found " -"a **Vendor**; called ``Bob&Jerry's`` and we want to issue a request for " -"quotation." +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " +"select a product." msgstr "" +"Чтобы использовать эту функцию, перейдите в: menuselection: `Покупки -> " +"Товари` и выберите товар." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:19 -msgid "Install the purchase module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 msgid "" -"The first step to set your suppliers on your products is to install the " -"purchase module. Go into your **App** module and install the **Purchase** " -"module." +"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " +"on the fly." msgstr "" +"Оттуда можно добавить к вашему товару существующих поставщиков или создать " +"нового на лету." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:29 -msgid "" -"By installing the purchase module, the inventory and invoicing module will " -"be installed as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:33 -msgid "Create a Vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The second step is to create a vendor. In this case we'll create the vendor " -"``Bob&Jerry's``. Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Purchase " -"--> Vendors` and create a new vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can choose if the contact is a company or a person, fill in basic " -"information such as address, phone, email,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you did not create the contact from the purchase module you will need to " -"go in the **Sales and Purchases** tab as well and indicate that the contact " -"is a **Vendor** (see picture below). If the contact is created from the " -"purchase module this box will be ticked automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Next we can create the product we want to buy. We don't know the price of " -"the t-shirt yet because we still need to issue our **Request for " -"Quotation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To create a product enter your purchase module select " -":menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and create a new product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:60 -msgid "" -"We will call our product ``T-shirt`` and specify that the product can be " -"sold and purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:67 -msgid "Add Vendors to the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The next action is to add vendors to the product. There are two ways to " -"handle this. If you issue a purchase order for the first time Odoo will " -"automatically link the vendor and its price to the product. You can also add" -" vendors manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:75 -msgid "By issuing a first Purchase Order to new vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:77 -msgid "" -"When issuing a purchase order for the first time to a vendor, he will " -"automatically be linked to the product by Odoo. For our example let's say " -"that we issue a first purchase order to ``Bob&Jerry's`` for ``5 t-shirts`` " -"at ``12.35 euros / piece``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:82 -msgid "" -"First create your purchase order with the correct product and supplier (see " -"picture below, or the documentation page :doc:`../rfq/create` for more " -"information)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:89 -msgid "" -"When we save and validate the purchase order the vendor will automatically " -"be added to the product's vendors list. To check this enter the purchase " -"module, select :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and select our T-shirt" -" product. By opening the **Inventory** tab we notice that our vendor and its" -" price has automatically been added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:98 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 msgid "" "Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " "will automatically link the contact and price with the product." msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание, что каждый первый раз, когда товар приобретается у нового" +" поставщика, Odoo автоматически связывать контакты и цену с товаром." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:103 -msgid "By adding manually" -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 +msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" +msgstr "Добавьте цену и количество, а также период действия" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:105 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 msgid "" -"We can of course also add vendors and vendors information manually. On the " -"same page than previously, simply click on **Edit** and click the **Add an " -"item** button." +"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " +"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " +"period." msgstr "" +"Когда вы добавляете поставщика к товару, вы можете добавить название товара " +"и код поставщика, а также установить минимальное количество, цену и период " +"действия." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:112 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 msgid "" -"When adding a new **Vendor** you are also able to add extra information such" -" as the vendor product name or code, the validity of the price and the " -"eventual minimum quantity required. These informations can be added and " -"modified for existing vendors by simply clicking on the vendors line." +"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " +"t-shirt in different sizes!" msgstr "" +"Эта функция Odoo также работает с вариантами ваших товаров, например, одна " +"футболка разных размеров!" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to purchase in different unit of measures than sales?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" +msgstr "Как покупать и продавать в разных единицах измерения" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -755,10 +182,15 @@ msgid "" " measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " "between sales and purchase very easily." msgstr "" +"В повседневной бизнесе может случиться так, что ваш поставщик использует " +"другую единицу измерения, чем у ваших продажах. Это может привести к " +"путанице между представителями продаж и покупкой и даже заставить вас " +"потерять много времени на конвертацию. К счастью, в Odoo, вы можете очень " +"легко обрабатывать различные единицы измерений между продажей и покупкой." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 msgid "Let's take the following examples:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Давайте рассмотрим следующие примеры:" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -767,34 +199,42 @@ msgid "" "see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " "quantities in **Liters**." msgstr "" +"Вы покупаете воду у поставщика. Поставщик является американским и продает " +"свою воду в ** галлонах **. Ваши клиенты являются европейскими. Таким " +"образом, вы хотели бы видеть вашу количество покупок, выраженную в ** " +"галлонах **, а проданную количество в ** литрах **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" " unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." msgstr "" +"Вы покупаете гардины от поставщика. Поставщик продает вам гардины в единице " +"измерения ** рулоны **, а вы продаете гардины в ** квадратных метрах **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите модули покупки и продажи" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 msgid "" "The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " "correctly installed." msgstr "" +"Первый шаг - убедиться, что модули ** Продажи ** и ** Покупки ** правильно " +"установлены." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 msgid "|uom01|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|uom01|" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 msgid "|uom02|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|uom02|" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Включите параметр Единица измерения" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -802,14 +242,17 @@ msgid "" "Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " "unit of measures (advanced)** box." msgstr "" +"Введите модуль покупки, выберите: menuselection: `Настройка -> " +"Налаштування` и отметьте пункт ** Некоторые товары могут быть проданы / " +"приобретенные в другой единице измерения (расширено) **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Укажите единицу измерения продаж и покупки" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 msgid "Standard units of measures" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Стандартные единицы измерения" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -818,24 +261,33 @@ msgid "" " necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " "**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." msgstr "" +"Давайте рассмотрим классические единицы измерений, существующих в Odoo как " +"первый пример. Пожалуйста, помните, что для различных единиц измерений между" +" продажей и покупкой обязательно нужно разделить ту же категорию. Категории " +"включают: ** единицу **, ** вес **, ** рабочее время **, ** объем ** т." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 msgid "" "It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " "standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." msgstr "" +"Можно создать собственную категорию и единицу измерения, если она не " +"является стандартной в Odoo (см. Следующий раздел)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 msgid "" "Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " "customers in **Liters**." msgstr "" +"Давайте предположим, что мы покупаем воду у наших производителей в ** " +"галлонах ** и продаем своим клиентам в ** литрах **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 msgid "" "We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Products`." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к модулю Покупки, выберите: menuselection: `Покупки -> Товари`." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -844,16 +296,21 @@ msgid "" " be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " "purchase)." msgstr "" +"Создайте свой товар или выберите существующий. В общей информации о товарах " +"вы можете выбрать ** единицу измерения ** (будет использована в продажах, " +"составе ...) и ** единицу измерения покупки ** (при покупке)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 msgid "" "In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " "**Purchase Unit of Measure**." msgstr "" +"В этом случае выберите ** литра ** для ** единицы измерения ** и галлоны для" +" ** единицы измерения покупки **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте собственную единицу измерения и категорию единицы измерения" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -861,6 +318,9 @@ msgid "" "supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " "curtains in **square meters**)." msgstr "" +"Давайте возьмем наш второй пример (вы покупаете гардины от поставщика, " +"поставщик продает вам гардины в ** рулонах **, а вы продаете их в ** " +"квадратных метрах **)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -869,6 +329,11 @@ msgid "" "another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" " where both units have a conversion relationship." msgstr "" +"Эти два измерения является частью двух различных категорий. Помните, что " +"нельзя связать существующее измерения из одной категории с существующим " +"показателем другой категории. Таким образом, мы сначала должны создать " +"совместную ** категорию измерений **, где оба блока имеют взаимосвязь " +"конверсии." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -877,12 +342,18 @@ msgid "" " selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " "below)." msgstr "" +"Для этого перейдите к своему модуля продаж, выберите: menuselection: " +"`Настройка -> Товары -> Единица вимирювання`. Создайте новую единицу " +"** категории измерения **, выбрав выпадающий список и нажав на создание и " +"редактирование (см. Рисунок ниже)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " "**Inter-Category-Computation**." msgstr "" +"Создайте новую единицу измерения. В этом случае наша категория будет " +"называться ** Inter-Category-Computing **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -891,10 +362,14 @@ msgid "" "purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " "of Measure`." msgstr "" +"Следующим шагом является создание единиц измерения ** рулонов ** и ** " +"квадратного метра ** и их связывания с новой категорией. Для этого перейдите" +" к модулю Покупки, выберите: menuselection: `Настройка -> Товары -> " +"Единицы вимирювання`." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 msgid "Create two new units:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте две новые единицы:" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -904,6 +379,12 @@ msgid "" "measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" " meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Элемент ** Рулон **, который является частью категории Inter-Category-" +"Computation и есть ** типичной единицей ** (см. Рисунок ниже). Тип единицы -" +" это средство, установленный как ссылки в этой категории. Это означает, что " +"в зависимости от этого измерения будут конвертированы другие измерения " +"(например: 1 рулон = 10 квадратных метров, 2 рулона = 20 квадратных метров и" +" т.д.)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -912,20 +393,100 @@ msgid "" "meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " "``one Roll = 10 square meters``." msgstr "" +"Для ** квадратного метра ** мы определим, что `1 рулон = 10 квадратных " +"метрив`` гардин. Таким образом, будет необходимо указать, что как тип, " +"квадратный метр больше, чем типичная единицы. ** Больший коэффициент ** " +"составляет `10``, как` один рулон = 10 квадратных метрив``." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 msgid "" "It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " "**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." msgstr "" +"Теперь можно ввести ** квадратные метры ** как единицу измерения и ** рулон " +"** как единицу измерения покупки в форме товара." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotations" +msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" +msgstr "Заказ на коммерческое предложение и заказ на покупку" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 +msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" msgstr "" +"Как определить, счет поставщика должен был быть оплачен (3-стороннее " +"согласования)" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " +"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " +"products have been received." +msgstr "" +"В некоторых отраслях можно получить счет от продавца, прежде чем получать " +"заказанные товары. Однако счет, возможно, не будет оплачен, пока товары " +"самом деле не получено." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы определить, должен быть оплачен счет поставщика, вы можете " +"использовать так называемое * 3-стороннее согласование *. Это касается " +"сравнения информации, отображаемой в * заказе на покупку * * счета " +"поставщика * и * поступлении *." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " +"bills." +msgstr "" +"3-сторонняя соответствии поможет вам избежать уплаты неверных или " +"мошеннических счетов поставщиков." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" +msgstr "" +"Для включения этой функции перейдите в: menuselection: `Покупки -> " +"Настройка -> Налаштування` и активируйте функцию * 3-стороннее " +"согласование *" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "Должен ли я платить этот счет поставщика?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " +"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" +"После активации функции на счета поставщика на вкладке * Другая информация *" +" появится новая строка * Следует заплатить *." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 +msgid "" +"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " +"not." +msgstr "" +"Таким образом, Odoo легко даст вам знать, нужно ли платить счет поставщика " +"или нет." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " +"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" +" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." +msgstr "" +"Статус определяется автоматически в Odoo. Однако, если вы хотите определить " +"этот статус вручную, вы можете обозначить поле Заставить статус, а тогда вы " +"сможете установить вручную, должен быть счет поставщика оплачен или нет." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "How to analyze the performance of my vendors?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" +msgstr "Анализ эффективности моих поставщиков" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -933,22 +494,25 @@ msgid "" "useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " "track and analyze your vendor's performance :" msgstr "" +"Если ваша компания регулярно покупает товары в нескольких поставщиков, было " +"бы полезно получить статистику о ваших покупки. Существует несколько причин " +"для отслеживания и анализа производительности вашего поставщика:" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете увидеть, как зависит от поставщика ваша компания;" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете согласовать скидки на цены;" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете проверить среднее время доставки на поставщика;" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "И т.д .." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -958,39 +522,46 @@ msgid "" "gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " "their future orders." msgstr "" +"Например, реселлеру ИТ-товаров, который еженедельно выдает десятки заказов " +"на покупку нескольким поставщикам, может потребоваться измерять для каждого " +"товара общую стоимость, уплачиваемого за каждого поставщика, и задержку " +"доставки. Идеи, собранные компанией, помогут ему лучше анализировать, " +"прогнозировать и планировать свои будущие заказы." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:17 msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите модуль управления покупками" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 msgid "" "From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " "module." msgstr "" +"В меню ** Приложения ** выполните поиск и установите модуль ** Управление " +"покупками **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте некоторые заказы на покупку" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 msgid "" "Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**. " -"If you want to know how to generate a purchase order, please read the " -"documentation :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`." +"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." msgstr "" +"Конечно, для того, чтобы проанализировать производительность ваших " +"поставщиков, вам необходимо сделать ** Запрос на коммерческое предложение **" +" (ЗНКП) и подтвердить некоторые ** Заказ **." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:44 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проанализируйте ваших поставщиков" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:47 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создание гибких отчетов" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:49 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 msgid "" "You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " "default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " @@ -999,8 +570,14 @@ msgid "" "you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " "of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." msgstr "" +"Вы видите эффективности ваших поставщиков в меню Отчеты. По умолчанию в " +"отчете группируются все заказы на покупку в сводной таблице по ** общей " +"стоимостью **, количеством товаров и ** средней цене ** ** каждый месяц ** и" +" ** каждого поставщика **. Просто, просмотрев этот основной отчет, вы можете" +" пересмотреть свою фактическую эффективность. Вы можете добавить много " +"дополнительных данных в свой отчет, нажав значок ** Измерение **." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:60 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 msgid "" "By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " "report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " @@ -1008,8 +585,12 @@ msgid "" "need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " "\"Products\"." msgstr "" +"Нажимая ** + ** и ** - **, вы можете просмотреть вверх и вниз свой отчет, " +"чтобы изменить способ отображения информации. Например, если я хочу видеть " +"все товары, приобретенные за текущий месяц, я должен нажать ** + ** на " +"вертикальной оси, а затем на "Товары"." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:67 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 msgid "" "Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " "reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" @@ -1017,18 +598,25 @@ msgid "" "These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " "below." msgstr "" +"В зависимости от данных, которые вы хотите выделить, возможно, вам придется " +"отражать свои отчеты в более визуальном виде. Вы можете превратить свой " +"отчет лишь одним нажатием на 3 графические просмотры: ** Круговая диаграмма " +"**, ** Гистограмма ** и ** График **: эти просмотры доступны через значки, " +"выделенные на снимке экрана ниже." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:77 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 msgid "" "On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " "dependent and one independent measure." msgstr "" +"В отличие от сводной таблицы, график может быть вычислен только с одной " +"зависимой и одной независимой мере." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:81 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка отчетов" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:83 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" "You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " "do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " @@ -1039,391 +627,152 @@ msgid "" "readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " "existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." msgstr "" +"Вы можете легко настроить отчеты о покупке зависимости от ваших " +"потребностей. Для этого используйте ** окно расширенного поиска **, " +"расположенный в правой части экрана, нажав значок лупы в конце панели " +"инструментов поиска. Эта функция позволяет выделить только выбранные данные " +"в вашем отчете. Параметры ** фильтров ** очень полезны для отображения " +"некоторых категорий данных, а опция ** Группировать по ** улучшает " +"читаемость ваших отчетов. Заметьте, что вы можете фильтровать и группировать" +" по любым существующим полем, сделав ваше настройки очень гибким и мощным." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:97 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 msgid "" "You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " "from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " "saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:103 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:76 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:75 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" +"Вы можете сохранить и повторно использовать любой индивидуальный фильтр, " +"нажав ** Избранное ** в ** Окне расширенного поиска **, а затем на ** " +"Сохранить текущий поиск **. Сохраненный фильтр будет доступен в меню ** " +"Избранное **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup two levels of approval for purchase orders?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" +msgstr "Использование утверждения менеджером для дорогих закупок" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:6 -msgid "Two level approval setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:8 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 msgid "" -"Double validation on purchases forces a validation when the purchased amount" -" exceeds a certain limit." +"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " +"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." msgstr "" +"В случае дорогих закупок может потребоваться одобрение менеджера для " +"проверки заказов, Odoo позволит это легко." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 msgid "" -"Install **Purchase Management** module and then go to **General Settings** " -"to configure the company data." +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " +"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." msgstr "" +"Для включения этой функции перейдите в: menuselection: `Покупки -> " +"Настройка -> Налаштування` и активируйте функцию * Подтверждение заказа " +"*. Вы также можете установить минимальную сумму, необходимую для активации " +"этой функции." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:17 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" +msgstr "Создайте новый запрос на коммерческое предложение" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 msgid "" -"Set here the amount limit for second approval and set approval from manager " -"side." +"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" +" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " +"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." msgstr "" +"Во время работы над новым запросом на коммерческое предложение, если заказ " +"сделан пользователем, а не менеджером, а сумма заказа выше минимальной " +"указанной суммы, в этом процессе будет введен новый статус * Утвердить *." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:21 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 +msgid "Approve the order" +msgstr "утвердите заказ" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:23 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 msgid "" -"Logged as a purchase user, create a purchase order for more than the amount " -"set above, and confirm it. The purchase order is set in a state **To " -"Approve**" +"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " +"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " +"of what your users can or can't do." msgstr "" +"Если вы менеджер покупки, вы можете перейти к заказу на покупку и утвердить " +"заказ, если с ним все в порядке. У вас есть полный контроль над тем, что " +"могут или не могут сделать ваши пользователи." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:29 -msgid "The manager gets the order to approve and validates the final order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:34 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "После утверждения заказа на покупку следует обычному процессу." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 -msgid "How to control supplier bills?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Bill Control" +msgstr "Контроль счетов" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " -"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" +" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" +" you receive the goods." msgstr "" +"В Odoo вы можете определять настройки, которые помогут в контроле ваших " +"счетов. Контроль счетов * позволяет выбирать, поставщик присылает вам счета " +"до или после получения товаров." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " -"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" -" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " -"management processes." +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." msgstr "" +"Чтобы эта функция работала, перейдите в: menuselection: `Покупки -> " +"Настройка -> Налаштування` и выберите, каким образом вы хотите " +"контролировать счета." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13 -msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 +msgid "Change the control policy" +msgstr "Измените политику контроля" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 msgid "" -"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " -"vendor(s)." +"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" +" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " +"page under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" +"Пока настройки выше будут вашим методом контроля счетов по умолчанию, вы " +"сможете всегда выбирать, каким образом вы хотите выставлять счет-фактуру на " +"каждый товар на странице товара под вкладкой * Покупки *." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 msgid "" -"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " -"Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " -"stockable products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " -"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " -"only one." +"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." msgstr "" +"Вы возможно хотите использовать различные настройки для различных типов " +"товаров." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 -msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" +msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" +msgstr "Проверьте ваш счет поставщика" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will " -"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41 -msgid "Creating products" +"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " +"*Shipment* tab," msgstr "" +"Если вы еще не получили ни одного вашего товара в * Заявке на покупку * под " +"вкладкой * Доставка *" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 msgid "" -"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**," -" and click **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to " -"keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management " -"and will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service** or **Digital Product** " -"will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " -"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " -"of these designations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64 -msgid "" -"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " -"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70 -msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73 -msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:75 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " -"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " -"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " -"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " -"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " -"Reference)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89 -msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " -"you will need to receive the products from the **Inventory** application " -"after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you " -"should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This " -"button is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the " -"**Vendor** (or **Partner**), the product, or the source document, also known" -" as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the capability to " -"group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item" -" from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive " -"the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117 -msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120 -msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When you receive a **Vendor Bill** for a previous purchase, be sure to " -"record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You " -"need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a **Vendor Bill** is to " -"select the appropriate **Vendor** as this will also pull up any associated " -"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " -"any one or multiple purchase orders to populate the vendor bill with. When " -"you select a purchase order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " -"products associated to that purchase order and automatically populate that " -"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " -"reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144 -msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154 -msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " -"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " -"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" -" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" -" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" -" validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165 -msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168 -msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170 -msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " -"reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181 -msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " -"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " -"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " -"could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190 -msgid "" -"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196 -msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201 -msgid "" -"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " -"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204 -msgid "" -"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " -"quantities, you will need to enable **Debug Mode** from the **About Odoo** " -"information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to" -" modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase " -"Bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213 -msgid "" -"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " -"to be based on either:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:218 -msgid "Received quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:221 -msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:223 -msgid "" -"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the " -"previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to" -" all the appropriate purchase orders." +"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " +"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" +" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " +"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." msgstr "" +"В зависимости от политики оплаты, определенной выше. Если вам предстоит " +"выставить счет на основе заказанного количества, Odoo предложит счет " +"количества заказанных единиц. Если вам предстоит выставить счет на основе " +"полученных количеств, Odoo предложит счет за 0, как показано выше." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a purchase order?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Cancel a purchase order" +msgstr "Отмена заказа на продажу" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1432,6 +781,10 @@ msgid "" " it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " "warehouse." msgstr "" +"По недоразумению, человеческие ошибки или изменения планов, иногда " +"необходимо отменить заказ на покупку, отправленные поставщикам. Odoo " +"позволяет это сделать, даже если некоторые или даже все заказанные товары " +"уже поступили на ваш склад." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -1441,10 +794,14 @@ msgid "" "interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " "cancel." msgstr "" +"Сначала мы рассмотрим пример того случая, когда вы заказали ** 3 iPad mini " +"**, которые еще не прибыли к вашему состава. Поскольку установки модуля " +"состав требуется при использовании модуля ** Покупки **, также интересно " +"увидеть случай частично доставленных товаров, которые вы хотите отменить." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте заказ на покупку" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1452,110 +809,134 @@ msgid "" "Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " "Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" msgstr "" +"Первым шагом к созданию ** Заказ на покупку ** является создание ** запроса " +"на коммерческое предложение ** в меню: menuselection: `Покупки -> Покупка" +" -> Запросы на коммерческие пропозиции`. Подтвердите свой запрос на " +"коммерческое предложение, чтобы подтвердить заказ на покупку" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To learn more about the purchase order process, read the documentation page " -":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "Отмените заказ на покупку" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" +msgstr "Используйте случай 1: вы еще не получили ваш товар" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 -msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:33 -msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:35 msgid "" "If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " "you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." msgstr "" +"Если вы подтвердили ваш заказ на покупку и еще не получили товар, вы можете " +"просто отменить его, нажав кнопку сброса." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:41 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " "and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." msgstr "" +"Odoo автоматически отменит отправленную доставку, связанную с этой услугой, " +"и строка состояния переходит от ** Заказ на покупку ** до ** отменены **." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:48 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Используйте случай 2: частично доставлены товары" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 msgid "" "In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " "cancel the PO." msgstr "" +"В этом случае ** 2 ** с ** 3 iPad Mini ** появились перед тем, как нужно " +"было отменить заказ." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:54 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зарегистрируйте полученный товар и отмените обратное заказ" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:56 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 msgid "" "The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " "the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." " From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " "line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." msgstr "" +"Первое, что нужно сделать, - это зарегистрировать полученные товары и " +"отменить прибытия третьего ** iPad Mini **, который, как и раньше, должен " +"быть отправлен. С ВНК, нажмите ** Принять товары **, а в ** строке Заказ " +"iPad Mini ** вручную измените полученные значения в столбце ** Готово **." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:66 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Чтобы узнать больше, смотрите: doc: `reception`" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:68 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 msgid "" "When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " "less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " "ask you the permission to create a backorder." msgstr "" +"Нажав ** Проверить **, Odoo предупреждает вас, что вы обработали меньше " +"товаров, чем начальная поставка (2 вместо 3 в нашем случае), и попросит вас " +"разрешения создать обратное заказ." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:75 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 msgid "" "Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" " will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " "therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку ** нет обратной заказ **, чтобы отменить поставку остаточного" +" продукта. Вы заметите, что количество, которое нужно было получить, была " +"соответственно изменена, и поэтому состояние доставки перешел на ** Готово " +"**." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:83 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 msgid "Create reverse transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте обратное заказ" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:85 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 msgid "" "Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" " location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." " A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" " corresponding location and click on **Return**." msgstr "" +"Теперь вам нужно вернуть IPad Mini, который вы получили, к вашему " +"поставщику. Для этого нажмите кнопку ** Возвращение ** с того же документа. " +"Появится окно обратной перевода. Введите количество, которое нужно вернуть, " +"и соответствующее местонахождение и нажмите кнопку ** Вернуть **." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:93 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 msgid "" "Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " "stock to your vendor location." msgstr "" +"Обработайте отгрузки с возвращением и контролируйте, или перемещение запасов" +" происходит от вашего склада к месту нахождения вашего поставщика." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 msgid "" "When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" " automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " "cancelled." msgstr "" +"Когда осуществляется обратный трансфер, статус заказа на покупку будет " +"автоматически настроено в завершение, то есть ваше ВНК было полностью " +"отменено." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:104 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:120 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`bills`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`bills`" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:105 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`reception`" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Request for Quotation?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "Создайте запрос на коммерческое предложение" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1565,41 +946,55 @@ msgid "" "your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " "to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." msgstr "" +"Запрос предложения используется, когда вы планируете приобрести некоторые " +"товары, и хотите получить коммерческое предложение для них. В Odoo запрос " +"предложения используется для отправки вашего списка нужных товаров вашем " +"поставщику. Когда поставщик ответит на ваш запрос, вы можете решить " +"продолжить предложение и приобрести или отклонить предложение." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For more information on best uses, please read the chapter " -":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:19 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создание запроса на коммерческое предложение" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 msgid "" "In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " "Quotation` and click on **Create**." msgstr "" +"В модуле Покупки откройте: menuselection: `Покупки -> Запрос на " +"коммерческую пропозицию` и нажмите ** Создать **." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:27 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 msgid "" "Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " "clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " "date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." msgstr "" +"Выберите своего поставщика в меню ** Поставщик ** или создайте его прямо " +"нажав на кнопку ** Создать и редактировать **. В поле ** Дата заказа ** " +"выберите дату, до которой вы хотите перейти к фактическому заказ." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Shipment" -msgstr "" +msgid "Receipt" +msgstr "Приход" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "Поступающие грузы" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Vendor" +msgstr "Поставщик" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." msgstr "" +"Вы можете найти продавца по своему именем, ИНН, электронной почте или " +"внутренним ссылке." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обозначение производителя" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1607,68 +1002,80 @@ msgid "" "matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " "on the delivery order sent by your vendor." msgstr "" +"Ссылка заказа продажи или предложение, отправленное поставщиком. Он " +"используется для выполнения сопоставления при получении продукции так как " +"эта ссылка обычно пишется на заказ доставки отправленных поставщиком." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дата заказа" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "" "Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " "a purchase order." msgstr "" +"Показывает дату, когда Предложение должно быть подтверждено и преобразовано " +"в заказ на поставку." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Документ-источник" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "" "Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order or an internal procurement request)" +" sales order)" msgstr "" +"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" +" sales order)" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доставить" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine picking type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "" +msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" +msgstr "Определяет тип операции для входящей поставки" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Адрес Дроп-Шиппинг доставки" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "" "Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " "customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." msgstr "" +"Поместите адрес, если вы хотите доставить напрямую от поставщика к клиенту. " +"В противном случае оставьте пустым для доставки в свою компанию." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тип места хранения назначения" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Техническое поле используется для показа Адрес Дроп-Шиппинг доставки" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Инкотермс" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "" "International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " "used in international transactions." msgstr "" +"Международные правила по толкованию наиболее широко используемых торговых " +"терминов в области внешней торговли." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:35 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" msgstr "" +"Смотрите * Запрос на коммерческое предложение * в нашей демоверсии онлайн" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:37 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 msgid "" "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " @@ -1679,41 +1086,185 @@ msgid "" "**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " "supplier or enter a new one)." msgstr "" +"В ** Товарам ** нажмите Добавить элемент. Выберите товар, который вы хотите " +"заказать меню ** Нет в **. Укажите ** Количество **, вставив номер и выбрав " +"единицу измерения. В поле ** Цена единицы ** укажите цену, которую вы хотите" +" предложить (вы также можете оставить поле пустым, если не знаете, какая " +"цена должна быть), а также добавьте ожидаемую дату доставки в поле " +"Планируемая дата. Нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить **, затем ** Печать " +"коммерческого предложения ** или ** Отправить коммерческое предложение ** " +"электронной почте (убедитесь, что для этого поставщика указан адрес " +"электронной почты или введите новую)." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 msgid "" "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." msgstr "" +"После нажатия кнопки ** Отправить ** вы заметите, что статус Коммерческого " +"предложения перейдет с ** Черновики ** в ** направленном коммерческое " +"предложение **." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 msgid "" "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " "payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." msgstr "" +"Когда поставщик ответит на предложение, обновите ее, нажав ** Редактировать " +"**, чтобы ответить на коммерческое предложение (цены, налоги, ожидаемая " +"стоимость доставки, условия платежа и т.д.), а затем нажмите кнопку ** " +"Сохранить **, чтобы оформить заказ на покупку." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:62 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 msgid "" "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." msgstr "" +"Чтобы продолжить заказ, нажмите ** Подтвердить заказ **, чтобы отправить " +"заказ поставщику. Статус Коммерческой предложения перейдет в ** Заказ на " +"покупку **." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:68 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 msgid "" "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." msgstr "" +"Статус коммерческого предложения изменится на ЗАКАЗ НА ПОКУПКУ. Вкладки в " +"верхнем правом углу заказ покажут 1 доставку и 0 счета-фактуры." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship products" +msgstr "Товары дропшипингу" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" +" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" +"Дропшипинг - это метод, при котором поставщик не сохраняет товары на складе," +" а вместо этого передает их непосредственно от поставщика клиенту." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " +"to work." +msgstr "" +"Вам необходимы модули * Продажи * * Состав * и * Покупки * для работы этой " +"функции." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" +msgstr "Включите функцию дропшипингу" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Dropshipping*." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите в: menuselection: `Покупки -> Настройка -> Налаштування` и " +"выберите * Дропшипинг *." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " +"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " +"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " +"drop shipped." +msgstr "" +"Создан новый маршрут * Дропшипинг *. Вы можете перейти на товар и обозначить" +" маршрут дропшипингу. Вы также должны определить, в какого поставщика вы " +"будете покупать товар. Теперь, каждый раз, когда этот товар будет продан, он" +" будет отгружено по дропшипингу." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " +"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +msgstr "" +"Если вы не всегда отправляете товар по дропшипингу вы можете перейти в: " +"menuselection: `Продажи -> Настройка -> Налаштування` и отметьте * " +"Маршруты для конкретных заказов *." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " +"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " +"dropship route on the SO line." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы создаете коммерческое предложение или заказ на продажу, теперь вы " +"можете решить, строка заказ на строку заказ, товары должны быть отгружены, " +"выбрав маршрут дропшипингу на строке SO." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "Drop ship a product" +msgstr "Отправьте товар по дропшипингу" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " +"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " +"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " +"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" +" through your own stock." +msgstr "" +"После того, как заказ на продажу с товарами на дропшипинг будет " +"подтверждено, Odoo сделает запрос на коммерческое предложение, чтобы купить " +"товар у поставщика. Если вы подтвердите этот запрос предложения, он создаст " +"перевод от поставщика непосредственно к вашему клиенту. Продукция не " +"проходит через собственный склад." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Lock a purchase order" +msgstr "Блокировка заказ на покупку" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." +msgstr "" +"После подтверждения заказа можно заблокировать его, предотвращая дальнейшем " +"редактированию." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" +msgstr "" +"Для включения этой функции перейдите в: menuselection: `Покупки -> " +"Настройка -> Налаштування` и активируйте функцию * Блокировать " +"подтвержденные заказы *" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 +msgid "Lock an order" +msgstr "заблокируйте заказ" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 +msgid "" +"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " +"the order preventing any further modification on the document." +msgstr "" +"Во время выполнения заказа на покупку, когда вы подтверждаете его, вы можете" +" заблокировать заказ, предотвращая последующим изменениям в документе." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 +msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" +msgstr "" +"Вы можете разблокировать документ, если нужно внести дополнительные " +"изменения" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 -msgid "How to control product received? (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "" +msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "Контроль получения товаров (полностью и частично)" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " "products to receive and to control supplier bills." msgstr "" +"Приложение ** Покупки ** позволяет вам управлять своими заказами на покупку," +" контролировать прием товаров и контролировать счета поставщиков." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1721,10 +1272,14 @@ msgid "" " thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " "purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите контролировать прогнозирования товаров и их прием, первое, " +"что нужно сделать, это развернуть процесс покупки в Odoo. Знание того, что " +"было приобретено, является основой прогнозирования и контроля приема " +"товаров." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите программы покупки и состав" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1732,10 +1287,13 @@ msgid "" "will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " "others), which is required with **Purchase**." msgstr "" +"Начните с установки приложения Покупки из модуля ** Приложения **. Это " +"автоматически приведет к установлению модуля ** Состав ** (среди прочих), " +"который требуется с модулем ** Покупки **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 msgid "Create products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "создайте товары" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -1743,21 +1301,28 @@ msgid "" "**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " "**Create**." msgstr "" +"Затем нужно создать товары, которые вы хотите приобрести. Выделите " +"приложение Покупки, потом: menuselection: `Покупки -> Товари` и нажмите " +"кнопку ** Создать **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "При создании товара важно указать ** Тип **:" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 msgid "" "**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." msgstr "" +"** Товары, которые хранятся и расходные **: товары должны быть получены на " +"складе." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 msgid "" "**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " "installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." msgstr "" +"** Услуги и цифровые товары ** (только тогда, когда установлено приложение " +"** Электронной коммерции **): нет контроля над тем, вы получаете или нет." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -1766,14 +1331,18 @@ msgid "" "have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" " set his product type field as **Service**." msgstr "" +"Всегда хорошо создавать ** Другой ** товар для всех товаров, которые вы " +"покупаете редко, и для которых вы не хотите управлять запасами или иметь " +"статистику покупки / продажи. Если вы создаете такой товар, мы рекомендуем " +"установить поле типа товара как ** Услуга **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 msgid "Control products receptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Контроль приема товаров" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 msgid "Purchase products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "купите товары" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -1783,32 +1352,38 @@ msgid "" "with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " "include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." msgstr "" +"С модуля покупке создайте заказ на покупку с несколькими товарами. Если " +"поставщик прислал вам заказ на продажу или коммерческое предложение, " +"поставьте его референс в поле ** Референс поставщика **. Это позволит вам " +"легко сделать соответствии с заказом на доставку позже (так как заказ на " +"доставку, вероятно, будет включать ** Референс поставщика ** в его заказ на " +"продажу)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 -msgid "" -"See the documentation page :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` " -"for a full overview of the purchase process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:71 msgid "Receive Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Приход ТМЦ" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:73 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 msgid "" "If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " "receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " "**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " "receipt box of the related warehouse." msgstr "" +"Если вы купили физические товары (запасы и расходные товары), вы можете " +"получать товары из модуля ** Состав **. На информационной панели ** Состав " +"** вы должны увидеть кнопку ** Получить X **, в поле поступления связанного " +"состава." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:81 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 msgid "" "Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " "warehouse." msgstr "" +"Нажмите эту кнопку, и вы получите доступ к списку всех ожидаемых заказов для" +" этого состава." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:87 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " "on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " @@ -1816,446 +1391,533 @@ msgid "" " the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " "the lines within it." msgstr "" +"Если у вас много ожидаемых заказов, вы можете использовать панель фильтров " +"для поиска в ** Поставщика ** (также называется ** Партнером ** в Odoo), " +"товара или исходного документа, который является ссылкой на ваш заказ на " +"покупку. Вы можете открыть документ, который соответствует полученному " +"заказу на доставку, и обработать все строки в нем." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:96 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 msgid "" "You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " "button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " "**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " "it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." msgstr "" +"Вы можете проверить весь документ сразу, нажав кнопку ** Проверить ** или вы" +" можете управлять всеми товарами по очереди, вручную изменяя количество ** " +"Выполнено ** (то, что на самом деле получено). Когда строку зеленый, это " +"означает, что полученное количество соответствует ожидаемой." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 msgid "" "If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " "quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " "the quantity received." msgstr "" +"Если вы работаете с партиями или серийными номерами, вы не можете установить" +" обработанную количество, но вам нужно предоставить все партийные или " +"серийные номера для записи полученного количества." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:107 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 msgid "" "When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" " initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." msgstr "" +"Когда вы подтверждаете прием, если вы получили меньше товаров, чем исходная " +"поставка, Odoo спросит у вас разрешение на создание обратной заказ." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:114 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 msgid "" "If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " "Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " "you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." msgstr "" +"Если вы планируете получать остальные товары в будущем, выберите ** Создать " +"обратное заказ **. Odoo создаст новые документы для ожидаемых товаров. Если " +"вы выберете вариант ** нет обратной заказ **, заказ считается выполненным." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:121 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr ":doc:`cancel`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 +msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" +msgstr "Настройка предупреждений на заказах на покупку" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " +"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." msgstr "" +"Функция * Предупреждение * позволяет поднимать предупреждение или " +"блокировать сообщения на заказе на покупку на основе поставщика или товара." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " +"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " +"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" +"Например, если у вас часто возникают проблемы с поставщиком, вы можете " +"подтянуть предупреждения при покупке от этого поставщика. Если поставка " +"товара хотят прекратить, вы можете поднять блокировки на заказ на покупку." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." +msgstr "" +"Для включения этой функции перейдите в: menuselection: `Покупки -> " +"Настройка -> Налаштування` и активируйте функцию * Предупреждение *." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 +msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" +msgstr "Добавьте предупреждения на поставщика" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " +"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " +"blocking message." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы активируете эту функцию, вы получаете новую опцию под вкладкой " +"Внутренние примечания * на поставщиках. Можно решить написать простое " +"предупреждение или сообщение о блокировке." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 +msgid "Add a warning on a product" +msgstr "Добавьте предупреждения на товар" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" +" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы активируете эту функцию, вы получите новую опцию под вкладкой * " +"Покупки * на странице товара, где можно добавить предупреждение или " +"сообщение о блокировке." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 +msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" +msgstr "Попытка купить с предупреждениями или блокирующими сообщениями" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " +"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." +msgstr "" +"Если вы пытаетесь проверить * заказ на покупку * от поставщика или товара с " +"предупреждением, будет поднят сообщения. Вы можете игнорировать его, нажав " +"на кнопку ok." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 +msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." +msgstr "Однако, если это сообщение о блокировке, его нельзя игнорировать." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Tenders" -msgstr "" +msgid "Purchase Agreements" +msgstr "Соглашения о покупке" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage Purchase Tenders" -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" +msgstr "Управление долгосрочным заказом" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:12 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 msgid "" -"For more information on best uses, please read the chapter `Request for " -"Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order? " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/purchase/overview/process/difference.html>`__" +"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " +"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " +"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." msgstr "" +"Долгосрочное заказ - это заказ на покупку, которое клиент размещает у " +"поставщика, чтобы позволить несколько сроков поставки в течение " +"определенного периода времени, часто сочетается, чтобы воспользоваться " +"предварительно определенной цене." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:17 -msgid "Activate the Purchase Tender function" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:19 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 msgid "" -"By default, the Purchase Tender is not activated. To be able to use PTs, you" -" must first activate the option." +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" msgstr "" +"Для включения этой функции, перейдите в: menuselection: `Покупки -> " +"Настройка -> Налаштування` и активируйте функцию * Соглашения о покупке *" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 +msgid "Start a Blanket Order" +msgstr "Начните долгосрочное заказ" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open the Configuration menu and click on Settings. " -"In the Purchase Order section, locate the **Calls for Tenders** and tick the" -" box Allow using call for tenders... (advanced), then click on **Apply**." +"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " +"Agreements`." msgstr "" +"Для использования этой функции перейдите в: menuselection: `Покупки -> " +"Соглашения о купивлю`." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:31 -msgid "Create a Purchase Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 msgid "" -"To create a new Purchase Tender, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase " -"Agreements (PA)`." +"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " +"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." msgstr "" +"После создания соглашения о покупке перейдите в выпадающее меню * Тип сделки" +" * и выберите * Долгосрочное заказ *." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 msgid "" -"In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase " -"Agreement window opens." +"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " +"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете создать новое долгосрочное заказ, выбрать поставщика, товар " +"(ы), срок действия соглашения, дату заказа и дату доставки." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:42 -msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Purchase Tender." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:44 -msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:46 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**. Select products in " -"the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products as " -"you wish." +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " +"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " +"the top right corner of the document." msgstr "" +"Когда вы довольны вашей соглашением о покупке, подтвердите ее. Статус сделки" +" будет изменен с * Черновики * в * Отправка * и новый * ЗНКП / Заказ * " +"появится в верхнем правом углу документа." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:53 -msgid "Click on **Confirm Call**." -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" +msgstr "Запрос предложения по долгосрочному заказ" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:55 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 msgid "" -"Now click on the button **New Quotation**. A RfQ is created with the " -"products chosen on the PT. Choose a **Vendor** and send the RfQ to the " -"vendor. Repeat this operation for each vendor." +"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " +"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " +"choose the quantity and confirm the order." msgstr "" +"Вы можете создать новое коммерческое предложение с вашего долгосрочного " +"заказа, Odoo будет автоматически заполнять документ с товаром (ами) с вашего" +" долгосрочного заказа, вы должны только выбрать количество и подтвердить " +"заказ." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:62 -msgid "Once all the RfQs are sent, you can click on **Validate** on the PT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:64 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 msgid "" -"The vendors will send their offers, you can update the RfQs accordingly. " -"Then, choose the ones you want to accept by clicking on **Confirm Order** on" -" the RfQs and **Cancel** the others." +"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" +" you have already ordered from your blanket order." msgstr "" +"Когда вы вернетесь на долгосрочное заказ, вы увидите, сколько количеств вы " +"уже заказали в вашем заказе." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68 -msgid "You can now click on **Done** on the PT." -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 +msgid "Vendors prices on your product" +msgstr "Цены поставщиков на ваш товар" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 msgid "" -"View `Purchase Tenders " -"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__" -" in our Online Demonstration." +"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " +"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " +"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " +"name." msgstr "" +"Во время проверки долгосрочного заказа, добавляется новая строка поставщика " +"в вашем товаре. Вы можете увидеть, какой из них связан с долгосрочным " +"заказом, отдать предпочтение тем, каким вы хотите, со стрелками влево от " +"названия поставщика." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 msgid "" -"How to purchase partially at two vendors for the same purchase tenders?" +"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " +"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." msgstr "" +"Благодаря этому, для автоматического пополнения (используя * правила " +"дозаполнения * или * сделано по заказу *) может использоваться долгосрочное " +"заказ." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 msgid "" -"For some Purchase Tenders (PT), you might sometimes want to be able to " -"select only a part of some of the offers you received. In Odoo, this is made" -" possible through the advanced mode of the **Purchase** module." +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " +"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" msgstr "" +"Вы также можете создать * Запрос на коммерческое предложение * из " +"классического меню запроса на коммерческое предложение и связать их с " +"существующим * Долгосрочным заказу *" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Call for Tender" +msgstr "Управление призывом к участию в тендере" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you want to know how to handle a simple **Purchase Tender**, read the " -"document on :doc:`manage_multiple_offers`." +"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." msgstr "" +"Приглашение к участию в тендере - это специальная процедура, которая требует" +" предложения от нескольких поставщиков для получения наилучшего цены." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:19 -msgid "From the **Apps** menu, install the **Purchase Management** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:25 -msgid "Activating the Purchase Tender and Purchase Tender advanced mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:27 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 msgid "" -"In order to be able to select elements of an offer, you must activate the " -"advanced mode." +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." msgstr "" +"Для включения этой функции перейдите в: menuselection: `Покупки -> " +"Настройка -> Налаштування` и активируйте функцию * Соглашения о покупке " +"*." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:30 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 +msgid "Create a Call for Tender" +msgstr "Создайте призыв к участию в тендере" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 msgid "" -"To do so, go into the **Purchases** module, open the **Configuration** menu " -"and click on **Settings**." +"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " +"and select *Call for Tender*." msgstr "" +"Создайте новое соглашение о покупке, зайдите в выпадающее меню * Тип сделки " +"* и выберите * Призыв к участию в тендере *." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 msgid "" -"In the **Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Allow using call for" -" tenders to get quotes from multiple suppliers(...)**, and in the **Advanced" -" Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Advanced call for tender " -"(...)** then click on **Apply**." +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " +"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " +"right corner of the document." msgstr "" +"Когда вы довольны вашей соглашением о покупке, убедитесь, что она змею " +"статус с * Черновики * в * Подтверждено *, а новый * ЗНКП / Заказ * появится" +" в верхнем правом углу документа." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:42 -msgid "Selecting elements of a RFQ/Bid" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 +msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" msgstr "" +"Сделайте запрос на новые коммерческие предложений по призыву к участию в " +"тендере" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:44 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase Tenders`. Create a purchase " -"tender containing several products, and follow the usual sequence all the " -"way to the **Bid Selection** status." +"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " +"from your Call for Tender." msgstr "" +"По призыву к участию в тендере Odoo будет автоматически заполнять ЗНКП с " +"товаром (ами) с вашего призыва." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:49 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 +msgid "Select the best offer" +msgstr "Выберите лучшее предложение" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 msgid "" -"When you closed the call, click on **Choose Product Lines** to access the " -"list of products and the bids received for all of them." +"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" +" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." msgstr "" +"Различные ЗНКП и заказы, связанные с призывом для участия в тендере, будут " +"находиться под кнопкой * ЗНКП / Заказ *, где можно выбрать и подтвердить " +"лучшее предложение." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Unroll the list of offers you received for each product, and click on the " -"*v* symbol (**Confirm order**) next to the offers you wish to proceed with. " -"The lines for which you've confirmed the order turn blue. When you're " -"finished, click on **Generate PO** to create a purchase order for each " -"product and supplier." -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 +msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +msgstr "Закройте призыв к участию в тендере" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When you come back to you purchase tender, you can see that the status has " -"switched to **PO Created** and that the **Requests for Quotations** now have" -" a status of **Purchase Order** or **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:72 -msgid "" -"From there, follow the documentation " -":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` to proceed with the " -"delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 +msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." msgstr "" +"После того, как вы сделаете свой * Призыв к участию в тендере *, не забудьте" +" закрыть его." #: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "пополнение" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 msgid "Replenishment Flows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "процессы пополнения" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 -msgid "How are the order date and scheduled dates computed?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "Запланируйте ваши входящие поставки и доставки" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company, Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " +"Times*." msgstr "" +"Чтобы управлять планированием цепочек поставок, нужно использовать Срок " +"выполнения * Odoo." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:13 -msgid "Configuring lead times" +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 +msgid "" +"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " +"manufacture products." msgstr "" +"Срок выполнения * - это ожидаемое время, необходимое для получения, доставки" +" или изготовления продукции." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 +msgid "Configure Lead Times" +msgstr "Настройте срок исполнения" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "Vendor Lead Time" +msgstr "Срок исполнения поставщика" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is an essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients. " -"Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " +"product to you." msgstr "" +"Срок исполнения поставщика - это время, необходимое поставщику для доставки " +"товара к вам." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:21 -msgid "On a product level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:24 -msgid "Supplier lead time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:26 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 msgid "" -"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " -"purchased product. To configure the Supplier lead time select a product " -"(from the Purchase module, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Product`), and" -" go in the **Inventory** tab. You will have to add a **Vendor** to your " -"product in order to select a supplier lead time." +"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " +"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " +"lead time for that Vendor & Product." msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить срок исполнения поставщика, перейдите на страницу товара, на" +" вкладке покупки нажмите кнопку * Поставщик *, тогда вы сможете изменить " +"срок исполнения доставки для этого поставщика и товара." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:36 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Срок поставки заказчика" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 msgid "" -"It is possible to add more than one vendor per product and thus different " -"delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " +"the product to your customer." msgstr "" +"Срок доставки клиенту, с другой стороны, является тем, который нужно " +"доставить товар к вашему клиенту." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:39 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, click on it to open its form and indicate its " -"delivery lead time." +"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить срок поставки, откройте товар и перейдите на вкладку * " +"Состав *. Затем можно добавить, сколько дней вам нужно." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:46 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "Срок исполнения производства" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 msgid "" -"In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery days " -"will be equal to: Date of the purchase order + Delivery Lead Time." +"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." msgstr "" +"Срок исполнения производства - время, необходимое для изготовления товара." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:50 -msgid "Customer lead time" +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить срок производства, откройте товар и перейдите на вкладку * " +"Состав *. Затем можно добавить, сколько дней вам нужно." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" +msgstr "Настройте страховочные дни" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 msgid "" -"The customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your " -"store/warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. " -"Simply select a product (from the **Sales** module, go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Product`), and go into the **Sales** tab to " -"indicate your customer lead time." +"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " +"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " +"engagements." msgstr "" +"Odoo также позволяет настроить * Страховочные дни *, позволяющие вам " +"справиться с потенциальными задержками по цепочке поставок и убедиться, что " +"вы выполните свои обязательства." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:62 -msgid "On the company level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:64 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 msgid "" -"On company level, it is possible to parameter **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the computed scheduled date in case of " -"delays." +"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " +"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " +"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." msgstr "" +"Самый простой способ - перейти в * Настройка * с любого модуля и ввести ** " +"Срок выполнения ** в строке поиска. Оттуда, отметьте каждое поле и настройте" +" свои * страховочные дни * для ваших нужд." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:70 -msgid "Sales Safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:72 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 msgid "" -"Sales Safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements on time. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. That way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." +"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " +"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." msgstr "" +"Кроме того, вы можете перейти к настройкам модуля * Состав * и * " +"Производство *, чтобы настроить эти параметры." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:80 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 +msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" +msgstr "Срок выполнения и страховочные дни в случае использования" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to the app :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"General settings`, and click on **Configure your company data**." +"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " +"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " +"is your product’s configuration:" msgstr "" +"Например, сегодня вы продаете автомобиль (1 января), который приобретается " +"на заказ, и вы обещаете доставить клиенту в течение 20 дней (20 января). Вот" +" настройки вашего товара:" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 +msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" +msgstr "Страховочные дни для продажи: 1 день" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" +msgstr "Страховочные дни для покупки: 1 день" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 +msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" +msgstr "Срок выполнения доставки поставщиком 9 дней" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" +" your configuration." +msgstr "" +"В таком случае планировщик инициировать следующие действия на основе ваших " +"настроек." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 +msgid "" +"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Sales)" +msgstr "" +"19 января: запланированная дата доставки (20 января - 1 день страховочных " +"дней для продажи)" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 -msgid "Go the **Configuration** tab to indicate the number of safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:93 msgid "" -"Note that you can in this menu configure a default **Manufacturing** lead " -"time." +"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Purchase)" msgstr "" +"18 января: запланированная дата входящей поставки (19 января - 1 день " +"страховочных дней для покупки)" -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:97 -msgid "Purchase days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:99 -msgid "Purchase days response to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:101 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled in order to " -"cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can be found in the " -"same menu as the sales safety days (see screenshot above)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:108 -msgid "On route level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers due to the movement of stocks can also influence the " -"computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **Inventory** " -"module when creating a new push rule for a new route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Read the documentation " -":doc:`../../../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule` to learn more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:125 -msgid "On document level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:128 -msgid "Requested date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to indicate a requested date by the client " -"straight on the sale order, under the tab **Other information**. If this " -"date is earlier than the theoretically computed date, Odoo will " -"automatically display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:141 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:146 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:148 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:151 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:154 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"needs on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " +"9 days of vendor lead time)" msgstr "" +"10 января: дата заказа = дедлайн заказ у поставщика (19 января - 9 дней " +"срока исполнения поставщика)" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Setup drop-shipping" +msgstr "Настройка дропшипингу" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Общий обзор" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 msgid "" "Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " "customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." msgstr "" +"Дропшипинг позволяет осуществлять доставку товара непосредственно от " +"поставщика к заказчику. Это означает, что продукция не проходит через ваш " +"склад." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -2265,6 +1927,11 @@ msgid "" "suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " "section." msgstr "" +"Сначала настройте ** Маршруты ** и ** Дропшипинг **. Перейдите к: " +"menuselection: `Состав -> Настройка -> Налаштування`. Проверьте ** " +"Расширенную маршрутизацию товаров, используя правила ** в разделе ** " +"Маршруты ** и ** Разрешить поставщикам доставлять непосредственно своим " +"клиентам ** в разделе ** Дропшипинг **." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -2272,526 +1939,228 @@ msgid "" "**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " "**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." msgstr "" +"Вы должны позволить выбор маршрута в замоленни на продажу. Перейдите в " +"приложение ** Продажи **,: menuselection: `Настройка -> Налаштування` и " +"выберите пункт ** Выбрать конкретные маршруты на строках заказа на продажу " +"(расширенные) **." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как пользоваться дропшипингом?" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 msgid "" "Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " "concerned order lines." msgstr "" +"Создайте заказ на продажу и выберите маршрут ** Дропшипинг ** на " +"соответствующей строке заказа." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 msgid "" "Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " "The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." msgstr "" +"Только заказ будет подтвержден, перемещения с вашего склада не будет " +"создана. Товар будет доставлен непосредственно от поставщика к вашему " +"клиенту." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 msgid "" "In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" " of your product on **Ordered quantities**." msgstr "" +"Чтобы иметь возможность учитывать стоимость доставки, нужно установить " +"политику счета-фактуры вашего товара в ** заказанного количества **." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 -msgid "How to trigger the purchase of products based on sales?" +msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" +msgstr "Запуск покупке товаров на основе продаж (по заказу)" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " +"orders on each sale you make." msgstr "" +"Если вы не храните запас своих товаров, вам может понадобиться запуск заказ " +"на покупку на каждой продаже." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 msgid "" -"When you work in just-in-time, you don't manage stock so you directly order " -"the product you need from your vendor." +"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" +" just one step." msgstr "" +"Благодаря полном интегрированном решению, Odoo позволяет легко сделать это " +"всего за один шаг." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:11 -msgid "The usual flow is:" -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure the product" +msgstr "Настройте товар" -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:13 -msgid "Create a sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:15 -msgid "Purchase the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:17 -msgid "Receive and pay the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:19 -msgid "Deliver your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:21 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:24 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:26 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 msgid "" -"In the purchases application, open the **Purchase** menu and click on " -"**Products**. Open the product on which you want to do your purchases based " -"on sales." +"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " +"*Make To Order*." msgstr "" +"Откройте форму товара и на вкладке запаса поставьте галочку на маршрутах * " +"Купить * и * Сделать на заказ *." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:30 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 +msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "Не забудьте также установить поставщика на вкладке * Покупки *." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 msgid "" -"Next to Routes, tick **Buy** and **Make to order** as a procurement method. " -"When you are generating sales order, Odoo will automatically reorder the " -"same quantity through procurement." +"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " +"Odoo for this feature to work." msgstr "" +"Модули * Состав * * Продажи * и * Покупки * должны быть установлены в Odoo, " +"чтобы эта функция работала." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:37 -msgid "Don't forget to set a vendor otherwise the rule won't be triggered." -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 +msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" +msgstr "Создайте заказ на продажу, используя покупку и изготовление на заказ" -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:39 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 msgid "" -"You can also configure minimum stock rules that will trigger the purchase " -"orders." +"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " +"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." msgstr "" +"Создайте новый заказ на продажу с вашим товаром. Когда вы подтверждаете " +"заказ, создается заказ на доставку со статусом * Ожидает другую операцию *." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:43 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 msgid "" -"To know how to configure a minimum stock rule, please read the document " -":doc:`setup_stock_rule`." +"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " +"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " +"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." msgstr "" +"В модуле * Покупки * автоматически создан новый запрос на коммерческое " +"предложение. Обратите внимание, что вы можете увидеть, для которого СНП этот" +" ЗНКП был создан благодаря полю * Источник документа *, видимым на ЗНКП." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:50 -msgid "Sale order" +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " +"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" +" *Shipment* button." msgstr "" +"Когда вы подтверждаете ЗНКП в заказе на покупку, автоматически создается " +"входящая поставка, непосредственно доступна с вашего заказа на покупку с " +"использованием кнопки * Отгрузка *." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " +"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете подтвердить входную поставку ваших товаров. Когда вы вернетесь к " +"заказу на доставку, вы увидите, что товары готовы к отправке." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 msgid "" -"To create a sale order, go to the **Sales** application, " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Sales order` and create a new sale order." +"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " +"automatically under it." msgstr "" +"Пока ваш ЗНКП не был проверен, Odoo автоматически добавлять строку ВНК под " +"ним." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:58 -msgid "" -"After confirming it, you will see one **Delivery** associated with this sale" -" order on the **button** on the top of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button to see the transfer order. The status of " -"the outgoing shipment is **Waiting Another Operation**. It won't be done " -"until the purchase order is confirmed and received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:69 -msgid "Purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The purchase order is automatically created. Go to the **Purchase** " -"application :menuselection:`Purchase --> Request for Quotation`. The source " -"document is the sale order that triggered the procurement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you make some more sales that trigger procurements to the same vendor, it" -" will be added to the existing request for quotation. Once it is confirmed, " -"the next procurements will create a new request for quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:85 -msgid "Receipt and delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Go the the **Inventory** application. Click on **# To Receive** on the " -"**Receipts** tile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:93 -msgid "Select the receipt from your vendor and **Validate** it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. In the delivery order, click on **# " -"To Do**. The delivery order is now ready to ship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:104 -msgid "" -"The status of the delivery changed from **Waiting Availability** to " -"**Available**. Validate the transfer to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`warning_triggering`" -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a minimum stock rule?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" +msgstr "Не исчерпывает запас благодаря правилам дозаказа" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 msgid "" -"For some items you hold in stock, it might be useful to have rules making " -"sure you never run out of stocks (for example, products with a high demand, " -"or large items requiring a lot of storage space meaning they're harder to " -"stock)." +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " +"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " +"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." msgstr "" +"Чтобы удостовериться, что запас никогда не закончится, вы можете определить " +"* Правила дозаказа * на товарах. Благодаря правилам дозаказа, Odoo поможет " +"вам пополнить свой запас, когда он достигнет минимального уровня." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "Set a reordering rule" +msgstr "Установите правило дозаказа" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 +msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgstr "Откройте товар на складе, и найдите вкладку * Правила дозаказа *." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to set up rules so that an automatic replenishment for those" -" items is made, based on minimum stocks available." +"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" +"Вы также можете получить доступ ко всем вашим правил дозаказа на: " +"menuselection: `Состав и -> Основные данные -> Правила дозамовлення`." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:14 -msgid "When should I use Reordering Rules?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:16 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 msgid "" -"Reordering Rules work best for items that have a high demand and high flow. " -"It will relieve you from a lot of work to focus on the rest of your " -"activities knowing that stocks will always be right." +"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " +"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " +"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." msgstr "" +"В следующем меню можно создать правила дозаказа, связанные с вашим товаром. " +"Теперь, каждый раз, когда этот товар достигает минимального количества, он " +"будет пополнять свой запас до ** максимального количества **." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:20 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 msgid "" -"It can also be used when you have limited storage space and you need to keep" -" large items in stock. In this case, you can keep as little as 1 item in " -"stock, and have a new one ordered as a stock replenishment as soon as the " -"item in stock is sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:26 -msgid "When should I avoid Reordering Rules?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you are offering a new product and don't know yet how fast it will go, " -"you should handle stocks yourself first, and setup reordering rules only a " -"few months into the sale to have better forecasts of the demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If you sell items that have a limited lifetime, such as fashion items, " -"technology items, or products working together with a system that is meant " -"to evolve, you have to be very well informed on when to stop automated " -"replenishments, in order to avoid having to sell these items at a price that" -" will not allow you to break even." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"My company sells modern furniture. We sell a set of table and chairs that " -"are available in 4 seatings and 6 seatings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:44 -msgid "" -"To keep things simple, we stock tables and chairs separately, but sell them " -"all together to our clients as a kit. In order to make sure we can always " -"deliver a complete set of table and chairs, I setup a Reordering Rule for " -"the chairs to make sure I always have at least 10 chairs in stock, but no " -"more than 20. This way, I can sell up to 5 sets of table at once while " -"keeping my stock low enough not to eat up all my storage space." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The last table I sold was a 4 seatings, and there were 12 chairs left in my " -"stock. Because the stock in chairs is now only 8 chairs, Odoo will " -"automatically order 12 new chairs to fill up my stock to the maximum amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:61 -msgid "Set up your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:63 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open the Purchase menu and click on Products. Open " -"the product to which you would like to add a Reordering Rule (or create a " -"new one)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:67 -msgid "3 conditions for correct reordering rule :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`General information --> Product type`, make the product " -"stockable (as soon as this is done, the icon \"Reordering rule will appear)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Inventory --> route`, tick the \"Buy\" box (and untick " -"the Make To Order box)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Select a vendor (don't forget to put a minimal quantity greater than 0)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:76 -msgid "Create a reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:78 -msgid "Click on the Reordering Rules tab, click on Create. A new page opens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:83 -msgid "" -"By default, Reordering Rules in Odoo are named as \"OP/XXXXX\" but you are " -"free to use any nomenclature. You can modify it via the **Name** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:86 -msgid "The **Product** field is the product you are creating the rule for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Select the warehouse to which the product should be delivered in the " -"**Warehouse** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you have configured multiple warehouses and location, specify the " -"location in which the product will be stored in the **Location** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:96 -msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In the **Minimum Quantity** field, insert the quantity to which the system " -"will trigger a new order for replenishment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In the **Maximum Quantity** field, insert the maximum of items that has to " -"be stocked. The replenishing order will be based on that quantity to " -"reorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The **Quantity Multiple** is the lowest number of items that can be ordered " -"at once. For instance, some items may be only available for purchase in a " -"set of 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:113 -msgid "" -"In the Misc section, the **Active** box allows you to activate or deactivate" -" the rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:116 -msgid "In the **Lead Time** section, you can enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:118 -msgid "" -"the number of Day(s) to purchase: correspond to the number of days for the " -"supplier to receive the order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:120 -msgid "the number of Day(s) to get the products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:122 -msgid "" -"By default, the lead times are in calendar days. You can change that in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Minimum Stock " -"Rules`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:125 -msgid "When you have entered all the info, click on Save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically send a RfQ to your supplier based on " -"your maximum quantity to replenish your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the Inventory " +"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " "module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " "12:00PM." msgstr "" +"Пополнение происходить, когда запускается планировщик в модуле * Состав *. " +"По умолчанию в Odoo, планировщики будут запускаться каждую ночь в 00:00." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:135 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 +msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" +msgstr "" +"Смотрите также:: doc: `../../../ inventory / management / planning / " +"schedulers`" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 msgid "" -"To know how to configure and run the schedulers manually, read the document " -"on :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" +" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " +"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Теперь, каждый раз, когда товар правилу дозаказа достигнет минимального " +"запаса, система автоматически увидит, как выполнить эту потребность на " +"основе настройки товара (например, создать ЗНКП, создать ЗНВ и т.д.)." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Решение проблем" -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:3 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:69 -msgid "How to trigger a warning when purchasing at a specific vendor?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:8 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 msgid "" -"The **Warning Messages and Alerts** module allow you to configure alerts on " -"the customers and vendors or products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:11 -msgid "" -"You can select the following types of warnings and create different warnings" -" for purchases and sales:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Warning: This option displays the warning message during the process, but " -"allows the user to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Blocking Message: The message displays a warning message, but the user " -"cannot continue the process further." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:24 -msgid "Module Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:26 -msgid "" -"First, you need to install the **Warning Messages and Alerts** module. Go to" -" **Apps** and look for it (don't forget to remove the **Apps** filter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:33 -msgid "Vendor or Customer warnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendors` or to :menuselection:`Sales -->" -" Customers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:37 -msgid "Open the vendor or the customer and click on the **Warnings** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:42 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:62 -msgid "The available warnings are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:44 -msgid "Warning on the **Sales Order**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:46 -msgid "Warning on the **Purchase Order**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:48 -msgid "Warning on the **Picking**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:50 -msgid "Warning on the **Invoice**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:53 -msgid "Product Warnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products` or to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:57 -msgid "Open the product and click on the **Notes** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:64 -msgid "Warning when selling this product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:66 -msgid "Warning when Purchasing this product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Go to the Purchases application, click on :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Vendors`. Go to the **Warnings** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Under **Warning on the Purchase Order**, choose **Warning** and write your " -"warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Create a **Request for Quotation**. Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Request for Quotation` and click on **Create**. Choose the vendor on which a" -" warning was set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:84 -msgid "When choosing the vendor, the warning will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:90 -msgid "" -"If you set a blocking message instead of a warning message, you won't be " -"able to choose the vendor." +"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " +"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " +"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " +"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," +" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " +"issue with the configuration." msgstr "" +"Чтобы ваши правила дозаказа работали, ваш товар должен быть правильно " +"настроен. Если вы используете маршрут * Купить *, вам нужен поставщик на " +"товаре. Если вы используете маршрут * Производство *, вам нужно иметь " +"спецификацию на товаре. Если изделие не настроен полностью или возникла " +"ошибка в ваших маршрутах, на товаре будет зарегистрировано следующую " +"активность, сообщит вам о наличии проблем с настройкой." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 msgid "Multi-Companies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мульти-компании" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка процесса покупки / продажи в нескольких компаниях" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2800,6 +2169,11 @@ msgid "" "companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " "and services between different branches within your conglomerate." msgstr "" +"Odoo - это выдающееся решение, которое поможет небольшим компаниям, " +"развивающим свой бизнес. Но система также идеально соответствует " +"потребностям мульти-компаниям. Мижкомпанийська функция помогает вам покупать" +" и / или продавать товары и услуги между различными отраслями в вашем " +"конгломерате." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -2809,114 +2183,65 @@ msgid "" "everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " "on your sales and purchase orders." msgstr "" +"Заказ на покупку и заказ на продажу могут быть связаны между собой. Если " +"компания в вашей группе создает покупку или заказ на продажу, " +"соответствующий документ автоматически создается для вашей компании. Все, " +"что вам нужно сделать, это убедиться, что все правильно и подтвердить " +"продажу. Вы можете автоматизировать проверку своих заказов на покупку и " +"продажу." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Также можно обрабатывать только счета-фактуры и возмещения." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 msgid "Manage intercompany rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управление мижкомпанийськимы правилам" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" " companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Настройка -> Общие Налаштування`. Отметьте " +"** Управлять несколькими компаниями **, а затем ** Управлять между " +"компаниями **." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 msgid "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите ** Применить **." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 msgid "New options will appear." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Появятся новые параметры." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 msgid "" "In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." msgstr "" +"В выпадающем списке выберите компанию, на которую вы хотите добавить " +"правила." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 msgid "" "If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " "options." msgstr "" +"Если вы нажмете на ** СНП и ВНК для настройки между компаниями **, вы " +"получите дополнительные возможности." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 msgid "" "When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " "for the other companies." msgstr "" +"Когда вы закончите, нажмите кнопку ** Применить **, после чего вы можете " +"повторить те же шаги для других компаний." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 msgid "" "In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " "user has the rights to manage the companies." msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting.rst:3 -msgid "Trouble-Shooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:3 -msgid "How to check that everything is working fine?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:6 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Even if you don't have the rights to the accounting application, you can " -"still control the vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Vendor " -"Bills`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:17 -msgid "Incoming Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Even if you don't have the rights to the inventory application, you can " -"still control the incoming products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Incoming " -"Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:28 -msgid "Procurements exceptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:30 -msgid "Here, you need the **Inventory Manager** access rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Procurement" -" Exceptions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To understand why the procurement is not running, open the exception and " -"check the message in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Usually, the problem is located on the procurement rules. Either there are " -"no stock rules, or there are no vendor associated to a product." -msgstr "" +"Чтобы иметь возможность управлять правилами между компаниями, убедитесь, что" +" ваш пользователь имеет право управлять компаниями." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b63fd80cf --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -0,0 +1,415 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../quality.rst:5 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "Качество" + +#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 +msgid "Alert" +msgstr "Предупреждение" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 +msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to " +"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 +msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 +msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 +msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be " +"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product " +"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* " +"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose " +"during the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the " +"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 +msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality " +"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality " +"checks took place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. " +"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that " +"appeared during the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 +msgid "Use the Quality Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality " +"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically " +"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the " +"problem with the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the " +"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under" +" *Control*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 +msgid "Checks" +msgstr "Проверки" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 +msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo " +"processes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 +msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of" +" routings in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 +msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 +msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to *Control >" +" Control Points*. There, hit create. Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as " +"operation and choose the type of quality check you want to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 +msgid "Process the Quality Check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a " +"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the " +"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the " +"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening " +"the quality checks menu, under quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " +"go to *Control > Control Points*. Then, click on create. Make sure to select" +" *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order operation on which " +"the quality check should be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality " +"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the " +"type of quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a " +"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to " +"generate the necessary work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this " +"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table " +"Top component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " +"go to *Quality Control > Control Points > Create*. Now, you can define the " +"quality control point you want to apply to a specific product. Don’t forget " +"to select a transfer operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for" +" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button " +"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be " +"displayed and will require the check value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding " +"transfer and access it by clicking on the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 +msgid "" +"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red " +"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by " +"highlighting the corresponding button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening" +" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control.rst:3 +msgid "Control" +msgstr "Контроль" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Define Quality Control Points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6 +msgid "Quality Control Points" +msgstr "Контрольные точки качества" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you " +"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to *Quality Control > Control " +"Points*. Once there, you have to define the product on which the quality " +"control will take place, as well as the operation at which it should take " +"place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The *Quality Control Points* can take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your " +"*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing " +"process the quality control point should be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take " +"place:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +"All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. " +"You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Текст" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:43 +msgid "" +"This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers " +"during the transfer, or the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56 +msgid "Take a Picture" +msgstr "сделать изображение" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a " +"transfer, or when manufacturing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71 +msgid "Pass-Fail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or" +" fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a " +"failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality " +"check failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94 +msgid "Take a Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96 +msgid "" +"This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements " +"during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define" +" a failure message that will give instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115 +msgid "Register Consumed Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117 +msgid "" +"This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot " +"numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work " +"with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128 +msgid "Register By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130 +msgid "" +"With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the" +" by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141 +msgid "Print Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143 +msgid "" +"This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product " +"during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po index c85b53bd8..efb6e50b2 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po @@ -3,13 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +23,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../recruitment.rst:5 msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Найм" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index d0bc23907..349d80b77 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1,16 +1,22 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Denis Baranov <baranov@itlibertas.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Sergo S, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Denis Baranov <baranov@itlibertas.com>, 2017\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -43,15 +49,11 @@ msgstr "" " или информации в системе." #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For Example: 1. A long term client who needs to view online quotations. 2." -" Accounting consultant who needs to keep track of the company's financials." +msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "" -"Например: 1. Клиент, которому необходимо просмотреть on-line коммерческое " -"предложение. 2. Бухгалтер, которому необходимо отслеживать финансовую " -"информацию компании." +"Например, постоянный клиент, которому необходимо посмотреть онлайн цены" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " "any document in the system." @@ -59,15 +61,15 @@ msgstr "" "Портальный пользователь имеет доступ только на чтение. Он или она не может " "редактировать любой документ в системе." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" msgstr "Как предоставить доступ к порталу клиентам?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 msgid "From Contacts Module" msgstr "Из модуля Контакты" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " @@ -77,19 +79,19 @@ msgstr "" " системе, то нажмите на кнопку Создать. Введите информацию о контакте и " "нажмите \"Сохранить\"." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." msgstr "Выберите контакт, нажмите меню **Действие** в центре интерфейса." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:38 +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." msgstr "" "И из выпадающего списка выберите **Доступ к порталу**. Появится всплывающее " "окно." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:43 +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " @@ -99,7 +101,7 @@ msgstr "" "сопровождающее письмо, которое будет включено в письмо новому пользователю. " "По окончанию нажмите **Применить**." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:49 +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." @@ -109,23 +111,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как внести продукт в список?" #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Составление списка без вариаций" #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." msgstr "" +"Для того, чтобы указать товар, нужно проверить поле ** использования eBay **" +" на форме товара. Вкладка eBay будет доступна." #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." msgstr "" +"Когда обозначено поле ** Использовать остатки товаров на складе **, " +"количество, установленная в eBay, будет ** Прогноз Количества ** Odoo." #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -134,16 +140,21 @@ msgid "" " You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " "Description**." msgstr "" +"** Шаблон Описания ** позволяет использовать шаблоны для ваших записей. " +"Шаблон по умолчанию использует только поле ** описания eBay ** в товаре. Вы " +"можете использовать HTML в ** шаблоне описания ** и в ** описании eBay **." #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." msgstr "" +"Чтобы использовать фотографии в вашем списке, нужно добавить их как ** " +"Прикрепление ** в шаблон товара." #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Список с вариациями" #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -152,20 +163,26 @@ msgid "" " the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " "well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." msgstr "" +"Когда проверяется ** использования eBay ** в товаре с вариантами и с ** " +"фиксированной цене ** как ** тип списка **, форма eBay незначительна. В " +"массиве вариантов вы можете выбрать, какой вариант будет указан в eBay, а " +"также установить цену и количество для каждого варианта." #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Список с элементами спецификации" #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." msgstr "" +"Чтобы добавить спецификацию к элементу, необходимо создать атрибут товара с " +"одним значением на вкладке ** Варианты ** формы товара." #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "идентификаторы товара" #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -178,14 +195,22 @@ msgid "" "If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " "listing." msgstr "" +"Идентификаторы товаров, такие как EAN, UPC, Brand или MPN, необходимые для " +"большинства категорий eBay. Модуль управляет идентификаторами EAN и UPC с " +"помощью поля ** штрих-кода ** варианта товара. Если поле ** Штрих-код ** " +"пустое или значение недействительно, значение EAN и UPC будет установлено " +"как "Не применяется", как это рекомендовано eBay. Значение Brand и" +" MPN работают как спецификация элементов, и они должны быть определены на " +"вкладке ** Варианты ** в форме товара. Если значение этих значений не " +"установлены, "Не применяется" будет использовано для списка eBay." #: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как настроить eBay в Odoo?" #: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте токены eBay" #: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -194,6 +219,10 @@ msgid "" "logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " "clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать свои токены, необходимо создать учетную запись разработчика на" +" `портале разработчика <https://go.developer.ebay.com/> `_. После входа в " +"систему вы можете создать ** Тестовый режим ** и ** Рабочий режим ** нажав " +"соответствующие кнопки." #: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -202,16 +231,22 @@ msgid "" "form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " "needed to configure the module in Odoo." msgstr "" +"После создания режимов вы можете получить Токен пользователя. Для этого " +"нажмите на ссылку ** Получить токен пользователя ** в нижней части страницы." +" Перейдите по форме, войдите в свой аккаунт eBay, и вы получите ключи и " +"токен, необходимые для настройки модуля в Odoo." #: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установка токенов в Odoo?" #: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить интеграцию eBay, перейдите к: menuselection: `Продажи -> " +"Настройка -> Налаштування`." #: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -219,6 +254,9 @@ msgid "" "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " "Key**. Apply the changes." msgstr "" +"Сначала определитесь, хотите ли вы использовать товар или сайты eBay. Затем " +"заполните поля ** Ключ разработчика **, ** Токен **, ** Ключ приложения ** и" +" ** Ключ сертификата **. Примените изменения." #: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -226,906 +264,658 @@ msgid "" "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " "other fields." msgstr "" +"После перезагрузки страницы нужно синхронизировать информацию с eBay. " +"Нажмите на ** Синхронизировать страны и валюты **, тогда вы можете заполнить" +" все остальные поля." #: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" +"Когда все поля заполнены, вы можете синхронизировать категории и политики, " +"нажав соответствующие кнопки." + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:49 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate" +" the developer mode`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Метод выставления счета" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services.rst:3 -msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Request a down payment" +msgstr "Запрос на предоплату" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice milestones of a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:5 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are different kind of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days " -"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing " -"consulting hours) or a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)." +"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " +"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " +"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." msgstr "" +"Предоплата - начальная, частичная оплата, при условии, что остальные будет " +"оплачена позже. Для дорогих заказов или проектов это способ защитить себя и " +"убедиться, что ваш клиент является серьезным." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +msgid "First time you request a down payment" +msgstr "Первый раз вы спрашиваете предоплату" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 msgid "" -"In this section, we will have a look at how to invoice milestones of a " -"project." +"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" +" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " +"amount." msgstr "" +"Подтверждая продажу, вы можете создать счет-фактуру и выбрать вариант " +"предоплаты. Это может быть либо фиксированная сумма, или процент от общей " +"суммы." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" -"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large scale projects, with " -"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" -" build up to the completion of the contract. For example, a marketing agency" -" hired for a new product launch could break down a project into the " -"following milestones, each of them considered as one service with a fixed " -"price on the sale order :" +"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " +"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." msgstr "" +"В первый раз, когда вы спрашиваете предоплату, вы можете выбрать счет дохода" +" и настройка налога, которое будет использовано для дальнейших предоплат." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:19 -msgid "Milestone 1 : Marketing strategy audit - 5 000 euros" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." +msgstr "После этого вы увидите счет-фактуру для предоплаты." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:21 -msgid "Milestone 2 : Brand Identity - 10 000 euros" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:23 -msgid "Milestone 3 : Campaign launch & PR - 8 500 euros" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 msgid "" -"In this case, an invoice will be sent to the customer each time a milestone " -"will be successfully reached. That invoicing method is comfortable both for " -"the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow throughout the " -"project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the project's progress " -"and pay in several times." +"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " +"automatically deducted." msgstr "" +"На следующем или последнем счете-фактуре любая предоплата будет " +"автоматически вычтена." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:32 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +msgstr "Измените счет дохода и налоги клиента" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 +msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." +msgstr "Из перечня товаров найдите * Предоплата *." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 msgid "" -"You can also use milestones to invoice percentages of the entire project. " -"For example, for a million euros project, your company might require a 15% " -"upfront payment, 30% at the midpoint and the balance at the contract " -"conclusion. In that case, each payment will be considered as one milestone." +"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" +" income account & customer taxes." msgstr "" +"После этого вы сможете изменить это на вкладке выставления счетов вы сможете" +" изменить счет дохода и налоги клиента." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:39 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:26 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:95 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:16 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "Включение расходов на счета клиентов" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:42 -msgid "Install the Sales application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:44 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In order to sell services and to send invoices, you need to install the " -"**Sales** application, from the **Apps** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:51 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. From the" -" **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, " -"create a new product with the following setup:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:57 -msgid "**Name**: Strategy audit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:59 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:50 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing Policy**: Delivered Quantities, since you will invoice your " -"milestone after it has been delivered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Manually set quantities on order, as you complete each " -"milestone, you will manually update their quantity from the **Delivered** " -"tab on your sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:72 -msgid "Apply the same configuration for the others milestones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:75 -msgid "Managing your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:78 -msgid "Quotations and sale orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Now that your milestones (or products) are created, you can create a " -"quotation or a sale order with each line corresponding to one milestone. For" -" each line, set the **Ordered Quantity** to ``1`` as each milestone is " -"completed once. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a sale " -"order, you will be able to change the delivered quantities when the " -"corresponding milestone has been achieved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:91 -msgid "Invoice milestones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Let's assume that your first milestone (the strategy audit) has been " -"successfully delivered and you want to invoice it to your customer. On the " -"sale order, click on **Edit** and set the **Delivered Quantity** of the " -"related product to ``1``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As soon as the above modification has been saved, you will notice that the " -"color of the line has changed to blue, meaning that the service can now be " -"invoiced. In the same time, the invoice status of the SO has changed from " -"**Nothing To Invoice** to **To Invoice**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create invoice** and, in the new window that pops up, select " -"**Invoiceable lines** and validate. It will create a new invoice (in draft " -"status) with only the **strategy audit** product as invoiceable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to invoice a product, you need to set up the " -"**Accounting** application and to configure an accounting journal and a " -"chart of account. Click on the following link to learn more: " -":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Back on your sale order, you will notice that the **Invoiced** column of " -"your order line has been updated accordingly and that the **Invoice Status**" -" is back to **Nothing to Invoice**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:121 -msgid "Follow the same workflow to invoice your remaining milestones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:125 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:185 -msgid ":doc:`support`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:3 -msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:5 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " -"employee paying a parking spot for a meeting with your client. As a company," +"consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company," " you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." msgstr "" +"Часто бывает, что ваши сотрудники должны тратить личные деньги во время " +"работы над проектом для вашего клиента. Давайте приведем пример " +"консультанта, который оплачивает отель для работы с вашим клиентом. Будучи " +"компанией, вы хотели бы иметь такую сумму в счете для своего клиента." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +msgid "Expenses configuration" +msgstr "Настройка расходов" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 msgid "" -"In this documentation we will see two use cases. The first, very basic, " -"consists of invoicing a simple expense to your client like you would do for " -"a product. The second, more advanced, will consist of invoicing expenses " -"entered in your expense system by your employees directly to your customer." +"To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." msgstr "" +"Для отслеживания затрат и выставления по ним счетов-фактур вам понадобится " +"модуль расходов. Перейдите к: menuselection: `приложений -> Витрати`, " +"чтобы установить его." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:18 -msgid "Use case 1: Simple expense invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:20 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Let's take the following example. You are working on a promotion campaign " -"for one of your customers (``Agrolait``) and you have to print a lot of " -"copies. Those copies are an expense for your company and you would like to " -"invoice them." +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" +"Вы также должны активизировать функцию аналитических счетов, чтобы связать " +"расходы по заказу на продажу. Чтобы это сделать, перейдите к разделу: " +"menuselection: `Выставление счетов -> Настройка -> Налаштування` и " +"активируйте * Аналитический бухучет *." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:35 -msgid "Create product to be expensed" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" +msgstr "Добавьте расходы к заказу на продажу" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:37 -msgid "You will need now to create a product called ``Copies``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:39 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:112 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 msgid "" -"From your **Sales** module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and " -"create a product as follows:" +"From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " +"hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." msgstr "" +"Из приложения расходов вы или ваш консультант можете создать новые расходы, " +"например, гостиница на первую неделю работы с вашим клиентом." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:42 -msgid "**Product type**: consumable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: on delivered quantities (you will manually set the " -"quantities to invoice on the sale order)" +"You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " +"create a new one from right there." msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете ввести соответствующее описание и выбрать существующий товар" +" или создать новый прямо там." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:51 -msgid "Create a sale order" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" +msgstr "Здесь мы создаем товар * Отель *:" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:53 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 msgid "" -"Now that your product is correctly set up, you can create a sale order for " -"that product (from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders`) with " -"the ordered quantities set to 0. Click on **Confirm the Sale** to create the" -" sale order. You will be able then to manually change the delivered " -"quantities on the sale order to reinvoice the copies to your customer." +"Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" +"На вкладке выставления счетов выберите * Доставленные количества * или * По " +"стоимости * или * Цена продажи *, если вы хотите начислить стоимость своих " +"расходов или ранее согласованную цену продажи." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:64 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:177 -msgid "Invoice expense to your client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:66 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 msgid "" -"At the end of the month, you have printed ``1000`` copies on behalf of your " -"client and you want to re-invoice them. From the related sale order, click " -"on **Delivered Quantities**, manually enter the correct amount of copies and" -" click on **Save**. Your order line will turn blue, meaning that it is ready" -" to be invoiced. Click on **Create invoice**." +"To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " +"Configuration --> Expense products`." msgstr "" +"Чтобы изменить или создать больше товаров, перейдите на страницу: " +"menuselection: `Затраты -> Настройка -> Расходные товари`." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:73 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 msgid "" -"The total amount on your sale order will be of 0 as it is computed on the " -"ordered quantities. It is your invoice which will compute the correct amount" -" due by your customer." +"Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." msgstr "" +"Вернитесь на расходы, добавьте оригинальное заказ на продажу в расходах для " +"отправки." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:77 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." +msgstr "" +"Затем он может быть передан менеджеру, его можно утвердить и окончательно " +"разместить." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." +msgstr "Он будет в заказе на продажу и готов к выставления счета." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" +msgstr "Выставления счета на основе заказанной или доставленной количества" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" -"The invoice generated is in draft, so you can always control the quantities " -"and change the amount if needed. You will notice that the amount to be " -"invoiced is based here on the delivered quantities." +"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " +"invoicing:" msgstr "" +"В зависимости от вашего бизнеса и того, что вы продаете, у вас есть два " +"варианта выставления счетов:" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:84 -msgid "Click on validate to issue the payment to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:87 -msgid "Use case 2: Invoice expenses via the expense module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 msgid "" -"To illustrate this case, let's imagine that your company sells some " -"consultancy service to your customer ``Agrolait`` and both parties agreed " -"that the distance covered by your consultant will be re-invoiced at cost." +"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " +"order is confirmed." msgstr "" +"Счет на заказанное количество: счет-фактура полного заказ, как только будет " +"подтверждено заказ на продажу." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:97 -msgid "Here, you will need to install two more modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:99 -msgid "Expense Tracker" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:101 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" -"Accounting, where you will need to activate the analytic accounting from the" -" settings" +"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " +"partial delivery." msgstr "" +"Счет-фактура на доставленную количество: счет-фактура на то, что вы " +"доставили, даже если это частичная доставка." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:108 -msgid "Create a product to be expensed" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." +msgstr "Счет-фактура на заказанное количество является режимом по умолчанию." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:110 -msgid "You will now need to create a product called ``Kilometers``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:115 -msgid "Product can be expensed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:117 -msgid "Product type: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:119 -msgid "Invoicing policy: invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:121 -msgid "Expense invoicing policy: At cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:123 -msgid "Track service: manually set quantities on order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:129 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:131 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" -"Still from the Sales module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders` " -"and add your product **Consultancy** on the order line." +"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " +"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" +" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " +"the actual delivered quantity." msgstr "" +"Преимущества использования * счета-фактуры на доставленную количество * " +"зависят от вашего вида бизнеса, когда вы продаете материал, жидкость или " +"пищу в большом количестве, количество может несколько уменьшиться, и поэтому" +" лучше начислять фактическую доставленную количество." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:135 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" -"If your product doesn't exist yet, you can configure it on the fly from the " -"SO. Just type the name on the **product** field and click on **Create and " -"edit** to configure it." +"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " +"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " +"invoice a fixed advance." msgstr "" +"Вы также можете выставлять счета вручную, позволяя контролировать каждый " +"параметр: готовы к выставлению строки счетов-фактур, выставление счета-" +"фактуры на процент (заранее), счет-фактура с фиксированной предоплате." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:139 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 +msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" +msgstr "Определите политику на странице товара" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 msgid "" -"Depending on your product configuration, an **Analytic Account** may have " -"been generated automatically. If not, you can easily create one in order to " -"link your expenses to the sale order. Do not forget to confirm the sale " -"order." +"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " +"policy and select the one you want." msgstr "" +"На странице любой продукции под вкладкой выставления счетов найдите политику" +" выставления счетов и выберите нужную." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:148 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +msgid "Send the invoice" +msgstr "Отправьте счет-фактуру" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" -"Refer to the documentation :doc:`../../../accounting/others/analytic/usage` " -"to learn more about that concept." +"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities." msgstr "" +"После того, как вы подтвердите продажу, вы сможете увидеть ваши доставлены и" +" выставлены количестве." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:152 -msgid "Create expense and link it to SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:154 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 msgid "" -"Let's assume that your consultant covered ``1.000km`` in October as part of " -"his consultancy project. We will create a expense for it and link it to the " -"related sales order thanks to the analytic account." +"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " +"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" +" to validate the delivery." msgstr "" +"Если вы установите это в заказных количествах, вы сможете выставлять счет, " +"как только продажа будет подтверждено. Если же вы выбрали доставлены " +"количестве, вам сначала придется подтвердить доставку." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:158 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 msgid "" -"Go to the **Expenses** module and click on **Create**. Record your expense " -"as follows:" +"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " +"automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" +" if you did a partial delivery." msgstr "" +"После того, как товары будут доставлены, вы можете выставлять счета вашему " +"клиенту. Odoo будет автоматически добавлять количестве до счета-фактуры на " +"основе того, сколько вы доставили, если вы осуществили частичную доставку." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:161 -msgid "**Expense description**: Kilometers October 2015" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice project milestones" +msgstr "Выставление счетов по этапам проекта" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:163 -msgid "**Product**: Kilometers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:165 -msgid "**Quantity**: 1.000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:167 -msgid "**Analytic account**: SO0019 - Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:172 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" -"Click on **Submit to manager**. As soon as the expense has been validated " -"and posted to the journal entries, a new line corresponding to the expense " -"will automatically be generated on the sale order." +"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " +"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" +" build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is " +"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow " +"throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the " +"project's progress and pay in several installments." msgstr "" +"Выставление счетов по этапам может использоваться для дорогих или масштабных" +" проектов, при этом каждый этап представляет собой четкую последовательность" +" работ, которая постепенно будет расти до завершения контракта. Этот метод " +"выставления счетов является удобным как для компании, которая обеспечивает " +"постоянный денежный поток в течение всего срока действия проекта, так и для " +"клиента, который может контролировать достижение проекта и платить его в " +"несколько раз." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:179 -msgid "You can now invoice the invoiceable lines to your customer." -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +msgid "Create milestone products" +msgstr "Создайте поэтапные товары" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:186 -msgid ":doc:`milestones`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice a support contract (prepaid hours)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:5 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 msgid "" -"There are different kinds of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days " -"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing " -"consulting hours) and a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)." +"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " +"configure products to work this way, go to any product form." msgstr "" +"В Odoo каждый этап вашего проекта рассматривается как товар. Чтобы настроить" +" товары таким образом, перейдите к любой формы товара." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" -"In this section, we will have a look at how to sell and keep track of a pre-" -"paid support contract." +"You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " +"select *Milestones* in the sales tab." msgstr "" +"Вы должны установить тип товара как * Услуга * по общей информацией и " +"выбрать * Основные этапы * на вкладке продажи." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice milestones" +msgstr "Выставления счета-фактуры по этапам" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer." +"From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " +"complete a milestone." msgstr "" +"По заказу на продажу можно вручную изменить поставленную количество после " +"завершения этапа." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:20 -msgid "Install the Sales and Timesheet applications" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." +msgstr "Вы можете затем выставить счет за первый этап." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:22 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "Отправка проформы счета" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to sell services, you need to install the **Sales** application, " -"from the **Apps** icon. Install also the **Timesheets** application if you " -"want to track support services you worked on every contract." +"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " +"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" +" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" +"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " +"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" +" not being a demand or request for payment." msgstr "" +"Проформа счета - сокращенный или ориентировочный счет-фактура перед " +"выставлением счета на доставленный товар. Он отмечает вид и количество " +"товаров, их стоимость и другую важную информацию, такую как вес и " +"транспортные расходы. Файлы проформы обычно используются как предварительные" +" счета-фактуры с коммерческим предложением, или для таможенных целей при " +"импорте. Они отличаются от обычного счета-фактуры, поскольку не является " +"требованием или запросом на оплату." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:33 -msgid "Create Products" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the feature" +msgstr "Включите эту функцию" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 msgid "" -"By default, products are sold by number of units. In order to sell services " -"``per hour``, you must allow using multiple unit of measures. From the " -"**Sales** application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. From this screen, activate the multiple **Unit of Measures** " -"option." +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Продажи -> Настройка -> Налаштування` и " +"активируйте функцию * Проформа счета-фактуры *." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" -"In order to sell a support contract, you must create a product for every " -"support contract you sell. From the **Sales** application, use the menu " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, create a new product with the following" -" setup:" +"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" +"forma invoice." msgstr "" +"С любой коммерческой предложения или заказ на продажу вы можете прислать " +"проформу счета-фактуры." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:48 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:52 -msgid "**Unit of Measure**: Hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 msgid "" -"**Invoicing Policy**: Ordered Quantities, since the service is prepaid, we " -"will invoice the service based on what has been ordered, not based on " -"delivered quantities." +"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " +"in attachment." msgstr "" +"Когда вы нажмете на Отправить, Odoo пришлет электронное письмо с проформой " +"счета-фактуры во вложении." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:58 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Sell subscriptions" +msgstr "продажа подписок" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Timesheet on contracts. An analytic account will " -"automatically be created for every order containing this service so that you" -" can track hours in the related account." +"Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " +"planning ahead much easier." msgstr "" +"Продажа товаров подписки даст вам прогнозируемый доход, значительно облегчит" +" планирование." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:66 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" +msgstr "Сделайте подписку по заказу на продажу" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" -"There are different ways to track the service related to a sales order or " -"product sold. With the above configuration, you can only sell one support " -"contract per order. If your customer orders several service contracts on " -"timesheet, you will have to split the quotation into several orders." +"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " +"the subscription product your previously created." msgstr "" +"В приложении для продаж создайте коммерческое предложение желаемом клиенту и" +" выберите ранее созданный товар подписки." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" -"Note that you can sell in different unit of measure than hours, example: " -"days, pack of 40h, etc. To do that, just create a new unit of measure in the" -" **Unit of Measure** category and set a conversion ratio compared to " -"**Hours** (example: ``1 day = 8 hours``)." +"When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " +"You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " +"upper right corner." msgstr "" +"Подтверждая продажа, подписка будет создан автоматически. В верхнем правом " +"углу вы увидите прямую ссылку с заказа на продажу на подписку." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:78 -msgid "Managing support contract" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" +msgstr "Выставления счета на основе сроков и материалов" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:81 -msgid "Quotations and Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:83 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once the product is created, you can create a quotation or a sales order " -"with the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed " -"into a sales order, your users will be able to record services related to " -"this support contract using the timesheet application." +"Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" +" to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" +" the project requirements would most likely change." msgstr "" +"Время и материалы, как правило, используются в проектах, в которых " +"невозможно точно оценить размер проекта или когда ожидается, что требования " +"проекта, скорее всего, изменятся." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:93 -msgid "Timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 msgid "" -"To track the service you do on a specific contract, you should use the " -"timesheet application. An analytic account related to the sale order has " -"been automatically created (``SO009 - Agrolait`` on the screenshot here " -"above), so you can start tracking services as soon as it has been sold." +"This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " +"the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" +" the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." msgstr "" +"Это противостоит контракта с фиксированной ценой, по которым владелец " +"соглашается выплатить подрядчику единовременную сумму за выполнение " +"контракта независимо от того, что подрядчики платят своим работникам, " +"субподрядчикам и поставщикам." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:104 -msgid "Control delivered support on the sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:106 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 msgid "" -"From the **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales" -" Orders` to control the progress of every order. On the sales order line " -"related to the support contract, you should see the **Delivered Quantities**" -" that are updated automatically, based on the number of hours in the " -"timesheet." +"For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" +" to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" +" purchases." msgstr "" +"Для этой документации я буду использовать пример консультанта, вам нужно " +"будет учесть свое время, различные расходы (транспорт, проживание, ...) и " +"покупки." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:116 -msgid "Upselling and renewal" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +msgid "Invoice time configuration" +msgstr "Настройка выставления счета-фактуры по времени" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:118 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" -"If the number of hours you performed on the support contract is bigger or " -"equal to the number of hours the customer purchased, you are suggested to " -"sell an extra contract to the customer since they used all their quota of " -"service. Periodically (ideally once every two weeks), you should check the " -"sales order that are in such a case. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Invoicing --> Orders to Upsell`." +"To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." msgstr "" +"Чтобы отслеживать прогресс в проекте, вам понадобится модуль * Проект *. " +"Откройте: menuselection: `Приложения -> Проект`, чтобы установить его." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:127 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you use Odoo CRM, a good practice is to create an opportunity for every " -"sale order in upselling invoice status so that you easily track your " -"upselling effort." +"In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." msgstr "" +"В * Проекте * вы будете использовать табели, чтобы сделать это, перейдите к:" +" menuselection: `проекта -> Настройка -> Налаштування` и активируйте " +"функцию * Табели *." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:131 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +msgid "Invoice your time spent" +msgstr "Выставления счета за потраченное время" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 msgid "" -"If you sell an extra support contract, you can either add a new line on the " -"existing sales order (thus, you continue to timesheet on the same order) or " -"create a new order (thus, people will timesheet their hours on the new " -"contract). To unmark the sales order as **Upselling**, you can set the sales" -" order as done and it will disappear from your upselling list." +"From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " +"invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" +" project*." msgstr "" +"Со страницы товара, где установлена услуга, вы найдете две функции на " +"вкладке выставления счетов, оба * Табели на задачах * и * Создание задачи в " +"новом проекте *." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:138 -msgid "Special Configuration" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." +msgstr "Вы также можете добавить задачу в существующий проект." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:140 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "" -"When creating the product form, you may set a different approach to track " -"the service:" +"Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" +" project overview and one for the current task." msgstr "" +"После подтверждения заказа на продажу вы увидите две новые кнопки, один для " +"осмотра проекта и один для текущей задачи." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:143 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 msgid "" -"**Create task and track hours**: in this mode, a task is created for every " -"sales order line. Then when you do the timesheet, you don't record hours on " -"a sales order/contract, but you record hours on a task (that represents the " -"contract). The advantage of this solution is that it allows to sell several " -"service contracts within the same sales order." +"You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " +"from the *Project* app." msgstr "" +"Если вы нажмете на него, вы будете непосредственно находиться в работе, вы " +"также можете получить доступ к нему из модуля * Проект *." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:150 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "" -"**Manually**: you can use this mode if you don't record timesheets in Odoo. " -"The number of hours you worked on a specific contract can be recorded " -"manually on the sales order line directly, in the delivered quantity field." +"Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " +"how many hours they worked on the project so far." msgstr "" +"Во табелям вы можете назначить того, кто работает на проекте. Вы можете либо" +" они могут добавить, сколько часов они отработали над проектом." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:156 -msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." +msgstr "По заказу на продажу можно отнести эти часы." -#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" -"As a sales manager, closing opportunities with Odoo Sales is really simple." +"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" +"На вкладке выставления счетов выберите * Доставленные количества * или * По " +"стоимости * или * Цена продажи *, если вы хотите начислить стоимость своих " +"расходов или ранее согласованную цену продажи." -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +msgid "Invoice purchases" +msgstr "Выставления счетов-фактур на покупку" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" -"I selected a predefined quotation for a new product line offer. The " -"products, the service details are already in the quotation. Of course, I can" -" adapt the offer to fit my clients needs." +"The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" +" it." msgstr "" +"Последнее, что нужно добавить к заказу на продажу - это покупки, сделанные " +"для заказа." -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:20 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 msgid "" -"The interface is really smooth. I can add references, some catchy phrases " -"such as closing triggers (*here, you save $500 if you sign the quote within " -"15 days*). I have a beautiful and modern design. This will help me close my " -"opportunities more easily." +"You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Purchase Analytics*." msgstr "" +"Вам понадобится функция * Аналитики покупок *. Чтобы активизировать ее, " +"перейдите к разделу: menuselection: `Выставление счетов -> Настройка " +"-> Налаштування` и выберите * Аналитика покупок *." -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:26 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" -"Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The " -"customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate " -"easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by " -"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just need to " -"sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major " -"shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a " -"delivery order automatically." +"While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " +"account." msgstr "" +"При оформлении заказа на покупку не забудьте добавить правильный " +"аналитический счет." -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "That's it, I sucesfully sold my products in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 msgid "" -"Oh, I also have the transaction and communication history at my fingertips. " -"It's easy for every stakeholder to know clearly the past interaction. And " -"any information related to the transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to show information, I would do it from a customer form, " -"something like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:45 -msgid "Kanban of customers, click on one customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:47 -msgid "Click on opportunities, click on quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "Come back to customers (breadcrum)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:51 -msgid "Click on customer statement letter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Anytime, I can get an in-depth report of my sales activity. Revenue by " -"salespeople or department. Revenue by category of product, drill-down to " -"specific products, by quarter or month,... I like this report: I can add it " -"to my dashboard in just a click." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Odoo Sales is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the sales " -"planner. Thanks to it, I got tips and tricks to boost my sales performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Try Odoo Sales now and get beautiful quotations, amazing dashboards and " -"increase your success rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " -"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " -"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " -"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " -"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " -"email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " -"create draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:16 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " -"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" -" order. You have different options like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order before triggering the " -"delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:25 -msgid "Invoice based on delivered quantity: see next section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " -"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "" -"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " -"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice ready" -" to invoice line, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a fixed advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:36 -msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:41 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Delivery --> Invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivered quantity , " -"instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the " -"quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods " -"(invoice based on actual Kg)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " -"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " -"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:57 -msgid ":menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:59 -msgid "" -"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " -"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" -" the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:69 -msgid "" -"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the invoice when it is " -"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " -"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:75 -msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " -"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " -"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " -"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:85 -msgid "if you need to create a refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid "If you need to give a discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:89 -msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:91 -msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:94 -msgid "Others" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:96 -msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:98 -msgid "membership: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:100 -msgid "repairs: invoice your after-sale services" +"Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " +"will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." msgstr "" +"После того, как СНП будет подтверждено и получено, вы можете создать счет " +"поставщика, автоматически добавит его в СНП, где вы можете выставить счет." #: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Товары и цены" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управляйте вашими ценами" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как продавать в иностранной валюте" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "" +"Прайс-лист может также использоваться для управления ценами в иностранной " +"валюте." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -1133,12 +923,18 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " "Invoicing/Accounting apps." msgstr "" +"Проверьте * Разрешить использование нескольких валют * в разделе: " +"menuselection: `Выставление счетов / Бухучет -> Налаштування`. Как " +"администратору вам нужны права доступа * Консультантов * для приложений " +"Выставление счетов-фактур / Бухучета." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." msgstr "" +"Создайте один прайс-лист на одну валюту. Новое поле * Валюты * отображается " +"в форме установления прайс-листа." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -1146,20 +942,26 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" " the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать новую валюту, перейдите к: menuselection: `Бухучет -> " +"Настройка -> Валюти`, выберите в списке и нажмите * Активировать * в " +"верхнем правом углу. Теперь он появится в выпадающих списках валют." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Цены в иностранной валюте можно определить двумя способами." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Автоматическая конвертация по открытой цене" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." msgstr "" +"Публичная цена в основной валюте вашей компании (см.: Menuselection: " +"`Бухучет -> Налаштування`) и установлен в форме детальной информации о " +"товаре." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1168,24 +970,30 @@ msgid "" "European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Коэффициенты переходов можно найти в: menuselection: `Бухучет -> " +"Настройка -> Валюти`. Они могут быть обновлены из Нацбанка Украины: " +"вручную, ежедневно, еженедельно и тому подобное. См. : Menuselection: " +"`Бухучет -> Налаштування`." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите свои собственные цены" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." msgstr "" +"Установление собственных цен рекомендуется, если вы не хотите, чтобы ваши " +"цены менялись вместе с курсом валют." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как адаптировать цены до ваших клиентов и применять скидки" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1193,179 +1001,244 @@ msgid "" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " "searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to " "use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " -"quantity and get a price break), etc. As pricelists only suggest prices, " -"they can be overridden by users completing sales orders. Choose your pricing" -" strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +"quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16 -msgid "Several prices per product" +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " +"completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" +"*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " +"default product price ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " +"products ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " +"and roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Several prices per product" +msgstr "Несколько цен на товар" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " "in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." msgstr "" +"Чтобы применить несколько цен на товар, выберите * Различные цены на " +"сегменте клиентов * в разделе: menuselection: `Продажи -> Налаштування`. " +"Затем откройте вкладку * Продажи * в форме деталей товара. Вы можете решить " +"следующие стратегии." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Цены на сегмент клиента" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" +"Создайте стоимость для ваших сегментов клиентов: например, зарегистрирован, " +"премиум и др." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " "Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." msgstr "" +"Прайс-лист по умолчанию, который применяется к любому нового клиента, - это " +"* публичный прайс-лист *. Чтобы сегментировать своих клиентов, откройте " +"подробную форму заказчика и измените * Продажную стоимость * на вкладке * " +"Продажи и покупки *." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "временные цены" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" +"Примените соглашения для праздничных дней и др. Введите даты начала и " +"завершения." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что цены по умолчанию установлены в прайс-листе за пределами " +"периода сделок. Иначе вы можете иметь проблемы после окончания периода." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Цены за минимальное количество" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." msgstr "" +"Ценовой заказ не имеет значения. Система умный и применяет первые цены, " +"которые соответствуют дате заказа и / или минимальным количествам." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The third option allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative " -"to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another " -"pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be " -"forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). " -"Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either " -"(nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Скидки, маржа, округление" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " +"Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " +"price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or " +"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and " +"ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar" +" or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " "e-Commerce)." msgstr "" +"После установки перейдите к: menuselection: `Продажи -> Настройка -> " +"Прайслисти` (или: menuselection:` Администратор сайта -> Каталог -> " +"Прайслисти` если вы используете электронную коммерцию)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" " option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." msgstr "" +"Каждый элемент прайс-листа может быть связан со всеми товарами, с внутренней" +" категорией товара (набором товаров) или с определенным товаром. Как и во " +"втором варианте, вы можете установить даты и минимальные количества." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 -msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88 -msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." -msgstr "" +"Еще раз - система является разумной. Если для элемента установлено правило, " +"а другой - для его категории, Odoo принимает правило элемента." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что по крайней мере один элемент прайс-листа охватывает все ваши " +"товара." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." +msgstr "Существует 3 режима вычисления: фиксированная цена, скидка и формула." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "" +"Вот различные настройки цен, которые стали возможными благодаря формулам." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Скидки с округлениями" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." -msgstr "" +msgstr "напр. 20% скидки с ценами, скругленными к 9.99." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106 -msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112 -msgid "Prices per country" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расходы по наценками (розница)" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." +msgstr "" +"например, цена продажи = 2 * стоимость (100% расценка) с 5 гривен " +"минимальной маржи." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +msgid "Prices per country" +msgstr "Цены на страну" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " "country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first " "pricelist without any country group." msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:116 -msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 -msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 -msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" -msgstr "" +"Цены могут устанавливаться по группам стран. Любой новый клиент, " +"зарегистрированный в Odoo, получает прайс-лист по умолчанию, то есть первый " +"в списке соответствует стране. Если ни одна страна не установлена для " +"клиента, Odoo берет первый прайс-лист без какой-либо группы-стран." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию прайс-лист можно заменить при создании заказа на продажу." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете изменять последовательность прайс-листов с помощью перетаскивания " +"в виде списка." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" +msgstr "Вычислите и покажите процент скидки покупателям" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" msgstr "" +"В случае скидки вы можете показать общую цену и исчисленный процент скидки " +"на печатные заказы на продажу и в каталоге электронной коммерции. Делайте " +"так:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126 -msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." -msgstr "" +"Проверьте * Разрешить скидки в строке заказа на продажу * в: menuselection: " +"`Продажи -> Настройка -> Настройка -> Коммерческие предложения и " +"продажи -> Знижки`." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`currencies`" -msgstr "" +msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." +msgstr "Используйте эту опцию в форме установления прайс-листа." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`currencies`" +msgstr ":doc:`currencies`" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управляйте вашими товарами" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как импортировать товары с категориями и вариантами в Odoo" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1374,21 +1247,27 @@ msgid "" "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" +"Шаблоны импорта услуг в инструменте импорта распространенных данных для " +"импорта (контакты, товары, банковские выписки и т.п.). Вы можете открыть их " +"любым программным обеспечением электронных таблиц (Microsoft Office, " +"OpenOffice, Google Диск и т.д.)." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как настроить файл" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Удалите столбцы, которые вам не нужны. Мы советуем не удалять ID." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" +"Установите уникальный ID для каждого отдельного записи, перетащив " +"последовательность ID." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1396,6 +1275,9 @@ msgid "" "recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." msgstr "" +"Не изменяйте метки столбцов, которые нужно импортировать. В противном случае" +" Odoo больше не будет их распознавать, и вам придется сопоставлять их на " +"экране импорта." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -1403,35 +1285,45 @@ msgid "" " in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " "make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." msgstr "" +"Чтобы добавить новые столбцы, не стесняйтесь их добавлять, но не забывайте, " +"что в Odoo должны быть поля. Если Odoo не в состоянии сопоставить название " +"столбца с полем, его можно вручную импортировать, просмотрев список " +"доступных полей." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Почему колонка "ID"?" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" "The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " "of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." msgstr "" +"ИD - это уникальный идентификатор позиции. Не стесняйтесь использовать один " +"из предыдущих программных обеспечений, чтобы облегчить переход к Odoo." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" +"Установка ID не является обязательным при импорте, но это помогает во многих" +" случаях:" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" msgstr "" +"Обновите импорт: вы можете импортировать один и тот же файл несколько раз " +"без создания дубликатов;" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Связанные поля импорта (см. Ниже)." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как импортировать связанные поля" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1440,6 +1332,10 @@ msgid "" "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" +"Объект Odoo всегда связан со многими другими объектами (например, товар " +"связан с категориями товаров, атрибутами, поставщиками и т.д.). Чтобы " +"импортировать эти отношения, вам нужно сначала импортировать записи " +"соответствующего объекта из собственного меню списка." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1448,433 +1344,1255 @@ msgid "" "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" +"Вы можете сделать это, используя имя соответствующей записи или его ID. ID " +"ожидается тогда, когда две записи имеют одинаковое имя. В таком случае " +"добавьте "/ ID" в конце заголовка колонки (например, для атрибутов" +" товара: атрибуты товара / атрибут / ID товара)." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "Использование вариантов товара" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " +"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " +"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" +"Варианты товара используются для управления товарами, имеющими разные " +"варианты, например размер, цвет и т. Это позволяет управлять товаром на " +"уровне шаблона (для всех вариантов) и на уровне вариантов (специфические " +"атрибуты)." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "Например, компания, продающая футболки, может иметь такой товар:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "Футболка B & C" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "Размеры: S, M, L, XL, XXL" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "Цвета: синий, красный, белый, черный" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " +"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" +"В этом примере ** Топ B & C ** называется шаблоном товара, а ** Топ B " +"& C, S **, синий - это вариант. Размеры и цвет является ** атрибутами " +"**." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." +" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" +"В приведенном выше примере в общей сложности 20 различных товаров (5 " +"размеров на 4 цвета). Каждый из этих товаров имеет собственную " +"инвентаризацию, продажа и др." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "влияние вариантов" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" +"** Штрих-код ** код и штрих-код ассоциируются с вариантом, а не с шаблоном. " +"Каждый вариант может иметь свой штрих-код / ​​SKU." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " +"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " +"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " +"the template or the variant." +msgstr "" +"** Цена **: каждый вариант товара имеет свою публичную цену, которая " +"исчисляется на основе цены шаблона ($ 20) за дополнительным аксессуаром для " +"каждого варианта (+ 3 долл. США за красный цвет). Тем не менее, вы можете " +"определить ценовые правила, применяемые к шаблону или варианта." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " +"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " +"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " +"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " +"variant)" +msgstr "" +"** фото **: запас руководствуется вариантом товара. Вы не владеете " +"футболками, у вас есть только "Футболки, S, красный" или " +""Футболки, M, синий". Для информационного назначения, в форме " +"шаблона товара вы получаете запас, который является суммой каждого варианта " +"(но фактический запас исчисляется по варианту)." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" +"** Изображения **: картинка связана с вариантом, каждая вариация товара " +"может иметь свою основную картину." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " +"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " +"Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" +"** Другие поля **: большинство других полей принадлежит к шаблону товара. " +"Если вы их обновляете, он автоматически обновляет все варианты (пример: Счет" +" дохода, Налоги)." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "Стоит ли использовать варианты?" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "Когда следует использовать варианты?" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "Использование вариантов имеет следующие последствия:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " +"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" +"** Электронная коммерция **: в вашем интернет-магазине клиент увидит только " +"шаблоны товаров на странице каталога. Когда посетитель нажимает на такой " +"товар, он будет иметь варианты выбора среди вариантов (цвета, размеры, ...)" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" +" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " +"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" +" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " +"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" +"** Производство ** Использование вариантов позволяет определить лишь одну " +"спецификацию для шаблона товара и небольшие вариации для некоторых " +"вариантов. Пример: вместо создания спецификации для "Футболки, красный," +" S" вы создаете спецификацию для "футболки" и добавляете " +"строки, соответствующие конкретному размера S, а также другие строки, " +"специфичные для красного цвета." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " +"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " +"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" +" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " +"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" +"** Ценообразование **: цена товара по умолчанию вычисляется по цене шаблона " +"товара и добавляет необязательную дополнительную цену за каждым размером " +"варианта. Таким образом, варианты цены проще поддерживать, поскольку вам не " +"нужно устанавливать цены по каждому варианту. Однако можно создать ценовые " +"правила, чтобы установить цену за вариантом." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "Когда следует избегать использования вариантов?" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " +"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " +"of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" +"Использование вариантов может добавить уровень сложности в том, как вы " +"используете Odoo. Вы должны рассмотреть возможность использования вариантов " +"только в том случае, когда вам это нужно, чтобы уменьшить сложность " +"управления многими товарами, которые являются аналогами." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" +" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " +"product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" +"Например, импорт начального каталога товаров является более сложным, если вы" +" используете варианты. Вы не можете просто импортировать список товаров, вы " +"должны импортировать шаблоны товаров и все связанные с ними варианты." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " +"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" +"Кроме того, вы также должны тщательно выбрать параметры, которыми вы " +"управляете как отдельными шаблонами товаров, и те, что являются вариантами. " +"Например, компания, которая имеет эти товары:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "Качество: футболки, поло" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "Цвет: красный, синий" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "Размер: S, M, L, XL" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" +"В таком случае вы можете создать 1 шаблон с тремя параметрами вариантов " +"(Компоновка, футболки, поло). Но рекомендуется создать два разных шаблоны " +"товаров, поскольку футболки могут сильно отличаться от поло или рубашек, и " +"потребитель надеется увидеть их как два разных товара в электронной " +"коммерции:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "Шаблон товара: футболка" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "Шаблон товара: поло" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "Активизируйте функцию варианта" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" +"Прежде чем использовать варианты товара, сначала нужно активировать варианты" +" товара в настройках. Для этого нужно перейти к приложению Продажи. В меню: " +"menuselection: `Настройка -> Налаштування` найдите строку ** Варианты " +"товара ** и поставьте флажок ** Товары могут иметь несколько атрибутов **, " +"затем нажмите ** Применить **." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "Создание продуктов с различными вариантами" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" +"После активации вариантов, вы можете добавить варианты в ваших товаров. Для " +"этого перейдите к модулю: menuselection: `Продажи -> Товари`. Он также " +"доступен в модуле Покупки и Состав." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "Теперь нажмите на товар, к которому нужно добавить варианты." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " +"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " +"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" +"На странице товара появилась новая вкладка Варианты. Фиолетовый номер, " +"написанный сверху, - это количество вариантов этого товара в настоящее " +"время. Чтобы добавить новые варианты, нажмите на плитку. В новом окне " +"нажмите кнопку ** Создать **." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " +"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" +"В разделе ** Атрибуты ** щелкните на развернутом меню и выберите тип " +"разницы, какой вы хотите добавить. Если вариант еще не существует, вы можете" +" создать его на лету, нажав кнопку Создать и изменение ..." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" +"В окне Атрибуты поле ** Значение ** - это описание атрибута, такого как " +"Зеленый, Пластиковый или «32 Гб». Поле ** Атрибут ** - это тип варианта, " +"такого как Цвет, Материал или Память." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете добавить стоимость варианта на лету, добавив его в поле ** " +"Дополнительные характеристики ** или выберите позже. Нажмите кнопку ** " +"Сохранить **." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" +"Вы также можете добавить другой штрих-код и внутренняя ссылка на вариант." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы ввели все спецификации этого варианта, нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить " +"**." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "Управление вариантами товара" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Введение" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "" +"Приведенные ниже примеры являются основой этого шаблона товара, который " +"имеет два атрибуты варианта:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "Футболка B & C" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "Цвет: красный, синий, белый" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "Размер: S, M, L, XL, XXL" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "Управление возможностями комбинации" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " +"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " +"you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию, используя указанный выше шаблон товара, вы получаете 15 " +"различных товаров (3 цвета, 5 размеров). Если размер XXL существует только " +"для красных и синих футболок, вы можете отключить вариант белого товара." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." +" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " +"XXL." +msgstr "" +"Для этого нажмите кнопку ** Варианты **, выберите XXL, белая футболка. Из " +"формы товара снимите обозначения ** Активно ** футболки белого цвета XXL." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "" +"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "Отключение товара отличается от наличия инвентаризации 0." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "Установление цены за вариант" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете добавить стоимость по основной цене для некоторых вариантов " +"товара." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" +"После активации вариантов, вы можете добавить варианты в ваших товаров. Для " +"этого перейдите к модулю Продажи, откройте: menuselection: `Продажи -> " +"Товари` и нажмите на товар, который нужно изменить. Нажмите кнопку ** " +"Варианты цен **, чтобы посмотреть список вариантов значений." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " +"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " +"variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите на названии варианта, к которому нужно добавить значение, чтобы " +"сделать 3 поля редактируемыми. В поле ** Атрибут дополнительной " +"характеристики ** добавьте стоимость варианта, который будет добавлен к " +"начальной цены." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы введете все дополнительные значения, нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить " +"**." #: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" +msgstr "установите налоги" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon MWS Connector" +msgstr "Коннектор Amazon MWS" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation.rst:3 -msgid "Quotation" +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Synchronization of orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/online.rst:3 -msgid "Online Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create and edit an online quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:9 -msgid "Enable Online Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To send online quotations, you must first enable online quotations in the " -"Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so will " -"prompt you to install the Website app if you haven't already." +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " +"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " +"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " +"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " +"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " +"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " +"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" +" are not yet registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:18 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can view the online version of each quotation you create after enabling " -"this setting by selecting **Preview** from the top of the quotation." +"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" +" customers in the `Developer Registration and Assessment form <setup.html" +"#developer-form>`_, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " +"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:25 -msgid "Edit Your Online Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:20 msgid "" -"The online quotation page can be edited for each quotation template in the " -"Sales app via :menuselection:`Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. From " -"within any quotation template, select **Edit Template** to be taken to the " -"corresponding page of your website." +"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" +" in Odoo, a notification is sent to Amazon who will mark it as such in " +"Seller Central and notify the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:34 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can add text, images, and structural elements to the quotation page by " -"dragging and dropping blocks from the pallet on the left sidebar menu. A " -"table of contents will be automatically generated based on the content you " -"add." +"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " +"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your " +"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up " +"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the " +"order that you wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:38 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:30 msgid "" -"Advanced descriptions for each product on a quotation are displayed on the " -"online quotation page. These descriptions are inherited from the product " -"page in your eCommerce Shop, and can be edited directly on the page through " -"the inline text editor." +"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account, open that " +"later's form in **Developer mode** and click the button **SYNC ORDERS**. The" +" same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by clicking the " +"buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:45 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:36 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:38 msgid "" -"You can choose to allow payment immediately after the customer validates the" -" quote by selecting a payment option on the quotation template." +"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " +"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " +"products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:42 msgid "" -"You can edit the webpage of an individual quotation as you would for any web" -" page by clicking the **Edit** button. Changes made in this way will only " -"affect the individual quotation." +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " +"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " +"it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:52 -msgid "Using Online Quotations" +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:46 +msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:48 msgid "" -"To share an online quotation with your customer, copy the URL of the online " -"quotation, then share it with customer." +"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " +"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " +"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" +" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " +"under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:60 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:54 msgid "" -"Alternatively, your customer can access their online quotations by logging " -"into your website through the customer portal. Your customer can accept or " -"reject the quotation, print it, or negotiate the terms in the chat box. You " -"will also receive a notification in the chatter within Odoo whenever the " -"customer views the quotation." +"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " +"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " +"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery addresses?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:58 msgid "" -"It is possible to configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " -"This is very useful, because it could happen that your clients have multiple" -" locations and that the invoice address differs from the delivery location." +"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " +"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" +" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " +"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " +"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " +"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " +"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" +" your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:67 +msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:69 msgid "" -"First, go to the Sales application, then click on " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option **Enable" -" the multiple address configuration from menu**." +"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " +"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " +"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:24 -msgid "Set the addresses on the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:26 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:73 msgid "" -"Invoice and/or shipping addresses and even other addresses are added on the " -"contact form. To do so, go to the contact application, select the customer " -"and in the **Contacts & Addresses** tab click on **Create**" +"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " +"orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:76 msgid "" -"A new window will open where you can specify the delivery or the invoice " -"address." +"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " +"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " +"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " +"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " +"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " +"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " +"account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once you validated your addresses, it will appear in the **Contacts & " -"addresses** tab with distinctive logos." +"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " +"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " +"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" +" of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:46 -msgid "On the quotations and sales orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:89 msgid "" -"When you create a new quotation, the option to select an invoice address and" -" a delivery address is now available. Both addresses will automatically be " -"filled in when selecting the customer." +"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " +"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:56 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:92 msgid "" -"Note that you can also create invoice and delivery addresses on the fly by " -"selecting **Create and edit** in the dropdown menu." +"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " +"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " +"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " +"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" +" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " +"two registrations of your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "When printing your sales orders, you'll notice the two addresses." +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure Amazon MWS Connector in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:3 -msgid "How to create my first quotation?" +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Get your Amazon MWS Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:8 msgid "" -"Quotations are documents sent to customers to offer an estimated cost for a " -"particular set of goods or services. The customer can accept the quotation, " -"in which case the seller will have to issue a sales order, or refuse it." +"In order to integrate Amazon with Odoo, a seller account on professional " +"selling plan is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:13 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:13 msgid "" -"For example, my company sells electronic products and my client Agrolait " -"showed interest in buying ``3 iPads`` to facilitate their operations. I " -"would like to send them a quotation for those iPads with a sales price of " -"``320 USD`` by iPad with a ``5%`` discount." +"Visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " +"<http://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Registering.html>`_" +" and follow the instructions to register as a developer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:18 -msgid "This section will show you how to proceed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:24 -msgid "Install the Sales Management module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:26 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:17 msgid "" -"In order to be able to issue your first quotation, you'll need to install " -"the **Sales Management** module from the app module in the Odoo backend." +"Fill the Developer Registration and Assessment form as suggested below and " +"provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " +"information** section. For the other sections, take care to adapt your " +"responses accordingly to your business case. In particular, select the " +"correct region of your seller account and uncheck the **Merchant Fulfilled " +"Shipping** function if you plan to sell exclusively with the Fulfillment by " +"Amazon service." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:34 -msgid "Allow discounts on sales order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:36 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:23 msgid "" -"Allowing discounts on quotations is a common sales practice to improve the " -"chances to convert the prospect into a client." +"If you select the **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request" +" access to Personally Identifiable Information (PII) of your customers), " +"Amazon may request you to fill out a second form, depending on the data " +"protection policy in the region of your seller account (e.g. GDPR in " +"Europe)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:34 msgid "" -"In our example, we wanted to grant ``Agrolait`` with a ``5%`` discount on " -"the sale price. To enable the feature, go into the **Sales** application, " -"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Quotations " -"and Sales**, tick **Allow discounts on sales order line** (see picture " -"below) and apply your changes." +"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:49 -msgid "Create your quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:37 msgid "" -"To create your first quotation, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Quotations` and click on **Create**. Then, complete your quotation as " -"follows:" +"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " +"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " +"Developer Registration and Assessment form was located)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:55 -msgid "Customer and Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:57 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:41 msgid "" -"The basic elements to add to any quotation are the customer (the person you " -"will send your quotation to) and the products you want to sell. From the " -"quotation view, choose the prospect from the **Customer** drop-down list and" -" under **Order Lines**, click on **Add an item** and select your product. Do" -" not forget to manually add the number of items under **Ordered Quantity** " -"and the discount if applicable." +"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " +"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" +" can remove some from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable their" +" synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:67 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Match database products in Amazon orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:51 msgid "" -"If you don't have any customer or product recorded on your Odoo environment " -"yet, you can create them on the fly directly from your quotations :" +"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " +"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " +"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" +" charges (if any)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:71 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:55 msgid "" -"To add a new customer, click on the **Customer** drop-down menu and click on" -" **Create and edit**. In this new window, you will be able to record all the" -" customer details, such as the address, website, phone number and person of " -"contact." +"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " +"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " +"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " +"for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:76 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:59 msgid "" -"To add a new product, under **Order line**, click on add an item and on " -"**Create and Edit** from the drop-down list. You will be able to record your" -" product information (product type, cost, sale price, invoicing policy, " -"etc.) along with a picture." +"For marketplace products, matchings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are" +" listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " +"automatically created when the matching is established and are used for " +"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " +":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <matching>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:82 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:84 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:64 msgid "" -"To parameter taxes, simply go on the taxes section of the product line and " -"click on **Create and Edit**. Fill in the details (for example if you are " -"subject to a ``21%`` taxe on your sales, simply fill in the right amount in " -"percentage) and save." +"It is possible to force the matching of a marketplace item with a specific " +"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" +" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" +" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" +" under different conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:93 -msgid "Terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:69 msgid "" -"You can select the expiration date of your quotation and add your company's " -"terms and conditions directly in your quotation (see picture below)." +"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " +"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " +"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " +"the shipping code." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:103 -msgid "Preview and send quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:105 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to see what your quotation looks like before sending it, click " -"on the **Print** button (upper left corner). It will give you a printable " -"PDF version with all your quotation details." +"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:113 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:78 +msgid "Configure taxes of products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:80 msgid "" -"Update your company's details (address, website, logo, etc) appearing on " -"your quotation from the the **Settings** menu on the app switcher, and on " -"click on the link :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> " -"Configure company data`." +"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " +"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " +"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" +" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" +" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:118 +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:85 msgid "" -"Click on **Send by email** to automatically send an email to your customer " -"with the quotation as an attachment. You can adjust the email body before " -"sending it and even save it as a template if you wish to reuse it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../online/creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`optional`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`terms_conditions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:3 -msgid "How to display optional products on a quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The use of suggested products is a marketing strategy that attempts to " -"increase the amount a customer spends once they begin the buying process. " -"For instance, a customer purchasing a cell phone could be shown accessories " -"like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset. In Odoo, a customer can" -" be presented with additional products that are relevant to their chosen " -"purchase in one of several locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Suggested products can be added to quotations directly, or to the ecommerce " -"platform via each product form. In order to use suggested products, you will" -" need to have the **Ecommerce** app installed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:23 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To add suggested products to quotations, you must first enable online " -"quotations in the Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Doing so will prompt you to install the Website app if you " -"haven't already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to add suggested products to your individual " -"quotations and quotation templates under the **Suggested Products** tab of a" -" quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:39 -msgid "Website Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can add suggested products to a product on its product form, under the " -"Website heading in the **Sales** tab. **Suggested products** will appear on " -"the *product* page, and **Accessory Products** will appear on the *cart* " -"page prior to checkout." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "How to link terms and conditions to a quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy so customer can read " -"all those terms before committing to anything." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Thanks to Odoo you can easily include your default terms and conditions on " -"every quotation, sales order and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: Your company sells water bottles to " -"restaurants and you would like to add the following standard terms and " -"conditions on all your quotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Safe storage of the products of MyCompany is necessary in order to ensure " -"their quality, MyCompany will not be held accountable in case of unsafe " -"storage of the products.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:25 -msgid "General terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:27 -msgid "" -"General terms and conditions can be specified in the Sales settings. They " -"will then automatically appear on every sales document from the quotation to" -" the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To specify your Terms and Conditions go into : :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Default Terms and Conditions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"After saving, your terms and conditions will appear on your new quotations, " -"sales orders and invoices (in the system but also on your printed " -"documents)." +"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " +"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " +"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " +"reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 msgid "eBay" +msgstr "eBay" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Send Quotations" +msgstr "Отправьте коммерческие предложения" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" +msgstr "Стимулируйте клиентов дедлайном коммерческого предложения" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to" +" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " +"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a " +"price that is no longer cost effective for you." msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +msgid "Set a deadline" +msgstr "установите дедлайн" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." +msgstr "" +"В каждой коммерческом предложении или заказе на продажу вы можете добавить *" +" Дата окончания *." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 +msgid "Use deadline in templates" +msgstr "Используйте дедлайн в шаблонах" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " +"that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" +" more info about quotation templates `here " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-" +"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." +msgstr "" +"Вы также можете установить дедлайн по умолчанию в * шаблоне коммерческого " +"предложения *. Каждый раз, когда этот шаблон используется в коммерческом " +"предложении, этот термин применяется. Вы можете найти больше информации о " +"шаблонах коммерческих предложений `здесь <https://docs.google.com/document/d" +"/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit> `_." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 +msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" +msgstr "Доставляйте и выставляйте счета на разные адреса" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " +"This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " +"invoice location." +msgstr "" +"В Odoo вы можете настроить различные адреса для доставки и выставления " +"счетов. Это является ключевым, не все будут иметь одинаковое место для " +"доставки, как местоположение счета-фактуры." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" *Customer Addresses* feature." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Продажи -> Настройка -> Налаштування` и " +"активируйте функцию * Адреса клиента *." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" +msgstr "" +"Добавьте разные адреса в коммерческие предложения или заказ на продажу" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" +" automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " +"both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right " +"from the quotation or sales order." +msgstr "" +"Если вы выберете клиента с набором счетов-фактур и адресом доставки, Odoo " +"будет автоматически использовать их. Если есть только одна, Odoo будет " +"использовать ее для обоих, но вы, конечно, можете изменить это мгновенно и " +"создать новую прямо с коммерческого предложения или заказ на продажу." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 +msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" +msgstr "Добавьте счета-фактуры и адреса доставки клиенту" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " +"they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " +":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." +msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите добавить их клиенту перед заказом или продажей, они " +"добавляются в форму клиента. Выделите любой формы клиентов в: menuselection:" +" `Продажи -> Заказ -> Клиенти`." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." +msgstr "Оттуда вы можете добавить новые адреса клиенту." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" +msgstr "Разные адреса в коммерческих предложениях / заказам на продажу" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +msgid "" +"These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " +"send by email or print." +msgstr "" +"Эти два адреса затем будут использоваться в коммерческом предложении или " +"заказе на продажу, которое вы посылаете по электронной почте или печатаете." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" +msgstr "Получите плату, чтобы подтвердить заказ" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " +"the time of both your customers and yourself." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете использовать онлайн-платежи, чтобы автоматически подтверждать " +"заказ. Сохранение времени как ваших клиентов, так и вас самих." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 +msgid "Activate online payment" +msgstr "Активируйте оплату онлайн" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" *Online Signature & Payment* feature." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Продажи -> Настройка -> Налаштування` и " +"активируйте функцию * Подпись онлайн и Оплата *." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " +"acquirers of choice." +msgstr "" +"Получив в меню * Плательщики *, вы можете выбрать и настроить выбранных вами" +" плательщиков." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " +"acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " +"`Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) " +"<../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the " +"`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете найти разнообразную документацию о том, как платить с " +"плательщиками, такими как `Paypal <../../ ecommerce / shopper_experience " +"/ paypal>,` Authorize.Net (оплата кредитной картой) <../../ ecommerce " +"/ shopper_experience / authorize> `и другие, находятся в документации " +"электронной коммерции <../../ ecommerce> _ _." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " +"pick a default setting for each template." +msgstr "" +"Если вы используете `шаблоны коммерческих предложений <../ " +"quote_template>` _, вы также можете выбрать стандартный параметр для " +"каждого шаблона." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 +msgid "Register a payment" +msgstr "зарегистрируйте оплату" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." +msgstr "" +"С вашего электронного письма коммерческого предложения, который вы прислали," +" ваш клиент сможет оплатить онлайн." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" +msgstr "Получите подпись, чтобы подтвердить заказ" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" +" and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " +"traditional process." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете использовать подпись онлайн, чтобы автоматически подтверждать " +"заказ. Вы и ваш клиент сэкономят время с помощью этой функции по сравнению с" +" традиционным процессом." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +msgid "Activate online signature" +msgstr "Активируйте подпись онлайн" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id" +"=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a " +"default setting for each template." +msgstr "" +"Если вы используете `шаблоны коммерческого предложения " +"<https://drive.google.com/open?id=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-" +"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY> `_, Вы также можете выбрать параметры по " +"умолчанию для каждого шаблона." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 +msgid "Validate an order with a signature" +msgstr "Подтверждение заказа с подписью" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" +" instantly." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы отправляете коммерческое предложение своему клиенту, он может " +"принять ее и подписать в сети онлайн." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 +msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." +msgstr "" +"После подписания коммерческого предложения будет подтверждено, и начнется " +"доставка." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 +msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" +msgstr "Увеличьте продажи с помощью рекомендованных товаров" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " +"products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" +" be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." +msgstr "" +"Использование предлагаемых товаров - это попытка предложить потребителям " +"соответствующие и полезные товары. Например, клиенту, который покупает " +"мобильный телефон, могут быть показаны такие аксессуары, как защитный " +"корпус, крышка экрана и гарнитура." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 +msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" +msgstr "Добавьте предлагаемые товары к шаблонам коммерческих предложений" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 +msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." +msgstr "" +"Предлагаемые товары можно установить на * Шаблоны коммерческого предложения " +"*." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" +" related products or services." +msgstr "" +"После появления шаблона вы увидите вкладку Рекомендуемые товары *, где вы " +"можете добавить соответствующие товары или услуги." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 +msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." +msgstr "" +"Вы также можете добавить или изменить предлагаемые товары на коммерческом " +"предложении." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 +msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" +msgstr "Добавьте предлагаемые товары в коммерческой предложения" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 +msgid "" +"When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" +" suggested products to the order." +msgstr "" +"Открывая коммерческое предложение с полученной электронной почты, клиент " +"может добавить предлагаемые товары к заказу." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " +"any of the little carts." +msgstr "" +"Товар (ы) будет немедленно добавлен к их коммерческого предложения при " +"нажатии на любой из маленьких тележек." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " +"pay to confirm the quotation." +msgstr "" +"В зависимости от вашего процесса подтверждения, они могут или оставить " +"цифровой подписи или оплатить, чтобы подтвердить коммерческое предложение." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" +" order, letting the salesperson see it." +msgstr "" +"Каждый шаг, сделанный заказчиком к коммерческого предложения, отслеживается " +"в заказе на продажу, позволяя продавцу его увидеть." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +msgid "Use quotation templates" +msgstr "Используйте шаблоны коммерческого предложения" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " +"by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " +"complete quotation in no time." +msgstr "" +"Если вы часто продаете те же товары или услуги, вы можете сэкономить много " +"времени, создав собственные шаблоны коммерческих предложений. Используя " +"шаблон, вы можете отправить заполненную коммерческое предложение в " +"кратчайшие сроки." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы эта функция заработала, перейдите к: menuselection: `Продажи -> " +"Настройка -> Налаштування` и активируйте * Шаблоны коммерческих " +"предложений *." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +msgid "Create your first template" +msgstr "Создайте ваш первый шаблон" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration`." +msgstr "" +"Вы найдете меню шаблонов в: menuselection: `Продажи -> Налаштування`." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" +" select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" +" the quotation." +msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете создать или отредактировать существующий. После указания " +"названия вы сможете выбрать товар (ы) и количество, а также срок действия " +"коммерческого предложения." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +msgid "" +"On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " +"in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " +"and can be alterated by customer pricelists." +msgstr "" +"На каждом шаблоне можно указать скидки, если эта опция активирована в " +"настройках * Продажи *. Базовая цена устанавливается в настройке товара, и " +"ее можно изменить ПРАЙСЛИСТ клиентов." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +msgid "Edit your template" +msgstr "Измените ваш шаблон" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " +"or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " +"products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the " +"quotation editor." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете редактировать клиентский интерфейс шаблона, который они видят, " +"чтобы принять или оплатить коммерческое предложение. Это позволяет описать " +"вашу компанию, услуги и товары. При нажатии * Редактировать шаблон *, вы " +"перейдете в редактор коммерческих предложений." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" +" blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" +" to each product." +msgstr "" +"Это позволяет изменять описание содержания благодаря перетаскиванием блоков." +" Чтобы описать ваши товары, добавьте блок содержания в зону, посвященную " +"каждому товару." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " +"templates containing those products." +msgstr "" +"Описание, установленный для товаров, будет использоваться во всех шаблонах " +"коммерческих предложений, содержащих эти товары." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +msgid "Use a quotation template" +msgstr "Используйте шаблон коммерческого предложения" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 +msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." +msgstr "При создании коммерческого предложения, вы можете выбрать шаблон." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 +msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." +msgstr "" +"Каждый товар в этом шаблоне будет добавлено к вашей коммерческого " +"предложения." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " +"settings." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать шаблон, который будет предложен по умолчанию в настройках " +"* Продажи *." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +msgid "Confirm the quotation" +msgstr "Подтвердите коммерческое предложение" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " +"signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." +msgstr "" +"Шаблоны также облегчают процесс подтверждения для клиентов с цифровой " +"подписью или оплатой онлайн. Вы можете выбрать его в самом шаблоне." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 +msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." +msgstr "Каждая коммерческое предложение теперь добавит к этому настройки." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." +msgstr "" +"Конечно, вы все равно можете изменить это и сделать его специфическим для " +"каждой коммерческого предложения." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" +msgstr "Добавьте сроки и условия на заказ" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " +"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " +"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" +" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +msgstr "" +"Определение сроков и условий является важным для обеспечения хороших " +"отношений между клиентами и продавцами. Каждый продавец должен заявить всю " +"официальную информацию, которая включает в себя товары и политику компании; " +"позволяя клиенту читать все эти сроки, все, прежде чем делать что угодно." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " +"quotation, sales order and invoice." +msgstr "" +"Odoo позволяет легко включать ваши общие сроки и условия по умолчанию на " +"каждую коммерческое предложение, заказ на продажу и счет-фактуру." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 +msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" +msgstr "Настройте общие сроки и условия по умолчанию" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Default Terms & Conditions*." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к: menuselection: `Продажи -> Настройка -> Налаштування` и " +"активируйте * Сроки и условия по умолчанию *." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " +"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." +msgstr "" +"В этом поле вы можете добавить свои сроки и условия по умолчанию. Затем они " +"появятся на каждой коммерческой предложения, так и в счете-фактуре." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 +msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" +msgstr "Настройка подробных сроков и условий" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" +" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Хорошая идея состоит в том, чтобы поделиться более подробными или " +"структурированными условиями - публиковать в Интернете и ссылаться на это в " +"терминах и условиях Odoo." + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " +"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" +" attachment for all quotation emails sent." +msgstr "" +"Вы также можете прикрепить внешний документ с более подробными и " +"структурированными условиями для электронного письма, которое вы пришлете " +"клиенту. Вы даже можете установить вложенный файл по умолчанию для всех " +"разосланных электронных коммерческих предложений." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ace61e96 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,519 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Андрей Гусев <gaussgss@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "SMS-маркетинг" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3 +msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies " +"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries " +"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my " +"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among " +"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep " +"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12 +msgid "Install the app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14 +msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17 +msgid "Build an SMS mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19 +msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to " +"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom " +"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts " +"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my " +"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose " +"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing " +"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to " +"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " +"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get " +"data about those links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " +"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list " +"he’s not interested in anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of " +"my sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52 +msgid "Sending my mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be " +"delivered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run." +" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if " +"there are not that many recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " +"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while" +" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I " +"must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying " +"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " +"performance of my SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71 +msgid "" +"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on " +"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: " +":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6 +msgid "Contact lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to " +"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. " +"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system " +"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot " +"easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my " +"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the" +" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to " +"allow them to update their subscription preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " +"specific list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18 +msgid "History with the Log Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " +"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24 +msgid "" +"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history " +"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to " +"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out" +" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29 +msgid "Blacklist" +msgstr "Чёрный список" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in " +"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > " +"Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3 +msgid "Integrations and Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " +"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using " +"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing " +"app isn’t different!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10 +msgid "" +"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email " +"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* " +"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email " +"marketing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20 +msgid "" +"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have " +"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my " +"kanban view to better organize the work being done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26 +msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " +"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for " +"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and " +"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > " +"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39 +msgid "Set up SMS Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the " +"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > " +"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " +"the context." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " +"notable integrations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54 +msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55 +msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56 +msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57 +msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58 +msgid "" +"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " +"document online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61 +msgid "" +"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" +" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA <fqapricing.html>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Установление цены" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires " +"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and " +"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ " +"<https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To buy credits I will go to *Settings > Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or" +" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" +"Если вы на Odoo Online (SAAS) и у вас версия Enterprise, для тестирования " +"функции вы пользуетесь бесплатными пробными кредитам." + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "FAQ" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24 +msgid "No, your credits won’t expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " +"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " +"send them all?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " +"until you have enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " +"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> " +"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " +"lose credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " +"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " +"credit will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" +" ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " +"charged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66 +msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68 +msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can " +"be seen in the following picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous " +"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is" +" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. " +"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message" +" represents." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32720ac7f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Denis Baranov <baranov@itlibertas.com>, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2 +msgid "Social Marketing" +msgstr "Меркетинг соцсетей" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Topics" +msgstr "Дополнительные разделы" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4 +msgid "" +"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with " +"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help " +"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request." +msgstr "" +"Одним из крупнейших испытаний компании является эффективное сотрудничество с" +" ее аудиторией. Соцсети Odoo помогают вам встретиться с вашей аудиторию с " +"помощью некоторой поддержки: соцсети, push-сообщение или запрос на живой " +"чат." + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10 +msgid "Add your social media and create your feed" +msgstr "Добавьте ваши соцсети и создайте канал" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream " +"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to " +"Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" +"Сначала вам нужно добавить ваши учетные записи соцсетей. Чтобы сделать это, " +"добавьте Стрим и выберите ваш аккаунт соцсети. Вам нужно будет предоставить " +"доступ к модулю Маркетинг соцсетей Odoo." + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be " +"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You" +" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you" +" like." +msgstr "" +"После того, как это будет выполнено, вы будете перенаправлены на ваш канал, " +"и будет автоматически добавлена колонка с публикациями только добавленного " +"аккаунта. Затем вы можете добавить новые стрим на ваш канал и настроить ваш " +"просмотр канбан, как вам нравится .." + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:" +msgstr "Добавляя учетные записи соцсетей к вашему каналу, на него также KPI:" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30 +msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel" +msgstr "Аудитория: Количество подписчиков вашего канала" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32 +msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts" +msgstr "Привлечение: Количество людей, вовлеченных в ваших публикаций" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 +msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel" +msgstr "Истории: Количество людей, привлеченных к вашему каналу" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 +msgid "" +"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, " +"Retweet,..)" +msgstr "" +"создали истории на канале своего друга или подписчиков (Распространение, " +"Ретвиты ..)" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this " +"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете получить больше информации, нажав на ссылку «Инфо»: это направит " +"вас на статистику выбранной соцсети." + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41 +msgid "Publish content" +msgstr "опубликовать содержание" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification" +" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or " +"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where" +" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview " +"of how it will look when published." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы опубликовать содержимое на ваши учетные записи соцсетей или отправить " +"push-уведомления вашем подписанном пользователю, просто перейдите на ваш " +"Канал и нажмите Новая публикация или используйте меню "Публикации"" +" и создайте публикацию оттуда. Выберите учетные записи, где вы хотите " +"опубликовать ваш содержание, напишите пост и получите мгновенный " +"предварительный просмотр того, как будет выглядеть пост после его " +"опубликования." + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on " +"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications " +"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You" +" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the" +" previous paragraph." +msgstr "" +"При выборе push-уведомления, вы получите некоторые дополнительные поля на " +"форме, которая позволит вам заполнять настройки push-уведомлений и выберет " +"сегмент между всеми вашими подписчиков. Вы также можете присылать push-" +"оповещения через меню Посетители, как объяснено в предыдущем параграфе." + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56 +msgid "Enable push notifications on your website" +msgstr "Включите push-оповещения на вашем сайте" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by " +"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your " +"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications" +" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the " +"notifications permission request." +msgstr "" +"Система push-уведомлений использует учетную запись Firebase, настроен по " +"умолчанию. Эта функция позволяет отправлять push-уведомления посетителям " +"вашего сайта после их подписки на него. Чтобы включить push-уведомления на " +"вашем сайте, перейдите в Настройки модуля Сайт и настройте запрос на " +"разрешение на оповещение." + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them " +"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start " +"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either " +"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple " +"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your " +"Homepage)." +msgstr "" +"После того, как это будет выполнено, оповещения будут появляться посетителям" +" вашего сайта, спрашивая их о разрешении на push-уведомления. Как только они" +" подпишутся на них, вы можете начинать отправлять им push-оповещения через " +"меню Посетителей. Вы можете легко отправлять их персонально или нацеливать " +"их на больший сегмент, выбрав несколько посетителей в просмотре списка " +"(например., Все посетители, которые посетили Домашнюю страницу)." + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75 +msgid "Interact with your online visitors" +msgstr "Умело обращаться с вашими посетителями онлайн" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every " +"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your " +"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online " +"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing " +"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a " +"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live " +"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your " +"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете мониторить ваши онлайн-посещения через меню Посетители. Вы увидите" +" каждого посетителя, зашедшего на одну из ваших отслеживаемых страниц (можно" +" настроить отслеживаемых страницы в модуле Сайт), онлайн или офлайн. Ваши " +"онлайн-посетители будут подлинности, если они связаны с лидом или с " +"существующим партнером. Вы сможете связаться с ними через email, sms-" +"сообщения, push-уведомления (если они на них подписаны), или даже отправлять" +" им запрос на живой чат, который они получат во время следующей воздействия " +"на отслеживаемых страницах (если вы установили модуль Живого чата)." + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91 +msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts" +msgstr "Настройте ваши учетные записи разработчика Facebook и Twitter" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93 +msgid "" +"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and" +" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate " +"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API " +"keys." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию модуль Соцсети уже настроены с учетной записью разработчика " +"Facebook и Twitter, но вы можете использовать собственные, если это " +"необходимо. Включите режим разработчика, перейдите в меню Настройки> " +"Настройки и введите ключи API." + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102 +msgid "Configure your own Firebase API" +msgstr "Настройте ваш собственный API Firebase" + +#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104 +msgid "" +"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no " +"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be " +"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own " +"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" +" Settings` Web Push Notifications section." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию проект Firebase запускается на вашей базе данных, поэтому не " +"требуется никаких настроек. Если у вас несколько сайтов, каждый сайт будет " +"связано с различными проектами Firebase. Если вам нужно настроить " +"собственный проект Firebase, перейдите в: menuselection: `Сайт -> " +"Настройка -> Налаштування` секцию веб Push-уведомления." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 90e9fd7d5..8cb10dd69 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -1,16 +1,23 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2019 +# Yuriy Razumovskiy <garazdcreation@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Collex100, 2019 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Эдуард Манятовский <manyatovskiy@gmail.com>, 2017\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-21 10:39+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -20,41 +27,46 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website.rst:5 msgid "Website" -msgstr "Веб-сайт" +msgstr "Вебсайт" #: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "" +msgstr "оптимизировать" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как отслеживать трафик вашего сайта на Google Analytics" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Чтобы следить за трафиком вашего сайта с помощью Google Analytics:" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 msgid "" "`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" " you don't have any." msgstr "" +"`Создайте аккаунт Google Analytics <https://www.google.com/analytics/> `__ " +"если у вас его нет." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 msgid "" "Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " "ID." msgstr "" +"Пройдите форму создания и примите условия, чтобы получить ID отслеживания." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Скопируйте ID отслеживания, чтобы вставить его в Odoo." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " "turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." msgstr "" +"Откройте меню * Настройка * приложении Сайт Odoo. В настройках включите " +"Google Analytics и вставьте ID отслеживания. Сохраните страницу." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -62,56 +74,69 @@ msgid "" "Documentation. " "<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" msgstr "" +"Чтобы сделать первые шаги в Google Analytics, обратитесь к `документации " +"Google. <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/> `__" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как отслеживать трафик вашего сайта с информационной панели Odoo" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 msgid "" "You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " "Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." msgstr "" +"Вы можете следить за вашей статистике трафика прямо с панели инструментов " +"веб-сайта Odoo благодаря Google Analytics." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 msgid "" "A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " "tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." msgstr "" +"Для начала создайте учетную запись Google Analytics и введите ID " +"отслеживания в настройках вашего сайта. (See: doc: `google_analytics`)." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" +"Перейдите на "платформу Google API " +"<https://console.developers.google.com> `__ для создания учетных данных " +"Analytics API. Войдите в свой аккаунт Google." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выберите Analytics API." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 msgid "" "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " "to store your API credentials." msgstr "" +"Создайте новый проект и дайте ему имя (например, Odoo). Проект нужен для " +"хранения учетных данных API." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активируйте API." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте учетные данные для использования в Odoo." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." msgstr "" +"Выберите *Web browser (Javascript)* как источник вызова и *User data* как " +"тип данных." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -121,6 +146,11 @@ msgid "" "URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" +"Тогда вы можете создать ID клиента. Введите название программы (например, " +"Odoo) и разрешены страницы, на которые вы будете перенаправлены. Началом * " +"авторизованного JavaScript * ваша версия URL-адреса Odoo. * Авторизованный " +"URI * перенаправления - это URL-адрес вашей версии Odoo, а потимy '/ " +"google_account / authentication "." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -129,180 +159,796 @@ msgid "" "is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " "Client ID in Odoo for the first time." msgstr "" +"Перейдите по шагом согласия на экран, введите название товара (например, " +"Google Analytics в Odoo). Не стесняйтесь проверять параметры настройки, но " +"это не обязательно. Экран согласия отображается только тогда, когда вы " +"впервые введете ID клиента в Odoo." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Наконец, вам предоставляется ID клиента. Скопируйте и вставьте его в Odoo." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 msgid "" "Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" " your Client ID." msgstr "" +"Откройте информационную панель сайта в Odoo и свяжите свой аккаунт Google " +"Analytics с ID клиента." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." msgstr "" +"В качестве последнего шага позвольте Odoo получить доступ к Google API." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" +msgstr "Как сделать оптимизацию поисковых систем (SEO) в Odoo" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:6 -msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:8 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 msgid "" "Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" " website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " "short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." msgstr "" +"Поисковая оптимизация (SEO) - это набор оптимальных методов оптимизации " +"вашего сайта, благодаря чему вы получаете лучший рейтинг в поисковых " +"системах, таких как Google. Словом, хорошая оптимизация SEO позволяет " +"получить больше посетителей." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:12 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load faster, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, your website should have a " +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " "``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." msgstr "" +"Некоторые примеры правил SEO: ваши веб-страницы имеют загружаться быстро, на" +" странице должен быть один и только один заголовок ` <h1> `, Мета теги (alt-" +"tag, title-tag) должны соответствовать содержимому страницы, ваш сайт должен" +" иметь файл` / sitemap.xml`` и т.д .." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:16 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 msgid "" -"The Odoo Website Builder is probably the most SEO-ready CMS out there. We " -"consider SEO a top priority. To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce " -"users have a great SEO, Odoo abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO" -" and handles everything for you, in the best possible way." +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." msgstr "" +"Чтобы гарантировать, что пользователи флеш и электронной коммерции Odoo " +"имеют замечательный SEO, Odoo берет на себя все технические сложности SEO. " +"Как именно - читайте ниже." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:23 -msgid "Page speed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:26 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:28 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for Google. A faster " -"website not only improves your visitor's experience, but Google gives you a " -"better page ranking if your page loads faster than your competitors. Some " -"studies have shown that, if you divide the time to load your pages by two " -"(e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor abandonment rate is also " -"divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to load a page could `cost " -"$1.6b to Amazon in sales <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-" -"could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." msgstr "" +"Но сначала посмотрите, как вы можете легко повысить свой рейтинг путем " +"тонкой настройки содержания и метатегов вашего сайта." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "метатеги" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "Название, Описание" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" +"<html> Каждая веб-страница должна определять метаданные ` <title> `,` " +"`<Description>` и `<keywords> ''. Эти информационные " +"элементы используются поисковыми системами, чтобы определить рейтинг вашего " +"сайта. Они генерируются автоматически на основе названия и содержания " +"страницы, но вы можете дополнительно их настроить. Проверьте, что они " +"соответствуют содержанию вашей страницы, иначе поисковые системы снизят ваш " +"рейтинг. </ Html>" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Ключевые слова" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" +"Для того, чтобы написать качественный содержание и увеличить ваш трафик, " +"Odoo предлагает поиск ` <keyword> ''. Эти ключевые слова - это " +"поисковые запросы, которые вы хотите направить на ваш вебсайт. Для каждого " +"ключевого слова вы видите, как оно используется в содержании (H1, H2, " +"заголовок страницы, описание страницы, содержимое страницы) и которые " +"связаны поисковые запросы в Google. Чем больше ключевых слов будет " +"использовано, тем лучше." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" +"Если ваш сайт имеет несколько языков, вы можете использовать инструмент " +"продвижения для каждого языка отдельной страницы и устанавливать специальный" +" заголовок, описание и поисковые тэги." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "Содержание это наше все!" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" +"Когда речь идет о SEO, содержание имеет очень большое влияние. Odoo " +"предоставляет несколько модулей, которые помогут создать свой содержимое на " +"вашем вебсайте:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "** Блоги Odoo **: написание замечательного содержания" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1>`__" +msgstr "" +"** Слайды Odoo **: опубликуйте все ваши Powerpoint и PDF презентации. Их " +"содержание автоматически индексируется на веб-странице. Пример: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1> `__" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" +" Odoo.com landing pages)" +msgstr "" +"** Форма Odoo **: позвольте сообществу создавать для вас содержимое. Пример:" +" `https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1> `__ (составляет 30% от" +" целевых страниц Odoo.com)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" +"** Архив рассылки Odoo **: публикуйте архивы списков рассылки на своем " +"сайте. Пример: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59> `__ (1000 страниц создано за " +"месяц)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" +"Страница 404 - это обычная страница, которую можно редактировать, как и " +"любую другую страницу в Odoo. Таким образом, вы можете создать классную 404 " +"страницу, перенаправлять на самый популярный содержание вашего сайта, если " +"человек попал на неверную URL." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "Используйте социальные сети" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" +"Социальные сети созданы для того, чтобы делиться интересной информацией с " +"большим количеством людей. Если много людей распространят ваш содержание в " +"социальных сетях, то, вероятно, больше людей будет ссылаться на него, а " +"ссылки является огромным фактором для SEO-рейтинга." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo имеет несколько инструментов для обмена содержимым через социальные " +"сети:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "социальные сети" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" +"Odoo позволяет отображать все ваши учетные записи в социальных сетях в " +"подвале (футере) вашего сайта. Все, что вам нужно сделать - это указать все " +"ваши учетные записи в настройках вашей компании." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "Делиться в социальной сети" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" +"Сдвиньте блок * Делиться * на любую страницу. Пользователи смогут нажать на " +"иконку и поделиться этой веб страницей на своей странице в социальной сети." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" +"Большинство социальных сетей используют изображение для лучшей визуальной " +"презентации своей публикации. По умолчанию Odoo использует логотип флеш, но " +"вы можете выбрать любое другое изображение вашей страницы в инструменте " +"«Продвижение»." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Facebook страница" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" +"Сдвиньте блок * Страница Facebook *, чтобы отобразить виджет вашей деловой " +"страницы на Facebook и поощрить посетителей следить за ней. Вы можете " +"отобразить временную шкалу, последующие события и сообщения." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "прокрутки Twitter" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" +"Показывайте ленту Twitter с довольными клиентами на своем вебсайте. Это " +"увеличит количество твитов и распространений." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "Проверьте ваш сайт" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +msgstr "" +"Вы можете сравнить ваш сайт с точки зрения SEO, в то время как Odoo " +"использует бесплатные услуги WooRank: `https://www.woorank.com " +"<https://www.woorank.com> `__" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "Обработка URL-адресов" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" +"В этом разделе освещены как URL-адреса в Odoo способствуют хорошему рейтинге" +" SEO." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "Структура URL-адреса" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "Типичная URL-адрес Odoo выглядеть так:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "С следующими компонентами:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "**https://** = Protocol" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "** www.mysite.com ** = ваше доменное имя" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" +"** / fr \\ _FR ** указывает на язык страницы. Эта часть URL-адреса " +"удаляется, если посетитель просматривает основной язык сайта. Таким образом," +" основная версия этой страницы: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-" +"great-product-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" +"** / shop / product ** - каждый модуль определяет собственное пространство " +"имен (/ shop - это название каталога модуля электронной коммерции, / shop / " +"product указывает, что это страница товара)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"** my-great-product ** по умолчанию, это сглаженный заголовок товара, " +"содержит эта страница. Но вы можете настроить его для целей SEO. Товар под " +"названием "Pain carré" будет преобразован в "pain-" +"carre". В зависимости от пространства имен это могут быть различные " +"объекты (публикация блога, заголовок страницы, сообщений на форуме, " +"комментарий к форуму, категория товара и т.д.)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "** - 31 ** = уникальный ID товара" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" +"Заметьте, что любой динамический компонент URL-адреса можно свести к его ID." +" В качестве примера, все последующие URL-адреса делают переадресацию 301 на " +"указанный URL-адрес:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" +"Некоторые URL-адреса имеют несколько динамических частей, например эта " +"(категория блога и публикация):" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "В приведенном выше примере:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "* Новости компании * - это название блога" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "* История Odoo * - это название конкретного поста в блоге" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" +"Когда страница Odoo имеет пейджер, номер страницы устанавливается " +"непосредственно в URL (не имеет аргумента GET). Это позволяет каждой " +"странице индексировать поисковые системы. пример:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "Изменения в URL-адресах и заголовках" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" +"Когда меняется URL страницы (например, более дружественная версия для печати" +" вашего товара), вам не нужно беспокоиться об обновлении всех ссылок:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "Odoo автоматически обновит все свои ссылки на новый URL-адрес." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new website." +msgstr "" +"Если внешние сайты все же указывают на старую URL-адрес, переадресация 301 " +"будет выполнена для перенаправления посетителей на новый вебсайт." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "В качестве примера, эта URL-адрес:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "Автоматически переспрямовуватиметься на:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " +"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" +"Короче говоря, просто измените название сообщению блога или название товара," +" и изменения автоматически будут применены везде на вашем вебсайте. Старый " +"ссылки все еще будет работать для ссылок, поступающих с внешних веб-сайтов, " +"с переадресацией 301, чтобы не потерять существующие SEO достижения." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" +"Поисковики повышают рейтинг вебсайтов защищенных через HTTPS / SSL. Итак, по" +" умолчанию все инсталляции Odoo Online полностью основываются на HTTPS. Если" +" посетитель обращается к вашему флеш с помощью URL-адреса, не содержит " +"HTTPS, то 301 переадресация перенаправит его до эквивалента URL-адреса с " +"HTTPS." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "Ссылка: стратегия nofollow" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" +"Но каждое ссылки, размещенное собеседником, который ссылается на внешний " +"веб-сайт, является "nofollow". Таким образом, вы не рискуете, что " +"люди публикуют ссылки на ваш сайт на сторонние веб-сайты, которые имеют " +"плохую репутацию." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" +"Если вы запускаете сайт на нескольких языках, одинаковое содержание будет " +"доступен в различных URL-адресам в зависимости от языка использования:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" +"В этом примере fr \\ _FR является языком страницы. Вы даже можете иметь " +"несколько вариантов одного языка: pt \\ _BR (португальский из Бразилии), pt " +"\\ _PT (португальский из Португалии)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "С таким подходом:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы заставить посетителя придерживаться стандартной языка, вы можете " +"использовать код языка по умолчанию в вашем ссылке, например " +"yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Это всегда приведет к посещению английского " +"версии страницы без использования языковых настроек браузера." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Введение" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " "tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " "your website ranks using these two tools:" msgstr "" +"К счастью, Оdоо делает для вас магию. Ниже вы найдете хитрости, которые Odoo" +" использует, чтобы ускорить время загрузки страницы. Вы можете сравнить, как" +" ваш сайт использует эти два инструмента:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:44 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 msgid "" "`Google Page Speed " "<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" msgstr "" +"`Скорость страницы Google " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/> `__" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:46 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "`Тест скорости сайта Pingdom <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/> `__" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Изображения" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:49 -msgid "Static resources: CSS" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" +"С кнопки загрузки вы можете сохранить оригинальное изображение без " +"изменения, если вы хотите оптимизировать качество изображения, а не " +"производительность." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo сжимает изображения, когда они загружаются на ваш сайт, а не по запросу" +" посетителя. Таким образом, возможно, если вы используете стороннюю тему, " +"она обеспечит изображения, которые не сжаты эффективно. Но все изображения, " +"используемые в официальных темах Odoo, сжимаются по умолчанию." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" +"При нажатии изображение, Odoo показывает атрибуты ` <img> `И название тега. " +"Вы можете нажать на нее, чтобы установить собственное и атрибуты Alt для " +"изображения." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "Когда вы нажмете на это ссылке, появится такое окно:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" +"Пиктограммы Odoo реализованы с помощью шрифта ( `Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/> `__ в большинстве тем " +"Odoo). Таким образом, вы можете использовать столько пиктограмм, сколько " +"хотите, на своей странице, но они не дадут дополнительных запросов на " +"загрузку страницы." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:51 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 msgid "" "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server side and browser side). The result:" +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:54 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "для загрузки страницы нужен только один запрос CSS-файла" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:56 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 msgid "" "this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " "clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " "resource." msgstr "" +"этот файл CSS используется для совместного использования и кэширования среди" +" страниц, поэтому, когда посетитель нажимает другую страницу, браузер не " +"должен даже загружать ни ресурса CSS." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "" +msgstr "этот файл CSS оптимизирован как небольшой" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo 9 is bootstrap 3. Although" -" a theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, so you can modify CSS rules, " +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " "instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " "file." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:79 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:121 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:80 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:122 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:78 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:84 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 msgid "" "**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blog, theme, etc.) Having several" -" CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the performance " -"because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel resulting in " -"lots of files that are loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a file" -" is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small files " -"like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more on the " -"number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:94 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 msgid "" "To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " "single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " @@ -310,8 +956,56 @@ msgid "" "shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " "browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" msgstr "" +"Для решения этой проблемы все файлы CSS / Less / Sass объединяются в единый " +"файл .CSS для отправки в браузер. Таким образом, посетитель имеет ** только " +"один CSS файл для загрузки ** на страницу, особенно эффективен. Поскольку " +"CSS распределяется среди всех страниц, когда посетитель нажимает другую " +"страницу, браузер даже не должен загружать новый CSS-файл!" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:100 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "** Оба файлы <head> **" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "** Что получает посетитель (только один файл) **" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr ".text-muted {" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "color: #666;" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "color: #777;" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "background: yellow" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "background: yellow;" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "}" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 msgid "" "The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " "By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " @@ -322,251 +1016,223 @@ msgid "" "is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" " backend (/web)." msgstr "" +"CSS, оставленный Odoo, включает в себя все CSS / Less / Sass всех страниц / " +"модулей. Таким образом, для дополнительных просмотров страниц одного " +"посетителя не нужно будет загружать файлы CSS вообще. Но некоторые модули " +"могут включать в себя огромные ресурсы CSS / Javascript, которые вы не " +"хотите предварительно получать на первой странице, поскольку они слишком " +"велики. В этом случае Odoo распределяет этот ресурс на другой пакет, который" +" загружается только тогда, когда запрашивается страница, которая использует " +"ее. Примером этого является бэкенд, который загружается только тогда, когда " +"посетитель входит в систему и обращается к бэкенд (/ web)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:110 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 msgid "" "If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer 8. But most " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " "themes fit below this limit." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:114 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 msgid "" "**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " "is minified to reduce its size." msgstr "" +"** Минификований **: после предварительной обработки и объединения, " +"результативность CSS уменьшается, чтобы уменьшить его размер." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Перед минификациею **" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** После минификации **" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/\\* some comments \\*/" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr "" +msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:126 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 msgid "" "The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Конечный результат сжимается, прежде чем поступать в браузер." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored on the server side (so we do not have to " -"pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and the browser side (so " -"the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages he will visit)." +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you are in debug mode, the CSS resources are neither concatenated nor " -"minified. That way, it's easier to debug (but it's much slower)" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:140 -msgid "Static resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:142 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 msgid "" "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server side and browser side)." +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo создает три пакета Javascript:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 msgid "" "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, …)" +"validation, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:150 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (bootstrap)" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 msgid "" "One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" " employees using Odoo)" msgstr "" +"Один для бэкэнда конкретного кода Javascript (Odoo Web Client интерфейс для " +"ваших сотрудников, которые использует Odoo)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:156 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 msgid "" -"Most visitors to your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " "resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " "As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " "visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and javascript are neither concatenated, " +"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " "nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" " the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " "from their original versions." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:168 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:170 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images using the website builder, Odoo automatically " -"compresses them to reduce their sizes. (lossless compression for .PNG and " -".GIF and lossy compression for .JPG)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:195 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:200 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 msgid "CDN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CDN" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 msgid "" "If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " "images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" " Network has three advantages:" msgstr "" +"Если вы активируете функцию CDN в Odoo, статические ресурсы (Javascript, " +"CSS, изображения) загружаются из сети доставки содержимого. Использование " +"сети доставки контента имеет три преимущества:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 msgid "" "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" " around the globe)" msgstr "" +"Загрузка ресурсов из соседнего сервера (большинство CDN имеют серверы в " +"основных странах мира)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:218 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 msgid "" "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " "server)" msgstr "" +"Эффективный кэш ресурсов (без использования вычислительных ресурсов на вашем" +" собственном сервере)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:221 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 msgid "" "Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " "resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " "domain)" msgstr "" +"Разбивка загрузки ресурсов на различные службы, позволяет параллельно " +"загружать больше ресурсов (поскольку лимит Chrome на 6 параллельных запросов" +" по домену)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 msgid "" "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" " Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" msgstr "" +"Вы можете настроить параметры CDN из приложения ** Администратор сайта ** в " +"меню Настройка. Вот пример настройки, который вы можете использовать:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:232 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "страницы HTML" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 msgid "" -"Odoo allows to minify HTML pages, from the **Website Admin** app, using the " -":menuselection:`Configuration` menu. This will automatically remove extra " -"space and tabs in your HTML code, reduce some tags code, etc." +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." msgstr "" +"Кроме того, страницы HTML могут быть сжаты, но, как правило, это " +"обрабатывается вашим веб-сервером (NGINX или Apache)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241 -msgid "" -"On top of that, the HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually " -"handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:244 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 msgid "" "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using bootstrap and the HTML editor." +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:248 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 msgid "" "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " "paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " "following code:" msgstr "" +"В качестве примера, если вы используете средства выбора цвета, чтобы " +"изменить цвет абзаца на основной цвет вашего сайта, Odoo выведет следующий " +"код:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:252 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "` <p class=\"text-primary\"> Мой текст </p> `" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:254 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 msgid "" "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " "code:" msgstr "" +"Тогда как большинство редакторов HTML (например, CKEditor) производить такой" +" код:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:257 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "` <p style=\"color: #AB0201\"> Мой текст </p> `" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "" +msgstr "адаптивный дизайн" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:262 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 msgid "" -"As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in" -" Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render " -"efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile phone." +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 msgid "" "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have " -"mobile friendly themes, but some specific modules or pages are not designed " -"to be mobile friendly as they all have their own CSS frameworks)" +"website are mobile friendly." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:277 -msgid "Browser caching" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 msgid "" "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " @@ -576,409 +1242,59 @@ msgid "" "The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " "your website." msgstr "" +"Javascript, изображения и ресурсы CSS имеют URL-адрес, который динамично " +"изменяется при изменении содержания. В качестве примера, все файлы CSS " +"загружаются по этой URL-адресу: `http: // localhost: 8069 / web / content / " +"457-0da1d9d / web.assets \\ _common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css> `__." +" `457-0da1d9d`` часть этой URL-адреса изменится, если вы измените CSS своего" +" сайта." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:286 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 msgid "" "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " "XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." msgstr "" +"Это позволяет Odoo установить очень длительное время задержки кэширования " +"(XXX) на этих ресурсах: XXX секунды, при этом он обновляется мгновенно, если" +" вы обновляете ресурс." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "масштабируемость" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' " +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " "provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:301 -msgid "" +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " "`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" "/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:568 msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo" -" CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310 -msgid "URLs handling" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:574 +msgid "Search Engines Files" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:313 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:315 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:317 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:319 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:321 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:323 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if " -"the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, " -"but you can set another language as the main one). Thus, the English version" -" of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This" -" name can not be customized to avoid conflicts in different URLs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:350 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355 -msgid "" -"This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle " -"efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:362 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:364 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:368 -msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:374 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although" -" most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not " -"always been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:384 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:392 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:394 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:396 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:398 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:400 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still works for links coming from external website. (with a 301 " -"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:406 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:408 -msgid "" -"As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL" -" websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on " -"HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets" -" a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "Links: nofollow strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "" -"Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how " -"your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is " -"linked from external and quality websites, the better is it for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 -msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 -msgid "" -"Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", " -"which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:427 -msgid "" -"Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:430 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:435 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "Multi-language support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443 -msgid "Multi-language URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = " -"default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457 -msgid "Language annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:459 -msgid "" -"To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first " -"URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> " -"section of the English version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the other versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:464 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:467 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:469 -msgid "" -"Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose" -" the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since" -" it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same " -"content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478 -msgid "Language detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:480 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to his browser language preference: (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:485 -msgid "" -"Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time " -"visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current " -"language to avoid any redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:496 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:499 -msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>``, ``<description>`` and " -"``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search " -"engines to rank and categorize your website according to a specific search " -"query. So, it is important to have titles and keywords in line with what " -"people search in Google." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:507 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your " -"website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website " -"builder. This tool will contact Google to give you information about your " -"keywords and do the matching with titles and contents in your page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:516 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:519 -msgid "" -"In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your" -" content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo " -"provides a page that allows you to quickly scan the meta tags of all your " -"blog posts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528 -msgid "" -"This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged " -"in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Карта сайта" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:579 msgid "" -"Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For " -"performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:538 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 msgid "" "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " @@ -986,159 +1302,104 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " "chunks per file." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию все URL-адреса будут размещены в одном файле `/ sitemap.xml``, " +"но если у вас много страниц, Odoo автоматически создаст файл индекса " +"Sitemap, соблюдая группировки в файле sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html> `__ в 45000 шт. файла." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:544 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:589 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Каждая карта сайта содержит 4 атрибуты вычисляются автоматически:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:591 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "` <loc> `: URL страницы" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:593 msgid "" "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:598 msgid "" "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" " of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized. (16 is the default)" +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:605 msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Разметка структурированных данных" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:607 msgid "" "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them to understand your content and create well-" +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" "presented search results." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:567 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 msgid "" "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." msgstr "" +"Google поддерживает множество богатых фрагментов для типов содержимого, в " +"том числе: обзоры, люди, товары, компании, события и организации." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:570 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 msgid "" "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " "<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " "posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " "in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its " -"content is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585 -msgid "User-agent: \\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:587 -msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:590 -msgid "Content is king" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your contents on your website:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:595 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:599 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:603 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:611 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:616 -msgid "Social Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:619 -msgid "Twitter Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:621 -msgid "" -"Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next " -"version." -msgstr "" +"Odoo реализует микро-данные, как это определено в спецификации `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org> `__ для событий, товаров электронной коммерции, " +"сообщений форума и контактных адресов. Это позволяет отображать ваши " +"страницы товара в Google с помощью дополнительной информации, такой как цена" +" и рейтинг товара:" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "" +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "robots.txt" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All " -"you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the" -" **Website Admin** application." +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:632 -msgid "Test Your Website" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:631 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:638 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " +"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," +" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " +"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 msgid "Publish" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Публичный" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как использовать собственное доменное имя?" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1146,10 +1407,13 @@ msgid "" "name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " "(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию ваша версия и сайт Odoo Online имеют имя домена .odoo.com для " +"URL-адреса и электронных писем. Но вы можете перейти на обычную (например, " +"www.yourcompany.com)." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Что такое хорошее доменное имя?" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1157,26 +1421,29 @@ msgid "" "business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " "domain. Here are some tips:" msgstr "" +"Ваш адрес веб-сайта так же важна для вашего брендинга, как название вашего " +"бизнеса или организации, поэтому подумайте об изменении его для " +"соответствующего домена. Вот несколько советов:" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Простое и очевидное" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Легко запомнить и произнести" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Чем короче, тем лучше" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Избегайте специальных символов" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Цель для .com и/или вашей страны расширения" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -1184,41 +1451,47 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" "seo/158951/>`__" msgstr "" +"Подробнее: `Как выбрать доменное имя для максимального SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/> `__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как купить доменное имя" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Купуты доменное имя можно на популярных реестрах:" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 msgid "" "Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " "issue, check out those easy tutorials:" msgstr "" +"Шаги для покупки доменного имени в значительной степени ведут вас вперед. В " +"случае возникновения проблем ознакомьтесь эти простые подсказки" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 msgid "" "`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" msgstr "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1226,110 +1499,584 @@ msgid "" "name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " "This is Odoo's job!" msgstr "" +"Не стесняйтесь покупать почтовый сервер, чтобы адреса электронной почты с " +"помощью вашего доменного имени. Однако не покупайте дополнительный сервис " +"для создания или размещения вашего сайта. Это работа Оdоо!" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:42 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как применить свое доменное имя в версии Odoo" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:43 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 msgid "" "First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " "yourcompany.odoo.com):" msgstr "" +"Сначала позвольте авторизовать перенаправления (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Откройте свой аккаунт Odoo.com с домашней страницы." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:50 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перейдите на страницу * Управление базами данных *." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:55 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 msgid "" "Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." msgstr "" +"Нажмите на разделе * Домены * справа от базы данных, которую нужно " +"переадресовывать." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:60 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 msgid "" "A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " "www.yourcompany.com)." msgstr "" +"Появится подсказка домена базы данных. Введите специальный домен (например, " +"www.yourcompany.com)." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:67 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 msgid "" "We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" msgstr "" +"Теперь мы можем применить перенаправления из управляющего аккаунта вашего " +"доменного имени:" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:69 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Войдите в свой аккаунт и найдите страницу управления зонами DNS." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:71 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 msgid "" "Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." " If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " "redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:75 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:77 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "" +"Создайте запись CNAME * www.yourdomain.com * со ссылкой на * " +"mywebsite.odoo.com *. Если вы хотите использовать * голый * домен (например," +" yourdomain.com), вам нужно переадресовывать свой * yourdomain.com * в * " +"www.yourdomain.com *." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" +"Ниже приведены несколько специальных инструкций для создания записи CNAME:" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 msgid "" "`Namecheap " "<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" "can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" msgstr "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:79 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 msgid "" "`OVH " "<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" msgstr "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как включить SSL (HTTPS) для вашей версии Odoo" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:84 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 msgid "" -"To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as " -"CloudFlare.com." +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:90 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:102 msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Установка" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" +" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" +" the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "добавьте функции" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "и т.д." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 +msgid "" +"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Продукты" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "Блоги" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "Форумы" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "События" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "Штатное расписание" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Мульти-компании" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Прайс-листы" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как перевести свой сайт" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Общий обзор" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 msgid "" "In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " "possibility to translate it in different languages." msgstr "" +"Кроме создания великолепных современных веб-сайтов, Odoo предоставляет вам " +"возможность переводить их на разные языки." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 msgid "Process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выполняется" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 msgid "" "Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" " many different languages as you want." msgstr "" +"После того как ваш сайт будет создан, у вас есть возможность переводить его " +"на любой другой язык." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1339,18 +2086,27 @@ msgid "" "and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " "install anything, and follow the next step." msgstr "" +"Есть два способа перевода вашего сайта, это можно сделать вручную или " +"автоматически с помощью программы Gengo. Если вы хотите сделать это, " +"перейдите к модулю ** Приложения ** и установите ** Автоматические переводы " +"через Gengo Api ** и ** Сайт Gengo Translator **. Если вы хотите сделать это" +" вручную, не устанавливайте ничего и выполните следующий шаг." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 msgid "" "Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " "**Add a language**." msgstr "" +"Откройте свой веб-сайт. В нижнем правом углу страницы нажмите ** Добавить " +"язык **." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 msgid "" "Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " "click on **Load.**" msgstr "" +"Выберите язык, на котором вы хотите перевести ваш сайт, а затем нажмите " +"кнопку ** Скачать **." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -1358,12 +2114,17 @@ msgid "" "that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " "some of the text has been translated automatically." msgstr "" +"Вы увидите, что сейчас у английской также французская, что означает, что " +"страница для перевода была создана. Вы также можете увидеть, что часть " +"текста была переведена автоматически." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 msgid "" "To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " "**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." msgstr "" +"Чтобы перевести содержание сайта, нажмите на ** Переложить ** (здесь, ** " +"Traduire **, поскольку мы хотим перевести сайт на французском языке)." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -1375,11 +2136,17 @@ msgid "" "<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " "ask for a public key and a private key." msgstr "" +"Тогда, если вы установили Gengo Translator, вы увидите, что у кнопки " +"Переложить вы также будете иметь кнопку Перевести автоматически. После того," +" как вы нажмете эту кнопку, вам будет предложена некоторая информация из " +"вашей учётной записи. Если у вас еще нет аккаунта, перейдите на страницу `* " +"https: //gengo.com/auth/form/login/* <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/> " +"`__ чтобы создать его. Нужно попросить открытый ключ и частный ключ." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 msgid "" "The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Содержимое, которое вы хотите перевести автоматически переведены." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -1388,3 +2155,7 @@ msgid "" "yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " "automatically." msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете увидеть, что большая часть содержания выделена желтым или " +"зеленым цветом. Желтый - это содержимое, которое требуется перевести " +"самостоятельно. Зеленый - это содержимое, которое уже переведены " +"автоматически." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index d1a7b50c3..bbb437205 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Sergey Doroshenko <sdoroshenko@artwebny.com>, 2019 # Zoriana Zaiats, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -100,8 +100,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 @@ -7320,8 +7320,6 @@ msgstr "**Заголовок**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "**Рахунок**" @@ -9111,7 +9109,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Звітність" @@ -11018,23 +11015,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "Європейський облік, де витрати враховуються на рахунку постачальника." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "" -"Бухоблік Storno (Італія), де рахунки-фактури відшкодування мають негативний " -"кредит/дебет, а не повернення оригінальних статей журналу." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "Odoo також має модулі, що відповідають правилам МСФЗ." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "Дебіторська та кредиторська заборгованість" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " @@ -11045,7 +11034,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете створювати окремі облікові записи для клієнтів/постачальників, але" " вам це не потрібно." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " @@ -11056,11 +11045,11 @@ msgstr "" "виписки клієнта, доходи на одного клієнта, старі дебіторську/кредиторську " "заборгованість ..." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "Широкий спектр фінансових звітів" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " @@ -11070,33 +11059,33 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo варіюються від основних звітів бухгалтерського обліку до розширених " "управлінських звітів. Звіти Odoo включають у себе:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" "Звіти про ефективність (наприклад, \"Прибуток та збитки\", \"Вартість " "бюджету\")" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" "Позиційні звіти (такі як баланс, погашені кредиторські та дебіторські " "заборгованості)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "Готівкові звіти (наприклад, балансовий звіт)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "" "Детальні звіти (наприклад, Судовий баланс і Загальна бухгалтерська книга)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "Управлінські звіти (наприклад, бюджети, резюме)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." @@ -11104,11 +11093,11 @@ msgstr "" "Процес звітів Odoo дозволяє вам налаштувати власний звіт на основі власних " "формул." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "Автоматичний імпорт банківських комісій" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -11124,7 +11113,7 @@ msgstr "" "що ви можете мати щоденний огляд свого грошового потоку без необхідності " "входити в онлайн-банкінг або чекати банківські виписки." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -11136,11 +11125,11 @@ msgstr "" "пам'ятає, як ви обробляли інші банківські виписки та надавали запропоновані " "транзакції у головну бухгалтерську книгу." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "Обчислення податку для податкової" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" @@ -11151,11 +11140,11 @@ msgstr "" "Потім ви можете перевірити свій податок з продажу, запустивши податковий " "звіт Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Оцінка запасу" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " @@ -11165,7 +11154,7 @@ msgstr "" "запасів. Доступними методами є стандартна ціна, середня ціна, LIFO (для " "країн, що дозволяють це) та FIFO." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:132 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" @@ -11173,11 +11162,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Перегляньте вплив методу оцінки на ваші транзакції " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "Збережений прибуток" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -11190,99 +11179,6 @@ msgstr "" "шляхом автоматичного звітування про баланс прибутку та збитку у звіті про " "баланс." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "Вступ до Бухобліку Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Опис" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " -"century." -msgstr "" -"Odoo - це прекрасна бухгалтерська програма, призначена для потреб 21-го " -"століття." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " -"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "" -"Odoo підключається безпосередньо до вашого банку або рахунку paypal. " -"Операції синхронізуються щогодини, а узгодження відбувається швидко. Це наче" -" магія." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " -"them." -msgstr "" -"Миттєво створюйте рахунки-фактури та надсилайте їх лише одним кліком. Не " -"потрібно друкувати їх." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "" -"Odoo може надіслати їх за допомогою електронної пошти або звичайної пошти." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 -msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "Ваші клієнти платять онлайн, тобто ви отримуєте свої гроші одразу." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " -"inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "" -"Бухоблік Odoo пов'язаний з усіма нашими додатками Odoo, такими як продаж, " -"купівлі, склад та підписки." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " -"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "" -"Таким чином, записи рахунків постачальників також є надзвичайно швидкими. " -"Встановіть постачальника, виберіть замовлення на купівлю і Odoo автоматично " -"заповнює все за вас." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "" -"Потім просто використовуйте протокол SEPA або друкуйте чек, щоби за раз " -"робити кілька платежів постачальникам." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 -msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "Це так просто з Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " -"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " -"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "" -"Чекайте, є ще більше. Ви полюбите звіти Odoo. Від офіційних звітів до " -"виконавчих, які є швидкими та динамічними. Використовуйте функцію бізнес-" -"аналізу Odoo, щоби оглянути всі дані вашої компанії." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " -"go." -msgstr "" -"Звичайно, Odoo також є й у мобільній версії. Ви можете використовувати її " -"для перевірки своїх рахунків на ходу." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." -msgstr "" -"Спробуйте Odoo зараз, та приєднайтеся до 2 мільйонів щасливих користувачів." - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "Бухгалтерська пам'ятка для підприємців (US GAAP)" @@ -14542,97 +14438,65 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 -msgid "Set up cash roundings" -msgstr "Налаштування округлення цін" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Заокруглення готівки" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" -"In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " -"Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" -" paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest coin " -"that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -"У деяких валютах найменших копійок (монет) не існує. Наприклад, у Швейцарії " -"немає монет на 0,01 швейцарських франків. З цієї причини, якщо рахунки-" -"фактури сплачуються готівкою, вам доведеться округлити їх загальну суму до " -"найменшої монети, яка існує у валюті. Для CHF найменша монета - 0,05 CHF." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 -msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" -msgstr "Є дві стратегії округлення:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" -msgstr "Додайте рядок в рахунку-фактурі для округлення" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" -msgstr "Додайте округлення в суму податку" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." -msgstr "Обидві стратегії застосовні в Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" -"First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"Cash Rounding." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" msgstr "" -"По-перше, вам слід активувати цю функцію. Для цього перейдіть в " -":menuselection:` Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активація " -"округлення цін." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" -"There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" -"Існує нове меню для управління округленнями готівки в " -":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Управління --> Округлення " -"цін`." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " -"strategies:" +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете створювати округлення цін. Ви можете вибрати один з двох " -"варіантів округлення:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" -" your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " -"define the account in which the rounding will go." -msgstr "" -"**Додайте рядок округлення**: якщо потрібне округлення, Odoo додасть рядок у" -" ваш рахунок-фактуру клієнта, щоби врахувати це округлення. Ви також повинні" -" визначити обліковий запис, в якому буде здійснюватися округлення." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " -"highest tax." -msgstr "" -"**Змінити суму податку:** Odoo додасть округлення до суми найвищого податку." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "Застосуйте округлення" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 msgid "" -"Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" -" the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" -" where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods created previously." -" If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." msgstr "" -"Як тільки ваші округлення створюються, ви можете застосувати їх на рахунках " -"клієнтів. На рахунках клієнта з'явиться нове поле **Метод округлення цін**, " -"в якому ви можете просто вибрати один із методів округлення, створених " -"раніше. Якщо потрібно, округлення буде застосовано до рахунку-фактури." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" @@ -14823,218 +14687,381 @@ msgstr "" "фактуру вище:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" -msgstr "Доходи майбутніх періодів: як автоматизувати їх?" +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "Доходи майбутніх періодів" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:4 msgid "" -"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " -"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " -"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " -"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," -" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " -"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " -"posted on the income statement." +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" -"Неоплачений дохід або дохід майбутніх періодів – це авансовий платіж, який " -"фіксується у звіті одержувача як рахунок заборгованості, доки не будуть " -"надані послуги або товари не будуть доставлені. Відтепер дохід майбутніх " -"періодів є рахуноком заборгованості, оскільки він стосується доходу, який ще" -" не було зароблено, але являє собою товари чи послуги, які заборговано перед" -" клієнтом. Оскільки товари або послуги доставляються з часом, прибуток " -"визнається та відображається у звіті про доходи." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 msgid "" -"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " -"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " -"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" -" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -"Наприклад: скажімо, ви продаєте контракт на 2 роки на суму $24,000, який " -"починається в наступному місяці на строк 24 місяці. Після перевірки рахунка-" -"фактури клієнта, $24.000 слід розмістити на рахунку доходів майбутніх " -"періодів. Це тому, що $24.000, отримані вами, ще не було зароблено." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:17 msgid "" -"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " -"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " "revenue." msgstr "" -"Протягом наступних 24 місяців ви будете зменшувати рахунок доходів майбутніх" -" періодів на $1,000 ($24,000/24) за місяць та визнавати цю суму як дохід." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "Установка модуля" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Передумови" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 msgid "" -"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " -"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " -"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " -"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." msgstr "" -"Щоб автоматизувати доходи майбутніх періодів, перейдіть до меню налаштувань " -"під назвою :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування` та активуйте параметр" -" **Управління активами та визнання доходів**. Це дозволить встановити " -"модуль **Керування визнанням доходів**." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:33 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 msgid "" -"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" -" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" -" might check if the module is correctly installed." +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -"У деякій версії Odoo, крім перевірки цієї опції, потрібно встановити модуль " -"\"Управління визнанням доходів\". Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo 9, ви можете " -"перевірити, чи правильно встановлений модуль." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 -msgid "Define deferred revenue types" -msgstr "Визначте типи доходу майбутніх періодів" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" msgstr "" -"Після встановлення модуля потрібно створити типи доходу майбутніх періодів. " -"В Бухобліку перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Типи доходів " -"майбутніх періодів`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 -msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" -msgstr "Приклад: договір про технічне обслуговування на 12 місяців" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" -msgstr "Деякий приклад типів доходів майбутніх періодів:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:49 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 -msgid "1 year service contract" -msgstr "контракт на 1 рік обслуговування " +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "3 years service contracts" -msgstr "контракти на 3 роки обслуговування" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:58 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 -msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" -msgstr "Установіть доходи майбутніх періодів на товари" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 msgid "" -"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " -"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" -" revenue type." +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -"Після визначення типів доходів майбутніх періодів ви можете встановити їх на" -" відповідні товари. У формі товару на вкладці Бухоблік можна встановити тип " -"доходу майбутніх періодів." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:67 msgid "" -"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" -"Нижче наведено кілька прикладів товарів та пов'язаних з ними типів доходів " -"майбутніх періодів." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "Товар" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "Тип доходів майбутніх періодів" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" -msgstr "Контракт підтримки: 3 роки" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "Підписка на Netflix: 3 роки" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "Квіти кожного місяця" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "Контракт на 1 рік обслуговування" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 -msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "Продаж та виставлення товарів у рахунках-фактурах" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " -"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " -"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " -"entry." +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" msgstr "" -"Після того, як товари налаштовані, ви зможете створити рахунок-фактуру за " -"допомогою цього товару. Після того, як рахунок-фактуру клієнта буде " -"підтверджено, Odoo автоматично створить дохід майбутніх періодів для вас і " -"пов'язаний запис журналу." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Dr**" -msgstr "**Dr**" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Cr**" -msgstr "**Cr**" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:82 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -msgid "Accounts receivable" -msgstr "Дебіторська заборгованість" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:84 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -msgid "24000" -msgstr "24000" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates journal entries at the" +" right time until the full amount of the income is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -msgid "Deferred revenue account" -msgstr "Рахунок доходу майбутніх періодів" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 msgid "" -"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " -"recognition." -msgstr "Потім щомісяця Odoo публікує запис журналу для визнання доходу." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "1000" -msgstr "1000" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "Service revenue account" -msgstr "Рахунок доходу майбутніх періодів" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" -" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -"Щоб проаналізувати всі ваші поточні контракти з доходом майбутніх періодів, " -"можна скористатися меню Звітування > Аналіз доходів майбутніх періодів." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`overview`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:109 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +msgid "" +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:123 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:140 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "Моделі доходів майбутніх періодів" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button **Save Model**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:154 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:158 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:166 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:167 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:171 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:174 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale completely. (see: `Choose a " +"different Income Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../others/configuration/account_type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:193 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" @@ -15197,6 +15224,10 @@ msgstr "" "У звірці з клієнтом ви побачите два рядки з різними термінами. Щоб отримати " "звірку з клієнтом, скористайтеся меню Продажі > Звірка з клієнтом." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr ":doc:`overview`" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`" @@ -15826,10 +15857,6 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете отримати усі створені XML-файли SDD, перейшовши у " ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Клієнти --> Групові платежі`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 57f561a5c..be9395bdb 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 @@ -3011,7 +3011,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "Зробити на замовлення" @@ -3194,7 +3194,7 @@ msgstr "Поповнення" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 msgid "" "When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to change the unit of measure." +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 @@ -3256,24 +3256,31 @@ msgid "" "you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" qunatity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Упаковка" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" "The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " "are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " "and the power plug." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 msgid "" "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " "can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 msgid "" "Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " "the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" @@ -3309,25 +3316,21 @@ msgid "" "The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " "manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " "request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" -" check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product and if the " -"available quantity is higher or equal to the necessary quantity, Odoo will " -"use what is in stock to fulfill the request. In case you don’t have enough " -"available stock to fully fulfill the product request, procurement will be " -"generated for the total quantity requested." +" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 msgid "Reordering Rules" msgstr "Правила поповнення" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " "*Inventory > Master Data > Reordering Rules*. There, click on *Create* to " "set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 msgid "" "When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " "this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" @@ -3336,20 +3339,20 @@ msgid "" "will be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 msgid "" "The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " "receive the products or to order them to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 msgid "" "In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " "able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 msgid "" "For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " "route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " @@ -3358,29 +3361,29 @@ msgid "" "*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " "consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 msgid "" "The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " "your *Inventory module > Master Data > Products* (or in any other module " "where products are available)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 msgid "" "On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " "choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 msgid "" "Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" -" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, male " +" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " "sure you have a *BoM* for this product." msgstr "" @@ -4707,11 +4710,17 @@ msgid "" "forecasts." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" +" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 msgid "" "If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " "created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 319ffe6ae..7d7c3142c 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -43,6 +43,7 @@ msgstr "" "вашу ефективність та допомагає вам заощадити час для вас та ваших клієнтів." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:20 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 @@ -105,6 +106,72 @@ msgstr "" "сканером штрих-кодів. Товар буде додано, ви зможете сканувати той самий " "товар, щоб додати його кілька разів або змінити кількість вручну на екрані." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Заокруглення готівки" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" msgstr "Прийом оплати кредитною карткою через Mercury" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 549b47153..bdfe86f59 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -278,6 +278,63 @@ msgstr "" "Коли всі поля заповнені, ви можете синхронізувати категорії та політики, " "натиснувши відповідні кнопки." +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:49 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate" +" the developer mode`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Метод виставлення рахунку" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 67e441e49..e76b33656 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -24,33 +24,33 @@ # 张宏奎 <zhanghongkui@inspur.com>, 2019 # waveyeung <waveyeung@qq.com>, 2019 # zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2019 -# fausthuang, 2019 # 宣一敏 <freemanxuan@163.com>, 2019 # Richard yang <yanglinqiangdata@hotmail.com>, 2019 # 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019 # mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 # Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2019 # Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2019 # John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2019 # neter ji <jifuyi@qq.com>, 2019 # inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019 -# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2019 # ChinaMaker <liuct@chinamaker.net>, 2019 # Felix Yang - Elico Corp <felix.yang@elico-corp.com>, 2019 # liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# fausthuang, 2019 +# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019 +# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -127,8 +127,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 @@ -5921,8 +5921,6 @@ msgstr " **称呼** " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" msgstr " **科目** " @@ -7479,7 +7477,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works` " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "报表" @@ -9002,21 +8999,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "欧洲会计, 费用记账在供应商帐单。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "意大利会计, 退款发票使用负数借/贷, 而不是翻转原始的记账项目。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "Odoo还有符合IFRS规则的模块。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "应收账款和应付账款" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " @@ -9024,56 +9015,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "默认, odoo使用单一科目用于所有的应收账款分录，以及另外一个用于所有的应付账款分录。你可以每个客户/供应商创建独立的科目, 但是没有必要这样做。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " "revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." msgstr "由于交易关联了客户或供应商，你得到对每个客户/供应商进行分析的报告, , 如客户对账, 每客户收入, 到期的应收/应付款, ..." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "更宽广范围的财务报表" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " "reports include:" msgstr "在Odoo, 你可以实时生成财务报告。 Odoo的报告范围从基本的会计报告到高级的管理报告。 Odoo的报告包括 :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "绩效报告（如损益表, 预算差异）" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "状况报告(如资产负债表, 到期应付款, 到期应收款)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "现金报告（例如银行摘要）" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "详细报告（如试算表和总账）" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "管理报告（如预算, 执行概要）" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." msgstr "Odoo的报告引擎可让您根据自己的公式来定制您自己的报告。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "自动导入银行回单" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -9086,7 +9077,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo使得银行对帐容易，频繁的直接从你的银行导入银行对帐单明细到你的Odoo会计。这意味着你可以有现金流的每日视图, " "而无需登录到您的网上银行，或等候纸质银行对账单。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -9095,22 +9086,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo通过匹配大部分导入的银行对帐单明细到你的会计交易，加快银行对账。 Odoo还记住你是如何处理其他的银行对帐单明细，并提供建议的总帐交易。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" " tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." msgstr "Odoo为你的纳税期间合计所有的会计交易，并使用这些汇总计算纳税的义务。然后, 您可以通过运行Odoo的税务报表来检查你的销售税金。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "库存计价" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " @@ -9118,7 +9109,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo支持定期(手动)以及永续(自动)库存估价。可用的成本方法有标准价、平均价、后进先出（LIFO对于允许的国家而言）以及先进先出(FIFO)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:132 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" @@ -9126,11 +9117,11 @@ msgstr "" " `查看计价方法对交易的影响<https ://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>` " "__" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "容易的留存收益" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -9138,78 +9129,6 @@ msgid "" "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "介绍Odoo会计" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "副本" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " -"century." -msgstr "Odoo是针对21世纪需求设计的完美的会计软件。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " -"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "Odoo直接连到你的付款账户。每小时做一次交易同步, 核销也是超级快。就像魔法。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " -"them." -msgstr "即刻创建发票, 点一个按钮就发送出去。不需要打印。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "Odoo可以帮你以电子邮件或普通邮件的方式发送它们。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 -msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "你的客户在线付款, 意味着你马上就能拿到钱。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " -"inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "Odoo财务和你的所有Odoo模块无缝衔接, 如销售、采购、库存、订阅服务。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " -"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "这样, 记录供应商的发票也很快。输入供应商, 选择采购订单, Odoo会自动为你填充其他字段。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "然后, 只需调用SEPA协议或打印支票批量付款给供应商。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 -msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "有了Odoo这都很容易。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " -"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " -"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "还不仅这些。你会爱上Odoo报告。包括法定报告和执行概要, 他们快速又动态。使用Odoo商务智能功能航行于贵公司所有数据。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " -"go." -msgstr "当然, Odoo也支持移动设备。你可以用它随时查看你的账户。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "对于企业家的会计备忘录 (US GAAP)" @@ -11825,76 +11744,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 -msgid "Set up cash roundings" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "现金舍入" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" -"In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " -"Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" -" paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest coin " -"that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 -msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" -"First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"Cash Rounding." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" -"There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " -"strategies:" +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" -" your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " -"define the account in which the rounding will go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " -"highest tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 msgid "" -"Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" -" the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" -" where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods created previously." -" If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 @@ -12054,194 +11961,381 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" -msgstr "递延收入 : 如何自动处理？" +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "递延收入" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:4 msgid "" -"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " -"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " -"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " -"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," -" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " -"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " -"posted on the income statement." +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" -"递延/预收收入是一种预付款方式, " -"记录在收款人的资产负债表中作为负债账户直到已服务提供或产品交付。递延收入是一个负债科目，因为它指的是尚未获得的收入，但代表欠客户的产品或服务。随着产品或服务的交付，收入被确认并计入收入列表。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 msgid "" -"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " -"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " -"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" -" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -"例如：卖了个2年的支持合同，24,000美元，从下个月开始为期24个月。一旦确认客户发票，24美元转入一个递延收入帐户。因为收到的24,000美元还不是收入。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:17 msgid "" -"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " -"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " "revenue." -msgstr "在未来24个月，你会按月减少递延收入账户$1,000 ($24,000/24)，这部分被识别为收入。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "模块安装" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "先决条件" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 msgid "" -"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " -"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " -"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " -"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." msgstr "" -"为了自动递延收入，设置:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` , 激活 **Assets " -"management & revenue recognition** . 这会安装**Revenue Recognition Management**" -" 模块. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:33 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 msgid "" -"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" -" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" -" might check if the module is correctly installed." -msgstr "一些版本的Odoo 9，除了检查这个选项，你需要安装“收入确认管理”模块。如果您使用的是Odoo 9，需要检查模块是否安装正确。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 -msgid "Define deferred revenue types" -msgstr "定义递延收益类型" +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" msgstr "" -"一旦安装模块，需要创建递延收入类型。从会计的应用，去菜单 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred " -"Revenues Types`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 -msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" -msgstr "例如：12个月维修合同" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" -msgstr "递延收益类型的一些例子 :" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:49 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 -msgid "1 year service contract" -msgstr "1年服务合同" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "3 years service contracts" -msgstr "3年服务合同" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:58 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 -msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" -msgstr "在产品上定义递延收益" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 msgid "" -"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " -"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" -" revenue type." -msgstr "一旦定义了递延收入类型，可在相关产品上设置。在产品表单上，在“会计”选项卡中，您可以设置一个递延收入类型。" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:67 msgid "" -"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" -msgstr "一些设置好递延收益的产品的例子:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "费用产品" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "待摊收益类型" +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" -msgstr "支持合同 :3年" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "Netflix订阅 :3年" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "每月的花" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "1年产品合同" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 -msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "销售产品和开具发票" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " -"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " -"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " -"entry." -msgstr "一旦产品配置好，可使用该产品创建一张客户发票。一旦客户发票确认，Odoo将自动创建一个递延收入，和相关的凭证。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Dr**" -msgstr " **借** " - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Cr**" -msgstr " **贷** " - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -msgid "Accounts receivable" -msgstr "应收账款" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -msgid "24000" -msgstr "24000" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -msgid "Deferred revenue account" -msgstr "递延收入科目" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " -"recognition." -msgstr "然后，每个月，Odoo将收入确认过账。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "1000" -msgstr "1000" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "Service revenue account" -msgstr "服务收入科目" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" -" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" msgstr "" -"\t\t\n" -"分析所有含有递延收入的合同，可使用菜单Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`overview` " +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:82 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:84 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates journal entries at the" +" right time until the full amount of the income is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:109 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +msgid "" +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:123 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:140 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "递延收入模型" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button **Save Model**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:154 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:158 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:166 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:167 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:171 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:174 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale completely. (see: `Choose a " +"different Income Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../others/configuration/account_type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:193 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" @@ -12372,6 +12466,10 @@ msgid "" "To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." msgstr "在客户对账单中，您将看到不同到期日的两行。如需查看客户对账单，使用菜单Sales > Customers Statement." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr ":doc:`overview` " + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms` " @@ -12858,10 +12956,6 @@ msgid "" "Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 3b5a7a643..7092cb6d2 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ # mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2019 # 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2019 # ChinaMaker <liuct@chinamaker.net>, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 # fausthuang, 2019 # guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2019 # inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2019 @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 @@ -2855,7 +2855,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "按单补货" @@ -3016,7 +3016,7 @@ msgstr "补货" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 msgid "" "When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to change the unit of measure." +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 @@ -3078,24 +3078,31 @@ msgid "" "you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" qunatity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "包装" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" "The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " "are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " "and the power plug." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 msgid "" "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " "can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 msgid "" "Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " "the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" @@ -3131,25 +3138,21 @@ msgid "" "The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " "manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " "request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" -" check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product and if the " -"available quantity is higher or equal to the necessary quantity, Odoo will " -"use what is in stock to fulfill the request. In case you don’t have enough " -"available stock to fully fulfill the product request, procurement will be " -"generated for the total quantity requested." +" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 msgid "Reordering Rules" msgstr "订货规则" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " "*Inventory > Master Data > Reordering Rules*. There, click on *Create* to " "set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 msgid "" "When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " "this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" @@ -3158,20 +3161,20 @@ msgid "" "will be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 msgid "" "The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " "receive the products or to order them to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 msgid "" "In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " "able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 msgid "" "For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " "route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " @@ -3180,29 +3183,29 @@ msgid "" "*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " "consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 msgid "" "The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " "your *Inventory module > Master Data > Products* (or in any other module " "where products are available)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 msgid "" "On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " "choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 msgid "" "Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" -" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, male " +" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " "sure you have a *BoM* for this product." msgstr "" @@ -4427,11 +4430,17 @@ msgid "" "forecasts." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" +" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 msgid "" "If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " "created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 17bba9bf7..7cea3cfb3 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -9,20 +9,21 @@ # LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2019 # Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 # Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2019 # fausthuang, 2019 # Manga Tsang <mts@odoo.com>, 2019 # Kenny Yang <biganglerau@gmail.com>, 2019 +# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Kenny Yang <biganglerau@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -49,6 +50,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:20 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 @@ -101,6 +103,72 @@ msgid "" "times or change the quantity manually on the screen." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "现金舍入" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 59e953f56..a49bb8733 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ # 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 # Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2019 # Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2019 # @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -248,6 +248,63 @@ msgid "" "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "当所有的字段被填写后, 你可以通过点击按钮同步种类和策略" +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:49 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate" +" the developer mode`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "开票方式"